Skip to main content

Full text of "Animal chemistry with reference to the physiology and pathology of man [electronic resource]"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


/ 


https://archive.org/details/b21301852_0001 


KING’S 

College 

LONDON 


^\WOA  Library 

AnumJ  clAiivu'oVu  wth 

XCVH0  Qfp>\t+.  OIM 


200910782  4 


KING’S  COLLEGE  LONDON 


THE 


«^=3.  _ 

c 


P ■ : 9 ■ 

SYDENHAM  SOCIETY 

INSTITUTED 

MDCCCXLIII 

KING'S  COLLlGl  HCbH  I A L 

MEDICAL  SCHOOL 


LONDON 


M DCCCXLV. 


ANIMAL  CHEMISTRY 


PHYSIOLOGY  AND  PATHOLOGY  OF  MAN 


DR.  J.  FRANZ  SIMON 

FELLOW  OF  THE  SOCIETY  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGICAL  CHEMISTRY  AT  BERLIN 

ETC.  ETC. 


TRANSLATED  AND  EDITED  BY 

GEORGE  E.  DAY,  M.A.  & L.M.  Cantab. 

LICENTIATE  OF  THE  ROYAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS. 


IN  TWO  VOLUMES 

YOL.  I. 


LONDON 

PRINTED  FOR  THE  SYDENHAM  SOCIETY 


MDCCCXLV. 


PRINTED  BY  C.  AND  J.  AD  LARD, 


BARTHOLOMEW  CLOSE. 


EDITOR’S  PREFACE. 


I have  much  pleasure  in  presenting  to  the  members  of 
the  Sydenham  Society  a translation  of  Simon’s  ‘ Chemistry 
of  Man/1  a work  that  obtained  for  its  author  a European  repu- 
tation, and  is  universally  regarded  as  by  far  the  most  complete 
treatise  that  has  yet  appeared  on  Physiological  Chemistry. 
Until  I became  acquainted  with  this  work  in  1843,  I enter- 
tained the  idea  of  publishing  a text-book  of  medical  chemistry 
with  the  view  of  attempting  to  supply  a deficiency  in  the  medical 
literature  of  this  country,  which,  I doubt  not,  has  been  felt  by 
many  of  my  brethren  as  much  as  by  myself.  But  a careful 
perusal  of  the  f Chemistiy  of  Man’  convinced  me  that  I should 
be  doing  better  service  to  the  profession  by  undertaking  a 
translation  of  that  work  than  by  the  publication  of  a separate 
treatise.  Impressed  with  this  feeling  I wrote  to  the  author,  who 
immediately  offered  me  all  the  assistance  in  his  power,  and 
promised  me  a considerable  amount  of  original  matter.  I regret 
to  say  that  his  early  and  unexpected  death  in  the  autumn  of 
the  same  year  rendered  this  promise  of  comparatively  little 
value.  I have,  however,  freely  availed  myself  of  the  permission 
granted  me  by  the  Council  of  the  Sydenham  Society  to  insert 
such  additions  as  the  progress  of  chemistry,  since  the  original 

1 Physiologische  und  pathologische  Anthropochemie  mit  Beriicksichtigung  der 
eigentlichen  Zoocheinic.  Berlin,  1842. 


h 


VI 


EDITOR’S  PREFACE. 


publication  of  the  work,  has  rendered  necessary.  These  inter- 
polations, with  the  exception  of  one  class,  are  distinguished  by 
being  included  in  brackets.  I refer  to  the  chemical  essays  of 
Simon,  written  with  the  view  of  filling  up  occasional  deficiencies 
in  his  f Chemistry  of  Man/  and  published  in  his  f Beitrage  zur 
physiologischen  und  pathologischen  Chemie  imd  Mikroskopie.' 
This  exception  was  made  at  the  request  of  Dr.  Simon,  and 
its  expediency  and  fairness  is  unquestionable.  The  ‘ Chemistry 
of  Man’  was  preceded  by  a volume  entitled  1 Chemistry  of  the 
Proximate  Constituents  of  the  Animal  Body/  which,  being  in 
fact  a distinct  work,  (containing  upwards  of  500  closely  printed 
pages,)  it  has  been  deemed  unadvisable  to  translate  in  its 
original  form.  A brief  Introduction,1  in  a great  measure 
based  upon  it,  has  been  drawn  up  by  myself,  with  the  view  of 
facilitating  the  perusal  of  the  work  to  those  who  have  not  paid 
much  attention  to  the  recent  progress  of  organic  chemistry ; 
and  having  written  it  with  this  object,  I have  intentionally 
excluded  many  topics  which  some  of  my  readers  may  consider 
should  have  found  a place  there. 

The  following  sketch  of  the  life  and  writings  of  the  Author, 
brief  though  it  be,  cannot  be  read  without  interest.  It  affords 
a striking  illustration  of  the  results  that  combined  energy  and 
talent  are  capable  of  evolving.- 

Franz  Simon  was  the  son  of  a surgeon  residing  at  Frankfort 
on  the  Oder,  and  was  born  on  the  25th  of  August,  1807. 
He  distinguished  himself  at  a very  early  age  as  a skilful 
apothecary ; and,  in  volume  32  of  ‘ Braude's  Archiv/  we  find 
his  essay  on  the  preparation  and  properties  of  tinctures,  to 
which  one  of  the  Hagen-Buchholz  prizes  was  awarded  in  1829. 
Even  in  this  essay  we  can  trace  the  germs  of  some  of  his  future 
speculations  in  physiological  chemistry.  The  following  year  he 

1 In  the  compilation  of  the  Introduction  I am  likewise  much  indebted  to  Lehmann’s 
1 Manual  of  Physiological  Chemistry and  to  Mulder’s  ‘ Chemistry  of  Vegetable  and 
Animal  Physiology.’ 


EDITOR’S  PREFACE. 


vii 

obtained  the  first  prize  (the  gold  medal)  for  his  essay  on  the 
best  method  of  preparing  infusions  and  decoctions  (Brande’s 
Archiv,  vol.  35).,  a treatise  equally  remarkable  for  the  extreme 
accuracy  and  care  with  which  his  experiments  were  conducted, 
and  for  the  judgment  displayed  in  his  conclusions.  In  the 
year  1832  Simon  came  from  the  Rhine,  where  he  had  been 
practising  as  apothecary  in  different  towns  (Cleve,  Diisseldorf, 
Coin,  and  Deutz,)  to  Berlin,  where  he  passed  his  examination 
as  apothecary  with  the  highest  credit,  and  where,  in  addition 
to  the  practical  department  of  his  profession,  he  attended 
lectures  on  chemistry  and  pharmacy.  He  now  published  a 
small  pamphlet  entitled  ‘ A brief  Examination  of  Professor 
Kranichfeld’s  Treatise  on  the  necessity  of  a Fundamental 
Knowledge  of  Pharmacy  in  relation  to  sound  Medical  Practice/ 
one  of  the  most  argumentative  and  powerful  replies  that 
Kranichfeld’s  absurd  and  unfounded  accusation  against  the 
German  apothecary  system  elicited.  From  this  period  till  the 
year  1838  he  devoted  himself  to  study,  having,  with  this  view, 
given  up  his  public  pharmaceutical  avocations  in  the  year  1835. 
He  attended,  for  six  terms,  lectures  at  the  High  School  of  Berlin, 
on  natural  history,  physics,  mathematics,  history,  and  philosophy; 
he  likewise  published,  conjointly  with  Dr.  Meklenburg,  a tabular 
view  of  chemistry  (Berlin,  Hirschwald.)  Most  of  his  leisure 
time  at  this  period  was  devoted  to  toxicology,  a subject  on 
which  he  and  his  friend  Dr.  Sobernheim  published  a treatise 
which  is  regarded  throughout  Germany  as  the  standard  work 
on  everything  connected  with  poisons  and  poisoning.  Some 
of  the  most  important  original  investigations  on  which  this 
work  was  based  were  originally  published  in  Poggendorff’s 
Annalen,  vol.  40. 

On  the  3d  of  October,  1838,  Simon  received  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  for  his  celebrated  thesis  ‘ De  Lactis 
Muliebris  ratione  chemica  et  physiologica/  which,  in  the  course 
of  the  same  year,  was  published,  with  considerable  additions,  in 


V1U 


EDITOR’S  PREFACE. 


the  German  language  (Die  Frauenmilch,  u.  s.  w.  Berlin, 
Forstner,  1838),  and  fully  established  his  reputation  as  one  of 
the  most  successful  investigators  of  the  age  in  the  departments 
of  organic  chemistry  and  microscopy.  It  was  regarded  by 
Berzelius  and  others  of  our  first  chemists  as  the  most  perfect 
work  on  the  subject  of  which  it  treats. 

In  1839  his  tabular  f View  of  the  Mineral  Springs  of  Europe, 
arranged  with  especial  regard  to  their  chemical  composition 
and  their  physical  and  chemical  characters’  (Die  Heilquellen 
Europas,  u.  s.  w.,  Berlin,  Forstner,)  made  its  appearance,  a work 
of  very  considerable  labour,  in  which  he  collected  and  systema- 
tically arranged  no  less  than  1045  analyses  of  European  mineral 
waters ; and  in  1841  we  find  him  an  extensive  contributor  to 
Dr.  Nicolai’s  f Manual  of  Medical  Jurisprudence,’  having,  in 
fact,  executed  the  whole  of  the  chemical  and  toxicological  portion 
of  the  work.  About  this  time  the  first  part  of  the  f Chemistry 
of  Man’  appeared;  it  was  not,  however,  completed  till  the 
summer  of  1842,  in  consequence  of  Simon’s  determination  to 
render  the  work  as  rich  as  possible  in  original  analytical  obser- 
vations. With  this  view  he  was  a constant  attendant  at 
Schonlein’s  clinical  class,  where  his  chemical  services  were 
highly  valued,  as  manifested  by  the  frequent  reference  made 
to  them  by  that  distinguished  physician  in  his  published  Clini- 
cal Lectures.  Scarcely  had  Simon  concluded  the  ‘ Chemistiy 
of  Man’  before  he  entertained  the  idea  of  editing  a quarterly 
periodical  devoted  to  his  favorite  pursuits,  physiological  and 
pathological  chemistry.  It  appeared  under  the  title  of  ‘ Beitrage 
zur  physiologischen  und  pathologischen  Chemie  und  Mikro- 
skopie,  in  ikrer  Anwendung  auf  die  praktische  Medizin.’  He 
lived  to  edit  only  three  numbers.  The  fourth  (edited  by  bis 
friend  Dr.  Minding)  contained  the  melancholy  tidings  of  his 
death,  which  took  place  at  Vienna  on  the  23d  of  October  1843, 
after  an  illness  of  only  four  weeks.  Though  no  longer  amongst 
us,  the  good  that  he  did  died  not  with  him  ; his  works,  no 


EDITOR’S  PREFACE. 


IX 


less  than  his  example,  have  stimulated  others  to  follow  in  his 
track,  and  to  build  upon  the  solid  basis  that  he  has  left  them. 
Even  the  very  periodical  that  he  commenced  so  shortly  before 
his  death  is  still  conducted  (under  a different  title)  by  an  able 
chemist,  and  is  producing  results  worthy  of  its  original  founder. 

I gladly  avail  myself  of  this  opportunity  of  expressing  my 
obligations  to  the  Council  of  the  Sydenham  Society  for  the 
promptitude  with  which  they  accepted  my  suggestion  respecting 
the  expediency  of  publishing  an  English  edition  of  this  work, 
and  for  intrusting  me  with  the  editorship  of  it ; to  one  of  that 
body,  Mr.  Ancell,  I am  very  deeply  indebted  for  the  kind  and 
valuable  assistance  that  he  has  afforded  me  in  the  preparation 
of  this  volume  for  the  press.  Amongst  the  many  other  friends 
to  whom  my  acknowledgments  are  due,  I must  especially  men- 
tion Dr.  Allen  Thomson,  Dr.  Percy,  Dr.  Wright,  and  Dr. 
Golding  Bird. 

G.  E.  D. 


Southwick  street,  Hyde  Park. 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE. 


The  completion  of  the  ‘ Chemistry  of  Man’  has  been  una- 
voidably delayed  beyond  the  time  at  which  it  was  advertised 
to  appear,  in  consequence  of  the  large  number  of  original  ana- 
lyses that  I found  it  requisite  to  institute.  As,  however,  these 
analyses  materially  increase  the  value  of  the  work,  I trust 
that  my  apparent  procrastination  will  be  readily  forgiven. 
The  present  volumes  comprise  physiological  and  pathological 
chemistry.  They  treat  of  the  physical  and  chemical  relations 
of  the  fluid  and  solid  portions  of  the  human  body  in  a state  of 
health,  and  of  the  modifications  they  experience  in  different  dis- 
eases. Moreover,  in  every  instance,  the  chemical  examination 
of  the  fluids  and  solids  of  the  lower  animals  is  appended  to 
each  chapter.  The  order  in  which  the  various  matters  treated 
in  these  volumes  are  discussed  must  be  regarded  rather  as  natural 
than  physiological.  After  the  circulating  fluids,  viz.,  the  blood, 
lymph,  and  chyle,  with  which  I commence, — I treat  of  the 
secreted  and  excreted  fluids,  as,  for  instance,  those  of  the  cliy- 
lopoietic  system,  of  the  female  breast,  of  the  mucous  membranes 
and  skin,  of  the  kidneys,  &c. : next  in  order,  I take  the  fteces 
and  vomited  matters.  I then  consider  the  various  tissues  that 
enter  into  the  composition  of  the  animal  body,  as,  for  instance, 
the  bones,  muscles,  skin,  and  glands ; and  I conclude  with  a 
description  of  various  solid  and  fluid  morbid  products,  such 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE. 


xi 


as  calculi,  tubercular  and  carcinomatous  matter,  dropsical 
effusions,  &c. 

I have  made  myself  practically  conversant  with  the  most 
approved  methods  of  analysing  the  different  fluids  and  solids 
described  in  this  work ; and,  as  far  as  my  resources  permitted, 

I have  endeavoured  to  determine  the  various  physical  and  che-  . 
mical  modifications  they  undergo  in  the  course  of  different  dis- 
eases. My  attention  has  been  especially  directed  to  the  study 
of  those  fluids  that  are  of  the  greatest  importance  to  the 
practical  physician.  Within  the  space  of  a few  years  I have 
made  about  170  quantitative  analyses  of  various  animal  matters, 
of  which  the  very  large  majority  refer  to  human  blood,  milk, 
and  urine,  and  on  which  I lay  the  foundation  for  the  patholo- 
gical chemistry  of  those  fluids.  In  fact,  without  these  analyses 
it  would  have  been  impossible  to  publish  a work  worthy  of  the 
name  of  ‘ The  Chemistry  of  Man for  the  essays  of  Andral 
and  Gavarret  on  the  Blood,  and  of  Becquerel  on  the  Urine,  did 
not  appeal’  until  I had  made  considerable  progress  in  my  work. 

I have  deemed  it,  in  every  case,  my  duty  to  incorporate  the 
results  of  other  chemists  with  my  own,  and  if,  in  any  instance, 

I have  failed  in  acknowledging  the  sources  from  which  my 
statements  have  been  drawn,  the  fault  is  one  of  inadvertence, 
not  of  design.  All  purely  physiological  matter,  not  bearing 
directly  on  chemistry,  has  been  omitted ; but  microscopic  in- 
vestigation, especially  in  those  instances  in  which  it  strengthens 
the  evidence  of  experimental  chemistry,  has  been  deemed  legi- 
timately deserving  of  a place  in  this  treatise. 

My  views  regarding  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood,  and  its 
relation  to  nutrition  and  animal  heat,  were  first  communicated, 
at  Erlangen  in  the  autumn  of  1840,  to  the  medical  and  chemi- 
cal section  of  Associated  Naturalists ; and  my  subsequent  re- 
searches into  the  chemical  constitution  of  the  blood  and  urine 
confirm  my  belief  in  their  general  accuracy.  These  views  may 
be  summed  up  in  the  following  terms  : The  blood  is  subjected 


XU 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE. 


to  a continuous  metamorphosis,  which  may  he  regarded  as  the 
expression  of  its  vitality.  The  nutrition  of  the  peripheral  sys- 
tem is  effected  by  the  liquor  sanguinis,  not  by  the  blood-cor- 
puscles. The  liquor  sanguinis  affords  nutriment  to  the  cells 
and  organs,  which  possess  an  inherent  power  of  selecting  proper 
material,  or  of  forming  it  from  non-homologous  matter,  at  the 
same  time  secreting  the  products  of  decomposition.  The  prin- 
cipal nutritive  matters  in  the  liquor  sanguinis  are  albumen, 
fibrin,  and  fat.  The  chief  products  of  this  metamorphosis  are 
the  extractive  matters  and  lactic  acid,  which  occur  in  the  ex- 
cretions, especially  in  the  urine.  Urea,  bilin,  and  carbonic  acid 
are  either  not  products  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood  during 
the  act  of  nutrition  in  the  peripheral  system,  or  at  most  they 
are  only  in  part  formed  by  it.  They  must  he  regarded  as  pro- 
ducts of  the  vital  energy  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  which,  doubt- 
less, possess  the  same  power  of  attracting  nutriment,  and  of 
throwing  off  decomposed  products,  as  other  living  cells.  The 
proper  nutriment  of  these  corpuscles  is  oxygen,  albumen,  and 
probably  also  fat,  which  are  furnished  them  by  the  liquor  san- 
guinis. The  most  important  products  of  their  metamorphosis 
are  carbonic  acid,  urea,  fibrin,  extractive  matters,  and  very  pro- 
bably some  of  the  constituents  of  the  bile.  The  leading  and 
most  important  object  of  this  vital  energy  of  the  blood-corpus- 
cles is  the  production  of  animal  heat,  without  which  every 
function  of  the  organism,  nay  even  life  itself,  would  be  instan- 
taneously annihilated.  The  production  of  animal  heat  is  due 
to  the  combination  of  oxygen  with  the  carbon  of  the  globulin 
the  principal  products  of  this  reaction  are  carbonic  acid  and 
urea,  or  uric  acid,  (which  is  excreted  as  a substitute  for  urea  in 
most  of  those  classes  of  animals  in  which  elliptic  blood-corpus- 

1 [Simon’s  views  respecting  the  production  of  animal  heat  approximate  closely 
to  those  expressed  by  our  countryman,  Mr.  Ancell,  in  his  11th  lecture  on  the 
blood.  See  Lancet,  1840,  vol.  i.  p.  829,  or  Dr.  Posner’s  German  edition  of  the  col- 
lected lectures,  p.  200.] 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE. 


xm 


cles  occur.)  The  urea  excreted  may  thus  be  regarded  as  a 
measure  or  equivalent  of  the  auimal  heat  developed. 

The  production  of  blood-corpuscles  and  the  formation  of  blood 
are  intimately  connected  with  nutrition : when  the  food  is  too 
scanty  and  insufficient,  the  amount  of  blood,  and  especially  of 
blood-corpuscles,  is  diminished ; when  the  nutriment  is  proper 
and  abundant,  the  reverse  takes  place.  In  the  former  case,  there- 
fore, the  vital  energy  is  depressed,  the  secretions  and  excretions 
are  diminished,  and  the  animal  heat  sinks ; while  in  the  latter 
case  exactly  the  reverse  is  observed.  In  the  normal  state  there 
is  an  equilibrium  preserved  between  the  production  and  con- 
sumption of  blood-corpuscles.  The  food  is  prepared,  and  to  a 
certain  extent  assimilated,  before  it  enters  the  blood.  The  vital 
energy  of  the  blood-corpuscles  continues  even  during  a perfect 
abstinence  from  food,  and  carbonic  acid  and  urea  continue  to 
be  formed,  although  their  amount  gradually  diminishes  in  a 
direct  ratio  with  the  diminution  of  the  blood -corpuscles. 

Moreover,  the  amount  of  carbonic  acid  and  the  formation  of 
urea  are  lessened  by  a torpid,  and  increased  by  an  excited  cir- 
culation ; and  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  corpuscles  and 
to  the  rapidity  of  the  circulation,  so  much  the  higher  is  the 
animal  temperature.  Thus  in  birds  we  observe  a high  tem- 
perature, and  the  reverse  in  the  amphibia.  In  chlorotic,  and 
also  in  very  aged  persons  we  find  a low  temperature,  and  a 
diminished  excretion  of  urea,  while  in  inflammatory  diseases, 
and  after  prolonged  corporeal  exertion  the  temperature  rises, 
and  there  is  either  a relative  or  an  absolute  increase  of  urea; 
in  the  former  case,  even  in  the  absence  of  all  nitrogenous  food. 
The  capillary  and  cutaneous  systems  tend  to  regulate  an  ex- 
cessive rapidity  of  the  circulation,  and  to  prevent  the  animal 
heat  from  exceeding  a certain  limit. 

If  we  only  knew  whether,  and  in  what  manner,  the  pulmo- 
nary exhalation  is  changed  in  various  diseases,  (especially  in  rela- 
tion to  the  amount  of  carbonic  acid  contained  in  it,)  whether 


XIV 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE. 


the  carbonic  acid  always  increases  relatively  with  the  urea,  or  in 
certain  cases  with  the  uric  acid,  and  if  further,  we  possessed 
experiments  illustrative  of  the  effects  of  diseases,  and  of  varied 
diet  on  the  bile,  we  should  then  have  a more  solid  basis  than 
we  now  occupy,  on  which  to  found  our  chemical  inquiries, 
while  the  acquisition  to  the  science  of  medicine  would  be  po- 
sitive and  incalculable.  The  questions  here  involved  must, 
however,  unfortunately,  at  the  present  time,  be  regarded  as 
unanswerable.  We  cannot  doubt  that  the  pulmonary  exhalation 
does  vary,  under  different  circumstances,  in  the  amount  of  car- 
bonic acid;  for  instance,  more  carbonic  acid  is  exhaled  during 
prolonged  corporeal  exertion  than  when  the  body  is  in  a state 
of  repose ; although,  as  far  as  I am  aware,  no  experiments  on 
this  subject  have  yet  been  instituted.1  We  have,  however,  con- 
clusive evidence  that  the  amount  of  urea  is  increased  under 
these  circumstances. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  the  researches  of  Trommer  regarding 
the  passage  of  sugar  into  the  portal  blood  of  horses,  this  sub- 
stance could  not  be  detected  in  the  chyle  nor  in  the  arterial  or 
venous  blood,  which  renders  it  more  than  probable  that  the 
liver  not  only  serves  the  purpose  of  modifying  the  composition 
of  the  blood,  but  likewise  effects  the  object  of  altering  or  re- 
moving abnormal  substances  from  it  that  have  been  absorbed 
by  the  mesenteric  veins.  Hence  this  organ  appears,  in  a cer- 
tain degree,  to  take  a share  in  the  process  of  digestion,  an 
opinion  supported  by  Berzelius.  Future  investigations  re- 
specting the  functions  of  the  liver  may  lead  to  very  important 
results,  and  throw  much  light  on  many  of  the  most  obscure 
departments  of  physiology. 

Although  very  little  has  yet  been  done  in  physiological  and 
pathological  chemistry,  the  rational  physician,  who  ventures  to 
cast  aside  the  trammels  of  dogmatism  and  empiricism,  cannot, 

1 [The  experiments  of  Scharling  on  this  subject  were  made  after  the  publication 
of  the  ‘ Chemistry  of  Man.’  A brief  notice  of  them  is  given  in  p.  129  of  this  volume.] 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE. 


xv 


for  an  instant,  doubt  that  pathology,  therapeutics,  and  diag- 
nosis, are  only  safely  based  on  chemistry,  physiology,  and  morbid 
anatomy:  he  cannot  entertain  a doubt  that  the  same  chemistry 
with  which  he  scans  the  changes  in  crude  inorganic  matter, 
will  likewise  enable  him,  if  not  at  present,  yet  surely  at  some 
future  period,  to  detect  the  variations  in  the  composition  of  the 
animal  fluids  and  solids,  some  of  which  are  dependent  on  phy- 
siological, others  on  pathological  causes,  and  will  throw  a new 
light  on  the  normal  functions  of  the  organism,  as  well  as  on 
the  various  processes  of  disease. 

After  contemplating  the  dependence  of  vital  manifestations 
on  the  unceasing  metamorphosis  of  the  animal  body,  and  the 
secretions  and  excretions  as  its  products ; after  glancing  at  the 
physical  and  chemical  modifications  that  these  secretions  and 
excretions  undergo  in  numerous  pathological  conditions,  and 
observing  how  these  changes  affect  the  structure  and  chemical 
conditions  of  the  different  organs,  we  can  no  longer  entertain 
a doubt  that  all  morbid  phenomena  are  accompanied  by  me- 
tamorphoses in  the  organism,  different  from  those  that  occur 
in  the  normal  condition.  But  it  will  require  an  immense  number 
of  analyses  in  order  to  ascertain  and  determine  these  modifi- 
cations, to  express  them  in  definite  terms,  to  connect  them 
duly  with  functional  distin’bances  in  the  organism,  or  with 
other  symptomatic  phenomena,  and,  finally,  as  far  as  possible, 
to  endeavour  to  discover  their  origin.  In  such  researches 
the  mere  chemist  can  do  little : in  order  to  produce  results  really 
serviceable  to  science,  physiology  and  pathology  are  as  essential 
as  chemistry  itself,  and  no  one  can  hope  to  advance  this  de- 
partment of  scientific  inquiiy  who  does  not  include,  in  his  own 
person,  the  chemist,  the  physiologist,  and  the  pathologist. 

Every  science  is  slowly  and  gradually  developed.  Physio- 
logical and  pathological  chemistry  forms  no  exception  to  this 
rule  : it  is  still  a mere  infant  science,  that  has  scarcely  attained 
a self-dependent  existence.  The  reader  must  therefore  not 


XVI 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE. 


require  of  this  work  more  than  the  present  state  of  the  science 
will  enable  me  to  present  him  with.  He  will  find  in  it  che- 
mical facts  which  the  physiologist  and  pathologist  may  render 
of  further  service : the  few  scattered  ideas  concerning  the  me- 
tamorphosis of  the  blood,  and  the  probable  connexion  between 
various  diseases  and  certain  modifications  in  the  composition 
of  the  different  animal  fluids,  may  serve  as  connecting  links  for 
further  investigations. 

The  materials  for  my  analyses  have  been  chiefly  derived 
from  the  Charite  (hospital)  of  this  city,  from  some  of  the  public 
cliniques,  from  private  practice,  and  from  the  royal  veterinary 
school.  I gladly  avail  myself  of  this  opportunity  of  publicly 
expressing  my  thanks  to  Drs.  Schonlein,  Wolff,  and  Romberg, 
as  well  to  Professors  Gurlt  and  Hertwig,  and  the  other  pro- 
fessional friends  who  have  favoured  me  with  their  advice  and 
assistance.  I must  likewise  express  my  obligation  to  Dr. 
v.  Belir,  who  assisted  me  for  a considerable  time  in  my  re- 
searches on  the  urine. 

That  this  work  may  succeed  in  encouraging  a taste  for  a 
department  of  science,  whose  cultivation  and  further  develop- 
ment is,  at  the  present  time,  imperatively  demanded  by  the 
medical  public,  is  the  most  sincere  wish  of 


The  Author. 


Berlin,  April  1842. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION. 

By  Dr.  Day. 

Page 

I.  Mineral  Constituents. 

Class  1.  Constituents  useful  by  their  physical  properties  . . 1 

2.  Constituents  useful  hy  their  chemical  properties  . . 2 

. 3.  Incidental  constituents  . . . . .3 

II.  Organic  Constituents. 

Class  I.  Nitrogenous  constituents : 

1.  Protein  .......  5 

2.  Albumen  . . . . . . .15 

3.  Fibrin  . . . . . . .18 

4.  Casein  .......  19 

5.  Pepsin  . . . . . . .22 

6.  Ptyalin  . . . . . . .24 

7.  Gelatin — chondrin  and  glutin  . . . .25 

8.  Pyin  .......  29 

9.  Extractive  matters  . . . . . .30 

10.  Colouring  matters  . . . . . .39 

a.  Of  the  blood  . . . . . . ib. 

b.  Of  the  bile  . . . . . .43 

c.  Of  the  urine  . . . . .45 

11.  Bilin  . . . . . . . . ib. 

12.  Urea  . . . . . . . .49 

13.  Uric  acid  .......  53 

14.  Hippuric  acid  . . . . . .61 

15.  Uric  oxide  . . . . . . .62 

16.  Cystin  . . . . . . .64 

Class  II.  Non-nitrogenous  constituents : 

1.  Animal  sugars  . . . . . .65 

a.  Sugar  of  milk  . . . . . . ib. 

b.  Diabetic  sugar  . . . . . .66 


xviii 


CONTENTS. 


2.  Saponifiable  fats 

a.  Fatty  bases 

Glycerin  . 

Oxide  of  cetyl 
Cerain  . 

b.  Fatty  acids  . . . 

Margaryl  and  its  oxides — stearic  and 
Oleic  acid 

Butyric  and  its  allied  acids 
Cerebric  and  oleophosphoric  acids 

3.  Non-saponifiable  fats : 

a.  Cliolesterin  .... 

b.  Serolin  .... 

4.  Organic  acids : 

a.  Lactic  acid  .... 

b.  Oxalic  acid  .... 

c.  Acetic  acid  .... 


margaric  acids 


CHEMISTRY  OF  MAN. 

CHAPTER  I. 

On  the  proximate  analysis  of  compound  animal  substances 


CHAPTER  II. 

The  circulating  fluids — the  blood  .... 

The  general  physical  relations  of  the  blood. 

Microscopic  analysis  of  the  blood  ...... 

The  general  chemical  relations  of  the  blood. 

The  general  chemical  relations  of  the  blood-corpuscles 

„ „ „ colouring  matter  of  the  blood 

„ „ ,,  nuclei  of  the  blood-corpuscles 

„ „ „ plasma  (liquor  sanguinis) 

The  retardation  or  prevention  of  coagulation  .... 
Acceleration  of  the  coagulation  ...... 

On  the  chemical  physiology  of  the  blood. 

On  the  formation  of  the  blood  ...... 

On  the  forces  that  circulate  the  blood  ..... 

On  the  process  of  respiration  ...... 

Absolute  quantity  of  expired  carbonic  acid  .... 

Relations  of  the  constituents  of  the  expired  air  to  the  theory  of  respiration 
Respiration  of  the  foetus  and  of  animals  .... 

On  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood  ..... 


Page 

69 

70 
ib. 
ib. 
ib. 

71 
ib. 

74 

75 
81 

82 

83 

84 

85 
ib. 


87 


100 


102 


107 

112 

ib. 

114 

115 
117 


118 

122 

123 

128 

131 

136 

139 


CONTENTS. 

On  animal  heat  ...... 

xix 

Page 

142 

Metamorphosis  of  the  blood  in  the  nutrition  of  the  organism 

. 

. 

147 

Active  metamorphosis  of  the  blood 

• 

• 

152 

Special  chemistry  of  the  blood. 

Proximate  constituents  of  the  blood 

. 

, 

166 

On  the  methods  of  analysing  the  blood 

. 

. 

167 

Analysis  of  coagulated  blood  .... 

• 

• 

190 

On  the  healthy  blood  in  relation  to  physiology. 

On  the  distinctive  characters  of  arterial  and  venous  blood 

. 

. 

192 

Properties  of  the  blood  of  the  vena  portaj ; its  comparison  with  arterial  blood 

201 

Properties  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein ; its  comparison  with  the  blood  of 
the  vena  portae  ........ 

208 

Properties  of  the  blood  of  the  renal  veins  ; its  comparison  with  the  blood 
the  aorta  ....... 

of 

213 

Comparison  of  venous  blood  with  the  blood  of  the  capillaries 

. 

217 

Review  of  the  modifications  and  changes  that  the  blood  undergoes  in 
course  of  the  circulation  ..... 

tlie 

218 

On  the  absolute  composition  of  healthy  venous  blood 

. 

227 

On  the  differences  of  the  blood  dependent  on  sex 

. 

234 

„ „ „ on  constitution 

. 

236 

„ „ „ on  temperament 

. 

ib. 

tt  tt  tt  on  clgC  . . 

• 

ib. 

ON  DISEASED  BLOOD. 

The  pathological  chemistry  of  the  blood 

239 

Andral  and  Gavarret’s  method  of  analysis 

240 

On  the  effect  of  repeated  venesections  on  the  blood 

248 

First  form  of  diseased  blood : hyperinosis 

250 

Blood  in  inflammatory  affections  generally 

251 

,,  metrophlebitis  puerperalis 

252 

„ phlegmasia  alba  dolens 

253 

„ carditis  ..... 

254 

„ bronchitis  ..... 

255 

„ pneumonia  ..... 

258 

„ pleuritis  ..... 

266 

„ angina  tonsillaris  (amygdalitis) 

268 

„ hepatitis  and  lienitis  .... 

ib. 

„ peritonitis  ..... 

269 

„ nephritis  and  cystitis  .... 

273 

„ rheumatismus  acutus  .... 

ib. 

„ erysipelas  ..... 

277 

„ phthisis  tuberculosa  .... 

279 

„ febris  puerperalis  .... 

282 

„ eclampsia  ..... 

ib. 

„ carcinoma  medullare  colli  uteri 

284 

XX 


CONTENTS. 


Second  form  of  diseased  blood : hypinosis 

Blood  in  typhus  abdominalis 
„ febris  continua  , 

„ variola  and  varioloid  disease 

„ rubeola 

,,  scarlatina 

„ febris  intermittens 

„ haemorrhagia  cerebralis 

Third  form  of  diseased  blood : spanaemia 

Blood  in  anaemia  and  liydraemia 
„ carcinoma 

,,  scrofulosis 

,,  chlorosis 

„ scorbutus 

„ morbus  maculosus  Werlbofii  (la 

„ hemorrhages 
„ purpura  baemorrbagica 

„ typhus  peteehialis  putridus  (yellow  fever,  plagi 

Fourth  form  of  diseased  blood:  heterochymeusis 

1.  Blood  containing  urea  ; uraemia 

Blood  in  morbus  Briglitii  . 

„ cholera 

2.  Blood  containing  sugar : melitcemia 

Blood  in  diabetes 

3.  Blood  containing  bile-pigment : cholcemia 

Blood  in  icterus 

4.  Blood  containing  fat : piarhcemia 

5.  Blood  containing  pus : pyolicemia 

6.  Blood  containing  animalcules 


nd-scurvy) 


e) 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  THE  BLOOD. 

Blood  during  pregnancy  . . . v 

Menstrual  blood  ..... 

Lochial  discharge  ..... 

Blood  of  animals  ..... 


The  lymph 
The  chyle 


Page 

286 

288 

295 

298 

300 
ib. 

301 

302 
306 

308 

309 
ib. 

310 

315 

316 

317 
319 
ib. 
321 
ib. 
ib. 
325 
327 
ib. 
329 
ib. 

332 

333 
335 


335 

337 

338 

339 


350 

354 


• I 


CHEMISTRY  OF  MAN. 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  proximate  constituents  of  the  animal  body  may  be  divided 
into  two  great  classes,  the  mineral  and  the  organic ; each  of 
which  admits  of  several  sub-divisions. 


I.  MINERAL  CONSTITUENTS. 

The  Mineral  Constituents  may  be  advantageously  classed  in 
three  groups,  comprising,  i,  Those  which  are  of  service  in  the 
animal  body,  in  consequence  of  their  physical  properties ; n, 
Those  which  effect  important  objects  in  the  system  by  their 
chemical  actions;  and  m,  Those  which,  being  only  incidentally 
present,  may  be  eliminated  without  exerting  any  unfavorable 
effect  on  the  economy. 

CLASS  I.  CONSTITUENTS  USEFUL  BY  THEIR  PHYSICAL 
PROPERTIES. 

1.  Water.  This  substance  is  so  universally  diffused,  and  its 
uses  are  so  obvious  as  to  render  any  observations  unnecessary. 

2.  Phosphate  of  lime,  in  the  importance  of  its  physical  proper- 
ties to  the  animal  organism,  undoubtedly  ranks  next  to  water. 
Phosphate  of  lime  or,  as  it  is  often  termed,  bonc-eartli,  consists 
of  8 eq.  of  lime  and  3 eq.  of  phosphoric  acid;  its  empirical  formula 
therefore  is  8 Ca  O + 3 PO  ; but  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 

1 


2 


MINERAL  CONSTITUENTS. 


it  is  a compound  of  two  tribasic  phosphates  of  lime,  namely 
2 Ca  O,  TIO,  P05  + 2 (3  Ca  O,  POr).  It  consists  of  5P55 
parts  of  lime,  and  48-45  of  phosphoric  acid.  It  occurs  in  bone, 
blood,  milk,  mine,  feces,  &c. 

3.  Carbonate  of  lime  forms  the  principal  part  of  the  skeleton  in 
the  invertebrata ; it  also  occurs  in  greater  or  less  proportion  in 
the  bones  of  the  higher  animals  and  man,  in  the  urine  of  the 
graminivora,  and  in  certain  morbid  concretions.  It  contains 
56'29  parts  of  lime  and  43' 71  of  carbonic  acid. 

4.  Phosphate  of  magnesia  is  very  frequently  associated  with 
phosphate  of  lime.  In  a crystalline  state  its  formula  is  PIO, 
2 Mg  O,  P05  + 2 HO  + 12  HO.  (Graham  in  Phil.  Trans.  1837.) 
It  occurs  in  bone,  blood,  milk,  shell  of  eggs,  urine  of  man  and 
carnivora,  intestinal  concretions,  feces,  &c.  After  the  removal 
of  the  water  of  crystallization  it  consists  of  36-67  parts  of  mag- 
nesia, and  63-33  of  phosphoric  acid. 

Phosphate  of  magnesia  and  ammonia,  or,  as  it  is  frequently 
termed,  ammoniaco -magnesian  phosphate,  is  a perfectly  distinct 
salt.  Like  the  former,  it  is  a tribasic  salt,  of  which  the  3 atoms 
of  base  are,  1 atom  of  oxide  of  ammonium,  and  2 atoms  of 
magnesia,  with  12  atoms  of  water  of  crystallization,  10  of  which 
may  be  expelled  without  any  loss  of  ammonia.  Its  formula 
therefore  is  NH4  O,  2 Mg  O,  P05  + 2 HO  + 10  HO.  Crystals 
of  this  salt  have  been  observed  in  the  excrements  in  typhus  and 
other  diseases ; it  is  also  present  in  certain  states  of  the  urine, 
and  is  a frequent  constituent  of  urinary  calculi. 

5.  Fluoride  of  calcium  occurs  in  the  animal  organism  in  very 
minute  quantity.  It  is  much  more  abundant  in  fossil  than  in 
recent  bones. 


CLASS  II. 


CONSTITUENTS  USEFUL  BY  THEIR  CHEMICAL 
PROPERTIES. 


1.  Hydrochloric  acid  exists  in  the  digestive  fluid  of  man,  of 
the  mammalia  generally,  and  of  birds.  It  has  been  detected 
by  Lehmann  in  morbid  saliva. 

2.  Hydrofluoric  acid  has  only  been  detected  in  the  gastric  se- 
cretion of  birds. 

3.  Chloride  of  sodium  exists  in  the  blood,  gastric  juice,  urine, 
bone,  cartilage,  &c. 


INCIDENTAL. 


3 


4.  Carbonate  of  soda  is  a very  common  ingredient  in  the  ash 
of  animal  substances;  in  most  cases  it  is  derived  from  com- 
pounds of  soda  with  organic  acids,  especially  lactic  acid.  It 
is  also  found  in  the  urine  of  the  graminivora. 

5.  Phosphate  of  soda  occurs  in  the  blood,  lymph,  chyle,  bile, 
milk,  and.  urine.  Its  formula  is  HO,  2 Na  O,  PO.  + 24  HO. 
On  the  addition  of  muriate  of  ammonia  to  a solution  of  this 
salt,  we  obtain  the  “ sal  microcosmicus  ” of  the  older  chemists, 
which  is  found  in  considerable  quantity  in  decomposed  animal 
fluids;  its  formula  is  HO,  NII4  O,  NaO,  PO.+8  HO.  The 
recent  investigations  of  Enderlin  tend  to  prove  that  the  phos- 
phate of  soda  that  most  commonly  occurs  in  the  animal  fluids 
and  tissues,  contains  3 atoms  of  soda,  and  may  be  represented 
by  the  formula  3 Na  O,  PO,. 

6.  Chloride  of  calcium  is  found  in  the  gastric  juice  and  saliva. 

7.  Chloride  of  iron  (apparently  the  proto-salt)  occurs  in  he 
gastric  juice. 

8.  Iron  is  found  in  considerable  quantity  in  hcematin,  the  prin- 
cipal colouring  matter  of  the  blood ; also  in  lymph,  chyle,  black 
pigment  of  the  eye,  hair,  &c.  In  what  state  it  exists,  whether 
as  a peroxide  or  protoxide,  or  either,  is  not  known.  It  is  also 
found  in  lesser  proportion  in  bile,  urine,  sweat,  milk,  &c.  In 
some  of  these  fluids  it  is  stated  to  exist  as  a phosphate. 

CLASS  III.  INCIDENTAL  CONSTITUENTS. 

1.  Chloride  of  potassium  is  found  in  almost  all  the  animal  fluids. 

2.  Alkaline  sulphates  occur  in  small  quantity  in  most  of  the 
animal  fluids,  in  the  blood,  milk,  urine,  and  sweat.  Mitsclierlicli 
could  not  detect  any  alkaline  sulphates  in  the  saliva,  and 
Lehmann  has  recently  shown  that  they  do  not  exist  in  the  bile, 
although  they  may  be  produced  in  the  ash. 

3.  Carbonate  of  magnesia  has  been  found  in  alvine  concre- 
tions, urinary  calculi,  &c.,  in  man  and  the  mammalia.  It 
occurs  in  considerable  quantity  in  the  urine  of  the  graminivora, 
and  is  a constituent  of  the  shell  of  the  egg.  Berzelius  suggests 
the  probability  of  magnesia  being  contained  in  bone,  not  as  a 
phosphate  but  as  a carbonate,  and  that  the  phosphate  of  mag- 
nesia is  produced  during  analysis. 

4.  Manganese  has  been  found  in  the  hair ; it  has  also  been 


4 ' MINERAL  CONSTITUENTS. 

detected  in  human  gall-stones,  (in  one  instance  there  was  found 
as  much  as  03-1  of  the  protoxide  of  manganese,)  and  traces  of 
it  have  been  observed  in  the  urinary  calculi  of  the  graminivora. 

5.  Silica  has  been  found  in  small  quantity  in  the  enamel  of 
the  teeth,  in  bone,  urine,  urinary,  intestinal,  and  biliary  calculi, 
hair,  and  saliva.  It  is  found  in  considerable  quantity  in  the 
excrements,  the  amount  varying  with  the  nature  of  the  food. 
In  the  sheep  the  excrements  have  been  observed  to  contain  as 
much  as  6-02  of  silica. 

6.  Alumina.  Traces  of  this  substance  were  detected  by 
Vauquelin,  in  human  bones;  it  has  been  found  in  considerable 
quantity  in  fossil  teeth  and  horns.  The  circumstance  of  its 
being  an  occasional  constituent  of  intestinal  concretions  coincides 
with  Lehmann’s  experiments,  in  which  he  found  that  when 
alumina  was  introduced  into  the  system,  it  was  carried  off  by 
the  faeces. 

7.  Arsenic  was  recently  stated  by  Orfila  to  be  a normal  consti- 
tuent of  human  hone.  This  opinion  has,  however,  since  been 
withdrawn,  and  there  is  little  doubt  that  there  was  some  fal- 
lacy in  his  experiments. 

8.  Copper  is  considered  by  Devergie,  Lefortier,  and  Orfila,  to 
be  a normal  constituent  of  all  the  soft  parts,  as  well  as  of  the 
blood  of  healthy  persons.  Devergie2  analysed  the  viscera  of 
five  persons  and  found  it  in  every  instance.  It  has  also  been 
found  in  the  sweat. 

9.  Lead  has  been  found  by  these  chemists  in  the  same  cases 
as  copper. 

10.  Ammoniacal  salts.  In  the  blood,  lymph,  chyle,  and  milk, 
there  are  no  appreciable  ammoniacal  salts.  They  have  been 
observed  in  some  cases  in  the  sweat,  and  they  occur  in  a small 
proportion  in  the  urine. 

1 The  notation  g represents  per  centage. 

3 These  observations  have  recently  been  confirmed  by  M.  Barse,  who  succeeded  in 
finding  both  copper  and  lead  in  the  bodies  of  two  persons  to  whom  they  could  not 
have  been  given  for  poisons.  It  seems  from  the  analyses  of  Signor  Cattanci  that 
neither  of  these  metals  exists  in  the  bodies  of  new-born  children  or  infants ; and 
Bossignon  has  recently  pointed  out  the  sources  from  which  the  bodies  of  adults  pro- 
bably derive  their  copper.  He  has  found  this  metal  in  gelatin,  chocolate,  bread, 
coffee,  sugar,  &c. 


PROTEIN. 


5 


II.  ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 

The  Organic  Constituents  may  be  arranged  in  two  principal 
groups,  the  former  embracing  the  nitrogenous,  the  latter  the 
non-nitrogenous  matters.  In  the  nitrogenous  group  we  have 
protein,  and  its  various  modifications — gelatin,  bilin,  and  the  pro- 
ducts of  its  metamorphosis — luematin,  urea,  uric  acid,  &c.  : in 
the  non-nitrogenous  we  place  the  animal  sugars,  fats,  lactic  and 
acetic  acids,  &c.  &c. 

CLASS  I.  NITROGENOUS  CONSTITUENTS. 

1.  Protein. 

Under  this  head  we  shall  consider  three  very  important  com- 
pounds which  are  formed  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  and  which 
are  also  found  to  constitute  the  greater  part  of  the  animal  body. 
These  are  Albumen,  Fibrin,  and  Casein.  Two  most  important 
discoveries  have  recently  been  made  regarding  these  substances. 
The  first  is  the  discovery  made  by  Mulder  that  albumen,  fibrin, 
and  casein  are  nothing  more  than  modifications  of  one  com- 
pound to  which  he  has  given  the  name  of  Protein,  (from 
7TfW7£uw,  I am  first,)  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  commence- 
ment and  starting-point  of  all  the  tissues  : the  second  is,  that 
protein,  in  every  respect  identical  with  that  which  forms  the 
basis  of  the  three  aforesaid  animal  principles,  may  be  obtained 
from  similar  elements  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  When  the 
newly-expressed  juices  of  vegetables  are  allowed  to  stand,  a 
separation  takes  place  in  a few  minutes.  A gelatinous  preci- 
pitate commonly  of  a green  tinge  is  deposited,  and  this,  when 
acted  on  by  liquids  which  remove  the  colouring  matter,  leaves 
a grayish  white  substance,  which  has  been  named  vegetable  fibrin. 
It  separates  from  the  vegetable  juice  in  which  it  was  originally 
dissolved  exactly  as  fibrin  does  from  blood. 

When  the  clarified  juice  of  nutritious  vegetables,  such  as 
cauliflower,  asparagus,  mangel- wiuzel,  or  turnips,  is  made  to  boil, 
a coagulum  is  formed  which  it  is  absolutely  impossible  to  dis- 
tinguish from  the  substance  which  separates  as  a coagulum, 
when  the  serum  of  blood,  or  the  white  of  an  egg,  diluted  with 
water,  is  heated  to  the  boiling  point.  This  is  vegetable  albumen. 


6 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


Vegetable  casein  is  chiefly  found  in  the  seeds  of  peas,  beans, 
lentils,  and  similar  leguminous  seeds.  Like  vegetable  albumen, 
it  is  soluble  in  water,  but  differs  from  it  in  this,  that  its  solution 
is  not  coagulated  by  heat.  When  the  solution  is  heated  or 
evaporated,  a skin  forms  on  its  surface,  and  the  addition  of  an 
acid  causes  a coagulum  just  as  in  animal  milk. 

“ The  chemical  analysis  of  these  three  substances  has  led  to 
the  very  interesting  result  that  they  contain  the  same  organic 
elements  united  in  the  same  proportion  by  weight ; and  what  is 
still  more  remarkable  that  they  are  identical  in  composition  with 
the  chief  constituents  of  blood,  animal  fibrin  and  albumen. 

They  all  three  dissolve  in  concentrated  muriatic  acid,  with  the 
same  deep  purple  colour,  and  even  in  their  physical  characters 
animal  fibrin  and  albumen  are  in  no  respect  different  from  ve- 
getable fibrin  and  albumen.  It  is  especially  to  be  noticed,  that 
by  the  phrase  identity  of  composition  we  do  not  here  imply 
mere  similarity,  but  that,  even  in  regard  to  the  presence  and  re- 
lative amount  of  sulphur,  phosphorus,  and  phosphate  of  lime,  no 
difference  can  be  observed.”  1 

When  animal  or  vegetable  albumen,  fibrin,  or  casein  is  to  be 
used  for  the  extraction  of  protein  in  a state  of  purity,  the  fol- 
lowing steps  are  to  be  taken.  The  selected  substance  is  suc- 
cessively washed  with  water,  alcohol,  and  ether,  for  the  purpose 
of  removing  extractive  matter,  fat,  and  soluble  salts.  It  is  then 
treated  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  which  extracts  the  phos- 
phate of  lime  and  any  other  insoluble  salts  that  may  happen  to 
be  present.  We  now  dissolve  it  in  a moderately  strong  solution 
of  caustic  potash,  and  keep  the  solution  for  some  time  at  a tem- 
perature of  120°,  whereby  the  sulphur  and  phosphorus  that  are 
present  form  phosphate  of  potash  and  sulphuret  of  potassium. 

The  protein  is  then  to  be  thrown  down  from  the  solution,  after 
filtration,  by  acetic  acid,  which  must  be  added  only  in  very  slight 
excess,  as  otherwise  the  precipitate  would  be  redissolved.  It 
must  then  be  collected  on  a filter  and  carefully  washed  till  every 
trace  of  acetate  of  potash  is  removed. 

In  this  state  it  occurs  in  the  form  of  grayish  white  gelatinous 
flocks,  which,  when  dried,  become  hard  and  yellow,  and  give  an 
amber-coloured  powder.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and 


' Liebig’s  Animal  Chemistry,  translated  by  Gregory;  p.  47. 


PROTEIN. 


7 


ether,  anti  is  devoid  of  odour  and  taste.  It  readily  absorbs 
moisture,  and  swells  up,  but  regains  its  original  form  upon  being 
heated  to  212°. 

Mulder  lias  analysed  protein  from  animal  and  vegetable  albu- 
men, from  fibrin,  and  from  cheese  or  casein ; Scherer  has  analysed 
it  from  animal  albumen  and  fibrin,  from  the  crystalline  lens, 
from  hair,  and  from  born;  and  Dumas  from  animal  albumen 
and  casein. 

The  formulse  which  these  chemists  have  assigned  to  it  approxi- 
mate closely  to  each  other,  although  they  are  not  absolutely 
identical.  As  Mulder’s  original  formula  has  been  confirmed  by 
the  recent  investigations  of  Schroder  and  Yon  Laer,  we  shall  adopt 
it  as  the  correct  symbol  of  the  composition  of  this  substance. 
According  to  this  view  the  composition1  of  an  atom  of  protein  is 
represented  by  the  formula  C40  Hal  N.  ()12.  Its  atomic  weight 
is  5529-5,  oxygen  being  100,  and  its  symbol  is  Pr.  It  burns 
when  exposed  to  the  air,  without  leaving  any  ash.  When  boiled 
for  a considerable  time  in  water,  with  free  exposure  to  the  air, 
protein  becomes  slowly  oxydised.  We  shall  revert  to  this  sub- 
ject presently. 

Protein  combines  both  with  acids  and  bases.  It  dissolves 
in  all  very  dilute  acids,  and  forms  with  them  a kind  of  neutraf 
compound,  which  is  insoluble  or  nearly  so  when  there  is  an 
excess  of  the  acid  present.  Hence  if  sulphuric,  hydrochloric, 
or  nitric  acid  be  added  to  a solution  of  protein  in  a dilute  acid, 
the  protein  is  precipitated  in  an  insoluble  state ; if  however  the 
excess  of  acid  is  removed  by  careful  washing,  the  precipitate 
becomes  again  dissolved.  Acetic  acid  aud  tlie  ordinary  (tribasic) 
phosphoric  acid  constitute  an  exception  to  this  rule  as  they  dis- 
solve protein  in  all  proportions.  Protein  may  be  precipitated 
from  any  of  its  acid  solutions  by  ferrocyanide  and  ferridcyanide 
of  potassium,  by  tannin,  by  anhydrous  alcohol,  by  various  me- 
tallic salts,  and  by  the  alkalies. 

The  Metamorphoses  of  Protein,  a.  Sulphuric  acid  and 
protein.  On  the  addition  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  to 
protein  or  to  any  of  its  modifications  (albumen,  fibrin,  or 

1 Liebig’s  formula  for  protein  is  C<8  lln8  N6  Ou.  The  numerical  results  afforded 
by  these  formulae  approximate  very  closely.  See  Appendix  I,  Note  1. 


8 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


casein)  a gradual  swelling  ensues,  and  the  substance  assumes 
a gelatinous  appearance.  On  the  addition  of  water  it  con- 
tracts, and  it  is  found  to  be  perfectly  insoluble  in  that  fluid. 
It  must  be  collected  on  a filter  and  boiled  in  water  as  long 
as  a solution  of  baryta  indicates  that  any  sulphuric  acid  is 
being  given  off : it  must  then  be  heated  with  alcohol,  and 
dried  at  a temperature  not  exceeding  260°.  This  is  sulpho- 
proteic  acicl.  It  appears  as  a yellow  mass,  is  not  easily  pul- 
verized, and  is  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether,  but  dis- 
solves in  potash  and  ammonia.  The  salts  of  silver,  copper, 
lead,  and  iron  yield  precipitates  with  the  alkaline  solutions  of 
this  acid.  Its  formula  is  C^H^,  N5  012,  SO^. 

On  the  cautious  addition^ of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  to  an 
acetic  acid  solution  of  protein,  we  obtain  Mulder’s  sulpho -bi-pro - 
laic  acid,  which  is  then  thrown  down  as  a flocculent  precipitate. 
After  washing  it,  and  drying  it  at  a temperature  not  exceeding 
260°,  it  assumes  a white  appearance,  and  may  be  easily  pulve- 
rized. With  the  alkalies  it  forms  solutions  from  which  many 
of  the  metallic  salts  throw  down  insoluble  compounds.  Mulder 
considers  that  it  is  composed  of  two  atoms  of  protein,  two  of 
water,  and  one  of  sulphuric  acid ; hence  it  may  be  expressed 
by  the  formula  C30  He„  N10  024  + H2  02  + S03. 

If  protein  (or  any  of  its  modifications)  be  boiled  in  dilute 
sulphuric  acid,  a beautiful  purple  tint  is  evolved. 

(3.  Hydrochloric  acid  and  protein.  Midder  has  formed  a hydro- 
chloro-proteic  acid  in  the  same  manner  as  the  sulpho-proteic 
acid.  Its  formula  is  C80  Hfi2  NI0  034  + H2  O , + II  Cl.  When 
protein  is  boiled  in  strong  hydrochloric  acid  the  solution  is  at 
first  yellow,  but  it  gradually  merges  into  a blue  tint.  This 
change  of  colour  does  not  occur  if  the  atmospheric  air  is  ex- 
cluded. 

y.  Nitric  acid  and  protein.  On  the  addition  of  nitric  acid  to 
protein  or  to  any  of  its  modifications,  nitrogen  and  a little  nitric 
oxide  are  evolved,  oxalic  acid  and  nitrate  of  ammonia  are  formed, 
and  there  remains  undissolved  a bright  yellow  matter,  which  on 
being  dried  assumes  an  orange  tint,  and  which  is  known  as 
Xantho-proteic  acid.  It  is  devoid  of  smell  and  taste,  although 
it  slightly  reddens  moistened  litmus  paper.  It  is  insoluble 
in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether.  It  dissolves  in  strong  mineral 
acids,  but  is  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  water ; with  the 


PROTEIN. 


9 


alkalies  it  forms  dark  red  soluble  salts,  and  metallie  salts  throw 
down  yellow  precipitates.  In  a state  of  combination,  the  for- 
mula for  this  acid  is  CL  H04  N,  O.  : when  free  it  contains 


two  atoms  of  water. 

The  changes  which  occur  in 
be  illustrated  by  the  equation- 

1 At.  Protein  . . C40  H3I  N5  019 

2 At.  Nitric  acid  . N2  O10 

1  At.  Water  . . HO 


C40  ^3S  ^7 


the  production  of  this  acid  may 


3  At.  Oxalic  acid  . C6  09 

1 At.  Nitrogen  . . N 

2 At.  Ammonia  . II6  N2 

1 At.  Hydrated  xantho- 
proteic acid  . . C34  H,6  N4  0, , 

C40  H33  ^7  Om 


g,  Chlorine  and  'protein.  On  passing  a current  of  chlorine  gas 
through  a solution  of  any  of  the  protein-compounds,  (albumen, 
fibrin,  or  casein,)  a white  flocculent  precipitate  is  thrown  down. 
After  washing  it,  and  carefully  drying  it  at  a temperature  of 
212°,  Mulder  deduced  from  it  the  formula  C40  II31  Nr  0I9  + Cl  03. 
He  termed  it  chloro-proteic  acid.  It  appears  from  his  investi- 
gations that  the  protein  remains  unchanged,  but  that  a portion 
of  the  water  is  decomposed,  and  that  its  oxygen  combines  with 
chlorine  to  form  chlorous  acid  (Cl  O.)  while  its  hydrogen  com- 
bines with  another  portion  of  chlorine  to  form  hydrochloric 
acid  (H  Cl)  which  remains  in  solution  in  the  water.1 

When  ammonia  is  added  to  the  chlorod-proteic  acid,  the 
latter  substance  dissolves,  and  gives  off  a large  amount  of  nitro- 
gen. The  solution  must  be  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  then 
treated  with  warm  water,  which  takes  up  a portion  of  the  residue. 
On  the  addition  of  alcohol  to  this  aqueous  solution,  a precipitate 
is  thrown  down,  while  muriate  of  ammonia  remains  in  solution. 
This  precipitate  is  composed  of  a substance  of  great  physiolo- 
gical interest.  Its  formula2 3  is  C40  H31  N.  Ol5  + HO.  Mulder 
originally  termed  it  oxyprotein,  but  he  has  recently  given  it  the 
more  descriptive  name  of  tritoxide  of  protein , without  however 
intending  to  imply  anything  more  than  that  it  contains  three 
atoms  more  oxygen  than  protein.  There  is  another  and,  in 


1 That  this  compound  is  a chlorite  of  protein  and  not  a chloride  of  tritoxide  of 

protein  seems  certain  from  its  analogy  with  a corresponding  compound  of  gelatin. 

3  See  Appendix  I,  Note  2. 


10 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


theory,  a simpler  method  of  obtaining  this  compound.  When 
fibrin  or  albumen  of  inflamed  or  healthy  blood,  of  serum  of  the 
blood,  or  of  hen’s  eggs,  is  boiled  with  water,  after  four  hours’ 
boiling,  principles  are  always  obtained  which  are  soluble  in  water, 
wdiilst  the  greater  part  remains  undissolved.  On  repeating  the 
ebullition  every  four  hours  with  fresh  water,  fresh  quantities  of 
soluble  matter  are  extracted,  the  insoluble  portion  becoming 
poorer  in  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  nitrogen,  but  richer  in  oxygen, 
until  the  composition  is  finally  constant.  Moreover,  the  portion 
of  albumen  or  fibrin  soluble  in  water  when  evaporated,  extracted 
with  alcohol,  and  treated  with  cold  water,  is  almost  entirely  so- 
luble in  it,  and  likewise  contains  less  carbon,  hydrogen,  and 
nitrogen,  but  more  oxygen  than  protein.  The  substances  taken 
up  by  the  alcohol  are  merely  products  of  decomposition  of  the 
soluble  portion  of  the  fibrin  or  albumen.  It  is,  moreover,  the 
decomposition  of  this  portion  that  gives  rise  to  the  ammonia 
that  is  produced  on  distilling  albumen  or  fibrin  with  water. 

The  soluble  matter  taken  up  from  the  fibrin  or  albumen  by 
prolonged  ebullition  is  in  every  respect  identical  with  the  trit- 
oxide  of  protein  which  we  have  already  described ; it  exists 
moreover  ready-formed  in  the  huffy  coat  of  the  blood.  From 
whichever  of  these  sources  we  procure  it,  whether  from  cliloro- 
proteic  acid,  from  albumen  or  fibrin,  by  prolonged  ebullition, 
or  from  the  buffy  coat  of  the  blood  after  a comparatively  short 
ebullition,  it  possesses  the  same  properties.  It  is  soluble  in  cold 
water,  but  not  in  ether,  alcohol,  essential  or  fat  oils ; it  has  nei- 
ther an  acid  nor  alkaline  reaction.  It  is  always  precipitated  in 
the  same  manner  from  its  aqueous  solution  by  diluted  nitric, 
sulphuric,  hydrochloric,  neutral  and  basic  phosphoric,  and  tannic 
acids;  by  solutions  of  chlorine,  bichloride  of  mercury,  neutral  and 
basic  acetate  of  lead,  nitrate  of  silver,  sulphate  of  zinc,  and 
peroxide  of  iron.  It  forms  with  metallic  oxides  a class 
of  double  salts,  which  are  composed  according  to  the  formula 

(C„  H31  N5  0la  + MO)  + (C40  h31  n5  015  + I10). 

Tritoxide  of  protein  is  not  precipitated  by  dilute  acetic  acid, 
neutral  salts  of  potash  and  soda,  chloride  of  barium,  hydrochlo- 
rate of  ammonia,  nor  by  that  very  delicate  test  for  protein,  fer- 
rocyanide  of  potassium.  It  dissolves  gradually  in  solutions  of 
potash,  soda,  and  ammonia.  When  thoroughly  dried,  it  occurs 
as  an  amber-coloured  powder.  Nitric  acid  converts  it  into 


PROTEIN. 


11 


xantho-proteic  acicl,  a change  which  is  not  produced  by  the  action 
of  that  reagent  upon  chlorod-proteic  acid. 

Let  us  now  revert  to  the  undissolved  residue,  which  ultimate- 
ly assumes  a uniform  composition  expressed  by  the  formula1 
C H NO..  It  is  this  which  is  first  formed  from  protein  by 
the  influence  of  the  oxygen  of  the  atmosphere.  The  other  sub- 
stance (tritoxide  of  protein)  originates  from  it  by  the  addition 
of  another  equivalent  of  oxygen.  In  this  respect  albumen  and 
fibrin  give  different  results.  Albumen,  without  going  through 
this  preparatory  change  like  fibrin,  is  at  once  converted  into  trit- 
oxide of  protein  by  ebullition,  the  insoluble  portion  which  re- 
mains being  unaltered  albumen. 

From  the  composition  of  this  insoluble  portion  it  has  received 
the  name  of  binoxide  of  protein.  It  exists  ready  formed  in  the 
buffy  coat  of  the  blood.  Yon  Laer  has  obtained  it  from  hair 
in  the  following  manner.  The  protein  is  first  thrown  down 
by  the  addition  of  a little  acetic  acid  to  a solution  of  hair  in 
potash.  On  the  addition  of  a larger  proportion  of  free  acid, 
after  the  removal  of  the  protein,  another  substance,  previously 
in  a state  of  solution,  is  thrown  down.  This  is  the  binoxide  of 
protein.  Von  Laer  describes  it  as  a bright  yellow  precipitate. 
After  being  carefully  washed  and  dried  it  forms  a black,  glossy 
resinous  mass,  which  on  being  pulverized  forms  a dark  amber- 
yellow  powder. 

It  is  insoluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  but  dissolves  perfectly 
in  dilute  acetic,  hydrochloric,  nitric,  and  sulphuric  acids.  It 
does  not  assume  so  strong  a yellow  colour  as  protein,  when 
treated  with  nitric  acid. 

Ferrocyanide  and  ferridcyanide  of  potassium,  and  acetate  of 
lead  precipitate  it  from  its  acid  solutions.  It  is  soluble  in  potash 
and  ammonia. 

If  the  binoxide  of  protein  be  treated  with  chlorine  there  is 
formed,  at  a loss  of  one  atom  of  nitrogen,  and  a gain  of  three 
of  oxygen,  a new  substance  C40  H31  N,  017,  to  which  no  name 
has  yet  been  assigned. 

In  order  to  obtain  these  products  of  oxidation  of  protein  by 
boiling  fibrin  in  water,  it  is  essentially  necessary  that  there 
should  be  free  access  to  the  atmospheric  air. 


\ 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  3. 


12 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


Tlie  products  of  the  oxidation  of  protein  occur  constantly  in 
the  blood ; they  are  formed  in  the  lungs  from  fibrin,  a sub- 
stance which  has  been  shown  by  Scherer  to  possess  the  pro- 
perty of  absorbing  oxygen  when  in  a moist  state.  The  fibrin, 
oxidised  in  the  lungs  is,  according  to  Mulder,  the  principal,  if 
not  the  only,  carrier  of  the  oxygen  of  the  air ; it  is  especially 
this  substance  from  which  the  secretions  are  formed. 

In  inflammatory  conditions,  a considerably  larger  quantity 
of  protein  in  an  oxidised  state,  is  contained  in  the  body,  than 
is  found  in  a normal  state.1 

These  compounds  (or  at  least  one  of  them)  are  also  found  in 
pus,  the  substance  termed  pyin  being  in  reality  tritoxide  of  pro- 
tein ; in  false  membranes,  in  cooked  meat,  and  in  vitelline  sub- 
stance ; in  the  last-named  substance  we  meet  with  a sulphuret 
of  the  binoxide  of  protein. 

Mulder  has  recently  obtained  a third  oxide  of  protein,  repre- 
sented by  the  formula  C10  H31  N.  Oao,  by  boiling  yeast  in  water. 
It  occurs  in  a state  of  solution. 


1 The  examination  of  the  foregoing  facts  leads  to  some  very  important  conclusions. 
We  see,  for  instance,  that,  by  the  ebullition  of  meat,  protein  is  converted  into  two 
oxides,  and  is  thus  no  more  presented  to  the  organism  as  a means  of  nutrition  in  the 
form  of  protein,  but  one  part  is  converted  into  binoxide,  which  is  hard  and  sparingly 
soluble,  while  another  portion  is  changed  into  the  soluble  tritoxide,  and  occurs  in 
broth,  extract  of  meat,  &c.  According  to  Mulder,  the  interior  of  roasted  meat  un- 
dergoes a change  analogous  to  that  which  is  produced  by  ebullition.  As  the  effects 
of  ebullition  upon  albumen  ditfer  from  those  on  fibrin,  in  evolving  only  the  tritoxide 
of  protein,  boiled  albumen  must  be  perfectly  distinct  from  boded  or  roast  meat  as  a 
means  of  nourishment. 

The  process  of  inflammation  also  appears  essentially  as  a higher  grade  of  oxida- 
tion. The  albumen  of  the  blood,  which  furnishes  only  tritoxide  by  ebullition,  pro- 
bably takes  no  part  in  the  change : we  may  conclude  that  it  is  effected  by  the  fibrin 
alone,  which,  as  we  know,  absorbs  oxygen  from  the  air,  and  is  with  so  much  compa- 
rative facility  converted  into  binoxide  and  tritoxide  of  protein-  During  the  height 
of  inflammation,  there  is  a great  excess  of  the  oxides  of  protein  in  the  blood ; in  a 
state  of  health  they  are,  doubtless,  present,  but  in  much  smaller  proportions.  Between 
these  extremes  there  may  be  many  intermediate  states  induced  by  different  disor- 
ders. Respiration  “may  consequently  be  regarded  as  a true  oxidation  of  the  blood, 
or  rather  of  the  protein ; and  in  inflammation,  in  which  the  blood  contains  a greater 
quantity  of  binoxide  and  tritoxide  of  protein  than  in  the  healthy  state,  this  body 
becomes  more  thoroughly  oxidised.  Hence  it  occurs  that,  in  the  acceleration  of  the 
act  of  respiration,  in  fevers,  for  example,  inflammation  so  easily  supervenes  after  any 
violent  or  sustained  efforts.  Every  paroxysm  of  fever  must  necessarily  cause  the 
formation  of  a greater  quantity  of  oxidised  protein  in  the  system,  and  every  augrnen- 


PROTEIN. 


13 


c.  Potash  and  protein.  On  the  addition  of  protein  to  a concen- 
trated solution  of  potash,  and  submitting  the  mixture  to  ebulli- 
tion decomposition  takes  place,  and  a crystalline  substance,  two 
distinct  extractive  matters,  and  formate  and  carbonate  of  am- 
monia are  produced.  After  the  alkaline  solution  has  been  neu- 
trahzed  as  completely  as  possible  by  sulphuric  acid ; the  formic 
acid  may  be  removed  by  gentle  distillation. 

On  evaporating  the  mixture  to  about  one  tliird  of  its  volume, 
the  greater  part  of  the  sulphate  of  potash  will  separate  in  a 
crystalline  state. 

After  its  removal,  the  fluid  which  is  of  a reddish  brown 
colour  must  be  reduced  to  the  consistence  of  an  extract,  and 
then  treated  with  boiling  alcohol,  which  will  take  up  everything 
except  any  sulphate  of  potash  that  may  have  escaped  previous 
removal.  As  the  alcoholic  solution  cools,  enythroprotid  is  depo- 
sited, in  the  form  of  a reddish  brown  extract.  It  is  readily  solu- 
ble in  water,  and  in  boiling,  but  not  in  cold,  alcohol ; and  it  is 
precipitahle  from  its  aqueous  solution  by  the  salts  of  lead,  silver, 
and  mercury,  of  a rose-red  colour : it  is  also  precipitahle  by 
tannic  acid.  From  an  analysis  of  the  combination  of  erythro- 
protid  with  oxide  of  lead,  Mulder  has  estimated  its  composition1 
at  C13  Hg  N 04. 

Subsequently  to  the  deposition  of  erythroprotid,  leucin  se- 
parates in  a crystalline  state.  It  occurs  in  brilliant  plates  or 
scales,  somewhat  resembling  cholesterin.  It  cranches  between 
the  teeth,  is  inodorous  and  tasteless,  and  sublimes  unchanged 


tation  in  the  amount  of  oxidised  protein  must  produce  inflammation,  which  may  in 
its  turn  determine  fever.  Hence  also  it  happens  that  stimulating  foods  and  drinks, 
which  quicken  the  respiration,  or  cold  air,  which  introduces  more  oxygen  into  the 
lungs,  often  give  the  first  impulse  to  the  development  of  inflammation  in  the  organism. 
The  huffy  coat  is  formed  when  the  oxides  of  protein  predominate  in  the  blood ; when 
they  accumulate  in  any  particular  part  of  the  system,  local  inflammation  is  the  result. 
In  the  latter  case,  morbid  products,  e.g.  false  membranes,  &c.,  are  evolved,  which 
are  found  on  analysis  to  he  in  a great  measure  composed  of  oxidised  protein.  Now 
inflammation  must  be  combated  by  endeavouring  to  diminish  the  quantity  of  the 
tritoxide  of  protein,  and  to  hinder  its  formation  in  the  lungs.  Venesection  proves 
antiphlogistic  by  directly  diminishing  the  tritoxide  of  protein : increased  secretion 
of  the  alimentary  canal  indirectly  produces  the  same  effect  by  accelerating  the  change 
of  substance  in  the  body,  and  consequently  also  the  consumption  of  a greater  quan- 
tity of  protein  and  its  oxides. 

1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  4. 


14 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


at  about  340°.  It  contains  no  water  of  crystallization.  It  is 
soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol,  but  not  in  etber : its  formula1 
is  C12  II 1C1  N 04.  According  to  Mulder  it  must  be  regarded 
as  an  integral  constituent  of  protein.  It  combines  with  nitric 
acid  and  forms  a crystalline  acid  to  which  the  term  nitro-leucic 
acid  has  been  given. 

We  shall  have  occasion  to  revert  to  leucin  in  our  observa- 
tions on  gelatin. 

Protid  is  the  term  applied  to  the  extractive  matter  that  re- 
mains in  solution  after  the  removal  of  the  erythroprotid  and 
leucin.  It  is  of  a bright  yellow  colour,  easily  pul veriz able,  and 
soluble  in  water  and  alcohol  without  colouring  them.  It  is  pre- 
cipitable  by  the  basic  acetate  of  lead,  but  not  by  any  other  me- 
tallic salts  nor  by  tannin.  The  salts  of  lead  serve  to  distinguish 
it  from  erythroprotid.  If  a mixture  of  these  two  substances  be 
dissolved  in  water,  the  latter  is  precipitated  by  the  neutral,  the 
former  by  the  basic  acetate  of  lead. 

Its  formula2  is  C„  II  NO  . 

The  action  of  caustic  potash  on  protein  is  evidently  very  com- 
plicated. Mulder  endeavours  to  show  by  the  following  formula 
how  these  metamorphoses  may  occur. 


2 At.  Erythroprotid 

• c26 

H,6 

n2 

®10 

2 

At.  Protein 

• O80 

H62 

N10  024 

2 At.  Protid 

• ^26 

h18 

n2 

Os 

9 

At.  Water 

. 

h9 

09 

2 At.  Leucin 

• ^24 

h24 

n2 

08 

4 At.  Ammonia  . 

h12 

n4 

2 At.  Carbonic  acid 

. C2 

04 

1 At.  Formic  acid 

. C2 

H 

03 

C80 

H71 

N,„  033 

08o 

ii71 

N10  033 

According  to  Liebig,  protein  is  produced  by  vegetables  alone, 
and  cannot  be  formed  by  animals,  although  the  animal  system 
has  the  power  of  converting  one  modification  of  protein  into 
another ; it  is  never  found  as  protein , in  nature ; but  occurs  in 
the  shape  of  albumen,  fibrin,  or  casein,  both  in  vegetables  and 
animals.  These  modifications  of  protein  are  employed  in  the 
formation  of  the  different  tissues,  each  of  which  bears  a simple 
relation  to  that  substance,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  following 
table: — 


• 1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  5. 


2Ib.  Note  6. 


ALBUMEN. 


15 


Albumen  of  the  blood 

Albumen  of  the  egg 

Fibriu 

Casein 

Globulin 

Muscular  flesh 

Arterial  membrane 

Mucus 

Chondrin 

Horny  tissue 

Gelatinous  tissue 


= 10  Pr  + S2  P 

= 10  Pr  + S P 

= 10  Pr  + S P 

= 10  P?+  S 

= 15  Pr  + S 

= Pr  + 1 1 0 + H 

= Pr  + 2 HO 

= Pr  + 3 HO 

= Pr  + 4 HO  +2  0 

= Pr  + N Hs  + 3 O 

= 2Pr  + 3NH3+H0-f7  0. 


We  do  not  mean  to  assert  that  these  formulae  represent  the 
actual  constitution  of  the  respective  tissues,  but  only  that  they 
give  the  proportion  of  elements  actually  present,  and  show  how 
they  might  give  rise  to  those  tissues.  Some  of  these  tissues  con- 
tain protein,  or  at  least  yield  it  by  the  action  of  potash,  whilst 
others,  as  for  instance  the  gelatinous  tissues,  although  doubtless 
derived  from  protein  compounds,  do  not  contain  it,  and  conse- 
quently cannot  yield  it. 

Diagnosis  of  protein.  Its  insolubility  in  water,  alcohol,  and 

ether,  and  its  precipitation  from  an  acid  solution  by  the  ferro- 
cyanide  and  ferridcyanide  of  potassium  are  sufficient. 


2.  Albumen. 

This  important  modification  of  protein  forms  the  white  of 
eggs,  and  occurs  in  large  quantity  in  all  the  animal  fluids  that 
contribute  to  the  nutrition  of  the  organism.  It  is  also  found  in 
most  of  the  animal  solids,  and  in  nearly  all  morbid  products. 
We  have  already  adverted  to  its  existence  in  the  vegetable 
kingdom. 

Albumen  is  naturally  soluble  in  water,  and  it  is  found  dis- 
solved in  the  serum  of  the  blood,  in  vegetable  juices,  &c.  But 
when  it  has  once  been  submitted  to  a certain  degree  of  tem- 
perature, or  to  the  action  of  various  chemical  reagents,  it  assumes 
the  coagulated  state,  and  becomes  insoluble  in  water. 

Soluble  albumen.  Soluble  albumen  may  be  obtained  in  a 
solid  form  by  evaporating  to  dryness,  at  a temperature  not  ex- 
ceeding 120°,  the  serum  of  the  blood,  or  white  of  egg.  The  dry 
mass  is  yellow,  partially  transparent,  hard,  and  tough ; it  must 


16 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


be  reduced  to  a fine  powder,  and  treated  successively  with  ether 
and  alcohol.  By  these  means  we  succeed  in  removing  nearly 
all  foreign  bodies  from  the  albumen,  which  when  dried  exhibits 
a white  or  pale  yellow  colour,  is  devoid  of  taste  and  odour,  and 
presents  a neutral  reaction.  If  perfectly  dry,  albumen  in  this 
state  may  be  exposed  to  a temperature  of  212°  without  passing 
into  the  coagulated  condition.  When  digested  in  cold  water, 
it  gradually  STvells  up,  and  finally  dissolves,  forming  a mucilagi- 
nous, colourless,  and  insipid  fluid,  which  on  being  heated  to  140° 
begins  to  give  indications  of  coagulating : if  the  solution  is 
very  dilute,  the  temperature  may  be  raised  to  165°  with  the 
occurrence  of  this  change,  and  when  present  in  very  small 
quantity  the  albumen  may  not  separate  till  the  fluid  boils,  or 
even  until  the  ebullition  has  been  prolonged  for  a short  time. 

When  albumen  is  analysed,  it  yields  the  same  results  as 
protein  in  regard  to  carbon,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  and  oxygen, 
but  it  also  contains  a small  quantity  of  phosphorus  and  sulphur, 
(less  than  1 ° together,)  which  are  absent  in  protein.  According 
to  Mulder’s  analyses,  i the  albumen  of  eggs  may  be  represented 
by  the  formula  C400  H310  NJ0  O140  SP  + or  10  P^  + SP,  which,  as 
we  shall  presently  see,  is  identical  with  the  formula  for  fibrin. 

The  albumen  of  the  blood  differs  from  this,  in  containing  one 
additional  atom  of  sulphur ; its  formula  is  10  Pr  4-  S„  P. 

Most  of  the  chemical  observations  on  protein  apply  equally 
to  albumen,  and  therefore  without  entering  into  any  description 
of  the  various  chemical  changes  that  occur  upon  the  addition  of 
reagents,  we  shall  simply  notice  the  physical  appearances  pre- 
sented on  the  application  of  the  ordinary  tests. 

Albumen  is  precipitated  from  its  fluid  solutions  by  all  the 
ordinary  acids,  with  the  exception  of  acetic,  tartaric,  and  phos- 
phoric (tribasic)  acids;  which  not  only  do  not  precipitate 
it,  but  check  the  ordinary  precipitation  induced  by  heat.  It 
is  precipitated  from  its  solution  in  these  acids  by  ferrocya- 
nide  and  ferrideyanide  of  potassium,  the  former  of  which 
yields  a white,  and  the  latter  a yellow,  precipitate.  These  pre- 
cipitates are  soluble  in  alkalies  but  not  in  acids.  When 
these  two  substances  are  used  as  tests,  their  action  may  be  im- 
peded by  the  presence  of  free  soda  or  its  carbonate;  the  addition 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  7. 


ALBUMEN. 


17 


/ 

of  a few  drops  of  acetic  acid  is  therefore  always  advisable  in 
this  case.  Bichloride  of  mercury,  and  nitrate  of  the  black 
oxide  of  mercury  throw  down  whitish  precipitates.  Either  of** 
these  tests  will  detect  the  presence  of  ^ part  of  dry  albumen. 
Precipitates  of  various  colours  and  appearances  are  thrown  down 
by  sulphate  of  copper,  nitrate  of  silver,  the  acetates  of  lead, 
protochloride  of  iron,  alum,  tannin,  creosote,  alcohol,  &c. 

The  precipitates  which  the  metallic  salts  throw  down  with 
albumen  are  usually  mixtures  of  two  distinct  substances,  one  a 
compound  of  albumen  with  the  acid,  the  other  a compound  of 
albumen  with  the  metallic  oxide ; the  former  is  usually  some- 
what soluble,  the  latter  insoluble. 

The  alkalies  and  then’  carbonates  form  soluble  compounds 
with  albumen,  and  frequently  require  to  be  neutralized  before 
the  ordinary  tests  can  be  efficiently  used. 

The  tests  in  most  general  use  are  heat,  and  nitric  acid. 
When  they  both  produce  turbidity  or  a precipitate,  the  existence 
of  albumen  may  be  considered  as  proved.1 

Coagulated  albumen.  Coagulated  albumen  may  be  obtained 
by  submitting  the  white  of  egg  or  the  serum  of  the  blood  to  a 
temperature  of  from  160°  to  180° ; 167°  according  to  Simon. 

The  coagulated  mass  must  be  then  rubbed  in  a mortal’,  and 
successively  digested  in  watei*,  alcohol,  and  ether,  until  all 
substances  soluble  in  those  fluids  are  removed : it  must  then  be 
carefully  dried. 

When  obtained  in  this  manner,  it  usually  contains  from 
1 to  2§  of  phosphate  of  lime,  an  earth  which  soluble  albumen 
seems  to  have  the  power  of  dissolving. 

In  order  to  obtain  it  free  from  this  impurity,  the  following 
process  may  be  employed.  Coagulate  albumen  with  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  wash  the  precipitate  with 'water  acidulated  with 
the  same  acid,  and  then  add  so  much  cold  water  as  may  suffice 
to  dissolve  it.  On  the  addition  of  carbonate  of  ammonia,  co- 
agulated albumen  is  separated  as  a flocculent,  white  precipitate. 
To  remove  any  fat  that  may  be  present,  it  should  be  digested 
in  hot  alcohol  or  ether. 

When  dry,  it  is  yellow  and  transparent ; it  swells  upon  being 
placed  in  water,  but  is  only  very  slightly  soluble  in  it.  In  its 
ordinary  chemical  relations  it  resembles  protein. 

1 An  apparent  exception  in  tlie  case  of  the  urine  will  be  subsequently  noticed. 

2 ' 


18 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


Albumen  always  contains  more  or  less  salts,  phosphate  and 
sulphate  of  lime,  chloride  of  sodium,  and  probably  some  lactates. 

•Their  amount  is  variously  estimated  by  different  chemists : the 
average  is  about  4 to  8§. 

In  the  albumen  of  the  egg  Mulder  found  032,  and  in 
that  of  blood,  042  of  sulphate  of  lime. 

The  development  of  the  young  animal  in  the  egg  of  the 
bird  during  incubation  affords  a striking  illustration  of  the 
physiological  import  of  this  substance.  It  is  easily  shown  that 
the  egg  contains  no  nitrogenous  compound  except  albumen. 
The  albumen  of  the  yelk  has  been  proved,  by  the  analyses  of  Bence 
Jones  and  Scherer,  to  be  identical  with  the  albumen  of  the 
white ; and  in  addition  to  this  the  yelk  only  contains  a yellow 
fat  with  traces  of  iron.  Yet  we  see  in  the  process  of  incuba- 
tion, during  which  no  foreign  matter,  except  atmospheric 
air,  can  be  introduced,  or  can  take  any  part  in  the  development 
of  the  animal,  that  feathers,  claws,  blood-corpuscles,  fibrin, 
cellular  tissue,  and  vessels  are  produced. 

Diagnosis  of  albumen.  It  coagulates  at  167°.  It  is  not 
precipitated  by  acetic  or  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  from  these 
acid  solutions  it  is  precipitated  by  ferrocyanide  of  potassium. 
Corrosive  sublimate  and  nitric  acid  throw  down  copious  de- 
posits. 

3.  Fibrin. 

This  modification  of  protein  occurs  in  two  forms,  dissolved 
and  coagulated.  The  former  occurs  in  blood,  lymph,  chyle, 
juices  of  plants,  &c.,  as  long  as  these  fluids  form  a part  of  the 
living  organism  ; on  their  withdrawal  from  the  influence  of  the 
vital  force,  the  fibrin  speedily  coagulates.  It  is  found  in  both 
these  states  in  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms. 

The  best  method  of  obtaining  it  for  chemical  examination  is 
either  by  briskly  stirring  newly-drawn  blood  with  a little  bun- 
dle of  twigs,  or  else  by  shaking  it  in  a stoppered  bottle  with  a 
few  bits  of  lead  or  tin.  The  fibrin  adheres  to  these  substances 
in  the  form  of  a nearly  colourless  coagulum.  This  must  be 
washed  in  cold  water  till  it  ceases  to  give  off  any  colour  what- 
ever ; it  must  then  be  treated  with  boiling  ether,  in  order  to 
remove  the  fat  which  is  always  associated  with  it. 

When  dried,  it  assumes  a pale  yellow  colour,  is  devoid  of 


FIBRIN. 


19 


taste  and  odour,  and  is  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether. 
When  placed  in  water  it  sinks ; it  speedily  absorbs  a portion 
of  the  fluid,  swells  up,  assumes  its  original  bulk,  and  increases 
its  weight  threefold. 

The  composition  of  fibrin  is  represented  by  the  formula1 
C..0  HS10  N„  0,„  SP,  or  10  Pr  + SP. 

The  observations  which  have  been  made  respecting  the  action 
of  acids  and  alkalies  on  protein  apply  equally  to  fibrin. 

Fibrin  is  stated  to  have  the  power  of  decomposing  binoxide  of 
hydrogen  catalytically  with  the  evolution  of  oxygen  and  heat. 
According  to  Scherer  this  action  is  induced  by  fresh  fibrin 
from  any  source,  but  not  by  boiled  fibrin.  This  power  is  not 
possessed  by  albumen. 

A concentrated  solution  of  nitrate  of  potash  dissolves  humid 
fibrin  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  and  gives  it  the  pro- 
perties of  albumen.  (Denis.)  This  observation  requires  further 
confirmation ; it  has  failed  in  the  hands  of  Simon  and  other 
chemists,  and  it  is  not  impossible  that  the  phenomena  described 
by  Denis  were  due  to  the  presence  of  some  uncombined  potash. 

The  average  quantity  of  fat  associated  with  fibrin  was  found 
by  Simon  to  vary  from  2 to  4£,  which  agrees  closely  with  the 
results  of  other  observers. 

Fibrin  always  contains  a certain  amount  of  salts,  especially 
of  the  phosphate  and  sulphate  of  lime  : the  former  seems  to  be 
chemically  combined  with  it.  The  amount,  according  to  Simon, 
lies  between  F5  and  2£. 

Diagnosis  of  fibrin.  Fibrin  is  distinguished  by  its  spontaneous 
coagulation,  by  its  insolubility  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether,  and 
by  its  precipitation  from  acid  solutions  by  ferrocyanide  and 
ferrideyanide  of  potassium. 

4.  Casein. 

This  substance  constitutes  the  most  important  ingredient  in 
the  milk  of  the  mammalia.  We  have  already  shown  that  it 
also  exists  in  vegetables. 

Casein  may  be  obtained  with  facility  by  either  of  the  following 
methods. 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  8. 


20 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


a.  Evaporate  milk  to  clryness  in  the  water-bath ; triturate 
the  solid  residue  and  treat  it  with  boiling  ether,  as  long  as  it 
gives  off  any  butter.  When  this  ceases  to  be  the  case,  remove 
the  butter,  and  evaporate  off  the  ether ; dissolve  the  residue  in 
water,  and  filter.  On  the  addition  of  alcohol  to  the  clear  filtered 
fluid,  the  casein  is  separated  and  thrown  down.  In  order  to 
remove  any  sugar  of  milk  that  may  be  entangled  with  the 
casein,  the  precipitate  may  be  redissolved  in  water,  and  again 
thrown  down  by  alcohol ; if  it  be  now  collected  and  dissolved  in 
water,  it  affords  a tolerably  pure  solution  of  casein. 

b.  Casein  may  also  be  obtained  by  the  addition  of  sulphuric 
(or  any  other)  acid.  Sulphate  of  casein  is  precipitated,  which 
must  be  carefully  washed  in  water,  freed  in  the  ordinary  manner 
from  butter,  &c.  and  then  digested  with  carbonate  of  lime.  By 
careful  and,  if  necessary,  repeated  filtration  we  obtain  a clear 
solution,  which  however  is  not  free  from  lime. 

A solution  of  casein  prepared  according  to  either  of  these 
methods  is  possessed  of  little  flavour;  on  the  application  of 
warmth  it  evolves  a milky  odour,  and  during  evaporation  it 
becomes  covered  with  a skin  or  film,  which  on  being  removed 
is  speedily  renewed.  This  skin  is  due  to  the  action  of  oxygen, 
for  it  does  not  form  in  an  atmosphere  of  carbonic  acid. 

By  a continuance  of  the  evaporation  we  ultimately  obtain  a 
residue  of  dry  casein.  It  appears  as  a brittle  yellow  substance. 
It  does  not  admit  of  being  perfectly  dissolved  in  water,  in  con- 
sequence of  a portion  of  it  having  assumed  an  insoluble  condi- 
tion during  evaporation. 

According  to  Mulder1  casein  is  represented  by  the  formula 
C,ooH3}0  N50  0120  S or  10  Pr  + S. 

The  action  of  milk  in  the  nutrition  of  young  animals  proves 
that  casein  is  capable  of  being  converted  into  albumen,  and 
fibrin ; while  the  production  of  milk  in  an  animal  fed  on  albu- 
men or  fibrin  shows  that  these  substances  may  be  reconverted 
into  casein. 

The  alkalies  exert  a similar  solvent  power  over  casein  as  over 
protein  and  its  other  modifications.  The  metallic  salts  also 
form  similar  double  compounds.  It  differs  from  albumen,  in 
being  precipitated  by  all  acids.  The  latter  reagents  must  be 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  9. 


CASEIN. 


21 


applied  cautiously,  as  casein  is  soluble  in  au  excess  of  many 
acids. 

On  tbe  addition  of  ferrocyanide  or  ferridcyanide  of  potassium 
to  a perfectly  neutral  solution  of  casein,  a slight  precipitate  is 
observed ; if  the  solution  is  alkaline  there  is  no  perceptible  effect, 
but  if  it  is  first  rendered  acid  by  a little  acetic  or  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid,  a copious  precipitate  is  thrown  down  by  both  tests. 

The  casein  of  cow’s  milk  is  thoroughly  precipitated  by  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  calf’s  stomach ; on  the  addition  of  this 
reagent  to  woman’s  milk,  imperfect  coagulation  sometimes  oc- 
curs ; in  other  cases  no  apparent  action  is  produced ; the  coagu- 
lation is  never  perfect.  In  this  case  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  child’s  stomach  produces  a more  energetic  effect  than  that 
of  the  calf.  If  a quantity  of  potash  or  ammonia  be  added  to 
the  milk,  sufficient  to  give  it  a decidedly  alkaline  reaction,  no 
coagulation  is  effected. 

Rochleder  has  recently  attempted  to  show  that  pure  casein 
is  a substance  nearly  insoluble  in  water ; that  the  so-called 
soluble  casein  is  a combination  of  casein  with  potash,  soda, 
or  lime  ; and  that  the  coagulation  of  the  soluble  casein  by  acids 
is  nothing  more  than  a separation  of  the  casein,  resulting  from 
the  combination  of  the  acid  with  the  base  of  the  casein  com- 
pound. In  this  manner,  he  explains  how  solutions  of  potash 
prevent  coagulation,  when  added  in  very  small  quantity  to  milk, 
and  why  (especially  in  warm  weather)  very  slight  causes  are 
able  to  produce  a coagulation  of  the  milk ; as  only  the  smallest 
quantity  of  lactic  acid  is  required  to  be  formed,  in  order  to 
neutralize  the  minute  traces  of  soda,  which  are  able  to  retain 
in  a state  of  solution  an  enormous  quantity  of  casein. 

Coagulated  casein  is  found  in  the  milk,  constituting  the  walls 
of  the  butter-vesicles.  For  the  purpose  of  chemical  investiga- 
tion, it  is  best  obtained  by  the  addition  of  anhydrous  alcohol 
to  a solution  of  casein.  When  dried,  it  is  hard,  yellow,  and 
transparent.  In  its  chemical  relations  it  closely  resembles  coagu- 
lated albumen. 

The  amount  of  ash  left  after  the  incineration  of  casein  seems 
to  vary  considerably.  Mulder  estimates  it  at  3'82,  and  Simon 
at  7£,  in  the  casein  of  cow’s  milk.  In  casein  from  the  milk  of 
woman,  Simon  estimated  it  at  5|j.  llochlcder,  whose  experi- 
ments were  made  under  the  direction  of  Liebig,  found  that  pure 


22 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


casein  left  only  0-3§.  The  ash  contains  phosphoric,  carbonic, 
hydrochloric,  and  sulphuric  acids,  in  combination  with  lime, 
and  traces  of  magnesia  and  iron. 

Diagnosis  of  casein.  Casein  may  be  distinguished  from  albu- 
men by  its  not  coagulating  at  167°,  and  by  the  skin  which 
forms  on  its  surface  drning  evaporation.  It  is  precipitated  by 
all  dilute  acids,  and  redissolves  in  an  excess  of  the  test.  It 
is  thrown  down  from  its  acid  solutions  by  ferrocyanide  and 
ferridcyanide  of  potassium.  Casein  of  woman’s  milk  is  less 
perfectly  thrown  down  by  dilute  sulphuric,  lactic,  and  hydro- 
chloric acids,  than  the  casein  of  cow’s  milk. 

Simon  has  obtained  a modified  form  of  casein  from  the  crys- 
talline lens,1  from  tubercle,  pus,  and  saliva. 

It  may  be  recognized  as  casein  by  the  diagnosis  which  has 
been  given,  but  it  differs  from  human  casein  in  its  thorough 
precipitation  by  all  acids ; and  from  the  casein  of  human  and 
cow’s  milk  by  its  greater  solubility  in  hot  alcohol  of  0-915 — 0-925. 

The  globulin  of  Berzelius,  which  together  with  hcematin  forms 
the  blood- corpuscles,  is  considered  by  Simon  as  a peculiar  form 
of  casein.  Very  little  is  known  regarding  it,  further  than  that 
it  is  a protein-compound.  Mulder2  represents  it  by  the  formula 
15  Pr  + S. 

It  must  not  be  confounded  with  Lecanu’s  globulin,  which 
is  merely  impure  hsematin  mingled  with  some  albumen. 

Pepsin,  Ptyalin,  Chondrin,  Glutin,  Pyin. 

5.  Pepsin.  This  name  (from  ttsttchc,  digestion)  was  given  by 
Schwann,  to  a substance  which  constitutes  the  most  essential 
portion  of  the  gastric  juice.  The  following  directions  for  the 
preparation  of  pepsin  are  taken  from  Vogel’s  essay  on  the  sub- 
ject ; they  correspond  in  nearly  every  respect,  with  the  method 
which  was  given  by  Wasmann,  who  has  the  credit  of  first  obtain- 
ing it  in  an  isolated  state.  The  glandular  membrane  of  the 
fresh  stomach  of  the  hog,  is  separated,  and  after  being  cut  into 
small  pieces,  is  treated  with  cold  distilled  water;  after  twenty- 
four  hours’  immersion,  the  water  is  poured  off,  and  a fresh  quan- 
tity added.  This  operation  is  repeated  for  several  days,  until 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  10. 


2 lb.  Note  11. 


PEPSIN. 


23 


a putrid  odour  becomes  perceptible.  The  aqueous  infusion 
tlius  obtained  is  precipitated  with  acetate  of  lead,  which  causes 
a white  flocculent  deposit,  containing  the  pepsin  mixed  with 
much  albumen ; this  precipitate  is  diffused  through  the  water, 
and  must  be  decomposed  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  When  the 
liquor  is  filtered,  the  solution  contains  pepsin  and  acetic  acid, 
while  coagulated  albumen  and  sulphuret  of  lead  remain  on  the 
filter.  In  order  to  obtain  solid  pepsin,  the  filtered  liquid  is 
evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a syrup,  at  a very  moderate 
temperature  (according  to  Wasmann,  not  higher  than  95°),  and 
absolute  alcohol  is  then  added  to  it.  After  some  time  a whitish 
bulky  precipitate  is  formed,  which  is  to  be  dried  by  exposure 
to  the  air ; it  then  constitutes  a yellowish  viscid  mass  of  a pecu- 
liar animal  odour,  and  a disagreeable  taste.  Pepsin  thus  ob- 
tained has  an  acid  reaction,  because  it  always  contains  a small 
quantity  of  acetic  acid.  This  is  most  efficaciously  removed  by 
heating  the  pepsin  for  some  hours  in  a salt-water  bath  ; by 
which  means  a white  powder,  soluble  in  water  and  possessing 
no  acid  reaction,  is  obtained.  The  action  of  a high  temperature 
injures  the  digestive  power  of  pepsin,  but  does  not  affect  its 
chemical  composition. 

From  Vogel’s  analysis1  of  this  substance,  it  appears  that  it 
may  be  very  nearly  represented  by  the  formula  C4S  H32  N8  O10. 
On  comparing  this  with  Liebig’s  formula  for  protein,  it  appears 
that  pepsin  may  be  formed  from  protein  by  the  subtraction  of 
two  atoms  of  water,  and  the  addition  of  two  atoms  of  nitrogen. 

The  most  remarkable  property  of  pepsin  is  the  power  which 
its  aqueous  solution,  when  slightly  acidulated,  possesses  of  dis- 
solving the  protein-compounds.  A solution  containing  only 
55^55  part  of  pepsin,  and  slightly  acidulated,  will  dissolve  coagu- 
lated albumen  in  six  or  eight  hours.  This  property  is  appa- 
rently destroyed  by  the  alkalies. 

Sulphuric,  hydrochloric,  and  nitric  acids,  when  added  in  very 
small  quantity  to  a solution  of  pepsin,  throw  down  white  flocculi, 
which  redissolve  in  an  excess  of  the  test : on  the  addition  of 
still  more  acid  the  precipitate  again  occurs. 

Acetic  acid  throws  down  a precipitate  which  redissolves  in  an 
excess  of  the  test ; no  second  precipitate  is  thrown  down  by  the 
addition  of  more  acetic  acid. 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  12. 


24 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


Pepsin  is  thrown  down  from  its  aqueous  solution  by  bichloride 
of  mercury,  acetate  of  lead,  the  sulphates  of  iron,  sulphate  of 
copper,  and  perchloride  of  tin.  Perrocyanide  of  potassium 
throws  down  no  precipitate  from  an  acidulated  solution  of  pepsin. 

Pepsin,  which  is  precipitated  from  a concentrated  aqueous 
solution  by  anhydrous  alcohol,  is  said  to  lose  its  digestive  power. 

According  to  Liebig,  pepsin  as  a distinct  compound  does  not 
exist ; he  ascribes  the  solvent  power  of  the  gastric  juice  to  the 
gradual  decomposition  of  a matter  dissolved  from  the  mem- 
brane, aided  by  the  oxygen  introduced  in  the  saliva.  (Animal 
Chemistry,  p.  109  et  seq.) 

Diagnosis.  Pepsin  is  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  absolute 
alcohol  and  ether ; it  is  known  by  its  precipitation  by  dilute 
acids,  by  the  precipitate  being  redissolved  in  a slight  excess  of 
the  test,  and  by  the  non-occurrence  of  a precipitate  on  the  ad- 
dition of  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  to  the  acid  solution.  It  is 
further  distinguished  from  albumen  by  its  being  precipitable  by 
acetic  and  dilute  hydrochloric  acids. 

6.  Ptyalin.  This  term  has  been  applied  to  a peculiar  animal 
matter  that  exists  in  the  saliva.  The  following  is  the  best  me- 
thod of  obtaining  it.  Fresh  saliva  must  be  neutralized  with 
acetic  acid,  and  then  evaporated  on  the  water-bath ; the  residue 
must  be  extracted  first  with  alcohol,1  and  then  with  spirit.  The 
ptyalin  will  remain  undissolved  amongst  the  protein-com- 
pounds, and  must  be  extracted  from  them  by  the  addition  of 
water,  in  which  it  is  readily  soluble,  and  with  which  it  forms  a 
viscid  fluid.  The  evaporation  of  this  aqueous  solution  yields 
ptyalin  free  from  all  animal  matters,  but  containing  a trace  of 
salts.  When  dry  it  is  colourless,  transparent,  and  brittle,  devoid 
of  odour,  but  with  rather  a sickly  taste. 

It  is  readily  soluble  in  water,  but  is  insoluble  in  alcohol  and 
ether.  It  is  precipitated  from  its  aqueous  solution  by  alcohol, 
but  not  by  the  mineral  acids,  metallic  salts,  acetic  or  tannic 
acid. 

Our  knowledge  of  this  substance  is  by  no  means  accurate ; 
no  analysis  has  ever  been  published,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that 

1 The  term  spirit  is  used  to  denote  alcohol  of  spec.  grav.  -833,  which  contains 
about  85g  of  anhydrous  alcohol;  by  alcohol,  anhydrous  alcohol  of  spec.  grav.  '792  is 
implied. 


GELATIN— CHONDRIN. 


25 


fill  the  animal  fluids  yield  an  extract  to  water,  which  strongly 
resembles,  if  it  be  not  altogether  identical  with,  ptyalin. 

Diagnosis.  Ptyalin  may  be  distinguished  from  the  protein- 
compounds  by  its  indifference  to  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  ; and 
from  pepsin  by  its  non-precipitation  by  dilute  acids. 

7.  Gelatin — Chondrin  and  Glutin.  Under  the  term  gelatin 
we  include  the  organic  tissue  of  bone,  cartilage,  sinew,  ligament, 
skin,  cellular  tissue,  and  serous  membrane.  All  these  substances 
dissolve  by  long  continued  boiling  in  water,  and  the  solution  on 
cooling  assumes  a consistent  gelatinous  mass.  It  is  represented 
in  various  degress  of  purity  by  glue,  size,  and  isinglass.  Gelatin 
does  not  exist  as  gelatin  in  the  animal  tissues,  but  is  formed 
from  them  by  the  action  of  boiling  water.  Muller  has  shown 
that  there  are  two  (if  not  three)  distinct  forms  of  gelatin.  To 
that  which  is  obtained  from  the  permanent  cartilages,  the  cornea, 
fungous  bones,  &c.  the  term  chondrin  is  given,  while  glutin  in- 
cludes those  forms  of  gelatin  which  are  obtained  from  skin, 
serous  membrane,  hoof,  bone,  tendon,  fibrous  and  spongy  carti- 
lage, cartilage  of  bone,  &c.  As  chondrin  and  glutin  differ  not 
only  in  the  sources  from  which  they  are  derived,  but  also  in 
many  of  their  chemical  characters,  we  shall  consider  them 
separately. 

Chondrin  is  most  easily  obtained  by  boiling  any  of  the  per- 
manent cartilages,  as  for  instance  those  of  the  ribs,  larynx,  or 
joints,  for  about  twenty-four  hours,  in  water  : the  solution  must 
then  be  strained,  in  order  to  remove  any  coagulated  matters,  and 
allowed  to  gelatinize ; it  must  then  be  dried  at  a low  heat. 

In  this  state  it  is  hard  and  brittle,  colourless  and  transparent. 
It  sinks  in  cold  water,  and  swells  very  much,  without  dissolving. 

Scherer  has  deduced  from  his  analyses  the  following  formula1 
for  chondrin,  Cia  H4n  Ne  O40,  which  corresponds  numerically 
with  Pr  + 4 Ii0  + 0.2.2 

Its  formula,  according  to  Mulder,  is  C320  H2fl0  N40  OI40  S,  or 
20  (C1G  H13  N2  07)  + S.  When  burned  it  leaves  about  4£  of 
phosphate  of  lime. 

Chondrin  is  precipitated  from  its  solution,  and  not  redissolved  in 
an  excess  of  the  test,  by  acetic  acid,  tannin,  the  neutral  and  basic 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  13.  • 


2 Deduced  from  Liebig's  formula. 


2G 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


acetates  of  lead,  sulphate  of  iron,  chlorine,  iodine,  and  bromine. 
The  following  substances  also  give  well-marked  precipitates, 
which  are,  however,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  test,  alum,  sulphate 
of  copper,  nitrate  of  silver,  percliloride  of  iron,  and  nitrate  of  the 
protoxide  of  mercury.  Creosote  produces  an  immediate  tur- 
bidity, and  renders  a solution  of  chondrin  gelatinous  in  the 
course  of  twelve  hours.  Alcohol  throws  down  chondrin  from 
a concentrated  solution,  in  the  form  of  a white,  viscid,  and 
tenacious  mass.  Ferrocyanide  and  ferridcyanide  of  potassium 
throw  down  no  precipitates  when  added  to  an  acid  solution  of 
chondrin. 

Glutin  may  be  obtained  in  a state  of  purity  from  common 
glue,  of  which  it  forms  the  chief  ingredient.  On  placing  glue 
in  cold  water  it  absorbs  moisture,  and  swells  into  a tremulous  jelly, 
but  does  not  dissolve.  The  cold  water  must  be  changed  as  long  as 
it  continues  to  take  up  anything  from  the  glue.  The  glue,  after 
undergoing  this  purification,  must  be  heated  till  it  is  perfectly 
fluid,  and  then  strained  through  a cloth  or  coarse  filter.  It  ge- 
latinizes on  cooling,  and  when  dried  represents  pure  glutin.  In 
its  physical  characters  it  is  nearly  identical  with  chondrin,  but 
is  usually  rather  more  coloured.  It  is  represented  by  the  for- 
mula1 C13  H10  N„  05.  (Mulder.)  Scherer  assigns  to  it  the 
formula  Cg6  Hg9  Nls  03fi,  which  is  numerically  equal  to 
2 Pr  + 3 NI-I3  + HO  + 70,  but  recent  investigations  tend  to  show 
that  this  formula  gives  an  excess  of  hydrogen.  When  burned, 
glutin  leaves  a slight  ash,  consisting  chiefly  of  phosphate  of  lime. 
By  long  continued  boiling,  glutin  loses  its  power  of  gelatinizing ; 
in  this  state  its  ultimate  composition  may  be  represented  by  the 
formula  C52  H41  Na  091  or  4 (C13  HI0  N„  OJ  + IIO.  In  other 
words,  it  appears  to  be  changed  into  a compound,  in  which  four 
equivalents  of  glutin  are  united  with  one  of  water.  If  a stream 
of  chlorine  be  passed  through  a solution  of  glutin,  a compound 
of  chlorous  acid  and  glutin  is  obtained,  which  is  analogous  in 
type  with  the  preceding  substance.  It  is  represented  by  the 
formula  4 (C13  II]0  N2  OJ  + Cl  O,,.  This  is  the  compound  re- 
ferred to  in  the  note  to  page  9. 

The  most  important  test  for  gelatin  (either  glutin  or  chondrin) 
is  tannin,  which  will  precipitate  it  when  diluted  5000  times. 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  14. 


GLUTIN. 


27 


Three  different  compounds  of  glutin  and  tannic  acid1  have  been 
discovered,  and  submitted  to  analysis ; they  are,  however,  indi- 
vidually of  no  particular  importance  in  a physiological  point  of 
view.  The  extreme  facility  with  which  tannin  precipitates  ge- 
latinous matters  gives  a clue  to  the  medicinal  action  of  astringent 
drugs  on  the  human  organism.  They  at  once  form  insoluble 
compounds,  (for  tannin  acts  similarly  on  the  protein-compounds,) 
and  do  not  enter  the  blood ; and  this  is  the  reason  of  their  being 
comparatively  innocuous.  According  to  Mulder  a less  amount  of 
tannin  than  is  contained  in  one  ounce  of  cinchona  bark  would, 
if  conveyed  directly  into  the  blood,  cause  instantaneous  death. 

Acetic  acid  produces  a slight  turbidity,  which  speedily  dis- 
appears on  the  addition  of  an  excess  of  the  test.  Alum  either 
produces  no  visible  effect,  or  else  throws  down  a very  slight 
precipitate,  which  soon  disappears,  and  the  other  salts,  which 
have  been  mentioned  as  reagents  for  chondrin,  yield  no  (or  at 
most,  very  slight)  precipitates  with  glutin.  Alcohol  and  creosote 
act  much  the  same  as  on  chondrin,  and  no  precipitate  is  occa- 
sioned by  the  ferrocyanide  or  ferridcyanide  of  potassium. 

On  boiling  glutin  in  an  excess  of  caustic  alkali,  till  ammonia 
ceases  to  be  developed,  sugar  of  gelatin  (glycicoll)  and  leucin 
are  produced  in  the  ratio  of  four  parts  of  the  former  to  one  of 
the  latter.  In  order  to  separate  these  substances,  the  alkaline 
solution  must  be  saturated  with  sulphuric  acid,  evaporated  to 
dryness,  and  the  residue  boiled  with  alcohol.  The  leucin  being 
more  soluble  in  alcohol  than  the  glycicoll  may  be  extracted  from 
the  evaporated  alcoholic  solution  by  cold  alcohol;  the  glycicoll 
will  remain  in  an  impure  condition  in  the  residue. 

On  treating  glutin  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  a colour- 
less fluid  is  obtained,  which,  after  prolonged  boiling  and  satu- 
ration with  carbonate  of  lime,  yields,  in  addition  to  certain  un- 
investigated compounds,  leucin  and  glycicoll.  This  method  is 
stated  by  Mulder  to  yield  a less  quantity  of  glycicoll,  in  pro- 
portion to  leucin,  than  the  former. 

Glycicoll  crystallizes  in  colourless  prisms  from  a solution  in 
alcohol,  and  in  rhombs  from  a spirituous  solution.  These  crystals 
possess  a very  sweet  taste,  are  perfectly  neutral,  resemble 
cholesterin  in  their  appearance,  dissolve  in  414  parts  of  water 
and  in  931  of  alcohol. 

1 It  must  be  remembered  that  tannin  and  tannic  acid  are  synonymous  terms. 


28 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


The  composition  of  glycicoll  is  represented  by  the  formula' 
CH  Hy  N2  07  or  C8  H7N2  05  + 2 H0. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  on  subtracting  an  equivalent 
of  grape  or  diabetic  sugar  from  two  equivalents  of  gl}rcicoll,  we 
obtain  the  elements  of  two  equivalents  of  urea : 

2 (C.  H9N2  07)  — C12  H10  O10  = 2 (C2  H4  N.  OJ 

The  origin  of  glutin  in  the  animal  organism  is  still  unknown. 
As  no  traces  of  it  have  ever  been  discovered  in  the  vegetable 
kingdom,  we  cannot  suppose  that  (like  protein)  it  arises  from 
that  source.  In  all  probability  it  is  formed  by  the  action  of 
alkalies  on  protein ; since  we  know  that  protein,  submitted  to 
such  influences,  yields  products  which  in  their  chemical  compo- 
sition approximate  closely  to  glutin,  and  that  the  blood  is  suffi- 
ciently alkaline  to  effect  such,  or  similar,  modifications. 

In  the  hair,  we  find,  associated  with  bisulpliuret  of  protein 
Pr  + 2 S,  a connecting  tissue,  C13  H]0  N;)  05,  which  differs  from 
glutin,  C13  H]0  N„  O,,  simply  by  one  atom  of  nitrogen. 

Moreover  protid,  C13  Hg  N 04,  and  erythroprotid,  C13  Hh  N O., 
nearly  resemble  glutin  in  their  composition,  and  both  glutin  and 
the  protein-compounds  yield  leucin  when  treated  with  caustic 
potash.  These  facts  render  it  in  the  highest  degree  probable, 
that  glutin  is  formed  in  the  organism,  from  the  decomposition 
of  protein  by  alkalies ; much  as  protid  and  erythroprotid  are 
produced  in  the  laboratory.  A reference  to  the  symbolical 
illustration  in  page  14,  will  show  that  with  every  two  equiva- 
lents of  ammonia  that  are  developed,  there  are  produced  one 
equivalent  of  protid,  C13  Hg  N 04,  and  one  of  erythroprotid 
C13  He  N 05.  If  we  add  to  each  of  these  the  elements  of  one 
equivalent  of  ammonia,  we  obtain 

C1B  H12  N2  04  and  C13  IIU  Na  0„ 

It  only  remains  for  us  to  assume  that  the  oxygen  which  is  con- 
tinually acting  on  the  blood  in  the  lungs,  yields  three  equiva- 
lents of  oxygen  to  the  former,  and  one  to  the  latter  of  these 
substances,  and  we  have  from  the  protid, 

C i3  H 12  N,  04  + 03  or  C 13  H 10  N„  05  + 2 HO ; 

and  from  the  erythroprotid, 

c..H11N,g?+0  or  ClsH„N,Os  + HO; 

that  is  to  say,  glutin  and  water  may  be  supposed  to  be  formed 


' See  Appendix  I,  Note  15. 


PYIN. 


29 


from  protid  and  erythroprotid  by  the  ammonia,  which  the 
alkali  .of  the  blood  evolves  from  the  protein-compounds,  with 
the  cooperation  of  the  oxygen  of  the  atmosphere,  in  the  lungs.1 
In  the  present  state  of  organic  chemistry,  it  is  impossible  in 
most  cases,  to  state  with  certainty  how  changes  such  as  these 
take  place ; we  can  only  indicate  the  possible,  and  the  most 
probable  methods.  That  the  gelatinous  tissues  are  evolved  from 
protein-compounds,  in  some  manner  or  other,  cannot  admit  of 
a doubt.  From  what  other  source  can  they  be  derived  in  the 
chick,  but  from  the  protein-compounds  of  the  egg  ? 

That  chondrin  and  glutin,  the  two  principal  forms  of  gelatin, 
are  closely  allied  to  protein,  is  sufficiently  clear.  They  will 
not  however  yield  protein,  when  acted  on  by  potash ; neither 
do  they  produce  a purple  colour  with  hydrochloric  acid.  Con- 
sequently they  do  not  contain  protein.  Hence  it  is  that  ani- 
mals fed  exclusively  on  gelatin,  die  with  the  symptoms  of  star- 
vation, for  the  gelatin  cannot  yield  albumen,  fibrin,  or  casein ; 
and  the  animal  system,  although  it  has  the  power  of  converting 
one  protein-compound  into  another,  does  not  possess  the  power 
of  forming  protein  from  substances  which  do  not  contain  it. 
Consequently  blood  cannot  be  formed  from  gelatin,  and  the 
animal  soon  dies.  The  probable  uses  of  a mixed  gelatinous 
diet  for  convalescents,  are  pointed  out  by  Liebig  in  his  ‘ Animal 
Chemistry/  pp.  98-9. 

Diagnosis.  Chondrin  and  glutin  may  be  recognized  by 
their  property  of  gelatinizing  on  cooling,  and  by  the  energetic 
action  of  tannin  on  their  solutions.  Ferrocyanide  of  potassium 
added  to  an  acidulated  solution  of  these  substances,  serves  to 
distinguish  them  from  the  protein-compounds;  and  either  acetic 
acid  or  alum  will  suffice  to  distinguish  chondrin  from  glutin. 

8.  Pyin.  This  term  was  applied  by  Giiterbock  to  a pecu- 
liar substance  which  occurs  in  pus,  and  which  he  isolates  in 
the  following  manner.  He  precipitates  the  pyin,  together  with 
albumen,  from  pus,  by  the  addition  of  strong  alcohol.  The 

' The  recent  investigations  of  Enderlin,  showing  that  there  is  no  free  alkali  in  the 
blood,  but  that  its  alkaline  reaction  is  due  to  tribasic  phosphate  of  soda,  tend  to  throw 
considerable  doubt  on  the  ingenious  hypothesis  of  Mulder,  given  in  the  text.  It  must 
also  be  remembered  that  leucin,  protid,  and  erythroprotid  have  never  yet  been  detected 
in  the  animal  organism. 


30 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


precipitate  is  treated  with  water,  which  dissolves  the  pyin  : any 
albumen  that  may  be  dissolved  at  the  same  time,  can  be  coagu- 
lated by  heat,  and  removed  by  filtration ; and  in  this  manner 
a tolerably  pure  solution  of  pyin  is  obtained.  Yogel  did  not 
succeed  in  obtaining  it ; and  from  Simon’s  researches  it  would 
hardly  appeal’  to  be  a constant  constituent  of  pus,  and  purulent 
sediments. 

Pyin  is  soluble  in  water  and  aqueous  alcohol,  but  not  in 
alcohol  of  ’865,  or  stronger.  It  does  not  coagulate  on  boiling. 
When  thoroughly  dried  it  forms  a gray  powder,  which  does  not 
admit  of  being  perfectly  redissolved  in  water.  Acetic  acid, 
tannin,  and  alum  throw  down  precipitates,  which  are  insoluble 
in  an  excess  of  the  test.  Ferrocyanide  of  potassium  does  not 
precipitate  a solution  of  pirne  pyin;  but  on  the  addition  of  a 
little  hydrochloric  acid,  a precipitate  appears,  which  immediately 
vanishes  on  the  addition  of  a little  more  of  the  acid.  Accord- 
ing to  Mulder,  it  is  identical  with  tritoxide  of  protein. 

Diagnosis  of  pyin.  Pyin  maybe  recognized  by  its  reactions 
with  acetic  acid  and  alum.  It  may  be  distinguished  from  the  pro- 
tein-compounds (albumen,  fibrin,  casein,)  in  the  same  manner 
as  pepsin  and  glutin.  It  differs  from  pepsin,  by  its  acetic-acid 
precipitate  not  re-dissolving  in  an  excess  of  the  test,  and  from 
glutin  and  chondrin,  by  a similar  behaviour  on  the  part  of  the 
alum  precipitate. 

9.  Extractive  Matters. 

After  the  removal  of  the  protein-compounds  from  the  animal 
fluids,  there  still  remain  certain  salts,  (lactates,  chlorides,  phos- 
phates, and  sulphates,)  together  with  organic  nitrogenous  matter, 
which  after  evaporation  remain  as  an  amorphous  mass.  It  is  to 
this  organic  nitrogenous  matter,  after  the  salts  have  been  re- 
moved by  their  appropriate  solvents,  that  the  term  extractive 
matter  is  applied.  It  is  as  generally  diffused  over  the  whole 
system  as  the  protein-compounds ; we  meet  with  it  in  blood, 
bile,  milk,  urine,  mucus,  pus,  and  all  the  soft  tissues,  and  most 
abundantly  in  muscular  flesh.  Hence  the  extractive  matter  of 
flesh  merits  especial  attention.  The  extractive  matters  from 
other  sources,  as  from  blood,  urine,  milk,  &c.,  will  be  subse- 
quently noticed,  and  their  leading  characters  contrasted  with 
those  of  our  standard  extractive  matter,  the  extract  of  flesh. 


EXTRACTIVE  MATTERS. 


31 


For  the  purpose  of  thoroughly  examining  the  extract  of  flesh 
in  all  its  chemical  hearings,  Simon  experimented  on  eight 
pounds  of  the  thickest  part  of  a leg  of  pork,  which  he  freed  as 
much  as  possible  from  sinew,  fat,  cellular  tissue,  and  every- 
thing that  was  not  absolutely  muscular  flesh.  It  was  then  cut 
in  small  pieces,  and  cold  water  was  poured  over  it.  After  being 
allowed  to  stand  in  water  for  some  time,  it  was  removed  and 
boiled  three  successive  times  in  fresh  water.  These  boilings  were 
collected,  and  a little  fat  skimmed  off.  The  cold  water  in  which 
it  was  first  placed,  was  then  boiled  and  mixed  with  the  rest. 
The  whole  was  then  filtered,  and  appeared  as  a light  yellow 
fluid,  with  a strong  smell  and  taste  of  broth.  This  fluid  was 
evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a thin  syrup.  After  cooling,  it 
did  not  gelatinize,  and  contained  no  glutin,  or  at  most,  a mere 
trace. 

Alcohol  was  added  to  this  thin  syrup,  until  all  the  constituents 
insoluble  in  spirit,  appeared  to  have  separated,  and  deposited 
themselves  at  the  bottom. 

"We  thus  separate  the  extractive  matter  into  two  distinct 
parts,  one,  soluble  in  water,  but  not  in  dilute  alcohol,  the  other 
soluble  in  the  latter  menstruum. 

The  former,  when  evaporated  at  a gentle  temperature  is  of 
a brownish  yellow  colour,  and  is  tolerably  firm,  tenacious,  and 
tough ; it  is  termed  water-extract. 

The  latter  must  be  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  an 
extract,  and  treated  with  from  twelve  to  sixteen  times  its 
volume  of  absolute  alcohol.  The  mixture  must  then  be  heated, 
and  well  shaken,  so  as  to  mix  the  alcohol  with  the  deposited 
portion  as  thoroughly  as  possible.  The  alcoholic  solution  clears 
on  standing,  and  assumes  a yellow  colour.  It  must  be 
removed  from  the  insoluble  residue,  and  gently  evaporated  to 
a clear  brown  syrup,  which  after  cooling  and  standing  for 
some  time  assumes  a solid  form  ; it  dissolves  freely  both  in 
water  and  absolute  alcohol.  By  repeatedly  treating  the 
insoluble  residue  with  hot  absolute  alcohol  we  remove  all  that 
is  soluble  in  that  fluid,  and  there  is  left  a tolerably  firm,  tough, 
brown  extract,  which  is  soluble  only  in  aqueous  alcohol,  and  to 
which  the  term  spirit-extract  is  given.  We  distinguish  the 
portion  which  is  soluble  in  absolute  alcohol  by  the  term  alcohol- 
extract. 


32 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


The  extractive  matter  is  thus  separated  into  three  distinct 
parts  : these  are — 

A.  That  which  is  soluble  in  water,  hut  not  in  dilute  alcohol : 
water-extract. 

B.  That  which  is  soluble  in  water  and  spirit,  but  not  in  an- 
hydrous alcohol : spirit-extract. 

C.  That  which  is  soluble  in  water,  in  spirit,  and  in  anhydrous 
alcohol : alcohol-extract. 

A.  The  water-extract  contains  : 

a.  Constituents  precipitable  by  tannic  acid : 

(a)  A matter  not  precipitable  by  neutral  acetate  of 

lead,  but  by  basic  acetate  of  lead  and  bichloride 
of  mercury. 

(b)  A matter  precipitable  by  neutral  and  basic  acetates 

of  lead,  and  by  bichloride  of  mercury. 
j3.  Constituents  not  precipitable  by  tannic  acid  : 

(c)  A gummy  matter  not  precipitable  by  neutral 

acetate  of  lead,  or  bichloride  of  mercury,  but  by 
basic  acetate  of  lead. 

( d ) A matter  freely  precipitable  by  basic  acetate  of 

lead,  and  very  slightly  by  neutral  acetate  of  lead, 
and  bichloride  of  mercury. 

(e)  A matter  precipitable  by  neutral  and  basic  acetates 

of  lead,  but  not  by  bichloride  of  mercury;  the 
Zomidin  of  Berzelius. 

B.  The  spirit- extract  contains  : 

a.  Constituents  precipitable  by  tannic  acid: 

(a)  A matter  not  precipitable  by  neutral  or  basic  acetate 

of  lead,  but  by  bichloride  of  mercury. 

( b ) A matter  not  precipitable  by  neutral  acetate  of 

lead,  or  bichloride  of  mercury,  but  by  basic 
acetate  of  lead. 

(c)  A matter  precipitable  by  neutral  and  basic  acetate 

of  lead,  but  not  by  bichloride  of  mercury. 

/3.  Constituents  not  precipitable  by  tannic  acid : 

{d)  A matter  rather  indifferent  towards  reagents. 

(e)  A matter  discovered  and  described  by  Clievreul ; 
Kreatin. 


EXTRACTIVE  MATTERS. 


33 


C.  The  alcohol- extract  contains  : 

a.  Constituents precipitable  by  tannic  acid: 

(«)  A matter  precipitable  by  basic  acetate  of  lead,  and 
bichloride  of  mercury,  but  not  by  neutral  acetate 
of  lead. 

(. b ) A matter  precipitable  by  basic  acetate  of  lead,  and 
by  an  excess  of  bichloride  of  mercury,  but  not 
by  neutral  acetate  of  lead  : it  is  crystalline. 

(3.  Constituents  not  precipitable  by  tannic  acid : 

( c ) A matter  precipitable  by  basic  acetate  of  lead,  but 
not  by  neutral  acetate  of  lead,  or  bichloride 
of  mercury. 

The  substances  A a,  A b,  B a,  &c.,  must  be  regarded  as 
the  proximate  constituents  of  the  three  groups  of  extractive 
matters. 

We  shall  arrange  them  in  two  classes,  according  as  they  are 
or  are  not  precipitable  by  tannin. 

Constituents  of  the  extract  of  flesh,  precipitable  by  tannin. 

A a exists  in  very  small  quantity  in  the  water-extract  : 
it  may  be  distinguished  from  the  protein-compounds  by  its 
indifference  towards  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  ; from  pepsin  and 
pyin,  by  its  indifference  to  dilute  acids;  and  from  cliondrin  and 
glutin  by  its  aqueous  solution,  not  gelatinizing  on  cooling. 

A b may  be  distinguished  in  the  same  manner  as  A a, 
from  the  protein-compounds,  pepsin,  &c.i  It  differs  from  A a 
in  being  precipitated  by  protochloride  of  tin.  When  isolated 
it  is  tolerably  soluble  in  alcohol,  although  that  fluid  will  not 
extract  it  directly  from  the  water-extract. 

Ba  occurs  in  minute  quantity  in  the  spirit-extract.  It 
may  be  distinguished  from  the  preceding  compounds  by  its 
solubility  in  spirit,  and  by  its  reaction  with  the  acetates  of 
lead. 

These  three  substances,  A a,  A b,  and  B a,  differ  so  slightly  in 
their  reactions  with  various  tests,  that  we  may  conclude  that 
in  all  probability  they  are  merely  modifications  of  one  and  the 
same  matter. 

1 The  same  observation  applies  equally  to  all  the  following  constituents  of  extractive 
matter. 


3 


34 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


B b may  be  distinguished  from  the  preceding  compounds 
by  its  indifference  towards  bichloride  of  mercury. 

Be  is  freely  precipitated  by  the  addition  of  sulphate  of 
copper,  but  the  deposit  which  is  of  a brownish  colour,  readily 
dissolves  in  an  excess  of  the  test.  If  just  a sufficient  quantity 
of  the  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper  to  dissolve  the  precipitate 
be  added,  and  heat  applied,  a green  precipitate  forms,  and  the 
supernatant  fluid  is  likewise  green.  Alum,  cautiously  added, 
throws  down  a brownish  yellow  flocculent  precipitate,  which 
dissolves  in  an  excess  of  the  test.  Infusion  of  galls,  added  in 
small  quantity  scarcely  produces  any  turbidity  in  a solution  of 
this  constituent,  but  when  added  freely,  a copious  precipitate 
is  deposited,  which  disappears  on  the  application  of  heat,  but 
returns  as  the  solution  cools.  Be  may  be  distinguished  from 
A a,  and  A b,  by  its  indifference  towards  bichloride  of  mercury ; 
from  B a,  and  BA,  by  its  behaviour  with  neutral  acetate  of  lead, 
and  sulphate  of  copper. 

C a is  precipitable  by  protochloride  of  tin.  This,  to- 
gether with  the  reactions  it  displays  towards  bichloride  of 
mercury  and  infusion  of  galls,  and  its  solubility  in  anhydrous 
alcohol,  is  sufficient  to  distinguish  it  from  any  of  the  preceding 
constituents. 

The  characteristics  already  mentioned  are  sufficient  to 
distinguish  C b. 

Constituents  of  the  extract  of  flesh  not  precipitable  by  tannin. 

Ac  is  remarkable  for  its  indifference  towards  reagents. 
The  only  important  tests  have  been  already  mentioned. 

Ad  is  freely  precipitated  by  bichloride  of  platinum ; 
moreover  the  precipitate  thrown  down  by  basic  acetate  of  lead 
is  increased  by  heat. 

Ae  ( zomidin ) yields  a very  copious  green  or  grayish 
green  deposit,  on  the  addition  of  acetate  of  copper.  This  pre- 
cipitate does  not  dissolve  in  an  excess  of  the  test,  but  dissolves 
freely  in  acetic  acid : on  boiling  this  precipitate  in  caustic 
potash  it  is  rendered  brown,  while  the  supernatant  fluid  assumes 
a faint  purple  red  tint.  Infusion  of  galls  renders  a solution  of 
zomidin  slightly  turbid,  and  after  some  hours  a few  flocculi  are 
deposited,  possibly  in  consequence  of  the  existence  of  some 
impurity  in  the  zomidin. 


EXTRACTIVE  MATTERS. 


35 


Berzelius  considers  that  the  savour  of  boiled  and  roasted 
meat  depends  on  this  constituent. 

Brf  yields  a yellow  precipitate  to  bichloride  of  plati- 
num, a white  deposit  to  the  acetates  of  lead,  and  its  solution 
is  rendered  slightly  turbid  by  infusion  of  galls : the  turbidity 
however  disappears  on  the  application  of  heat. 

Be  ( kreatin ) is  distinguished  from  all  the  preceding  sub- 
stances by  its  property  of  separating  in  rectangular  crystals,  and 
by  its  indifference  towards  the  ordinary  reagents. 

C c yields  a copious  white  precipitate  (which  soon  darkens) 
to  nitrate  of  silver,  and  a chocolate-brown  deposit  to  a solution 
of  iodine. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  from  the  recent  investigations  of 
Mulder,  that  the  binoxide  and  tritoxide  of  protein  occur  in 
the  constituents  of  the  water-extract,  and  are  probably  identical 
with  some  of  them. 

The  relative  proportions  of  water-,  spirit-,  and  alcohol- extract 
in  flesh,  blood,  urine,  and  milk,  appear  to  fluctuate.  Simon 
found  that,  in  the  extractive  matter  of  flesh,  the  water-extract 
predominates,  while  he  could  only  obtain  a very  small  amount 
of  spirit-extract ; in  the  extractive  matter  of  blood,  the  water- 
extract  is  also  the  most  abundant,  but  here  the  amount  of 
alcohol-extract  is  less  than  that  of  spirit-extract ; in  the  ex- 
tractive matter  of  urine,  the  water-extract  was  the  most  scanty, 
and  the  alcohol-extract  the  most  abundant ; and  in  the  ex- 
tractive matter  of  milk,  the  alcohol-extract  was  the  least  of  the 
three. 

Extractive  matter  of  blood.  Simon  gives  the  following 
directions  for  the  exhibition  of  the  extractive  matter  of  blood. 
A quart  of  blood  is  heated  to  the  boiling  point,  and  a sufficient 
quantity  of  water  is  then  added  to  reduce  it  to  a thin  pulta- 
ceous  state.  After  standing  for  some  time,  it  is  strained,  and 
the  red  fluid  which  passes  through  is  again  boiled.  In  this 
manner  we  obtain  a clear  yellow  fluid,  which  no  longer  becomes 
turbid  on  the  application  of  heat.  On  evaporation,  this  fluid 
assumes  a dark  green  colour ; and  on  further  concentration  to 
the  consistence  of  a syrup,  it  changes  to  a brown  tint.  At  the 
same  time  a film  forms  on  the  surface,  which  leads  to  the  con- 
clusion that  a caseous  matter  (in  this  case  globulin)  is  present. 
The  extract  exhibits  an  alkaline  reaction. 


30 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


When  the  extract  has  been  reduced  to  the  consistence  of  a 
syrup,  it  is  treated  with  alcohol  of  '833,  which  throws  down  a 
copious  brown  precipitate.  The  clear  alcoholic  fluid  is  removed 
and  evaporated.  It  forms  a brown  extract,  which  is  devoid  of 
the  aromatic  odour  that  is  perceptible  in  the  spirit-,  and  alcohol- 
extract  of  flesh.  The  residue  is  evaporated  to  the  consistence 
of  a thin  extract,  and  then  treated  with  absolute  alcohol,  which, 
when  evaporated,  leaves  a very  small  amount  of  alcohol-extract. 

Water-extract  of  blood.  It  is  of  a dark  brown  colour,  and 
possesses  a strong  taste  of  salt.  Its  reaction  is  slightly  alkaline, 
and  there  is  nothing  remarkable  about  its  odour.  On  incine- 
ration it  leaves  an  alkaline  ash,  which  effervesces  on  the  addi- 
tion of  an  acid. 

The  following  are  its  most  important  chemical  relations. 

Acetic  acid  produces  a turbidity  which  only  disappears  in  a 
great  excess  of  the  test : ferrocyanide  of  potassium  throws  down 
a slight  precipitate  from  the  clear  acid  fluid,  consisting  of 
albumen. 

Neutral  and  basic  acetate  of  lead  produce  a copious  brown 
precipitate ; bichloride  of  mercury,  even  in  excess,  produces  no 
apparent  change.  Infusion  of  galls  induces  merely  a slight 
turbidity. 

Spirit-extract  of  blood  is  of  a dark  brown  colour,  and  a 
strongly  salt  taste.  During  evaporation  it  becomes  covered  with 
a coating  of  salts  ; and,  after  a certain  degree  of  concentration,  it 
solidifies,  in  consequence  of  the  amount  of  the  salts.  It  leaves 
a porous  coal,  which  does  not  very  easily  burn  to  a white  ash. 
This  ash  is  strongly  alkaline,  and  effervesces  briskly  on  the 
addition  of  an  acid. 

The  aqueous  solution  of  the  spirit-extract  has  a very  feeble 
alkaline  reaction. 

Acetic  acid  produces  a slight  turbidity,  which  disappears  on 
the  addition  of  a considerable  excess  of  the  test. 

Neutral  and  basic  acetates  of  lead  and  infusion  of  galls  pro- 
duce copious  precipitates ; bichloride  of  mercury  effects  no 
apparent  change. 

Alcohol-extract  of  blood.  When  the  alcohol  in  which  this 
substance  is  contained  is  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  an 
extract,  and  then  warmed  with  ether,  we  obtain  a greenish 
brown  matter,  which,  after  the  evaporation  of  the  ether,  is 


EXTRACTIVE  MATTERS. 


37 


soluble  in  water.  Its  amount  is  very  minute  ; it  has  a feeble, 
alkaline  reaction,  and  possesses  a very  disagreeable  and  nau- 
seous taste.  It  is  precipitated  by  perchloride  of  tin  and 
nitrate  of  silver,  but  not  bv  neutral  or  basic  acetate  of  lead, 
bichloride  of  mercury,  or  infusion  of  galls. 

Extractive  matter  of  urine.  The  urine  must  be  evaporated 
in  order  to  precipitate  the  salts  as  much  as  possible,  and  then 
placed  in  a freezing  mixture  for  the  same  purpose.  When  it 
is  reduced  to  the  consistence  of  a thick  syrup,  alcohol  of  ‘833 
must  be  added  to  it  as  long  as  any  additional  precipitate  is 
thrown  down.  This  precipitate  consists  of  salts,  and  contains 
hardly  any  extractive  matter ; it  must  be  separated  from  the 
supernatant  fluid,  washed  with  alcohol  of  -833,  dissolved 
in  water,  and  precipitated  again  by  alcohol.  In  this  manner 
the  spirituous  solution  assumes  a yellow  colour,  while  the  salts 
are  rendered  colourless.  By  the  evaporation  of  this  yellow 
spirituous  solution  we  obtain  the  water-extract  of  urine.  It 
exists  in  very  minute  quantity.  Infusion  of  galls  produces 
hardly  any  marked  effect,  neither  does  bichloride  of  mercury ; 
neutral  and  basic  acetates  of  lead  yield  a copious  precipi- 
tate. 

Spirit-extract  of  urine  is  obtained  by  evaporating  the 
spirituous  solution  to  the  consistence  of  a thick  extract ; it  is 
then  treated  with  a little  anhydrous  alcohol,  and  subsequently 
with  ether.  By  shaking,  and  the  application  of  a gentle  warmth, 
the  ether  assumes  a yellow  colour,  and  a light  brown  matter 
separates ; this  must  be  washed  in  ether,  and  then  treated  with 
absolute  alcohol,  which  throws  down  a brown  extractive  matter, 
while  the  alcohol  assumes  a nearly  similar  tint.  This  precipi- 
tate must  be  washed  with  absolute  alcohol,  dissolved  in  water, 
and  evaporated.  Its  ash  contains  a considerable  amount  of 
chlorides.  Infusion  of  galls,  bichloride  of  mercury,  and  neutral 
acetate  of  lead  do  not  affect  its  solution,  but  basic  acetate 
of  lead  throws  down  a copious  precipitate. 

Alcohol-extract  of  urine  is  obtained  by  the  evaporation  of 
the  brown  alcoholic  solution  referred  to  a few  lines  back.  On 
the  addition  of  anhydrous  alcohol  it  is  reduced  to  a yellow  fluid, 
from  which  urea  separates  on  slow  evaporation.  After  the 
removal  of  this  substance,  we  have  the  substance  known  as 
alcohol-extract  of  urine.  Infusion  of  galls,  bichloride  of  mer- 


38 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


cury,  ancl  neutral  acetate  of  lead  do  not  influence  its  solution; 
it  is,  however,  precipitated  by  basic  acetate  of  lead. 

Extractive  matter  of  milk.  For  the  purpose  of  investi- 
gating the  properties  of  this  substance,  Simon  evaporated  a 
quart  of  woman's  milk  (partly  colostrum  and  partly  during  the 
early  weeks  of  lactation)  to  about  eight  ounces,  and  he  then 
removed  the  casein  and  butter  by  the  addition  of  alcohol.  After 
filtration,  some  water  was  added;  the  fluid  was  again  evapo- 
rated to  a residue  of  a few  ounces,  treated  with  alcohol  of  -833, 
and  allowed  to  rest  for  some  time.  Sugar  of  milk  of  a sbghtly 
yellow  colour  was  deposited,  and  the  supernatant  fluid  bad 
nearly  the  same  tint.  The  latter  was  evaporated  on  the  water- 
bath  to  the  consistence  of  a syrup,  and  then  treated  with 
anhydrous  alcohol,  which  reduced  nearly  the  whole  syrup  to  a 
solid  consistence,  while  the  alcohol  above  it,  which  contained  the 
alcohol-extract,  was  hardly  tinged  yellow.  The  precipitate  which 
is  thrown  down  by  the  anhydrous  alcohol  contains  the  spirit- 
extract,  and  the  water-extract  is  contained  in  the  yellow-coloured 
sugar  of  milk. 

The  water-extract  of  milk  is  obtained  by  treating  the  pre- 
cipitated sugar  of  milk  with  water,  and  allowing  it  to  stand, 
well  covered,  for  some  days.  In  this  manner  we  obtain  a yellow, 
almost  clear,  and  viscid  fluid,  standing  above  the  white  sugar 
of  milk.  On  removing  this  fluid,  and  allowing  it  to  evaporate 
spontaneously,  a fresh  quantity  of  sugar  of  milk  is  deposited ; 
in  fact,  it  appears  impossible  to  remove  all  traces  of  this  consti- 
tuent of  the  milk  from  the  water-extract.  Alcohol  throws  down 
a yellow,  glutinous,  tough  extract,  which  exhibits  a feeble 
alkaline  reaction  towards  litmus  paper.  This  is  the  water- 
extract.  When  burned,  it  leaves  a porous  coal,  from  which  a 
white  alkaline  ash,  containing  carbonates,  may  be  obtained 
without  much  difficulty. 

It  is  precipitated  from  its  solution  by  infusion  of  galls,  basic 
and  neutral  acetates  of  lead,  but  not  by  bichloride  of  mercury. 

The  spirit-extract  of  milk  is  obtained  from  the  precipi- 
tate which  was  thrown  down  by  the  anhydrous  alcohol ; it 
must  be  dissolved  in  a little  water,  and  treated  with  alcohol  of 
•833,  which  usually  causes  the  separation  of  a little  sugar  of 
milk.  The  spirituous  solution  must  now  be  evaporated  to  a very 
small  residue,  and  some  distilled  water  added,  which  produces 


COLOURING  MATTERS. 


39 


a considerable  turbidity,  and  ultimately  causes  a slight  white 
precipitate.  The  nature  of  this  precipitate  remains  doubtful. 
The  spirit-extract  is  thrown  down  from  its  solution  by  infusion 
of  galls  and  basic  and  neutral  acetates  of  lead,  hut  not  by 
bichloride  of  mercury. 

The  alcohol-extract  of  milk  is  obtained  by  the  evapora- 
tion of  the  yellow  anhydrous  alcoholic  solution  that  has  been 
already  referred  to.  It  exists  in  very  minute  quantity,  is  of  a 
yellow  colour,  and  is  not  materially  affected  by  infusion  of  galls, 
basic  or  neutral  acetates  of  lead,  or  bichloride  of  mercury. 

Ptyalin  and  pyin  may  be  regarded  as  water-extracts  of  saliva 
and  pus. 


10.  Colouring  Matters. 

I.  THE  BLOOD. 

a.  Hcematin.  This  colouring  matter  is  inclosed  in  thin  sacs 
or  vesicles,  composed  of  a protein-compound,  globulin  : these 
vesicles  exist  in  countless  numbers  in  the  circulating  fluid,  and 
are  termed  blood-corpuscles. 

It  has  been  generally  assumed  that  this  pigment  exists  in  two 
distinct  chemical  states  in  arterial  and  venous  blood,  having  in 
the  former  an  excess  of  oxygen,  in  the  latter  an  excess  of  carbon 
or  carbonic  acid.  Mulder  has,  however,  shown  that  its  ele- 
mentary composition  is  the  same,  whether  obtained  from  arterial 
or  from  venous  blood,  and  that  it  may  be  represented  by  the 
formula1  C44  H22  N3  06  Fe.  Its  composition  seems  likewise  to 
be  identical  in  all  vertebrated  animals.2 

Various  methods  have  been  proposed  for  the  exhibition  of 
pure  hsematin.  The  following,  adopted  by  Simon,  is  perhaps 
the  simplest.  Whipt  and  thoroughly  dried  blood  must  be 
pulverized,  and  its  fat  removed  by  repeated  extraction  with 
ether.  It  must  then  be  boiled  with  anhydrous  alcohol,  and 
during  the  process  of  ebullition  a quantity  of  sulphuric  acid,  di- 
luted with  cold  alcohol,  must  be  added,  sufficient  to  communicate 

1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  16. 

2 Lecanu  examined  liamiatin  from  human  blood,  and  from  that  of  the  ox,  domestie 
lien,  duck,  frog,  carp,  and  mackerel.  The  only  difference  was  in  the  proportion  of 
peroxide  of  iron  left  when  the  hannatin  was  incinerated. 


40 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


a marked  acid  taste  to  the  mixture.  In  this  manner  a blackish 
brown  solution  of  sulphate  of  hsematin  is  obtained,  which  must 
be  saturated  with  carbonate  of  ammonia.  If  the  mixture  be 
allowed  to  stand  for  some  time,  the  sulphate  of  ammonia  may- 
be separated  by  filtration  ; the  greater  part  of  the  alcohol  must 
then  be  removed  by  distillation.  This  part  of  the  process  re- 
quires much  caution,  and  the  distillation  must  be  conducted 
very  gently,  as  the  action  of  the  fluid  is  often  violent.  The 
hsematin,  which  is  ultimately  precipitated,  must  be  carefully 
washed  with  water,  in  order  to  remove  any  traces  of  sulphate  of 
ammonia.  It  must  then  be  dried  on  the  water-bath,  pulverized, 
and  treated  with  ether  as  long  as  it  continues  to  communicate 
a dark  tint  to  that  menstruum.  The  ether  takes  up  a certain 
amount  of  hsemaplisein  associated  with  fat.  The  hsematin  must 
be  boiled  in  distilled  water,  as  long  as  it  continues  to  give  off 
salts  and  alcohol-extract,  and  then  in  alcohol,  till  everything 
soluble  in  that  fluid  is  removed.  The  substance  that  is  left  may 
be  regarded  as  pure  hsematin. 

We  can  only  isolate  it  in  this  coagulated  and  insoluble  con- 
dition. In  the  blood-corpuscles  it  exists  in  a state  of  solution. 

When  obtained  by  the  process  that  we  have  just  described, 
it  is  of  a blackish  brown  colour,  is  devoid  of  taste  and  odour, 
is  insoluble  in  water,  ether,  fatty  and  ethereal  oils,  and  in  bi- 
sulphuret  of  carbon.  It  is  usually  stated  to  be  insoluble  in 
alcohol,  but,  according  to  Simon,  boiling  alcohol  takes  it  up 
slightly.  It  is  freely  soluble  in  alcohol  acidulated  with  sulphuric, 
hydrochloric,  nitric,  or  acetic  acid,  and  communicates  a tint  to 
that  menstruum  varying  from  a brown  to  a light  red,  according 
to  the  strength  of  the  solution.  On  the  addition  of  water  the 
hsematin  gradually  precipitates.  Hsematin  dissolves  freely  in 
water  or  alcohol  rendered  alkaline  by  ammonia,  potash,  or  soda  : 
but  the  alkaline  reaction  is  not  in  any  degree  neutralized  by 
the  hsematin.  On  the  application  of  a strong  heat  hsematin 
swells  up,  gives  off  an  animal  odour,  and  burns  with  a clear 
flame.  It  leaves  a voluminous  coal,  which  is  ultimately  reduced 
to  a dark  red  ash.  When  heated  in  a test  tube  it  develops 
ammonia,  and  gives  origin  to  a reddish  empyreumatic  oil. 

Mulder  has  carefully  examined  the  action  of  chlorine  on 
hsematin.  He  found  that  if  a current  of  chlorine  be  transmitted 
through  water  containing  hsematin  in  suspension,  the  iron  leaves 


COLOURING  MATTERS. 


41 


the  other  elements,  and  forms  a chloride  of  iron,  while  the 
atom  of  metal  thus  removed  is  replaced  by  six  atoms  of  chlorous 
acid,  and  a compound  is  formed,  which  is  represented  by  the 
formula  C44  HM  N3  06  + 6 Cl  03. 

During  this  process  the  red  colouring  matter  is  destroyed, 
and  the  new  compound  appears  as  a white  flocculent  precipitate. 
It  must  not,  however,  be  assumed  from  this  experiment  that  the 
red  colour  of  the  blood  is  dependent  on  the  iron,  for  that  con- 
stituent may  he  removed  from  the  licematin  without  materially 
affecting  its  tint,  as  may  be  shown  in  the  following  manner. 
Let  some  dried  blood  be  mixed  with  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid,  and  after  standing  for  some  days  let  water  be  added. 
Hydrogen  gas  is  evolved  by  the  action  of  the  acid  on  the 
dried  blood,  and  sulphate  of  the  protoxide  of  iron  is  formed. 
If  the  blood,  after  this  process,  be  carefully  washed,  a mixture 
of  alcohol  and  sulphuric  acid  will  extract  from  it  red  lnematin 
in  combination  with  sulplioproteic  acid,  hut  perfectly  free 
from  iron.  Van  Goudoever  has  deduced  the  following  formula 
for  this  compound : 

C8)  H.?  Ne  022,  S03=C44  H22  N3  06  (the  organic  part  of  hannatin,) 

+ C40  H3j  N5  0,2,  SO.)  (sulplioproteic  acid,) 

+4  HO. 

Although  this  experiment  affords  conclusive  evidence  that 
the  red  colour  of  the  hoematin  is  not  dependent  on  the  iron, 
yet  this  metal  is  very  firmly  combined  with  the  four  organic 
elements  of  this  constituent.  Well  prepared  lnematin  may  be 
submitted  for  several  days  to  the  action  of  dilute  hydrochloric 
or  sidphuric  acid,  without  the  iron  diminishing  in  the  slightest 
degree. 

Hsematin  treated  in  this  manner,  left  after  incineration 
9-49j  of  peroxide  of  iron,1  the  amount  that  is  always  yielded 
by  well-purified  lnematin. 


I 


Peroxide  Metallic 
of  Iron.  Iron. 

In  100  parts  of  lnematin  from  human  blood,  Lecanu  found  . 10-00  = 6-93 

» ..  from  blood  of  ox  „ „ . 12-85  = 8-90 

» » from  arterial  blood  of  ox,  Mulder  found,  9-G0  = 6-66 

» ..  from  venous  blood  of  ox  „ „ . 9-82  = 6-75 

» ..  from  blood  of  ox,  Simon  found  . 11-50=  7-97 

» » from  blood  of  sheep,  Mulder  found  . 9-30  = 6-45 


42 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


The  condition  in  which  the  iron  exists  in  haematin  (whether 
as  an  oxide,1  a carbonate,  a carburet,  or  in  the  metallic  state) 
has  long  been  disputed. 

The  probability  of  its  existence  in  a metallic  state  is  strongly 
supported  by  the  evolution  of  hydrogen  that  occurs  when  the 
clot  is  digested  in  sulphuric  acid,  and  water  is  added;  and 
Mulder  suggests  that  this  metal  probably  exists  as  an  integral 
constituent  of  haematin,  in  just  the  same  manner  as  iodine  occurs 
in  sponge,  sulphur  in  cystin,  or  arsenic  in  the  kakodyl  series. 

Numerous  attempts  have  been  made  with  the  view  to  ascer- 
tain the  proportions  in  which  haematin  and  globulin  combine, 
but  the  results  have  been  very  discordant.  According  to 
Berzelius,  the  haematoglobulin  of  human  blood  contains  100 
parts  of  globulin,  and  5'8  of  haematin.  Simon  found  the  ratio 
to  be  100  of  globulin  to  6'5  of  haematin  in  the  blood  of  a healthy 
young  man,  and  100  of  globulin  to  5'3  of  haematin  in  the  healthy 
blood  of  a stout  girl.  In  disease,  the  variations  are  much 
greater.  Simon  has  found  as  the  limits  8-5  and  3-3  of  haematin, 
corresponding  to  100  of  globulin. 

Regarding  the  origin  of  haematin,  it  must  clearly  be 
generated  in  the  organism,  since  it  does  not  exist  in  the 
vegetable  kingdom.  Mulder  conceives  that  it  is  generated 
from  the  normal  constituents  of  the  blood  in  the  course  of 
the  circulation.  Its  destination  also  is  obscure.  In  common 
with  all  the  constituents  of  the  body,  it  must  be  generated, 
consumed,  and  reproduced ; but  in  respect  to  the  actual 
metamorphoses  that 'it  undergoes  in  the  organism,  or  their 
object,  we  are  perfectly  in  the  dark.  Mulder  suggests  that  the 
products  of  the  decomposition  of  haematin  may  possibly  be 
traced  to  the  bilifulvin  of  the  bile. 

Diagnosis.  Haematin  may  be  known,  both  in  its  coagulated 
and  soluble  state,  by  its  colour.  When  combined  with 
globulin,  in  the  blood-corpuscles,  it  may  be  recognized  by  the 
microscope.  In  its  coagulated  state  it  may  be  recognized  by 
its  insolubility  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether. 

b.  Hcemaphcein.  This  term  is  applied  by  Simon  to  the  brown 
colouring  matter  which  seems  to  be  associated  with  haematin  in 

1 Iron  is  not  separated  from  lnematin  by  ammonia,  potash,  or  soda ; nor  is  its  pre- 
sence indicated  by  tannin  or  ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  reagents  which  arc  so  capable 
of  detecting  the  presence  of  oxide  of  iron  in  ordinary  cases. 


COLOURING  MATTERS. 


43 


the  blood  of  the  vertebrata,  and  is  apparently  identical,  or 
nearly  so,  with  the  yellow  colouring  matter  described  by 
Sanson.1 

It  may  be  distinguished  by  its  solubility  in  water,  alcohol, 
and  ether,  and  by  the  intense  brown-red  colour  that  it  com- 
municates to  its  alcoholic  solution.  When  exposed  to  heat  on 
a platinum  spatula,  it  does  not  melt,  but  develops  ammoniacal 
vapours,  burns  with  a clear  flame,  and  leaves  a very  trifling  ash, 
which  is  perfectly  free  from  peroxide  of  iron.  Marchand 
remarks  that  hsemaphaein  is  nothing  more  than  htematin 
modified  by  an  alkali,  just  as  O’Shaughnessy’s  subrubrin,  and 
Golding  Bird  and  Brett’s  chlorolmmatin  and  xanthohmnatin 
are  products  of  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  heematin.2 

c.  Hcemacyanin,  or  a blue  colouring  matter,  has  been  detected 
by  Sanson  in  healthy  blood,  by  Lassaigne  aud  Lecauu  in  the 
blood  of  icteric  patients,  and  by  Chevreul  in  the  bile.  Simon 
never  succeeded  in  detecting  it.  For  the  method  of  isolating 
it,  and  for  a description  of  its  chemical  characters  we  must 
refer  to  Sanson’s  paper.  It  is  sufficient  to  remark  that  it  is 
described  as  being  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether,  but 
slightly  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol,  from  which,  however,  it 
separates  on  cooling.  On  the  addition  of  ammonia  to  its 
alcoholic  solution,  a green  colour  is  evolved,  but  on  the  addition 
of  au  acid,  the  blue  colour  is  restored.  It  contains  no  iron. 

II.  THE  BILE. 

a.  The  most  important  colouring  matter  of  the  bile  is  that 
to  which  it  owes  its  characteristic  brownish  yellow  tint.  It  is 
termed  cholepyrrhin  by  Berzelius,  and  biliphmn  by  Simon. 
We  shall  adopt  the  latter  term.  On  the  gradual  addition  of 
nitric  acid  to  a fluid  that  contains  this  substance  in  solution, 
a very  characteristic  series  of  tints  are  evolved.  The  fluid 
becomes  first  blue,  then  green,  afterwards  violet,  and  red,  and 
ultimately  assumes  a yellow  or  yellowish  brown  colour. 

1 Journal  de  Pharmacie,  Aout  1835,  p.  420. 

2 The  discovery  of  the  true  nature  of  subrubrin  is  due  to  Drs.  Brett  and  Golding 
Bird,  who  showed  that  it  is  merely  haematin  mixed  with  a little  albumen.  Their 
chlorohamiatin  is  haematin  partly  oxidised  by  nitric  acid,  as  Marchand  observes  ; and 
their  xanthohaematin  is  at  present  supposed  by  Dr.  G.  Bird  to  be  identical  with  some 
of  the  products  of  the  oxidation  of  protein  recently  described  by  Mulder. 


44 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


All  attempts  to  isolate  this  substance  from  the  bile,  by 
chemical  means,  have  failed ; it  is  apparently  decomposed  by 
the  processes  that  are  adopted  in  the  analysis  of  this  compli- 
cated fluid.  We  sometimes,  howevei’,  find  it  deposited  in  the 
form  of  a yellow  powder,  in  the  gall-bladder,  or  concreted,  with 
a little  mucus,  constituting  a biliary  calculus. 

In  this  manner  we  have  an  opportunity  of  examining  its  che- 
mical reactions.  Biliplnein  is  of  a bright  reddish-yellow  colour, 
and  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  most  fluids  ; it  is  devoid  of  taste 
and  odour,  and  yields  ammonia  on  dry  distillation.  Water 
takes  up  au  extremely  minute  trace  of  biliplnein,  just  sufficient 
to  communicate  a faint  yellow  tinge.  Alcohol  dissolves  more 
than  water,  but  only  a very  inconsiderable  quantity.  Its  best 
solvent  is  a solution  of  caustic  potash  or  soda,  both  of  which 
are  more  efficient  than  ammonia.  On  exposing  this  solution 
to  the  atmosphere,  oxygen  is  absorbed,  and  the  yellow  colour 
becomes  gradually  green.  On  the  addition  of  an  acid  to  this 
yellow  or  green  solution,  there  is  a precipitation  of  green  flocculi 
which  possess  all  the  properties  of  chlorophyll,  or  the  green 
colouring  matter  of  leaves.  In  this  state  it  is  termed  biliverdin 
by  Berzelius.  It  is  no  longer  biliphsein  (or  cholepyrrin),  but  a 
product  of  its  metamorphosis. 

The  colouring  matter  of  the  bile  may  be  separated  from  a 
composite  animal  fluid,  by  evaporation  to  dryness;  by  successive 
extractions  with  alcohol  of  ‘845,  ether,  and  water;  by  dissolving 
the  colouring  matter  in  a solution  of  potash,  and  then  precipi- 
tating it,  as  biliverdin,  by  hydrochloric  acid. 

Diagnosis.  The  action  of  nitric  acid  affords  a certain  test 
of  the  presence  of  biliphsein. 

b.  After  the  separation  of  the  biliphsein,  by  conversion  into 
bihverclin,  another  colouring  matter  remains,  to  which  Berzelius 
has  given  the  name  of  bilifulvin.  It  is  a double  salt  of  lime 
and  soda,  combined  with  an  organic  nitrogenous  acid,  to  which 
the  term  bilifulvic  acid  has  been  applied.  When  isolated,  this 
acid  is  insoluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol,  and  separates  in  pale 
yellow  flocculi  when  it  is  precipitated  from  an  aqueous  solution 
of  its  salts  by  a stronger  acid.  Whether  bilifulvin  is  an  actual 
constituent  of  the  bile,  or  whether  it  is  a mere  product  of  meta- 
morphosis, is  unknown. 


COLOURING  MATTERS. 


45 


III.  THE  URINE. 

a.  Uroerthyrin.  In  certain  pathological  conditions  (espe- 
cially in  intermittent  fevers)  the  urine  possesses  an  intensely 
red  colour,  and  deposits  a dark  red  precipitate.  Proust,  who 
was  the  first  that  carefully  examined  this  class  of  sediments, 
discovered  in  them  a peculiar  acid,  to  which  he  gave  the  name 
of  rosacic  acid.  He  subsequently  found  that  this  acid  was 
merely  a compound  of  uric  acid  with  a red  colouring  matter. 
This  red  colouring  matter  has  been  observed  by  Landered  in 
the  sweat  from  the  axillary  region  of  a girl  with  fever. 

In  order  to  isolate  this  pigment,  we  must  boil  a sediment 
of  this  nature  in  spirit,  which  will  take  up  the  colouring  matter 
and  a little  uric  acid.  This  uric  acid  must  be  removed  by  con- 
centration and  cooling,  and  then  by  evaporation  to  dryness,  we 
obtain  uroerythrin.  It  yields  a vividly  scarlet  powder,  is  devoid 
of  odour,  possesses  but  little  taste,  and  is  tolerably  soluble  in 
water  and  spirit : these  solutions  are  faintly  acid. 

b.  The  blue  and  black  pigments  that  have  been  described 
by  various  authors  (Braconnot,1  Spangenberg,2  Granier  and 
Delens,3  Marcet,  Prout,4  &c.)  and  have  received  the  names  of 
cyanurin  and  melanurin,  are  not  of  sufficient  importance  to 
require  any  observations. 


11.  Bilin. 

Bilin  is  the  name  given  by  Berzelius  to  the  substance  which 
he  considers  as  the  principal  and  most  important  constituent 
of  the  bile. 

The  following  is  the  most  simple  process  for  its  exhibition  :5 

Acidulate  perfectly  fresh  filtered  ox-gall  with  a few  drops  of 
acetic  acid,  and  precipitate  it  with  neutral  acetate  of  lead.  The 
bilifellinic  acid,  which  still  remains  in  solution,  must  then  be 
precipitated,  as  a plastery  mass,  by  basic  acetate  of  lead,  and 
the  filtered  or  decanted  liquid,  in  which  there  is  usually  a little 

1 Ann.  de  Chem.  et  de  Phys.  t.  xxix,  p.  252. 

3 Schweiggcr’s  Journal,  t.  xlvii,  p.  487. 

3 lb.  t.  xxiii,  p.  262. 

1 Medico-Chirurgical  Transactions  of  London,  v.  xii. 

■*  Lehmann,  Lehrbuch  der  Physiologischcn  Chcrnie,  t.  i,  p.  309. 


46 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


bilifulvin,  must  be  decomposed  by  an  excess  of  carbonate 
of  soda.  The  precipitate  is  then  to  be  extracted  with  absolute 
alcohol,  and  the  soda  carefully  precipitated  from  this  solution 
by  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  On  evaporating  the  alcoholic  solu- 
tion to  dryness,  we  obtain  hi  fin. 

The  composition  of  bilin  is  not  accurately  determined.  It 
is  easy  to  show  that  it  contains  nitrogen,  by  heating  it  with 
an  alkali,  in  which  case  it  develops  ammonia.  Lehmann  always 
found  traces  of  sulphur  in  it. 

Bilin  forms  a gummy,  pale  yellow  mass,  which  when  quickly 
dried  and  pulverized,  yields  a white  powder,  devoid  of  odour 
and  possessing  a singular  sweetish-bitter  taste,  most  perceptible 
at  the  base  of  the  tongue  and  on  the  posterior  fauces.  Berzelius 
suggests  that  the  sweetness  may  be  owing  to  the  admixture  of 
a little  glycerin.1  It  is  freely  soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol, 
but  not  in  ether ; in  fact  it  may  be  precipitated  by  ether  from 
its  alcoholic  solution.  When  recently  prepared,  it  is  perfectly 
neutral.  Heated  to  212°,  it  begins  to  swell ; at  a higher  tem- 
perature it  becomes  brown,  develops  a peculiar  odour,  and 
when  inflamed,  burns  with  a bright  clear  flame,  leaving  a 
porous  ash. 

An  aqueous  solution  of  bilin  is  not  affected  by  acids,  nor  by 
earthy  or  metallic  salts ; neither  does  chlorine  seem  to  induce 
any  peculiar  change.  A concentrated  solution  of  potash  sepa- 
rates an  oleaginous  tough  mass,  (a  compound  of  bilin  and 
potash,)  which  is  soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol. 

Bilin  is  remarkable  for  the  facility  with  which  it  undergoes 
metamorphoses.  An  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution  in  vacuo 
soon  assumes  an  acid  reaction.  Its  decomposition  is  accelerated 
by  warmth,  by  the  presence  of  organic  matters,  as  mucus,  & c., 
and  more  especially  by  the  action  of  the  mineral  acids. 

Metamorphoses  of  Bilin.  Bilin  and  hydrochloric  acid.  On 
digesting  bilin  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  five  distinct  sub- 
stances are  ultimately  obtained,  three  of  which  are  insoluble  in 
water,  and  have  received  from  Berzelius  the  names  of  fellinic 
acid,  cholinic  acid,  and  dyslysin;  the  remaining  two  being 

1 As  the  bile  contains  oleate,  margarate,  and  stearate  of  soda,  there  is  no  difficulty 
in  accounting  for  the  presence  of  glycerin. 


BILIN. 


47 


soluble  in  water,  viz.  taurin  ancl  hydrochlorate  of  ammonia. 
— The  evaporation  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  above  mix- 
ture leaves  as  a residue  a crystalline  mass  of  taurin  and  hydro- 
chlorate  of  ammonia;  the  latter  may  be  removed  by  alcohol  of 
•838,  and  the  taurin  may  then  be  recrystallized  from  a solution 
in  hot  water. 

Taurin  forms  colourless  regular  six-sided  prisms,  terminated 
by  four-  or  six-sided  pyramids.  It  is  hard,  craunches  between 
the  teeth,  has  a cooling  taste,  but  is  neither  bitter  nor  salt,  dis- 
solves in  about  sixteen  times  its  weight  of  water  at  60°,  and  is 
more  soluble  at  a higher  temperature.  It  is  very  slightly  solu- 
ble in  alcohol.  It  is  dissolved  without  decomposition  in  con- 
centrated sulphuric  and  nitric  acids,  and  gives  no  reaction  with 
the  ordinary  reagents.  Its  composition  is  represented  by  the 
formula  C(  N H7  O10.  Hence,  as  Lowig  remarks,  it  may  be 
regarded  as  a combination  of  binoxalate  of  ammonia  and  water, 
for  C4  N H.  0IO  = 2 C2  03+N  H3  + 4 IIO. 

On  treating  the  resinous  mass,  which  is  insoluble  in  water, 
with  alcohol,  dy  sly  sin  is  left,  and  the  two  acids  are  dissolved. 
Dyslysin  dissolves  with  some  difficulty  in  boiling  alcohol,  and 
falls  again  on  cooling  as  an  earthy  powder.  It  has  not  been 
further  investigated. 

Cholinic  and  fellinic  acids  are  associated  in  the  alcoholic 
solution.  In  many  respects  they  closely  resemble  each  other  : 
they  are  almost  insoluble  in  water,  they  dissolve  in  all  propor- 
tions in  alcohol,  and  they  form  nearly  similar  compounds  with 
the  alkalies,  earths,  and  metallic  oxides.  Their  salts  of  am- 
monia and  baryta,  however,  differ  in  several  respects,  and  by 
means  of  these  reagents  we  can  isolate  the  acids.  If  we  evapo- 
rate a solution  of  their  ammoniacal  salts,  cholinate  of  ammonia 
separates  as  a white  soapy  mass,  while  fellinate  of  ammonia 
remains  in  solution,  and  appears  after  due  evaporation  as  a soft, 
greasy,  yellowish  substance. 

When  an  aqueous  solution  of  cholinate  of  ammonia  is  decom- 
posed by  hydrochloric  acid,  cholinic  acid  separates  in  light 
white  flocculi,  which  after  drying  form  a brown  pulvcrizable 
mass.  It  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  ether.  The  cholinate  of 
baryta  is  almost  insoluble  in  alcohol. 

Fellinic  acid  may  be  exhibited  in  a similar  manner.  It  sepa- 
rates from  its  solution  in  snow-white  flocks,  and  after  drying 


48 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


forms  a white,  earthy,  inodorous  and  bitter  mass,  which  fuses 
at  212°  without  decomposition.  In  boiling  water  it  undergoes 
fusion,  and  dissolves  to  a small  extent ; in  this  respect  it  differs 
from  cholinic  acid,  which  fuses  but  is  wholly  insoluble  in  hot 
water.  It  is  soluble  in  ether,  and  its  baryta  salt  dissolves 
freely  in  alcohol. 

Fellinic  and  cholinic  acids  possess  the  property  of  combining 
and  forming  acid  compounds  with  undecomposed  bilin,  to 
which  Berzelius  has  given  the  names  of  bilifellinic  and  bilicho- 
linic  acids. 

Bilifellinic  acid  apparently  exists  as  such  in  fresh  bile  : it 
may  be  obtained  either  from  bile  after  the  removal  of  mucus, 
colouring  matters,  and  other  acids,  by  neutral  acetate  of  lead, 
or  from  pure  bilin. 

In  either  case  we  add  a solution  of  basic  acetate  of  lead, 
which  throws  down  a flocculent  precipitate  which  soon  collects 
into  a soft,  tenacious,  plastery  mass.  The  salt  of  lead  must  be 
decomposed  by  carbonate  of  soda,  and  the  soda-salt  in  its  turn, 
by  sulphuric  acid : we  thus  obtain  a very  soft,  almost  oily, 
yellow  mass,  from  which  the  free  sulphuric  acid  must  be 
removed  by  carbonate  of  lead,  and  free  fellinic  and  cholinic 
acids,  by  ether.  We  then  obtain  bilifellinic  acid  in  the  form 
of  a thick  syrupy  fluid  soluble  in  every  proportion  of  water, 
and  possessing  a bitter  taste.  If  this  acid  be  digested  with 
oxide  of  lead,  or  decomposed  by  basic  acetate  of  lead,  a plastery 
bilifellinate  of  lead  is  again  precipitated,  while  at  the  same 
time  pure  bilin  is  found  in  the  supernatant  fluid.  Hence  it 
appears  that  bilin  combines  with  fellinic  acid  in  more  than  one 
proportion.  Bilicholinic  acid  appears  to  resemble  bilifellinic 
acid  in  almost  eveiy  respect. 

A mixture  of  these  two  bilin-containing  acids  constitutes 
Demarfay’s  choleic  acid,1  and  forms  the  principal  part  of 
Thenard’s  biliary  resin.  (Berzelius.) 

On  cooling  bilin  in  a solution  of  caustic  potash  till  ammonia 
ceases  to  be  developed,  we  obtain,  on  evaporation,  a clotty 
matter,  which,  when  dissolved  in  water  and  treated  with 
acetic  acid,  precipitates  a peculiar  acid,  the  cholic  acid  of 
Gmelin.  It  forms  fine  silky  acicular  crystals,  of  which  the  taste 


1 This  substance  is  described  in  tlie  chapter  on  the  Bile. 


UREA. 


49 


is  at  once  sharp  and  sweet.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in  cold, 
but  more  so  in  hot  water ; it  dissolves  readily  in  alcohol : its 
solution  reddens  litmus.  Most  of  the  cholatcs  are  soluble,  and 
possess  a sweetish  taste.  Dumas  assigns  to  this  acid  the 
formula1  C44  H36  OI0. 

There  is  no  subject  in  the  whole  domain  of  animal  chemistry 
that  is  more  perplexing  and  intricate  than  the  bile  and  its 
constituents.  In  the  preceding  pages  we  have  adopted  the 
views  of  Berzelius,  but  upon  this  point  (cholic  acid)  he  is  very 
undecided.  In  the  edition  of  his  ‘ Animal  Chemistry/  pub- 
lished in  1840,  he  states  that  he  conceives  it  probable  that 
cholic  acid  is  produced  by  bilin  alone,  and  that  any  fellinic  or 
cholinic  acids  that  may  be  simultaneously  present  take  no  part 
in  the  metamorphosis.  In  his  article  ‘ Bile,  ’ in  Wagner’s 
‘ Handworterbuch/  published  two  years  later,  he  states  that 
bilin  in  a state  of  purity  undergoes  only  a very  slight  change 
by  boiling  with  hydrated  potash,  and  that  he  could  not  convert 
it  into  cholic  acid  in  that  manner.  Cholic  acid  certainly  does 
not  pre-exist  in  the  bile. 

Diagnosis  of  bilin.  Bilin  may  be  detected  by  its  peculiar 
taste.  It  is  distinguished  from  the  previous  substances  by  its 
solubility  in  water  and  absolute  alcohol,  and  by  its  insolubility 
in  ether.  Although  absolutely  pure  bilin  is  said  by  Berzelius,  to 
be  unaffected  by  metallic  salts,  basic  acetate  of  lead  and  per- 
chloride  of  iron  throw  down  white  precipitates  from  an 
aqueous  solution ; the  latter,  on  the  application  of  warmth, 
assumes  a cinnamon  tint : these  reactions  are  probably  owing 
to  the  presence  of  bilifellinic  acid. 


12.  Urea. 


Urea  forms  the  principal  constituent  of  the  solid  residue 
of  normal  human  urine.  It  is  found  in  considerable  quantity 
in  the  blood  after  extirpation  of  the  kidneys,  also  in  certain 
pathological  conditions  in  which  the  renal  functions  arc  not 
properly  discharged,  as  in  diabetes,  cholera,  ischuria,  and 
Bright’s  disease.  That  it  does  exist  in  healthy  blood  as  a 
constant,  although  very  minute  constituent,  has  also  been 
recently  proved  by  Marchand  and  Simon,  ltees  has  detected 


1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  17. 


4 


50 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


it  in  the  liquor  amnii  and  in  milk  ; Kiihn  and  Lehmann  in 
bile  and  biliary  concretions  ; Golding  Bird  in  sweat ; Wright  in 
saliva,  Maclagan  in  the  serous  effusion  into  the  ventricles  in  cer- 
tain forms  of  fever ; and  various  chemists  in  dropsical  fluids,  &c. 

Urea  may  be  obtained  from  urine  in  a state  of  purity  by 
any  of  the  following  methods. 

a.  The  urine  must  be  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a 
syrup,  and  mixed  when  quite  cold,  with  an  equal  volume  of 
pure  nitric  acid  of  specific  gravity  l-42.  If  the  evaporation 
has  been  carried  sufficiently  far,  the  whole  will  form  a thick 
crystalline  mass,  consisting  of  a compound  of  nitric  acid  and 
urea,  which  is  sparingly  soluble  in  nitric  acid.  All  increase  of 
temperature  must  be  carefully  avoided  lest  the  nitric  acid 
with  the  aid  of  heat,  acting  on  the  chlorides  in  the  urine, 
should  develop  chlorine  and  nitrous  acid,  both  of  which,  as  we 
shall  presently  show,  act  powerfully  in  destroying  urea.  The 
impure  crystals  of  nitrate  of  urea  are  to  be  carefully  washed  in 
dilute  nitric  acid,  strongly  pressed  between  folds  of  blotting  paper, 
dried  on  a porous  tile,  redissolved  in  warm  water,  and  neu- 
tralized with  carbonate  of  lead.  The  residue  after  evaporation, 
must  be  treated  with  alcohol.  In  this  manner  we  obtain  an 
alcoholic  solution  of  urea,  from  which  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
and  animal  charcoal,  will  suffice  to  remove  any  traces  of  lead 
and  colouring  matter ; after  due  evaporation  it  will  yield  crystals 
of  nearly  pure  urea. 

b.  O.  Henry  mixes  the  urine  with  basic  acetate  of  lead, 
and  then  adds  sufficient  sulphuric  acid  to  convert  all  the 
acetates  into  sidphates.  After  filtration  through  animal  charcoal 
the  fluid  will  yield  on  evaporation  crystals  of  nearly  pure  urea. 

c.  Berzelius  recommends  that  the  alcohol-extract  of  urine 
should  be  dissolved  in  water,  treated  with  animal  charcoal, 
filtered,  and  warmed  to  about  120°,  and  that  then  as  much 
oxalic  acid  should  be  added  as  the  warm  fluid  will  dissolve. 
Crystals  form  of  sparingly  soluble  oxalate  of  m’ea,  which  must 
be  dissolved,  filtered  through  animal  charcoal,  recrystallized, 
and  decomposed  by  carbonate  of  lime. 

Urea  may  also  be  obtained  artificially  by  the  decomposition 
of  certain  cyanates.  The  following  is  the  best  method  for 
obtaining  it  in  this  manner  on  a large  scale.  Twenty-eight 
parts  of  ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  and  14  of  peroxide  of 


UREA. 


51 


manganese,  arc  to  be  thoroughly  mixed,  and  heated  on  an  iron 
plate  to  a dull  red  heat.  The  mixture  smoulders  into  a brown 
mass  which  contains  cvanate  of  potash,  carbonate  of  potash,  and 
sesquioxide  of  manganese.  When  cold  it  is  to  he  repeatedly 
digested  in  cold  water,  and  the  solution  mixed  with  205  parts  of 
crystallized  sulphate  of  ammonia  dissolved  in  water.  Sulphate 
of  potash  and  cyanate  of  ammonia  are  formed ; and  this  latter 
substance,  on  the  application  of  a slight  heat,  is  converted  into 
urea.  Sulphate  of  potash  usually  separates  at  once,  in  crystals  ; 
but,  without  stopping  to  remove  them,  we  may  evaporate  the 
fluid  on  the  water- hath  to  dryness,  and  remove  the  urea  by  a 
small  quantity  of  water.  On  evaporating  this  aqueous  solution 
to  dryness,  the  urea  may  he  extracted  with  boiling  alcohol  of 
80  or  902,  whilst  the  sulphate  of  potash  remains  undissolved. 
The  alcohol  is  allowed  to  evaporate,  and  the  urea  separates 
from  it  in  crystals.  In  this  manner  a pound  of  ferrocyanide  of 
potassium  will  furnish  one  third  of  a pound  of  pure  urea. 

The  composition  of  urea  is  represented  by  the  formula1 
C,  H4  N2  0„.  It  contains  a larger  proportion  of  nitrogen 
(46-7282)  than  any  other  organic  compound. 

Urea  when  pure  and  in  crystals  is  white  and  transparent : 
when  deposited  from  a concentrated  hot  solution  it  is  in  the 
form  of  fine  silky  needles,  but  by  very  slow  or  spontaneous  eva- 
poration it  separates  in  colourless  flattened  four-sided  prisms  of 
specific  gravity  T35.  It  is  soluble  in  its  own  weight  of  cold, 
and  in  every  proportion  of  hot  water ; in  4-5  parts  of  cold,  and 
in  2 parts  of  boiling  alcohol ; it  is  slightly  soluble  in  ether, 
about  1 part  in  60,  at  a temperature  of  62°. 

It  deliquesces  in  a very  moist  atmosphere  only,  and  even  then 
its  chemical  properties  remain  unchanged.  In  dry  air  it  is  per- 
fectly permanent.  It  fuses  at  250°  into  a colourless  liquid,  and 
is  decomposed  by  a higher  temperature  into  ammonia,  cyanate 
of  ammonia,  and  dry  solid  cyanuric  acid.  A concentrated  watery 
solution  may  be  boiled  and  preserved  for  a long  time  without 
any  change,  but  if  albumen,  glutin,  mucus,  or  especially  ferment, 
should  be  present,  it  is  speedily  converted  into  carbonate  of 
ammonia.  Tbe  possibility  of  this  transformation  is  obvious 
from  the  formula 

C,  H,  N,  O,  (urea) +2  HO  = 2 (CO„  NIIJ. 

1 See  Appendix  T,  Note  18. 


52 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


With  most  concentrated  acids  it  gives  crystalline  salts,  espe- 
cially with  nitric  and  oxalic  acids.  It  is  not  precipitated  from 
its  aqueous  solution  by  metallic  salts,  ferrocyanide  of  potassium, 
or  tannic  acid.  With  hyponitrous  acid  it  is  instantly  decom- 
posed into  nitrogen  and  carbonic  acid  gases,  which  are  evolved 
in  equal  volumes ; with  chlorine  it  forms  hydrochloric  acid,  ni- 
trogen, and  carbonic  acid.  These  decompositions  are  rendered 
obvious  by  the  formulae 

C2  II4  N2  02  + 2N03  = 4N  + 2C02-f  4HO 

C2  H4  N2  02  + 2H0  + 6Cl=2N  + 2C02  + 6HCl. 

Compounds  of  urea.  Nitrate  of  urea  is  obtained  by  the 
direct  addition  of  nitric  acid  in  excess,  to  a concentrated  solu- 
tion of  urea.  Its  formula  is  C„  H4  N„  0o  + N0. + HO.  It 
most  commonly  crystallizes  in  large  colourless  leaves,  but  some- 
times in  small  solid  prisms.  It  dissolves  in  eight  parts  of  cold, 
but  more  freely  in  hot  water.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  nitric 
acid,  with  which  it  may  he  boiled  without  decomposition.  This 
salt  effloresces  with  great  rapidity.1  100  parts  of  nitrate  of 
urea  correspond  to  48-945  of  urea,  (llcgnault  and  Percy.) 

Oxalate  of  urea  is  obtained  by  the  mixture  of  concen- 
trated hot  solutions  of  urea  and  oxalic  acid.  Its  formula  is 
C2H4  N3  0„  + C2  03  4-  HO.  It  crystallizes  in  long  slender  plates 
or  prisms,  as  the  fluid  cools,  since  it  is  much  less  soluble  in  cold 
than  in  hot  water. 

At  a temperature  of  61°  water  dissolves  only  4-372,  and 
alcohol  1-62,  of  the  oxalate  of  urea.  Oxalic  acid  displaces 
nitric  acid  from  its  combination  with  urea.  100  parts  of  oxalate 
of  urea  correspond  to  62‘564  of  urea.  (Berzelius.) 

Sulphate  of  urea  may  be  obtained  by  the  double  decomposition 
of  oxalate  of  urea  and  sulphate  of  lime. 

1 Nitrate  of  urea,  when  heated  to  about  316°,  decomposes,  and  disengages  a con- 
siderable quantity  of  carbonic  acid  and  nitrous  oxide,  in  the  exact  proportion  of  two 
volumes  of  the  first  to  one  of  the  latter;  the  residue  consists  of  free  urea  and  of 
nitrate  of  ammonia.  Nitrate  of  ammonia  and  urea  crystallize  successively  out  of  an 
aqueous  solution  of  the  residue.  These  changes  are  shown  by  the  formula 
4 (C2  II4  N2  02,  N05,  HO)  = 4 CO  + 2 NO+2  (C2  H4  N2  Oa)+3  (NII3,  NOs,  IIO). 

The  nitrate  of  ammonia  subsequently  changes  into  water  and  nitrous  oxide,  and 
the  urea  into  carbonic  acid  and  ammonia. 

During  the  decomposition  of  the  nitrate  of  urea  a new  acid  is  formed  in  extremely 
minute  quantities.  It  crystallizes  in  grayish  white  brilliant  lamellae,  reddens  litmus 
paper,  and  is  very  slightly  soluble  in  water,  w-hich  allows  of  its  being  separated  from 
urea  and  nitrate  of  ammonia.  Pelouze  has  assigned  it  the  formula  C.,  II3  N2  0 ,. 


URIC  ACID. 


.53 

Hydrochlorate  of  urea  has  been  formed  by  the  direct  combi- 
nation of  dry  urea  with  hydrochloric  acid  gas.  It  is  a very 
unstable  compound,  and  when  exposed  to  the  air  dissolves  into 
a very  acid  liquid,  from  which  hydrochloric  acid  is  disengaged. 

Lactate,  hippurate,  and  urate  of  urea  have  been  described 
by  Cap  and  Henry ; who  in  fact  assert  that  in  human  urine  the 
urea  exists  as  a lactate.  Pelouze  has,  however,  disproved  the 
existence  of  all  these  compounds. 

Prout  has  examined  certain  compounds  of  silver  and  lead,  in 
which  the  urea  seems  to  combine  with  the  oxides  of  those  metals 
as  bases.  They  are  of  no  importance  in  a practical  point  of  view. 

The  presence  of  urea  modifies  the  solubility  and  crystalline 
form  of  certain  salts ; it  causes  common  salt  to  crystallize  in 
octoliedra,  instead  of  in  cubes ; but  it  has  been  observed  that  if 
these  octohedra  are  dissolved  in  pure  water  they  recrystallize  in 
cubes.  This  peculiarity  affords  a common  microscopic  test  for 
the  presence  of  urea. 

Diagnosis  of  urea.  Urea  is  distinguished  by  its  solubility  in 
water  and  in  alcohol,  and  by  its  behaviour  with  nitric  and 
oxalic  acids. 


13.  Uric  acid. 

Uric  acid  is  a constituent  of  the  urinary  secretion  in  appa- 
rently all  classes  of  animals ; it  is  found  in  man  and  the  car- 
nivora, in  graminivora  (Fownes),1  in  birds,  amphibia,  serpents, 
insects,  and  mollusca.  It  is  the  most  common  ingredient  (in 
combination  with  a base)  of  urinary  calculi  and  gouty  concre- 
tions; it  has  been  detected  in  the  saliva  (Wright),  in  sweat 
(Wolf),2  and  on  the  surface  of  ulcers  in  arthritic  persons 
(Schonlein.) 

Uric  acid  may  be  obtained  in  a state  of  purity,  by  the  fol- 
lowing process,  from  the  excrement  of  the  boa  constrictor, 3 

1 London  and  Edinburgh  Phil.  Mag.  xxi,  p.  139. 

2 Dissertatio  sist.  casum  Calculositatis ; Tubing.  1817. 

J The  excrements  of  the  boa  constrictor  have  been  found  by  Prout  to  yield  more 
than  90g  of  uric  acid.  (Annals  of  Philosophy,  t.  v,  p.  413.)  The  excrements  of  the 
rattlesnake  have  been  examined  by  Simon.  He  found  in  100  parts  of  the  dried 
residue — free  uric  acid,  with  a little  fat  and  extractive  matters,  56-4  ; urate  of  am- 
monia, 31  "1 ; urate  of  soda,  with  some  chloride  of  sodium,  9‘8  ; urate  of  lime,  1*4  ; 
phosphate  of  lime,  1*3.  Although  we  have  retained  the  term  “excrements”  in  ac- 
cordance with  popular  usage,  the  substance  is  in  reality  the  urine  of  the  serpent. 


54 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


which  contains  a very  large  proportion  of  uric  acid  and  urate  of 
ammonia.  To  powdered  boa  constrictor’s  excrement  add  an 
equivalent  proportion,  or  slight  excess,  of  caustic  potash.  (We 
assume  that  the  excrement  is  entirely  urate  of  ammonia  in  this 
calculation.)  Boil  in  water  (in  the  proportion  of  lib.  of  ex- 
crement to  2 quarts  of  water)  till  the  mass  is  reduced  to  dif- 
fused gelatinous  floccules,  which  speedily  settle,  leaving  a dark- 
brown  supernatant  fluid.  Remove  this  fluid  by  decantation  or 
filtration,  and  wash  the  urate  of  potash,  which  is  collected,  with 
cold  water.  It  must  then  be  heated  in  water,  and  more  caustic 
potash  must  be  added,  till  the  solution  becomes  clear.  While 
still  hot  it  must  be  poured  into  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
allowed  to  stand.  In  this  manner  piu’e  crystals  of  uric  acid 
will  be  obtained.1  The  slight  excess  of  caustic  potash  used  in 
the  first  instance  seems  to  keep  the  colouring  matter  in  solution. 

Uric  acid  is  represented  bythe  empirical  formula2  C5  IIo  Nn  03, 
or  CI0  II(  N4  06,  or  C10  H4  N4  06;  it  is  highly  probable  that 
it  contains  one  atom  of  water  in  this  state,  and  may  be  consi- 
dered as  a hydrate,  C10  N(  II3  ()r  + HO. 

Uric  acid  crystallizes  in  fine  scales  of  a brilliant  white  colour 
and  silky  lustre,  is  tasteless,  inodorous,  heavier  than  water, 
almost  insoluble  in  cold,  and  very  slightly  soluble  in  boiling 
water.3  It  is  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  It  dissolves  in 
dilute  nitric  acid,  with  the  evolution  of  equal  volumes  of  car- 
bonic acid  and  nitrogen  : on  evaporating  the  solution  a pink 
tint  is  produced,  which,  on  the  addition  of  ammonia  in  excess, 
changes  to  a purple-red  colour.  This  is  a characteristic  test  of  the 
presence  of  uric  acid.  Boiled  with  peroxide  of  lead  in  water  it  is 
decomposed  into  oxalic  acid  and  allantoin,  and  urea  is  separated. 

Several  of  the  compounds  of  uric  acid,  with  the  alkalies  and 
alkaline  earths,  are  of  practical  importance. 

Urate  of  potash  is  a frequent  constituent  of  urinary  calculi  : 
it  may  be  obtained  by  boiling  urate  of  ammonia  with  potash. 
On  cooling,  the  urate  of  potash  yields  a mass  of  very  minute  aci- 

1 The  various  forms  under  which  uric  acid  crystallizes  are  noticed  under  the  head 
of  Urinary  sediments. 

2 See  Appendix  I,  Note  19. 

3 According  to  Liebig,  uric  acid  requires  15,000  parts  of  cold,  and  1,932  parts  of 
boiling  water,  for  its  perfect  solution.  It  dissolves  in  all  alkaline  fluids,  in  solution 
of  phosphate  of  soda  and  of  borax,  but  not  in  solutions  of  the  bicarbonates  of  potash 
or  of  ammonia. 


URIC  ACID. 


55 


cular  crystals,  or  else  separates  in  granules  or  scales.  It  dissolves 
in  140  parts  of  cold,  and  in  85  parts  of  boiling  water. 

Urate  of  soda  may  be  obtained  in  a similar  manner,  or  by 
boiling  uric  acid  in  a solution  of  borax.  It  is  far  less  soluble 
than  the  former  salt ; one  part  of  it  requiring  for  its  solution 
372  parts  of  cold,  and  124  parts  of  boiling  water.  In  other 
respects  it  closely  resembles  it.  It  occasionally  constitutes  a 
very  peculiar  stellar  form  of  deposit  in  the  urine.  Liebig  has 
shown  that  uric  acid  dissolves  with  great  facility  in  a solution 
of  common  phosphate  of  soda,  that  the  fluid  from  being  al- 
kaline becomes  acid,  and  that  there  are  formed  a urate  of  soda, 
and  an  acid  phosphate  of  soda.  It  is  in  this  condition  that  he 
supposes  uric  acid  to  exist  in  the  urine. 

Urate  of  ammonia,  in  a state  of  purity,  invariably  crystallizes 
in  needles,  but  if  a little  chloride  of  sodium  be  added  to  its  so- 
lution we  no  longer  obtain,  on  evaporation,  a crystalline  acicular 
deposit,  but  the  peculiar  amorphous  form  in  which  urate  of  am- 
monia occurs  in  urine.  On  the  addition  of  chloride  of  sodium 
to  water,  in  the  proportion  of  2‘59  to  1000,  the  solubility  of 
urate  of  ammonia  is  increased  in  the  proportion  of  1000  to  450, 
or  is  more  than  doubled.  (Dr.  Bence  Jones,  in  Trans,  of  the 
Medico-chirurgical  Society,  1844.) 

According  to  Liebig,  this  salt  requires  for  its  solution  172 7 
parts  of  cold,  and  243  parts  of  boiling  water. 

Urate  of  magnesia  may  be  obtained  by  the  addition  of  sul- 
phate of  magnesia  to  a boiling  saturated  solution  of  urate  of 
potash.  On  cooling,  and  after  the  fluid  has  been  allowed  to 
stand  for  some  time,  urate  of  magnesia  is  deposited  in  fine 
needles  of  a silky  lustre,  and  arrayed  in  stellar  groups.  At 
212°  these  crystals  lose  5 atoms  of  water.  Urate  of  magnesia 
dissolves  in  3593  parts  of  cold,  and  263  parts  of  boiling  water. 

Urate  of  lime  forms  white  glittering  needles  or  leaves,  which 
dissolve  pretty  readily  in  hot  water,  but  are  thrown  down  again 
on  cooling. 

Diagnosis  of  uric  acid.  Uric  acid  is  distinguished  by  the 
form  of  its  crystals  under  the  microscope,  by  its  insolubility  in 
water  and  in  alcohol,  and  by  its  behaviour  towards  nitric  acid 
and  ammonia. 

The  Metamorphoses  of  Uric  Acid.  Allantoin.  One  part 
of  uric  acid  is  boiled  in  20  parts  of  water,  and  freshly  prepared 


5f> 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


peroxide  of  lead  is  gradually  added  to  tlie  boiling  liquid,  as  long 
as  its  colour  is  observed  to  change.  The  hot  liquid  is  then 
filtered  and  evaporated  till  crystals  begin  to  form  on  its  surface ; 
on  cooling  they  form  in  considerable  quantity,  and  constitute 
allantoin  or  allantoic  acid,  while  urea  remains  in  the  mother 
liquid,  and  oxalate  of  lead  on  the  filter. 

The  following  symbolical  representation  may  elucidate  this 
decomposition. 


1 At.  Uric  acid  . C10  H4  N4  Os 

2 At.  Peroxide  of  lead  04  Pb2 

7 At.  Water  . H7  07 


C10  Hn  N4  Ol7  Pb2 


1 At.  Allantoin  . C4  II3  N2  03 

1 At.  Urea  . C2  H4  N2  02 

2 At.  Hydrated  ox- 
alate of  lead1  C4  H4  012  Pb2 

C,0  H,j  N4  0,7  Pb2 


It  is  on  this  reaction  that  Liebig  founds  his  theory  of  uric 
acid.  He  considers  it  to  contain  ready -formed  urea  and  a hy- 
pothetical substance,  for  which  he  proposes  the  term  uril  Ub  or 
cyan- oxalic  acid.2 

For  1 At.  Uric  acid  (C10  FI4  N4  06)— 1 At.  Urea  (C2  H4  N2  02)  = 2 (C4  N02)  —2  Ul. 

Hence  the  rational  formula  for  uric  acid  appears  to  be — 

1 At.  Uric  acid  (C10  H4  N4  O0)  = 2 Ul  + 1 At.  Urea  (C2  H4  N,  02). 

In  the  production  of  allantoin  from  uric  acid,  the  urea  is 
supposed  to  be  set  free,  whilst  the  uril  combines  with  oxygen 
and  water  in  order  to  form  oxalic  acid  and  allantoin. 
The  change  may  be  illustrated  in  the  following  manner : 
2U1  = C8  N204  = C4  04  + C4Ns. 

By  the  addition  of  2 at.  oxygen  to  the  former  term,  C4  04, 
we  obtain  2C2  03  (oxalic  acid),  and  by  the  addition  of  3 at. 
water  to  the  latter,  C4  N„,  we  obtain  C4  H3  N„  O , (allantoin.) 

This  substance  allantoin,  or  as  it  is  frequently  termed  allantoic 
acid,  occurs  ready  formed  in  the  allantoic  fluid  of  the  calf,  from 
which  it  crystallizes  spontaneously  on  cooling,  when  the  fluid 
has  been  evaporated  to  one  fourth  of  its  volume.  It  then  re- 
quires to  be  purified  by  recrystallization. 

The  crystals  are  colourless  and  transparent,  tasteless  and 


1 2 At.  Hydrated  oxalate  of  lead  = 2 (Pb  0,  C2  03,  2 HO) 

= C4  H4012  Pb2 

2 This  name  is  suggested  by  its  constitution ; for  1 at.  Uril  = C4  N02  = C2  02,  Cy, 
a formula  that  represents  oxalic  acid  in  which  an  equivalent  of  oxygen  is  replaced  by 
one  of  cyanogen. 


ALLOXAN. 


57 


inodorous,  and  exert  no  action  on  vegetable  colours.  They  are 
usually  prisms  of  the  right  rhomboid  system,  have  a glassy  lustre, 
and  at  68°  are  soluble  in  160  times  their  weight  of  cold,  but 
in  a much  less  quantity  of  hot  water:  they  dissolve  in  hot  alco- 
hol, but  recrystallize  as  it  cools.  At  a high  temperature  allan- 
toin  is  converted  by  the  caustic  alkalies,  and  also  by  most  concen- 
trated acids  (with  the  exception  of  nitric  acid)  into  ammonia  and 
oxalic  acid.  This  change  may  be  illustrated  by  the  formula 


1 At.  Allantoin 
3 At.  Water  . 


c4  H3  Na  o3 

h3  o3 


2 At.  Oxalic  acid 
2 At.  Ammonia 


• C4  06 
Hs  n2 


c4  h6  n2  o6 


c4  Ha  N2  06 


If  we  compare  the  composition  of  allantoin  with  that  of  uric 
acid  and  urea,  we  find  that  these  substances  bear  a highly  inte- 
resting relation  to  each  other ; if  we  add  to  one  atom  of  uric 
acid,  one  atom  of  urea  and  one  atom  of  water,  we  obtain  a 
formula  exactly  corresponding  with  that  of  allantoin. 


1 At.  Uric  acid  . . Cl0  1I4  N4  06 

1 At.  Urea  . . . C2  H4  N2  02 

1 At.  Water  . . HO 


Cl2  H9  N6  09  = 3 (C4  H3  N2  03) 
i.  e.  = 3 At.  Allantoin. 

“ According  to  this,”  as  Liebig  observes,  “ it  is  evident  that 
the  product  of  the  secretion  of  the  non-respiring  foetus  of  the 
cow  is,  in  a certain  sense,  identical  with  the  products  secreted 
by  the  kidneys  of  the  breathing  animals.  Urea  represents 
carbonate  of  ammonia  from  which  the  elements  of  two  atoms 
of  water  have  separated ; allantoin  represents  oxalate  of  am- 
monia, from  which  the  elements  of  three  atoms  of  water  have 
separated.” 

We  now  proceed  to  the  consideration  of  a few  of  the  most 
important  products  of  nitric  acid  with  uric  acid. 

Alloxan.  One  part  of  dry  uric  acid  is  gradually  added  to 
four  parts  of  nitric  acid  of  spec.  grav.  1‘42 — L5,  by  which  it 
is  dissolved  with  effervescence,  and  the  production  of  heat. 
The  whole  liquid  is  soon  converted  into  a solid  crystalline  mass 
of  alloxan.  Its  formula  is  C8  Ht  N,,  010.  It  is  very  soluble 
in  water,  reddens  vegetable  colours,  and  causes  a purple  stain 
on  the  skin.  Its  formation  may  be  explained  in  the  following 
manner.  We  have  already  shown  (see  Urea,)  that  urea  is  con- 


58 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


verted  by  hyponitrous  acid  into  water,  carbonic  acid,  and 
nitrogen.  Hence,  if  we  suppose  that  tlie  2 atoms  of  uril 
(bearing  in  mind  that  uric  acid  = 2U1.  + 1 at.  urea,)  take  up 
the  2 at.  of  oxygen,  which  the  nitric  acid  has  given  off  in  the 
formation  of  hyponitrous  acid,  and  4 at.  of  water,  we  obtain 
the  formula  of  alloxan,  for 

2U1  (=  C8  N2  OJ+4HO+2  O = C8  Il4N,2O10. 

Parabanic  acid  is  obtained  by  treating  one  part  of  uric  acid, 
or  one  part  of  alloxan  in  eight  parts  of  nitric  acid,  evaporating 
to  the  consistence  of  a syrup,  and  allowing  it  to  stand  for  some 
time,  when  it  yields  colourless  crystals  which  may  be  purified 
by  recrystallization.  Its  formula  is  Ce  Nn  01  + 2H0. 

It  is  formed  by  the  action  of  hyponitrous  acid  on  the  urea 
of  the  uric  acid ; the  2 at.  of  uril  take  up  4 at.  of  oxygen,  and 
2 at.  of  water,  and  yield  2 at.  of  carbonic  acid,  and  1 at.  of 
hydrated  parabanic  acid : thus 

2U1  + 2H0  + 40==2C0,,  + (C6  N2  04  + 2H0.) 

Or  it  may  be  regarded  as  produced  by  the  action  of  oxygen  on 
alloxan,  for 

C8  H4  N3  0w+20=2C0.  + 2H0  + (Ca  N,  04  + 2H0.) 

Oxaluric  acid  is  obtained  by  boiling  parabanic  acid  in  a solu- 
tion of  ammonia.  If  the  mixture  be  evaporated  and  allowed 
to  cool,  crystals  of  oxalurate  of  ammonia  will  separate  them- 
selves. On  the  addition  of  an  acid  to  a concentrated  solution 
of  this  salt,  oxaluric  acid  is  separated  as  a crystalline  powder. 
Its  formula  is  C6  H3  Nn  07  + H0.  It  is  formed  by  the  addi- 
tion of  2 at.  of  water  to  the  constituents  of  parabanic  acid  : it 
contains  further  the  elements  of  2 at.  of  oxalic  acid,  and  1 at. 
of  urea,  and  by  boiling  in  water  is  completely  decomposed  into 
free  oxalic  acid,  and  oxalate  of  urea. 

Liebig  observes  that  “ when  uric  acid  is  subjected  to  the 
action  of  oxygen,  it  is  first  resolved  into  alloxan  and  urea ; a 
new  supply  of  oxygen  acting  on  the  alloxan  causes  it  to  resolve 
itself  either  into  oxalic  acid  and  urea,  or  into  oxaluric  and 
parabanic  acids,  or  into  carbonic  acid  and  urea,”  (Animal 
Chemistry,  p.  137.)  The  reactions  which  we  have  already 
given  are  sufficient  to  explain  this  statement.  We  have 
shown  that — • 

Uric  acid  = 2 U1  + urea,  and  alloxan  = 2 U1  -f-  02  + 4 HO  ; 
consequently, 

Uric  acid  + Oa  + 4 IIO  = alloxan  -f-  urea. 


MUREXAN. 


59 


Moreover, 

Alloxan  = urea  + C6  08  (see  tlieir  respective  formula:) ; 
therefore, 

Alloxan  -f-  0 = urea  + C6  09  = urea  -(-  3 at.  oxalic  acid, 
and 

Alloxan  + 04  = urea  + C6  0,,=  urea  + 6 at.  carbonic  acid. 

Also, 

Ailoxan  -f  02  = parabanic  acid  + 2 HO  + 2 C02 
= oxaluric  acid  -(-  2 at.  carbonic  acid. 

Hence, 

Uric  acid  4 HO  4-  03  = 2 at.  urea  + 3 at.  oxalic  acid. 

Uric  acid  + 2 HO  -f-  0 , = 2 at.  urea  -j-  parabanic  acid  2 at.  carbonic  acid. 

Uric  acid  + 4 HO  + 04=  2 at.  urea  ~(-  oxaluric  acid  4-  2 at.  carbonic  acid. 

Uric  acid  4-  4 HO  -f-  06  = 2 at.  urea  4-  6 at.  carbonic  acid. 

These  formulae  express  laws  of  much  importance  in  urinary 
pathology ; they  show  us  that  if  an  abundant  supply  of  oxygen 
be  given  to  the  uric  acid,  carbonic  acid  and  urea  may  be  ob- 
tained ; if  a smaller  quantity,  oxalic  acid  and  urea ; and  if  none 
be  given  the  acid  remains  unchanged. 

Murexid  [Purpurate  of  ammonia .)  The  best  method  of  exhi- 
biting this  substance  is  to  evaporate  a solution  of  iiric  acid  in 
dilute  nitric  acid,  until  it  acquires  a flesh-red  colour : after  it 
has  cooled  to  160°  a dilute  solution  of  ammonia  must  be  added, 
till  the  presence  of  free  ammonia  is  remarked  by  the  odour. 
The  solution  is  then  to  be  diluted  with  half  its  volume  of  boiling 
water  and  allowed  to  cool : it  crystallizes  in  short  four-sided 
prisms,  two  faces  of  which  reflect  a green  metallic  lustre. 
It  is  insoluble  in  alcohol ; sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  but 
more  readily  in  boiling  water,  on  the  cooling  of  which  it 
crystallizes  unchanged.  It  is  soluble  in  caustic  potash  with  a 
beautiful  indigo-blue  colour,  which  disappears  with  the  evolu- 
tion of  ammonia  on  the  application  of  heat.  The  difference 
between  the  views  of  Prout  and  Liebig  regarding  this  substance 
is,  that  the  latter  considers  it  a distinct  principle,  while  the 
former  regards  it  as  a combination  of  a peculiar  acid  (purpuric) 
with  ammonia.  Prout’s  view  has  been  strongly  confirmed  by 
the  researches  of  Fritzsche,  which  are  published  in  the  Transac- 
tions of  the  Academy  of  Sciences  of  St.  Petersburgli,  for  1839. 

The  formula  assigned  to  this  substance  by  Liebig  and  Wohler 
is  Cw  H6  Ns  08.  Fritzsche  gives  it  the  formula  C16 II  Nfi  On,  or 

CI6  H4  n5  oI0+nh4o. 

Murexan  or  purpuric  acid  is  prepared  by  dissolving  murexid 
in  caustic  potash  by  the  aid  of  heat,  which  is  to  be  applied  till 


GO 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


the  blue  colour  disappears : dilute  sulphuric  acid  is  then  to  be 
added  in  excess.  It  falls  in  crystalline  scales  of  a silky  lustre ; 
is  insoluble  in  water  and  dilute  acids,  but  is  taken  up  by 
ammonia  and  the  fixed  alkalies. 

If  a solution  of  murexan  in  ammonia  be  exposed  to  the  air, 
it  acquires  a purple-red  colour  and  deposits  crystals  of  murexid : 
with  an  excess  of  ammonia  it  again  becomes  colourless,  and  is 
then  found  to  contain  oxalurate  of  ammonia. 

Its  formula,  according  to  Liebig  and  Wohler,  is  C0  H4  N,,  Or  ; 
according  to  Eritzsche  it  is  C16  H4  Ns  O10. 

The  substances  which  have  been  described  are  only  a few  of 
the  products  of  nitric  acid  on  uric  acid ; they  have  been  selected 
as  having  a more  practical  bearing  than  the  others.  The  fol- 
lowing table  exhibits  the  principal  results  of  Liebig  and  Wohler's 
admirable  paper  on  this  subject. 

[a)  On  treating  uric  acid  with  cold  concentrated  nitric  acid, 
we  obtain  alloxan,  C8  H4  N,  O10  or  2Ul  + 02  + 4IION 
(i b ) On  treating  uric  acid  with  cold  dilute  nitric  acid,  we  obtain 
alloxantin,  C8  H5  O10,  or  2U1  +0+  5 HO. 

(c)  On  treating  alloxan  with  sulphurous  acid,  we  obtain  thion- 

uric  acid,  C8  H7  N3  014  S2. 

(d)  On  treating  thionuric  acid,  or  tliionurate  of  ammonia,  with 

hydrochloric,  or  sulphuric  acid,  we  obtain  uramil, 
C8  H5  N3  0(i,  or  2Ul  + NH3  + 2HO. 

(e)  On  treating  alloxan  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  we  ob- 

tain first,  alloxantin,  and  subsequently  dialuric  acid, 
C8  H4  N2  08,  or  2UI  + 4HO. 

(/)  On  warming  uric  acid  in  eight  parts  of  nitric  acid  we  ob- 
tain parabanic  acid,  Cfi  04  + 2H0. 

((/)  On  boiling  parabanic  acid  in  ammonia,  oxalurate  of  ammo- 
nia is  generated,  from  which  we  can  obtain  oxaluric 
acid,  Cfi  N2  H3  0,  + HO. 

( h ) On  the  addition  of  an  alkali  to  a concentrated  solution  of 

alloxan,  we  obtain  alloxanic  acid,  C8  II,  N,  ()-f2H0. 

(i)  By  the  precipitation  of  a solution  of  alloxan  with  boiling 

acetate  of  lead,  we  obtain  mesoxalic  acid,  C,  O . 

(j)  By  heating  a solution  of  alloxan  with  ammonia,  we  obtain 

mycomelinic  acid,  C8  II  N4  Or. 

(Ic)  On  heating  uramil  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  wc  obtain 
uramilic  acid,  C,.  Hln  N,  0,_. 

' 10  5 i.i 


HIPPURIC  ACID. 


61 


(/)  On  warming  uric  acicl  with  nitric  acid  and  saturating  it 
witli  ammonia,  we  obtain  murexid,  C12  H6  Ns  0B. 

(in)  On  dissolving  murexid  in  caustic  potash  and  adding  dilute 
sulphuric  acid,  we  obtain  murexan,  Cc  II.  N„  O.. 

14.  Hippuric  Acid. 

Hippuric,  or  urobenzoic  acid,  is  an  ordinary,  although  not  a 
constant,  ingredient  of  the  urine  of  the  graminivora.  It  has 
been  observed  by  Lehmann,  Ambrosiani,  and  Reich,  in  the 
urine  of  diabetic  patients,  and  Bouchardat  has  found  it  in  the 
same  secretion  in  certain  anomalous  cases  to  which  he  has  ap- 
plied the  term  “ liippurie.”  Liebig  has  recently  asserted  that 
it  is  a constant  ingredient  of  healthy  human  urine;  and  even 
if  this  statement  be  too  general,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it 
does  veiy  frequently  occur  in  minute  quantity  in  this  secretion. 

Hippuric  acid  is  readily  obtained  by  evaporating  the  urine 
of  the  horse  or  cow  to  about  one  tenth  of  its  volume,  and  adding 
sufficient  hydrochloric  acid  to  give  it  a decidedly  acid  reaction. 
Yellow  or  brown  crystals  of  hippuric  acid  are  almost  immedi- 
ately deposited,  which  must  be  collected,  dissolved  in  a hot 
solution  of  carbonate  of  soda,  and  filtered  through  animal  char- 
coal. By  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  this  solution, 
(which  must  be  concentrated,  if  requisite,)  we  obtain  tolerably 
pure  crystals  of  hippuric  acid. 

This  acid  forms  long  transparent  four-sided  prisms,  acumi- 
nated at  the  extremities;  it  is  destitute  of  odour,  and  has  a 
faintly  bitter,  but  not  an  acid  taste.  It  dissolves  in  about  400 
parts  of  cold  water,  and  in  a much  larger  proportion  in  hot 
water,  from  which  it  recrystallizes  on  cooling.  It  is  freely 
soluble  m alcohol,  less  so  in  ether.  A cold  aqueous  solution 
strongly  reddens  litmus.  At  a moderate  heat,  hippuric  acid 
melts  (without  yielding  water)  into  a colourless  oily  fluid,  which, 
on  cooling,  solidifies  into  a crystalline  milk-white  mass.  At  a 
higher  temperature  the  acid  undergoes  decomposition,  and  yields 
a crystalline  sublimate  composed  of  benzoic  acid  and  benzoate 
of  ammonia,  while,  at  the  same  time,  some  red  oily  drops  are 
produced,  which  develop  a peculiar  odour,  resembling  that  of 
the  Tonquin  bean.  Hydrocyanic  acid  is  subsequently  formed, 
and  the  previous  odour  is  replaced  by  a bitter-almond  smell. 
The  action  of  perchloride  of  iron  on  this  acid  is  worthy  of 
notice.  On  the  addition  of  this  reagent  to  a solution  of  hip- 


62 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


puric  acid,  a well-marked  yellow  colour  is  produced;  no  such 
change  is  effected  on  the  addition  of  this  test  to  a solution  of 
uric  acid.  On  its  addition  to  a solution  of  hippurate  of  potash, 
a copious  orange- coloured  deposit  is  thrown  down,  which,  on 
the  application  of  heat,  forms  a red  resinous  mass,  soluble  in 
alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  water;  when  added  to  a solution  of 
urate  of  potash,  a precipitate  is  likewise  thrown  down,  which 
is  at  first  of  a brownish  red  colour,  but  rapidly  becomes  yellow. 

The  composition  of  this  acid  is  represented  by  the  formula1 
C18  H8  NT).  -f  IIO.  In  its  physical  characters  it  strongly  re- 
sembles benzoic  acid,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  these  two 
acids  have  been  often  confounded : there  is,  moreover,  a close 
analogy  between  them.  They  both  belong  to  the  benzoyl  series, 
although  the  exact  place  of  hippuric  acid  cannot  be  at  present 
assigned  to  it  with  certainty.  Oxidising  agents  (as  nitric  acid, 
or  sulphuric  acid  and  binoxide  of  manganese)  convert  hippuric 
into  benzoic  acid ; and  a similar  change  occurs  in  the  urine  if 
it  be  kept  for  any  time.  Conversely,  benzoic  and  cinnamic 
acids  are  converted  in  the  organism  into  hippuric  acid.2 

Hippuric  acid  forms  soluble  cry stalliz able  salts  with  the 
alkalies  and  alkaline  earths. 

Diagnosis.  Hippuric  acid  may  be  distinguished  by  its  crys- 
talline form,  its  solubility  in  alcohol,  its  behaviour  when  heated, 
and  its  reaction  with  perchloride  of  iron.  Nitric  acid  will  suffice 
to  distinguish  it  from  uric  acid. 

15.  Uric  Oxide. 

Uric  oxide,  xanthic  oxide,  urous  acid.  This  substance  is  a 
very  rare  ingredient  in  vesical  calculi.  It  was  discovered  by 
Mai’cet,  who  gave  it  the  name  xanthic  oxide ; it  has  since  been 
met  with  by  Laugier,  Stromeyer,  and  Dulk,  and  it  is  said  to 
have  been  recently  detected  in  guano,  by  Unger. 

Urinary  calculi  which  contain  this  ingredient  are  dissolved 
in  caustic  potash  ; the  uric  oxide  is  precipitated  from  the  filtered 

1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  20. 

2 Erdmann  has  sometimes  found  hippuric,  and  at  other  times  benzoic  acid,  in  the 
urine  of  the  same  horse.  In  all  probability  an  excess  of  nourishment  favours  the 
production  of  this  acid,  for  the  urine  of  well-fed  horses  usually  contains  hippuric 
acid,  while  only  benzoic  acid  can  be  discovered  in  the  urine  of  horses  employed  for 
agricultural  purposes  : sometimes,  however,  the  latter  contains  hippuric  acid  on  some 
days  and  not  on  others,  without  any  perceptible  cause.  For  Liebig’s  theory  of  the 
origin  of  hippuric  acid,  see  ‘ Animal  Chemistry,’  pp.  82,  140. 


URIC  OXIDE. 


G3 


solution  by  a stream  of  carbonic  acid.  It  forms  a white  pre- 
cipitate, which,  when  dried,  constitutes  a pale  yellow  hard  mass. 
It  is  represented  by  the  formula1  C)0  II4  N4  04.  It  differs 
from  m’ic  acid  in  containing  two  atoms  less  oxygen,  hence 
the  name  of  uric  oxide.  It  dissolves  in  the  alkalies,  in  small 
quantity  in  hot  water,  hydrochloric  and  oxalic  acids,  it  is  in- 
soluble in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  produces  no  effect  on  test 
paper.  It  dissolves  also  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  with  a 
yellow  colour,  and  no  precipitate  is  caused  by  the  addition  of 
water  to  the  solution.  It  is  soluble  in  hot  nitric  acid  without  ef- 
fervescence,2 and  more  slowly  than  uric  acid.  On  carefully  eva- 
porating this  solution,  a lemon-yellow  residue  is  left,  which  is 
not  reddened  by  the  vapour  of  ammonia,  but  which  is  dissolved 
with  a reddish  yellow  colour  by  caustic  potash,  and  leaves,  on 
evaporation,  a red  residue.  Muriate  of  ammonia  throws  down 
a yellow  precipitate  from  the  potash  solution.  Uric  oxide 
differs  from  uric  acid  in  being  insoluble  in  a dilute  solution  of 
carbonate  of  potash ; by  this  property  these  two  substances 
may  be  separated  from  one  another  when  they  occur  together. 

Dulk  conceives  that  he  has  effected  the  metamorphosis  of 
uric  oxide  into  uric  acid.  The  yellow  nitric-acid  solution  of 
m-ic  oxide  was  evaporated  on  a watcliglass  to  a thick  consist- 
ence. After  a few  days,  small,  hard,  and  transparent  crystals 
appeared.  A little  of  the  portion  which  remained  fluid,  when 
heated  on  a platinum  spatula  over  the  flame  of  the  spirit-lamp, 
assumed  a blood-red  tint,  and  in  a few  days  the  fluid  which 
remained  in  the  watchglass,  exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  under- 
went a similar  change  of  colour.  He  considers  the  small  crystals 
which  were  formed  to  consist  of  alloxantin ; and,  in  support  of 
his  view,  he  alleges  the  following  facts.  Cold  water  poured 
over  them  assumes  a red  tint,  but  does  not  dissolve  them ; they 
are,  however,  perfectly  soluble  in  boiling  water,  and,  on  the 
addition  of  ammonia  to  a hot  concentrated  solution,  a reddish 
colour  manifests  itself,  which  disappears  on  cooling.  On  con- 
centrating a portion  of  the  solution  to  a few  drops,  mixing  it 
with  nitric  acid,  and  then  adding  ammonia,  a greenish  salt 
separated  itself. 

Lehmann  instituted  a series  of  experiments  with  the  view  of 

1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  21. 

J Dulk  states  that,  in  Ins  case,  the  uric  oxide  did  slightly  effervesce. 


64 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


obtaining  uric  oxide  from  uric  acid  by  the  action  of  deoxidising 
agents,  but  be  failed  in  bis  attempt. 

16.  Cystin. 

Cystin,  cystic  oxide.  Cystin  is  an  occasional  constituent  of 
urinary  calculi,  and  is  sometimes  found  as  a crystalline  deposit 
in  tbe  urine.  It  may  be  obtained  by  dissolving  a portion  of 
one  of  these  calculi  in  caustic  potash,  and  adding  acetic  acid  to 
tbe  boiling  solution.  As  the  fluid  slowly  cools,  tbe  cystin  sepa- 
rates in  six-sided,  colourless,  transparent  scales.  It  may  also 
be  obtained  in  crystals  from  a solution  in  caustic  ammonia,  if 
left  to  evaporate  slowly.  Tbe  scales  are  then  thicker,  and  may 
be  considered  as  regular  six-sided  prisms. 

Cystin  has  an  extraordinary  composition.  It  contains 
25  -5§  of  sulphur.  Its  formula1  is  C6  IIfi  N 04  S„. 

It  has  neither  an  acid  nor  alkaline  reaction ; when  heated, 
it  does  not  melt ; takes  fire  with  a blueish  flame,  and  gives  off 
a very  characteristic  odour;  is  very  slightly  soluble  in  water, 
and  quite  insoluble  in  alcohol ; dissolves  in  dilute  sulphuric, 
nitric,  hydrochloric,  phosphoric,  and  oxalic  acids,  the  saturated 
solutions  yielding,  on  gentle  evaporation,  salt-like  compounds 
of  cystin  and  the  acid ; these  compounds  separate  in  diverging 
crystalline  needles,  which  have  an  acid  taste,  and  are  not  very 
durable.  Cystin  dissolves  readily  in  the  fixed  alkalies,  and  forms, 
on  evaporation,  granular  crystals.  It  dissolves  in  caustic 
ammonia,  but  does  not  combine  with  it.  Carbonate  of  ammonia, 
is  the  best  reagent  for  throwing  it  down  from  its  acid  solutions, 
as  it  does  not  dissolve  cystin.  It  may  be  removed  from  an 
alkaline  solution  by  acetic,  citric,  or  tartaric  acid,  with  none  of 
which  it  enters  into  combination  : acetic  acid  is  generally  used. 

Diagnosis  of  cystin.  Cystin  may  be  recognized  by  the 
peculiar  crystalline  form2  (six-sided  plates)  in  which  it  separates 
from  its  solutions ; by  its  insolubility  in  water  and  alcohol ; by 
its  behaviour  towards  acids ; and  by  its  peculiar  odour  on 
burning.  Its  crystalline  form  and  its  behaviour  towards  acids 
distinguish  it  clearly  from  uric  acid : these  tests,  as  well  as  its 
solubility  in  hydrochloric  and  oxalic  acids  distinguish  it  from 
uric  oxide. 

1 See  Appendix  I,  Note  22. 

2 I once  observed  an  amorphous  deposit  of  urate  of  ammonia  yield,  on  the  addition 
of  acetic  acid,  perfectly  regular  hexagons.  This  form  is  also  depicted  by  Rigby,  in 
his  work  on  Dysmenorrhcea. 


ANIMAL  SUGARS. 


65 


CLASS  II.  NON-NITROGENOUS  CONSTITUENTS. 

1.  Animal  Sugars. 

a.  Sugar  of  milk  is  an  integral  constituent  of  the  milk  of 
the  mammalia,  and  is  a very  rare  ingredient  of  any  other  fluid. 
It  has  never  been  detected  with  certainty  in  the  blood ; although 
Simon  was  led  to  believe,  from  the  taste,  and  the  carbonization 
with  sulphuric  acid,  that  he  had  once  separated  it  from  calves' 
blood.  Prout  once  found  it  in  the  liquor  amnii  of  a cow,  but 
this  is  the  only  instance  in  which  it  has  been  detected  in  that 
fluid.  A more  remarkable  case  is  recorded  by  Roller, 1 who 
removed  a milky-looking  fluid  from  between  the  tunics  of  the 
testicle,  which  contained  sugar  of  milk. 

Sugar  of  milk  may  be  obtained  by  evaporating  whey  to  the 
consistence  of  a syrup,  and  setting  it  aside  for  some  weeks  in 
a cool  place.  Granular  crystals  of  sugar  of  milk  will  be  spon- 
taneously deposited.  In  order  to  procure  them  in  a state  of 
purity  they  require  several  solutions  and  recrystallizations. 

Sugar  of  milk  is  white,  and  crystallizes  in  right  four-sided 
prisms  usually  terminated  by  four-sided  pyramids,  which  are 
semi-transparent,  and  have  a spec.  grav.  1’543.  It  dissolves  in 
5 or  6 parts  of  cold  water,  and  in  2-5  parts  of  boiling  water, 
without  forming  a syrup.  A solution  communicates  a more 
decidedly  street  taste  to  the  tongue  than  the  crystals  them- 
selves. Sugar  of  milk  is  unaltered  by  the  air,  loses  nothing 
at  212°,  and  is  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  At  a high 
temperature  it  fuses,  swells  up,  and  develops  a sweetish  but 
very  pungent  odour.  It  burns  with  a palish  blue  flame,  and 
leaves  after  incineration,  an  ash  consisting  of  the  carbonates, 
sulphates,  and  phosphates  of  lime  and  potash,  amounting  to 
about  ‘lg  of  the  sugar.  According  to  Simon,  the  sugar  of 
woman’s  milk  does  not  melt  on  being  exposed  to  a high  tem- 
perature, but  only  becomes  tough  and  fibrous. 

By  digestion  in  dilute  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid,  or  in 

1 This  fluid  contained  in  1000  parts:  Butter  16-49 — casein  20-31 — sugar  of  milk 
31"50 — chloride  of  sodium  2-78 — lactate  of  soda  0-74 — sulphate  of  potash  1-51 — sul- 
phate of  soda  0-37 — carbonate  of  lime  0-38 — carbonate  of  magnesia  0-47 — phosphate 
of  magnesia  0-89.  (Wagner’s  Handworterbuch,  t.  i,  p.  25.) 


6G 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


acetic  or  citric  acid,  sugar  of  milk  becomes  converted  into  sugar 
of  grapes.  By  nitric  acid  it  is  decomposed  into  mucic,1  oxalic, 
saccliaric,  and  carbonic  acids. 

On  the  addition  of  casein,  animal  membrane,  diastase,  &c. 
to  a solution  of  sugar  of  milk,  lactic  acid  is  formed  and  the 
fluid  begins  to  ferment. 

Crystals  of  sugar  of  milk  may  be  represented  by  the  formula 
C,„  H,,,  0Io.  At  a temperature  of  212°  the  crystals  lose  ll-9§, 
or  two  equivalents  of  water.  Consequently  the  formula  for 
anhydrous  sugar  of  milk  is  C13H)0O10. 

(3.  Diabetic  sugar  exists  in  the  blood  and  urine,  and  occa- 
sionally also  in  the  sweat2  of  persons  suffering  from  diabetes. 

It  may  be  obtained  by  adding  basic  acetate  of  lead  to  the 
urine,  filtering,  precipitating  any  excess  of  lead  by  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  evaporating,  extracting  the  syrupy  residue  with 
alcohol,  and  allowing  the  alcoholic  solution  to  crystallize.  It 
requires  several  crystallizations  to  obtain  the  sugar  in  a state  of 
purity.  Diabetic  sugar  usually  crystallizes  in  wart-like  knots,  or 
plumose  groups,  of  minute,  rhombic,  transparent  crystals.  It  is 
white,  devoid  of  odour;  in  sweetness  and  in  solubility  in  water3 
it  ranks  between  cane  sugar  and  sugar  of  milk.  It  is  more 
soluble  in  dilute  alcohol  than  sugar  of  milk,  but  is  insoluble  in 
absolute  alcohol  and  ether. 

Diabetic  sugar  in  a crystalline  state  is  represented  by 
the  formula  C H,  O,  ; in  this  condition  it  contains 
two  equivalents,  or  9"  of  water,  so  that  its  correct  formula  is 
CM  HI2  013  + 2H0.  It  is  identical  in  its  chemical  compo- 
sition with  sugar  of  grapes. 

Diabetic  sugar  forms  a beautiful  crystallizable  compound 
with  chloride  of  sodium.  On  saturating  diabetic  urine  with 
common  salt,  and  leaving  it  to  spontaneous  evaporation, 
crystals  three  fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter  may  be  ob- 
tained. They  are  not  very  regular  in  their  form,  but  most  of 
them  are  six-sided  double  pyramids.  These  crystals  are  hard, 
easily  pulverizablc,  transparent,  of  a combined  saltish  and  sac- 


1 It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  sugar  from  different  sorts  of  milk  yields  varying  quan- 
tities of  mucic  acid. 

2 A.  case  in  which  sugar  was  detected  in  the  sweat  of  a diabetic  patient  is  recorded 
by  Nasse,  Rhein.  Corresp.  Blatt.  1842.  Nr.  6. 

3 Simon  found  that  one  part  of  diabetic  sugar  dissolved  in  l-3  of  water  at  53°. 


ANIMAL  SUGARS. 


67 


cliarine  taste,  ancl  dissolve  in  about  3 7 parts  of  cold  water, 
and  slightly  in  alcohol.  The  formula  for  this  combination  is 

C18  Hw  019,  2 HO  + C12  Hia  0lt,  NaCl. 

Tests  for  Diabetic  Sugar.1  a.  Hunef eld’s  test.  Place  4 oz. 
of  the  suspected  urine  in  a glass  exposed  to  the  sun’s  rays, 
and  add  about  6 drops  of  a tolerably  strong  solution  of  chromic 
acid.  In  a few  minutes  if  sugar  be  present,  the  mixture, 
previously  orange  red,  becomes  brownish,  and  soon  after  as- 
sumes a bistre-brown  colour.  These  changes  take  place  much 
more  quickly  if  the  mixture  of  urine  and  chromic  acid  be 
gently  warmed  before  exposure  to  light. 

This  test  depends  for  its  action  upon  the  deoxidizing  power 
of  the  sugar,  by  which  the  chromic  acid  is  reduced  to  oxide  of 
chromium ; for,  after  warming  the  mixture,  the  addition  of  a 
few  drops  of  liquor  potasses  produces  a copious  deposit  of  the 
green  oxide. 

There  is  an  important  objection  to  this  test  which  renders  all 
its  indications  liable  to  serious  fallacy,  depending  upon  the  fact, 
that  all  urine  containing  a normal  proportion  of  colouring 
matter  deoxidizes  chromic  acid ; and  consequently  urine,  whether 
saccharine  or  not,  will  partially  convert  this  acid  into  the  oxide. 
This  change  certainly  does  not  occur  so  readily  in  non-saccha- 
rine urine  as  in  a diabetic  state  of  that  fluid,  but  still  is  suffi- 
ciently marked  to  prevent  Hunefeld’s  test  being  regarded  in 
any  other  light  than  a fallacious  one. 

b.  Dunge’s  test.  Allow  a thin  layer  of  the  suspected  urine  to 
evaporate  on  a white  surface,  as  the  bottom  of  a white  plate, 
and,  whilst  warm,  drop  upon  the  surface  a few  drops  of  sulphuric 
acid,  previously  diluted  with  6 parts  of  water.  With  healthy 
urine,  the  pari  touched  with  the  acid  becomes  merely  of  a pale 
orange  colour,  from  the  action  of  the  latter  upon  the  colouring 
matter  of  the  urine  ; whilst  if  sugar  be  present  the  spot  becomes 
deep  brown,  and  soon  black,  from  the  decomposition  of  sugar 
by  the  acid,  and  consequent  deposition  of  carbon.  This  test  is 
stated  to  be  so  delicate,  that  1 part  of  sugar  dissolved  in  1000 

1 The  following  observations  are  principally  taken  from  an  excellent  paper,  by  Dr. 
G.  Bird,  on  the  detection  of  a diabetic  state  of  the  urine,  in  the  London  Medical 
Gazette  for  1843.  We  have  omitted  to  notice  the  test  afforded  by  the  rotatory 
power  of  a solution  of  sugar  on  a ray  of  polarized  light,  as  it  has  been  shown  by 
Dr.  Leeson  to  afford  very  fallacious  results.  Memoirs  of  the  Chemical  Society,  Part  7. 


68 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


of  urine  can  be  readily  detected ; and  even  when  mixed  with 
2000  parts  the  indications  arc  tolerably  distinct. 

According  to  Dr.  G.  Bird,  the  presence  of  albumen  causes  the 
acid  to  yield  a tint  nearly  resembling  that  produced  by  sugar. 

c.  Moore’s  test  depends  on  the  conversion  of  diabetic  sugar 
into  brown  melassic  (or  perhaps  sacchulmic  acid)  under  the  in- 
fluence of  a caustic  alkali.  Place  in  a test  tube  about  two 
drachms  of  the  suspected  urine,  and  add  nearly  half  its  bulk  of 
liquor  potasses.  Heat  the  mixture  over  the  spirit-lamp,  and 
allow  it  to  boil  for  a minute  or  two ; the  previously  pale  urine 
will  become  of  an  orange-brown  or  even  bistre  tint,  according 
to  the  proportion  of  sugar  present.  This  reaction  has  been  long 
known,  but  Mr.  Moore  deserves  the  credit  of  bringing  it  pro- 
minently forward. 

cl.  Trommer’s  test.  Add  to  the  suspected  urine  contained 
in  a large  test  tube,  a few  drops  of  a solution  of  sulphate  of 
copper ; a very  inconsiderable  troubling  generally  results,  pro- 
bably from  the  deposition  of  a little  phosphate  of  copper. 
Sufficient  liquor  potasses  should  then  be  added  to  render  the  whole 
strongly  alkaline  ; a grayish  green  precipitate  of  hydrated  oxide 
of  copper  falls,  which,  if  sugar  be  present,  wholly  or  partly  re- 
dissolves in  an  excess  of  the  solution  of  potash,  forming  a blue 
liquid,  not  very  unlike  the  blue  ammoniuret  of  copper.  On 
gently  heating  the  mixture  nearly  to  ebullition,  the  copper  falls 
in  the  state  of  suboxide,  forming  a red  and  copious  precipitate. 
If  sugar  is  not  present,  the  copper  is  deposited  in  the  form  of 
black  oxide. 

This  test  is  founded  on  a fact  long  known,  but  not  previously 
applied  to  the  detection  of  sugar,  of  the  power  possessed  by 
some  organic  matters  of  reducing  oxide  of  coppei’,  as  well  as 
some  other  oxides,  to  a lower  state  of  oxidation.  It  certainly 
is  the  most  delicate  of  all  the  chemical  tests  hitherto  proposed 
for  the  detection  of  sugar  in  the  urine,  and  will  readily  detect 
it  in  diabetic  urine,  even  when  very  largely  diluted. 

It  is  important  in  using  this  test  that  no  more  of  the  solution 
of  sulphate  of  copper  be  used  than  is  sufficient  to  afford  a de- 
cided precipitate  on  the  addition  of  the  liquor  qiotasses.  If 
this  precaution  be  not  attended  to,  a part  only  of  the  black  oxide 
■\vill  be  reduced  to  red  suboxide,  unless  a very  large  quantity  of 
sugar  is  present,  and  thus  the  indications  afforded  by  this  test 
will  be  rendered  indistinct. 


FATS. 


6y 


e.  Fermentation  test.  The  development  of  the  vinous  fermen- 
tation on  the  addition  of  a little  ferment  or  yeast  to  a fluid,  has 
long  been  applied  as  a test  for  the  detection  of  sugar.  It  was  suc- 
cessfully employed  by  Professor  Leopold  Gmelin  of  Heidelberg  1 
for  the  detection  of  sugar  in  the  animal  fluids  after  the  inges- 
tion of  amylaceous  food.  Dr.  Christison  has  the  merit  of 
particularly  suggesting  the  application  of  fermentation  for  the 
discovery  of  a diabetic  state  of  the  urine. 

When  a little  yeast  is  added  to  healthy  urine  exposed  to  a 
temperature  of  about  80q,  no  other  change  occurs  for  some 
time,  except  the  development  of  a portion  of  carbonic  acid  me- 
chanically entangled  in  the  yeast.  When  sugar  is  present  in 
the  mine  thus  treated,  it  soon  becomes  troubled,  a tolerably 
free  disengagement  of  bubbles  of  carbonic  acid  takes  place,  and 
a frothy  scum  forms  on  the  surface  of  the  fluid,  which  evolves 
a vinous  odour.  These  changes  take  place  with  great  rapidity, 
even  when  the  quantity  of  sugar  present  is  very  small.  If  the 
evolved  carbonic  acid  is  collected,  the  quantity  of  sugar  in  the 
mine  may  be  determined  by  measuring  it,  as  a cubic  inch2  of 
the  gas  very  nearly  corresponds  to  a grain  of  sugar. 

In  the  absence  of  a mercurial  trough,  the  carbonic  acid  may 
be  determined  by  the  increase  of  weight3  of  Liebig’s  bulb-appa- 
ratus, charged  with  a solution  of  potash. 

f.  Test  afforded  by  the  growth  of  the  torula.  If  urine 
containing  the  smallest  proportion  of  sugar  be  exposed  for  a few 
horn’s  to  a temperature  above  70°,  and  a drop  taken  from  the 
surface  be  examined  under  the  microscope,  numerous  veiy  mi- 
nute ovoid  particles  will  be  discovered.  In  the  course  of  a few 
horns  more  they  become  enlarged,  and  appear  as  distinct  oval 
vesicles,  which  rapidly  become  developed  into  that  species  of 
confervoid  vegetation,  to  which  the  term  torula  has  been  applied. 

2.  Fats. 

Under  the  name  of  “fats,”  we  include  various  non-nitro- 
genous  compounds,  which  are  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble 
in  hot  alcohol  and  ether. 

1 Rechcrclies  Experimentales  sur  la  Digestion.  Paris,  1826.  Part  I,  p.  202. 

2 100  cubic  inches  of  carbonic  acid  gas  correspond  with  106'G  grains  of  diabetic 
sugar. 

3 100  grains  of  carbonic  acid  indicate  225  grains  of  diabetic  sugar.  The  gas  must 
be  passed  through  a tube  containing  chloride  of  calcium. 


70 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


Some  of  these  fats  possess  the  property  of  being  decomposed 
by  strong  bases,  especially  by  the  alkalies,  and  by  oxide  of  lead ; 
in  this  case  one  of  the  two  principal  constituents  separates 
itself,  while  the  other  (an  acid)  combines  with  the  base,  forming 
a soap  with  the  alkalies  and  a plaster  with  oxide  of  lead. 
Hence  it  follows  that  those  fats  which,  on  account  of  this  pro- 
perty, are  termed  saponifiable,  are,  like  the  salts,  formed  of  an 
acid  and  of  a base ; these  acids  and  their  bases  being  themselves 
the  oxides  of  compound  radicals,  probably  of  hydro-carburets. 

There  are  other  fats  which  cannot  be  decomposed  in  this 
manner  : they  are  termed  non-saponifiable  fats. 

We  shall  commence  with  the  consideration  of  the  former 
class,  the  saponifiable  or  true  fats. 

a.  Fatty  Bases.  We  are  acquainted  with  three  bodies,  oxides 
of  different  radicals,  which  act  the  part  of  bases  in  the  animal 
fats.  These  are  glycerin,  the  oxicle  of  cetyl,  and  cerain  : the 
first  of  these  three  is  the  most  widely  distributed,  and  forms 
the  base  of  the  fats  of  the  human  body ; the  oxide  of  cetyl  exists 
in  spermaceti,  and  cerain  in  bees’  wax.  We  shall  restrict  our 
remarks  to  glycerin. 

Glycerin 1 is  separated  from  the  fats  by  the  act  of  saponifica- 
tion, when  the  acid  with  which  it  was  combined  enters  into 
combination  with  the  new  base.  The  best  method  of  obtaining 
it  in  a state  of  purity  is  to  boil  an  animal  fat  with  oxide  of 
lead.  The  salt  of  lead  which  is  formed  is  insoluble  in  water, 
(it  is,  in  fact,  a plaster,)  while  the  glycerin  remains  in  solution. 
After  removing  any  excess  of  lead  by  a current  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  we  must  evaporate  the  fluid  in  vacuo  over  sulphuric 
acid. 

The  glycerin,  prepared  in  this  manner,  is  a clear  uncrystal- 
lizable  fluid,  of  spec.  grav.  I- 28,  of  a yellowish  colour,  devoid 
of  odour,  of  a marked  sweet  taste,  very  soluble  in  water  and 
alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  ether.  It  burns  with  a clear  blue 
flame.  It  is  considered  as  the  hydrate  of  an  oxide  of  a radical, 
glyceryl  (Cfi  H?),  which  has  not  yet  been  isolated.  Its  compo- 
sition is  expressed  by  the  formula-  C6  H7  Or  + HO.  Stenhouse 

1 This  substance,  glycerin,  is  united  in  each  fat  with  a different  acid,  and  hence  the 
fats  may  be  considered  as  salts  of  glycerin. 
s See  Appendix  I,  Note  23. 


FATS. 


71 


assigns  the  formula  C , II,  O,  or  C:)  Ha  + O,  and  Redtenbacher 
C6  H1  O,  +4  HO,  to  this  substance.  At  an  elevated  tempera- 
ture, a portion  of  the  glycerin  is  distilled  without  change,  while 
the  rest  is  converted  into  empyreumatic  oils,  acetic  acid,  and 
combustible  gases,  leaving  a carbonaceous  residue. 

Diagnosis.  Glycerin  may  be  recognized  by  its  taste,  by  its 
solubility  in  water  and  alcohol,  but  not  in  ether,  by  the  absence 
of  crystallization,  and  by  the  strong  white  precipitate  which  is 
formed  upon  the  addition  of  nitrate  of  mercury. 

(3.  Fatty  Acids.  We  shall  now  proceed  to  consider  the  fatty 
acids,  which,  in  combination  with  glycerin,  constitute  the  various 
fats  and  oils.  Two  simple  fats,  stearin  and  margarin,  and  a 
simple  oil,  olein,  until  their  respective  acids,  the  stearic,  margaric, 
and  oleic,  are  especially  deserving  of  notice. 

The  researches  of  Redtenbacher,  Varrentrap,  and  Bromeis, 
have  shown  that  the  two  former  of  these  acids  are  in  reality 
constituents  of  the  same  radical,  in  different  stages  of  oxidation. 
This  radical  is  termed  margaryl,  and  its  constitution  is  expressed 
by  the  formula  C34  H33. 

In  addition  to  these  acids,  we  find  certain  fatty  acids  in 
butter,  which,  in  combination  with  glycerin,  form  distinct  fats. 
Fremy  has  likewise  described  a peculiar  acid  of  this  nature  as 
existing  in  the  brain,  to  which  he  has  given  the  name  cerebric 
acicl.  We  omit  the  consideration  of  various  other  fatty  acids, 
which  are  only  met  with  in  particular  animals  and  in  the  vege- 
table kingdom. 

a.  Margaryl  and  its  oxides — stearic  and  margaric  acids.  On 
saponifying  mutton-fat  with  potash,  dissolving  the  soap  which 
is  thus  formed  in  six  parts  of  hot  water,  and  then  adding 
forty-five  parts  of  cold  water,  and  allowing  the  solution  to  rest 
at  a temperature  of  60°,  we  obtain,  after  some  little  time,  a 
lamellar  precipitate  of  bistearate  of  potash,  mixed  with  him  nr  - 
garate,  and  a little  oleate  of  the  same  base.  On  neutralising  the 
free  potash  in  the  supernatant  fluid  with  an  acid,  and  proceeding 
as  before,  we  obtain  a precipitate  of  the  margarate  and  stearate 
of  potash.  After  this  process  has  been  repeated  several  times, 
nothing  but  oleate  of  potash  remains  in  solution.  The  preci- 
pitates must  be  washed,  dried,  and  dissolved  in  boiling  alcohol. 
On  cooling,  the  stearate  of  potash,  which  is  the  least  soluble, 


72 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


separates  first,  mixed  with  a small  quantity  of  the  margarate. 
The  more  frequently  the  solution  is  repeated  the  more  certain 
are  we  that  ultimately  the  whole  of  the  margarate  will  be  re- 
tained in  solution. 

The  pure  stearate  of  potash  is  decomposed  by  warm  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid ; and  the  stearic  acid  which  precipitates  is  to 
be  washed  in  water  and  dissolved  in  boiling  alcohol,  from  which 
it  crystallizes,  on  cooling,  in  white  brilliant  scales.  By  the 
same  process  the  margaric  acid  is  separated  from  the  pure  mar- 
garate of  potash.  Margaric  acid  is  obtained  most  easily  from 
human  fat,  which  contains  a very  large  amount  of  margarin. 
Stearic  acid  melts  at  158°.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  acid  in 
its  solid  state  is  1-01.  It  is  perfectly  insoluble  in  water,  but 
dissolves  readily  in  ether  as  well  as  in  boiling  alcohol,  in  which, 
on  cooliug  to  122°,  crystals  begin  to  form.  Its  solution  exhibits 
a mild  acid  reaction  towards  litmus ; in  the  solid  form  it  burns 
with  a clear  flame,  like  wax. 

The  leading  difference  between  margaric  and  stearic  acids 
is  the  greater  fusibility  of  the  former,  which  becomes  liquid  at 
140°.  Its  crystals  assume  an  acicular  form,  and  are  smaller 
and  less  brilliant  than  those  of  stearic  acid. 

Stearic  acid  is  represented  by  the  formula1  C68  H60  0_.  In 
its  crystalline  state  it  is  combined  with  2 atoms  of  water  (forming 
the  hydrate  of  stearic  acid),  which  it  gives  up  on  uniting  with 
a base. 

Margaric  acid  is  represented  by  the  formula  C34  HJ3  03.  The 
hydrate  contains  only  1 atom  of  water. 

The  radical  of  these  two  acids,  mar g aryl,  is  represented  by 
the  formula  C34  H33  (m) 

Hence,  margaric  acid  = M + O , 
and  stearic  acid  = 2 M + 05 

If  we  treat  stearic  acid  for  some  time  with  nitric  acid  at  a 
temperature  of  212°,  it  becomes  completely  converted  into 
margaric  acid. 

A similar,  although  not  so  perfect  an  effect  is  produced  by 
sulphuric  and  chromic  acids. 

The  stearic  and  margaric  are  very  weak  acids  ; at  an  elevated 
temperature  they  have  the  power  of  expelling  carbonic  acid 


1 Sec  Appendix  I,  Note  24. 


FATS. 


73 


from  its  combinations ; most  of  the  other  acids,  however,  de- 
compose their  salts.  The  alkaline  and  neutral  stearates  and 
margarates  are  soluble  in  water ; the  acid  salts  (for  there  are 
bi-  and  even  quadri-stearates  of  potash  and  soda)  are  not 
soluble  in  this  fluid,  neither  are  the  salts  formed  with  other 
bases.  The  stearates  of  baryta,  strontia,  and  lime  are  white, 
insipid,  and  inodorous  powders.  The  neutral  stearates  of  potash 
and  soda  occur  in  many  of  the  animal  fluids,  especially  in  the  bile. 

We  have  already  observed  that  most  of  the  fats  are  formed 
by  a combination  of  stearic  and  margaric  acids  with  glycerin. 
The  bistearate  of  glycerin,  or,  as  it  is  usually  termed,  stearin, 
is  best  obtained  from  mutton  suet,  either  by  washing  it  with 
ether  as  long  as  anything  is  dissolved,  or  by  mixing  up  melted 
suet  with  six  times  its  volume  of  ether,  and  subjecting  the 
mass,  when  cold,  to  strong  pressure.  In  both  these  processes 
the  olein,  which  is  fluid  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  is  removed, 
and  the  stearin  remains  behind,  although  seldom  in  a state  of 
purity.  Stearin  melts  at  144°.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  and 
only  dissolves  in  alcohol  with  the  aid  of  heat.  It  dissolves 
very  readily  in  boiling  ether ; but,  as  the  ether  cools,  nearly 
the  whole  of  the  stearin  is  again  precipitated,  and  at  59°  it 
only  retains  the  one  hundred  and  twenty-fifth  part  of  its  weight 
in  solution.  It  is  also  soluble  in  the  fatty  and  volatile  oils, 
and  in  pyroacetic  spirit.  The  stearin,  after  being  melted  down, 
and  allowed  to  reassume  its  solid  form,  appears  as  a white, 
semitransparent,  uncrystalline  mass,  not  unlike  wax.  Acids 
and  bases  convert  it  into  stearic  acid  and  glycerin.  The  for- 
mula for  stearin  is  CH3  II H1  017 ; it  is  equivalent  to 

1 Atom  of  glycerin  . . C6  H7  05  -i 

2 Atoms  of  stearic  acid  . C136  HI32  O10  !■=  C142  H141  On 

2 Atoms  of  water  . . H2  02  J 

The  bimargarate  of  glycerin,  or  margarin,  is  obtained  by 
submitting  to  spontaneous  evaporation  the  ethereal  solution 
from  which  the  stearin  has  been  separated.  The  flocculi  of 
margarin  that  separate  themselves  must  be  freed  from  olein  by 
pressure.  Margarin  melts  at  118°.  Its  solubility  in  ether  is 
much  greater  than  that  of  stearin  ; at  74°  it  is  perfectly  soluble 
in  5 parts  of  ether.  It  is  nearly  as  soluble  in  alcohol  at  the 
ordinary  temperature  as  at  the  boiling  point.  In  other  respects 
it  closely  resembles  stearin. 


74 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


The  formula  for  margarin  is  C7(j  II70  0I2,  corresponding  with 

1 Atom  glycerin  . . . C6  II7  05  -i 

2 Atoms  margaric  acid  . . C70  H67  0G  !•  = C76  H75  012 

1 Atom  water  . . . H 0 J 


b.  Oleic  acid.  This  acid  is  obtained  from  the  oleate  of 
potash;  which  is  produced  during  the  preparation  of  the  stearate 
and  margarate  of  potash;  and  remains  in  solution.  It  must 
be  separated  by  the  addition  of  a mineral  acid;  and  then  well 
washed  and  shaken  in  hot  water.  It  is  an  oily  fluid;  of  a clear 
yellow  colour;  and  does  not  assume  a solid  form  until  it  is 
cooled  several  degrees  below  the  freezing  point  of  water.  At 
about  19°  or  20°  it  congeals  into  white  acicular  crystals.  It 
is  very  acid;  and  has  a rancid  odour  and  taste.  Its  specific 
gravity  is  0898.  It  is  not  soluble  in  water,  but  dissolves  in 
alcohol  in  all  proportions,  and  the  spirituous  solution  acts  freely 
on  litmus  paper.  It  combines  with  stearic  and  margaric  acids 
in  all  proportions,  and  the  perfect  separation  of  the  acids  in 
such  cases  is  not  very  easy.  Its  composition,  according  to 
Varrentrap,  is  represented  by  the  formula  CH  H 04  + H0. 

Oleic  acid  may  be  distilled  in  vacuo  without  undergoing  any 
change ; but  if  atmospheric  air  be  admitted,  a small  portion 
only  passes  over  unaltered,  while  the  greater  part  is  decom- 
posed, and  some  carbon  remains  in  the  retort. 


2 Atoms  hydrated  oleic  acid,  C88 II80  O10,  produce 


{1  At.  sebacic  acid  C10  Hg  04 
3 At.  carbonic  acid  C3  06 
Hydrocarburet  C71  H71 
Residual  carbon  C4 


Sebacic  acid  was  formerly  considered  as  a product  of  the 
destructive  distillation  of  all  fatty  bodies,  but  it  has  been  shown 
by  Redtenbacher  to  arise  only  from  oleic  acid.  Oleic  acid 
removes  carbonic  acid  from  bases.  The  oleates  do  not  crys- 
tallize ; those  which  are  soluble  appear  as  soft,  easily  fusible 
bodies,  and  are  more  soluble  in  alcohol  than  in  water.  The 
oleates  of  potash  and  soda,  if  treated  with  a sufficient  quantity 
of  water,  become  reduced  to  binoleates,  and  a portion  of  the 
base  is  freed.  The  oleate,  as  well  as  the  stearate  of  soda, 
exists  in  the  bile.  The  binoleate  of  glycerin,  usually  termed 
olein,  exists  in  small  quantity  in  the  various  solid  fats,  but 
forms  the  principal  mass  of  the  liquid  fixed  oils.  It  exists  as  an 
oleaginous  fluid,  and  varies  in  some  respects,  especially  in  regard 


FATS. 


75 


to  the  point  of  fusion  in  the  fats  of  different  animals.  Chcvreul 
describes  the  olein  of  human  fat  as  a colourless  oil,  devoid  of 
odour,  and  of  a sweetish  taste,  which  retains  its  fluid  state  at 
25°.  At  a lower  temperature  it  assumes  a crystalline  acicular 
form.  Its  specific  gravity  at  59°  is  0-913.  One  hundred  parts 
of  boiling  alcohol  dissolve  123  of  olein;  when  the  solution 
cools  to  170°,  it  becomes  turbid.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  ether, 
but  perfectly  insoluble  in  water.  It  burns  with  a clear  flame. 
It  dissolves  camphor,  phosphorus,  selenium,  the  ethereal  oils, 
benzoic  and  many  other  organic  acids.  Its  composition  is  re- 
presented by  the  formula  Cg4  H87  015,  and  is  composed  of 

1 Atom  glycerin  . . C6  H7  05  -i 

2 Atoms  oleic  acid  . Cg8  H7B  08  >=  C94  II87  015' 

2 Atoms  water  . . H2  02  J 

c.  Butyric  and  its  allied  acids.  Butter  contains  four  volatile 
acids,  which  stand  in  a very  simple  relation  to  each  other, 
namely,  butyric  acid  — C8  H8  04,  caproic  acid  = C12  HIO  04, 
capryllic  acid  = C16  II 16  04,  and  capric  acid  = C20  H20  04. 
Butter  sometimes  affords,  instead  of  butyric  and  caproic  acids,  a 
distinct  acid,  vaccinic  acid,  which  appears  to  be  equal  to  the 
sum  of  those  two  acids,  minus  1 atom  of  oxygen,  and  is  very 
readily  decomposed  into  them.  Two  of  these  acids,  the  capryllic 
and  vaccinic,  were  discovered  only  a few  months  ago,  by  Lerch, 
a German  chemist.  The  following  is  the  method  that  he  gives 
for  their  separation  : 

“ Fresh  butter  is  completely  saponified  with  potash  in  a still, 
the  soap  decomposed  in  the  vessel  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid, 
the  head  then  luted  on,  and  the  aqueous  liquid  drawn  off  to 
within  a fourth.  Fresh  water  is  then  added  to  it,  which  is 
again  distilled  off,  and  this  operation  continued  as  long  as  the 
water  which  passes  over  possesses  any  acid  reaction.  In  this 
manner  the  volatile  fat  acids  are  carried  over  just  as  the  essen- 
tial oils ; the  action  of  the  atmosphere  is  moreover  entirely  ex- 
cluded. From  four  to  five  pints  of  a milky  liquid  are  obtained 
from  a pound  of  butter,  on  the  surface  of  which  float  drops  of 
oil  and  particles  of  hard  or  smeary  fat.  The  distilled  water  is 
immediately  saturated  in  the  receiver  with  barytic  water,  and 
allowed  to  stand  well  closed  till  the  end  of  the  distillation.  When 
the  distillation  is  finished,  the  still  is  cleansed,  and  the  liquid 
saturated  with  barytic  water,  evaporated  in  it,  with  the  head  on. 


7 6 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


to  about  the  twentieth  part,  and  the  still  hot  concentrated  ley 
then  reduced  to  dryness  in  a retort. 

“ The  saline  mass  obtained  in  this  manner  consists  of  two  por- 
tions, one  easy,  the  other  difficult  of  solution.  The  more  so- 
luble portion  consists,  according  to  circumstances,  of  butyrate 
and  caproate  of  baryta,  or  solely  of  the  barytic  salt  of  vaccinic 
acid ; but  in  this  case  there  is  little  or  no  butyric  or  caproic 
acid  present.  The  portion  difficult  of  solution  consists  of  the 
baryta  salts  of  two  distinct  acids,  which  Chevreul  described  to- 
gether as  caprate  of  baryta.  The  more  insoluble  portion 
amounts  to  about  the  twentieth  part  of  the  soluble,  and  the  en- 
tire mass  to  about  the  tenth  part  of  the  saponified  butter.  To 
separate  the  different  salts,  the  residuary  saline  mass  is  boiled 
with  about  5 or  6 parts  of  water ; one  portion  dissolves,  the  other 
remains  behind.  The  solution  of  the  readily  soluble  salts  is  set 
aside  to  crystallize ; if,  on  the  first  crystallization,  the  crystals 
which  separate  have  the  appearance  of  benzoate  of  lime,  and  do 
not  effloresce,  i.  e.  if  they  are  caproate  of  baryta,  the  butyrate  of 
baryta  has  still  to  be  sought  for  in  the  solution ; but  if  nests  of 
small  crystals  form,  which  quickly  effloresce,  and  resemble  nests 
of  the  native  carbonate  of  lime,  it  is  vaccinate  of  baryta,  and  it 
is  then  unnecessary  to  look  for  butyrate  and  caproate  of  baryta. 

“ The  circumstances  under  which  butter  contains  vaccinic  acid 
or  butyric  and  caproic  acids  are  not  known.  The  butter  of 
1842,  and  likewise  that  of  the  following  winter,  contained,  in 
several  experiments,  not  a trace  of  any  other  easily  soluble  salt 
of  baryta  than  the  vaccinate ; while  the  butter  in  the  summer 
of  1843  contained  no  vaccinic  acid,  but  only  the  other  two. 

“ The  soluble  saline  mass,  containing  the  butyric  and  caproic 
acids  is  dissolved  in  water  and  evaporated  to  crystallization,  in 
order  to  separate  them.  Long  silky  needles,  aggregated  in 
bundles,  separate  even  in  the  first  crystallizations  •,  and  if  the 
solution  has  been  sufficiently  concentrated,  nearly  the  whole  of 
the  caproate  salt  is  deposited.  The  entire  solution  solidifies  to 
a paste  of  minute  needles,  which  are  separated  by  pressure  from 
the  mother-ley,  and  purified  by  recrystallization.  The  remaining 
ley  is  now  allowed  to  crystallize  spontaneously,  which  is  best 
eflected  by  exposure  to  the  sun ; at  first  a little  caproate  of  ba- 
ryta still  separates,  the  form  of  the  crystal  then  changes,  laminae 
of  mother-of-pearl  lustre  make  their  appearance,  and  all  the 


FATS. 


77 


subsequent  crystallizations  are  nearly  pure  butyrate  of  baryta, 
which  is  purified  by  recrystallization. 

“ The  saline  mass  of  difficult  solution  is  dissolved  in  just  so 
much  boiling  water  as  is  requisite  for  complete  solution,  and  is 
filtered  while  hot.  During  the  cooling,  the  liquid  becomes  filled 
with  minute  scales  of  caprate  of  baryta,  of  a fatty  lustre,  which 
subside  in  the  form  of  a crystalline  precipitate.  The  decanted 
mother-ley  is  again  evaporated  one  fourth,  when  a fresh  quan- 
tity of  caprate  of  baryta  separates.  This  salt  is  purified  by  re- 
crystallization. The  mother-ley  now  contains  the  capryllate  in 
solution  ; it  is  evaporated  by  exposure  to  the  sun,  when  the  salt 
separates  in  minute  granules  and  verrucous  masses,  which  are 
obtained  pure  by  recrystallization. 

“ This  is  the  best  method  of  separating  these  salts  from  each 
other ; an  absolute  separation  is  impossible,  for  there  always  re- 
main mixed  crystals  and  leys,  which  in  small  quantities  are  not 
worth  while  working.”1 

The  butyrate  of  baryta  is  much  the  most  soluble  of  these 
salts,  requiring  only  2’77  parts  of  water.  On  decomposing  it 
by  adding  dilute  sulphuric  acid  to  its  solution  we  obtain  butyric 
acid,  in  the  form  of  a colourless  or  faintly  yellow  oleaginous 
fluid. 

Butyric  acid  possesses  an  unpleasant  odour,  which  calls  to 
mind  at  the  same  time  that  of  acetic  acid  and  of  rancid  butter. 
It  is  soluble  in  eveiy  proportion  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  more 
soluble  in  ether  than  the  other  acids  of  the  same  group.  Its 
specific  gravity  is  0963  at  59° ; it  evaporates  easily  in  the  open  air, 
boils  under  ordinary  pressure  at  about  327°,  and  distils  without 
undergoing  any  perceptible  alteration.  Its  vapour  is  inflam- 
mable, and  burns  with  a blue  flame.  A continued  cold  of  4° 
does  not  produce  any  change  in  the  state  of  the  butyric  acid  ; 
its  taste  is  strongly  acid  and  burning ; it  attacks  and  disorga- 
nizes the  skin  in  the  same  manner  as  the  strongest  acids. 

The  chemical  relations  of  this  acid  have  been  made  an  object 
of  especial  research  by  Chevreul,  Pelouze  and  Gelis,  and  Lercli ; 
and  numerous  butyrates  and  butyric  ether  have  been  formed, 
and  submitted  to  careful  investigation  and  analysis. 


1 Ann.  der  Chem.  und  Pharm.  xlix,  p.  212,  as  translated  in  Number  45  of  the 
Chemical  Gazette. 


78 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


The  only  compound  of  butyric  acid  that  concerns  us  at  present 
is  the  butyrate  of  glycerin,  or  butyrin,  the  essential  fatty  matter 
of  butter.  In  order  to  isolate  butyrin  from  the  various  com- 
pounds with  which  it  is  associated  in  butter,  we  must  adopt  the 
following  method.  Purified  butter  must  be  kept  for  some  days 
at  a temperature  of  about  66°.  At  that  temperature  olein  and 
butyrin  are  liquid,  while  the  solid  stearin  forms  a mass  by 
degrees,  so  that  the  liquid  portion  may  be  decanted  off.  On 
this  decanted  oily  matter  its  own  bulk  of  absolute  alcohol  must 
be  poured,  the  mixture  must  be  left  for  twenty-four  hours,  and 
the  temperature  be  regulated  to  66°.  On  distilling  off  the  al- 
cohol from  this  alcoholic  solution  a residue  of  butyrin  is  left, 
mixed  with  a little  olein.  A slightly  acid  reaction  is  usually  ob- 
served, in  consequence  of  the  decomposition  of  a little  of  the 
butyrin  into  butyric  acid.  This  may  be  removed  by  digesting 
the  butyrin  in  a mixture  of  magnesia  and  water.  A butyrate 
of  magnesia,  soluble  in  water,  is  formed,  and  the  butyrin  may 
then  be  obtained  perfectly  neutral.  The  removal  of  all  traces 
of  olein  from  butyrin  is  nearly  impossible. 

Butyrin  occurs  as  a colourless  oil,  which  solidifies  at  3.2°,  is 
soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  but  not  in  water,  is  devoid  of  odour, 
and  produces  no  effect  on  litmus.  In  a warm  atmosphere  it 
speedily  decomposes,  and  yields  butyric  acid.  M M.  Pelouze 
and  Gelis  have  recently  shown  that  by  a peculiar  process  of 
fermentation  butyric  acid  may  be  obtained  from  sugar.  They 
recommend  the  following  as  the  best  process  for  obtaining  the 
largest  possible  amount  of  butyric  acid  from  this  source. 

“ A small  quantity  of  casein  is  mixed  with  a solution  of 
sugar,  indicating  10°  on  the  saccharometer,  and  sufficient  chalk 
to  saturate  the  whole  of  the  butyric  acid  which  subsequently 
forms.  This  mixture  is  left  at  a constant  temperature  of  from 
77°  to  86°.  It  soon  undergoes  very  considerable  alterations  ; 
the  fermentation,  at  first  viscous,  subsequently  lactic,  gradually 
becomes  butyric.  These  decompositions  are  sometimes  successive, 
sometimes  simultaneous,  without  its  being  possible  to  regulate 
their  course.  The  disengagement  of  gases  becomes  more  abun- 
dant, and  analyses  show  that  a period  arrives  when  the  free 
hydrogen  amounts  to  a third  of  the  volume  of  the  carbonic 
acid.  At  this  period  the  butyric  fermentation  is  in  all  its 
vigour ; when  at  last,  at  the  end  of  some  weeks,  all  disengage- 


FATS. 


79 


ment  of  hydrogen  has  ceased,  the  operation  is  at  an  end,  and 
the  solution  then  contains  only  butyrate  of  lime.” 

The  composition  of  butyric  acid,  its  proportion  which 
amounted  in  several  experiments  to  above  the  third  of  the 
weight  of  the  sugar,  the  liberation  of  free  hydrogen,  and  of 
carbonic  acid  (independent  of  that  which  is  disengaged  from 
the  chalk,)  admit  of  our  supposing  that,  under  the  prolonged 
influence  of  ferments,  sugar  is  decomposed  in  the  following 
manner : 

Grape-sugar.  Butyric  acid. 

C12  H14  014  = C8  H7  03  + HO  + 4 C02  + 8 H + 2 HO. 

This  formula  is  merely  intended  to  exhibit  the  final  result, 
for  several  chemical  processes  i precede  the  formation  of  butyric 
acid. 

By  combining  the  butyric  acid  formed  in  this  manner  with 
glycerin,  they  obtained  a fatty  matter  that  seemed  in  all 
respects  identical  with  butyrin,  as  described  by  Chevreul. 

Fibrin  yields  butyric  acid  as  one  of  the  products  of  its 
decomposition : the  other  products  of  its  putrefaction  are 

albumen,  carbonic  and  acetic  acids,  and  ammonia.  It  may  like- 
wise be  obtained  by  heating  this  substance  with  potash  at  a tem- 
perature of  from  320°  to  356°.  A small  quantity  of  a volatile 
fatty  acid  forms,  which  remains  in  combination  with  the  potash, 
whilst  ammonia  and  other  volatile  products  are  disengaged. 
This  acid  has  not  yet  been  analysed,  but  it  seems  to  possess  all 
the  properties  of  butyric  acid.  (Wurtz.) 

Caproic  acid  is  obtained  from  the  caproate  of  baryta,  which 
crystallizes  in  long  silky  needles,  aggregated  into  bundles. 

It  is  an  oily  limpid  liquid  with  the  odour  of  sweat,  and  a 
sharp  acid  taste.  Its  spec.  grav.  is  0-922  at  72° ; it  evaporates 
in  the  open  air  ; its  boiling  point  is  above  212°,  and  it  is  soluble 
in  96  parts  of  water  at  440,6.  It  dissolves  in  alcohol  and 
ether. 

1 It  is  well  known  that  if  a small  quantity  of  casein  be  introduced  into  a solution 
of  cane-sugar  or  sugar  of  milk,  lactic  acid  begins  very  soon  to  be  formed.  The 
butyric  acid  maybe  supposed  to  be  formed  in  the  following  manner: 

20  eq.  of  lactic  acid  (Clao  IIlao  Ol20)  = 15  eq.  of  butyric  acid  (Clao  H120  O60)  + 60  0. 

These  60  eq.  of  oxygen  decompose  6 eq.  of  lactic  acid,  and  we  have — 

6 (C6  H6  08)  + 60  O = C36  H36  Oo0  = 3 C02  -f  12  II  -f  24  HO 
when  the  carbonic  acid  is  exactly  three  times  the  volume  of  the  hydrogen  produced. 


80 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


Capryllic  acid,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  forms  a smeary 
mass ; below  50°  it  crystallizes  in  needles,  which  are  of  difficult 
solution  in  water,  have  an  acid  and  acrid  taste,  and  a peculiar 
disagreeable  odour.  The  baryta  salt  separates  from  hot  solu- 
tions in  brilliant  laminse,  but  on  spontaneous  evaporation  in 
white  granules.  It  is  anhydrous,  is  not  affected  by  exposure 
to  the  air,  does  not  fuse  at  212°,  and  is  very  sparingly  soluble 
in  water. 

Capric  acid  resembles  capryllic  acid  in  its  properties.  The 
baryta  salt  crystallizes  from  hot  solutions  in  minute  fatty 
needles  and  scales,  and  on  spontaneous  evaporation  likewise  in 
scales,  arranged  in  dendritic  groups ; it  is  veiy  difficult  of 
solution,  is  anhydrous,  and  is  not  affected  by  exposure  to 
the  air. 

Vaccinic  acid.  Vaccinate  of  baryta  separates  in  nests  of 
crystals,  which  have  already  been  described ; they  contain 
water  of  crystallization,  effloresce  very  readily  in  the  air, 
become  very  similar  in  appearance  to  chalk,  and  diffuse  a 
strong  odour  of  butter,  while  pure  caproate  and  butyrate  of 
baryta  do  not  effloresce  in  the  least,  and  have  scarcely  any 
odour.  Vaccinate  of  baryta  is  soluble  in  water  to  about  the 
same  extent  as  butyrate  of  baryta;  the  saturated  solution  is 
thick  like  oil.  When  vaccinate  of  baryta  is  dissolved  in 
water,  and  again  evaporated  in  a retort,  it  crystallizes  from  the 
solution  unaltered;  but  if  the  crystals  are  exposed  for  some 
time  to  the  air,  they  at  last  lose  nearly  all  their  odour,  and 
no  longer  when  dissolved  crystallize  on  evaporation,  but  in 
their  stead  crops  of  caproate  and  butyrate  of  baryta  are  ob- 
tained. The  same  happens  when  a solution  is  exposed  to  the 
air  for  any  length  of  time,  or  boiled  in  an  open  dish.  No 
baryta  separates  in  this  change,  no  acid  vapours  are  given  off, 
and  the  solution  remains  perfectly  neutral.  Vaccinic  acid 
therefore  saturates  exactly  the  same  amount  of  baryta  as  the 
two  acids  which  have  originated  from  it ; the  relative  quantity 
of  the  caproate  and  butyrate  of  baryta  formed  is  proportionate 
to  the  atomic  weights  of  these  two  salts.  If  vaccinate  of 
baryta  is  decomposed  by  sulphuric  acid,  with  free  access  of  ah’, 
and  the  separated  acid  removed  by  distillation,  saturated  with 
baryta,  and  set  aside  to  crystallize,  a mixture  of  caproate  and 
butyrate  of  baryta  only  is  obtained.  On  adding  some  solution 


FATS. 


81 


of  silver  to  a solution  of  vaccinate  of  baryta,  a white  caseous 
precipitate  is  formed,  which  is  soon  reduced,  and  smells  strongly 
of  butyric  acid. 

Vaccinic  acid  has,  therefore,  evidently  the  same  capacity  of 
saturation  as  caproic  and  butyric  acids  together,  but  probably 
contains  less  oxygen. 

In  all  probability  these  acids  form  compounds  with  glycerin, 
and  exist  in  butter  as  distinct  fats. 

The  brain  contains  several  distinct  fats  which  have  been 
examined  by  different  chemists  (Kuhn,  Couerbe,  Fremy,)  and 
found  to  contain  phosphorus  and  sulphur.  Couerbe  has  given 
to  these  the  names  of  eleencephol,  cerebrot , cephalot,  and 
stearaconot.  Cephalot  is  the  only  one  that  is  saponifiable, 
and  which,  therefore,  comes  under  the  category  of  the  true  fats. 
Its  fatty  acid  is  unknown;  in  fact  the  whole  subject  of  the 
brain-fats  requires  an  entire  revision. 

Fremy1  has  described  two  fatty  acids  that  exist  in  the  brain 
in  combination  with  soda,  to  which  he  has  applied  the  names 
of  cerebric  and  oleophosphoric  acids. 

Of  the  bodies  just  described,  those  which  act  the  part  of 
bases,  never  occur  naturally  in  an  isolated  state ; and  those 
which  act  as  acids,  very  seldom.  Butyric  acid  occasionally 
exists  in  a free  state  in  the  urine,  and,  according  to  Gmclin, 
in  the  gastric  juice,  and  occasionally  in  the  cutaneous  trans- 
piration. Lecanu  states  that  the  margaric  and  oleic  acids 
exist  in  a free  state  in  the  blood.  Some  of  the  fatty  acids,  as 
already  observed,  exist  in  the  bile  and  in  the  cerebral  matter, 
in  combination  with  soda,  but  they  are  most  commonly  found 
united  with  glycerin. 

The  contents  of  the  cells  of  ordinary  adipose  tissue  are  a 
mixture  of  stearin,  margarin,  and  olein ; and  the  marrow  of 
the  bones  has  a very  similar  composition.  The  relative  propor- 
tions of  these  three  substances  varies  in  the  fat  of  different 
animals,  which  is  the  reason  of  the  different  consistence  of 
various  fats.  The  more  olein  present,  the  softer  and  more 
liquid  will  the  fat  be : and  those  fats  in  which  the  olein  forms 
the  principal  ingredient  are  called  oils.  Those  of  a mean  con- 
sistence are  most  properly  termed  fats,  while  the  harder  ones 


1 Annales  tie  Chimie,  1841. 


G 


82 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


are  known  as  suet.  Stearin  is  the  pi’incipal  constituent  of  suet ; 
margarin  of  fat  or  lard.  Human  fat  affords  a good  illustration 
of  the  proper  fats.  It  solidifies  at  62° ; but  the  consistence  is 
not  constant  even  in  the  same  person — for  instance,  the  fat  of 
the  kidneys  is  perfectly  solid  at  62°,  while  the  fat  of  the  sub- 
cutaneous tissue  remains  fluid  as  low  as  59°. 

The  non-saponifiable  fats. 

a.  Cholesterin  is  a normal  constituent  of  the  bile,  of  the 
brain,  and  of  the  spinal  cord.  It  has  been  found  by  Lecanu, 
Denis,  Boudet,  Marchand,  and  Simon,  in  the  blood ; by 
Fromherz  and  Guggert  in  the  vernix  caseosa ; by  Breschet, 
Wohler,  and  Marchand  in  hydrocele ; by  Stromeyer  in  an 
encysted  tumour  in  the  abdomen  of  a woman ; by  Breschet 
and  Barruel  in  the  ovary  and  testicle  in  a diseased  state ; by 
Caventou  in  an  abscess  of  the  tooth;  by  Lassaigne  in  a scirrhous 
structure  in  the  mesocolon ; by  Guggert  in  fungus  medullaris ; 
by  Marchand  in  medullary  sarcoma  ; and  by  Drunty  in  a vesical 
calculus  extracted  from  a dog.  It  sometimes  exists  in  a state 
of  solution,  while  in  other  cases  it  floats  on  the  surface,  either 
in  the  form  of  brilliant  scales,  or  of  solid  masses.  It  has 
never  been  found  in  any  of  the  plants  which  are  used  for  food; 
but  Dumas  has  found  a substance  of  a similar  composition  in 
the  resin  of  the  pine. 

In  order  to  obtain  it  from  biliary  calculi,  we  must  first  treat 
these  with  boiling  water,  then  triturate,  dry  and  pulverize  the 
residue,  treat  it  with  boiling  alcohol,  filter  it  while  still  hot,  and 
allow  it  to  cool  very  gradually.  The  cholesterin  separates  itself 
in  the  form  of  white,  sparkling,  transparent  scales.  These 
should  be  collected  in  a filter,  again  dissolved  in  hot  alcohol, 
and  allowed  to  recrystallize.  In  this  state  it  will  be  tolerably 
pure.  Berzelius  recommends  the  previous  addition  of  a few 
drops  of  caustic  potash  or  ammonia,  in  order  to  saponify  any 
stearic  or  margaric  acid  that  may  be  present. 

In  order  to  obtain  it  from  the  brain,  that  organ  must  first 
be  deprived  of  all  its  wrater,  by  being  finely  triturated  and  then 
placed  upon  the  water-bath.  This  being  fully  accomplished  it 
must  be  treated  with  ether,  and  afterwards  with  boiling  alcohol, 
until  these  fluids  cease  to  abstract  anything  moi'e.  As  the 
alcoholic  solution  cools,  a white  powder  is  precipitated.  By 


FATS. 


S3 


gently  distilling  the  ethereal  solution,  a residue  remains,  from 
which  cholesterin  may  be  taken  up  by  boiling  alcohol ; on 
mixing  the  two  alcoholic  solutions,  evaporating  to  one  fourth, 
and  allowing  the  mixture  to  cool,  a portion  of  the  fat  separates 
in  the  form  of  a white  powder,  which  consists  not  merely  of 
cholesterin,  but  also  of  a substance  which  is  insoluble  in  cold 
ether,  the  cerebrot  of  Couerbe.  If,  therefore,  we  treat  this  fat 
with  ether,  the  cholesterin  dissolves,  while  the  cerebrot  remains 
unacted  on.  By  evaporation  we  obtain  the  cholesterin  in  a 
crystalline  state,  and  by  dissolving  it  in  boiling  alcohol  and 
allowing  it  to  recrystallize  on  cooling,  we  obtain  it  in  a state 
of  purity. 

On  slowly  cooling  its  alcoholic  solution,  cholesterin  crystal- 
lizes in  delicate  white  nacreous  scales.  It  is  devoid  of  taste 
and  smell,  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  dissolves  in  alcohol  and 
in  ether.  According  to  Chevreul,  100  parts  of  boiling  alcohol 
of  0-816  dissolve  18  of  cholesterin ; if  alcohol  of  0-840  be  used 
only  11-24  pails  are  taken  up  : on  cooling,  the  greater  part  is 
deposited.  Kuhn  states  that  1 part  of  cholesterin  is  soluble 
in  12'1  of  ether  at  32°,  in  3-7  parts  at  59°,  and  in  2-2  parts  of 
boiling  ether.  Cholesterin  is  perfectly  neutral,  of  about  the 
same  specific  gravity  as  water,  and  at  280°  melts  into  a colour- 
less fluid  without  undergoing  any  decomposition.  Crystallized 
cholesterin  contains  about  5 -22  of  water.  It  burns  with  a clear 
flame,  like  wax,  and  one  of  its  most  striking  characteristics  is, 
that  it  is  not  affected  by  a solution  of  caustic  potash. 

Its  composition  is  represented  by  the  formula  C37  II , , O. 

b.  Serolin.  This  name  was  given  by  Boudet  to  a fatty 
matter  which  he  discovered  in  the  blood.  It  has  been  more 
recently  found  and  described  by  Lecanu  and  Sanson.  In  order 
to  exhibit  it,  blood  must  be  first  evaporated  to  dryness  on 
the  water-batli,  and  the  residue  treated  with  water  as  long 
as  anything  continues  to  be  taken  up.  It  must  then  be  dried, 
pulverized,  treated  with  boiling  alcohol,  and  filtered  while  hot. 
On  cooling,  the  alcohol  deposits  this  fat  in  flocculi.  It  must 
be  collected  on  a filter,  and  washed  with  cold  alcohol.  Boudet 
assigns  the  following  characteristics  to  serolin.  It  forms  flocks 
of  a fatty  nacreous  appearance,  is  perfectly  neutral,  and  melts 
at  97°.  On  exposing  it  to  a higher  temperature,  a portion 
is  distilled  unchanged,  while  another  part  is  decomposed  into 


84 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


ammoniacal  vapour.  In  water  it  is  perfectly  insoluble,  in  hot 
alcohol  of  -833  it  is  only  slightly  soluble,  and  separates  on  cool- 
ing into  its  original  flocculent  appearance,  since  cold  alcohol 
exerts  no  solvent  influence  over  it.  It  dissolves  readily  in  ether. 
It  does  not  form  a soap  with  caustic  potash.  Lecanu  describes 
the  serolin  obtained  from  human  serum,  as  a white,  but  not 
nacreous,  substance,  which  melts  at  95°,  is  soluble  in  ether,  but 
not  in  watery  alcohol. 

It  may  be  distinguished  from  other  fats  by  its  insolubility  in 
cold  alcohol ; from  cholesterin,  by  its  lower  point  of  fusion. 

Diagnosis.  The  different  fats  and  fatty  acids  are  distin- 
guished by  their  fusing  points,  and  by  their  varying  degrees  of 
solubility  in  alcohol  and  ether. 

Lactic,  Oxalic,  and  Acetic  Acids. 

1.  Lactic  acid  is  regarded  by  most  chemists  as  a constituent 
of  almost  all  the  fluids  of  the  animal  body. 

The  following  is  the  method  recommended  by  Mitscherlich,1 
for  the  exhibition  of  pure  lactic  acid.  Sour  whey  must  be 
evaporated  to  about  one  sixth  of  its  volume,  and  filtered ; the 
phosphoric  acid  precipitated  by  lime,  and  any  excess  of  lime 
separated  by  oxalic  acid. 

After  filtration,  the  liquid  must  be  evaporated  to  the  consis- 
tence of  a thick  syrup,  and  the  lactic  acid  extracted  with 
alcohol.  The  alcohol  must  be  removed  by  evaporation,  and  the 
residue  dissolved  in  water  mixed  with  carbonate  of  lead.  In 
this  manner  a solution  of  lactate  of  lead  is  obtained,  which, 
after  filtration,  must  be  decomposed  by  sulphate  of  zinc. 
Sulphate  of  lead  is  immediately  precipitated,  and  lactate  of 
zinc  remains  in  the  solution,  which  must  be  filtered  and  evapo- 
rated to  incipient  crystallization.  In  this  manner  we  .obtain 
crystals  of  lactate  of  zinc,  a salt  only  slightly  soluble  in  cold 
water.  Lactic  acid  may  be  obtained  by  converting  the  lactate 
of  zinc  into  a lactate  of  lime  or  baryta,  carefully  removing  the 
base  by  the  addition  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  cautious  evaporation. 

Pure  lactic  acid  is  a colourless  liquid,  soluble  in  every  pro- 
portion in  water  and  alcohol,  of  a purely  acid  taste,  and  so 
strong  and  biting  as  to  be  almost  insupportable.  Its  formula2  is 
0,1^0,  or  Cfi  Hs  0S  + H0. 

1 Lehrbuch  tier  Chemie,  1837,  p.  512.  2 See  Appendix  I,  Note  25. 


ACETIC  ACID. 


85 


At  a red  heat  lactates  with  fixed  bases  are  converted  into 
carbonates  : 100  parts  of  the  carbonates  of  potash  and  soda  cor- 
respond to  180  9 and  201-1  parts  of  the  respective  lactates  of 
those  bases. 

There  is  no  ready  test  by  which  we  can  detect  the  presence 
of  lactic  acid : it  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  its  negative  pro- 
perties. Rides  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  this  acid 
and  its  salts  will  be  found  in  the  chapters  on  the  different  fluids 
in  which  it  occurs ; they  are  founded  with  various  slight  modi- 
fications on  the  method  that  we  have  given  for  the  exhibition 
of  the  acid. 

2.  Oxalic  acid  is  not  one  of  the  normal  constituents  of  the 
animal  organism;  it  is  however,  when  combined  with  lime,  a very 
common  ingredient  of  morbid  urine,  and  of  urinary  calculi. 

Oxalate  of  lime,  when  obtained  by  the  addition  of  a soluble 
oxalate  to  a salt  of  lime,  occurs  as  a white  amorphous  powder, 
insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  oxalic  and  acetic  acids,  but  soluble  in 
hydrochloric  and  nitric  acids  without  effervescence.  It  leaves, 
when  heated  to  incipient  redness,  a white  residue  of  carbonate 
of  lime,  from  which  the  amount  of  oxalate  may  be  easily  calcu- 
lated, for  100  parts  of  carbonate  of  lime  correspond  with  128-9 
of  oxalate  of  lime.  After  a prolonged  exposure  to  a higher  tem- 
perature, the  carbonic  acid  is  expelled,  and  caustic  lime  remains. 

The  occurrence  of  oxalate  of  lime  in  a crystalline  state  in 
urinary  sediments  has  been  shown,  by  Dr.  G.  Bird,  to  be 
much  more  frequent  than  was  formerly  supposed;  in  fact, 
although  the  beautiful  octohedral  forms  in  which  it  occurs 
had  been  noticed  some  years  ago  by  Vigla,  Donne,  and  other 
French  observers,  it  was  not  until  the  appearance  of  Dr.  G. 
Bird’s  papers  in  the  ‘ London  Medical  Gazette’  for  1842,  that 
their  chemical  nature  was  fully  established. 

3.  Acetic  acid  has  been  found  by  Tiedemann  and  Gmelin  in 
the  gastric  juice,  by  Thenard  in  the  sweat,  by  Simon  in  the 
fluid  of  pemphigus  and  in  saliva,  and  is  asserted  by  some 
chemists  to  be  a constituent  of  urine.  For  its  chemical  cha- 
racters we  must  refer  to  any  of  our  systematic  treatises  on 
Chemistry : it  is  sufficient  to  notice  the  means  by  which  it  may 
be  recognized,  and  its  amount  determined.  Acetic  acid  may 


86 


ORGANIC  CONSTITUENTS. 


be  detected  by  its  peculiar  odour,  wbicb  is  rendered  more  obvious 
by  the  application  of  a gentle  warmth.  The  presence  of  an 
acetate  may  be  determined  by  the  addition  of  a little  sulphuric 
acid  ; the  odour  of  the  liberated  acetic  acid  is  at  once  rendered 
perceptible.  The  addition  of  perchloride  of  iron  to  free 
acetic  acid  produces  hardly  any  visible  change,  but  if  it  be 
added  to  a solution  of  an  acetate,  a deep  blood-red  colour  is 
produced.  When  acetates  and  free  acetic  acid  are  mixed  up  with 
a large  quantity  of  other  animal  matters,  the  best  method  of 
proceeding  is  to  separate  the  free  acetic  acid  by  distillation. 
The  residue  must  be  evaporated,  extracted  several  times  with 
alcohol,  and  the  alcoholic  residue  mixed  with  a little  sulphuric 
acid,  and  distilled.  The  first  distillation  gives  the  free  acetic 
acid,  the  second  the  acetic  acid  in  a state  of  combination. 
The  amount  of  acetic  acid  may  be  determined  by  saturating 
the  distilled  fluids  with  potash,  evaporating  to  dryness,  and 
taking  up  the  acetate  of  potash  with  alcohol  of  *833.  The 
acetate  of  potash  obtained  by  the  evaporation  of  the  alcoholic 
solution  is  frequently  mixed  with  a little  chloride  of  sodium, 
the  amount  of  which  (if  appreciable)  may  be  determined  by 
nitrate  of  silver. 

At  a red  heat  the  combinations  of  acetic  acid  with  non- 
volatile bases  are  converted  into  carbonates. 


END  OF  INTRODUCTION. 


CHEMISTRY  OF  MAN. 


CHAPTER  I. 

ON  THE  PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS  OP  COMPOUND  ANIMAL 
SUBSTANCES. 

Zoocliemical  analyses  are  instituted  for  the  purpose  of  ascer- 
taining, either  quantitatively  or  qualitatively,  the  proximate  or 
ultimate  constituents  of  animal  substances.  It  is  requisite  in 
physiological  and  pathological  chemistry  that  equal  attention 
shoidd  be  paid  to  both  these  modes  of  investigation,  for  there 
is  this  great  distinction  between  the  chemistry  of  inorganic  and 
of  organic  bodies,  that  in  the  former  case  the  determination  of 
the  proximate  principles  can  be  inferred  from  that  of  the  ulti- 
mate constituents,  while  in  the  latter  case  no  such  rule  holds 
good,  and  the  two  species  of  analyses  (the  proximate  and  ulti- 
mate) must  be  conducted  separately  and  distinctly.  In  the  in- 
vestigation of  the  variations  in  the  constitution  of  the  blood, 
whether  dependent  during  health  upon  age,  sex,  or  temperament, 
or  during  disease  upon  various  pathological  states  of  the  system  ; 
in  the  determination  of  the  constituents  of  milk,  sweat,  or  pus  ; 
in  the  detection  of  sugar,  urea,  or  bilin,  in  the  various  fluids, 
in  which  normally  they  are  absent ; in  these  and  all  similar  cases 
ultimate  analysis  will  avail  us  nothing,  and  we  must  have  re- 
course to  tests  for  the  substances  themselves,  or  for  some  of 
their  proximate  principles.  Investigations  of  this  nature  will, 
moreover,  do  very  little  for  the  advancement  of  pathological  or 
physiological  knowledge,  unless  they  are  viewed  in  relation  to 
a considerable  number  of  similar  analyses,  conducted  under  pre- 
cisely corresponding  circumstances  ; for  in  consequence  of  the 
necessary  variation  that  is  constantly  occurring  in  the  animal 
fluids,  each  analysis  can  only  be  regarded  as  the  representative  of 


88 


PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS  OF 


one  of  innumerable  varieties,  all  of  which  (within  certain  limits) 
are  equally  likely  to  occur.  It  is  by  such  a course  alone  that  we 
can  hope  to  be  able  to  deduce  important  and  trustworthy  con- 
clusions regarding  the  state  of  the  animal  fluids  in  health,  and 
their  various  deviations  from  the  normal  standard,  in  different 
states  of  disease. 

A large  number  of  perfectly  distinct  substances  enter  into  the 
composition  of  the  blood  and  urine ; neither  of  these  fluids  can, 
however,  be  regarded  as  true  chemical  combinations,  but  as 
mixtures  of  many  such  combinations,  which  in  then  turn  are 
further  subject  to  much  variation.  The  study  of  these  variations 
in  the  blood  and  urine  constitutes  one  of  the  most  important 
branches  of  animal  chemistry  ; but  in  consequence  of  the  im- 
mense labour  attendant  upon  a complete  analysis  of  these  fluids,  it 
becomes  expedient  to  confine  our  attention  to  their  most  impor- 
tant constituents,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  mineralogist  seeks 
only  to  determine  the  proportion  of  ore  in  a given  quantity  of  a 
mineral,  or  the  vegetable  analyst  to  ascertain  the  proportions  of 
sugar,  gum,  starch,  and  albumen,  while  he  neglects  the  non-nu- 
tritive substances,  the  fibre,  acids,  resins,  colouring  matters,  &c. 

All  compound  animal  substances  that  can  fall  within  the 
range  of  our  investigation  must  be  embraced  in  one  of  the  fol 
lowing  classes,  the  solid,  the  fluid,  or  the  gaseous. 

The  animal  fluids  (to  which  we  shall  first  devote  our  atten- 
tion) differ  extremely  in  their  composition,  but  a general  scheme 
may  be  laid  down  for  their  investigation,  if  we  previously  know 
that  certain  substances  are  not  present,  and  therefore  need  not 
be  sought  for.  Thus,  neither  urea,  uric  acid,  pepsin,  nor  bilin 
will  usually  be  sought  for  in  the  milk  or  in  the  brain,  because 
it  is  well  known  that  their  formation  is  limited  to  certain  organs  ; 
neither  will  haematin,  globulin,  nor  butyrin  be  looked  for  in  the 
bile,  nor  fibrin  in  the  sweat  or  in  the  saliva,  nor  glutin  nor 
chondrin  in  any  of  the  normal  fluids. 

The  principle  upon  which  these  investigations  are  conducted 
is  dependent  on  certain  questions,  which  are  to  be  answered  by 
the  analysis.  Thus  in  the  analysis  of  the  blood,  the  principal 
component  parts,  the  "water,  albumen,  hsematin,  globulin  and 
fibrin,  are  usually  determined ; but  if  it  be  requisite  that  the 
analysis  should  be  more  fully  carried  out,  we  must  separate  the 
haem  at  in  from  the  globulin,  isolate  the  fats,  extractive  matters, 


COMPOUND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES. 


89 


and  salts,  and  determine  their  individual  proportions.  This  is 
the  plan  that  I have  usually  adopted,  and  in  some  cases  I have 
added  the  determination  of  sugar,  urea,  and  hsemaphaein.  The 
execution  of  such  a comparatively  simple  scheme  as  this  is  a 
matter  requiring  considerable  time  and  labour ; and  if  it  were 
required  that  we  should  carry  out  the  analysis  still  further,  and 
separate  the  various  fats,  the  different  combinations  of  the  fatty 
acids,  the  varieties  of  extractive  matter,  and  finally  the  different 
salts,  our  task,  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  would  be 
one  of  great  difficulty ; and  in  consequence  of  the  minute  pro- 
portions in  which  some  of  these  substances  exist  in  the  blood, 
it  would  be  necessaiy  for  us  to  operate  upon  a much  larger 
quantity  of  the  fluid  than  we  are  usually  able  to  obtain.  This 
method  of  investigation  will  probably  in  a short  time  be  deemed 
insufficient,  for  as  soon  as  we  have  an  accurate  knowledge  of 
the  mode  of  formation  of  the  extractive  matter,  its  separation  and 
determination  will  be  of  the  highest  importance  in  explaining 
many  of  the  phenomena  of  the  metamorphoses  of  the  blood. 

The  same  is  the  case  with  respect  to  the  urine.  The  forma- 
tion of  a perfect  quantitative  analysis  of  this  complicated  fluid 
is  an  extremely  difficult  (if  not  an  impossible)  task,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  facility  with  which  new  products  are  developed 
during  the  progress  of  the  investigation.  The  course  usually 
pursued  has  been,  therefore,  the  separation  of  those  constituents 
which  are  apparently  most  important,  the  urea,  uric  acid,  salts, 
and  extractive  matter;  in  some  cases  the  estimation  of  sugar 
and  albumen  has  been  added.  The  instances  in  which  the  se- 
paration of  the  extractive  matter  into  its  three  principal  groups, 
and  the  individual  analysis  of  the  salts,  have  been  undertaken, 
are  still  more  rare. 

It  has  been  already  observed  that  a single  isolated  analysis 
is  of  very  little  intrinsic  value,  in  substances  of  so  varying  a na- 
ture as  the  blood  or  urine.  The  only  method  by  which  we  can 
hope  to  throw  any  light  upon  the  leading  alterations  that  occur 
in  these  fluids  is  by  the  comparison  of  the  results  obtained 
from  a series  of  analyses ; and  if  we  were  desirous  of  merely 
ascertaining  so  simple  a fact  as  the  determination  of  the  pa- 
thological states  in  which  either  an  excess  or  a deficiency  of 
fibrin  and  blood-corpuscles  occurs  in  the  blood,  and  the  relation 
that  exists  between  such  pathological  states  and  such  modifica- 


90 


PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS  OF 


tions  of  the  vital  fluid,  science  would  be  more  benefited  by  the 
investigation,  than  by  the  performance  of  a few  very  perfect 
analyses,  which  did  not  tend  to  elucidate  any  particular  point. 

The  best  methods  for  the  analysis  of  the  various  animal  sub- 
stances which  are  treated  of  in  this  volume,  will  be  found  in 
their  proper  places.  We  will,  however,  give  a preliminary 
sketch  of  the  course  that  should  be  adopted,  if  a fluid,  of  whose 
nature  we  are  ignorant,  be  placed  in  our  hands  for  analysis. 

Such  a fluid  may  contain, 

i.  The  protein-combinations : fibrin,  albumen,  casein,  glo- 
bulin.1 

ii.  Pyin. 

hi.  Extractive  matters : water-extract,  spirit- extract,  alco- 
hol-extract, and  their  proximate  constituents. 

iv.  Sugars  : Diabetic  sugar,  and  sugar  of  milk. 

v.  Bilin,  with  the  products  of  its  metamorphosis. 

vi.  Urea. 

vii.  The  fats  : olein,  stearin,  margarin,  butyrin,  cholesterin, 
and  serolin. 

viii.  Colouring  matters  : the  pigments  of  the  blood  and  bile. 

ix.  The  acids  of  the  animal  body  : 

a.  Fatty  acids. 
f 3 . Other  organic  acids. 
y.  Inorganic  acids. 

x.  The  bases  of  the  animal  body. 

General  jjhysical  analysis. 

1.  If  the  fluid  contain  flocculi  or  coagulated  matters,  they 
are  generally  composed  of  fibrin,  which  by  its  spontaneous 
coagulation  frequently  includes  other  substances  in  a state  of 
mechanical  suspension.  The  whole  fluid  will  sometimes  as- 
sume a gelatinous  consistence,  as  has  been  observed  in  certain 
products  of  exudation;  in  other  cases  it  presents  an  appearance 
of  separation,  one  portion  assuming  the  form  of  a cake  or  clot, 
whilst  the  remainder  continues  fluid,  as  in  the  well-known  in- 
stance of  the  blood.  On  placing  these  clots,  &c.,  in  distilled 

Crystallin,  or  the  modification  of  casein  that  occurs  in  the  crystalline  lens,  is  not 
included  in  this  scheme,  since  it  is  not  known  to  occur  in  any  of  the  animal  fluids. 

[Pyin  being  tritoxide  of  protein,  must  now  be  regarded  as  a true  protein-com- 
pound. The  binoxide  of  protein  must  also  be  included  in  the  same  category.] 


COMPOUND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES. 


91 


water,  the  substances  which  are  inclosed  by  the  fibrin  gradually 
separate  themselves  from  it,  as  for  instance  albumen,  blood- 
corpuscles,  &c.,  and  the  fibrin  remains  devoid  of  colour,  very 
small  in  proportion  to  the  clot  from  which  it  has  been  obtained, 
and  forming  a membranous,  stringy,  or  flocculent  mass. 

If  the  fluid  has  an  acid  reaction,  the  flocculi  may  arise  from 
coagulated  casein,  or  caseous  substances.  In  this  case  dis- 
tilled water  has  no  effect  on  them.  The  existence  of  casein 
in  milk  is  universally  known.  Other  fluids  which  contain 
caseous  principles,  as  for  instance,  mucus  and  saliva,  usually 
maintain  an  alkaline  reaction  for  a considerable  period,  and 
thus  hold  the  casein  in  solution.  Pus  has  usually  a neutral 
reaction,  occasionally  however  pus  from  the  lungs  is  acid. 

If  the  flocculi  are  observed  to  be  floating  on  the  surface  of 
the  fluid,  if  they  exhibit  a frothy  appearance,  or  seem  more  or 
less  globular,  are  of  a whitish  or  yellow  colour,  and  possessed 
of  little  tenacity,  they  are  composed  of  mucus,  and  the  micro- 
scope will  reveal  the  presence  of  mucus-granules.  A tenacious 
substance  of  a yellow  or  brownish  colour,  and  not  unfrequently 
containing  blood,  is  occasionally  found  to  be  deposited  in  cer- 
tain animal  fluids,  for  instance,  in  the  urine  during  phthisis 
vesicce.  It  is  possessed  of  more  elasticity  than  mucus,  and  is 
very  probably  composed  partially  of  fibrin,  although  it  is  usually 
regarded  as  pus. 

2.  If  with  the  aid  of  the  microscope  we  can  detect  blood- 
corpuscles  in  the  fluid,  we  may  infer  the  presence  of  globulin 
and  hsematin.  We  recognize  the  blood-corpuscles,  and  dis- 
tinguish them  from  other  objects  by  their  discoid  form,  and 
their  yellow  colour.  When  blood  is  mixed  with  a serous  or 
watery  fluid,  it  frequently  happens  that  the  discoid  form  is  no 
longer  apparent ; if  however  a solution  of  common  salt,  or  of 
muriate  of  ammonia  be  added  to  a portion  of  the  fluid,  the 
characteristic  shape  of  the  blood-corpuscles  will  be  again  ren- 
dered perceptible.  Fluids  in  which  blood-corpuscles  are  found, 
are  always  of  a reddish  tinge,  and  invariably  contain  albumen. 

3.  The  microscope  further  enables  us  to  detect  the  follow- 
ing solid  forms  in  fluids : a,  fat-vesicles ; b,  chyle-corpuscles ; 
c,  mucus-corpuscles ; d,  pus-corpuscles ; e,  epithelium-cells ; 
/,  saliva-corpuscles ; g,  various  crystalline  forms  of  salts,  uric 
acid,  cholesterin,  & c. 


92 


PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS  OF 


If  the  fluid  he  very  viscid  and  tenacious,  mucus-corpuscles 
are  sure  to  he  detected  by  the  microscope : should  it  yield  an 
ammoniacal  odour  as  if  decomposition  were  going  on,  the 
viscidity  may  be  due  to  the  action  of  the  ammonia  that  has 
been  formed. 

4.  If  the  fluid  have  an  acid  reaction,  a free  acid  must  be 

present.  In  most  cases  this  is  lactic,1  occasionally  however 
acetic  acid.  The  latter  acid  may  be  recognized  by  the  pe- 
culiar odour  evolved  on  the  application  of  heat.  It  may 

also  be  recognized  (if  the  fluid  be  not  very  deeply  coloured)  by 
the  blood-red  tint  that  is  produced  by  the  addition  of  the 
perchloride  of  iron,  after  the  free  acid  has  been  thoroughly 
neutralized  by  ammonia.  If  acetic  be  the  only  free  acid,  by 
the  time  the  fluid  has  been  evaporated  nearly  to  dryness,  all 
acid  reaction  will  have  disappeared ; if  however  free  lactic  acid 
be  present,  the  residue  which  is  left  after  evaporation  will  still 
have  an  acid  reaction. 

If  the  fluid  have  an  alkaline  reaction,  either  a free  alkali  or 
an  alkaline  carbonate  must  be  present.  Free  ammonia  may 
be  recognized  by  its  peculiar  odour,  and  by  the  vapour  which 
is  developed  on  the  approximation  of  a glass  rod  moistened 
with  hydrochloric  acid. 

5.  If  the  fluid  have  a sweetish  taste,  it  contains  sugar. 
The  sweetness  is  however  sometimes  not  preceptible  until  the 
fluid  has  been  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a syrup,  or  even 
till  the  syrup  has  been  treated  with  alcohol  of  '900,  and  the 
alcoholic  solution  evaporated.  When  the  presence  of  sugar 
is  suspected,  the  various  tests  mentioned  in  page  67,  more 
especially  Trommer’s  test,  should  be  applied.  If  the  fluid  has 
a bitter  taste,  more  or  less  resembling  that  of  bile,  it  contains 
either  bilin  or  the  products  of  its  metamorphosis.  The  indica- 
tions afforded  by  a well-marked  saline  or  acid  taste  are 
sufficiently  obvious. 

6.  If  the  fluid  be  of  a blood-red  colour,  we  may  conclude 
that  hacmatin  is  present ; and  if  blood-corpuscles  are  detected 
by  the  microscope,  we  have  certain  proof  of  the  existence  of 
hsematin,  globulin,  and  albumen.  Globulin  and  hsematin  may 

1 [The  presence  of  this  acid  in  the  animal  fluids  has  been  recently  disputed  by 
Liebig  and  Enderling ; there  are,  however,  too  many  chemists  who  assert  that  they 
have  detected  it,  to  allow  us  to  regal'd  the  question  as  settled  in  the  negative.] 


COMPOUND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES. 


93 


however  he  occasionally  present,  when,  even  after  the  addi- 
tion of  a solution  of  salt,  sugar,  or  iodine  no  blood-corpuscles 
can  be  detected;  in  this  case  the  latter  are  in  a state  of 
perfect  solution. 

When  the  fluid  is  of  a dark  brown,  or  blackish-red  coloui’, 
hsematin  is  the  colouring  constituent.  If  the  fluid  be  of  a 
clear  brown  or  yellow  colour,  lisemapluein  is  almost  sure  to  be 
the  origin  of  the  tint,  especially  if  any  taste  of  bile  be  percep- 
tible. Biliphtein  will  also  communicate  a yellow,  brown,  or 
greenish-brown  colour  ; in  this  case  there  is  frequently  a bitter 
taste,  and  on  the  addition  of  nitric  acid,  there  is  always  a 
change  of  colour  into  green  or  blue,  and  yellow. 

Qualitative  analysis. 

Having  poured  the  fluid  into  proper  test-glasses,  we  carry  on 
our  investigations  in  the  following  manner  : 

1.  If,  on  the  addition  of  very  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  a 
precipitate  be  thrown  down,  we  see  whether  it  will  dissolve  in 
an  excess  of  the  test.1  Assuming  that  the  solution  is  effected, 
ferrocyanide  of  potassium  is  added ; if  this  test  instantly  throws 
down  a white  or  yellow  precipitate,  one  or  more  of  the  protein- 
compounds  (enumerated  in  i)  are  present. 

In  order  to  ascertain  which  of  the  protein-compounds 
has  yielded  these  indications,2  a portion  of  the  fluid  is  boiled : 
if  it  become  turbid,  and  if  the  turbidity  commence  and  be 
most  distinct  at  the  surface,  or  if  the  fluid  coagulate,  then 
albumen  is  present;  in  this  case  nitric  acid  and  bichloride  of 
mercury  will  throw  down  copious  precipitates.  If  the  fluid 
become  turbid  on  the  application  of  heat,  and  the  coagulum 
assume  a red  tint,  then  globulin  and  haematin  are  also  present, 
although  the  microscope  may  have  failed  in  detecting  blood- 
corpuscles  : in  this  case,  however,  the  fluid  is  always  of  a 
rather  pink  or  reddish  tint. 

If  the  fluid  does  not  coagulate  on  the  application  of  heat, 
casein,  or  one  of  the  caseous  substances  must  be  present. 

1 If  very  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  be  employed,  the  albumen  will  not  he  precipi- 
tated. (See  p.  18.)  I prefer  hydrochloric  to  acetic  acid,  because  the  latter  throws 
down  pyin  with  the  protein-compounds. 

5 Fibrin  is  recognized  by  its  spontaneous  separation,  and  need  not  he  sought  for  in 
the  manner  indicated  in  the  text. 


94 


PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS  OF 


In  this  case  lieat  will  develop  a pellicle  on  the  surface,  and 
acetic  acid  will  throw  down  a precipitate,  which  is  soluble 
in  an  excess  of  the  test : the  acid  must  therefore  be  added 
with  caution. 

It  must  not  however  be  forgotten  that  if  much  albuminate 
of  soda,  and  at  the  same  time  no  free  albumen  be  present  in 
the  fluid,  no  coagulation  will  occur  on  the  application  of  heat, 
but  a pellicle  will  be  formed  on  the  surface.  This  is  however 
a case  of  very  rare  occurrence,  and  the  difficulty  may  be 
readily  solved  by  the  addition  of  acetic  acid  which  will  precipi- 
tate casein  but  not  albumen.  If  a fluid  which  contains 
casein  presents  a whitish  turbid  appearance  (as  for  instance, 
milk,  the  milky  fluid  which  is  found  in  the  breasts  during  the 
later  stages  of  pregnancy,  the  urine  in  certain  pathological 
states,  &c.)  the  presence  of  butter,  and  in  most  instances,  of 
sugar,  may  be  inferred. 

If  the  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  does  not  produce  any  tur- 
bidity in  the  fluid  which  has  been  previously  acidulated  with 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  no  protein-compound  is  present. 

2.  If  the  addition  of  acetic  acid  to  the  fluid  renders  it 
turbid,  or  throws  down  a precipitate,  which  does  not  redissolve 
in  an  excess  of  the  test,  then  pyin  or  mucin1  is  present.  In 
this  case,  a copious  precipitate,  insoluble  in  an  excess  of  the 
test,  is  thrown  down  by  alum.  In  order  to  show  that  the 
precipitate  contains  no  casein,  we  may  dissolve  it  in  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  add  ferrocyanide  of  potassium : no  pre- 
cipitate will  be  thrown  down.2 

3.  If  allantoin,  uric  acid,  or  hippuric  acid  are  suspected 
to  be  present,  a considerable  quantity  of  the  fluid  must  be 
boiled  in  order  to  coagulate  any  albumen  that  may  be  present, 
and  must  then  be  filtered  and  evaporated  to  one  fourth  of  its 
original  volume.  Fluids  of  this  nature  are  generally  of  a 
yellowish  colour,  may  be  either  clear  or  turbid,  and  may  or 
may  not  contain  albumen. 

In  the  examination  of  the  allantoic  fluid,  crystals  of  allan- 
toin are  gradually  formed,  which,  after  being  piu'ified  by 

1 [Mucin  is  the  peculiar  animal  matter  of  mucus ; a brief  notion  of  its  leading  cha- 
racters is  given  in  the  chapter  on  the  “ Secretions  of  Mucous  Membranes.”] 

■ As  chondrin  and  glutin  are  not  constituents  of  any  of  the  animal  fluids,  we  have 
deemed  it  unnecessary  to  notice  them  in  the  text. 


COMPOUND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES. 


95 


recrystallization,  and  dissolved  in  water,  cannot  be  precipitated 
by  acetate  of  lead,  nitrate  of  silver,  or  nitrate  of  the  black 
oxide  of  mercury. 

If  the  fluid,  diu'ing  evaporation,  gives  off  an  urinous  odour 
some  hydrochloric  acid  must  be  added,  and  it  must  be  allowed 
to  stand  for  some  time.  If  acicular  crystals  are  formed,  which, 
after  being  purified  by  recrystallization,  and  dissolved  in  water 
containing  enough  alkali  to  neutralize  the  acid  of  the  crystals, 
give  a white  precipitate  with  the  above-named  tests,  an  orange 
with  the  perchloride  of  iron,  and  when  moistened  with  nitric 
acid,  and  wanned,  do  not  assume  a purple-red  colour,  they 
consist  of  hippuric  acid. 

If  however  the  crystals  are  very  minute,  are  not  readily 
dissolved  in  water,  and  give,  when  moistened  with  nitric  acid 
and  warmed,  a purple-red  stain,  they  are  uric  acid  crystals. 

4.  If  the  fluid  which  we  are  examining  is  of  a brownish 
yellow  colour,  and  if  on  treating  a little  of  it  with  an  excess 
of  nitric  acid,  the  colour  successively  changes  to  green,  blue 
and  red,  then  biliphsein  is  present. 

5.  On  evaporating  a portion  of  the  fluid  to  dryness,  pulver- 
ising it,  and  boiling  it  with  ether,  we  obtain,  by  the  evaporation 
of  the  ethereal  solution,  a fatty  residue.  If  it  be  fluid,  it  is 
composed  of  olein,  if  it  have  a tendency  to  be  solid,  either 
stearin  or  margarin,  or  both  are  also  present.  The  fatty 
acids,  and  probably  free  lactic  acid,  with  traces  of  other  sub- 
stances may  be  present,  especially  if  the  ether  contained  any 
alcohol  or  water.  These  substances  remain  in  solution,  on 
washing  the  fatty  residue  with  water.  The  lactic  acid  may  be 
easily  recognized  by  its  acid  reaction ; and  the  fatty  acids  may 
be  detected  by  the  addition  of  acetate  of  lead  or  acetate  of 
copper  to  their  alcoholic  solutions.  They  are  completely  pre- 
cipitated in  this  manner,  and  a residue  of  pure  fat  is  left,  which 
must  be  again  washed  and  the  water  removed  by  evaporation. 
The  fat  must  then  be  saponified ; if  a portion  of  it  resists  this 
process,  cholesterin  or  serolin,  or  both,  must  constitute  a por- 
tion of  the  fatty  residue.  They  must  be  taken  up  by  ether, 
after  the  saponified  portion  has  been  evaporated  to  dryness. 
Serolin  is  less  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  melts  at  a lower  tem- 
perature than  cholesterin,1  by  which  means  the  two  fats  may 

1 [Serolin  melts  at  95°,  cholesterin  at  about  275°.] 


96 


PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS  OF 


be  distinguished.  The  soaps  which  have  been  formed  must 
be  decomposed  by  hydrochloric  acid.  If,  on  the  addition  of 
the  acid,  a smell  of  rancid  butter  is  developed,  then  butyric, 
and  also  capric  and  caproic  acids  are  present.  The  vari- 
ations in  their  melting  points  will  enable  us  to  determine 
approximately  the  proportions  of  oleic,  margaric,  and  stearic 
acids. 

6.  The  residue  not  taken  up  by  ether,  must  be  treated 
with  anhydrous  alcohol,  which  will  take  up  the  following 
substances  : salts  of  the  fatty  acids,  especially  soda-salts,  as 
well  as  any  fat  that  had  escaped  the  action  of  the  ether, 
also  urea,  bilin  and  the  acids  of  the  bile,  biliverdin,  alcohol- 
extract,  hcCmapluein,  acetates,  and  lactates,  a class  of  substances 
which  it  is  by  no  means  easy  to  distinguish,  and  is  still  more 
difficult  to  isolate.  If  a spirituous  solution  of  chloride  of 
barium  be  added  to  the  alcoholic  solution,  and  a green  precipi- 
tate is  thrown  down,  then  biliverdin  is  present ; we  may  also 
calculate  with  tolerable  certainty  (especially  if  the  alcoholic 
solution  has  a bitter,  bilious  taste)  on  the  presence  of  bilin, 
and  the  acids  of  the  bile.  An  alcoholic  solution  of  sulphuric 
acid  must  now  be  added  to  the  alcohol-solution  that  we  are 
testing,  as  long  as  any  sulphates  are  precipitated.  The  solution 
must  now  be  filtered,  and  the  alcohol,  which  still  has  an  acid 
reaction  if  any  acetates  are  present,  must  be  removed  by  dis- 
tillation. On  treating  the  residue  with  water,  the  fatty  acids, 
if  they  existed  in  combination  with  saline  bases,  will  remain 
undissolved,  and  must  be  removed  by  filtration.  A portion 
of  this  watery  solution  must  be  evaporated  to  the  consistence 
of  a syrup,  and  allowed  to  cool;  if,  on  the  addition  of  an 
excess  of  nitric  acid,  there  are  formed,  either  at  once  or  after 
some  time,  leafy  or  stellar  crystalline  groups,  then  urea  is 
present.  Another  portion  must  be  treated  with  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  allowed  to  digest  for  some  time.  If  bilin, 
and  the  products  of  its  metamorphosis,  are  present,  a viscid  or 
oily  acid,  (insoluble  in  the  acid  fluid,)  and  a precipitate  of  an 
extremely  unpleasant  bitter  taste,  are  formed.  The  fluid  sepa- 
rated from  these  substances  must  be  digested  with  pounded 
marble,  or  (which  is  better)  with  carbonate  of  baryta,  in  order 
to  remove  the  sulphuric  acid.  It  must  then  be  boiled  with 
carbonate  of  zinc;  if  it  contain  lactic  acid,  crystals  of  lactate 


COMPOUND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES. 


97 


of  zinc  will  be  obtained  by  evaporation.  The  extractive  matter 
and  liremaphsein  will  be  left  as  a residue. 

If  neither  bilin,  biliverdin,  nor  the  acids  of  the  bile  are  pre- 
sent, the  investigation  may  be  much  simplified.  The  soda  may 
be  separated  from  the  alcoholic  solution  as  a sulphate  ; we  may 
evaporate,  separate  the  fatty  acids  by  means  of  water,  boil  the 
residue  with  carbonate  of  zinc,  and  filter  the  solution.  By  this 
means  we  can  separate  the  lactic  acid.  The  urea  may  be  se- 
parated from  the  alcohol-extract  by  oxalic  acid,  of  which  any 
excess  may  be  removed  by  digestion  with  carbonate  of  lead. 

We  may  be  easily  convinced  of  the  presence  of  the  alcohol- 
extract  by  observing  the  precipitates  which  are  thrown  down 
by  the  addition  of  infusion  of  galls  and  a solution  of  iodine. 

The  bases,  which  were  present  in  the  alcoholic  solution  in 
combination  with  acids,  are  now  combined  with  sulphuric  acid. 
They  usually  are  soda  and  potash. 

7.  The  residue  of  (6),  which  was  not  taken  up  by  absolute 
alcohol,  must  now  be  treated  with  alcohol  of  -883,  which  will 
take  up  sugar  of  milk,  diabetic  sugar,  spirit-extract  (which  is 
usually  of  a brown  colour  in  consequence  of  the  presence  of 
luemaplmcin,)  chloride  of  sodium,  phosphates,  and  probably  lac- 
tates. If  the  quantity  of  sugar  (of  either  of  the  above  kinds) 
is  not  very  minute,  a portion  of  it  will  usually  crystallize  either 
on  the  cooling  of  the  spirituous  solution  or  by  spontaneous 
evaporation.  The  presence  of  the  sugar  may,  however,  be  easily 
recognized  by  the  sweet  taste  of  the  spirituous  solution  after 
evaporation.  If  the  solution  be  evaporated  to  the  consistence 
of  an  extract,  and  then  treated  with  cold  alcohol  of  -850,  the 
greater  part  of  the  sugar  will  remain  undissolved,  while  most  of 
the  extractive  matter  will  be  taken  up.  The  presence  of  the 
extractive  matter  may  be  determined  partly  by  the  brown  colour 
of  the  spirituous  solution,  and  more  decidedly  by  the  precipi- 
tates which  are  caused  by  the  addition  of  bichloride  of  mercury, 
acetate  of  copper,  and  tannin.  The  spirit-extract  usually  evolves 
during  evaporation  a peculiar  odour,  somewhat  resembling  that 
of  toasted  bread.  On  evaporating  a portion  of  the  spirituous 
solution  to  dryness,  and  incinerating  the  residue,  the  ash  will 
be  found  to  consist  of  chloride  of  sodium,  phosphates,  and  (if 
any  lactates  are  present)  carbonates  of  potash  and  soda.  These 
may  be  separated  in  the  ordinary  manner. 


7 


98 


PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS  OF 


8.  The  residue  not  acted  on  by  alcohol  of  ’850  must  be 
dissolved  in  water,  in  which,  if  no  protein-compounds  are 
present,  it  will  dissolve  without  leaving  a residue,  although  the 
solution  may  not  be  clear.  In  this  solution  there  will  be  con- 
tained pyin,  ptyalin,  water-extract,  phosphates,  and  perhaps 
some  chloride  of  sodium.  The  pyin  is  recognized  by  the 
precipitate  afforded  by  acetic  acid.  The  ptyalin,  when  it  is 
present  only  in  small  quantities,  and  is  mixed  with  extractive 
matter,  is  not  easily  detected ; the  only  course  we  can  adopt 
is  to  precipitate  the  whole  of  the  extractive  matter  of  the 
water-extract  with  the  basic  acetate  of  lead.  A stream  of  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen  must  then  be  passed  through  the  fluid  in 
order  to  precipitate  the  lead.  The  liquid,  after  filtration  or 
decantation,  must  be  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a syrup, 
and  the  ptyalin  precipitated  by  alcohol. 

I may  here  remark  that,  in  pursuing  the  directions  laid 
down  in  (7),  we  do  not  succeed  in  obtaining  all  the  spirit- 
extract  that  exists  in  the  residue  of  (6).  Hence  in  practice  it 
is  better  to  dissolve  the  residue  of  (6)  in  a little  water,  so  as  to 
reduce  it  to  the  consistence  of  a syrup,  and  then  to  precipitate 
with  alcohol  of  ‘833.  The  salts  may  be  obtained  by  incinerat- 
ing a portion  of  the  evaporated  fluid. 

In  the  last  six  paragraphs  we  have  assumed  that  no  protein- 
compounds  are  present.  If,  however,  this  should  not  be  the 
case, — if  some  of  the  constituents  of  the  blood,  as,  for  instance, 
globulin  or  hsematin,  exist  in  the  fluid,  a different  course  must 
be  pursued.  The  presence  of  globulin  and  hsematin,  and,  con- 
sequently, of  albumen,  may  be  easily  ascertained.  The  fluid 
must  be  boiled,  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  to  dryness,  and 
the  residue  reduced  to  a fine  powder.  The  fat  must  be  taken 
up  with  ether,  and  the  urea,  alcohol- extract,  bilin,  with  its 
acids,  and  any  luemapluein  and  lactates  that  may  be  present, 
with  anhydrous  alcohol.  The  residue  must  be  boiled  in  spirit 
of  '915  until  it  ceases  to  communicate  any  additional  red  colour- 
ing matter  to  that  fluid.  In  this  way  we  shall  obtain  the 
globulin,  hsematin,  hsemaphsein,  sugar,  extractive  matters,  and 
several  salts,  in  a state  of  solution.  The  greater  portion  of  the 
globulin  and  hsematin  is  thrown  down  as  the  fluid  cools ; the 
turbid  supernatant  fluid  is  then  evaporated  on  the  water-bath 
to  a small  residue,  and  treated  with  alcohol,  which  precipitates 


COMPOUND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES. 


99 


the  remaining  portion  of  those  two  constituents.  Other  sub- 
stances are  contained  in  the  spirituous  solution,  which  may  be 
distinguished  and  separated  by  the  rules  already  given. 

The  residue  not  taken  up  by  the  alcohol  of  "915  must  be 
treated  for  some  time  with  water,  by  which  pyin,  ptyalin,  and 
water-extract  will  be  taken  up.  The  albumen  remains  as  a 
residue,  usually  more  or  less  reddened  by  a little  hsematin. 

If  the  fluid  be  very  rich  in  albumen,  this  course  does  not 
succeed,  inasmuch  as  we  are  unable  to  obtain  a complete  sepa- 
tion  of  those  substances  which  are  soluble  in  dilute  alcohol,  as 
sugar,  urea,  salts,  and  extractive  matters.  The  following  simple 
modification  may  in  that  case  be  adopted.  The  protein-com- 
pounds must  be  precipitated  by  anhydrous  alcohol.  A spiritu- 
ous solution  is  thus  obtained,  which,  even  when  concentrated, 
holds  the  urea,  sugar,  &c.,  in  solution,  while  the  protein-com- 
pounds (at  least  the  albumen)  are  reduced  to  an  insoluble  con- 
dition. The  coagulated  protein-compounds  are  always  mixed 
up  with  a certain  amount  of  foreign  matters,  as,  for  instance, 
water-extract,  which  cannot  be  easily  separated.  After  the 
removal  of  the  albumen,  &c.,  the  spirituous  solution  must  be 
evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a syrup.  On  the  addition  of 
anhydrous  alcohol,  sugar,  spirit-extract,  any  albumen  that  had 
escaped  the  former  process,  and  some  other  substances,  will  be 
precipitated.  The  alcoholic  solution  must  be  evaporated,  and 
the  residue  dissolved  in  water,  by  which  means  the  fat  will  se- 
parate itself.  The  fat  is,  however,  difficult  to  remove,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  slow  and  torpid  manner  in  which  the  fluid 
permeates  the  filter.  It  is  better,  therefore,  to  evaporate  the 
alcoholic  solution,  at  a very  gentle  temperature,  to  dryness,  and 
then  to  take  up  the  fat  with  pure  ether. 

In  searching  for  minute  quantities  of  urea  in  alcoholic  solu- 
tions of  concentrated  animal  fluids,  it  frequently  happens  that, 
after  evaporation  of  the  alcohol,  the  removal  of  the  fat,  and  the 
solution  of  the  residue  in  water,  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  the 
urea  is  much  impeded  by  the  presence  of  compounds  of  the 
fatty  acids.  I therefore  usually  remove  the  bases  from  the 
alcoholic  solution  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid,  which  liberates 
the  fatty  acids,  and  allows  of  their  removal  with  the  fat  by 
means  of  ether.  The  sulphuric  acid  should  be  much  diluted 
with  strong  alcohol ; and  as  it  is  of  importance  that  there 


100 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


be  no  excess  of  tbe  acid,  it  must  be  added  guttatim,  and  only 
so  long  as  it  pi’oduces  a precipitate,  wbicb  sometimes  is  not 
observed  for  several  hours  after  the  addition  of  the  acid.  The 
effect  of  the  sulphuric  acid  should  first  be  tried  on  a small 
portion  of  the  fluid. 

If  it  is  difficult  to  lay  down  general  rules  for  the  quali- 
tative analysis  of  all  the  proximate  constituents  that  can 
by  any  possibility  occur  in  the  fluids  of  the  animal  body,  it 
may  easily  be  conceived  that  an  attempt  to  lay  down  similar 
rides  for  quantitative  analysis  would  involve  much  greater  diffi- 
culties. Such  a general  quantitative  scheme  is,  however,  not 
required,  since  quantitative  analyses  are  always  preceded  by, 
and  based  on,  qualitative  investigations.  The  fluids  most 
troublesome  to  analyse  are  the  blood  and  the  mine,  on  ac- 
count of  the  large  number  of  different  substances  that  always 
occur  in  them.  The  rules  for  the  quantitative  analysis  of  the 
various  fluids  will  be  found  in  the  respective  chapters  on  the 
blood,  milk,  mine,  &c. 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE  CIRCULATING  FLUIDS. 

The  Blood. 

The  following  scheme  will  explain  the  arrangement  which 
we  have  adopted  for  the  general  consideration  of  the  blood. 

1.  The  General  Physiological  Chemistry \ of  the  Blood. 

Its  general  physiological  and  chemical  relations ; the  deve- 
lopment of  the  blood-corpuscles ; the  phenomena  of  circulation 
and  respiration ; the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood,  and  animal 
heat. 

2.  The  Special  Chemistry  of  the  Blood. 

The  method  of  analysing  the  blood. 

Healthy  blood. 

Diseased  blood. 


JUNG'S  CO L L i: G c HUbPl 

BLOOD.  101 

MEDICAL  school. 

1.  The  general  physiological  chemistry  of  the  blood. 


General  physical  relations  of  the  blood. 

The  blood,  while  moving  in  the  living  body,  consists  princi- 
pally of  a nearly  colourless  fluid,  in  which  the  blood-corpuscles 
are  swimming ; in  consequence,  however,  of  these  corpuscles 
being  too  minute  to  be  distinguished  by  the  naked  eye,  it 
appears,  among  the  higher  classes  of  animals,  as  an  opaque 
and  intensely  red  fluid. 

In  the  majority  of  the  lower  (invertebrate)  animals,  the 
blood  is  white ; it  is  however  red  in  the  annelida,  colourless  in 
most  of  the  mollusca,  but  in  many  of  the  snails  of  a milk-white 
colour;  in  the  Helix  pomatia  of  a sky-blue,  and  in  the  Pla- 
norbis  corneus,  of  a dark  amethyst  colour.  In  the  dorsal 
vessels  of  insects  it  is  usually  transparent,  and  of  different 
colours ; it  is,  for  instance,  green  in  the  Orthoptera,  yellow  in 
the  silkworm,  orange  in  the  caterpillar  of  the  willow-moth, 
and  of  a dark  brown  colour  in  most  of  the  beetles.1  The 
blood-corpuscles  of  red  blood  contain  within  their  coat,  or 
shell,  a fluid  impregnated  with  globulin  and  hsematin,  and  a 
nucleus,  which  may  be  easily  recognized  in  the  larger  cor- 
puscles. 

The  blood  of  the  mammalia  is  a somewhat  thick,  viscid 
fluid,  with  a specific  gravity  which  varies,  according  to  dif- 
ferent authors,  from  1041  to  1082.  In  a large  number  of 
experiments  made  upon  the  blood  of  man,  the  ox,  and  the 
horse,  I found  it  to  be  between  1051  and  1058.  The  average 
was  1042,  which  corresponds  very  nearly  with  the  statement 
of  Berzelius. 

[The  average  specific  gravity  of  human  blood  may  be  fixed 
at  1055  according  to  Nasse,2  and  at  1056  according  to  Zim- 
mermann.3  The  blood  of  man  is  always  thicker,  and  at  least 
one  thousandth  heavier  than  that  of  woman;  in  a state  of 
health  it  is  always  above  1053  in  man,  while  in  woman  it  is 
frequently  not  above  1050.  Robust  men  will  not  unfre- 
quently  yield  blood  of  spec.  grav.  1058  or  even  1059,  while  in 
pregnant  women  the  specific  gravity  is  sometimes  as  low  as 

1 Burdach’s  Physiologie. 

3 Article  ‘ Blut,'  in  Wagner’s  Ilaudworterbucli,  vol.  1,  p.  82. 

3 Ilufeland’s  Journal,  1843. 


102 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


1045.  In  very  young  infants  tlie  blood  is  thin,  and  of  low 
specific  gravity ; according  to  Denis  the  blood  of  the  umbilical 
arteries  has  a specific  gravity  of  1075.  The  specific  gravity  of 
the  blood  of  numerous  animals  has  been  determined  by  Dr. 
J.  Davy1  and  by  Nasse.] 

I found  that  the  blood,  as  it  issues  from  the  aorta,  has 
a temperature  of  103°  in  the  ox,  and  990,5  in  the  pig. 
Thackray  places  the  temperature  of  the  blood  of  the  horse 
at  960,8,  of  the  ox  at  990,5,  of  the  sheep  at  101  G,3,  and 
of  the  duck  at  105° -8.  The  temperature  is  always  higher  in 
birds  than  in  the  mammalia.  The  observations  of  J.  Davy, 
Becquerel,  Breschet,  Mayer,  and  Saissy,  tend  to  show  that 
the  temperature  of  arterial  is  about  l°-8  higher  than  that  of 
venous  blood. 

Microscojnc  analysis  of  the  blood. 

If  the  blood  be  examined  with  the  microscope  (either  in  a 
transparent  living  part,  or  immediately  after  its  removal  from 
the  body),  it  will  be  seen  to  consist  of  a great  number  of 
yellow  corpuscles  swimming  in  a colourless  fluid.  In  the 
higher  animals  the  form  of  these  corpuscles  is  either  circular 
or  elliptic,  and  invariably  flattened. 

Under  a magnifying  power  of  300  diameters,  they  assume 
the  appearance  of  fig.  1 a in  the  blood  of  man  and  the  mam- 
malia, of  fig.  1 b in  the  blood  of  birds,  and  of  fig.  1 c in 
the  blood  of  fishes  and  amphibia.  Mliller2  found  the  greatest 
degree  of  flattening  in  reptiles,  amphibia,  and  fishes.  He 
found  that  in  frogs  the  thickness  does  not  measure  more  than 
one  eighth  to  one  tenth  of  the  long  diameter,  and  that  in  man 
it  measures  about  one  fourth  or  one  fifth  of  the  transverse 
diameter. 

In  addition  to  the  blood-corpuscles,  lymph-,  chyle-,  and 
sometimes  oil-globides  are  present.  The  first  two  are  round, 
of  a finely  granular  appearance,  and  about  the  size  of  the 
blood-corpuscles,  from  which  they  may  be  distinguished  by 
their  want  of  colour,  their  more  perfect  sphericity,  and  their 
granular  appearance. 

1 Anatomical  and  Physiological  Researches,  p.  2-1. 

2 Ilandbueh  <ler  Physiologie  des  Menschen,  vol.  1,  p.  105. 


BLOOD. 


103 


These  distinctions  are  sufficient  to  prevent  them  from 
being  mistaken  for  blood-globules.  Globules  of  oil  may  be 
immediately  recognized  by  their  well-defined  dark  edge,  and 
by  then1  great  refractive  power.  They  do  not  rotate,  and  are 
not  granular,  but  perfectly  transparent. 

The  size  of  the  blood-corpuscles  varies  in  different  animals. 

In  man,  the  diameter  varies,  according  to  Wagner, 1 from 
•0004  to  -0002  of  a French  inch ; according  to  Muller, 2 from 
•00035  to  '00023,  and  according  to  Schultz3,  from  ‘00036 
to  '00031.  The  thickness,  according  to  the  last  observer, 
may  be  estimated  at  -000085  of  the  same  measure.  Of  all 
the  mammalia,  the  ruminants  seem  to  possess  the  smallest 
blood-globules.  Wagner  has  given  the  following  proportions  : 
In  man  and  monkeys  —th  of  a line  = 3. 

Carnivora  . . ^th  of  a line  = 4. 

Ruminantia  . J^th  of  a line  = 5. 

In  addition  to  these  admeasurements,  the  following  are  de- 
serving of  notice:  Nasse  fixed  their  average  diameter  at  ‘00033, 
the  maxima  and  minima  being  '00036  and  '0003 ; Bowerbank 
places  their  average  diameter  at  from  '00035  to  '00027,  the 
extreme  limits  being  '00054  and  '00021  respectively ; Owen 
at  '00028 ; and  Gulliver  at  '0003  of  an  inch. 

The  dimensions  of  the  blood-corpuscles  in  the  following 
animals  have  been  measured  : 

Ape  (Simia  callitrix)  '000374  (Prevost  and  Dumas). 

Cat  '00028 ; dog  '00031  (Schultz) ; rat  and  mouse  about 
•00025  (Wagner). 

Sheep  -0002  (Schultz  and  Wagner) ; ox  '0002  (Schultz)  and 
•00024  (Wagner) ; goat  '00017 ; chamois  '0002  (Prevost  and 
Dumas);  horse  -00031 — '00027  (Schultz).  According  to  Wag- 
ner, the  diameter  in  rats,  mice,  hares,  and  squirrels,  varies 
from  -00025  to  '00020. 

The  blood-corpuscles  of  birds,  fishes,  and  amphibia  are  el- 
liptical. The  following  are  the  results  of  some  of  the  best 
authenticated  measurements : 

Common  fowl : length  -00062 ; breadth  -00036 ; thickness 
•00013  (Schultz).  According  to  Dumas  and  Prevost,  the  long 

1 Nachtriige  zur  Physiologic  dcs  Blutcs,  1838,  p.  5. 

* Physiologic  des  Menschcn,  vol.  1,  p.  106. 

3 System  dcr  Cirkulation,  p.  14. 

4 French  inches. 


104 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


diameter  in  the  pigeon,  duck,  and  goose,  varies  from  *0008  to 
•00044;  the  short  diameter  from  -0004  to  ‘00029.  Wagner 
estimates  the  two  diameters,  in  the  pigeon,  at  -0008  and  -00033 
respectively. 

We  find  the  largest  blood- corpuscles  in  fishes.  According 
to  Wagner1 2  the  largest  corpuscles,  at  present  observed,  are 
those  of  the  torpedo,  their  long  diameter  being  -002 ; in  the 
skate  he  found  them  to  vary  from  -001  to  -0012  in  length;  in 
the  loach  the  long  diameter  was  -0005 ; in  the  eel-pout, 
•00057 ; in  the  barbel  -00066,  the  short  diameter  in  this  case 
being  -0004. 

In  the  carp  the  long  diameter  is  4)005,  and  the  nucleus 
measures  -00012. 

In  the  plaice,  Schultz  estimated  the  long  and  short  diameters 
at  -00062,  and  -00043  respectively,  and  the  thickness  at  -00007. 

In  the  naked  amphibia  the  corpuscles  are  very  large.  In 
the  triton,  Dumas  and  Prevost  estimated  the  diameters  at 
•00128  and  -00078  respectively.  In  the  Salamandra  cristata, 
Schultz  found  that  the  diameters  were  -00138  and  -000804 
and  that  the  thickness  was  -000315.  In  the  frog,  the  same 
observer  estimated  the  length,  breadth,  and  thickness  at  -00108, 
and  -00058,  and  -000017. 

Of  all  the  amphibia,  the  water-snakes  appear  to  possess  the 
smallest  blood-corpuscles. 2 

The  instantaneous  effect  of  water  upon  the  blood-corpuscles 
is  very  remarkable,  and  is  easily  seen  under  the  microscope : 
they  swell,  become  globular,  lose  their  distinct  contour,  and  (if 
much  water  be  added,)  altogether  disappear.  If  however  the 
blood-corpuscles  have  nuclei  of  sufficient  magnitude  to  admit 
of  examination  (as  in  the  blood  of  fishes,  reptiles,  &c.),  these 
nuclei  will  be  seen  swimming  in  the  water  after  the  disappear- 
ance of  the  capsules. 

The  nuclei  may  be  separated  in  a similar  manner,  by  the 
addition  of  a little  acetic  acid.  The  acid  in  a few  minutes 
dissolves  the  hcemato-globulin,  and  assumes  a yellow  colour. 

1 Zur  vergleichenden  Pliysiologie  des  Blutes,  1833,  p.  14.  [The  largest  blood- 
corpuscles  do  not  occur  in  fishes,  as  stated  in  the  text,  but  in  some  of  the  naked  am- 
phibia. See  Wagner’s  Physiology,  p.  236,  English  edition.] 

2 A very  complete  account  of  the  sizes  of  the  blood-corpuscles  of  different  animals, 
as  far  as  they  had  been  then  ascertained,  may  be  found  in  Wagner’s  Nachtriige  zur 
Physiologic  des  Blutes,  1839,  p.  31. 


BLOOD. 


105 


If,  upon  the  addition  of  water,  the  blood-corpuscles  have 
swelled  to  such  a degree  as  to  be  imperceptible  under  the  mi- 
croscope, they  may  be  restored  to  their  pristine  form  by  the 
addition  of  a solution  of  sugar,  of  common  salt,  of  nitrate  of 
potash,  or  of  muriate  of  ammonia.  Schultz1  explains  this 
phenomenon  by  the  supposition  that  the  capsule  of  the  blood- 
corpuscle  is  an  organic  structure,  which  is  stimulated  to  con- 
traction by  the  above  solutions,  but  which  is  relaxed  or  ex- 
panded by  water.  In  confirmation  of  this  view,  he  observes 
that  the  licemato-globulin  is  not  precipitated  by  the  action  of 
the  sugar  or  salts.  Schultz  has  also  shown  that  when  the 
capsules  have  even  fallen  to  pieces  in  the  water,  the  addition 
of  a little  tincture  of  iodine,  diluted  with  water,  will  render 
their  fragments  visible. 

The  blood-corpuscles  do  not  always  present  a regular  num- 
mular and  flattened  appearance ; they  are  sometimes  plicated 
and  bent  in. 

The  cause  of  this  phenomenon  is  not  known,  but  it  is  pro- 
bably due  to  a contraction  of  the  capsule  at  different  points. 
One  of  the  most  peculiar  of  these  forms  is  that  in  which  the 
edge  of  the  blood-corpuscle  appears  as  if  it  were  studded  with 
minute  pearls.  In  the  blood  of  a patient  suffering  from 
Bright’s  disease,  I found  that  nearly  all  the  corpuscles  had 
undergone  this  modification.  On  the  addition  of  a solution 
of  muriate  of  ammonia,  the  appearance  it  presented  under  the 
microscope  was  very  striking.  I immediately  made  a counter- 
experiment  with  my  own  blood,  but  it  did  not  exhibit  the 
phenomenon  in  question. 

Ascherson2  has  offered  the  following  explanation  of  this 
peculiarity  in  the  form  of  the  corpuscle,  viz.,  that  it  is  due  to 
the  exudation  of  fat  which  exists  in  a fluid  state  in  the  blood- 
corpuscle. 

In  opposition  to  this  view,  it  may  be  urged,  that  if  each 
individual  corpuscle  contained  a separable  portion  of  fat  (how- 
ever minute  it  might  be),  we  should  obtain  in  our  analyses  a 
much  larger  quantity  of  fat  than  in  reality  we  do.  It  is  true 
that  the  dried  clot  yields  a larger  proportion  of  fat  than  an  equal 

1 Ueber  die  gehemmte  und  gesteigerte  Auflosung  der  verbrauchten  Blutbliischcn. 
Hufeland’s  Journal,  April  1838,  p.  18. 

2 Muller’s  Arcliiv,  1840.  Ueber  die  Bedeutung  der  Fettstoffe. 


106 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


weight  of  serum,  but  the  difference  is  by  no  means  so  striking 
as  it  would  have  been  if  Ascherson’s  theory  were  correct. 

Hiinefeld 1 has  observed  a similar  appearance  on  treating 
the  blood-corpuscles  of  the  frog  with  putrid  serum,  in  which 
granules  were  present.  The  granules  seemed  to  form  a sort 
of  girdle  round  the  corpuscle,  and  he  conceives  that  they 
penetrated  into  minute  depressions  upon  the  surface  of  the 
capsule.  If  this  statement  be  correct,  it  is  strongly  opposed 
to  the  observations  of  Ascherson  and  Wagner  respecting  the 
lubricity  and  evenness  of  the  blood-corpuscles. 

On  mixing  the  blood  of  a carp  with  a solution  of  sugar, 
and  on  the  cautious  addition  of  water,  I observed  that  the 
blood-corpuscles  assumed  a stellar  appearance. 

On  treating  frog’s  blood  with  bilin,  an  agent  which  usually 
dissolves  the  corpuscles,  I observed  that  some  of  them  resisted 
this  action  for  a considerable  period,  and  ultimately  assumed 
a pyriform  appearance,  while  others  became  narrowed  at  the 
centre,  and  extended  at  both  extremities.  Others,  again, 
seemed  to  undergo  an  internal  change,  and  appeared  as  if 
their  inner  surface  were  studded  with  minute  vesicles. 

Hiinefeld  made  a similar  observation  on  treating  frog’s 
blood  with  carbonate  of  ammonia.2 

The  same  chemist  observed  a remarkable  peculiarity  in  the 
corpuscles  of  human  blood,  on  the  addition  of  sulphate  of 
quinine.  In  the^  course  of  a few  minutes  they  assumed  an 
irregular,  angular  form,  and  appeared  as  if  their  sides  were 
drawn  together. 

Schultz3  has  made  the  following  important  microscopic  ob- 
servation. On  examining  the  blood-corpuscles  of  a salaman- 
der which  had  been  suffocated  in  carbonic  acid  gas,  they  were 
found  to  be  of  a darker  colour  than  usual;  the  darkness  was 
particularly  marked  on  some  spots,  so  that  they  exhibited  a 
sort  of  chequered  appearance. 

On  shaking  the  blood  with  oxygen  gas,  the  corpuscles  be- 
came brighter  and  more  transparent. 


1 Der  Cliemismus  in  tier  thierischen  Organisation,  p.  101. 

2 L.  c.,  p.  10G. 

3 System  der  Cirkulation,  p.  27. 


BLOOD. 


107 


a.  The  general  chemical  relations  of  the  blood. 

The  general  chemical  relations  of  the  blood-corpuscles. 

Midler  and  Scliultz  have  examined  the  action  of  various 
tests  on  the  blood-corpuscles.  Hiinefeld1  has  also  recently 
paid  much  attention  to  the  apparent  effect  produced  on  them 
by  numerous  medicinal  agents.  According  to  the  last-named 
author,  the  corpuscles  and  their  nuclei  are  soluble  in  the  fol- 
lowing substances : caustic  ammonia,  potash,  soda,  lime,  and 
baryta,  soap,  bile,  acetic  acid,  hydrocyanic  acid,  alcohol,  ether, 
oil  of  turpentine,  ethereal  oil,  and  sulphuret  of  carbon. 

The  capsules,  but  not  the  nuclei,  are  soluble  in  water,  in  all  the 
salts  of  ammonia,  the  carbonates  of  potash  and  soda,  cyanate 
of  potash,  borax,  chloride  of  barium,  chloride  of  calcium,  the 
salts  of  oxabc  and  hydrochloric  acids,  concentrated  vinegar,  and 
the  phosphoric,  arsenic,  oxalic,  citric,  and  hydrochloric  acids. 

Phosphorus,  chlorine,  and  iodine  produce  a similar  effect, 
probably  by  the  formation  of  an  acid. 

An  imperfect  solution  is  effected  by  flowers  of  sulphur,  tartrate 
of  ammonia,  borate  of  ammonia,  bromide  of  potassium,  and 
malic  acid. 

The  corpuscles  are  not  dissolved  by  carbonate  of  magnesia,  ve- 
ratrine,  strychnine,  acetate  of  morphine,  hydrochlorate  of  coneine, 
boracic  acid,  carbonic  acid,  nitrate  of  potash,  nitrate  of  soda, 
tartrate  of  soda,  phosphate  of  soda,  chloride  of  sodium,  sugar, 
gum,  sulphate  of  potash,  sulphate  of  magnesia,  sulphate  of  soda, 
tartar  emetic,  camphor,  anemonine. 

Hiinefeld  also  tried  the  effects  of  several  of  the  animal  fluids 
on  the  blood.  Saliva,  phthisical  sputa,  and  healthy  pus  pro- 
duced no  well-marked  changes.  Gastric  juice,  added  to  an 
excess  of  blood,  induced  a slight  coagulation,  and  changed  the 
red  colour  into  a brown.  The  extractive  matter  of  the  flesh  of 
rabbits  and  calves  produced  no  change  on  the  corpuscles,  but 
the  colour  assumed  a more  vermilion  tint,  and  the  corpuscles 
sank  sooner  than  usual.  Acid  whey,  concentrated  by  evapo- 
ration, produced  no  effect,  neither  did  the  pancreatic  juice  or 
gonorrhoeal  discharge.  Sweat,  taken  from  the  axilla,  changed 
the  colour  to  a lighter  red,  and,  in  the  course  of  some  hours, 


1 Der  Clieinismus,  u.  s.  w.,  p.  43-84. 


108 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


dissolved  the  corpuscles,  (possibly  through  the  influence  of  the 
ammoniacal  salts.) 

Pure  urea,  prepared  artificially,  induced  no  change  in  the 
colour,  hut  dissolved  the  corpuscles,  with  the  exception  of  the 
nuclei  and  a few  fragments  of  the  capsules. 

The  action  of  putrid  blood  and  serum  has  been  already 
noticed. 

Human  blood  does  not  appear  to  be  influenced  by  admixture 
with  the  blood  of  birds  or  frogs. 

The  bile  of  man,  quadrupeds,  birds,  fishes,  and  amphibia, 
exerts  an  active  soluble  influence  upon  the  corpuscles.  In 
some  observations  on  frog’s  blood,  Hiinefeld  noticed  that  the 
capsules  were  immediately  dissolved,  and  that  the  nuclei  re- 
mained unchanged  for  some  time,  but  ultimately  broke  up  into 
minute  granules  and  disappeared. 

The  effects  produced  by  coneia  appear,  from  Hiinefeld’s  ob- 
servation, to  be  very  singular. 

Coneine,  either  in  a state  of  solution  or  vapour,  reduces  the 
blood  to  a dirty  red  greasy  mass,  which,  under  the  microscope, 
resembles  dark  melted  wax,  and  in  which  no  corpuscles  can  be 
detected.  If  diluted  blood  be  treated  with  a little  coneine,  it 
remains  fluid,  but,  after  a short  time,  becomes  discoloured,  and 
throws  down  a brown  sediment.  The  blood  of  a rabbit,  poi- 
soned with  coneine,  exhibited  no  peculiarity. 

Arsenic  acid  produces  no  material  effect  upon  the  blood,  nor 
could  Hiinefeld  detect  any  alteration  in  the  corpuscles  of  a frog 
destroyed  by  this  agent. 

On  passing  hydrocyanic  acid,  in  a state  of  vapour,  into  the 
blood  of  a pig,  the  colour  became  more  vivid,  and  the  corpuscles 
remained  uninjured  for  a very  considerable  time.  A large 
quantity  of  blood,  which  was  treated  in  a similar  manner,  gave 
off  a strong  odour  of  the  acid  after  the  lapse  of  a year  and  a 
half,  and  did  not  exhibit  any  symptoms  of  putrefaction.  No 
change  could  be  observed  in  the  blood  of  a rabbit  poisoned 
with  this  agent. 

Chlorate  of  potash  does  not  produce  any  apparent  effect  for 
the  first  few  minutes  ; subsequently,  however,  the  blood  assumes 
a brighter  red  tint,  which  ultimately  passes  into  a brown.  An 
ounce  of  fresh  human  blood  was  mixed  with  eight  grains  of 
chlorate  of  potash.  Just  at  first  the  colour  became  rather 


BLOOD. 


109 


brighter,  but,  after  the  lapse  of  from  fifteen  minutes  to  an 
houi’,  it  became  darker  than  it  previously  was.  It  then  became 
of  a reddish  brown  colour,  and,  after  from  eight  to  sixteen 
hours,  it  was  converted  into  a pulpy  brownish-black  matter. 
The  blood  of  a cat  which  had  taken  a drachm  of  this  salt,  and 
had  afterwards  been  killed  with  cyanogen,  exhibited  no  peculiar 
appeai’ance. 

Hunefeld,  and  some  other  microscopists,  assert  that  acetic 
acid  dissolves  the  whole  of  the  corpuscle,  with  the  exception  of 
the  nucleus.  Miiller,  on  the  contrary,  maintains  that  in 
frog’s  blood  the  colouring  envelope  is  not  wholly  dissolved, 
but  may  still  be  frequently  observed  in  a pale  fine  line  surround- 
ing the  nucleus. 

The  following  are  my  own  observations  with  respect  to  this 
test.  If  a sufficient  quantity  of  acetic  acid  be  added  to  freshly 
drawn  blood,  so  as  to  give  it  a decidedly  acid  reaction,  and  if  the 
vessel  in  which  it  is  contained  be  submitted  to  a temperature 
of  about  88°  for  half  an  hoxir,  the  blood  becomes  changed 
into  a thick  tar-like  mass  of  a blackish  brown  colour. 

If  water  be  now  added,  and  the  mixture  carefully  stirred 
until  it  is  reduced  to  a magma  of  an  equal  consistence  through- 
out, we  find  that,  on  examining  a portion  of  this  mixtxrre  under 
the  microscope,  the  addition  of  some  more  water  does  not  dis- 
solve the  corpuscles;  in  fact,  they  are  no  longer  soluble  in 
water,  in  consequence  of  the  insoluble  compound  that  has 
been  formed  by  the  acetic  acid,  and  the  (casein-like)  globulin. 
If  a great  excess  of  water  be  added,  the  corpuscles  sink ; the 
albumen,  and  a great  portion  of  the  hsematin,  which  enter  into 
their  composition,  are  dissolved,  and  they  become  almost  per- 
fectly clear.  They  may  even  be  boiled  in  water,  without  any 
change  in  their  form  being  produced. 

When  boiled  in  acetic  acid  (unless  it  be  very  dilute),  they 
become  perfectly  dissolved,  with  the  exception  of  their  nuclei.1 

According  to  Miiller  and  Schultz,  a solution  of  caustic  am- 
monia dissolves  the  corpuscles  more  rapidly  than  a similar 
solution  of  caustic  potash.  The  same  observers  state  that 
alcohol  does  not  dissolve  them,  but  merely  produces  a slight 
contraction  or  puckering,  and  that  the  granules  of  albumen 


1 F.  Simon’s  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  des  Blutes,  in  Brandes’s  Arcliiv,  vol.  18,  p.  35. 


no 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


coagulated  by  this  reagent  cloud  the  field  of  vision,  and  render 
the  corpuscles  indistinct.  I have  also  found  that  neither  abso- 
lute alcohol,  nor  alcohol  of  -835,  elfect  the  solution  of  the  cor- 
puscles. 

It  has  been  found  by  Schultz,  Hiinefeld,  and  myself,  that 
the  blood-corpuscles  dissolve  upon  the  addition  of  a small  quan- 
tity of  ether.  A quantity  corresponding  in  volume  to  from 
one  third  to  one  half  of  the  blood  is  perfectly  sufficient.  This 
experiment  has  been  successfully  repeated  upon  the  blood  of 
man,  the  ox,  the  frog,  and  the  carp. 

If  the  experiment  be  performed  in  a test-glass,  it  will  be 
observed  that  the  colour  of  the  blood  veiy  soon  becomes  deep- 
ened, but  that  ultimately  the  whole  fluid  becomes  transparent. 
The  ether  does  not  separate  diming  this  process. 

If  a portion  of  this  mixture  be  covered  with  a slip  of  thin 
glass,  and  examined  under  the  microscope,  no  corpuscles,  but 
simply  the  nuclei,  are  discernible.  The  nuclei  in  the  blood  of 
man  and  the  ox  cannot  be  clearly  seen  on  account  of  the  colour- 
ing matter  that  is  always  present ; they  may,  however,  be  always 
distinctly  observed  in  the  blood  of  the  frog  or  the  carp  for  a 
considerable  time. 

A mixture  of  ether  and  blood,  kept  in  a stoppered  vessel  for 
some  time,  became  thick,  assumed  a greasy  appearance,  and 
was  no  longer  fit  for  the  experiment ; neither  could  a satis- 
factory result  be  obtained  on  shaking  blood  with  an  excess  of 
ether ; for  then  the  ether  took  up  the  water  of  the  blood,  and 
thus  reduced  that  fluid  to  a state  of  thickness. 

On  pouring  off  the  ether  from  a known  quantity  of  blood 
with  which  it  had  been  continuously  stirred  for  twenty-four 
hours,  and  submitting  the  blood  to  a single  washing  with  ether, 
I was  astonished  to  find  that  from  the  two  ethereal  solutions 
I obtained  quite  as  large  a quantity  of  fat  as  I should  have  done 
by  the  repeated  extraction  of  a corresponding  portion  of  dried 
and  finely-powdered  blood  with  boiling  ether.  On  treating 
pure  liquid  serum  of  the  same  blood  in  a similar  manner,  the 
quantity  of  fat  obtained  did  not  differ  from  the  quantity 
obtained  from  the  perfect  blood,  in  a ratio  sufficient  to  justify 
the  supposition,  that  the  capsules  are  composed  of  fat. 

I can  also  confirm  TIunefeld’s  observation  respecting  the 
influence  of  bile  upon  the  blood.  On  the  addition  of  fresh  bile, 


BLOOD. 


Ill 


the  blood  immediately  becomes  clear,  and  the  corpuscles  dis- 
appear. In  consequence  of  the  viscidity  of  ordinary  bile,  I 
experimented  with  pure  bilin. 

Upon  the  addition  of  a little  partially  dried  bilin  to  the 
blood  of  man,  the  calf,  the  tench,  or  the  frog,  the  fluid  becomes, 
after  a little  stirring,  thick,  almost  gelatinous,  capable  of  being 
drawn  out  into  threads,  and  no  corpuscles  can  be  seen  in  it.  If 
a minute  drop  of  frog’s  blood,  in  which  the  corpuscles  have 
been  thus  dissolved,  be  brought  in  contact,  and  suffered  to  mix 
with  a fresh  drop  of  blood  from  the  same  animal,  an  interesting 
microscopic  object  is  afforded.  After  the  first  intense  action  is  > 
over,  the  corpuscles  are  seen  to  move  about  slowly,  or  to  be  in 
a state  of  rest,  and  gradually  to  disappear.  The  solution  of 
the  capsule  (not  of  the  nucleus)  occurs  so  instantaneously  that 
the  eye  cannot  trace  the  reaction.  The  nucleus  always  remains 
as  a granular  mulberry-like  corpuscle.  It  becomes  gradually  paler 
and  paler,  enlarging  itself  visibly  at  the  same  time,  and  at  last  its 
existence  can  only  be  ascertained  by  its  brightness.  I have 
never  succeeded  in  observing  the  decomposition  of  the  nucleus 
into  its  constituent  parts,  which  has  been  described  by  Hiincfeld, 
although  I have  carefully  repeated  his  experiments.  I usually 
observed,  however,  that  at  those  points  where  many  corpuscles 
had  disappeared,  numerous  minute  points  were  visible,  of  which 
the  larger  ones  displayed  a lively  molecular  motion.  In  those 
instances  in  which  the  corpuscles  resisted  the  solvent  power  of 
the  bilin  for  a considerable  time  (possibly  in  consequence  of 
the  reagent  being  applied  in  too  dilute  a state),  they  often  as- 
sumed very  peculiar  forms ; appearing  as  if  they  were  twisted, 
and  extended  longitudinally  in  one  direction,  or  variously 
coloured  in  the  interior.  (Vide  supra,  p.  106.) 

I have  formerly  noticed  the  solvent  power  of  olive  oil  upon 
the  corpuscles.1  I shook  a quantity  of  the  blood  of  a calf,  which 
had  been  allowed  to  flow  from  the  vein  into  a vessel  one  quarter 
full  of  olive  oil,  until  the  blood  was  perfectly  cool.  No  cor- 
puscles could  then  be  detected.  Whipt  blood  exhibits  the  same 
phenomenon;  but  in  this  case  it  is  requisite  that  the  oil  should 
remain  for  a longer  period  in  contact  with  the  blood.  This 
fact  has  also  been  noticed  by  Magendie.2 

1 Pharmaceutisches  Centralblatt,  1839,  p.  672. 

3 Lemons  sur  le  Sang,  ct  les  alterations  de  cet  liquide,  par  Magendie.  Bruxelles, 
1839.  p.  244. 


112 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


b.  The  general  chemical  relations  of  the  colouring  matter  of 
the  blood  (Hcematin.) 

The  red  colouring  matter  of  the  blood  is  contained,  in  all 
probability,  in  a state  of  solution  in  the  corpuscles,  an  opinion 
which  is  also  supported  by  Muller,  Schultz,  and  Reichert.  If, 
in  the  examination  of  frog’s  blood,  one  corpuscle  be  observed  to 
move  over  another,  the  lower  can  be  distinctly  perceived  through 
the  upper  one.  Moreover,  the  instantaneous  solution  of  the 
corpuscles  by  means  of  bilin  supports  this  view ; for,  if  their 
contents  were  gelatinous  or  solid,  the  act  of  solution  would  be 
observed  to  progress  from  the  circumference  to  the  centre,  and 
would  admit  of  being  observed  by  the  microscope. 

Hiinefeld1  seems  to  support  the  opinion  that  the  colouring 
matter  exists  in  an  insoluble  form,  attached  to  the  inner  surface 
of  the  capsules.  If,  however,  this  were  the  case,  the  blood- 
corpuscles  would  appear  more  opaque  than  they  do.  The 
observations  of  Hiinefeld  and  others  show  that  the  follow- 
ing substances  heighten  the  red  colour  of  the  blood : cold 
water-extract  of  the  flesh  of  rabbits  and  calves  (having  an  acid 
reaction)  communicates  a vermilion  colour  to  the  blood.  It 
becomes  of  a deep  garnet  red  by  the  carbonate,  cyanate,  and 
nitrate  of  ammonia,  and  less  intensely  by  the  saliva,  phthisical 
sputa,  gonorrhoeal  matter,  sweat,  hydrocyanic  acid,  the  carbo- 
nates of  soda  and  potash,  and  bicarbonate  of  soda. 

A brown  tinge  may  be  produced  by  the  agency  of  several 
substances  for  instance,  by  all  free  acids,  by  sugar  of  milk, 
oil  of  bitter  almonds,  ammonia,  boracic  acid,  carbonate  of  mag- 
nesia, tartrate  of  potash,  bromide  of  potassium,  sulphate  of 
magnesia,  chloride  of  strontium,  nitrate  of  strontia,  lactate  of 
iron,  phosphorus,  iodine,  &c. 

The  alkalies,  alkaline  earths,  and  sulphuret  of  potassium 
produce  a green  tint.  It  becomes  entirely  decolorized  by  the 
action  of  coneine  and  oil  of  turpentine. 

c.  The  general  chemical  relations  of  the  nuclei  of  the 
blood-corpuscles. 

The  similarity  of  the  constitution  of  the  nuclei  to  coagulated 
fibrin  has  been  long  observed.  Hiinefeld,2  however,  conceives 

1 L.  c.,  p.  104.  5 Der  Cliemismus,  u.  s.  w.,  p.  108. 


BLOOD. 


113 


that  corpuscles,  instead  of  consisting  of  fibrin,  are  mainly 
composed  of  fatty  matter  (either  cliolesterin  or  some  allied 
substance),  combined  with  albumen,  as  occurs  in  the  yelk 
of  eggs.  In  this  view  I cannot  coincide,  although  I fully 
believe  that  albumen  and  fat  do  take  a very  active  part  in 
the  formation  of  all  the  animal  tissues,  and,  consequently, 
in  the  production  of  the  blood- corpuscles.  In  this  instance, 

the  formative  process  has  advanced  so  far  that  we  can  expect 
to  find  the  original  materials  of  formation  present  in  only  very 
small  quantities.  It  is  true  that  the  fibrin  and  the  blood- 
corpuscles  contain  a greater  relative  proportion  of  fat  than  the 
other  constituents  of  the  blood ; yet  even  in  fibrin  the  propor- 
tion amounts  to  only  5g,  and  the  fat  cannot  therefore  be  re- 
garded as  a preponderating  constituent  of  this  substance.  That 
the  fat  is  not  actually  cliolesterin  seems  pretty  clear  from  the 
fact  of  the  ready  solubility  of  the  corpuscles  in  caustic  potash. 

The  diameter  of  the  nucleus  is  usually  about  one-fourth  or 
one-fifth  of  the  diameter  of  the  blood-corpuscle.  In  the 
amphibia  it  varies  from  ‘002  to  '005 ; in  fishes,  from  ‘0016  to 
•0025  ; in  birds,  its  length  is  about  -002,  and  in  the  mammalia 
•0008  of  a line. 

I have  made  the  following  observations  with  regard  to  the 
nuclei  in  the  blood  of  man,1  the  carp,  and  the  frog.  The 
nuclei  in  the  frog  appear,  after  the  solution  of  the  capsule  and 
hsemato-globulin,  as  partly  elliptical  and  partly  cylindrical. 
After  washing  them  for  a day  or  two  in  order  to  remove  the 
colouring  matter  and  albumen,  they  assume  a more  spherical 
form,  and  most  of  them  present  a granulated  appearance  on 
the  surface.  I cannot,  however,  positively  assert  that  granular 
cells  were  present,  nor  did  I observe  the  nuclei  separate  into 
distinct  portions  during  this  treatment.  The  nuclei,  even 
when  moist,  were  not  soluble  in  boiling  ether.  When  dried, 
moistened  with  water,  and  then  observed  under  the  micro- 
scope, several  nuclei  were  seen  floating  about,  apparently  un- 
altered ; many  were,  however,  connected  together  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  prevent  their  whole  outline  from  being  apparent. 
Upon  treating  the  dry  nuclei  with  ether,  appearances  similar 

1 I allude  to  the  nearly  colourless  sediment  'which  may  he  obtained  by  washing 
blood  with  a large  quantity  of  water,  and  which  is  found  to  contain  lymph-corpuscles 
and  fragments  of  capsules. 


8 


114 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


to  those  already  described  were  perceived.  Moist  nuclei  dis- 
solved readily  in  caustic  potash ; if  the  solution  be  supersatu- 
rated with  concentrated  acetic  acid,  and  heated,  an  imperfect 
solution  of  the  matter,  precipitated  by  the  acid,  occurs  ; a very 
small  quantity  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  will,  however,  readily 
dissolve  the  whole.  On  treating  the  filtered  solution  with 
tannin,  a copious  precipitate  was  thrown  down;  ferrocvanide 
of  potassium  caused  a mere  turbidity,  or  very  slight  deposit. 
Similar  observations  were  made  on  the  nuclei  of  carp’s  blood, 
but  the  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  caused  less  turbidity  than  in 
the  former  case.  The  nuclei  of  human  blood  are  scarcely  dis- 
cernible in  the  viscid  sediment.  The  effect  of  reagents  was 
much  the  same  as  in  the  former  cases. 

Hence  we  are  led  to  infer  that  the  blood-corpuscles  are 
chiefly  formed  of  a substance  closely  related  to  the  protein- 
compounds,  although  not  identical  with  any  of  them  : possibly 
the  nuclei  may  be  converted  into  fibrin,  soluble  in  the  liquor 
sanguinis,  after  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles  has 
been  accomplished.  On  heating  the  nuclei  on  platina  foil,  a 
fatty  smell  is  first  observed,  and  then  an  odour  resembling  that 
of  burning  albumen.  Upon  heating  them  in  a test-tube,  and 
applying  litmus  paper,  the  red  colour  is  soon  changed  to  a 
strongly-marked  blue.  The  ash  has  a reddish  appearance,  and 
consists  of  peroxide  of  iron,  lime,  and  phosphoric  acid. 


d.  The  general  chemical  relations  of  the  plasma  ( liquor 

sanguinis) . 

The  plasma  of  living  blood  exists  as  a clear  fluid,  in  which 
the  corpuscles  are  seen  to  float.  If  the  blood  has  been 
removed  for  some  time  from  the  body,  the  fibrin  separates 
from  the  plasma.  This  separation  appears  to  take  place  simul- 
taneously and  uniformly  throughout  the  whole  of  the  blood. 
As  the  fibrin  contracts,  it  entangles  the  corpuscles ; the  subse- 
quent contraction  tends  to  expel  the  serum,  and  thus  the  clot 
is  produced.  The  clot,  at  first  soft  and  gelatinous,  becomes 
gradually  more  consistent,  and  ultimately  appears  as  a mass, 
capable  of  a certain  degree  of  resistance,  and  floating  in  the 
serum. 

There  are  certain  pathological  conditions,  under  which  the 


BLOOD. 


115 


blood  cannot  hold  the  corpuscles  in  suspension.  There  is 
then  formed,  previously  to  the  separation  of  the  fibrin,  a layer 
of  yellow  plasma  above  the  sunken  blood-corpuscles,  in  which 
(i.  e.  in  the  plasma),  upon  the  subsequent  coagulation,  a cer- 
tain quantity  of  fibrin  separates  (crusta  inflammatoria) . 

In  some  observations  on  the  blood  of  a cachectic  horse, 
made  during  the  summer,  I found  that  the  corpuscles  sunk  so 
rapidly  in  the  tumbler  in  which  the  fluid  was  received,  that  a 
layer  of  plasma  was  formed,  amounting  to  nearly  two  thirds 
of  the  whole  volume  of  the  blood,  previously  to  the  coagulation 
of  the  fibrin.  The  fibrin,  which  was  present  in  large  quantity, 
then  began  to  coagulate,  and  after  some  time  a solid  cylinder 
of  coagulated  plasma  was  formed,  which  resisted  a consider- 
able degree  of  pressure,  and  under  which  the  uncoagulated 
blood-corpuscles  were  distributed. 

In  some  pathological  states  the  blood  contains  mere  traces 
of  fibrin ; in  these  cases  no  clot  is  formed ; we  observe  merely 
the  separation  of  a few  dark  gelatiniform  flocculi. 

The  coagulation  of  the  plasma  is  a consequence  of  the 
cessation  of  the  vitality  of  the  blood;  hence  it  occurs  not 
merely  in  blood  abstracted  from  the  living  body,  but  after 
death,  and  under  some  peculiar  circumstances,  in  the  vessels 
themselves.  It  is  independent  of  external  influences,  for  it 
occurs  equally  in  ordinary  air,  in  vacuo,  and  in  various  gaseous 
atmospheres.  It  may  be  accelerated  or  impeded  by  certain 
agents,  and  may  even  be  altogether  prevented;  the  blood, 
however,  when  prevented  from  coagulating  in  this  manner,  is 
in  a state  very  different  from  that  in  which  it  previously  existed 
in  the  body,  the  fibrin  having  undergone  a chemical  change. 


The  retardation  or  prevention  of  coagulation .t 

Fresh  blood  becomes  solid  below  32°,  without  the  coagula- 
tion of  the  fibrin,  which  however  occurs  after  thawing. 


1 [A  full  account  of  the  various  experiments  by  John  Hunter,  Davy,  Prater,' Scuda- 
moie,  and  others,  on  the  effects  of  various  agents  upon  the  coagulation  of  the  blood, 
to  the  period  it  was  written,  may  be  found  in  Ancell’s  seventh  lecture  “ on  the  Phy- 
siology and  Pathology  of  the  Blood.”  Lancet,  1840.] 


116 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  blood  of  frozen  and  apparently  dead  frogs  remains  fluid, 
and  the  same  is  the  case  in  hybernating  animals,  in  which  the 
temperature  of  the  blood  is  reduced  to  that  of  cold-blooded 
animals.1 

The  coagulation  of  the  blood  is  retarded  by  contact  with 
animal  membranes  j it  will  remain  fluid  in  tied  arteries  for  the 
space  of  three  hours.  Blood  which  has  been  infused  into  the 
cellular  tissue  will  remain  fluid  for  weeks.  Schultz  has  ob- 
served that  blood  which  has  collected  in  the  intestines  remains 
fluid  for  a long  time ; moreover,  the  blood  which  has  been 
abstracted  by  leeches  does  not  coagulate,  as  long  as  it  remains 
in  the  body  of  the  animal.2 

Gerhard,  Ilufeland,  and  Kielmeyer  have  shown  that  blood 
through  which  an  electric  current  is  continuously  passed  re- 
mains fluid  for  a long  time.  Schubeler  also  showed  that 
positive  electricity  hinders  the  coagulation  of  the  blood ; more- 
over, the  blood  of  animals  killed  by  electricity  or  lightning 
does  not  coagulate. 

The  following  salts  hinder  the  coagulation  of  the  fibrin, 
according  to  Hewson,3  Schultz,4  and  Hamburger V’  observa- 
tions : sulphate  of  soda,  chloride  of  sodium,  nitrate  of  potash, 
chloride  of  potassium,  acetate  of  potash,  and  borax,  if  they  be 
added  in  the  proportion  of  half  an  ounce  to  six  ounces  of 
blood.  If  however  the  blood  be  diluted  with  double  the  quan- 

tity of  water,  the  fibrin  coagulates.  (Hewson.)  The  carbo- 
nates and  acetates  prevent  the  coagulation  of  the  blood,  in 
all  degrees  of  concentration.  With  regard  to  the  action  of 
the  sulphates,  a concentrated  solution  appears  to  retard  the 
coagulation ; a dilute  solution,  on  the  contrary,  to  accelerate  it. 
(Hamburger.)  The  same  appears  to  be  the  case  with  respect 
to  the  tai’trates  and  borates. 

The  following  metallic  salts  impede  the  coagulation  of  the 
fibrin : sulphate  of  copper,  ammoniaco-sulphate  of  copper,  sul- 
phate of  the  protoxide  of  iron,  chloride  of  iron,  ferrocyanide 


1 Schultz,  op.  cit.  p.  80. 

2 L.  c.,  pp.  64  and  81. 

3 Disquisitio  experimentalis  de  sanguinis  natura.  L.  B.  1785. 

4 Op.  cit. 

3 Experimentorum  circa  sanguinis  coagulationem  specimen  primum  diss.  iuaug. 
auct.  Hamburger.  Berolini,  1839. 


BLOOD. 


117 


of  potassium,  acetate  of  lead,  and  tartrate  of  antimony  and 
potash.1 

Magendie’s2  observations  differ  considerably  from  the  above. 
He  arranges  in  a tabular  form3  the  following  salts  which  tend 
to  impede  the  coagulation  of  the  blood : the  alkaline  car- 
bonates, nitrate  of  potash,  and  nitrate  of  lime.  All  observers 
agree  that  the  free  alkalies  completely  prevent  the  coagulation. 

The  observations  of  Schultz,  Magendie,  and  Hamburger 
show  that  dilute  miueral  and  vegetable  acids  prevent  the 
coagulation  of  the  blood,  which  however  thickens,  and  assumes 
a syrupy  or  oily  appearance.  These  statements  have  been 
confirmed  by  myself. 

The  following  non-mineral  reagents  have  been  observed  by 
Magendie  to  prevent  or  impede  the  coagulation  of  the  fibrin  : 
nitrate  of  stiychnine,  nitrate  of  morphine,  and  nicotine.  This 
statement,  as  far  as  regards  the  nitrate  of  strychnine,  has  been 
denied  by  Hamburger.3 

Hunter  observed  that  the  coagulation  was  retarded  by  the 
addition  of  a solution  of  opium,  a statement  however  which  is 
not  confirmed  by  Hamburger.  The  latter  observer  notices 
the  effect  which  is  produced  by  the  addition  of  bile,  in  pre- 
venting the  coagulation. 

Acceleration  of  the  coagulation . 

The  coagulation  of  the  fibrin  is  accelerated,  or  at  any  rate 
not  impeded,  by  a temperature  higher  than  that  of  the  living 
blood.  According  to  Hewson,  it  takes  place  most  rapidly  at 
from  114°  to  120°.  Scudamore  and  Schroder  van  der  Kolk 
assert  that  the  coagulation  is  accelerated  by  electricity  and 
galvanic  currents,  which  however  is  opposed  to  the  previous 
observations  of  Kielmeyer  and  others.  Contact  with  atmo- 
spheric air  hastens  the  coagulation. 

According  to  Hamburger,  no  influence,  either  in  accele- 

1 Schultz  remarked  that  hydrochlorate  of  ammonia,  sulphate  of  potash,  and  sul- 
phate of  magnesia,  retain  the  blood  in  a state  of  fluidity,  and  that  even  the  addition 

of  a large  quantity  of  water  does  not  produce  coagulation.  After  the  addition  of 
sulphate  of  soda,  the  blood  could  only  be  prevented  from  gelatinising  by  constant 
stirring,  a step  that  was  not  requisite  with  the  other  salts. 

3 Lemons  sur  le  Sang.  Bruxelles,  1839. 

3 Op.  cit.  p.  249.  3 lb.  p.  45. 


118 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


rating  or  impeding  the  coagulation,  is  exerted  by  sulphate  of 
lime,  chlorate  of  potash,  or  iodide  of  iron.1 2 

According  to  Magendie  and  Hamburger,  the  coagulation  is 
accelerated  by  acetate  of  morphine.  The  former  observer  states 
that  water,  a watery  solution  of  sugar,  the  fluid  of  dropsy, 
Seidlitz  and  Vichy  waters,  alcohol,  ether,  and  mannite ; and 
the  latter,  that  decoctions  of  digitalis,  and  tobacco,  solution  of 
tannin,  iodine,  solution  of  sugar,  gum  arahic,  starch,  and  fresh 
urine,  have  a similar  effect.3 

ON  THE  CHEMICAL  PHYSIOLOGY  OP  THE  BLOOD. 

On  the  formation  of  the  blood. 

The  formation  of  the  blood,  and  especially  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles,  has  been  made  a subject  of  careful  and  laborious 
research  by  many  of  the  best  microscopic  observers  of  the 
present  age,  amongst  whom  we  may  enumerate  the  names 
of  Schultz,  Baumgartner,  Valentin,  Reichert,  Wagner,  and 
Schwann. 

[As  the  physiological  details  connected  with  this  subject 
belong  strictly  to  the  physiology  rather  than  to  the  chemistry 
of  the  blood,  we  shall  content  ourselves  with  a brief  statement 
of  all  that  is  known  with  any  degree  of  certainty  regarding 
this  obscure  and  intricate  process. 

Capillary  vessels  are  developed  by  the  stellated  union  of  a 
certain  set  of  blastodermic  or  germinal  cells ; and  no  sooner 
are  capillary  or  other  vessels  formed,  than  a kind  of  blood  is 
found  in  them.  The  corpuscles  of  that  blood  differ  from  those 
of  the  adult  in  being  considerably  larger,  more  spherical  and 
granular,  and  in  containing  a distinct  nucleus.  There  is  pro- 
bably an  external  envelope.  The  granules  unite  or  amalga- 
mate, so  as  to  form  the  coloured  or  clear  part  of  the  blood- 
corpuscle,  while  the  nucleus  remains.  See  fig.  2.] 

Although  much  light  has  recently  been  thrown  on  the 
formation  of  the  blood-corpuscle  in  the  embryo,  we  are  still 

1 Magendie  observed  that  the  coagulation  is  hastened  by  the  addition  of  the  chlo- 
rides of  potassium,  sodium,  ammonium,  and  barium ; of  bicarbonate  of  soda,  sulphate 
of  magnesia,  borax,  nitrate  of  silver,  iodide  of  p otassium,  and  the  cyanides  of  gold 
and  mercury. 

2 [A  summary  of  Mr.  Blake’s  experiments  outlie  effects  of  various  salts,  &c.  on  the 

blood,  is  given  in  Williams’s  Principles  of  Medicine,  page  99.] 


BLOOD. 


119 


unfortunately  almost  entirely  deficient  in  positive  information 
regarding  the  formation  of  the  blood-corpuscles  in  the  mature 
individual.  That  blood-corpuscles  are  formed  in  adults,  cannot 
admit  of  a doubt ; for  we  see  that  the  mass  of  the  blood,  and 
consequently  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  is  continually  increasing 
from  the  moment  that  blood  is  first  produced  in  the  embryo, 
up  to  the  period  of  full  corporeal  development.  Moreover,  in- 
dependently of  any  considerations  founded  on  the  increased 
mass  of  the  blood,  a continuous  formation  of  blood-corpuscles 
is  obviously  necessary  to  compensate  for  the  waste  and 
consumption  of  blood  dependent  on  the  exercise  of  the  vital 
functions.  The  immense  quantities  of  extractive  matters 
(abounding  in  nitrogen  and  carbon), — of  urea,  uric  acid, 
bile,  mucus,  and  fat,  which  are  daily  secreted  in  the  urine, 
fteces,  and  mucous  discharges,  together  with  the  considerable 
amount  of  carbon  which  is  given  off  as  carbonic  acid  in 
the  process  of  respiration, — must  all  be  refunded  to  the 
system  by  the  blood.  To  this  it  may  be  objected,  that  the 
supply  takes  place  on  the  part  of  the  plasma,  which  alone 
therefore  would  require  to  exist  in  a state  of  continuous  in- 
crease, while  the  corpuscles  coexist,  and  are  coeval  with  the 
individual  in  whose  blood  they  occur.  Such  a view  is,  how- 
ever, at  variance  with  all  the  phenomena  of  the  higher  stages 
of  existence;  for  no  tissue  or  portion  of  the  body,  solid  or 
fluid,  is  allowed  to  remain  unchanged  or  unendowed  with  vi- 
tality. The  necessity  for  the  consumption  and  reproduction 
of  the  blood-corpuscles  has  never  yet  been  disputed,  but  various 
theories  have  been  propounded  by  different  physiologists  re- 
garding the  seat  of  their  formation  and  their  mode  of  organic 
development  or  metamorphosis. 

Hewson  endeavours  to  show  that  the  spleen  is  the  principal 
organ  in  which  the  blood-corpuscles  are  formed,  and  that  they 
are  produced  from  lymph-granules.  Although  the  functions 
of  the  spleen  are  not  even  at  the  present  day  properly  deter- 
mined, it  is  an  established  fact  that  the  spleen  may  be  extir- 
pated, and  the  formation  of  blood  not  be  impeded ; moreover, 
the  red  colour  of  the  lymph,  upon  which  Hewson  strengthens 
his  opinion,  has  not  always  been  observed.1  Schultz2  con- 

1 J.  Muller’s  Handbuch  der  Physiologie,  vol.  1,  p.  573. 

3 System  der  Cirkulation,  p.  37. 


120 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


siders  that  the  blood-corpuscles  are  formed  in  the  lymphatic 
glands,  and  conveyed  by  the  ductus  thoracicus  into  the  blood. 
He  states  that  the  chyle  which  is  found  in  the  vessels  issuing 
from  the  glands,  contains  clear,  round,  oily  vesicles,  and 
granular  lymph- corpuscles.  The  diameter  of  the  granular 

lymph-corpuscles  in  horses  and  rabbits  varies  from  -0005  to 
•0008  of  a line ; and  they  are  so  similar  to  the  nuclei  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles,  as  to  render  it  very  probable  that  the  latter  are  de- 
rived from  them.  In  the  lymph  of  the  ductus  thoracicus  of 
rabbits  and  horses,  we  find  actual  blood-corpuscles,  as  well  as 
the  transparent  and  granular  lymph-corpuscles ; these  blood- 
corpuscles,  however,  possess  more  tender,  and  not  perfectly 
flattened  capsules,  and  a much  smaller  amount  of  colouring 
matter  than  when  they  have  arrived  at  maturity.  They  are 
consequently  paler  and  more  transparent  than  at  a subsequent 
period,  and  the  nucleus  may  be  inclosed  more  or  less  closely 
in  the  capsule.  The  lymph- corpuscles  and  the  nuclei  of  the 
blood-corpuscles  present  a very  close  analogy,  for  they  both 
vary  in  size,  and,  to  use  Schultz’s  own  words,  “ it  cannot  be 
doubted  that  the  blood-corpuscles  are  produced  by  the  forma- 
tion of  a coloured  capsule  around  the  lymph-globules.”1 

These  blood-corpuscles  could  not  have  been  transmitted 
there  by  blood-vessels ; their  difference  from  the  mature  cor- 
puscle, and  their  slight  amount  of  colouring  matter,  are  opposed 
to  such  a supposition.  Since  lymph-corpuscles  also  pass  into 
the  blood,  the  formation  of  blood-corpuscles  from  them  in  the 
blood-vessels  cannot  be  denied ; it  may  however  happen  that 
they  are  again  conducted  by  the  blood  to  the  lymphatic  glands, 
where  their  metamorphosis  is  completed.  In  a more  recent 
work  on  the  Blood,2  Schultz  states  that  the  coloured  capsule  of 
the  blood-corpuscle  is  principally  formed  in  the  process  of  re- 
spiration. There  is  much  in  favour  of  this  view,  for  we  know 
that  the  blood  can  only  obtain  its  nutriment  through  the 
ductus  thoracicus,  and  it  seems  obvious  that  the  conditions 
necessary  for  the  formation  of  the  blood-corpuscles  must  be  as- 
sociatedwith  the  circumstance  of  the  derivation  of  the  nutriment 
from  this  source.  Moreover,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  in  conse- 

1 L.  c.,  p.  45. 

2 Ueber  die  gelieinmte  Auflosung  und  Ausscheidung  der  verbrauchten  Blutblasclien. 
Hufeland’s  Journal,  April  1838. 


BLOOD. 


121 


quence  of  the  continuous  supply  of  chyle  which  is  afforded  to  the 
blood,  the  lymph-corpuscles  would  speedily  predominate,  unless 
they  underwent  some  metamorphosis,  and  assumed  another  form  ; 
but  in  reality  the  number  of  lymph-corpuscles  in  the  blood  is 
comparatively  small.  Although  the  lymphatic  glands  may  be 
regarded  as  in  some  degree  the  seat  of  formation  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles,  it  must  by  no  means  he  supposed  that  the  latter  issue 
from  these  glands  in  a perfectly  developed  state ; their  ultimate 
maturity  is  obtained  in  the  blood,  and  they  aid  in  the  support 
of  its  independent  vitality.  Henle,  who  likewise  coincides  in 
the  view  just  given,  as  I know  from  a personal  communication 
with  him,  has  minutely  studied  the  formation  of  the  blood- 
corpuscle  from  the  lymph- corpuscle,  and  the  transitions  of 
the  latter  to  a state  of  maturity.  He  regards  the  lymphatic 
glands  as  the  chief,  although  not  the  exclusive  seat  of 
formation  of  the  blood-corpuscles.  Although  the  chyle 
does  not  contain  a sufficient  number  of  matured  blood-cor- 
puscles to  allow  us  to  recognize  their  presence  by  its  external 
appearance,  we  must  remember  that  during  its  continuous  dis- 
charge into  the  subclavian  vein,  a considerable  number  of 
blood-corpuscles  may  in  a certain  time  he  conveyed  into  the 
blood : that  the  blood-corpuscles  which  are  contained  in  the 
chyle  are  formed  in  the  organs  of  chylification,  and  are  not 
conveyed  thither  by  arteries  or  veins,  is  clear  from  our  knowledge 
of  the  connexions  between  the  vascular  and  capillary  systems. 

It  is  pretty  generally  allowed  that  the  process  of  respiration 
is  essentially  requisite  for  the  further  development  of  the 
young  blood-corpuscles,  after  their  formation  in  the  lymphatic 
glands.  J.  Miiller,  in  his  chapter  on  the  formation  of  the 
blood,  expresses  himself  to  the  effect  that  the  contents  of  the 
lymphatics,  namely  the  clear  lymph  and  the  whitish  chyle,  are 
the  materials  for  the  formation  of  the  blood,  and  that  this 
formation  is  carried  on  not  in  any  one  particular  organ,  but 
under  the  combined  influence  of  the  vital  functions  generally. 
This  view  corresponds  with  the  former,  if  in  the  materials  for 
the  formation  of  the  blood  we  understand  the  young  blood- 
corpuscles,  (i.  e.  the  lymph-  and  chyle-corpuscles  which  are  to 
be  changed  into  blood-corpuscles,)  and  the  plasma,  which  is 
still  almost  destitute  of  fibrin.  If,  however,  the  lymph-  and 
chyle-corpuscles  arc  regarded  as  having  no  connexion  with  the 


122 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


genesis  of  tlie  blood-corpuscles,  then  it  is  distinct  from  the 
previous  views.  Reichert  in  his  work  on  Development,  has 
said  nothing  respecting  the  formation  of  blood-corpuscles  in 
the  adult ; but  from  a personal  communication,  I find  that  he 
regards  the  liver  as  the  blood-preparing  organ  in  adults,  and 
the  preparation  of  the  blood  as  the  principal  function  of  that 
gland ; the  secretion  of  bile  must  then  be  regarded  as  a conse- 
quence of  the  metamorphosis  that  occurs  during  the  above  process. 

On  the  forces  that  circulate  the  hlood. 

The  due  performance  of  the  functions  of  circulation  and 
respiration  is  as  essential  to  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood 
as  it  is  to  life  itself. 

Circulation  commences  in  the  foetus  with  the  rhythmic 
movements  of  the  heart. 

Reichert 1 has  observed  in  the  incubated  egg,  that  the  only  in- 
dependently formed  canals  for  the  blood  are  the  great  Arascular 
trunks  directly  connected  with  the  heart;  the  other  blood-vessels 
are,  as  it  were,  excavated  by  the  force  of  the  heart's  action  on 
the  blood-cells  in  the  loose  cellular  mass  of  the  early  embryo. 

The  action  of  the  heart  is  the  primum  movens  of  the  cir- 
culation. Burdach 2 observes  that  the  vital  action  of  the  heart, 
which  acts  mechanically  on  the  blood,  and  propels  it  in  certain 
directions  and  courses,  indicates  most  clearly  that  the  heart 
comprehends  within  itself  the  elements  of  the  circulating 
power,  and  that  independently  of  its  vital  activity,  the  whole 
circle  of  phenomena  appertaining  to  it  results  from  its  mere 
mechanical  relations.  The  cause  of  the  heart’s  action  must  be 
referred  to  the  irritation  produced  in  it  by  the  living  blood. 
Muller 3 also  considers  that  the  blood  is  chiefly  propelled  by 
the  rhythmic  action  of  the  heart. 

The  view  taken  by  Schultz  4 is  different : he  considers  that 
the  motion  of  the  blood  in  the  living  body  results  from  the 
joint  influence  of  the  blood  and  of  the  vessels  reciprocally 
acting  on  each  other,  whose  true  nature  can  only  be  seen  in 
the  vital  relations,  and  its  aim  in  the  circle  of  organic  functions. 

R.  Wagner5  is  inclined  to  believe  that  the  blood  is  propelled 

1 Op.  cit.  p.  142.  2 Op.  cit.  vol.  4,p.  163. 

3 Op.  cit.  vol.  1,  p.  163.  4 Op.  cit.  p.  244. 

5 Zur  vergleiclienden  Physiologic  des  Blutes,  1833,  p.  70. 


BLOOD. 


123 


not  merely  by  the  heart’s  action,  but  also  by  a certain  electric 
attraction  of  the  organs,  by  the  influence  of  the  nerves,  and 
by  a motive  poAver  inherent  in  the  blood  itself.  Since  the 
heart’s  action  is  occasioned  by  the  irritation  exercised  upon 
that  organ  by  the  living  blood,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
the  reciprocating  action  of  the  organs  and  of  the  blood  must 
influence  the  circulation.  Schultz  evidently  undervalues  the 
influence  of  the  rhythmic  motion  on  the  circulation,  Avhen  he 
limits  the  functions  of  the  heart  to  the  conveyance  of  arterial 
blood  to  the  peripheral  system,  and  to  the  conduction  of 
venous  blood  back  again,  and  regards  the  blood  in  the  peri- 
pheral system  as  moving  entirely  independent  of  it. 

The  circulation  is  usually  divided  into  the  greater  and 
the  lesser.  There  is  however,  in  fact,  but  one  circulation ; and 
this  is  divided  into  the  greater  course,  which  proceeds  from 
the  left  heart  through  the  arteries  of  the  body,  and  through  the 
veins  to  the  right  heart,  and  into  the  lesser  course,  which  recon- 
ducts the  blood  through  the  lungs  from  the  right  to  the  left  heart. 

On  the  process  of  respiration. 

Respiration  takes  place  through  lungs,  gills,  tracheae,  or  the 
integument. 

Oxygen  is  indispensable  for  the  process,  although  pure 
oxygen  is  less  conducive  to  health  than  a mixture  of  oxygen 
with  a gas  not  detrimental  to  life,  as  nitrogen  or  hydrogen. 

The  proportions  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  that  occur  in  atmo- 
spheric air  are  doubtless  the  most  suitable  for  the  respiration 
of  the  higher  animals ; viz.  21  parts  of  the  former,  and  79  of 
the  latter  gas.  In  an  atmosphere  of  pure  hydrogen  or  nitro- 
gen, a man  would  run  the  risk  of  suffocation  in  a very  few 
seconds,  not  because  these  gases  are  themselves  poisonous, 
but  simply  from  the  absence  of  oxygen. 

Many  gases  produce  a directly  poisonous  effect,  and  cannot 
be  breathed  even  when  mixed  with  oxygen ; as,  for  instance, 
arseniuretted  hydrogen,  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  phosphoretted 
hydrogen,  carburetted  hydrogen,  carbonic  oxide,  cyanogen, 
chlorine,  ammonia,  and  many  others. 

As  a consequence  of  the  process  of  respiration,  the  blood 
becomes  chemically  changed ; this  change  is  almost  entirely 
confined  to  the  blood-corpuscles,  which  in  this  independent 


124 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


act  of  metamorphosis  represent  exactly  what  we  understand  by 
the  vitality  of  the  blood. 

Respiration  in  man  and  the  mammalia  is  effected  by  the 
dilatation  and  contraction  of  the  cavity  of  the  thorax. 

Since  the  diaphragm  in  a state  of  relaxation  is  arched,  and 
in  a state  of  contraction  during  inspiration  becomes  flattened, 
the  cavity  of  the  thorax  is  increased  during  inspiration,  the 
surface  of  the  lung  follows  the  retreating  walls,  its  volume 
becomes  enlarged,  and  the  atmospheric  air  rushes  into  its 
cells.  The  branches  of  the  air- tubes  ramify  to  an  extraor- 
dinary degree  in  the  parenchyma,  and  their  most  minute  ex- 
tremities terminate  in  vesicular  dilatations,  which  do  not  com- 
municate with  each  other,  and  whose  walls  are  covered  with 
the  peripheral  capillary  network.  From  a calculation  of  Lie- 
berkuhn,1  it  would  appear  that  the  whole  surface  of  the  ramify- 
ing air-tubes  in  man  amounts  to  1400  square  feet,  on  which 
extraordinary  surface  the  blood  and  atmospheric  air  are  in 
contact  with  each  other,  (being  separated  merely  by  a moist, 
permeable  membrane,)  and  the  former  absorbs  the  required 
amount  of  oxygen. 

Davy  calculates  that  the  human  lung  after  the  strongest 
expiration,  still  contains  35  cubic  inches  of  air ; after  an 
ordinary  expiration  108  cubic  inches ; after  an  ordinary  inspi- 
ration 118,  and  after  a very  deep  inspiration  240  cubic  inches. 

In  ordinary  inspiration  and  expiration  (about  26  or  27 
in  the  minute)  the  amount  of  air  that  is  changed  varies  from 
10  to  13  cubic  inches. 

According  to  Herbst,  full-sized  adults  usually  inspire  from 
20  to  25  cubic  inches;  persons  of  smaller  stature  from  15  to 
20.  The  volume  of  air  inspired  during  each  respiratory  act  is 
fixed  by  Allen  and  Pepys  at  16-5,  by  Abilgaard  at  from  3 to  6, 
and  by  Thomson  at  40  cubic  inches. 

The  quantity  of  air  that  enters  the  lungs  in  the  course  of 
24  hours  is  calculated  by  Davy  at  from  400,000  to  500,000 
cubic  inches,  by  Allen  and  Pepys  at  from  460,800  to  475,200, 
and  by  Thomson  at  as  much  as  1,152,000,  or  52'5  pounds,  the 
respirations  in  this  case  being  20  in  the  minute.2 

Atmospheric  air  once  respired  is  lessened  in  volume ; and 

1 Scliultz,  op.  cit.  p.  288. 

3 Gmelin's  Handbuch  dcr  theoretischen  Chcmic,  vol.  2,  p.  1519. 


BLOOD. 


125 


the  loss  has  been  variously  estimated  by  Bertliollet,  Pfaff,  and 
Davy  at  from  1-2 7tli  to  1- 100th  of  its  bulk.  Allen  and  Pepys, 
however,  found  the  loss  not  more  than  l-166th,  or  about  0-6", 
and  they  looked  upon  the  former  as  a mere  error  of  obser- 
vation. 

The  most  important  experiments  regarding  the  changes 
which  atmospheric  air  undergoes  in  respiration,  are  those  of 
Allen  and  Pepys,1  of  Dulong,2  and  of  Despretz.3 

The  earlier  experiments  of  Allen  and  Pepys  showed  that 
the  quantity  of  oxygen  lost  was  exactly  replaced  by  the  car- 
bonic acid  generated,  and  that  nitrogen  was  given  ofl’. 

In  their  later  experiments,  it  appeared  that  more  oxygen 
was  absorbed  than  the  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  expired  ac- 
counted for ; they  were  also  further  convinced  of  the  accuracy 
of  their  former  observations  respecting  the  increased  quantity 
of  nitrogen  which  is  expired.  They  caused  animals  to  breathe 
an  atmosphere  of  pure  oxygen,  and  likewise  of  oxygen  mixed 
with  three  times  its  volume  of  hydrogen.  In  the  latter  case 
a portion  of  the  hydrogen  disappeared,  and  was  replaced  by  an 
equal  volume  of  nitrogen. 

The  experiments  of  Dulong  were  conducted  with  great  ac- 
curacy, and  by  means  of  apparatus  expressly  prepared  for  the 
purpose.  They  showed  that  more  oxygen  is  consumed  than  is 
replaced  by  the  carbonic  acid  formed.  The  quantity  of  oxygen 
thus  lost,  and  not  replaced  by  carbonic  acid,  amounted  in  the 
case  of  herbivorous  animals  to  about  10"-  of  the  oxygen  which 
was  changed  into  carbonic  acid ; in  carnivorous  animals  the 
minimum  excess  amounted  to  20,  and  the  maximum  to  502. 

The  observations  of  Despretz  confirm  the  results  obtained 
by  Dulong,  and  likewise  show  that  nitrogen  is  developed 
during  respiration. 

The  following  table  presents  a sketch  of  the  results  of  the 
observations  made  by  Despretz ; the  calculations  are  founded 
on  the  Drench  litre  : — 


1 Schweiger’s  Journal,  vol.  1,  p.  182;  and  vol.  57,  p.  337.  Phil.  Trans.  1809, 

p.  410. 

3 lb.  vol.  38,  p.  505. 

3 Annales  de  Chimie  et  de  Physique,  vol.  26,  p.  337. 


126 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


Air  before  the  Ex- 

Air  after  the  Experiment. 

Excess  of 

periment. 

Oxygen 
over  Car- 

Nitrogen 

Carbonic 

bonic  Acid 

developed. 

Nitrogen. 

Oxygen. 

Nitrogen. 

Oxygen. 

Acid. 

formed. 

Rabbits  . . 

37-914 

10-079 

38-743 

6-023 

3-076 

0-980 

0-839 

Leverets 

39-085 

10-389 

39-517 

6-216 

2-955 

1-218 

0-432 

Guinea-pigs 

37-957 

10-089 

39-023 

6-790 

2-588 

0-707 

1-066 

Dog  . . 

37-649 

10-008 

39-022 

4-424 

3-768 

1-806 

1-374 

Puppies  . . 

37-176 

9-882 

38-273 

3-649 

4-018 

2-215 

1-097 

Tom  Cat 

37-830 

10-055 

38-354 

7-125 

2-060 

0-870 

0-524 

Pigeons  . . 

37-662 

10-012 

38-372 

6-826 

2-451 

0-735 

0-710 

Great  Owl  . 

38-027 

10109 

38-754 

7-483 

1-601 

1-025 

0-727 

The  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  formed  in  the  process  of  re- 
spiration in  twenty- four  hours  in  adults,  and  the  amount  of 
carbon  contained  therein,  have  been  calculated  as  follows  : 


Expired  Carbonic  Acid 

Carbon. 

Consumed  Oxygen. 

Cubic  in. 

Grains. 

Grains. 

Cubic  in. 

Grains. 

Lavoisier  and  Seguin 

14930 

8584 

2820 

46037 

15661  French. 

Menzies 

51480 

17625  English. 

Davy  .... 

31680 

17811 

4853 

45504 

15751  „ 

Allen  and  Pepys  . 

39600 

18612 

5148 

39600 

13464  „ 

The  large  amount  of  carbon,  from  11  to  13  ounces,  (Davy, 
Allen,  and  Pepys,)  that  is  thus  carried  off  by  the  lungs  in  the 
twenty-four  hours,  does  not  accord  with  the  other  phenomena 
of  nutrition  ; and  Berzelius  has  calculated  that  it  wordd  require 
6i  pounds  of  solid  food  daily  to  make  up  for  the  carbon  that  is 
separated  by  the  lungs  alone,  without  taking  into  consider- 
ation the  very  considerable  amount  that  is  also  removed  by 
the  urinary  secretion.  And  further : when  we  consider  that  in 
most  sorts  of  food  the  portion  which  is  converted  into  chyle  is 
much  less  than  that  which  is  carried  off  by  the  intestinal 
canal  in  the  form  of  faeces,  it  becomes  the  more  wonderful  how 
so  many  persons  can  exist  on  a few  pounds  of  daily  food,  the 
solid  constituents  of  which  must  be  very  small,  and  of  which 
only  a still  smaller  part  admits  of  assimilation ; and  we  cannot 
help  agreeing  with  Berzelius,  that  so  large  an  excretion  of 
carbon  is  inconceivable,  and  that  in  all  probability  there  is 
some  fallacy  in  the  experiments. 

Prout  has  made  some  interesting  observations  respecting 
the  development  ot  carbonic  acid  from  the  lungs  at  different 


BLOOD. 


127 


periods  of  tlie  day.  He  found  that  during  equal  spaces  of 
time  the  minimum  occurred  during  the  middle  of  the  night ; 
towards  morning  it  increased,  and  attained  its  maximum  be- 
tween 11  and  1 o’clock;  it  then  gradually  diminished  till 
about  9 p.  m.,  when  it  remained  fixed  at  its  minimum  till 
3 a.  m.  The  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  was  likewise  found  to 


increase  by  gentle  exercise,  especially  at  its  commencement, 
and  when  the  barometer  was  low. 

The  mean  amount  of  carbonic  acid  per  cent,  was  3-45. 
[A  series  of  similar  experiments  has  been  published  by  Mr.. 
Coathupe,  which  differ  in  several  respects  in  their  results  from 
those  of  Prout.  They  were  continued  for  a week.  The  fol- 
lowing is  the  result  obtained  : 


From  8 a.m.  to  9| 

10  a.m.  to  12 
12  noon  to  1 
2 p.m.  to  5 1 
7 p.m.  to 

9 p.m.  to  midnight 


Carbonic  acid  per  cent, 
of  air  expired. 

4-37 

3-90 

3- 92 

4- 17 
3-63 

. 4-12 — Mean  4-02. 


Macgregor  ascertained  that  the  air  expired  by  persons  ill  of 
confluent  smallpox  contained  as  much  as  8§  of  carbonic  acid. 
During  the  eruptive  fever  of  measles,  it  amounted  to  from  4 to 
5§ ; and  in  proportion  as  the  health  was  restored,  the  per  cent- 
age  was  diminished  to  its  natural  standard.  In  chronic  skin 
diseases  an  augmentation  was  likewise  observed ; and,  in  a case 
of  ichthyosis,  the  mean  per  centage  was  7'2 ; in  typhus,  ac- 
cording to  Dr.  Malcolm,1  the  formation  of  carbonic  acid  is  di- 
minished; in  diabetes,  no  deviation  from  the  normal  standard 
could  be  detected. 

The  question  of  the  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  expired  by  a 
person  in  twenty-four  hours  has  lately  become  of  peculiar  inte- 
rest, in  consequence  of  its  association  .with  several  problems  of 
high  physiological  importance.  Liebig  has  endeavoured  indi- 
rectly to  estimate  the  quantity  by  comparing  the  amount  of 
carbon  contained  in  the  food  consumed  in  the  twenty-four 
hours,  with  the  carbon  of  the  excretions  during  the  same  period, 
and  estimating  the  difference  as  the  quantity  separated  by  the 
respiratory  process.  He  thus  found  that  an  adult,  taking 
moderate  exercise,  expires  daily  on  an  average  13  9 ounces  of 
carbon  (more  than  double  the  quantity  found  by  Lavoisier.) 


' London  and  Edinburgh  Monthly  Journal  of  Medical  Science,  1843,  page  1. 


128 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Experiments  have  recently  been  made  by  Andral  and 
Gavarret,  Sell  aiding,  and  Brunner  and  Valentin,  with  the  view 
of  ascertaining  this  point,  and  of  elucidating  the  chemical 
bearings  of  this  department  of  physiology.  We  shall  endeavour 
to  give,  as  briefly  as  possible,  their  most  important  results. 

Absolute  quantity  of  expired  carbonic  acid. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  expressed  their  results  per  hour.  They 
are  contained  in  the  following  table  : 


MALE  SEX. 


Carbon 

Carbon 

exhaled 

exhaled 

Age. 

Muscular  development. 

per  hour. 

Age. 

Muscular  development. 

per  hour. 

grni  ns 

grains 

8 

Moderate 

67-0 

37 

Moderate 

164-7 

10 

Very  great 

104-7 

40 

Very  great 

186-3 

12 

Moderate 

113-9 

45 

Very  slight  (mean  of  4)  132-4 

12 

Great 

127-8 

48 

Good 

161-7 

14 

Moderate 

126-2 

50 

Good 

164-7 

16.J 

Good 

157-0 

54 

Very  great 

163-2 

18 

Good 

169-4 

59 

Moderate 

154-0 

20 

Good 

166-3 

60 

Extraordinarily  great 

209-4 

24 

Moderate  (mean  of  2) 

176-6 

63 

Extraordinarily  great 

190-9 

217-1 

64 

Slight 

133-9 

26 

Extraordinarily  great  4 

217-1 

68 

Moderate 

147-8 

26 

Moderate 

169-4 

76 

Slight 

92-4 

28 

Good 

190-9 

92 

Extraordinarily  great 

135-5 

32 

Good 

176-6 

102 

Extremely  diminished 

90-8 

33 

Moderate  (mean  of  6) 

164-7 

FEMALE  SEX. 


Periods 

Muscular 

Carbon 

Periods 

Muscular 

Carbon 

of 

develop- 

exhaled 

of 

develop- 

exhaled 

life. 

Age. 

ment. 

per  hour. 

life. 

Age. 

ment. 

per  hour. 

grains 

grains 

Prior  to  the 

r-10 

Good  . 

92-4 

-38 

Moderate 

120-3 

appearance 

11 

Good  . 

95-4 

42 

Good  . 

127-8 

of  the  < 

13 

Great  . 

97-0 

44 

Very  great  152-4 

catamenia. 

a5j 

Very  great  109-3 

After 

49 

Moderate 

113-9 

rl5i 

Moderate 

97-0 

cessation 

52 

Moderate 

115-5 

19 

Verygreat  107-8 

of 

56 

Moderate 

109-3 

During 

22 

Good  . 

103-1 

catamenia. 

63 

Moderate 

106-2 

menstrual  . 

26 

Slight  . 

92-4 

66 

Moderate 

104-7 

life. 

26 

Moderate 

97-0 

76 

Verygreat  101-4 

32 

Moderate 

95-4 

_82 

Moderate 

92-4 

-45 

Moderate 

95-4 

3 months 

-42 

Good  . 

120-3 

pregnant.  J 

5 mo.  do. 

32 

Good  . 

126-7 

7£  mo.  do. 

18 

Slight  . 

112-4 

8^  mo.  do. 

22 

Good  . 

129-3 

BLOOD. 


129 


It  is  thus  seen  that,  in  general,  the  amount  of  carbonic  acid 
expired  by  both  sexes  increases  with  age  up  to  a certain  point — 
the  40-45 th  year,  and  then  diminishes ; that  the  quantity  of 
carbonic  acid  expired  increases  with  the  development  of  the 
muscular  system ; that  women  expire  less  carbonic  acid  than 
men ; that  the  formation  of  carbonic  acid  attains  its  max- 
imum at  the  commencement  of  menstruation,  and  then  expe- 
riences no  further  increase,  except  in  the  pregnant  state,  until 
the  cessation  of  menstruation,  when  an  increase  again  takes 
place.  On  an  average,  an  adult  male,  of  moderate  constitution, 
exhales  from  160  to  170  grains  of  carbon  per  hour;  an  adult 
female  in  the  unimpregnated  state,  from  100  to  110  grains; 
during  pregnancy,  125  grains;  and  after  the  cessation  of  the 
catamenia,  from  116  to  130  grains.  Dumas  also  found  154 
grains  per  hour  as  the  average  quantity  of  carbon  exhaled  by 
an  adult  male. 

Scharling's  experiments  were  made  on  the  following  indi- 
viduals : 1st,  a male,  set.  thirty-five,  weighing  131  lbs. ; 2d, 

a male,  set.  sixteen,  weighing  1151  lbs. ; 3d,  a soldier,  set. 
twenty-eight,  weighing  164  lbs. ; 4th,  a girl,  set.  nineteen, 
weighing  11  li  lbs. ; 5th,  a boy,  set.  nine  and  three-quarters, 
weighing  44  lbs. ; and  6th,  a girl,  set.  ten,  weighing  46  lbs. 
The  carbon  exhaled  per  hour  amounted  to — 


No.  of 

Amount 

the 

of  carbon. 

Remarks. 

person. 

grains. 

I. 

145 

Fasting 

In  June 

190  -j 

C After  breakfast  and  a 

when 

L walk 

very 

130 

Hungry 

hot. 

165 

2 hours  after  dinner 

160 

After  tea 

100 

Whilst  asleep 

2. 

114 

Sleepy 

In  June 

144-2 

Fasting 

when 

139-8 

Fasting  and  hungry 

very 

hot. 

177  • 

167-7  - 

r 5 an  hour  after  break- 
1 fast 

f 2.J  hours  after  break  - 

l fast 

180-8 

2 hours  after  dinner 

No.  of 

Amount 

the 

of  carbon.  Remarks. 

person. 

grains. 

3. 

137-8 

Asleep 

In 

111-9 

Fasting 

October. 

159-4  | 

Fasting,  after  break- 
fast and  work 

188-9 

After  dinner 

194-7 

3 hours  after  dinner 

178-3 

After  work 

122-3 

Whilst  asleep 

4. 

98-9 

Whilst  eating 

In 

91-3 

Fasting 

October. 

92-6 

After  supper 

133-8 

1 hour  after  breakfast 

1170 

1 hour  after  dinner 

108-9 

Whilst  eating 

9 


130 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


No.  of 

Amount 

No.  of 

Amount 

the 

of  carbon. 

Remarks. 

the 

of  carbon.  Remarks. 

person. 

grains. 

person. 

grains. 

5. 

76-2 

Fasting 

C. 

65-5 

Whilst  asleep 

In 

94-8 

Whilst  at  breakfast 

In 

95-3 

After  breakfast 

Autumn. 

113-8 

After  breakfast 

Autumn. 

103-0 

After  dinner 

119-3 

1 hour  after  dinner 

99-0 

Shortly  after  tea 

84-5 

2 hours  after  supper 

75-1 

Whilst  asleep 

74-8 

Whilst  sleepy 

Supposing  that  adults  sleep  seven  and  children  nine  hours 
per  day,  the  amount  of  carbon  consumed  is  on  an  average — 


In  twenty-four  hours. 

In  one  hour. 

1.* 

3380  grains. 

141  grains. 

2. 

3455 

144 

3. 

3692 

154 

4. 

2555 

106 

5. 

2050 

86 

6. 

1932 

80 

It  is  thus  evident  that  the  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  ex- 
pired is  very  variable,  and  that  it  may  be  altered  by  many 
circumstances.  Hunger  and  rest  diminish,  satiety  and  labour 
increase  it.  It  is  greater  during  the  day  than  the  night,  in 
the  proportion  of  l-237  to  one.  If  the  expired  carbonic  acid 
be  estimated  in  relation  to  the  weight  of  the  body,  it  is  found 
that  children  give  off  a proportionally  greater  amount  of  this 
gas  than  adults.  In  some  forms  of  disease,  the  amount  of 
expired  carbonic  acid  falls  below  the  standard;  it  seems,  in  a 
state  of  health,  to  vary  directly  with  the  activity  of  the  circu- 
lation. 

The  influence  of  muscular  activity  on  the  amount  of  carbon 
consumed,  has  been  clearly  shown  by  some  experiments  made 
by  Dr.  Hofmann  during  a pedestrian  tour.  His  diet  was  simple 
and  scanty,  he  took  no  drink,  walked  during  the  whole  day, 
weighed  all  his  food  and  every  excretion  that  could  be  weighed 
(even  the  nasal  mucus),  as  well  as  himself;  he  then  found  that 
the  weight  lost  by  the  body  was  never  equalled  by  the  excess 
of  the  excrements  over  the  food,  and  that  there  was  a constant 
loss  of  matter  by  the  skin  and  lungs,  which  amounted  to  more 
than  1 lb.  We  must  pass  over  the  details  of  his  experiments. 
Brunner  and  Valentin  found  that  the  weight  of  carbon  they 
consumed  per  hour  varied  from  134  to  170  grains,  and  averaged 
160.  The  volume  of  expired  carbonic  acid  per  hour,  on  an 


BLOOD. 


131 


average,  was  equal  to  2T8  litres,1  and  the  entire  volume  of 
the  air  expired  per  hour  on  an  average  equal  to  540  litres. 
These  results  agree  well  with  those  of  the  earlier  observers. 
When  the  corrections  for  moisture  are  made,  the  quantity  of 
carbon  expired  per  hour  is  equal  on  an  average  to  172  grains, 
and  of  carbonic  acid  23*5  litres. 

b.  Relations  of  the  constituents  of  the  expired  air  to  the 
theory  of  respiration. 

On  this  point  Brunner  and  Valentin  only  have  experimented. 


They  found — 


Individual. 

No.  of  experiments. 

Volume  per  cent. 

Volume  per  cent,  in  relation 
to  the  atmosphere. 

Mean  of 

co2. 

0. 

N. 

Disappeared  O.  Difference  of  1 

Brunner  -j 

' 12  exp.  1st  series 

4-356 

16-007 

79-547 

4-720 

+ 

0-362 

L 4 exp.  2d  „ 

3-825 

16-306 

79-869 

4-508 

+ 

0-683 

Thomas  . 

4 exp.  1st  „ 

4-673 

15-895 

79-432 

4-920 

+ 

0-329 

Valentin  -{ 

r 2 exp.  1st  „ 

4-316 

16-143 

79-541 

4-671 

+ 

0-356 

L 12  exp.  2d  „ 

4-641 

15-783 

79-576 

5-032 

+ 

0-391 

Total  average 

4-380 

16-033 

79-587 

4-783 

+ 

0-402 

Brunner  -j 

r 12  exp.  1st  series 

Weight  per  cent. 
6-522  17-428  76-050 

5-582 

— 

0-940 

l 4 exp.  2d  „ 

5-749 

17-735 

76-516 

5-275 

— 

0-474 

Thomas  . 

4 exp.  1st  „ 

6-975 

17-165 

75-860 

5-845 

— 

1-130 

Valentin  -j 

f 2 exp.  1st  „ 

6-458 

17-481 

76-061 

5-529 

— 

0-929 

L 12  exp.  2d  „ 

6-945 

17-089 

75-965 

5-920 

— 

1-025 

Total  average 

6-546 

17-373 

76-081 

5-637 

— 

0-909 

It  is  thus  evident  that  the  variations  observed  in  the 
amount  of  nitrogen  are  entirely  within  the  errors  of  observa- 
tion, and  the  nitrogen  may  be  disregarded  in  the  process. 

Again,  the  expired  air  contains  a volume  of  carbonic  acid, 
which  is  but  little  less  than  the  volume  of  oxygen  which  has 
disappeared  (therefore  the  weight  per  cent,  of  the  carbonic  acid 
is  necessarily  somewhat  greater  than  that  of  the  absorbed  oxygen, 
and  thus  also  the  difference  of  nitrogen  appears  positive  as 
regards  volume,  but  negative  as  regards  weight)  ; so  that  all 
the  oxygen  absorbed  reappears  as  carbonic  acid,  except  a small 
quantity  consumed  in  the  body  for  other  purposes.  Now, 
according  to  Graham’s  law  of  the  diffusion  of  gases,  when  they 
are  separated  by  an  animal  membrane  and  are  under  equal 
pressure,  they  become  mixed  inversely  as  the  square  roots  of 

['  The  litre  is  a little  larger  than  the  English  wine  quart ; the  litre  being  equal  to 
:l-028,  and  the  quart  to  57*75  cubic  inches.] 


132 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


their  densities;  consequently,  1*17585  volume  of  oxygen  is 
absorbed  for  one  volume  of  expired  carbonic  acid.  Comparison 
of  the  figures  shows  us  that  the  mixture  of  the  two  gases  in 
respiration  takes  place  entirely  according  to  the  law  of  diffusion 
of  gases ; for  the  most  accurate  method  of  experimenting  gave 
results,  in  which  the  figures  obtained  for  the  carbonic  acid  and 
absorbed  oxygen,  almost  exactly  agreed  with  those  reckoned 
according  to  the  law  of  the  diffusion  of  gases  : 


Volume  per  cent,  of  the 
expired  air. 

CO,.  O.  N. 

Oxygen 

absorbed. 

Carbonic  acid 
calculated. 

Difference. 

3-850 

16-270 

79-185 

4-690 

3-994 

+ 

0-144  per  cent. 

3-593 

16-034 

79-185 

4-931 

4-199 

+ 

0-606  „ 

3-949 

16-090 

79-185 

4-887 

4-162 

+ 

0-213  „ 

3-777 

16-090 

79-185 

4-914 

4-192 

1 

T 

0-415  „ 

3-759 

16-095 

79-185 

4-922 

4-192 

+ 

0-433  „ 

4-483 

15-328 

79-185 

5 698 

4-853 

+ 

0-370  „ 

4-752 

14-733 

79-185 

6-362 

5-418 

+ 

0-660  „ 

4-588 

14-852 

79-185 

6-253 

5-325 

+ 

0-737  „ 

In  respiration,  which  is  thus  a purely  mechanical  process, 
the  inspired  air  is  first  warmed  to  990-5,  and  saturated  with 
moisture  at  this  temperature,  which  is  rapidly  accomplished  on 
account  of  its  extensive  distribution.  It  then  experiences  a sim- 
ple diffusion;  the  nitrogen  remains  entirely  unaffected;  1-1742 
volume  of  oxygen  is  absorbed,  and  replaced  by  1 volume  of  car- 
bonic acid  which  is  expired ; or  for  each  volume  of  oxygen  ab- 
sorbed -8516  volume  of  carbonic  acid  appears.  In  consequence  of 
the  accuracy  with  which  the  law  of  diffusion  is  here  observed,  the 
most  minute  portion  only  of  other  gases  is  absorbed  or  expired. 

That  hydrogen,  carburetted  hydrogen,  and  carbonic  oxide 
gases  are  not  contained  in  the  expired  air,  the  authors  have 
shown  by  some  direct  experiments ; but  small  quantities  of 
organic  matters  are  evolved  during  respiration,  as  is  shown  by 
sulphuric  acid,  through  which  expired  air  has  been  made  to 
pass,  being  always  coloured  red.]  1 

Various  opinions  have  been  promulgated  respecting  the 
formation  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  blood.  The  most  natural  and 
probable  is  that  of  Lagrange  and  Hassenfratz,  who  maintain 
that  the  blood  takes  up  oxygen  in  the  lungs  and  retains  it  in  a 

1 [For  further  information  on  this  subject,  the  reader  is  referred  to  Valentin’s 
Lehrbuch  der  Physiologie,  1844,  vol.  1,  pp.  507-580,  or  to  an  excellent  abstract 
that  appeared  in  the  Chemical  Gazette.] 


BLOOD. 


133 


state  of  solution.  The  blood-corpuscles  absorb  from  this  con- 
stant source  a due  supply  of  oxygen  for  their  change. 

The  metamorphosis  occurs  in  the  peripheral  system,  and,  for 
the  most  part,  in  certain  organs,  as,  for  instance,  the  kidneys. 
The  blood-corpuscles  give  up  the  carbonic  acid,  thus  formed, 
to  the  blood,  and  it  is  thrown  off  by  the  lungs.  It  must 
be  remembered  that  blood  always  contains  carbonic  acid  and 
oxygen,  but  arterial  contains  more  of  the  latter  and  less  of  the 
former  than  venous  blood ; also,  that  the  whole  of  the  carbonic 
acid  is  not  separated  by  the  lungs,  although,  when  the  blood 
reaches  those  organs,  it  is  perfectly  free  from  oxygen. 

Although  the  atmospheric  air  and  the  circulating  fluid  are 
not  brought  into  absolute  contact,  there  is  no  impediment  to 
their  mutual  action.  The  absorption  of  the  air  through  the 
humid  membrane  that  surrounds  the  parenchyma  of  the  lungs 
is  facilitated  by  the  immense  extent  of  surface  presented, 
over  the  whole  of  which  a thin  stratum  of  blood  is  distributed, 
and  simultaneously  exposed  to  the  atmospheric  influence.  The 
permeability  of  the  soft  tissues,  especially  of  the  membranes, 
by  fluid  and  gaseous  substances,  is  a well  known  fact.  It 
is  in  accordance  with  this  law  that  atmospheric  air  finds  its 
way  into  the  blood.  Dark  red  blood,  inclosed  in  a moist 
bladder,  soon  assumes  a bright  red  tint ; a gas  inclosed  in  a 
similar  receptacle  is  found,  after  some  time,  to  be  partly  dis- 
placed by  atmospheric  air.  These  are  mere  illustrations  of  the 
same  principle.  If  the  opinion  that  has  just  been  given  be 
correct,  then  carbonic  acid  and  oxygen  must  be  present  both 
in  venous  and  arterial  blood.  Numerous  experiments  have 
been  instituted  with  the  view  to  determine  this  point. 

By  submitting  12  ounces  of  the  venous  blood  of  a calf  to  a 
heat  of  200°,  Sir  H.  Davy  obtained  1*1  cubic  inch  of  carbo- 
nic acid,  and  0-7  of  oxygen,  and  the  experiment  has  been  con- 
firmed by  Brande  and  Vogel.  Stromeyer,  Bergemann,  Muller, 
and  others  have  failed  in  obtaining  carbonic  acid  from  blood 
in  this  manner.  Brande  and  Vogel  found  that  blood  placed  in 
vacuo  developed  a gas  which  contained  some  carbonic  acid,  and 
their  statement  is  confirmed  by  Home,  Bauer,  and  Reid  Clanny, 
while  J.  Davy,1  Mitscherlich,  Tiedemann,  Gmelin,  and  Muller 

1 [Dr.  Davy  has  recently  shown  that  gas  is  frequently,  although  not  invariably, 
disengaged  both  from  venous  and  arterial  blood  in  vacuo.  Researches,  Physiol,  and 
Anat.  vol.  2,  p.  153.] 


134 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


failed  in  observing  any  development  of  carbonic  acid  under  tbe 
air-pump. 

Hoffmann  and  Stevens  could  not  obtain  carbonic  acid  either 
by  tbe  application  of  beat  or  by  tbe  air-pump ; but  they  ob- 
served that  if  freshly- drawn  blood  be  shaken  with  hydrogen, 
carbonic  acid  is  then  evolved.  Another  experiment  in  favour 
of  the  existence  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  blood  has  been  insti- 
tuted by  Muller.  Nysten  and  Collard  de  Martigny  made 
animals  inhale  gases  entirely  devoid  of  oxygen,  and  observed 
the  formation  of  carbonic  acid.  Muller  and  Bergemann  made 
frogs  breathe  pure  hydrogen  and  nitrogen,  and  observed  that, 
after  the  animals  had  remained  in  these  gases  from  6 to  22 
hours,  they  had  expired  a quantity  of  carbonic  acid,  varying 
from  025  to  083  of  a cubic  inch. 

Magnus  has  published  a series  of  accurate  experiments  which 
must  be  regarded  as  quite  decisive  respecting  the  amount  of 
carbonic  acid  and  oxygen  in  arterial  and  venous  blood.  He 
passed  a current  of  hydrogen  through  recently  drawn  blood, 
and  found  that  carbonic  acid  was  given  off  in  a constantly  de- 
creasing ratio.  He  likewise  analysed  the  whole  of  the  gas  that 
he  obtained  from  the  blood,  and  found  its  composition  as 
follows : 


Volumes  in  cubic  centimeters. 

Gas. 

r 5-4  C02 

Blood  of  a horse  .... 

125 

yielded  9'8  ■ 

1-9  0 

l 2,  N 

Venous  blood  of  a horse 

205 

. 12-2  •< 

r 8-8  C02 
2-3  0 
L 1-1  N 

Ditto  . . , . 

195 

. 14-2  J 

r 10-0  C02 
2-5  0 

1 

L 1-7  N 

Arterial  blood  of  a horse 

130 

. 16*3  J 

-10-7  C02 
4-1  0 

1 

. 1-5  N 

Ditto 

122 

. 10-2  j 

r 7-0  C02 
2-2  0 
. 1-0  N 

Venous  blood  of  the  same  horse 

170 

. 18-9  J 

r 12'4  C02 
2-5  O 

1 

. 4-0  N 

Arterial  blood  of  the  calf 

123 

. \ 14,] 

- 9-4  C02 
3-5  O 

l 

. 1-6  N 

BLOOD. 


135 


Volumes  in  cubic  centimeters. 

Gas. 

r 7-0  COa 

Arterial  blood  of  the  calf 

* 

108 

. yielded 

12-6  ■* 

1 

3-0  0 
L 2'6  N 
r 10-2  COa 

Venous  blood  of  the  same  calf 

153 

• • • 

13’3-j 

1-8  O 
L 1-3  N 
r 6-1  C0.2 

Ditto 

• 

140 

. 

77  -j 

1-0  O 
L 0-6  N 

From  these  experiments,  it  follows,  1st,  that  carbonic  acid, 
oxygen,  and  nitrogen  exist  both  in  arterial  and  in  venous  blood ; 
and,  2dly,  that  the  quantity  of  oxygen  is  greater,  and  the  quan- 
tity of  carbonic  acid  less  in  arterial  than  in  venous  blood,  a fact 
which  confirms  the  opinion  we  have  expressed  regarding  the 
formation  of  carbonic  acid  and  the  theory  of  respiration  generally. 

The  bright  colour  which  is  communicated  to  the  blood  by 
oxygen,  as  well  as  the  dark  shade  that  is  induced  by  the  trans- 
mission of  carbonic  acid  through  it,  are  the  actual  shades  of 
colour  that  we  see  in  arterial  and  venous  blood.  Moreover, 
when  blood  has  been  rendered  artificially  venous  in  this  way, 
it  may  be  rendered  arterial  in  its  colour  by  agitation  with  a 
certain  quantity  of  oxygen,  and  we  can  then  obtain  from  it  a 
mixture  of  oxygen  and  carbonic  acid. 

We  have  now  enumerated  the  most  interesting  phenomena 
in  reference  to  the  expired  air.  We  have  already  noticed  the 
circumstance  that  nitrogen  is  expired.  It  follows  naturally 
that  this  gas,  which  forms  the  principal  constituent  of  the 
atmosphere,  should  be  inhaled;  and,  according  to  Edwards, 
there  is  a sort  of  compensation  between  the  amount  of  exhaled 
and  inspired  nitrogen,  so  that  the  quantity  of  this  gas  in  the 
atmosphere  remains  fixed,  the  amount  of  expired  nitrogen  pre- 
dominating at  one  time,  and  of  inspired  nitrogen  at  another. 
According  to  Berzelius,  the  portion  of  nitrogen  taken  up  by 
the  blood  is  only  changed  when  the  blood  comes  in  contact 
with  a gas  which  either  contains  no  nitrogen  or  which  possesses 
it  in  a greater  ratio  than  atmospheric  ah'.  Nitrogen  is  there- 
fore evolved  from  the  blood  during  the  inspiration  of  oxygen 
or  hydrogen,  and  the  circulating  fluid  is  then  found  to  contain 
a greater  proportion  than  usual  of  oxygen  or  hydrogen ; but  if 
nitrogen  is  inhaled,  an  excess  of  this  gas  is  found  in  the  blood, 
while  oxygen  and  carbonic  acid  are  evolved  in  accordance  with 
the  known  law  of  the  diffusion  of  gases. 


136 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


In  the  air  after  expiration  we  always  find  a greater  or  less 
amount  of  watery  vapour.  According  to  Menzies,  an  adult 
man,  in  the  course  of  twenty  -four  horn’s,  gets  rid,  in  this  man- 
ner, of  2880  grains  of  water.  Abernethy  fixes  the  amount  at 
4320;  Thomson  at  9120;  Hales  at  9792;  and  Lavoisier  at  as 
much  as  13,704  grains.  This  water  exhales  from  the  blood 
which  is  circulating  in  the  bronchi  and  cavity  of  the  throat, 
and  contains  some  animal  matter  which  causes  it  to  decompose 
speedily.  Alcohol,  ether,  and  substances  of  that  nature  are 
removed  from  the  blood  by  the  lungs,  at  least  in  part ; for  after 
they  have  been  taken,  their  odour  may  be  distinctly  recognized 
in  the  breath.  Sulphuretted  and  phosphoretted  hydrogen,  if 
injected  into  a vein,  are  easily  recognized  in  the  breath  by  the 
odour ; and  if  phosphoretted  oil  is  applied  in  a similar  manner, 
dense  white  vapours  of  phosphorous  acid  are  speedily  exhaled. 

Respiration  of  the  foetus  and  of  animals. 

As  the  function  of  respiration  in  the  embryo  of  the  mam- 
malia cannot  be  carried  on  by  the  lungs,  an  equivalent  is 
supplied  to  them  by  the  influence  of  the  maternal  fluids  on 
those  of  the  foetus,  in  the  placenta.  Anatomical  investigations 
have  shown,  that  it  is  impossible  for  the  blood  of  the  mother 
to  be  transmitted  unchanged  into  the  foetus;  nutriment  and 
arterial  blood  can  only  make  their  way  into  the  foetal  system 
through  the  medium  of  cells. 

In  the  umbilical  cord  there  are  two  vessels  which  convey 
venous  blood  from  the  foetus  to  the  placenta,  and  there  is  one 
that  conducts  arterial  blood  from  the  placenta  to  the  foetus. 
The  changes  which  are  effected  in  this  manner  in  the  foetal 
blood  are  not  so  obvious  as  if  they  had  occurred  in  the  ordinary 
manner  in  the  lungs : in  fact  it  is  by  no  means  easy,  or  in- 
deed always  practicable,  to  detect  any  difference  in  the  colour 
of  the  arterial  and  venous  foetal  blood.  The  change,  however, 
such  as  it  is,  is  of  the  highest  importance  to  the  foetus,  since 
it  dies  if  the  umbilical  coi'd  be  tied  before  birth.  The  anato- 
mical peculiarities  in  the  circulating  system  of  the  foetus  are 
too  well  known  to  require  any  description. 

In  the  embryo  of  birds  the  respiration  is  carried  on  during 
the  later  stages  of  development,  by  the  allantois,  an  extremely 
vascular  membrane,  over  which  the  left  umbilical  artery  is 


BLOOD. 


137 


especially  distributed.  Tbe  embryo  is  ultimately  entirely  in- 
closed in  tbe  allantoide  (the  chorion  of  V.  Baer,)  and  is  inti- 
mately connected  with  tbe  membrane  of  the  shell.  The  mutual 
action  of  the  allantoide  and  the  atmosphere,  takes  place  directly 
through  the  membrane  of  the  shell,  and  the  shell  itself,  and 
thus  it  may  be  regarded  as  a proper  respiratory  organ,  whose 
development  has  corresponded  throughout  with  that  of  the 
embryo. 

In  birds,  the  lungs  do  not  occupy  the  whole  of  the  thoracic 
cavity,  but  are  placed  in  its  furthest  extremity:  the  thoracic 
and  abdominal  cavities  are  not  separated  by  a diaphragm. 
Openings  are  situated  on  the  surface  of  the  lungs  which  admit 
the  air  from  those  organs  into  the  large  cells  situated  around 
the  pericardium  and  between  the  viscera  of  the  abdomen:  the 
air  can  pass  from  these  cells  even  into  the  cavities  of  the  bones. 

Respiration  is  conducted  in  fishes  much  on  the  same  prin- 
ciple that  it  is  in  the  foetus  of  the  mammalia.  The  venous 
blood  is  conveyed  to  the  gills,  where  it  circulates  in  the  capil- 
laries, and  absorbs  oxygen  and  nitrogen  from  the  air  which  is 
contained  in  the  water,  and  in  this  way  it  becomes  arterialized. 
Humboldt  and  Proven5al  have  carefully  studied  the  process  of 
respiration  in  fishes,  and  have  proved  that  they  take  up  oxygen 
and  nitrogen  from  the  air  which  is  diffused  through  the  water, 
and  that  they  exhale  carbonic  acid ; that  the  quantity  of  oxygen 
which  they  absorb  is  more  than  is  replaced  by  the  carbonic  acid 
expired;  that  fishes  absorb  oxygen  from  boiled  water  which  has 
been  subsequently  impregnated  with  half  its  volume,  but  that 
they  only  survive  in  it  for  a short  time;  and,  lastly,  that  they 
die  in  water  from  which  the  air  has  been  removed,  or  in  which 
they  have  respired  for  any  time. 

The  water  (from  the  Seine)  in  which  these  experiments  were 
conducted  contained  from  -0266  to  '0287  of  its  volume  of  atmos- 
pheric air,  of  which  from  -306  to  ’314  was  oxygen.  The  amount 
of  carbonic  acid  varied  from  -06  to  T1  of  the  volume  of  atmos- 
pheric air. 

The  water  was  inclosed  in  bell-glasses  over  mercury,  through 
which  the  fishes  were  introduced  into  it.  In  experiments  with 
tenches  they  observed,  that  from  100  parts  of  atmospheric  air 
there  were  abstracted  22'8,  13-6,  23'4,  15-5,  17-4,  22-8  parts, 
the  variations  depending  on  the  duration  of  the  experiment 


138 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


and  the  number  of  the  fishes.  The  ratios  of  the  consumed 
oxygen  to  the  carbonic  acid  formed,  were  as  1 to  '57,  SO,  '91, 
•20,  and  -50,  while  the  ratios  of  the  consumed  oxygen  to  the 
consumed  nitrogen  were  as  1 to  '43,  '87,  ’40,  '19,  *71,  and  '63. 
The  inequality  of  these  ratios  indicates,  as  Berzelius  remarks, 
the  varying  power  with  which  fishes  act  upon  the  air  on  dif- 
ferent days,  at  different  seasons,  and  possibly  in  different  con- 
ditions of  health.1 

The  amount  of  oxygen  consumed  by  fishes  is  much  less  than 
would  be  required  for  warm-blood  animals  of  equal  bulk,2  and 
their  temperature  is  very  little  above  that  of  the  surrounding 
medium.  When  breathing  free  atmospheric  air,  they  do  not 
consume  more  oxygen  than  in  their  native  element. 

Fishes  absorb  oxygen  and  exhale  carbonic  acid,  not  merely 
with  their  gills  but  with  the  whole  surface  of  their  body,  as 
long  as  they  are  surrounded  with  water  impregnated  with  at- 
mospheric air.  This  fact  was  proved  by  Humboldt  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner.  He  passed  a cork  collar,  covered  with  waxed 
cloth,  over  the  head  of  a fish,  which  was  then  introduced  into 
a vessel  filled  with  water,  the  vessel  being  closed  by  the  cork 
collar,  which  was  so  adjusted  that  the  head  and  gills  of  the  fish 
did  not  come  in  contact  with  the  water  in  the  vessel.  Fishes 
thus  treated  lived  five  hours,  and  the  water  in  the  vessel  under- 
went the  changes  usually  produced  by  respiration. 

Ermann  found  that  the  air,  in  the  swimming  bladder  of  lake 
fish,  is  deprived  of  a considerable  portion  of  its  oxygen.  Biot, 
on  the  contrary,  found  in  the  swimming  bladder  of  those  marine 
fishes  that  inhabit  deep  waters,  more  oxygen  than  nitrogen. 
Humboldt  and  Provem;al  observed  that  after  the  removal  of 
the  swimming  bladder  fishes  continued  to  absord  oxygen,  but 
that  they  did  not  form  any  carbonic  acid;  they  regard  it,  how- 
ever, as  doubtful  whether  this  phenomenon  is  due  to  the  pa- 
thological condition  of  the  animal,  or  to  the  absence  of  the 
swimming-bladder. 

Insects  can  live  for  a long  time  under  the  receiver  of  the 
air-pump,  in  a very  rarified  atmosphere;  if,  however,  their  stig- 

1 Thierchemie,  p.  140. 

2 Treviranus  estimates  the  amount  at  about  50§  less  than  warm-blood  animals  of 
equal  bulk  would  consume.  Ilis  conclusions  are  based  on  the  experiments  referred 
to  in  the  text. 


BLOOD. 


139 


mata  be  closed  with  oil,  they  speedily  die.  The  researches  of 
Scheele,  Vauquelin,  and  Hausmann  show  that  in  the  respira- 
tion of  insects  a portion  of  the  oxygen  of  the  atmospheric  air 
is  converted  into  carbonic  acid. 

Treviranus  has  observed  that  the  amount  of  oxygen  which 
is  taken  up  is  frequently  twice  as  great  as  is  required  for  the 
production  of  the  carbonic  acid  formed,  and  that  insects  always 
develop  nitrogen.  Thus  a honey-bee,  confined  in  an  atmosphere 
of  272  cubic  inches,  consumed  13  5 of  oxygen,  while  it  only 
yielded  8'3  of  carbonic  acid  and  5 ‘3  of  nitrogen. 

The  experiments  of  Spallanzani  and  Iiansmann  tend  to 
prove  that  the  changes  produced  by  worms  on  the  atmospheric 
air  in  which  they  are  confined  are  similar  to  those  effected  by 
insects. 


On  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood. 

All  our  conceptions  of  organic  life  are  associated  with  the 
idea  of  continuous  change  of  substance.  A constant  metamor- 
phosis is  going  on  in  the  living  blood,  which,  in  fact,  may  be 
regarded  as  the  most  obvious  manifestation  of  its  vitality. 

When  it  ceases  to  undergo  this  metamorphosis,  it  dies  ; indeed 
the  very  act  of  vital  annihilation  is  attended  with  a change  in  the 
blood,  which  we  regard  as  an  indication  of  its  plastic  power.  As, 
however,  life  in  every  manifestation  of  its  varying  forms  is  depen- 
dent on  certain  conditions,  and  cannot  exist  when  they  are  in- 
fringed, so  it  is  with  the  vitality  of  the  blood ; for  although  there 
is  doubtless  an  actual  inherent  power  in  the  blood,  it  can  no 
longer  act  when  it  is  deprived  of  the  condition  requisite  for  its 
maintenance,  namely,  the  reciprocal  action  of  the  organism.  The 
blood  is  not  the  only  portion  of  the  body  that  undergoes  this 
change;  every  organ  and  tissue  is  subjected  to  a similar  meta- 
morphosis, which  is  presented  to  us  under  the  general  phenomena 
of  nutrition  and  consumption,  (or  waste,)  and  which  is  dependent 
on,  and  effected  by,  the  blood  alone  ; but  since  the  various  tissues 
present  a different  chemical  composition,  and  since  the  different 
organs  separate  different  matters  from  the  blood,  it  is  obvious  that 
they  cannot  all  modify  the  circulating  fluid  in  the  same  manner, 
but  that  the  metamorphosis  must  vary  in  some  degree  with  the 
influence  of  the  nervous  system.  Two  conditions  are  essentially 
requisite  for  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood,  namely,  circulation 


140 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


and  respiration,  inasmuch  as,  without  them,  the  blood  would 
not  be  brought  in  contact  with  the  oxygen,  which  is  necessary 
for  the  existence  of  life ; and  the  more  completely  these  func- 
tions are  discharged,  the  more  perfectly  will  the  due  changes 
in  the  blood  be  effected ; if,  on  the  contrary,  the  blood  is  de- 
tained in  any  part  of  the  body,  or  cannot  enter  the  sphere  of  at- 
mospheric action  in  the  lungs,  the  metamorphosis  can  be  only 
imperfectly  effected. 

We  know,  from  the  investigations  of  Schwann  and  Reichert, 
that  all  the  tissues  of  the  animal  body  are  composed  of  cells,  and 
that  nutrition  and  growth  of  the  organs  and  tissues  is  conducted 
by  the  production  of  new  cells,  appropriate  for  each  individual 
organ,  developing  themselves  at  every  point  where  the  substance 
from  which  they  are  formed,  viz.  the  blood,  is  conveyed ; that 
these  cells,  by  their  organic  formation,  effect  a change  in  the 
nutritious  plasma,  by  appropriating  from  it  matters  homologous 
to  themselves,  and  that  the  cells  are  finally  consumed  or  dis- 
solved, as  is  obvious  from  the  general  phenomena  of  the  circu- 
lation. The  nutrition  and  consumption  of  the  tissues  of  the 
animal  body  in  the  general  process  of  life  is,  consequently,  the 
product  of  the  nutrition  and  consumption  of  the  cells  which 
constitute  those  tissues.  Since  the  capillaries  are  distributed 
over  every  particle  of  each  individual  tissue,  and  since  their  walls 
are  composed  of  cells,  which  can  communicate  and  impart  the 
plasma  to  the  adjacent  cells,  the  plasma  can  be  universally  dis- 
tributed, and  the  reciprocal  action  between  it  and  the  cells  of 
the  various  organs  ensured. 

In  what  manner  the  cells  act  upon  the  nutrient  fluid  we  are  not 
able  to  understand,  but  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  they,  or 
(which  amounts  to  the  same  thing)  the  organs  and  tissues  which 
they  constitute,  produce  adialytic,  catalytic,  or,  as  Schwann  terms 
it,  a metabolic  change  on  the  plasma  of  the  blood.  The  products 
of  these  influences  must  necessarily  consist  of  certain  chemical 
compounds,  formed  in  very  different  ways,  and  varying  in  their 
nature  in  accordance  with  the  activity  of  the  nervous  power. 
The  high  atomic  numbers  of  those  animal  substances  which  are 
of  the  most  importance  in  nutrition,  as  the  protein-compounds 
and  fats,  render  the  existence  of  numerous  decompositions  ex- 
tremely probable.  In  vegetable  chemistry  we  find  whole  classes 
of  substances  trausmutable,  one  into  the  other,  in  which  the 


BLOOD. 


141 


same  radical,  consisting  of  carbon  and  hydrogen,  is  combined 
with  different  atoms  of  water,  or  of  water  and  oxygen ; I need 
only  refer  to  woody  fibre,1  starch,  gum,  sugar,  and  lactic  acid. 
We  have  sufficient  grounds  for  assuming  the  existence  of  simi- 
lar radicals  in  the  chemical  compounds  of  the  animal  body;  and 
if  we  knew  more  of  the  composition  of  the  extractive  matters, 
we  should  doubtless  find  a radical  common  to  all  of  them.  In 
many  of  these  decompositions,  which  are  extremely  varying  in 
their  nature,  oxygen  is  undoubtedly  absorbed,  and  carbonic 
acid  evolved,  as  indeed  we  see  in  the  process  of  respiration. 
Oxygen  combines  not  merely  with  carbon ; it  may  also  enter 
into  combination  with  hydrogen  and  form  water,  or  with  a bi- 
nary or  ternaiy  radical,  which  it  would  oxidize.  Hydrogen 
and  oxygen  may,  further,  be  either  separated  from  or  taken  up 
by  these  compounds,  in  the  proportions  in  which  they  form 
water.  Thus  quaternary  compounds  may  be  split  into  several 
quaternaries  with  the  same  or  a different  radical,  or  into  quater- 
nary and  ternary  compounds,  &c.  These  must,  however,  be  re- 
garded as  mere  possibilities,  which,  unless  kept  in  check  by 
experiment,  are  capable  of  indeterminate  extension. 

One  of  the  most  important  conditions  for  the  reciprocal  ac- 
tion between  the  cells  of  organs  and  the  nutrient  fluid  is  a 
proper  degree  of  warmth ; the  requisite  temperature  varies  in 
different  classes  of  animals,  but  its  range  is  limited  within 
very  narrow  bounds,  above  or  below  which  the  action  is  im- 
peded, or  even  destroyed,  and  death  then  ensues.  If,  there- 
fore, we  should  regard  the  conditions  of  temperature  as  inde- 
pendent of  the  organism,  and  unconnected  with  the  phenomena 
of  life,  these  phenomena  would  be  unavoidably  and  perpe- 
tually disturbed,  and  the  due  course  of  the  organism  altogether 
destroyed. 

The  conditions  for  the  production  of  a due  temperature  are 
therefore  based  on  the  vital  phenomena  themselves,  and  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  principles  of  adaptation  that  are  observed 


1 [Woody  fibre  (lignine) 
Starch 
Gum  . 

Cane  sugar 

Grape  or  diabetic  sugar 
2 eq.  Lactic  acid 


• C"i2  tl8  08  — (^i2  Hs)  08 

• ^12  tl|0  Oio  = (C12  He)  08  -f-  2 HO 

• C12HuO„  =(C12H8)Ob  + 3HO 

. C12H10O10+  H0  = (C12H8)08  + 3H0 

• C12H11011  + 3H0  = (C12H8)08  + 6H0 

• C12HI0O10  + 2HO  = (C12H8)O8  + 4HO.] 


142 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


in  the  animal  organism,  it  is  developed  by  those  very  processes 
for  which  its  existence  is  indispensably  necessary. 

On  animal  heat. 

The  temperature  of  every  animal  is  higher  than  that  of  the 
surrounding  medium.  The  temperature  of  the  human  body  in 
those  internal  parts  which  are  most  easily  accessible,  such  as  the 
mouth  and  rectum,  is  usually  between  970,7  and  98°-6.  The 
temperature  of  human  blood  varies  from  100°-6  to  101°-75  in  a 
state  of  health,  but  in  disease  it  may  rise  to  106°  or  107°.  In 
morbus  coeruleus  and  in  cholera  the  temperature  falls  consider- 
ably : in  the  former  the  hand  could  only  raise  the  thermometer 
to  78°-8,  and  in  the  latter,  the  heat  of  the  mouth  raised  it  only 
to  780-8,  and  in  another  experiment  to  77°.  In  healthy  persons 
the  temperature  is  said  to  attain  its  maximum  during  the  day, 
and  to  fall  from  T8  to  2'7  degrees  during  sleep.  In  warm  cli- 
mates Dr.  Davy  found  the  temperature  of  the  interior  of  the 
body  20,7-30,6  higher  than  in  temperate  climates. 

Tiedemann1  has  given  the  following  table  regarding  the  tem- 
perature of  birds,  which  is  higher  than  that  of  any  other  class 
of  animals. 


Degrees. 


Great  titmouse 

. 111-25 

Swallow  .... 

. 111-25 

Fringilla,  different  species 

. 111-25  to  107 

Anas,  different  species 

. Ill  to  106 

Common  hen 

. 109-94  to  102-99 

Falco,  different  species  . 

. 109-74  to  104-5 

Pigeon  

. 109-58  to  106-7 

Raven 

. 109-23  to  105-99 

Vulture  .... 

. 107-49 

Common  cock 

. 103-78  to  102-99 

White  game 

. 102 

Gull 

. 100 

Tiedemann  and  Rudolphi  have  also  made  an  extensive  series 
of  observations  regarding  the  temperature  of  the  mammalia. 
The  following  is  derived  from  their  tables  : 

Degrees. 

Bat  (Vespertilio  pipistrellus)  . . 106  to  105 

Squirrel 105 

Sheep 104  to  100-4 


1 Tiedemann’s  Physiologie,  vol.  1,  p.  454. 


BLOOD. 


143 


Degrees. 


Ox 

. 104 

to 

99 

Rabbit  .... 

. 104 

to 

99-46 

Ape  (Simia  aigula) 

. 103-86 

Cat 

. 103-6 

to 

98-6 

Bat  (Vespertilio  noctula) 

. 102 

Dog 

. 101-3 

to 

99-3 

Guinea-pig  .... 

. 100-4 

to 

96-37 

Hare 

. 100 

Elephant  .... 

. 99-25 

Horse 

. 98-24 

to 

97 

There  is  no  very  great  difference  between  the  cetacea  and  the 
other  mammalia  in  respect  to  their  temperature.  The  tempe- 
rature of  the  seal  and  of  the  Greenland  whale  has  been  deter- 
mined at  104°,  and  that  of  the  porpoise  has  been  found  to  vaiy 
from  990,5  to  950,9.  The  temperature  of  the  amphibia  differs 
very  slightly  from  that  of  the  surrounding  medium.  Czermack1 
found  that  the  temperature  of  a proteus  was  63'5°  when  that 
of  the  air  was  55°-4,  was  680,25  when  the  temperature  of  the 
air  was  63°-5,  and  was  65°  in  water  at  55° ; in  water  of  which 
the  temperature  was  440,4,  the  temperature  of  a frog  was  48°. 
Dr.  Davy  found  the  temperature  of  a snake  88°-46  in  air  of 
810-5,  and  90°  in  air  of  820-94;  the  temperature  of  testudo 
midas  was  84°,  while  that  of  the  air  was  790-5. 

The  temperature  of  fishes  appears,  from  the  experiments  of 
John  Hunter,  Dr.  Davy,  Broussinet,  and  others,  to  be  from  '7 
to  2-7  degrees  above  that  of  the  surrounding  water.2 

It  must  be  regarded  as  an  established  fact,  that  a certain 
temperature  is  necessary  for  the  continuance  of  animal  life,  and 
that  the  source  of  this  temperature  must  be  sought  for  within 
the  organism,  and  must  be  looked  upon  as  a consequence  of 
life  itself.  The  production  of  heat  cannot,  however,  be  so 
properly  ascribed  to  any  of  the  collective  phenomena  of  life,  as 
to  the  chemical  processes,  which  are  known  to  develop  warmth, 
and  the  action  of  which  we  see  in  the  metamorphoses ; and  on 

1 Baumgartner’s  und  Ettinghausen’s  Zeitschrift  fur  Physik  und  Matlieinatik,  vol.  3, 
p.  385. 

2 [The  theory  of  respiration,  as  the  source  of  animal  heat,  invented  by  Lavoisier 
and  Laplace,  as  well  as  the  critical  experiments  by  which  that  theory  was  tested  by 
Dulong  and  Despretz,  are  too  well  known  to  require  repetition ; neither  need  we 
devote  any  space  to  the  influence  of  the  nerves  on  the  generation  of  heat.  The  sub- 
ject is  fully  discussed  in  Muller’s  Physiology,  translated  by  Dr.  Baly,  vol.  1,  pp.  83-88  ; 
first  edition.] 


144 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


tlie  other  hand  a certain  degree  of  animal  heat  is  indispensably 
requisite  for  those  chemical  processes  which  are  the  necessary 
consequences  of  the  proper  organic  development  of  the  cells  of 
all  tissues,  and  of  their  catalytic  influence  on  the  nutrient  fluid, 
the  plasma  of  the  blood.  The  animal  heat  is  therefore  to  be 
regarded  as  the  product  of  those  vital  functions,  for  the  due 
exercise  of  which  it  is  essentially  requisite.  The  organism  is 
thus  protected  against  the  innumerable  disturbing  forces  under 
which  it  would  otherwise  succumb,  in  consequence  of  the  vary- 
ing temperature  of  the  external  world.  The  development  of  heat, 
therefore,  decreases  with  the  diminution  of  the  vital  powers,  with 
the  retarded  circulation  of  the  blood,  with  checked  nutrition, 
and  with  imperfect  metamorphosis,  while  all  the  phenomena  of 
inanition,  perfect  destruction  of  power,  and  finally  an  asphyxiated 
condition,  are  the  consequences. 

As  this  cellular  action,  which  is  collectively  exhibited  in  the 
metamorphosis  of  the  animal  organism,  may  be  regarded  as 
purely  chemical,  so  the  heat  that  is  engendered  thereby  may  be 
considered  as  a consequence  of  these  chemical  processes,  and 
therefore  all  those  functions  of  the  organism  which  are  necessary 
for  the  preservation  of  life,  contribute  directly  or  indirectly  to 
the  production  of  animal  heat,  which  must  be  regarded  as  de- 
veloped at  every  point  at  which  metamorphosis  is  occurring,  and 
therefore  not  merely  in  the  lungs,  but  in  the  whole  peripheral 
system.  The  absorption  of  oxygen,  and  its  combination  with 
the  carbon  of  animal  matter,  not  only  in  the  lungs,  but  in  the 
whole  body,  must,  on  that  account,  be  regarded  as  the  prin- 
cipal source  of  heat.  In  addition  to  the  oxygen  required 
for  the  formation  of  the  carbonic  acid,  a certain  amount  is  ab- 
sorbed, which  probably  enters  into  combination  with  hydrogen, 
or  with  binary  or  ternary  radicals  of  carbon  and  hydrogen,  of 
carbon  and  nitrogen,  or  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  nitrogen,  and 
in  this  manner,  doubtless,  contributes  somewhat  to  the  general 
production  of  heat. 

The  theory  of  animal  heat  affords  a simple  explanation  of  many 
well-known  phenomena,  as,  for  instance,  of  the  slight  inde- 
pendent warmth  of  the  foetus,  when  removed  from  the  uterus 
(as  shown  by  Autenrieth  and  Schultz),1  and  of  those  young 


1 Experimenta  circa  calorem  foetus  et  sanguinem.  Tub.  1799. 


BLOOD. 


14.5 

animals  that  are  born  in  an  imperfectly  developed  con- 
dition. 

The  low  temperature  of  persons  with  morbus  coeruleus,  in 
whom  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood  is  always  imperfect,  and 
the  corresponding  phenomena  that  are  presented  by  aged, 
debilitated,  sick  persons,  and  those  in  whom  (according  to 
Edwards)  a small  quantity  of  blood  circulates  torpidly;  as  well  as 
the  increased  temperature  in  inflammatory  diseases  when  the 
blood  circulates  more  rapidly  than  usual,  and  the  metamorphosis 
is  more  rapid,  are  other  illustrations  of  the  same  principle. 

The  phenomena  observed  in  liybernating  animals  are  strongly 
corroborative  of  the  mutual  dependence  of  the  animal  heat  and 
of  metamorphosis,  and  also  of  the  intimate  connexion  of  the 
former  with  the  processes  of  respiration  and  circulation. 

The  observations  of  Pallas,  Spallanzani,  Mangili,  Saissy, 
Czermack,  and  Berthold  show  that  hybernation  is  prevented  by 
a temperature  of  from  50°  to  80°,  whilst  it  is  induced  in  those 
animals  that  are  subject  to  it,  even  in  summer,  by  means  of  arti- 
ficial cold : other  observers,  however,  maintain,  that  there  is  a 
periodical  deficiency  of  vital  energy  at  the  usual  liybernating 
season.  During  this  peculiar  state  the  respiration  becomes 
slow,  and  may  even  cease  altogether ; the  circulation  is  likewise 
almost  stopped,  for  Saissy  found  that  the  capillaries  of  the  exter- 
nal parts  of  the  body  were  nearly  empty,  while  the  larger  ves- 
sels were  only  half  filled,  and  the  undulatory  motion  of  the  blood 
was  observable  only  in  the  principal  trunks  of  the  thorax  and 
abdomen.  He  likewise  found  that  the  blood  did  not  contain 
the  usual  amount  of  fibrin  and  albumen  at  this  period,  and  that 
the  bile  had  a peculiarly  sweet  taste. 

The  production  of  heat  is  also  dependent  on  the  mass  of 
the  blood-corpuscles,  and  on  the  rapidity  of  the  circulation, — a 
view  that  perfectly  accords  with  the  preceding  statement,  for 
the  corpuscles  are  (as  we  shall  presently  show)  undergoing  a 
constant  metamorphosis,  which  may  be  regarded  as  an  evidence 
of  the  vitality  of  the  blood,  and  which  is  intimately  connected 
with  the  respiratory  process. 

When  there  is  a paucity  of  corpuscles,  the  necessity  for  the 
absorption  of  oxygen  is  diminished  in  a corresponding  ratio, 
the  circulation  becomes  slower,  and  there  is  less  heat  developed 
than  in  the  normal  state : on  the  other  hand,  blood  with  an 

10 


146 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


excess  of  corpuscles,  but  -which  is  circulated  slowly,  develops 
less  heat  than  blood  which  contains  a smaller  proportion  of 
corpuscles,  but  which  is  more  rapidly  circulated,  foi  moie 
oxygen  may  be  consumed  in  the  latter  than  m the  foimer 
case. 

The  following  table,  drawn  up  from  the  researches  of  Dumas 
and  Prevost,  and  amplified  by  my  own  observations,  affords 
some  interesting  data  on  this  point : 


Animal. 

Blood-cor- 

Mean tem- 

Pulse. 

Respiration. 

puscles. 

perature. 

Pigeon  . 

15-57 

107-6 

136 

34 

Common  hen  . 

15-71 

106-7 

140 

30 

Duck 

15-01 

108-5 

110 

21 

Raven 

14-66 

108-5 

110 

21 

Heron 

13-26 

111-2 

200 

22 

Ape  (Simia  Callitriche) 

14-61 

95-9 

90 

30 

Man 

12-92 

98-6 

72 

18 

Guinea-pig 

12-80 

100-4 

140 

36 

Dog 

12-38 

99-4 

90 

28 

Cat 

12-04 

101-3 

100 

24 

Goat 

10-20 

102-5 

84 

24 

Hare 

9-38 

100-4 

120 

36 

Horse 

9-20 

98-2 

56 

16 

Sheep 

9-20 

100-4 

Ox 

10-50 

99-5 

38 

Carp 

2-10 

51-1  to  51-4 

20 

Tench 

1-40 

52-8  to  51-4 

Green  toad 

2-20 

51-8  to  51-4 

77 

The  metamorphosis  of  the  blood,  and  the  general  change  of 
matter,  lead  to  still  another  secondary  source  of  animal  heat. 
It  has  been  shown  by  Poullet1  that  all  solid  bodies,  organic 
and  inorganic,  undergo  an  elevation  of  temperature  when 
moistened  with  different  fluids.  In  organic  substances  it  may 
amount  to  from  11°  to  18°.  Since  the  act  of  metamorphosis 
is  always  effected  through  humid  membranes,  this  source  of 
heat  must  he  regarded  as  of  great  importance,  even  if  it  be 
not  actually  identical  with  the  catalytic  metamorphosis  of  the 
cells  themselves. 

Becquerel  and  Breschet2  have  observed,  by  means  of  a 
thermo-electric  multiplier,  that  each  contraction  of  a muscle  is 
accompanied  by  an  increase  of  temperature,  amounting  to 

1 Annales  de  Chimie  et  de  Physique,  vol.  20,  p.  141. 

8 Annal.  des  Scienc.  Nat.  1835. 


BLOOD. 


147 


from  l°-8  to  2°-6,  the  increased  temperature  that  succeeds 
violent  exercise  may  probably  be  in  part  accounted  for  by  this 
means. 

Metamorphosis  of  the  blood  in  the  nutrition  of  the  organism. 

The  conveyance  of  nutriment  to  the  various  parts  of  the 
organism  is  one  of  the  most  important  functions  of  the  blood ; 
and  in  order  to  discharge  it  efficiently,  the  blood  must  itself 
receive  a constant  supply  of  proper  material. 

Regarding  the  blood  physically,  as  composed  of  corpuscles 
and  plasma,  it  is  only  from  the  latter  that  the  organs  can  di- 
rectly obtain  nourishment.  This  plasma  is,  however,  a very 
complicated  fluid ; its  principal  constituents  are  albumen, 
fibrin,  fatty  compounds,  salts,  extractive  matters,  and  a pe- 
culiar colouring  matter,  heemaphajin.  The  question  now  arises, 
Are  all  these  constituents,  or  only  some  of  them,  employed  in 
nutrition?  Our  analyses  of  urine,  sweat,  and  mucus  show 
that  these  secretions  and  excretions  carry  off,  in  addition  to 
certain  peculiar  matters,  the  same  pigment,  the  same  salts, 
and  the  same  (or  similar)  extractive  matters  as  are  contained 
in  the  plasma ; hence  we  may  infer  that  those  substances 
which  are  removed  from  the  body  are  effete  products  of  the 
metamorphosis,  and  that  they  are  not  suited  for  nutriment,  at 
any  rate  in  the  form  in  which  they  occur.  Neither  albumen, 
fibrin,  nor  fat1  is  found  in  vuine,  sweat,  or  mucus,  and  the 
presence  of  either  albumen  or  fat  is  always  regarded  as  a 
symptotn  of  a morbid  state.  This  fact  tends  to  support  the 
opinion  that  albumen,  fibrin,  and  fat  are  the  substances  which 
are  employed  in  the  nutrition  of  the  peripheral  system. 

The  blood,  in  its  passage  through  the  capillary  network, 
permeates  all  organs  and  tissues,  and  their  cells  take  up  from 
the  plasma  those  substances  which  they  require  for  nutrition, 
and  restore  to  it  those  which  have  become  effete,  and  are  no 
longer  adapted  for  the  process  of  nutrition.  We  may  con- 

1 The  fat  that  is  occasionally  to  he  detected  in  the  sweat  does  not  arise  from  the 
true  perspiration,  but  from  the  sebaceous  glands  of  the  skin.  Perfectly  normal 
mucus,  such  as  occurs  in  some  quantity  in  healthy  urine,  contains  neither  albumen 
nor  fat.  Pulmonary  mucus  and  the  saliva  discharged  with  it  often  contain  a little 
fat  and  albumen,  hut,  in  all  probability,  they  belong  to  the  saliva  only,  a fluid  not 
intended  to  be  excreted. 


148 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


elude  that  the  act  of  nutrition  is  effected  by  the  sole  influence 
of  a vital  power  inherent  in  the  cells,  and  that  the  plasma  is 
entirely  passive.  If  the  various  tissues  of  the  animal  body, 
different  as  they  are  in  their  chemical  constitution,  obtain 
their  nourishment  from  the  protein-  and  fat-compounds  of  the 
plasma  (which  contains  the  elements  of  the  cells,  but  not  the 
different  cellular  substances  themselves,)  it  is  clear  that  the  cells 
and  tissues  must  produce  a metamorpliic  effect  on  that  portion 
of  the  nutriment  which  is  homologous  with  themselves.  Their 
catalytic,  or  as  Schwann2,  in  his  theory  of  cells,  terms  it,  their 
metabolic  power,  evolves  from  the  plasma  the  materials  that 
serve  for  the  nutrition  of  the  cells.  The  plasma  is  here  the  cyto- 
blastema,  the  catalytic  or  metabolic  force  lies  in  the  cells  and 
tissues.  But  although  the  plasma  acts  only  passively  in  this 
nutritive  process,  we  cannot  deny  it  a peculiar  vital  power.  This 
is  first  manifested  in  the  formation  of  the  cytoblastema,  for  the 
force  that  creates  these  forms  cannot  be  regarded  as  inde- 
pendent of  the  plasma.  If  the  nucleus  is  formed  by  the  so- 
lidification of  fibrin  in  the  plasma,  which  from  the  similarity 
of  their  constitution  is  probable,  its  formation  must  be  re- 
garded as  the  result  of  a purely  plastic  force  in  the  liquor  san- 
guinis. If,  however,  all  the  different  portions  of  the  body, — 
the  muscles,  bones,  cartilages,  horny  matter,  serous  mem- 
branes, sinews,  neurilema,  brain,  &c., — are  nourished  and 
formed  by  the  protein-  and  fat-compounds  of  the  plasma, 
we  must  arrange  these  compounds  into  those  which  are, 
and  those  which  are  not,  homologous  to  the  tissues.  Neither 
albumen,  fibrin,  nor  fat  can  belong  to  the  second  division, 
since  the  tissues  are  formed  from  these  substances. 

I have  already  mentioned,  that  those  constituents  of  the 
plasma,  that  are  excreted  in  the  urine  and  the  sweat,  cannot 
reasonably  be  considered  as  any  longer  nutritious,  for  it  would 
be  at  variance  with  our  ideas  of  a consistent  organization  to 
suppose  that  substances  which  could  be  subservient  to  the  pre- 
servation of  the  body  should  be  removed  from  it ; it  would  be 
just  as  irrational  to  conceive  that  they  were  conveyed  into  the 
body  in  order  to  circulate  therein,  with  the  nutriment,  with  no 
definite  object;  it  only  remains  then  for  us  to  conclude  that 


1 Mikroskopisclie  Untersucluingen,  p.  231  and  234. 


BLOOD. 


149 


they  are  formed  in  the  body,  and  in  that  case  they  can  only  be 
regarded  as  products  of  metamorphosis.  The  most  important 
constituents  of  the  secretions  and  excretions  separated  from  the 
blood  are  urea,  uric  acid,  bilin,  hannapliaein,  biliphsein,  ex- 
tractive matters,  lactic  acid,  salts,  and  mucus.  Mucus  must 
not,  however,  be  regarded  as  a genuine  excretion,  for  it  plays 
an  important  part  in  the  animal  organism,  and  its  removal  is 
not  a matter  of  vital  necessity,  but  the  urea,  uric  acid,  and 
bilin  are  chemical  combinations  which,  in  a healthy  condi- 
tion of  the  system,  are  removed  by  certain  organs  in  a fixed 
quantity,  but  which  are  not  met  with  in  the  blood  itself : and, 
indeed,  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how  these  products  of  the 
metamorphosis  of  the  plasma  (constant  in  their  amount,  and 
determinate  in  their  composition)  are  produced  in  the  formation 
of  tissues,  which  present  entirely  different  chemical  characters, 
and  which  are  frequently  developed  in  veiy  changeable  pro- 
portions. It  seems  more  rational  to  conceive  that  the  ui’ea, 
uric  acid,  and  bilin  are  products  of  the  metamorphosis  of  a sub- 
stance of  a fixed  chemical  composition,  which,  by  the  simplicity 
and  uniformity  of  the  changes  to  which  it  is  subjected,  gives 
origin  to  the  formation  of  these  products  of  decomposition. 
We  shall  revert  to  this  subject  in  our  observations  on  the  me- 
tamorphosis of  the  blood-corpuscles,  and  on  the  manner  in 
which  the  production  of  liEemapluein  may  be  explained. 

There  still  remain  for  our  consideration  the  extractive  mat- 
ters, the  lactic  acid  of  the  urine,  and  the  salts : all  these  sub- 
stances occur  in  no  inconsiderable  quantity  in  the  blood,  and 
their  formation  during  the  act  of  nutrition  of  the  various  tissues 
is  consequently  veiy  probable.  If  the  various  tissues  are  formed 
from  the  plasma  of  the  blood,  and  if,  as  is  probably  the  case, 
their  formation  is  accompanied  by  the  absorption  of  oxygen  and 
the  liberation  of  carbon,  the  resulting  products  may  be  ex- 
tremely various : indeed  there  are  so  many  different  forms  of 
extractive  matter,  of  the  true  nature  of  which  we  are  still  ig- 
norant, that  we  are  justified  in  the  conclusion,  that  they  un- 
dergo veiy  complicated  transformations  during  the  nutrition  of 
the  tissues.  While  all  the  tissues  may  be  considered  as  albu- 
minous, gelatinous,  osseous,  horny,  or  fatty,  it  must  be  re- 
membered that  the  various  fats  differ  materially  in  their  con- 
stitution, and  that  there  are  similar  differences  amongst  the 


150 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


albuminous  tissues.  If  we  regard  the  extractive  matters  as  the 
products  of  the  nutrition  and  waste  of  the  different  tissues,  the 
variety  in  which  they  exhibit  themselves  is  not  at  variance 
with  the  conceptions  we  are  led  to  form  respecting  the  nature 
of  metamorphosis.  Another  circumstance  in  support  of  this 
view  is,  that  the  formation  of  similar  matters  is  observed  in  the 
vegetable  kingdom,  where  there  is  a Antal,  reciprocal  action  be- 
tween the  cells  and  the  nutriment,  combined  either  with  the 
production  of  lactic,  or  of  some  allied  acid.  Although  these 
extractive  matters  are,  without  doubt,  entirely  different  from 
those  that  occur  in  the  animal  body,  they  correspond  in  many 
of  their  physical  and  chemical  properties : both  are  inca- 
pable of  being  exhibited  in  a crystalline  form,  they  dissolve 
readily  in  water  and  partially  in  alcohol,  they  are  precipitated 
by  many  of  the  metallic  oxides,  and  it  is  a matter  of  extreme 
difficulty  to  obtain  them  in  a state  of  purity  in  consequence  of 
their  tendency  to  undergo  transformation  and  to  become  che- 
mically changed. 

Until  the  extractive  matters  of  the  animal  body  have  been 
accurately  analysed,  and  the  Composition  of  the  various  tissues 
has  been  determined,  it  will  be  impossible  to  obtain  a rational 
insight  into  the  nature  of  these  changes. 

It  appears  from  the  statements  of  Berzelius,  as  well  as  from 
my  own  investigations,  that  some  of  the  extractive  matters 
which  occur  in  the  blood  and  in  the  flesh  are  also  met  with  in 
the  urine.  It  still  remains  to  be  decided  whether  all  the  ex- 
tractive matters  of  the  flesh  pass  unchanged  into  the  blood  and 
are  thrown  off  by  the  urine,  or  whether  they  become  changed 
in  their  passage;  or,  lastly,  whether  they  are  not  partially  me- 
tamorphosed in  certain  organs,  and  again  rendered  fit  to  serve 
the  purposes  of  nutrition.  When  we  consider  the  wisdom  that 
is  universally  obvious  in  the  economy  of  the  animal  body,  it 
seems  probable  that  the  last  is  the  most  correct  Anew,  and  it 
is  by  no  means  improbable  that  the  gelatinous  tissues  are  sus- 
tained by  a cytoblastema,  allied  to  the  extractive  matters. 
The  fact  that  some  of  the  extractive  matters  of  flesh  are  not 
only  strengthening  but  Arery  digestible,  renders  it  more  than 
probable  that  some  of  the  matters  of  this  class  serve  as  nou- 
rishment; while  others,  incompatible  Avith  the  purposes  of  nu- 
trition, are  excreted. 


BLOOD. 


151 


The  plasma  of  the  bloocl  contains  salts,  some  of  which  are  pe- 
culiar to  that  fluid,  and  are  transmitted  from  thence  into  the  se- 
cretions and  excretions,  while  others  (especially  the  phosphates  of 
lime  and  magnesia,  fluoride  of  calcium,  together  with  small  quan- 
tities of  the  sulphates  and  carbonates  of  soda  and  lime),  occur  in 
the  bones  as  actual  constituents  of  the  body.  The  latter  are  con- 
veyed into  the  body  with  the  food,  partly  in  the  state  of  phos- 
phates, &c.,  while  their  formation  is  also  in  part  due  to  the  pro- 
duction of  phosphoric  and  sulphuric  acids  by  oxydation  of  the 
phosphorus  and  sulphur  which  occur  in  the  protein-compounds, 
and  the  subsequent  combination  of  those  acids  with  bases. 
These  salts  are  again  found  in  the  urine,  for  they  are  removed 
by  the  blood  during  the  metamorphosis  of  the  bones,  and  are 
excreted  by  the  kidneys.  In  the  present  state  of  our  chemical 
knowledge,  it  is  impossible  to  assign  with  certainty  any  de- 
finite function,  to  the  large  quantity  of  salts,  which  enters  the 
blood  but  is  not  transferred  into  any  of  the  solid  textures  of 
the  body.  Hewson  suggested  that  the  object  of  the  saline  con- 
stituents of  the  serum  was  to  enable  the  blood-corpuscles  to 
retain  their  discoid  form.  Albumen,  without  salts,  has  as  little 
power  as  pure  water  in  hindering  the  solution  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles.  Hewson’ s view  seems  to  be'  supported  by  the  facts, 
that  the  alkaline  salts  which  occur  in  only  a very  slight  pro- 
portion in  solid  textures,  are  found  in  a very  large  quantity  in 
the  blood ; and  further,  that  when  water  is  mixed  with  blood, 
by  injection  into  a vein,  in  a sufficiently  large  quantity  to  dis- 
solve or  modify  the  form  of  the  corpuscles,  a fatal  result  ensues. 
As  these  salts  are  continuously  introduced  into  the  blood  with 
the  food,  a corresponding  amount  must  be  removed  by  the  ex- 
cretions. The  salts  have,  however,  other  functions  than  that 
assigned  to  them  by  Hewson.  The  blood,  as  is  well  known, 
has  always  an  alkaline  reaction,  and  it  might  therefore  be  sup- 
posed that  if  a large  quantity  of  an  acid  were  taken,  the  reaction 
of  the  blood  would  be  neutralized.  This  is,  however,  by  no 
means  the  case,  partly  because  only  a certain  quantity  of  the 
acid  enters  the  blood,  the  remainder  being  carried  oft’  by  the 
intestinal  canal,  and  partly  because  the  portion  that  does  enter 
the  circulating  fluid  is  at  once  removed  by  the  kidneys.  Thus 
all  the  mineral  acids  may  be  detected  in  the  urine  after  their 
administration  ; the  vegetable  acids  appear,  however,  to  undergo 


152 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


a partial  change,  at  least  Wohler  found  that  neutral  potash, 
or  soda  salts,  formed  by  a vegetable  acid,  were  decomposed  in 
the  organism,  and  that  the  bases  were  removed  by  the  ui-ine 
in  the  form  of  carbonates.  We  thus  see  that  the  existence  of 
basic  salts  in  the  blood  is  indispensably  necessary;  and  as  neutral 
or  acid  salts  are  usually  contained  in  the  food,  it  is  clear  that 
they  must  undergo  such  a change  in  the  body  as  to  permit  of 
the  removal  of  the  acids  by  the  urine  while  the  bases  are  retained. 

There  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that  the  basic  salts  of  pot- 
ash and  soda  in  the  blood  serve  for  the  purpose  of  combining 
with  the  lactic,  fatty,  uric,  and  probably  carbonic  acids  that 
are  continually  secreted  diming  metamorphosis. 

The  salts  of  lactic  and  uric  acid  are  in  part  excreted  in  that 
form;  and  in  part,  as  has  been  remarked,  are  decomposed, 
so  that  the  free  acids  are  separated  by  the  kidneys,  while  the 
bases  are  retained.  The  salts  of  the  fatty  acids  appear  to  he 
secreted  only  in  the  liver.  Whether  chloride  of  sodium,  which 
appears  to  be  requisite  for  all  the  mammalia,  serves  merely  for 
the  purpose  of  preventing  the  solution  of  the  blood-corpuscles, 
or  whether  it  does  not,  like  some  other  salts,  act  as  a stimulant 
on  the  nerves,  and  in  that  manner  influence  the  composition  of 
the  blood,  is  a question  not  easily  answered. 

Active  metamorphosis  of  the  blootl. 

As  the  plasma  is  subjected  to  a continuous  change  in  the 
peripheral  system  during  the  nutrition  of  the  tissues,  it  becomes 
a matter  of  necessity  that  it  should  also  receive  a continuous 
supply.  This  is  afforded  to  it  by  the  chyle,  a fluid  generally 
only  poorly  supplied  with  blood-corpuscles,  but  abounding  (at 
least  at  certain  times)  in  lymph-  and  chyle-corpuscles,  and  oil- 
vesicles,  and  containing  some  fibrin.  The  chyle  is  therefore  not 
blood,  although  closely  allied  to  it ; if,  however,  as  is  generally 
believed,  the  chyle  is  the  only  nutriment  of  the  blood,  it  must 
ultimately  be  changed  into  blood,  and  this  transformation  is 
effected  by  an  increase  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  and  by  a dimi- 
nution of  the  lymph-,  chyle-,  and  fat-corpuscles,  while  the  fibrin 
is  not  only  increased,  but  becomes  more  plastic.  A change  must 
therefore  take  place  in  the  blood  itself,  and  this  must  be  not  of 
a passive  nature,  as  during  nutrition  in  the  peripheral  system, 
but  active ; we  must  assume  that  there  is  a formation  and  de- 


BLOOD. 


153 


velopment  of  certain  substances  in  tlie  blood,  produced  by  a 
certain  vital  power  inherent  in  this  fluid,  with  the  aid  of  neces- 
sary potential  forces,  as,  for  instance,  of  oxygen.  This  change 
or  metamorphosis  represents  the  real  vitality  of  the  blood,  and, 
as  far  as  we  at  present  understand  it,  we  may  describe  it  as  a 
process  in  which  not  only  blood-corpuscles  are  formed,  (by  a 
consumption  of  lymph-,  chyle-,  and  fat-globules,)  and  fibrin  is 
produced,  but  further,  in  which  the  blood-corpuscles  are  again 
consumed;  for  it  is  obvious  that  if  there  is  a continuous  process 
of  formation  while  their  total  number  remains  nearly  constant, 
there  must  be  a corresponding  consumption  of  them. 

The  presence  of  atmospheric  oxygen  is  indispensably  re- 
quisite for  this  active  metamorphosis  of  the  blood,  and  one  of 
the  results  of  this  change  is  an  excretion  of  carbon,  which  com- 
bines with  a portion  of  the  absorbed  oxygen,  so  as  to  develop  a 
certain  degree  of  warmth.  The  probability  that  the  chemical 
process,  which  occurs  during  nutrition  in  the  peripheral  system 
by  means  of  the  plasma,  involves  the  absorption  of  oxygen,  has 
been  already  noticed.  The  importance  of  the  presence  of  oxygen 
for  the  perfect  metamorphosis  of  the  blood,  and  indeed  for  life 
itself,  is  sufficiently  obvious  from  tlie  circumstance  that  the  ces- 
sation of  the  respiratory  process  is  followed  by  immediate  death. 

Although  the  respiratory  process  is  as  necessary  for  the  active 
metamorphosis  of  the  blood  as  for  the  production  of  animal  heat, 
yet  neither  of  these  processes  is  to  be  referred  to  the  lungs 
alone,  but  to  the  whole  peripheral  system.  If  it  were  other- 
wise, the  temperature  of  the  lungs  would  be  much  higher  than 
it  actually  is ; whereas,  in  reality  the  excess  of  temperature  of 
those  organs  is  very  slight,  and  may  probably  be  sufficiently 
accounted  for  by  the  more  energetic  action  of  the  atmospheric 
oxygen  on  the  mass  of  the  blood  in  these  organs  than  in  other 
parts  of  the  body. 

I cannot  give  any  description  of  the  manner  in  which  the 
blood-corpuscles  are  formed  from  the  consumption  of  lymph-, 
chyle-,  and  fat-corpuscles.  Physiologists  suppose  that  a capsule, 
which  at  first  is  very  thin,  but  subsequently  becomes  thicker 
and  thicker,  is  developed  around  the  lymph-corpuscle  : this  cap- 
sule is  filled  with  hsematoglobulin,  which  at  first  is  compara- 
tively colourless,  but  subsequently  assumes  a vivid  red  tint. 
We  are  perfectly  unable  to  state  where  the  first  hsematoglobulin 


154 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


is  formed,  but  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  respiratory  process  is 
essential  to  its  production. 

Schultz  and  Henle  have  examined  the  blood-corpuscles  in 
their  various  stages  of  development,  and  have  arrived  at  very 
similar  conclusions.  Schultz1  observed  that  the  young  corpus- 
cles were  poorer  in  colouring  matter  than  the  older  ones,  and 
that,  consequently,  the  nucleus  was  much  more  distinct.  The 
capsule  becomes  tumid  in  proportion  to  the  age  and  development 
of  the  blood-corpuscle,  whilst  the  nucleus  becomes  gradually 
smaller,  and  in  some  cases  entirely  disappears.  Water  acts  very 
differently  on  blood-corpuscles  in  different  stages  of  develop- 
ment. The  younger  and  more  delicate  blood-corpuscles  are 
quickly  and  readily  dilated  by  a very  small  quantity  of  water ; 
they  are  soon  entirely  deprived  of  their  colouring  matter,  and 
become  perfectly  clear  and  transparent ; whilst  the  older  and 
more  developed  corpuscles  entirely  resist  the  action  of  water,  or 
at  the  most  only  become  rounded,  and  do  not  dissolve  except 
on  the  addition  of  a large  quantity  of  water.  They  remarked 
at  the  same  time  that  the  corpuscles  most  abundant  in  colour- 
ing matter  frequently  presented  a minute  nucleus  up  to  their 
final  disappearance ; while  many  of  the  most  highly  developed 
ones  gave  no  indications  whatever  of  a nucleus. 

That  a metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles  does  occur  can- 
not be  for  a moment  doubted,  but  with  respect  to  the  peculiar 
circumstances  under  which  it  is  conducted,  and  to  the  products 
that  are  then  formed,  we  know  scarcely  anything : all  that  we 
have  been  able  to  ascertain  with  any  degree  of  certainty  is,  that 
oxygen  is  absorbed,  and  carbon  given  off  during  the  process ; 
and  the  following  facts  justify  us  in  this  conclusion  : 

a.  Dark  blood,  both  within  the  system  and  out  of  it,  as- 
sumes a lively  reddish  tint  on  being  brought  in  contact  with 
oxygen.  This  change  is  probably  based  on  a chemical  change 
in  the  lnematin. 

b.  Blood  taken  from  the  body  and  agitated  with  oxygen 
absorbs  a certain  portion  of  the  gas,  while  carbonic  acid  is 
formed.  The  mere  serum,  however,  which  contains  no  blood- 
corpuscles,  absorbs  only  a very  little  oxygen,  and  develops  car- 
bonic acid  in  a corresponding  ratio. 

1 Ueber  die  gehemmte  und  gesteigerte  Auflbsung  und  Ausscheidung  der  verbrauch- 
ten  Blutblaschen.  Hufeland’s  Journal,  1838. 


BLOOD. 


155 


c.  The  consumption  of  oxygen  and  the  formation  of  carbonic 
acid  stand  in  a direct  ratio  with  the  amount  of  blood-corpuscles, 
and  with  the  number  of  respirations  in  a given  period. 

Hence  it  is  obvious  that  the  oxygen  taken  up  by  the  blood 
during  the  respiratory  process,  is,  for  the  most  part,  consumed 
in  the  metamorphosis  of  the  corpuscles.1 

The  development  of  the  blood-corpuscles  is  doubtless  con- 
ducted on  the  same  principle  as  that  of  other  cells ; i.  e.  the 
blood-corpuscles  exert  a transforming  influence  on  the  surround- 
ing plasma ; they  select  from  it  the  materials  requisite  for  their 
development,  and  reject  the  non-liomologous  products  that  are 
formed  in  it.  Amongst  the  matters  that  are  taken  up  there 
must  be  always  free  oxygen. 

During  the  later  stages  of  development  of  the  blood-corpus- 

1 [There  are  two  rival  theories  respecting  the  manner  in  which  oxygen  is  taken  up 
by  the  blood  and  conveyed  to  the  peripheral  system.  Liebig  maintains  that  this  is 
effected  solely  by  the  iron  in  the  corpuscles,  while  Mulder  refers  it  entirely  to  the  oxi- 
dation of  protein-compounds.  Liebig  asserts  that  the  corpuscles  of  arterial  blood  con- 
tain peroxide  of  iron ; that,  in  their  passage  through  the  capillaries,  they  lose  a portion 
of  their  oxygen  and  combine  with  carbonic  acid,  so  that,  in  the  venous  system,  they 
no  longer  contain  peroxide,  but  carbonate  of  the  protoxide  of  iron.  When  they  reach 
the  lungs,  an  exchange  takes  place  between  the  carbonic  acid  of  the  blood  and  the 
oxygen  of  the  atmosphere.  Mulder,  on  the  other  hand,  denies  that  the  blood -cor- 
puscles are  conveyers  of  oxygen,  and  that  iron  is  oxidized  during  respiration,  as 
assumed  by  Liebig,  and  he  found  his  conclusions  on  the  following  grounds : 

a.  The  iron  is  so  intimately  connected  with  the  other  elements  of  hacmatin  that 
it  cannot  be  removed,  even  by  long  digestion  of  this  constituent  in  dilute  hydrochlo- 
ric or  sulphuric  acid.  (Vide  supra,  p.  41.)  Consequently  it  is  highly  improbable 
that  it  should  be  oxidized  in  the  lungs.  Liebig,  indeed,  observes  that  dilute  acids 
remove  iron  from  dried  blood,  but  Mulder  gets  over  this  difficulty  by  showing  that 
other  constituents  of  the  blood,  besides  the  colouring  matter,  contain  this  metal, 
apparently  in  an  oxidized  state. 

(3-  If,  as  Liebig  asserts,  peroxide  of  iron  exists  in  arterial,  and  carbonate  of  prot- 
oxide of  iron  in  venous  blood,  almost  any  dilute  acid  would  be  capable  of  extracting 
the  oxide,  which  we  have  shown  not  to  be  the  case. 

y.  Assuming,  with  Liebig,  that  the  iron  exists  in  arterial  blood  as  a peroxide, 
the  organic  part  of  hmmatin  would  be  different ; instead  of  being  C44  H22  N3  06,  it 
would  be  2 (C4  H22  N3  06  Fe)  - Fe2  0„  or  2 (C44  H22  N3  04.5). 

S.  The  probability  of  its  existence  in  a metallic  state  has  been  already  shown. 
(Vide  supra,  p.  42.) 

f.  The  amount  of  hacmatin  in  the  whole  mass  of  the  blood  is  far  too  inconside- 
rable to  carry  a due  supply  of  oxygen  to  the  whole  system. 

Mulder’s  theory  has  been  alluded  to  in  an  early  part  of  this  work.  (Vide  supra, 
p.  12,  note.)  We  shall  have  occasion  to  notice  it  at  some  length  in  our  observations 
on  the  differences  between  arterial  and  venous  blood.] 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


1 5G 

cles  up  to  their  final  solution,  they  must  undergo  so  thorough 
a change  as  to  leave  no  remains  of  their  principal  constituents, 
the  liaematoglobulin,  the  nuclei,  and  the  capsules,  for  not  a trace 
of  these  substances,  is  found  either  in  the  plasma  or  in  any  of 
the  secreted  or  excreted  fluids,  in  which  we  should  naturally 
expect  to  find  them.  It  is  altogether  impossible  to  state  how 
this  change  takes  place ; this,  however,  is  evident,  that  if  the 
metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles  terminates  in  their  per- 
fect solution,  both  the  capsule  and  the  nucleus  must  he  en- 
tirely dissolved,  and  neither  hsematin  nor  globulin  can  be 
contained  in  it  at  the  moment  of  solution.  What  the  products 
of  this  change  actually  are  is  very  difficult  to  determine  with 
any  degree  of  certainty. 

Transitory  combinations  with  a brief  existence  may  be  pro- 
duced, or  compounds  may  he  formed,  which  undergo  a further 
decomposition  in  certain  organs.  It  is  very  probable  that 
substances  closely  resembling  the  extractive  matters  are  formed 
in  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  by  the  decom- 
position of  which  urea  or  uric  acid  are  produced,  so  that  by 
the  influence  of  a certain  organ  (the  kidney)  the  compound  is 
separated  into  those  substances,  and  another  form  of  extractive 
matter.  It  may  further  be  presumed  that  the  composition  of 
hsemaphtein  is  such  as  to  include  the  constituents  of  biliphsein, 
and  that  the  hepatic  cells  possess  the  power  of  secreting  the 
biliphaein  from  it. 

Combinations  may  likewise  be  formed  of  which  we  know 
actually  nothing;  for  the  blood  has  not  yet  been  sufficiently 
examined.  These  points  need  not  engross  our  consideration 
at  present ; and  I will  only  remark,  that  in  my  attempt  to 
prove  that  the  fibrin  and  hsemaphaein  of  the  plasma,  the  urea, 
uric  acid,  bilin  and  its  acids,  the  biliphaein,  and  certain  acid 
fats,  are  products  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles, 
I by  no  means  conclude  that  they  are  the  only  products ; in 
fact,  I freely  grant  my  assent  to  the  possibility  of  many  others. 

The  blood  contains  a certain  amount  of  fibrin,  varying 
from  "2  to  -9,  or  according  to  Andral  even  to  1*0§,  which  on 
whipping  is  separated  in  thickish,  globular,  elastic,  stringy 
masses ; the  chyle  appears  from  my  analyses  to  contain  not 
more  than  from  '02  to  •01?  of  fibrin,  which,  in  consequence 
of  its  slight  tenacity  separates  on  whipping  into  loose  and 


BLOOD. 


157 

globular,  or  else  into  flocculent  mucous  masses.  Fibrin  is 
therefore  obviously  formed  in  the  active  metamorphosis  of  the 
blood ; and  that  portion  which  preexists  in  the  chyle  is  modi- 
fied and  rendered  more  plastic.  It  is  a well-known  fact  that  the 
respiratory  process  not  only  increases  the  plasticity  of  fibrin  in 
the  blood,  but  also  its  quantity,  and  that  on  the  other  hand  the 
amount  of  fibrin  diminishes  in  blood  which  is  not  efficiently 
brought  in  contact  with  oxygen.  As  the  blood-corpuscles 
principally  consume  oxygen  during  their  change,  it  appears 
very  probable  that  the  fibrin  is  produced  during  this  process. 

This  view  is  elucidated,  and  I may  say  confirmed,  by  my 
analyses  of  the  blood,  in  which  it  appears  that  with  very  few 
exceptions,  the  amount  of  fibrin  always  varies  inversely  with 
the  mass  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  or,  in  other  words,  that  the 
more  corpuscles  there  are,  the  less  in  quantity  is  the  fibrin, 
and  vice  versa.  This  fact  is  readily  explained  by  the  adoption 
of  the  view  that  fibrin  is  formed  from  the  blood-corpuscles ; for 
it  is  obvious  that  the  quantity  of  fibrin  in  the  plasma  must  in- 
crease during  an  extraordinary  consumption  of  the  corpuscles. 

Let  us  now  inquire  which  of  the  constituents  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles  has  been  employed  in  the  production  of  that  most 
essential  ingredient  of  the  plasma,  the  fibrin  ? It  can  hardly 
be  the  globulin,  for  that  forms  from  4 to  lOj?  of  the  blood,  and, 
being  a protein-compound,  is  so  intimately  connected  in  its 
chemical  relations  to  fibrin,  that  if  we  were  to  suppose  that  it 
were  converted  into  fibriu,  we  should  expect  to  meet  with  a 
much  greater  quantity  of  this  latter  constituent  in  the  blood 
than  wre  find  actually  existing  • still  less  can  it  be  the  hsematin ; 
indeed,  the  use  of  this  appears  to  be  to  facilitate  and  to  maintain 
the  independent  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  through 
its  energetic  capacity  for  the  absorption  of  oxygen,  and  through 
its  own  metamorphosis,  instead  of  forming  a product  for  the 
further  nutrition  of  the  plasma.  The  capsules  and  the  nuclei 
still  remain  for  consideration.  Of  the  former  we  know  very 
little,  but  the  latter  actually  possess  chemical  characters  which 
approximate  them  to  fibrin,  so  that  there  is  no  impediment  to 
the  supposition  that  this  important  constituent  of  the  blood  is 
formed  from  the  nuclei  by  a metamorphic  process,  accompanied 
probably  by  the  absorption  of  oxygen  and  the  separation  of 
carbon. 


158 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


The  nuclei  may  be  distinctly  seen  in  young  blood-corpus- 
cles, but  in  the  process  of  development  they  become  smaller, 
and,  according  to  Schultz  and  Henle,  as  the  final  solution  of 
the  blood-corpuscles  approaches,  they  altogether  disappear; 
hence  the  metamorphosis  of  the  nuclei  is  by  no  means  sudden, 
but  progresses  with  the  development  of  the  blood-corpuscles. 

Burdach,1  R.  Wagner,2  and  Valentin3  are  of  opinion,  that 
as  long  as  the  blood-corpuscles  circulate  in  the  living  body, 
they  possess  no  nucleus,  and  that  this  is  only  formed  at  the 
instant  that  the  blood-corpuscle  is  removed  from  the  circulation. 
R.  Wagner  found  that  nuclei  were  formed  by  the  mere  con- 
tact of  the  blood-corpuscles  with  atmospheric  air.  This  is  a 
further  point  of  analogy  between  the  nuclei  and  the  fibrin  of 
the  plasma;  and  if  we  coidd  only  succeed  in  observing  the 
unequivocal  reappearance  of  a nucleus  in  a blood-corpuscle 
removed  from  the  body,  and  in  which,  on  account  of  its  ad- 
vanced development,  the  nucleus  had  undergone  solution,  we 
might  then,  in  my  opinion,  consider  that  the  change  of  the 
nuclei  into  fibrin  was  sufficiently  established,  especially  when 
we  reflect  that  no  other  constituent  of  the  blood  possesses  the 
extremely  characteristic  property  of  being  retained  in  solution 
in  living  blood,  and  of  separating  into  an  insoluble  mass  as 
soon  as  the  vitality  of  the  fluid  is  destroyed. 

If  we  assume  that  the  fibrin  is  formed  in  this  manner,  it 
follows  that  the  amount  of  fibrin  must  always  stand  in  an  in- 
verse ratio  to  that  of  the  blood-corpuscles  ; and  this  is  in  reality 
the  case, — that  whenever  the  activity  of  the  metamorphosis  is 
increased,  the  amount  of  fibrin  must  likewise  increase ; and 
further,  that  whenever  the  blood  is  hindered  in  its  circulation, 
or  its  supply  of  oxygen  is  stopped  or  lessened,  the  amount  of 
fibrin  must  diminish.  All  these  consequences  really  take 
place.  Blood  that  stagnates  in  the  vessels  loses  fibrin,  for  it 
is  consumed,  while  no  fresh  supply  can  be  formed.  Menstrual 
blood,  and  the  blood  in  mehena  contain  no  fibrin ; 4 and  I shall 
subsequently  refer  to  other  similar  cases. 

1 Physiologie,  vol.  4,  pp.  27  and  94. 

2 Beitnige  zur  vergleicliendeu  Physiologie  des  Blutes,  1838,  p.  14. 

3 I-Iandbuch  der  Entwickelungsgcscliichte  des  Mensclien,  p.  296. 

4 [That  the  menstrual  discharge  does  occasionally  contain  fibrin  mil  be  shown  in 
a future  part  of  this  work.] 


BLOOD. 


159 

Let  us  now  proceed  with  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles  ; the  next  question  for  consideration  is  this : What 
changes  do  the  hcematin  and  globulin  undergo  ? It  has  been 
already  shown  that  both  these  substances  must  undergo  an 
entire  change  diming  the  period  of  development  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles,  that  terminates  in  their  consumption  or  solution. 
The  plasma  contains  a peculiar  colouring  matter,  hsemaphsein, 
to  which  it  owes  its  yellowish  colour,1  and  which  cannot  accu- 
mulate in  it  beyond  a certain  amount,  because  it  is  con- 
tinuously removed  by  the  kidneys ; it  is,  in  fact,  this  consti- 
tuent that  gives  the  yellow  or  yellowish-brown  tint  to  the 
mine. 

It  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  the  hsemaphsein  is  a product 
of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  hsematin ; especially,  if  it  can  be 
proved  that  it  is  formed  solely  from  the  blood-corpuscles,  and 
that  it  is  contained  in  them  to  a large  amount.  We  can 
obtain  from  the  serum  only  slight  traces  of  luem  aphsein,  but 
the  clot  yields  a considerable  amount  of  colouring  matter, 
which  must  be  therefore  contained  in  the  blood-corpuscles. 
The  hsemaphsein  is  formed  from  the  hsematin  during  the  de- 
velopment of  the  blood-corpuscles,  and  the  change  is  probably 
accompanied  by  an  absorption  of  oxygen  and  a separation  of 
carbon ; the  youngest  blood-corpuscles  must  consequently  con- 
tain less  hsemaphsein  than  those  that  are  older ; and  when  the 
act  of  development  terminates  in  their  solution,  they  no  longer 
possess  any  hsematin,  but  only  hsemaphsein.  In  a normal 
state,  the  consumption  and  production  of  the  blood-corpuscles 
must  be  nearly  balanced,  and  consequently  the  proportion  of 
the  hsematin  to  the  hsemaphsein  will  remain  tolerably  constant ; 
when  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood  is  accelerated  (i.  e.  when 
the  circulation  is  quickened,  and  the  mutual  action  between 
the  blood  and  oxygen  is  increased)  more  blood-corpuscles  will 
be  consumed  in  a given  time  than  in  the  normal  state,  and 
the  consumption  will  especially  include  the  older  ones  which 
abound  in  colouring  matter,  and  which  in  their  development 
are  approximating  to  the  stage  of  solution. 

1 When  the  serum,  after  the  separation  of  the  clot,  is  of  a reddish  tint,  which  is 
not  unfrequently  the  case,  blood-corpuscles  are  suspended  in  it.  In  icterus  the  serum 
is  often  of  a brownish  red  colour,  in  consequence  of  the  presence  of  biliphaein  ; in 
this  case  the  colour  rapidly  changes  into  a green,  on  the  addition  of  nitric  acid. 


160 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


In  these  cases  there  is,  therefore,  not  merely  a diminution  of 
the  quantity  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  but  likewise  of  the  colouring 
matter  contained  therein,  since  the  corpuscles  that  remain  are 
young  and  deficient  in  colouring  matter,  containing,  in  addition 
to  hicmatin,  only  a very  small  quantity  of  hcemaphsein.  If  the 
circulation  of  the  blood  is  impeded  in  any  part  of  the  body,  and 
it  is  prevented  from  receiving  its  due  supply  of  oxygen,  the 
metamorphosis  will  likewise  be  impeded  and  rendered  imperfect ; 
the  matured  blood-corpuscles  which  are  approaching  the  stage 
of  solution  will  not  be  dissolved,  and  there  will  consequently 
be  an  accumulation  of  colouring  matter,  especially  of  lisema- 
phsein,  which  is  the  most  abundant  pigment  in  the  matured 
corpuscles. 

All  these  appearances  are  actually  observed.  I shall  be  able 
to  demonstrate  that,  in  inflammatory  affections,  (when  the  me- 
tamorphosis of  the  blood  is  excited  to  increased  activity  in  con- 
sequence of  the  accelerated  circulation  and  the  increased  mutual 
action  of  the  blood  and  oxygen,)  there  is  only  a small  amount 
of  colouring  matter  present  in  the  blood,  and  that,  in  all  pro- 
bability, hmmaphaein  constitutes  but  a minute  portion  of  the 
little  that  does  exist ; while,  on  the  other  hand,  in  blood  which 
is  retained  in  the  body  without  being  submitted  to  the  due 
action  of  oxygen,  in  which  the  perfect  metamorphosis  is  checked, 
and  the  corpuscles  are  not  dissolved,  as  in  melsena  and  in 
morbus  maculosus,  there  is  a great  excess  of  hsemaphsein.  The 
colouring  matter  may  also  accumulate  when  organs  that  take  an 
active  part  in  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood  are  affected,  as 
I have  observed  in  morbus  Brightii. 

I shall  now  proceed  to  show  that  it  is  much  more  probable 
that  such  substances  as  urea,  uric  acid,  and  bilin,  which  are 
definite  compounds  secreted  in  a nearly  constant  ratio  by  peculiar 
organs,  should  be  products  of  the  active  metamorphosis  of  the 
blood-corpuscles,  than  that  they  should  be  formed  during  the 
metamorphosis  of  the  plasma  in  connexion  with  the  process  of 
nutrition. 

It  is  but  reasonable  to  infer  that  such  substances  as  urea, 
uric  acid,  and  bilin,  which  are  separated  in  large  quantity  by 
the  kidneys  and  liver  from  the  blood,  should  be  products  of  the 
metamorphosis  of  a substance  of  an  invariably  uniform  compo- 
sition. In  every  class  of  animals,  in  the  most  varied  forms  of 


BLOOD. 


161 


existence,  under  the  most  opposite  kinds  of  food,  we  find  that 
the  bile  is  a secretion  of  the  liver ; whilst  amongst  all  the 
higher  classes  of  animals  and  many  of  the  lower,  urea  and  uric 
acid,  or  one  of  the  two,  occur  as  a constant  secretion  of  the 
kidney.1  It  seems  opposed  to  all  reason  to  imagine  that  in 
animals  as  different  in  structure  as  they  are  opposite  in  their 
habits  of  life,  and  under  every  possible  variation  of  circum- 
stances, these  fixed  and  definite  compounds  should  be  products 
of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  plasma  during  the  nutrition  of 
every  form  of  tissue.  It  is,  however,  easy  to  conceive  that  the 
corpuscles  which,  although  different  in  their  form,  are  similar, 
if  not  identical,  in  their  chemical  constitution,  in  the  blood  of 
all  these  animals,  should,  under  similar  conditions,  yield  similar 
products  as  the  result  of  their  metamorphosis,  and  that  these 
products  should  take  the  form  of  urea,  uric  acid,  and  bilin. 
This  consideration  alone  is  deserving  of  much  weight  iu  sup- 
port of  the  view  that  I am  now  advocating.  If  the  urea,  uric 
acid,  and  bilin  were  formed  in  accordance  with  the  other  hypo- 
thesis, their  production  would  be  increased,  diminished,  or 
stopped,  according  as  nutrition  was  proceeding  favorably,  was 
deficient,  or  was  entirely  checked,  as  happens  in  certain  dis- 
orders. But  it  is  well  known  that  the  production  of  these 
substances  is  by  no  means  dependent  on  such  circumstances. 
The  secretion  of  urea,  uric  acid,  and  bile  proceeds,  both  in  man 
and  animals,  when  the  tissues  are  gradually  wasting  from  dis- 
ease, and  when  then1  nutrition  is  utterly  suspended ; they  are 
separated  long  after  the  body  has  ceased  to  take  any  food  what- 
ever, in  fact,  as  long  as  respiration  and  even  life  itself  remains, 
the  only  necessaiy  condition  being  the  healthy  state  of  the 
secreting  organs.  I have  had  several  opportunities  of  examining 
the  urine  during  inflammatory  diseases,  both  before  and  during, 
or  shortly  after  the  height  of  the  attack,  and  have  found  that, 
in  the  latter  case,  there  was  always  a greater  amount  of  urea 
than  in  the  former.  This  is  easily  explained  by  the  conside- 
ration that  the  active  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles  is 
accelerated  by  an  excited  inflammatory  state,  and  that,  conse- 
quently, a larger  number  of  the  corpuscles  is  consumed  during 
a given  time,  than  in  the  ordinary  condition  of  the  system. 

' Muller’s  Ilandbuch  der  Physiologie,  vol.  1,  pp.  515  and  588. 

11 


162 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


My  analyses  of  the  blood  are  even  more  confirmatory  tlian 
any  of  the  preceding  statements,  of  the  production  of  these 
substances  during  the  active  metamorphosis  of  the  corpuscles. 

I analysed  the  blood  of  the  aorta  and  vena  renalis  of  one 
animal,  and  the  blood  of  the  vena  portarum  and  vena  hepatica 
of  another  animal,  with  the  following  results  :l 2 


1. 

a.  Blood  of  aorta. 

b.  Blood  of  vena  renalis. 

in  1000  parts. 

in  1000  parts. 

Water 

. 790-000 

778-000 

Solid  constituents 

. 210-000 

222-000 

Fibrin  . 

8-200 

? 3 

Albumen  . 

90-300 

99-230 

2.  a 

Blood  of  vena  portarum. 

b.  Blood  of  vena  hepatica. 

Water 

. 738-000 

725-000 

Solid  constituents 

. 262-000 

275-000 

Fibrin  . > 

3-500 

2-500 

Fat 

1-968 

1-560 

Albumen 

. 114-636 

130-000 

Globulin  , 

116-358 

112-580 

Haematin 

4-920 

4-420 

Haemaphsein 

1-467 

1-040 

Extractive  matter 

16-236 

17-160 

Here  we  observe  that  the  arterial  blood  contains  more  water 
than  the  blood  of  the  renal  vein,  and  that  the  blood  of  the 
vena  portarum  contains  more  than  that  of  the  vena  hepatica ; 
the  arterial  blood  and  the  blood  of  the  vena  portarum  contain 
a larger  amount  of  fibrin  than  the  blood  from  the  renal  and 
hepatic  veins  respectively.  The  blood  of  the  renal  vein  con- 
tains more  albumen  and  fewer  blood-corpuscles  than  arterial 
blood,  and  a similar  relation  holds  good  between  the  blood  of 
the  hepatic  vein  and  of  the  vena  portarum.  Passing  over  all 
other  points  of  difference,  the  results  at  which  we  have  already 
arrived  afford  an  a priori  argument  for,  and  a confirmation  of, 
my  theory  respecting  the  formation  of  urea,  uric  acid,  and  bile, 


1 In  the  first  analysis,  the  venous  blood  from  both  the  renal  veins  was  collected. 
The  amount,  although  small,  was  sufficient  for  the  required  purpose.  Professor  Gurlt, 
of  our  veterinary  school,  had  the  kindness  to  obtain  the  blood  for  me. 

2 The  whole  amount  of  blood  from  both  renal  veins  did  not  exceed  sixteen  grains, 
a quantity  not  sufficiently  large  to  admit  of  the  determination  of  the  fibrin  by  whip- 
ping. I employed  it  in  determining  the  ratio  of  the  albumen  to  the  dried  residue, 
and  found  that  while  the  aortic  blood  contained  43,  the  blood  of  the  renal  veins  con- 
tained 44-7g  of  albumen. 


BLOOD. 


1G3 


from  the  corpuscles  during  the  active  metamorphosis  of  the 
blood. 

Since  the  kidneys  and  the  liver  secrete  fluids  from  the  blood 
of  less  specific  gravity  than  the  blood  itself,  it  is  clear  that  in 
its  passage  through  these  organs  it  must  become  richer  in  solid 
constituents  than  before  it  entered  them;  moreover,  as  in  its 
circulation  through  these  organs  it  meets  with  no  free  oxygen,  it 
must  be  poorer  in  fibrin  when  it  leaves  them  than  on  its  entrance. 

The  change  that  the  blood  undergoes  in  these  organs,  is, 
however,  by  no  means  so  simple  as  it  might  appear  to  be,  and 
as,  in  fact,  these  analyses  might  lead  us  to  conceive.  There 
result  from  it  the  products  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  cor- 
puscles, or  of  the  compounds  that  are  formed  from  them,  as 
well  as  of  the  plasma,  during  the  nutrition  of  these  organs. 
The  excess  of  albumen  in  the  blood  of  the  renal  and  hepatic 
veins  is  clearly  opposed  to  the  view  that  the  urea  and  bilin  are 
formed  from  the  plasma. 

It  is  sufficiently  established  that  the  renal  cells  possess  the 
power  of  removing  an  excess  of  salts  and  water  from  the  blood, 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  hepatic  cells  separate  fat. 

I beg  expressly  to  repeat  that  I do  not  regard  the  urea,  uric 
acid,  and  bilin,  as  the  only  substances  that  are  formed,  besides 
fibrin  and  hsemaphtein,  during  the  active  metamorphosis  of  the 
blood-corpuscles ; on  the  contrary,  I am  of  opinion  that  other 
substances  are  likewise  produced,  regarding  the  formation  of 
which  we  might  speak  with  greater  certainty  if  almost  every- 
thing regarding  them  were  not  based  on  mere  conjectures.  It 
is,  for  instance,  very  probable  that  a portion  of  the  globulin 
is  converted  into  albumen,  which,  since  both  substances  are 
protein-compounds,  might  happen  in  two  ways,  either  by  a 
portion  of  the  phosphorus,  or  sulphur,  being  oxydised,  if  glo- 
bulin contain  more  of  those  elements  than  albumen ; or  if,  on 
the  other  hand,  it  contain  less,  by  the  globulin  dividing  into, 
for  instance,  one  half  or  one  third  of  a protein-compound  with 
all  the  phosphorus  and  sulphur,  and  into  one  half  or  two  thirds 
of  a protein-compound  devoid  of  phosphorus  and  sulphur,  which 
then  undergoes  further  metamorphosis.  The  fat,  which  is  more 
abundant  in  the  blood-corpuscles  than  in  the  serum,  must  likewise 
undergo  a change.  The  fat  of  the  serum  appears  to  be  softer 
than  that  of  the  corpuscles,  while  that  of  the  fibrin  is  firm  and 


164 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


white.  In  all  of  them  there  is  cholesterin,  margaric  and  oleic 
acids.  Berzelius  could  detect  no  phosphorus  in  the  fat  of  fibrin ; 
neither  did  Lecanu  find  any  in  the  fat  of  the  serum.  The  fat 
containing  phosphorus,  which  Boudet  found  in  the  blood,  must 
belong  to  the  corpuscles.  We  cannot  form  any  very  clear  idea  of 
the  manner  in  which  these  metamorphoses  are  conducted ; it  is, 
however,  probable  that  the  phosphorized  fats  are  conducted  to 
the  brain.  Since  the  fats  that  are  taken  as  food  consist,  for 
the  most  part,  of  stearin,  margarin,  and  olein,  it  would  appear 
as  if  fatty  acids  were  formed  from  them  by  a process  of  oxyda- 
tion  during  the  succeeding  formation  of  blood-corpuscles,  and 
the  consumption  of  lymph-,  chyle-,  and  oil-globules. 

The  elementary  composition  of  many  of  the  substances  that 
are  formed  from  the  blood,  and  of  some  that  occur  in  it,  are 
known  to  us,  but  of  the  greater  number  of  the  matters  that  are 
produced  during  its  metamorphosis,  particularly  of  the  extrac- 
tive matters,  we  are  entirely  ignorant. 

The  extremely  high  atomic  numbers  of  many  of  these  sub- 
stances, as,  for  instance,  of  the  protein-compounds,  renders  it 
very  probable  that  each  atom  is  decomposed  into  various  new 
atoms  of  less  atomic  weight.  We  are,  however,  at  present  en- 
tirely deficient  in  many  of  the  requisite  data,  in  our  knowledge 
regarding  the  connecting  links,  as,  for  instance,  of  the  compo- 
sition of  the  extractive  matters,  of  the  different  tissues,  &c., 
without  which  even  a superficial  insight  into  the  nature  of  the 
metamorphosis  of  the  blood  cannot  possibly  be  obtained. 

With  the  scanty  materials  in  our  possession,  we  may  never- 
theless attempt  an  ideal  sketch  of  the  metamorphic  action  that 
goes  on  in  the  blood,  the  conditions  being  that  there  is  an 
absorption  of  oxygen,  and  that  carbon  is  given  off ; it  will,  at 
any  rate,  afford  an  illustration  of  the  facility  with  which  such 
equations  may  be  deduced,  and  of  the  slight  degree  of  confi- 
dence that  should  be  placed  on  their  interpretation,  unless  they 
are  tested  by  established  facts. 

We  may,  for  instance,  suppose  that  4 equiv.  of  the  organic 
portion  of  hsematin  (C14  H22  N3  Q(i),  by  the  absorption  of  oxygen, 
will  be  decomposed  into  choleic  acid,  uric  acid,  urea,  and  car- 
bonic acid.  Thus — 


4 At.  Hsematin 
164  At.  Oxygen  . . 


• • c,76  II88  N12  0. 


24 


BLOOD. 


165 


Likewise, 

2 At.  Choleic  acid  . . C84  H72  N2  024 

1 At.  Uric  acid  . . . Cl0  H.  N.  08 

3 At.  Urea  ....  C8  Hla  N8  08  f— ui7<i  “bs  ^12  ul88 

76  At.  Carbonic  acid  . . C78  Ol32J 

We  can  also  sliow  how  cliondrin  may  be  supposed  to  be 
formed  from  protein  by  the  addition  of  oxygen  and  hydrogen  : 
for, 


4  At.  Protein  • • Ct80  H(24  N20  048"i 

C At.  Water  . . H6  06  l = 5 (C32  H26  N8  0I8)  = 5 At.  Chondrin. 

16  At.  Oxygen  . . 016J 

We  may,  in  a similar  manner,  conceive  that  glutin,  urea, 

and  lactic  acid  are  formed  from  protein  by  the  absorption  of 
oxygen,  and  the  liberation  of  carbonic  acid ; for 


2 At.  Protein 
46  At.  Oxygen 


H62  NI0  024 

o46 


thj  N10  O70 


Likewise, 

2 At.  Glutin  . . 

3 At.  Urea  . . . 
6 At.  Lactic  acid  . 

12  At.  Carbonic  acid 


• • c26h20n4o 
. . c6  h12  n6  0 

• • 03g  H30  O 

• • C„  0 


10' 

6 

30 

24 


— 08o  D82  N10  0 


70 


If  we  conceive  that  the  blood-corpuscles  are  formed  of  globulin 
(a  protein-compound),  hsematin,  and  margarin,  they  may,  by 
the  absorption  of  oxygen  and  the  development  of  carbonic  acid, 
be  decomposed  into  many  other  substances,  as,  for  instance, 
into  protein,  cholesterin,  margaric  acid,  urea,  mic  acid,  and 
lactic  acid;  for, 


10  At.  Protein  . . 

O4OO 

B310 

N50 

®120' 

1 At.  Hsematin 
1 At.  Margarin 

C44 

C76 

H22 

H7S 

n3 

Og 

0|2 

* — Oi20  h407 

138  At.  Oxygen  . . 

Likewise, 

Ol3B' 

5 At.  Protein  . . 

^200 

HISS 

n25 

Oao  ' 

2 At.  Cholesterin  . 

C74 

h84 

02 

2 At.  Margaric  acid 

C70 

h69 

Os 

10  At.  Urea  . . . 

^20 

H4o 

N20 

O20 

■=  O520  h407 

2 At.  Uric  acid 

C2o 

He 

N8 

0,2 

14  At.  Lactic  acid  . 

C84 

h70 

O7o 

52  At.  Carbonic  acid 

c52 

0,oJ 

N53  027g 


N53  D27g 


Many  similar  illustrations  of  possible  metamorphic  actions 
might  be  adduced;  but,  as  they  do  not  contribute  to  the  ad- 
vancement of  chemical  science,  we  shall  omit  to  notice  them. 


106 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


2.  Special  chemistry  of  the  blood. 

Proximate  constituents  of  the  blood. 

The  blood  is  a fluid  of  a very  complicated  nature,  and  has 
been  proved  to  include  the  following  constituents  in  man  and 
in  certain  mammalia : 


Protein-compounds 


Colouring  matters 


Extractive  matters 


Fats 


Salts  . 


Gases 


Water. 

{Fibrin. 

Albumen. 

Globulin, 
f Haematin. 

I Hiemaphaein. 
r Alcobol-extract. 

. . ■<  Spirit-extract. 

L Water-extract. 

'Cholesterin. 

Serolin. 

. . ■{  Red  and  white  solid  fats,  containing  phosphorus. 

Margaric  acid. 

COleic  acid. 

Iron  (peroxide.) 

'Albuminate  of  soda. 

Phosphates  of  lime,  magnesia,  and  soda. 
Sulphate  of  potash. 

. . -I  Carbonates  of  lime,  magnesia,  and  soda. 

Chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium.  . 

Lactate  of  soda. 

-Oleate  and  margarate  of  soda, 
r Oxygen. 

. • ■<  Nitrogen. 

L Carbonic  acid. 

Sulphur. 

Phosphorus. 


Traces  of  the  following  substances  have  also  been  detected 
in  the  blood  in  certain  pathological  states  of  the  system  : 


Sugar. 

Urea. 

Bilin  and  its  acids  (?). 
Bilipliann. 

Glutin  (?). 

Hasmacyanin. 

Erytlirogen. 

Hydrochlorate  of  ammonia. 
Acetate  of  soda. 


BLOOD. 


167 


Benzoate  of  soda. 

Margarin. 

Olein. 

Copper. 

Manganese. 

Silica. 

On  the  methods  of  analysing  the  blood. 

Although  many  of  the  proximate  constituents  of  the  blood 
may  he  recognized  without  difficulty,  there  are  some  (especially 
those  which  exist  in  only  minute  quantity)  that  cannot  he 
readily  detected.  An  exact  quantitative  analysis  of  the  blood, 
including  the  determination  of  all  the  substances  in  the  fore- 
going table,  would,  in  the  present  state  of  chemistry,  be  almost 
an  impossibility ; we  must,  therefore,  content  ourselves  with  the 
quantitative  determination  of  the  more  important  constituents, 
and  arrange  and  determine  the  others,  as,  for  instance,  the 
fats,  salts,  extractive  matters,  &c.  in  groups.  For  this  purpose 
fresh  blood  must  be  used : the  clot  must  be  allowed  to  sepa- 
rate from  the  serum,  and  the  two  (the  clot  and  the  serum)  must 
then  be  analysed  separately. 

The  following  method  is  given  by  Berzelius.1  Two  known 
quantities  of  blood  are  taken,  one  of  which  is  allowed  to  coagu- 
late spontaneously,  while  the  other  is  evaporated  for  the  pur- 
pose of  ascertaining  the  quantity  of  water.  The  clot,  when 
thoroughly  separated,  is  removed  from  the  first  of  these  quan- 
tities, cut  into  pieces,  and  placed  upon  an  open  weighed  filter, 
resting  upon  several  folds  of  blotting  paper ; it  must  then  be 
covered  with  a similar  weighed  filter,  over  which  some  more 
blotting  paper  must  be  placed,  and  the  whole  must  be  compressed 
by  a stone  or  other  weight.  The  blotting  paper  must  be  changed 
as  long  as  any  moisture  is  communicated  to  it,  and  the  clot 
must  be  subsequently  dried  in  vacuo  over  sulphuric  acid,  and 
carefully  weighed.  By  deducting  the  known  weight  of  the 
filters  we  obtain  that  of  the  fibrin  and  blood-corpuscles. 

The  dried  clot  must  now  be  frequently  washed  with  water 
at  from  75°  to  85°,  until  the  fibrin  is  left  colourless. 

The  dried  blood  which  has  been  used  for  the  purpose  of  as- 
certaining the  quantity  of  water  must  be  successively  treated 


1 Thierchemie,  p.  93. 


168 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


with  ether,  alcohol,  and  boiling  water.  The  ultimate  resi- 
due consists  of  fibrin,  blood-corpuscles,  and  albumen ; by 
deducting  the  already  determined  weight  of  the  fibrin  and 
blood-corpuscles,  we  obtain  the  weight  of  the  albumen.  Ether 
takes  up  the  fat ; alcohol,  certain  extractive  matters,  and  lac- 
tates; boiling  water,  certain  extractive  matters,  chloride  of 
sodium,  &c.  The  serum  (the  quantitative  relation  of  which 
to  the  clot  is  known)  is  gently  boiled,  by  which  means  the 
albumen  is  coagulated,  and  all  moisture  is  removed  by  eva- 
poration. 

The  dried  residue  is  pulverized  and  treated  ivith  boiling 
water,  which  leaves  albumen  and  fat  unacted  upon ; the  latter 
of  which  may  be  now  taken  up  by  ether. 

The  water  dissolves  the  salts,  certain  extractive  matters,  and 
some  fat,  or  fatty-acid  compounds. 

The  watery  solution  must  now  be  evaporated,  and  the  residue 
treated  with  alcohol,  which  takes  up  the  chlorides  of  sodium 
and  potassium,  the  lactates,  extract  of  flesh,  and  perhaps  some 
fat,  if  any  happens  to  be  present. 

An  objection  may  be  raised  against  this  method,  that  the 
separation  of  the  blood-corpuscles  from  the  serum  is  not  suffi- 
ciently perfect. 

The  complete  removal  of  the  serum  is  a matter  of  very  con- 
siderable difficulty,  in  consequence  of  the  formation  of  a dried 
surface,  at  those  parts  of  the  clot  which  are  in  contact  with  the 
paper,  by  which  means  a check  is  opposed  to  the  egress  of  any 
moisture  from  the  interior  portions.  Indeed,  the  moist  clot 
can  only  be  perfectly  freed  from  hsematoglobulin  with  difficulty, 
and  with  the  loss  of  some  fibrin;  if  it  were  thoroughly  dried, 
the  difficulty  would  be  confined  to  the  washing  out  of  the 
blood-corpuscles.  But  when  fibrin  remains  for  a considerable 
time  in  water,  a small  portion  of  it  is  dissolved,  and  a part  of 
it  is  transformed  into  a viscid  mass,  consisting  of  very  minute 
microscopic  granules,  which  are  not  easily  washed  out.  When 
all  the  blood-corpuscles  are  not  inclosed  by  the  coagulated 
fibrin,  the  serum  assumes  a reddish  tint  in  consequence  of  their 
presence ; they  must  then  be  taken  into  estimation  with  the 
serum.  In  most  .cases,  analyses  made  in  this  manner  would 
yield  too  high  a number  for  the  blood-corpuscles;  in  some  few 
cases  the  assigned  number  would  be  too  small. 


BLOOD. 


169 


Lccanu’s  method  of  analysing  the  blood  is  very  similar  to 
that  of  Berzelius. 

Denis'  adopts  a method  of  analysing  this  fluid  which  involves 
considerable  time  and  manipulation ; and,  after  all,  does  not 
give  results  of  very  great  accuracy. 

Fresh  blood  is  received  into  two  vessels  of  known  capacity, 
one  of  which  is  narrow  and  high.  One  portion  is  used  for  the 
determination  of  the  water,  the  carbonate  of  soda,  and  the 
chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium;  the  other  for  the  estimation 
of  the  other  constituents  of  the  blood. 

i.  The  first  portion  is  evaporated  to  dryness  in  the  water- 
bath,  pulverized  in  an  agate  mortar,  again  heated  on  the  water- 
bath,  and  the  quantity  of  evaporated  water  estimated. 

The  residue  is  incinerated,  digested  in  water,  and  filtered;  the 
filtered  solution  is  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  is 
weighed,  dissolved  in  water,  and  treated  with  nitrate  of  silver ; 
chloride  of  silver,  and  oxide  of  silver  (?)  are  precipitated.  This 
precipitate  is  dissolved  in  nitric  acid,  the  solution  is  evapo- 
rated and  crystallized;  the  crystals  are  dissolved,  decomposed, 
and  neutralized  by  carbonate  of  soda.  The  solution  which  is 
thus  obtained  (of  nitrate  of  soda)  is  filtered,  evaporated  to  dry- 
ness, and  incinerated  with  animal  charcoal  in  a platinum  cru- 
cible. It  is  then  digested  in  water,  and  the  carbonate  of  soda 
ascertained.  Upon  deducting  the  weight  of  the  salt  from  that 
of  the  whole  ash  of  the  blood,  we  obtain  as  a residue  the  weight 
of  the  chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium. 

n.  The  other  portion  is  allowed  to  stand  for  twenty-four 
hours,  in  order  to  permit  of  the  thorough  separation  of  the  clot 
from  the  serum. 

The  latter  is  removed  with  a pipette,  and  the  separation  is 
continued  until  incipient  signs  of  decay  present  themselves. 
The  water  is  removed  from  the  serum,  in  vacuo , at  a tempera- 
ture of  from  120°  to  140°.  The  clot  is  placed  in  a small  bag 
and  washed  with  water  until  all  the  colouring  matter  is  removed. 
The  residue,  consisting  of  fibrin,  is  then  placed  in  the  water 
that  has  been  used  for  the  washing  of  the  clot.  The  fibrin 
is  separated  by  decantation,  the  solution  of  colouring  matter 
being  carefully  poured  off.  It  is  then  washed  with  fresh  water. 

1 Recherclies  experimentales  sur  le  Sang  humain,  considere  a l’etat  sain,  par  S. 
Denis:  Paris,  1830,  p.  121. 


170 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


In  tlie  separation  of  tlie  hsematoglobulin  from  the  fibrin,  ac- 
cording to  this  method,  about  the  seventieth  part  of  the  clot 
is  lost  in  the  water.  The  solution  of  the  colouring  matter  is 
heated  until  the  coagulation  of  the  haematoglobulin  is  ef- 
fected, which  is  then  separated  and  freed  from  moisture  by 
pressure. 

The  fluids  are  then  evaporated  to  dryness.  We  have  now 
four  subdivisions : 

a.  The  fibrin  which  still  contains  fat  and  cruorin.1 

b.  Albumen  with  cruorin,  salts,  and  extractive  matter. 

c.  Hsematoglobulin  with  fat,  extractive  matter,  and  salts  of 
iron  and  the  earths. 

d.  The  evaporated  fluid  separated  from  the  hsematoglobulin, 
containing  salts  and  osmazome. 

These  four  portions  are  dried,  weighed,  put  into  glass  flasks, 
and  submitted  for  some  minutes  to  the  action  of  alcohol  of 
•800 — '820,  at  a temperature  of  86° ; they  are  then  filtered, 
and  the  spirituous  solutions  united  and  evaporated.  The  re- 
sidue, consisting  of  extractive  matters  and  salts,  must  be  in- 
cinerated, by  which  means  the  quantity  of  extractive  matter  is 
determined. 

The  four  portions  must  now  be  treated  with  boiling  water, 
by  which  cruorin  and  certain  salts  are  removed. 

The  portions  a and  d are  now  combined,  and  the  three  are 
treated  with  boiling  alcohol  of  ‘800  for  the  purpose  of  ex- 
tracting the  fat.  The  filtered  solutions  are  united  and  evapo- 
rated, and  the  cholesterin  separated  by  crystallization  from  the 
fats  which  contain  phosphorus.  The  mixed  portion  of  a and  d 
contains  tolerably  pure  albumen ; it  is  dried,  weighed,  and  in- 
cinerated, and  the  ash  is  preserved. 

The  second  portion  contains  fibrin;  this  likewise  is  incine- 
rated, and  the  ash  added  to  the  former. 

Lastly,  the  hsematoglobulin  is  dried,  weighed,  and  incine- 
rated. The  collected  ashes  are  analysed  with  regard  to  the  pro- 
portions of  peroxide  of  iron,  phosphates  of  lime  and  mag- 
nesia, &c. 


1 Denis  applies  the  term  cruorin  to  a substance  obtained  by  boiling  fibrin  and 
albumen  in  water.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  of  an  agree- 
able taste,  and  precipitable  by  tannic  acid.  It  appears  to  be  produced  by  the  action 
of  the  boiling  water  on  fibrin  previously  affected  by  long  contact  with  water. 


BLOOD. 


171 


This  method  is  objectionable,  not  merely  on  account  of  the 
time  and  labour  required  for  its  various  stages,  but  further, 
because  the  whole  of  the  water  cannot  be  estimated  by  the  in- 
dicated process.  Moreover,  the  quantity  of  the  luematoglobulin 
which  is  dependent  upon  the  quantity  of  blood-corpuscles,  will 
be  given  in  excess,  as  it  is  certain  that  the  whole  of  the  serum 
cannot  be  separated  from  the  clot,  in  the  manner  proposed  by 
Denis.  The  determination  of  the  fibrin  may  also  be  inac- 
curate in  consequence  of  the  continuous  treatment  of  the  clot 
with  water,  which  has  the  effect  of  transforming  a portion  of  it 
(i.  e.  the  fibrin)  into  minute  flocculi  or  granules  which  combine 
with  a viscid  substance.  The  estimation  of  the  fat  and  of  the 
extractive  matters  is  also  very  inaccurate ; the  quantity  of  fat 
given  by  Denis  in  his  analyses  being  much  too  large,  and  of 
extractive  matter,  too  small.  Finally,  no  certain  results  with 
respect  to  the  separation  of  the  salts  can  be  obtained  by  this 
method.  Whatever  may  be  the  faults  of  his  process,  he  is  at 
least  deserving  of  praise  for  having  conducted  no  less  than 
eighty-three  analyses  in  this  laborious  manner. 

The  method  that  I pursue  in  the  analysis  of  the  blood,  if 
not  strictly  correct,  at  least  gives  results  that  approximate  nearer 
to  the  truth  than  those  of  Denis.  In  explaining  it,  I must  enter 
a little  into  detail,  in  order  to  indicate  certain  necessary  pre- 
cautions, and  to  explain  on  what  points  it  is  deficient. 

a.  I receive  two,  three,  or  at  the  most  four  ounces  of  blood, 
as  it  flows  from  the  vein,  in  a thin  glass,  and  stir  it,1  but  not 
violently,  till  the  fibrin  separates.  If  it  be  stirred  too  vio- 
lently, a portion  of  the  fibrin  becomes  separated  in  the  form  of 
finely-divided  scum,  which  cannot  be  easily  collected.  When 
the  blood  has  completely  cooled,  it  is  weighed,  together  with 
the  rod  and  glass,  in  a good  balance ; it  is  then  poured  out, 
the  glass  is  cleansed  and  dried,  the  rod  is  freed  from  the  ad- 
herent fibrin,  and  is  washed  and  dried : the  glass  and  rod  are 
then  weighed,  and  the  quantity  of  blood  determined. 

b.  Any  fibrin  that  separates  in  flocculi  from  the  blood  must 
be  collected,  added  to  the  former,  pressed,  and  placed  in  water. 
If  the  water  become  strongly  coloured,  it  must  be  poured  off' 

1 [A  bunch  of  fine  twigs  is  generally  used  for  this  purpose,  but  the  fibrin  may  be 
obtained  with  as  much  accuracy  by  shaking  the  blood  in  a stoppered  bottle  containing 
a few  fragments  of  lead,  to  which  it  readily  adheres.] 


172 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


and  renewed  until  tlie  fibrin  is  found  to  be  colourless,  which  is 
usually  the  case  in  from  1 8 to  24  hours.  It  is  almost  needless 
to  mention  that  none  of  the  flocculi  of  fibrin  must  be  allowed 
to  escape  when  we  pour  off  the  water.  The  decolorized  fibrin 
is  dried,  cautiously  broken  up,  pulverized  in  an  evaporating 
basin,  and  then  submitted  to  a temperature  of  230°  until  it 
ceases  to  lose  weight.1  It  is  then  weighed.  It  is  again  finely 
triturated,  placed  in  a flask  and  heated,  first  with  anhydrous 
alcohol,  and  then  with  ether,  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the 
whole  of  the  fat.  The  ether  and  alcohol  must  be  evaporated  in 
the  water-bath,  and  the  weight  of  the  fat  estimated.  The  quan- 
tity of  fibrin  and  of  fat  associated  with  it  must  then  be  cal- 
culated in  regard  to  the  whole  quantity  of  the  blood. 

c.  A quantity  varying  from  30  to  50  grains  of  defibrinated 
blood  must  be  accurately  weighed  in  a small  basin,  and  cau- 
tiously heated  over  the  flame  of  a spirit-lamp.  This  portion 
must  then  be  triturated,  submitted  to  the  action  of  the  water- 
bath,  pulverized  as  completely  as  possible,  and  the  heat  conti- 
nued until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight.  Lastly,  it  must  be  heated 
in  a chloride  of  zinc  bath  to  230°.  The  loss  of  weight  indicates 
the  quantity  of  water. 

d.  An  optional  quantity  (say  from  400  to  600  grains)  of  defi- 
brinated blood,  must  be  boiled  over  the  flame  of  a spirit-lamp,  in 
order  to  coagulate  the  whole  of  the  albumen,  and  subsequently 
placed  on  the  water-bath  for  the  purpose  of  removing  all  mois- 
ture. As  soon  as  the  blood  has  become  sufficiently  dry  to  ad- 
mit of  being  partially  broken  up,  it  must  be  carefully  triturated 
in  a mortar,  and  then  again  placed  on  the  water-bath.  All  the 
tough  coriaceous  portions,  which  are  not  easily  pulverizable, 
must  be  carefully  removed  : by  further  drying  they  become  ge- 
latinous, tough,  and  ultimately  brittle.  The  powdered  blood 
ought,  however,  if  the  previous  steps  have  been  properly  exe- 

1 I may  observe  that,  in  my  analyses  of  blood,  I always  use  small  porcelain  basins, 
weighing  from  200  to  300  grains,  and  that  I pulverize  dried  substances  in  the  basins 
themselves  with  a small  pestle.  As  these  substances,  when  thoroughly  dry  and  warm, 
are  apt  to  exhibit  a strong  electrical  repulsion  of  their  particles,  it  is  advisable  to 
place  the  basin  on  a sheet  of  glazed  paper,  by  which  precaution  any  portion  that  may 
escape  from  it  can  be  easily  replaced.  Any  particles  adhering  to  the  fingers  or  to 
the  pestle  may  be  swept  off  with  a soft  feather.  The  most  scrupulous  exactness  and 
accuracy  is  requisite  in  these  investigations. 


BLOOD. 


173 


cutecl,  to  assume  a flocculent  and  bright-red  appearance,  even 
before  it  is  perfectly  dried,  and  should  not  exhibit  any  dark, 
glittering  particles  under  the  process  of  trituration.  If  it  is 
black,  or  of  a bad  colour,  brittle,  very  tough,  and  extremely  dif- 
ficult to  triturate,  it  is  not  fit  for  the  purpose  of  analysis. 

e.  This  flocculent  powder  must  be  reduced  to  dryness  (the 
trituration  being  at  the  same  time  kept  up),  and  a small  por- 
tion (8,  10,  or  at  most  15  grains)  weighed  in  a glass  flask  for 
further  experiments.  If  the  powder  should  appear  to  contain 
moisture,  a small  quantity  (for  instance  about  8 grains)  may 
be  submitted  to  a temperature  of  230°  for  a short  time,  and 
the  whole  error  from  this  source  may  be  thus  estimated. 

I have  found  that  when  the  powdered  blood  has  been  sub- 
mitted to  too  strong  or  too  continuous  a heat,  the  spirit- extract 
is  only  imperfectly  taken  up  : hence  it  may  be  advisable  not  to 
reduce  the  whole  of  the  powder  to  a state  of  absolute  dryness, 
but  rather  to  calculate  from  a small  portion  the  quantity  of 
retained  moisture. 

This  powder  must  now  be  treated  with  a little  anhydrous 
alcohol.  Some  ether  must  then  be  poured  over  it,  and  it  must 
be  heated  to  the  boiling  point,  in  order  to  dissolve  the  fat  as 
thoroughly  as  possible.1 

After  the  deposition  of  the  powder  the  clear  ether  must  be 
poured  off,  and  the  operation  repeated  two  or  three  times.  The 
ethereal  solutions  are  then  collected,  the  ether  evaporated,  and 
the  residual  fat  submitted  for  a short  time  to  a heat  of  212°, 
and  then  weighed. 

f The  powdered  blood,  thus  freed  from  fat,  must  now  (after 


1 I use  small  and  very  thin  glass  flasks,  containing  from  one  and  a half  to  two 
ounces  (which,  like  all  other  apparatus,  may  be  obtained  from  the  establishment  of 
Hoffmann  and  Eberhardt,  of  Berlin) : at  first  I pour  on  the  pulverized  blood  only 
about  twice  its  volume  of  alcohol ; I then  heat  the  flask  on  the  sand-bath,  keeping 
it  in  almost  continuous  motion,  in  order  that  none  of  it  may  spirt  over,  until  it  boils ; 
I then  add  a considerable  quantity  of  ether,  winch  precipitates  the  salts  dissolved  in 
the  alcohol,  so  that  nothing  hut  fat  remains  in  solution.  If  too  much  alcohol  has 
been  added,  some  of  the  salts  remain  dissolved,  and  the  apparent  weight  of  the 
fat  is  increased.  If  ether  alone  be  used  for  the  extraction  of  the  fat,  the  process 
must  he  repeated  five  or  six  times  ; the  ether  should  be  heated  in  boiling  water  just 
removed  from  the  fire.  In  using  dilute  spirit  for  the  purpose  of  extraction,  I heat 
the  flask  over  the  flame  of  a spirit-lamp.  In  both  cases  the  flask  must  be  kept  in 
continual  motion,  in  order  to  regulate  the  ebullition. 


174 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


the  ether  has  been  removed  by  evaporation)  be  boiled  in  the 
same  flask  with  spirit1  of  ’925 — '935.  This  must  be  effected  by 
gently  moving  the  flask  over  the  flame  of  a spirit-lamp.  The 
spirituous  solution  must  lie  allowed  to  boil  freely  for  some  time. 
All  the  constituents  of  the  blood  are  taken  up  except  the  albu- 
men : for  the  salts,  extractive  matters,  hremaphrein,  and  hremato- 
globulin  are  all  soluble  in  boiling  spirit  of  *935.  The  finely- 
divided  albumen  is  gradually  deposited  from  the  clear,  hot, 
deep-red  solution,  which  becomes  turbid  on  cooling.  On  care- 
fully examining  a thin  section  or  stratum  of  the  fluid,  the  pre- 
sence of  albumen  or  of  deposited  hsematoglobulin  in  suspension, 
may  be  readily  detected.  In  the  first  case,  in  addition  to  floc- 
culi  of  a larger  or  smaller  size,  there  are  fine,  clearly-defined 
points  to  be  seen.  If  the  spirituous  solution  be  too  thick  and 
consistent  to  allow  of  the  free  deposition  of  the  suspended  albu- 
men, the  fluid  must  be  cautiously  decanted  from  the  sediment 
into  a large  glass,  and  about  double  the  quantity  of  spirit  of 
•935  added.  It  must  be  heated  until  all  the  hrematoglobulin 
is  dissolved,  and  then  gradually  cooled.  When  the  solution  is 
perfectly  cold,  we  find  deposited  at  the  bottom  a small  quantity 
of  separated  albumen,  which  must  be  again  washed  with  alcohol 
into  the  flask.  The  residue  in  the  flask  must  be  boiled  -with 
spirit  of  -935  as  long  as  any  additional  colouring  matter  is 
given  off : five,  six,  or  even  eight  boilings  are  requisite.  What 
now  remains  is  albumen.  If  the  b rematin  has  been  removed 
as  completely  as  possible,  the  albumen,  while  moist,  appears  of 
a grayisli-green,  and  when  dried,  of  a dirt}' -gray  colour;  and 
leaves  on  incineration  a bright  yellow  residue,  containing  traces 
of  peroxide  of  iron.  It  must  be  washed  out  of  the  flask  with 
a little  water,  with  the  aid  of  a feather ; the  water  must  be  re- 
moved by  evaporation  upon  the  water-bath,  and  the  residue 
submitted  to  a temperature  of  230°,  and  weighed. 

(/.  The  spirituous  solutions  are  collected  in  a glass,  and 
usually  throw  down  a certain  quantity  of  hrematoglobulin,  in  the 
form  of  flocculi.  After  the  decantation  of  the  fluid,  they  must 
be  dried  upon  the  water-bath,  triturated  as  finely  as  possible, 
rubbed  with  warm  water  to  a uniform  pulp,  and  washed 
with  spirit  of  -925.  They  must  be  added  to  the  flocculi,  of 
which  we  shall  speak  directly.  As  much  alcohol  is  now  added 

1 I mix  equal  parts  of  alcohol  of  85  or  905  'with  distilled  water. 


BLOOD. 


1 75 


as  is  sufficient  to  precipitate  tlie  dissolved  hsematoglobulin  in 
distinct  flocks.  If  tlie  wliole  is  now  allowed  to  stand  for  12 — 18 
liours,  all  these  flocks  will  be  deposited  at  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel,  and  there  will  remain  above  them  a clear  yellow  fluid, 
which  must  be  removed  with  a syphon,  and  the  last  remaining 
portion  with  a pipette.  The  flocks  must  he  washed  two  or  three 
times  with  fresh  spirit  of  from  -89  to  '90,  which  must  be  re- 
moved by  the  same  means. 

If  these  spirituous  solutions  are  of  a yellow  or  citron  colour, 
we  may  assume  that  they  contain  only  salts  and  extractive 
matters  tinged  with  hsemaphcein  : if  they  are  of  a reddish  tint, 
then  hsematoglobulin  is  also  present,  which  must  be  precipitated 
by  the  addition  of  stronger  spirit. 

We  have  now  to  analyse  (i)  the  flocculi,  and  (n)  the  spi- 
rituous solution. 

i.  a.  One  or  two  ounces  of  alcohol  of  *83  or  ’80  (the 
stronger  the  better)  are  poured  over  the  flocks ; the  mixture  is 
then  well  stirred,  and  a sufficient  quantity  (usually  from  three 
to  eight  drops)  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  is  added  guttatim,  until 
a decided  change  of  colour  of  the  flocks  is  observed.  The  flocks 
are  now  allowed  to  settle,  and  the  deep  red  alcoholic  solution  is 
decanted.  The  decolorized  flocks  are  then  treated  with  pure 
alcohol  until  they  cease  to  give  off  any  more  colouring  matter. 
If,  after  this,  the  flocks  have  still  a reddish  tinge,  they  must  be 
treated  with  a little  more  acidulated  alcohol.  If  the  flocks  are 
as  free  from  hsematin  as  possible,  they  assume  a more  or  less 
clearly  defined  gray  colour ; when  dried,  they  appear  as  a dirty- 
gray  powder,  and  on  incineration  they  leave  a yellow  or  orange- 
coloured  ash. 

b.  The  flocks  must  be  washed  with  alcohol  until  they 
cease  to  exhibit  an  acid  reaction ; they  must  then  be  washed 
out  of  the  glass  flask  (with  the  aid  of  a feather  and  a little 
water)  into  a porcelain  basin,  be  dried  first  upon  the  water- 
bath,  and  subsequently  at  a temperature  of  230°,  and  then 
•weighed.  They  are  estimated  as  globulin. 

c.  The  red  alcoholic  solutions  are  mixed  and  saturated 
with  ammonia  to  such  an  extent  as  to  emit  a decided  ammo- 
niacal  odour;  they  are  allowed  to  stand  for  some  hours,  in 
order  to  allow  of  the  separation  of  the  sulphate  of  ammonia ; 


176 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


they  are  then  filtered,  the  sulphate  is  washed  with  a little  al- 
cohol, and  the  alcohol  is  subsequently  evaporated.  The  re- 
sidue consists  of  hmmatin  with  hsemaphsein,  a trace  of  fat,  and 
perhaps  a little  sulphate  of  ammonia.  The  latter  may  be 
taken  up  by  water,  at  the  risk,  however,  of  losing  an  almost 
unappreciable  trace  of  hsemaphsein,  which  is  so  far  soluble  iu 
that  fluid,  as  to  communicate  a yellow  tint  to  it. 

d.  There  may  be  certain  cases  in  which  the  perfect  sepa- 
ration of  the  two  colouring  matters,  the  luematin  and  hsema- 
phsein, would  be  a matter  of  considerable  importance. 

In  all  those  cases  in  which  I have  found  a large  proportion 
of  hacmatin,  as  in  the  blood  in  Bright’s  disease,  and  in  men- 
strual blood,  a certain  portion  of  hsemaphsein  is  always  asso- 
ciated with  it.  The  dark  coloured  blood  of  melsena  contains  a 
peculiarly  large  quantity  of  hsemaphsein.  The  separation  of  the 
two  colouring  principles  is  best  effected  by  alcohol,  which  dis- 
solves the  hsemaphsein,  but  not  the  hsematin.  The  alcohol 
should  be  warmed,  but  not  allowed  to  boil.  Upon  the  eva- 
poration of  the  alcohol  the  hsemaphsein  is  obtained,  and  when 
thoroughly  dried,  may  be  weighed. 

n.  a.  By  the  evaporation  of  the  alcoholic  solutions,  we  ob- 
tain a yellow  or  brown  residue,  which  has  a saltish  taste, 
and  smells  of  extractive  matters.  It  must  be  thoroughly 
dried,  and  then  weighed. 

b.  If  we  wish  to  carry  the  analysis  further,  a known 
weight  of  the  residue  must  be  incinerated.  The  quantity  of 
ash  from  8 to  16  grains  of  this  residue,  will  be  small,  pro- 
bably from  -3  to  l'O  grain.  The  residue  likewise  contains 
sugar,  ru’ea,  and  the  colouring  matter  of  the  bile ; the  former 
may  sometimes  be  detected  by  the  taste,  and  the  presence  of 
the  biliphsein  may  be  recognized  by  the  dark  colour  that  it 
imparts  to  the  serum.  In  so  minute  a quantity  of  material 
the  urea  cannot  be  easily  traced. 

In  my  analyses  of  the  blood,  I have  always  followed  this 
course,  and  I feel  convinced  that  if  all  necessary  precautions 
are  taken,  the  results  will  be  nearer  the  truth  than  those  ob- 
tained by  any  previously  described  method.  I do  not,  how- 
ever, intend  to  assert  that  my  method  will  give  exactly  ac- 
curate results ; and  I shall  at  once  proceed  to  point  out, — 


BLOOD. 


177 


1,  Those  errors  against  which  we  may  guard  by  caution ; and 

2,  Those  which,  with  all  care,  cannot  be  avoided. 

Watei\  This  constituent  may  be  determined  with  perfect 
exactness. 

Fibrin.  If  the  blood  be  whipt  with  due  care,  the  fibrin  is 
obtained  as  a thick,  coriaceous,  fibrous  mass,  surrounding  the 
twigs  of  the  rod.  It  can  be  removed  without  loss,  and  can  be 
easily  and  quickly  washed. 

If  it  be  stirred  too  rapidly,  a portion  of  the  fibrin  becomes 
minutely  subdivided,  and  after  washing  cannot  be  collected 
without  some  loss ; on  the  contrary,  if  it  be  stirred  too  slowly, 
or  not  long  enough,  the  fibrin  incloses  many  blood-corpuscles, 
and  must  either  lie  for  some  time  in  water,  during  which  it  is 
liable  to  a certain  degree  of  change,  or  else  it  must  be  tri- 
turated and  broken  up,  which  induces  the  formation  of  flocks 
and  of  a viscid  matter,  and  occasions  considerable  loss. 

With  a little  experience  and  practice,  the  fibrin  may  be  de- 
termined with  great  exactness.  It  is  necessary  to  submit  the 
dried  fibrin  to  a temperature  of  230°. 

Fat.  The  fat  contained  in  the  fibrin  may  be  estimated 
with  great  accuracy.  It  is  only  necessary  to  boil  the  pulverized 
fibrin  with  ether,  or  (which  is  better)  with  a mixture  of  ether 
and  anhydrous  alcohol,  for  four,  five,  or  six  times.  The  deter- 
mination of  the  quantity  of  fat  in  the  dried  pulverized  blood  is 
much  less  certain  and  accurate.  In  an  analysis  in  which  I 
separated  the  ligemaphsein,  I treated  a large  quantity  of  pul- 
verized blood,  six  successive  times  with  boiling  ether,  in  a 
retort ; yet  I still  found  a considerable  quantity  of  fat  in  the 
hsematin.  This  may  be  due,  partly  to  the  compounds  of  mar- 
garic  and  oleic  acids  becoming  decomposed  by  the  sulphuric 
acid  in  the  alcohol  during  the  boiling  of  the  powdered  blood 
which  had  been  treated  with  ether ; and  partly,  I believe,  to  a 
little  free  fat  which  had  not  been  taken  up  by  the  ether. 

The  fat  appears  to  be  extracted  most  perfectly  when  the 
powdered  blood  has  been  first  loosened,  as  it  were,  with  an- 
hydrous alcohol.  A quantity  of  ether,  just  sufficient  to  pre- 
cipitate the  salts  dissolved  by  the  alcohol,  must  then  be  added. 

12 


178 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


We  may  safely  calculate  that  the  whole  of  the  free  fat  has  been 
taken  up,  after  six  or  seven  extractions  with  ether.  If,  after- 
wards, the  litem atin  should  still  be  found  to  contain  fat,  some 
of  the  fatty  acids  must  have  been  present,  and  acted  upon  by 
the  acidified  alcohol. 

Albumen.  Errors  may  arise  in  the  determination  of  the 
albumen.  These  may  be  due,  in  the  first  place,  to  want  of 
care  in  drying  and  pulverizing  the  blood.  If  the  powdered 
blood  has  been  allowed  to  dry  into  a cracked,  brittle,  tough, 
hard  mass,  which  can  only  be  repulverized  with  difficulty,  and 
usually  with  considerable  loss,  then,  only  a portion  of  the 
hsematoglobulin  is  taken  up  by  the  spirit,  some  of  it  now  ap- 
pearing of  a yellow  or  gray-green  colour,  while  another  part  of 
it  occurs  in  the  form  of  coarse  black  fragments,  resisting  the 
action  of  alcohol.  This  albumen  has  a somewhat  red  tint,  and 
upon  incineration  leaves  an  ash,  which  is  tolerably  rich  in  iron. 

Another  source  of  error  may  lie  in  the  spirit,  which  may  be 
either  too  strong  or  too  weak.  I have  always  found  a mixture 
of  equal  parts  of  alcohol  of  85 — 90§,  and  of  water,  succeed 
best.  I have  occasionally  found  that  with  all  precautions,  and 
after  boiling  the  residue  with  spirit  until  no  more  htemato- 
globulin  was  taken  up,  the  albumen  has  still  retained  its  red 
tint,  and  left  an  ash  abounding  in  iron.  I have  never  been  able 
to  ascertain  the  reason  why  diluted  boiling  alcohol  should  occa- 
sionally fail  in  the  perfect  extraction  of  the  hsematoglobulin. 

If,  after  continuous  boiling  with  dilute  alcohol,  the  albumen 
still  retains  a red  tint,  I heat  it  with  alcohol  of  -80 — -82,  in 
the  same  flask,  and  during  ebullition  I gradually  add  one, 
two,  or  even  four  drops  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  alcohol, 
at  first  colourless,  now  assumes  a red  tint,  and  the  albumen, 
which  is  deposited  upon  standing,  is  either  free  from  colour, 
or  becomes  so  after  being  once  more  boiled  in  strong  alcohol. 
It  must  then  be  boiled  several  times  in  alcohol  of  0925,  which 
takes  up  the  sulphate  of  globulin,  and  leaves  the  albumen.1 

1 As  sulphate  of  albumen  is  insoluble  in  alcohol,  we  need  not  be  apprehensive  of 
losing  any  albumen  by  this  extraction.  I have  convinced  myself,  by  a special  inves- 
tigation, that  spirit  of  -925  takes  up  nothing  but  sulphate  of  globulin  from  the  pul- 
verized residue  of  the  blood.  The  fluid,  while  hot,  is  perfectly  clear,  but  becomes 
rather  turbid  on  cooling,  in  consequence  of  the  separation  of  fat. 


BLOOD. 


179 


The  alcoholic  solution  of  the  sulphate  of  haem  at  in  which 
(unless  the  alcohol  were  too  dilute)  contains  no  globulin,  may- 
be poured  into  a flask,  and  united  with  the  fluid,  which  is 
subsequently  obtained  on  the  separation  of  the  hsematin  from 
the  globulin,  (i,  c .) 

The  sulphate  of  globulin  separates  pretty  completely  in  the 
form  of  flocks  from  its  alcoholic  solution,  on  cooling.  The 
supernatant  spirit,  which  frequently  has  a slightly  acid  reaction, 
must  be  evaporated,  till  only  a little  is  left ; and  we  must  then 
try  whether  upon  the  addition  of  strong  alcohol,  any  globulin 
will  still  be  precipitated.  The  whole  of  the  sulphate  of  globulin 
must  be  added  to  that  which  is  subsequently  obtained  from  the 
hsematoglobulin. 

If,  in  accordance  with  the  methods  of  Berzelius  and  Denis, 
the  clot  is  washed  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  fibrin,  the 
nuclei  and  capsules  of  the  blood-corpuscles  are  entangled  in, 
and  increase  the  apparent  quantity  of  the  fibrin ; if  however 
the  fibrin  is  removed  by  whipping,  according  to  my  method, 
then  the  nuclei  and  capsules  remain  in  the  albumen,  and  in- 
crease its  estimated  quantity. 

I am  not  acquainted  with  any  researches  tending  to  show 
the  degree  in  which  the  proportions  of  albumen  and  fibrin  are 
modified  by  the  adoption  of  one  or  other  of  these  methods. 
Maitland,1  however,  observes  that  the  quantity  of  fibrin  ob- 
tained by  whipping  is  less  than  that  obtained  by  washing  the 
clot.  Muller, 2 on  the  contrary,  thinks  that  the  weight  of  the 

nuclei  must  be  extremely  small,  and  that  the  results  obtained 
by  the  two  methods  are  very  nearly  the  same.  My  own  opinion 
is,  that  the  fibrin  cannot  be  determined  with  accuracy  from  the 
washed  clot. 

Globulin.  The  globulin  can  be  calculated  with  considerable 
accuracy  if  the  albumen  has  been  perfectly  freed  from  the 
hsematoglobulin.  I have  never  yet  succeeded  in  entirely 
removing  the  hsematin  from  the  globulin.  It  is  known  that 
even  nearly  colourless  globulin  leaves,  on  incineration,  an  ash 
which  is  pretty  rich  in  peroxide  of  iron.  Whether  globulin 
generally  contains  peroxide  of  iron  or  not,  I cannot  positively 

1 An  Experimental  Essay  on  the  Physiology  of  the  Blood,  1838. 

2 Pbysiologie  des  Menschen,  vol.  1,  p.  119. 


180 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


state.  The  globulin  usually  occurs  in  analyses  of  the  blood  as 
a sulphate,  and  as  such  I have  always  estimated  it.  It  is  of 
a grayish-white  colour,  forms  a brownish  solution  in  water, 
and  on  incineration  leaves  an  ash,  more  or  less  abundant  in 
iron. 

If  after  the  separation  of  hsematin  (in  the  manner  already 
described),  and  after  being  washed  in  alcohol,  the  globulin 
retains  a red  tint,  it  must  be  again  treated  with  a lukewarm 
mixture  of  sulphuric  acid  and  alcohol,  as  before,  which  dis- 
solves the  hsematin  that  had  remained  attached  to  the  glo- 
bulin. It  must  then  be  repeatedly  washed  with  alcohol,  until 
it  no  longer  exhibits  any  acid  reaction. 

Hcematin.  From  the  remarks  which  have  been  made  re- 
specting the  albumen  and  the  globulin,  the  reader  may  con- 
clude that  the  hsematin  cannot  always  be  determined  with 
exactness ; I conceive,  however,  that  with  all  due  care,  the 
error  in  the  determination  of  the  hsematin  should  be  very 
trifling  in  100  parts.  It  by  no  means  necessarily  follows  that 
hsematoglobulin  should  under  all  circumstances  contain  a con- 
stant proportion  of  hsematin.  Moreover,  if  the  fat  has  not 
been  previously  entirely  removed,  a certain  quantity  may  be 
associated  with  the  hsematin.  If  the  hsemaphsein  is  separated 
from  the  hsematin  by  means  of  warm  alcohol,  the  fat  dis- 
solves simultaneously  with  the  former  of  these  colouring  mat- 
ters, and  remains  closely  connected  with  it.  If  the  alcohol 
used  for  the  separation  of  the  hsematin  from  the  globulin  is 
not  sufficiently  strong ; and  if,  after  the  saturation  of  the  sul- 
phuric acid  with  ammonia,  a sufficient  time  is  not  allowed 
for  the  sulphate  of  ammonia  to  separate,  a portion  of  this 
salt  will  pass  through  the  filter,  and  become  mixed  with  the 
hsematin  upon  the  evaporation  of  the  alcohol.  If  this  is  the 
case,  the  salt  may  be  easily  recognized  in  the  hsematin  by  its 
crystalline  form ; and  it  must  be  extracted  with  water.  It  is 
always  advisable  to  use  strong  alcohol,  and  to  allow  the  satu- 
rated solution  to  stand  for  some  hours  before  it  is  filtered. 

H&maphcEin.  The  determination  of  this  constituent  is 
somewhat  uncertain  and  difficult,  on  account  of  the  minute 
proportion  in  which  it  exists.  It  is  occasionally  found  to 


BLOOD. 


181 


constitute  only  O’ 12  of  tlie  weight  of  the  dried  blood.  A 

portion  of  this  colouring  matter  is  taken  up  with  the  ex- 
tractive matters  from  which  we  cannot  separate  it ; another 
portion  may  be  lost  if  the  alcohol  used  for  the  separation  of 
the  haematin  from  the  globulin  is  not  of  sufficient  strength.  In 
this  case,  on  saturating  with  ammonia,  a sulphate  of  ammonia 
is  precipitated,  and  its  removal  is  associated  with  a further  loss 
of  hsemaphsein.  The  hsemaphsein  always  retains  a little  fat. 

Salts  and  extractive  matters.  These  substances,  with  due 
caution  and  experience,  may  be  determined  with  considerable 
accuracy.  They  must  be  separated  from  the  hsematoglobulin 
by  the  addition  of  dilute  spirit,  and  to  ensure  a tolerably 
perfect  separation,  the  whole  should  be  allowed  to  stand  from 
eighteen  to  twenty-four  hours.  I have  already  mentioned  the 
com’se  that  must  be  adopted  in  case  any  of  the  hsematoglo- 
bulin should  be  retained  in  the  alcoholic  solution.  If  the  ex- 
tractive matters  and  salts  are  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  to 
a slight  residue,  and  then  treated  with  anhydrous  alcohol,  the 
alcohol-extract  will  be  dissolved  and  may  be  estimated.  I do 
not  know  how  to  separate  hsemaphaein  from  the  extractive 
matters.  In  order  to  determine  the  salts,  the  extractive 
matters  must  be  incinerated.  By  treating  the  (incinerated) 
residue  with  hot  alcohol  of  ’85,  we  take  up  the  chloride  of 
sodium.  The  residue  must  be  dissolved  in  a little  water,  and 
rendered  neutral  by  the  addition  of  acetic  acid.  The  acetates 
of  potash  and  soda  may  now  be  taken  up  by  alcohol.  These 
salts  correspond  with  the  lactates.1  There  still  remain  the 

1 [The  existence  of  lactic  acid  and  the  lactates  in  the  animal  fluids  is  denied  in 
toto  by  the  Giessen  school. 

Enderlin’s  conclusions  regarding  the  recently  incinerated  ash  of  blood  may  be 
summed  up  in  the  following  terms  : 

1.  The  ash  does  not  effervesce  on  the  addition  of  an  acid. 

2.  Hot  water  poured  on  the  ash  becomes  alkaline ; it  holds  in  solution  alkaline 
phosphates  and  sulphates,  chloride  of  sodium,  and  sometimes  chloride  of  potassium, 
but  no  other  salts. 

a.  On  the  addition  of  a neutral  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  to  this  fluid,  there  is  a 
yellow  precipitate,  which  is  partly  soluble  in  nitric  acid ; a portion,  however,  con- 
sisting of  chloride  of  silver,  remaining  undissolved.  The  addition  of  nitric  acid 
causes  no  effervescence.  On  neutralizing  the  acid  filtrate  with  ammonia,  a yellow 
precipitate  of  tribasic  phosphate  of  silver  (3Ag  0,  P05)  is  thrown  down. 

b.  On  treating  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  ash  with  a solution  of  chloride  of  cal- 


182 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


phosphates  and  sulphates  of  lime,  magnesia,  potash,  and  soda. 
If  they  are  dissolved  in  a little  dilute  nitric  acid,  the  addition 
of  ammonia  induces  the  precipitation  of  the  earthy  phosphates, 
while  the  other  salts  remain  in  solution. 

There  are  some  substances  occurring  only  in  veiy  minute  quan- 
tities, or  in  certain  diseased  states,  which  cannot  be  always 
easily  detected. 

1.  Urea.  This  substance  has  never  yet  been  observed  in 
any  great  quantity  in  the  blood. 

I have  detected  a minute  quantity  of  urea  in  the  blood  of  a 
healthy  calf.  I allowed  the  blood  (about  fifteen  or  sixteen  pounds) 
to  run  into  a vessel  filled  with  alcohol,  and  assiduously  stirred 
the  mixture.  The  alcohol  was  removed  by  pressure,  evaporated, 
and  the  residue  extracted  with  anhydrous  alcohol.  After  filtra- 
tion, and  a second  evaporation,  the  residue  was  again  dissolved 
in  a little  anhydrous  alcohol,  and  the  bases  of  the  lactates  and 
fatty  acids  precipitated  with  sulphuric  acid.  The  filtered  liquid 
was  digested  with  carbonate  of  baryta,  evaporated,  dissolved  in 
water,  the  fats  and  fatty  acids  removed  by  filtration,  the  aqueous 
solution  concentrated,  and  nitric  acid  added.  The  greater  part 
of  the  fluid  was  removed  by  being  placed  in  vacuo  over  strong 
sulphuric  acid;  alcohol  was  poured  over  the  residue,  and  the 

cium,  there  is  a copious  gelatinous  precipitate  of  phosphate  of  lime  (3CaO,  P05), 
which  dissolves  in  nitric  acid  without  effervescence.  On  treating  this  acid  solution 
with  nitrate  of  silver,  and  neutralizing  with  ammonia,  the  tribasic  phosphate  of  silver 
is  precipitated  as  before.  The  addition  of  the  chloride  of  calcium  neutralizes  the 
previously  alkaline  fluid. 

From  1,  we  see  that  the  alkaline  reaction  is  not  due  to  the  presence  of  alkaline 
carbonates ; and  2 shows  it  is  not  dependent  on  the  presence  of  free  potash  or  soda, 
for  otherwise  the  fluid  would  not  he  neutralized  by  the  chloride  of  calcium.  Hence 
the  albumen  in  the  blood  cannot  exist  as  a soda-compound  (albuminate  of  soda) ; 
neither  can  there  be  alkaline  lactates,  acetates,  nor  fatty-acid  salts  in  that  fluid ; and 
on  the  above  grounds,  Enderlin  conceives  that  we  are  justified  in  assuming  that  the 
alkaline  reaction  of  the  ash  is  dependent  on  the  presence  of  tribasic  phosphate  of 
soda  (3NaO,  P05) ; and  as  this  is  the  only  salt  that  remains  tribasic  at  a red  heat, 
he  concludes  that  the  alkalinity  of  the  blood,  as  well  as  of  the  ash,  is  dependent  on 
it.  Enderlin  is  the  only  chemist  who  excludes  carbonates  from  the  ash  of  the  blood 
and  other  animal  fluids.  The  manner  in  which  he  accounts  for  the  occurrence  of 
these  salts  in  the  analyses  of  other  chemists  is  very  plausible.  On  exposing  3NaO, 
POs  to  the  atmosphere,  it  becomes  converted  into  2NaO,  HO,  PO,  andNaO,  COa. 
(Liebig  and  Wohler’s  Annalen  der  Chemie  und  Pharmacie;  March  1844.)] 


BLOOD. 


183 


solution  submitted  to  spontaneous  evaporation.  The  microscope 
then  revealed  the  presence  of  nitrate  of  urea,  which  was  recog- 
nized by  its  peculiar  crystalline  form. 

[Marchand  got  only  slight  microscopic  indications  of  urea 
from  twenty  pounds  of  the  serum  of  the  blood  of  a healthy  cow; 
and  as  the  urine  of  that  animal  contains  a larger  amount  of 
urea  (45  according  to  Sprengel)  than  that  of  man,  the  blood 
must  likewise  contain  a larger  proportion  of  this  ingredient. 
He  calculates  (assuming  that  there  are  twenty  pounds  of  blood 
in  a man’s  body,  and  that  one  ounce  and  a half  of  urea  is  eli- 
minated in  twenty-four  hours)  that  the  blood  contains  only  the 
15,360th  part  of  its  weight  of  urea,  a quantity  that  could  hardly 
be  determined  analytically,  if  it  were  increased  thirty-fold.1] 

After  the  extirpation  of  the  kidneys,  and  in  Bright’s  disease, 
it  has  been  found  in  so  large  a proportion  that  its  detection  is 
accomplished  with  comparative  ease.  My  method,  in  looking 
for  urea,  is  to  treat  a certain  quantity  of  the  blood  with  alcohol 
for  the  purpose  of  throwing  down  the  protein-compounds ; then 
to  filter ; and,  subsequently,  to  wash  the  residue  upon  the  filter 
with  alcohol.  The  alcoholic  solution  (including  the  washings 
of  the  filter)  must  be  evaporated  to  a small  residue,  and  treated 
with  anhydrous  alcohol.  The  solution  is  decanted  from  the 
spirit-extract,  which  remains  undissolved,  is  evaporated,  and 
again  treated  with  anhydrous  alcohol.  This  process  must,  if 
necessaiy,  be  repeated  until  the  residue  is  freely  soluble  in  this 
menstruum. 

The  alcohol  must  then  be  evaporated,  and  the  residue  dis- 
solved in  water,  which  usually  becomes  slightly  turbid  in  con- 
sequence of  the  separation  of  traces  of  fat.  This  fat  is  not 
easily  separated  by  filtration ; if,  however,  this  process  is  deter- 
mined upon,  a considerable  quantity  of  water  is  added ; it  is 
heated,  and  allowed  to  stand  for  some  time.  The  watery  solu- 
tion will  then  pass  through  the  filter  tolerably  clear,  but  slowly. 
It  must  be  evaporated  to  a small  residue,  thoroughly  cooled, 
and  nitric  acid  then  added.  If  the  quantity  of  urea  is  not  too 
minute,  there  are  formed  almost  instantaneously  an  immense 
number  of  glittering  crystalline  scales.  If  the  quantity  of  urea 

1 [That  there  is  a peculiar  difficulty  in  the  precise  determination  of  this  constituent 
is  shown  by  an  experiment  in  which  Marchand  mixed  one  grain  of  urea  with  200  of 
serum.  He  could  only  recover  -2  of  a grain.] 


184 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


is  very  minute,  tlie  crystallized  nitrate  of  urea  may  not  he  per- 
ceptible for  several  hours,  and  even  then  probably  not  without 
the  aid  of  the  microscope.  In  order  to  avoid  any  errors  that 
might  arise  through  the  crystalline  form  of  other  salts,  I first 
made  myself  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  appearance  pre- 
sented under  the  microscope  by  alcohol-extract  of  urine  (con- 
taining urea)  when  treated  with  nitric  acid;  then  with  the 
appearance  presented  by  alcohol-extract  of  blood  to  which  a 
little  urine  had  been  added,  on  the  addition  of  nitric  acid ; then 
with  that  of  alcohol -extract  of  blood  devoid  of  urea ; and,  lastly, 
with  blood  which  contains  urea  in  the  natural  proportions.  In 
this  manner  I found  that  the  salt  which  most  commonly  occurs 
in  the  alcohol-extract  of  blood,  the  lactate  of  soda,  may  be 
readily  distinguished  under  the  microscope  from  the  nitrate  of 
urea,  and  that  very  minute  quantities  of  urea  may  be  detected 
with  certainty. 

Small  quantities  of  urea  may  be  recognized,  by  the  peculiar 
and  characteristic  form  of  the  nitrate,  in  fluids  containing  those 
extractive  matters  and  salts  of  urine  or  of  blood  that  are  soluble 
in  anhydrous  alcohol.  The  forms  which  are  principally  and  most 
frequently  observed  are  depicted  in  fig.  3 : a represents  the 

characteristic  crystalline  form  of  nitrate  of  urea;  b,  c,  d,  e, 
groups  that  are  formed  in  a somewhat  dilute  solution  of  urea ; 
f,  groups  that  are  formed  in  a very  dilute  solution,  chiefly  at 
the  edge  of  the  fluid.  Fig.  4 exhibits  the  crystalline  form  which 
is  produced  by  the  addition  of  nitric  acid  to  the  alcohol-extract 
of  blood,  containing  no  urea.  These  crystals  are  not  perceptible 
until  the  fluid  is  evaporated  nearly  to  dryness.  Fig.  5 shows 
the  form  of  the  nitrate  of  urea  in  blood  containing  a conside- 
rable quantity  of  urea.  I have  several  times  observed  these 
appearances  in  Bright’s  disease.  With  a little  practice  the 
commencement  of  the  crystallization  of  the  nitrate  may  be 
perceived ; it  begins  by  exhibiting  an  appearance  of  numerous 
fine  parallel  lines  or  streaks. 

Oxalic  acid  may  likewise  be  used  in  microscopic  researches 
regarding  the  presence  of  urea  in  the  blood.  I have  always, 
however,  preferred  the  use  of  nitric  acid,  because,  in  the  first 
place,  it  is  not  itself  capable  of  crystallization  as  oxalic  acid  is ; 
and,  secondly,  because  the  nitrates  of  potash  and  soda  are  much 
more  soluble  than  the  corresponding  oxalates.  Fig.  6 shows 


BLOOD. 


185 


the  crystalline  form  of  the  oxalate  of  urea  when  alcohol- extract 
of  urine,  not  very  rich  in  urea,  is  treated  with  oxalic  acid.  In 
a,  we  see  the  characteristic  crystalline  form  of  the  oxalate  of 
urea ; b,  represents  various  groups  of  it.  If  the  alcohol-extract 
of  blood  containing  no  urea  be  similarly  treated,  the  crystals  of 
fig.  7 are  produced.  Lastly,  fig.  8 shows  the  crystals  of  oxalic 
acid  itself,  which  are  very  similar  to  those  of  pure  crystallized 
urea. 

On  treating  the  extractive  matter  of  blood  containing  no 
urea  with  nitric  acid,  I have  occasionally  perceived  crystals 
which,  at  first  sight,  appeared  extremely  similar  to  those  of 
nitrate  of  urea,  but  which  were  in  reality  composed  of  nitrate 
of  soda.  These  crystals  are  exhibited  in  fig.  9.  They  possess 
a veiy  remarkable  degree  of  thickness,1  which  I have  endea- 
voured to  represent  in  the  plate.  They  may  be  distinguished 
from  the  similar  form  of  nitrate  of  urea,  by  the  circumstance 
that  the  former  are  not  at  all  soluble  in  anhydrous  alcohol,  while 
the  latter  are  readily  dissolved  in  it.  If  nitrate  of  urea  be  pre- 
sent, it  will  recrystallize  from  its  alcoholic  solution  in  groups 
similar  to  those  in  fig.  10. 

2.  Sugar.  This  substance,  which  I once  discovered  in  the 
blood  of  a calf,  is  very  seldom  to  be  found  in  healthy  blood, 
although  in  certain  pathological  states,  especially  in  diabetes 
mellitus,  it  has  frequently  been  detected.  If  the  quantity  be 
very  small,  its  presence  is  not  always  easily  recognized.  It  is 
found  mixed  with  the  extractive  matters,  if  the  blood  is  analysed 
according  to  my  directions,  and  if  it  exists  in  any  quantity, 
may  be  recognized  by  the  taste.  If  only  a very  little  sugar  be 
present,  it  is  advisable  to  precipitate  the  protein-compounds 
from  a large  quantity  of  blood,  with  spirit.  The  fluid  must 
then  be  filtered  and  evaporated  to  a small  residue,  which  must 
be  treated  with  anhydrous  alcohol.  The  sugar,  if  present,  must 
be  taken  up  by  the  alcohol.  If,  after  due  evaporation,  the 
residue  have  a sweetish  taste,  a portion  of  the  sugar  may  be 
obtained  tolerably  pure,  since  its  quantity  cannot  be  very  incon- 
siderable. With  this  view  we  dissolve  it  in  a little  water,  add 
alcohol  of  ’833,  and  allow  it  to  stand,  for  some  time ; under 


1 This  is  easily  seen  by  slightly  varying  the  locus. 


186 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


favorable  circumstances,  a portion  of  tbe  sugar  will  crystal- 
lize. In  consequence  of  its  intimate  mixture  with  a large 
quantity  of  extractive  matter,  an  exact  quantitative  analysis  of 
tbe  sugar  is  extremely  difficult.  Tbe  best  method  is  that 
of  fermentation,  and  estimating  the  quantity  of  carbonic  acid 
that  is  formed.  If  the  quantity  of  sugar  be  very  minute,  it 
cannot  be  recognized  by  the  tongue,  in  consequence  of  the 
sweetness  being  disguised  by  the  taste  of  the  salts  and  extractive 
matter ; it  may,  however,  in  this  case,  be  detected  by  sulphuric 
acid,  although  this  test  is  fallacious  in  the  hands  of  unpractised 
analysts.  The  method  to  be  pursued  in  this  case  is  the  same 
as  that  previously  indicated;  the  spirituous  solution  must  be 
evaporated,  treated  with  anhydrous  alcohol,  and  the  fluid  de- 
canted. The  precipitate  which  contains  extractive  matter, 
chloride  of  sodium,  lactate  of  soda,  and  sugar,  must  be  dissolved 
in  water ; and  if  (as  is  frequently  the  case)  any  hmmatoglobulin 
remains  undissolved,  the  fluid  must  be  filtered.  The  filtered 
fluid  must  be  evaporated  to  dryness  in  a porcelain  basin,  on  the 
water-bath,  and  one  or  two  drops  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  (one 
part  of  acid  to  six  of  water)  must  be  dropped  upon  the  dried 
residue.  On  again  submitting  it  to  the  heat  of  the  water-bath, 
it  is  observed  that  those  points  which  have  been  moistened  by 
the  acid  at  first  assume  a blue  or  violet  tint,  become  gradually 
darker,  and  ultimately  coal-black.  When  the  quantity  of  sugar 
is  very  small,  the  colour  is  only  sufficiently  marked  at  the  margin 
of  the  drop,  or  at  points  where  the  layer  of  extractive  matter 
happens  to  be  particularly  thick.  Unfortunately  for  the  suc- 
cess of  this  test,  a dark  spot,  varying  from  a deep  brown  to  a 
dark  dirty-violet  tinge,  but  never  positively  black,  is  produced 
in  the  same  manner  in  the  spirit-extract  of  blood,  which  con- 
tains no  sugar;  so  that,  without  a well-practised  eye,  it  is 
difficult  to  decide  upon  the  absence  or  presence  of  sugar  by  this 
test.  After  the  addition  of  one  grain  of  diabetic  sugar  in 
solution,  to  500  grains  of  blood,  (which  contained  no  sugar,)  no 
decided  sweetness  could  be  observed  in  the  spirit-extract.  The 
sulphuric  acid  test  indicated  the  presence  of  sugar  by  the  for- 
mation of  a coal-black  spot ; on  the  addition  of  the  acid  to  a 
portion  of  the  extract  of  the  same  blood  in  which  there  was  no 
sugar,  a dirty  violet  spot  was  produced.  In  examining  the 
blood  of  diabetic  patients  I once  found  so  large  a proportion  of 


BLOOD. 


187 


sugar  that  it  was  readily  detected  by  the  taste ; on  another 
occasion,  however,  it  was  only  rendered  manifest  on  the  addi- 
tion of  sulphuric  acid.  But  of  all  the  tests  for  sugar  in  the 
blood,  Trommer’s  is  certainly  the  best.  The  protein-compounds 
are  first  precipitated  with  anhydrous  alcohol,  and  dry  carbonate 
of  potash  is  then  added  to  the  filtered  spirituous  solution, 
which  must  be  well  shaken.  On  the  addition  of  a little  solution 
of  sulphate  of  copper,  and  the  application  of  heat,  we  observe, 
if  sugar  be  present,  a yellow  or  yellowish  brown  tint  developed, 
produced  by  the  reduction  of  the  copper  to  a state  of  suboxide. 

3.  Bile.  In  healthy  blood  we  find  neither  bilin  nor  bili- 
phaein.  In  icterus  we  meet  with  biliphaein  in  the  serum,  which 
is  more  or  less  deeply  coloured  in  proportion  to  the  quantity 
of  this  pigment  contained  in  it.  It  may  be  of  a deep  orange, 
or  almost  red  colour,  so  as  to  lead  to  the  suspicion  of  the 
presence  of  lucmatin  in  a state  of  solution.  I found  the  serum 
nearly  blood-red  in  a case  of  icterus  ; but  on  shaking  it  against 
the  sides  of  the  vessel,  the  thin  adhering  layer  appeared  of  a 
beautiful  saffron  colour.  A similar  colour  was  induced  by  the 
addition  of  water  to  the  serum. 

If  only  so  small  a quantity  of  biliphaein  be  present  as  to 
colour  the  serum  slightly,  it  may  be  recognized  by  the  addition 
of  nitric  acid,  which  produces  a variety  of  tints,  more  or  less 
green  in  their  character.  The  albumen  is  at  the  same  time 
precipitated  in  white  flocks,  upon  which  a slight  tinge  of  green 
may  be  distinctly  perceived.1  In  the  deep  red  serum  already 
alluded  to,  the  addition  of  nitric  acid  produced  an  intensely 
clear  grass-green  colour,  which,  at  some  points,  passed  into  a 
blue,  and,  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  into  a yellow 
tint.  The  quantity  of  biliphaein  varies  directly  with  the  intensity 
of  the  colour  of  the  serum,  and  with  the  time  required  for  the  dis- 
appearance of  the  green  tint,  produced  by  the  addition  of  nitric 
acid.  Neither  in  the  blood  already  alluded  to,  nor  in  another 
specimen  which  contained  less  biliphaein,  could  I discover  a 
trace  of  bilin.  The  alcohol-extract  of  the  blood  had  a saltish,  but 

1 [In  consequence  of  the  facility  with  which  coagulated  albumen  assumes  a green 
tint  under  these  conditions,  we  are  often  enabled  to  detect  biliphaein  (that  would 
be  otherwise  unappreciable)  in  non-alb uminous  fluids,  by  the  addition  of  a little 
albumen.] 


188 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


not  a bitter  taste.  I am  not  aware  that  bilin  or  bilifellinic  acid1 
lias  ever  been  observed  in  the  blood,  and  I hardly  believe  that 
they  will  be  found,  owing  either  to  their  not  being  taken  up 
by  the  blood  at  all,  or  else  to  their  speedy  elimination  by  the 
urine.  A large  quantity  of  bibn  would  have  a very  dangerous 
effect  upon  the  blood,  since  (as  we  have  already  shown)  it  dis- 
solves the  blood-corpuscles.  I treated  500  grains  of  blood  with 
half  a grain  of  inspissated  ox-bile,  and  then  precipitated  the 
protein- compounds  with  spirit,  evaporated  the  fluid,  and  treated 
the  residue  with  anhydrous  alcohol.  It  is  clear  that  the  bile 
must  be  contained  in  this  residue.  After  the  evaporation  of  the 
alcohol,  there  remained  a rather  dark-coloured  extract,  having 
a bitter  bile-like  taste,  and  which,  when  dissolved  in  water,  and 
nitric  acid  was  added,  manifested  a slight  green  tinge.  If,  there- 
fore, the  bilin  should  constitute  one-thousandth  part  of  the  blood, 
it  w'ould  be  easily  detectible. 

If  the  analysis  of  the  fats  and  of  the  extractive  matters  is  to 
be  thoroughly  carried  out,  (as  in  many  cases  it  certainly  ought 
to  be,)  much  larger  quantities  of  blood  must  be  taken  than  I 
have  made  use  of. 

The  various  fats,  however,  as  well  as  the  different  extractive 
matters,  are  at  present  too  little  known  to  enable  us  to  attempt 
exact,  or  even  approximating  quantitative  analyses. 

4.  Fats.  Boudet2 3  has  analysed  the  fats  which  are  taken  up 
by  alcohol  from  dried  blood,  after  all  substances  that  could  be 
extracted  by  water  have  been  removed.  The  alcohohc  solution 
deposits  serolin  on  cooling,  which  must  be  separated,  and  the 
alcohol  evaporated.  There  remains  as  a residue  a mixture  of 
several  fats,  which  were  separated  by  Boudet  in  the  following 
manner.  Cold  alcohol  of  ‘833  leaves  un dissolved  a crystalline 
fat  which  contains  phosphorus,  and  is  apparently  similar  to  the 
brain-fat,  denominated  cerebrot  by  Couerbe.  Cholesterin  is 
deposited  by  the  spontaneous  evaporation  of  the  cold  alcoholic 
solution  ; and  on  further  evaporation,  (after  the  removal  of  the 
cholesterin,)  there  is  left  a mixture  of  oleic  and  margaric  acids, 

1 [Eriderlin  states  that  he  has  detected  minute  quantities  of  choleate  of  soda  (pure 
bile,  according  to  Demarfay’s  theory)  on  three  occasions,  in  the  blood  of  calves  and 

oxen.  (Annales  der  Chemie  und  Pharmacie,  April  1844.)] 

3 AnnaL  de  Chim.  et  de  Phys.,  vol.  52,  p.  337. 


BLOOD. 


189 


as  'well  as  some  oleate  and  margarate  of  potash.  In  addition  to 
these  fats,  there  are  certain  coloured  phosphorized  and  nitroge- 
nous fats,  similar  probably  to  those  which  have  been  described 
by  Couerbe,  as  cephalot  and  eleencepliol.  Lecanu  found,  in 
the  fat  of  the  serum,  only  cholesterin,  serolin,  margaric  and 
oleic  acids ; he  could  detect  no  phosphorized  fat.  Berzelius1 
describes  the  fat  of  the  fibrin,  which  may  be  taken  up  either 
by  alcohol  or  ether,  as  solid  and  crystalline ; when  melted,  of 
a yellow  or  light  brown  colour,  readily  soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  to 
which  it  imparts  an  acid  reaction,  indicating  the  presence  of 
one  or  more  of  the  fatty  acids.  Upon  burning  it,  no  acid  ash 
is  left. 

Denis,2  on  the  other  hand,  obtains  from  fibrin,  as  well  as 
from  albumen  and  luematoglobulin,  a red  phosphorized  fat, 
which  has  an  alkaline  reaction.  By  digestion  in  caustic  potash, 
a part  is  dissolved,  while  an  insoluble  portion  remains,  in  the 
form  of  a white,  saponified  powder,  readily  soluble  in  ether, 
from  which  it  may  be  again  obtained,  by  spontaneous  evapo- 
ration, in  the  form  of  delicate  crystals,  which  burn  like  fat. 

The  portion  of  saponified  fat  which  is  dissolved  in  the  potash 
must  be  precipitated  by  hydrochloric  acid,  and  cannot  be  melted 
in  the  acid  fluid,  even  on  raising  the  temperature  to  a boiling 
heat.  After  having  been  removed  by  filtration,  it  is  found  to 
be  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  we  may  obtain  it,  after 
evaporating  the  fluid  in  which  it  is  dissolved,  as  a fat,  which 
becomes  fluid  at  a temperature  of  97° — 104°,  but  is  solid  at  an 
ordinary  temperature.  It  has  an  acid  reaction,  and  swells  up, 
but  is  only  very  partially  soluble  in  boiling  water,  from  which, 
on  evaporation,  we  obtain  it  (the  dissolved  portion)  as  a sort  of 
film  or  coating. 

According  to  Berzelius,  it  is  similar  to  the  acid  salts  of 
stearic  and  oleic  acids  described  by  Chevreul ; it  differs  from 
them,  however,  by  its  greater  solubility  in  etber  and  cold  alcohol. 

5.  Extractive  matters.  These  substances  have  been  less  care- 
fully analysed  than  the  fats,  and  the  proportions  in  which  they 
occur,  are  so  small,  that  even  in  the  analysis  of  a large  quantity 

1 Thierchemie,  p.  88.  2 Reclierches  Experimentales,  &c.  p.  101. 


190 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


of  blood,  their  exact  determination  is  no  easy  matter.  All 
that  is  known  upon  the  subject  is  already  given  in  the  Intro- 
duction. 

[A  simple  method  of  determining  some  of  the  most  important 
constituents  of  the  blood  has  been  recently  given  by  Figuier. 
It  is  based  on  the  fact,  made  known  many  years  ago  by 
Berzelius,  that  after  the  addition  of  a solution  of  a neutral  salt 
to  defibrinated  blood,  the  globules  do  not  (as  before)  pass  through 
filtering  paper.  On  the  addition  of  two  parts  of  a solution  of  sul- 
phate of  soda  of  spec.  grav.  1T30  to  one  of  blood,  Figuier  found 
that  the  whole  of  the  corpuscles  remained  on  the  surface  of  the 
filter.  The  following  are  the  steps  of  his  analysis.  The  fibrin 
is  removed  by  whipping,  dried,  and  weighed;  the  weight  of  the 
corpuscles  is  ascertained  by  the  method  indicated ; and  that  of 
the  albumen  by  coagulating,  by  means  of  heat,  the  filtered 
solution.  The  proportion  of  water  is  determined  by  evapo- 
rating a small  known  weight  of  the  blood.] 

Analysis  of  coagulated  blood. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  we  receive  blood  for  analysis  that 
has  already  coagulated.  The  process  to  be  adopted  in  such 
cases,  although  not  in  reality  more  difficult,  involves  a greater 
amount  of  chemical  manipulation  than  when  the  fibrin  is  sepa- 
rated by  whipping ; and  it  appears  to  give  less  exact  results. 

The  directions  that  I shall  now  give  for  the  analysis  of  co- 
agulated blood  were  published  in  a paper  of  mine  some  time 
ago;1  I have,  however,  only  once  adopted  this  method,  as  I 
always  prefer  analysing  the  blood  directly  it  is  taken  from 
the  body. 

The  whole  of  the  blood  must  first  be  weighed  as  accurately 
as  possible,  the  clot  must  then  be  removed,  and  if  sufficiently 
consistent,  dried  between  folds  of  blotting  paper,  and  then 
weighed.  A portion  of  the  clot  (from  40  to  80  grains)  is  cut 
off,  and  its  weight  accurately  taken;  it  is  then  thoroughly 
dried,  and  the  loss  of  weight,  which  indicates  the  quantity  of 
water,  ascertained : the  dried  residue  must  be  reduced  to  a 
spongy,  bright-red  fine  powder,  and  treated  -with  ether  in  order 
to  remove  the  fat:  it  must  subsequently  be  treated  with  boiling 


1 Brande’s  Archiv,  vol.  28. 


BLOOD. 


191 


alcohol  of  ‘925  until  the  spirit  ceases  to  take  up  any  addi- 
tional colouring  matter,  aud  the  powder  which  remains  has  a 
dirty-gray  or  gray-green  colour.  This  must  be  thoroughly 
dried,  and  estimated  as  fibrin  and  albumen.  The  reddened 
alcoholic  solution,  a,  is  set  aside  for  further  operation. 

Another  portion  of  the  clot  must  be  weighed  and  placed  in 
a porcelain  mortar,  which  should  be  provided  with  a pestle  of 
such  a size  as  exactly  to  fill  it.  Moreover,  the  edge  of  the 
mortar  should  be  about  one  third  of  an  inch  above  the  head  of 
the  pestle.  By  this  arrangement  none  of  the  clot  can  be  lost. 
It  must  be  reduced  to  a fine  pulp,  which  must  be  treated  with 
water  until  the  flocculi  of  fibrin  become  perfectly  white  : these 
must  be  carefully  collected  aud  dried. 

By  the  subtraction  of  the  weight  of  the  fibrin  from  that  of 
the  former  residue,  we  obtain  the  weight  of  the  albumen. 

Before  analysing  the  serum,  it  must  be  well  shaken  in  order 
to  render  its  constitution  uniform;  a portion  must  then  be 
weighed,  coagulated  at  a boiling  heat,  thoroughly  dried,  again 
weighed,  and  the  proportion  of  water  thus  estimated.  The  dried 
residue  must  be  finely  pulverized,  the  fat  removed  by  ether, 
and  it  must  be  then  boiled  with  alcohol  of  '925  until  everything 
which  is  soluble  in  that  fluid  has  been  taken  up. 

The  residue  consists  of  albumen,  which  must  be  dried  and 
weighed.  The  alcoholic  solution  must  be  added  to  the  solution 
a,  and  these  mixed  fluids  analysed  for  the  globulin,  hsematin, 
hsemaphsein,  extractive  matters  and  salts,  in  exactly  the  same 
manner  as  described  in  page  175. 

ON  THE  HEALTHY  BLOOD  IN  RELATION  TO  PHYSIOLOGY. 

[From  my  own  analyses.) 

It  is  almost  unnecessary  to  observe  that  the  blood  of  one 
and  the  same  individual  may  vaiy  in  its  constitution  at  dif- 
ferent times,  and  under  different  circumstances.  We  shall 
proceed  to  investigate  the  causes  upon  which  these  variations 
depend. 

Amongst  the  most  obvious  causes  we  may  place  the  proper 
supply,  or  the  absence  of  sufficient  nutrition. 

The  blood  will  clearly  abound  in  water,  in  proportion  to  the 
quantity  of  fluid  with  which  it  is  supplied;  it  will  abound  in 


192 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


albuminous  constituents,  in  fats,  and  salts,  in  proportion  to  the 
richness  of  the  nutriment  that  has  been  taken,  and  of  the  chyle 
that  has  been  evolved  from  that  nutriment.  In  order  to  coun- 
teract the  evils  that  might  arise  from  an  excess  of  water  in  the 
blood,  (which,  if  allowed  to  remain  unchecked,  would  induce 
too  rapid  a solution  of  the  blood-corpuscles,)  the  kidneys,  skin, 
and  lungs  exert  an  active  agency ; while,  on  the  contrary,  if 
there  be  a deficiency  in  the  proportion  of  the  water,  caused 
either  by  too  great  exhalation,  dependent  upon  excessive  fatigue, 
or  by  a direct  accumulation  of  the  salts  (which  might  impede 
the  solution  of  the  corpuscles)  it  is  immediately  indicated  by 
an  urgent  desire  for  drink. 

When  substances,  injurious  to  life,  are  taken  into  the  sto- 
mach, only  small  quantities  enter  the  blood,  the  great  pro- 
portion being  usually  carried  off  by  the  intestinal  canal,  and  by 
the  organs  of  excretion  and  secretion.  If  the  organism  be 
unequal  to  the  task  of  rejecting  the  injurious  agent,  the  equi- 
librium of  the  system  is  destroyed,  and  death  ensues. 

Another  cause  of  the  varying  nature  of  the  blood,  inter- 
esting equally  to  the  physiologist  and  the  physician,  may  be 
referred  to  the  modifications  that  it  undergoes  in  the  nutrition 
of  the  organism,  and  to  the  changes  undergone  by  the  cor- 
puscles, in  connexion  with  the  processes  of  secretion  and 
excretion. 

On  the  distinctive  characters  of  arterial  and  venous  blood. 

The  distinctive  colours  of  arterial  and  venous  blood  are  too 
well  known  to  require  any  observation.1 


1 [From  Scherer’s  experiments  it  appears  that,  when  fresh  red  ox-blood  is  deprived 
of  its  fibrin  and  diluted  with  twice  or  thrice  its  volume  of  water,  it  assumes  a dark 
venous  tint,  which  is  not  affected  by  the  passage  of  a current  of  oxygen  through  it. 
On  the  addition,  however,  of  a little  milk,  oil,  finely-powdered  chalk  or  gypsum,  the 
original  bright  red  colour  is  evolved.  These  experiments  are  sufficient  to  prove  that 
the  bright  red  colour  is  dependent  on  other  causes  than  oxidation,  and  that  the  dark 
venous  tint  does  not  arise  from  carbonic  acid  or  carbon ; in  fact  Scherer  conceives 
that  they  prove  that  the  former  is  dependent  on  the  presence  of  white  particles  of 
chyle  suspended  in  the  fluid,  an  opinion  confirmed  by  the  microscope.  It  was  observed 
by  Hewsou  that,  when  the  colour  of  the  blood  is  bright  red,  the  corpuscles  are  always 
biconcave ; they  reflect  a large  amount  of  light,  and  in  this  respect  act  as  the  chalk, 
milk,  &c.  in  Scherer’s  experiments.  When,  on  the  other  hand,  the  blood  is  of  a 
dark  colour,  the  corpuscles  are  biconvex,  and  the  capsule  is  so  thin  as  to  admit  of 


BLOOD. 


193 


Arterial  blood,  on  being  whipt,  allows  the  fibrin  to  separate 
in  short  conglobate  masses,  more  tenacious  and  compact-  than 
the  fibrin  of  venous  blood. 

The  odour  of  arterial  blood  is  considered  to  be  stronger  than 
that  of  venous.  The  temperature  is  also  usually  stated  to  be 
different,  J urine  being  the  only  experimentalist  who  assigns  an 
equal  temperature  (i.  e.  102o,2)  to  both  forms  of  blood.  Ac- 
cording to  Scudamore  the  temperature  of  arterial  blood  in  man 
is  10,8,  according  to  Kramer  2 0-7,  higher  than  venous  blood. 
Dr.  Davy  found  the  difference  in  animals  amount  to  30-6.  The 
observations  of  Colemann,  Cooper,  and  Martini  are  directly 
opposed  to  the  above  statement.  (Lecanu,  Etudes  cliimiques 
sur  le  Sang.) 

The  relative  capacity  for  heat  of  arterial  and  venous  blood 
is,  according  to  Davy,  as  839  to  852. 

There  is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  among  physiolo- 
gists with  respect  to  the  specific  gravity  of  arterial  and  venous 
blood  : Hammerschmidt,  Davy,  Scudamore,  and  Letellier  assert 
that  the  density  of  arterial  is  lower  than  that  of  venous  blood ; 
the  former  being  represented  by  1039’8 — 1042-9,  the  latter  by 
1053—1056. 

the  easy  passage  of  the  whole  light  through  it ; moreover,  on  account  of  its  attenu- 
ation, it  bursts,  and  allows  of  the  escape  of  its  contents,  as  may  be  observed  on  the 
addition  of  water  to  red  blood.  If  the  blood  remain  in  contact  with  water  till  a dark 
tint  becomes  apparent,  and  a saturated  solution  of  a neutral  salt  be  then  added,  the 
corpuscles  again  become  biconcave,  in  consequence  of  their  being  partially  emptied  by 
the  endosmosis  called  into  play  by  the  different  fluids  within  and  without  the  capsule; 
and  the  capsules  themselves,  and  the  original  bright  red  colour  reappear.  A current  of 
carbonic  acid  gas  passed  through  fresh  red  blood  renders  the  corpuscles  biconvex, 
and  makes  the  blood  assume  a dark  venous  hue. 

Mulder  explains  the  difference  between  the  colour  of  arterial  and  venous  blood  in 
the  following  manner : Two  oxides  of  protein  are  formed  iu  the  act  of  respiration ; 
they  have  a strong  plastic  tendency,  and  solidify  round  each  corpuscle,  making  the 
capsule  thicker  and  better  qualified  to  reflect  light.  Each  corpuscle  of  the  arterial- 
ised  blood  is  then  in  reality  invested  with  a complete  envelope  of  huffy  coat,  which 
gradually  contracts,  and  speedily  forms  the  cupped  or  biconcave  surfaces,  which,  as 
we  have  already  shown,  are  favorable  to  the  reflection  of  light.  On  reaching  the 
capillaries,  the  coating  of  the  oxides  of  protein  is  removed,  and  the  corpuscles,  losing 
their  opaque  investment  and  their  cupped  form,  can  no  longer  reflect  light,  and  the 
blood  assumes  a venous  tint.  (Mulder’s  Versuch  einer  allgemeinen  physiologisclien 
Chemie,  pp.  344-59 ; or  Dr.  G.  Bird’s  account  of  Mulder’s  Researches,  in  the  Medical 
Gazette,  December  1844.) 


13 


194 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Boissier  and  Hamburger,  on  the  contrary,  found  arterial 
denser  than  venous  blood. 

The  observations  of  Bellingeri1  respecting  the  electric  rela- 
tions of  arterial  and  venous  blood  are  very  singular. 

In  birds,  horses,  and  occasionally  in  sheep  and  calves,  both 
forms  of  blood  are  in  the  same  electric  state.  In  other  animals 
the  arterial  blood  is  positively  electric  in  relation  to  the  venous. 
The  reverse  has  never  been  observed. 

Observations  have  also  been  made  regarding  the  comparative 
tendency  to  putrefaction  of  arterial  and  venous  blood.  Krimer 
and  Kanig  assert  that  arterial  blood  is  the  most  prone  to  decay; 
Thackrah,  on  the  contrary,  makes  a similar  statement  respecting 
venous  blood. 

In  order  to  obtain  any  correct  information  with  regard  to  the 
differences  that  undoubtedly  exist  in  the  composition  of  arterial 
and  venous  blood,  it  is  necessary  to  have  recourse  to  accurate 
chemical  analyses.  I have  devoted  much  attention  to  this  point, 
and  fully  concur  with  Schultz,  Dumas  and  Prevost,  and  others, 
in  the  belief  that  the  two  forms  of  blood  present  marked  differ- 
ences of  constitution. 

1 made  use  of  the  blood  of  horses  in  these  experiments,  and 
was  kindly  assisted  by  Professor  Gurlt.  The  carotids,  from 
which  we  obtained  the  arterial  blood,  were  exposed,  and  opened 
in  such  a manner  as  to  ensure  the  absence  of  any  venous  blood  : 
the  venous  blood  was  obtained  from  the  jugulars. 

The  analyses  were  made  according  to  my  ordinary  method 
(vide  supra),  and  gave  the  following  results.2 

1000  parts  of  blood  contained  : 


Analysis  1. 

Analysis  2. 

Arterial  blood. 

Venous  blood. 

Water 

760-084 

757-351 

Solid  residue 

239-952 

242-649 

Fibrin 

11-200 

11-350 

Fat 

1-856 

2-290 

Albumen 

78-880 

85-875 

Globulin 

136-148 

128-698 

Hsematin 

. 

4-872 

5-176 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

6-960 

9-160 

100  parts  of  the  blood-corpuscles  I 100  parts  of  the  blood-corpuscles 
contained  3-4  of  lioematin.  I contained  3-9  of  hsematin. 


' Quoted  by  Lecanu.  Etudes  Chimiques  sur  le  Sang  hurnain,  p.  75. 
a It  must  be  observed  that  no  sound  horses  were  used  for  these  experiments,  but 


BLOOD. 


195 


The  horse,  which  was  suffering  from  malleus  humidus,  had 
taken  its  ordinary  food  up  to  the  time  of  its  death. 


Analysis  3. 

Analysis  4. 

Arterial  blood.  Venous  blood. 

Water 

789-390 

786-506 

Solid  residue 

210-610 

213-494 

Fibrin 

6-050 

5-080 

Fat 

1-320 

1-456 

Albumen 

113-100 

113-350 

Globulin 

76-400 

78-040 

Haematin 

. . . 

3-640 

3-952 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

10-000 

10-816 

100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles 

100  parts  of  blood- corpuscles 

contained  4-5  of  haematin. 

contained  4-8  of  haematin. 

This  was  a meagre  horse,  killed  in  consequence  of  debility 
and  old  age. 

From  these  analyses  we  are  led  to  the  conclusion  that  arterial 
blood  contains  less  solid  residue  generally  than  venous  blood : it 
contains  less  fat,  less  albumen,  less  hrematin,  less  extractive  mat- 
ters  and  salts  than  venous  blood.  The  blood-corpuscles  of  arterial 
blood  contain  less  colowing  matter  than  those  of  venous  blood. 

There  does  not  appear  to  be  any  fixed  relation  between  the 
fibrin  and  globulin  (or,  which  is  nearly  the  same  thing,  the 
mass  of  the  blood-corpuscles,)  in  the  contrasted  analyses ; for 
in  Nos.  1 and  2 the  fibrin  in  the  venous  exceeds  that  in  the 
arterial  blood,  while  in  Nos.  3 and  4 we  observe  exact!}'  the  re- 
verse. The  same  fluctuation  is  observable  with  respect  to  the 
globules,  or  the  mass  of  the  blood-corpuscles. 

In  an  analysis  of  the  blood  of  a healthy  ox,  made  with  the 
same  object,  I found  the  quantity  of  fibrin  to  be  larger  in  the 
arterial  than  in  the  venous  blood.  Iu  the  former  case  it 
amounted  to  4'90,  and  in  the  latter  to  only  4-82  in  1000  parts. 

I shall  now  give  the  results  obtained  by  other  chemists  upon 
this  subject : I must,  however,  observe  that  their  methods  of 
analysis  differ  considerably  from  mine,  and  that  I consider  some 
of  their  results  questionable. 

only  those  intended  for  anatomical  purposes.  Some  were  too  old  and  weak  to  be  of 
any  use ; others  were  suffering  from  incurable  disorders.  Although  it  may  be  fairly 
questioned  whether  the  composition  of  the  blood  in  these  animals  is  normal,  the 
correctness  of  the  comparative  results  must  be  unaffected  as  long  as  the  lungs  and 
other  secreting  and  excreting  organs  remain  healthy,  provided  there  is  no  reason  for 
supposing  that  the  general  metamorphosis  of  the  blood  is  morbidly  affected. 


196 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Denis  analysed  tlie  blood  of  tlie  hound.  He  found  in  1000 
parts  : 

Arterial  blood.  Venous  blood. 


Water  . . . . 

830-0 

830-0 

Fibrin  .... 

2-5 

2-4 

Albumen 

57-0 

58-6 

Ilsematoglobulin 

99-0 

97-0 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

110 

12-0 

In  this  instance  both  kinds  of  blood  contain  an  equal  pro- 

portion  of  solid  residue  : the  former  contains, 

as  I have  already 

observed  in  two  out  of  three 

analyses,  a larger  quantity  of  fibrin. 

Denis  found,  as  I have  also  done,  that  the  quantity  of  albumen, 
and  of  extractive  matters  and  salts,  is  less  in  arterial  than  in 

venous  blood. 

Hering1  has  analysed  both  kinds  of  blood 

in  the  bullock. 

the  sheep,  and  the  horse.  In  the  blood  of  the  bullock  he  found 

in  1000  parts  : 

Arterial  blood. 

Venous  blood. 

Water  .... 

798-9 

794-9 

Fibrin  .... 

7-6 

6-6 

Albumen 

20-1 

25-8 

Ilajmatoglobulin 

1G4-7 

170-4 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

2-7 

2-3 

In  the  blood  of  the  sheep  he  found  in  1000  parts  : 

Arterial  blood. 

Venous  blood. 

Water  .... 

850-2 

841-2 

Fibrin  .... 

61 

5-3 

Albumen 

33-6 

26-4 

Hsematoglobulin 

106-1 

124-4 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

4-0 

2-7 

In  the  blood  of  the  horse  he  found  in  1000  parts  : 

Arterial  blood. 

Venous  blood. 

Water  .... 

839-5 

831-6 

Fibrin  .... 

4-6 

6-9 

Albumen 

22-0 

26-7 

Ilajmatoglobulin 

130-0 

131-1 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

3-0 

3-7 

These  analyses  correspond  very  well  with  each  other,  and 
corroborate  our  remark  that  arterial  leaves  a smaller  amount  of 


1 Physiologie  mil  steter  Beriicksichtigungder  Pathologie  fur  Thierarzte.  Stutgart, 
1832,  p.  118. 


BLOOD. 


197 


solid  residue  than  venous  blood.  In  the  bullock  and  sheep 
the  fibrin  in  arterial  exceeds  that  in  venous  blood ; in  the  horse 
the  reverse  is  observed.  The  same  observation  holds  good  with 
regard  to  the  albumen,  and  in  this  respect  (at  least  in  the  case 
of  bullocks’  and  sheep’s  blood)  Ilering’s  results  differ  from  those 
of  Denis  and  myself. 

Hering  invariably  found  the  quantity  of  blood-corpuscles  to 
be  greater  in  venous  than  in  arterial  blood ; the  proportion  of 
extractive  matters  and  salts  are,  however,  extremely  fluctuating. 

Lecanu1  has  likewise  analysed  the  blood  of  the  horse,  and 
found  in  1000  parts  : 


Blood  of  aorta. 

Blood  of  vena  cava  descendens. 

Water  .... 

783-83 

795-679 

Blood-corpuscles 

122-68 

106-759 

Albumen  with  its  salts,  ex- "i 
tractive  matter  and  salts  J 

93-49 

97-562 

Blood  of  carotid. 

Blood  of  jugular  vein. 

Water  .... 

785-5 

804-55 

Blood-corpuscles 

125-6 

111-03 

Albumen  with  its  salts,  ex- ' 
tractive  matter  and  salts 

| 88-9 

84-45 

These  analyses  differ  from  my  own,  and  from  those  of  Denis 
and  Hering,  in  assigning  to  arterial  a larger  solid  residue  than 
to  venous  blood. 

The  quantity  of  blood-corpuscles  is  also  greater  in  arterial 
than  in  venous  blood,  and  Lecanu  found  the  same  to  be  the 
case  with  regard  to  the  quantity  of  fibrin.  The  quantity  of 
albumen  fluctuated. 

Schultz2  observed  that  the  venous  blood  of  hungry  and  starv- 
ing horses  contained  a larger  amount  of  solid  residue  than 
the  arterial,  in  the  proportion  of  186  to  155  in  1000  parts  of 
blood : in  a well-fed  horse  the  reverse  was  the  case,  the  solid 
residue  of  the  arterial  being  to  that  of  the  venous  blood,  in  the 
proportion  of  229  to  195.  The  quantities  of  fibrin  were  very 
fluctuating  : on  one  occasion  the  fibrin  of  the  arterial  was  to  the 
fibrin  of  the  venous  blood  in  the  proportion  of  5 '3  to  8T ; on 
another  occasion  as  9-2  to  90.  The  hsematoglobulin  (which  he 
considers  identical  with  the  colouring  matter  of  the  blood)  was 
found  to  vary  directly  with  the  darkness  of  the  blood’s  colour, 

1 Etudes  chimiques  sur  le  Sang  humain.  Paris,  1837,  p.  83. 

3 System  der  Cirkulation,  p.  138. 


198 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


and  consequently  to  be  more  abundant  in  venous  tban  in  arterial 
blood.1  The  reverse  was  the  case  with  respect  to  the  albumen. 

Autenrieth,  and  Prevost  and  Dumas,2  found  a greater 
proportion  of  solid  constituents  in  arterial  than  in  venous 
blood : Lassaigne,  like  myself,  found  just  the  reverse : whilst 
Letcllier  asserts  that,  there  is  no  fixed  rule  on  the  subject. 

Muller3  and  Berthold4  observe  that  in  the  goat  there  is  a 
larger  proportion  of  fibrin  in  arterial  than  in  venous  blood  : the 
latter  chemist  extends  the  statement  to  the  blood  of  the  cat  and 
the  sheep.  The  observations  of  Sigwart5  and  Lassaigne6  are 
opposed  to  these  statements. 

Prevost  and  Dumas  obtained  from  arterial  a larger  propor- 
tion of  blood-corpuscles  than  from  venous  blood,  and  in  this 
respect  they  confirm  the  observations  of  Lecanu  and  Denis.  My 
own  analyses,  and  those  of  Letellier,  tend,  however,  to  show  that 
the  proportion  is  a fluctuating  one. 

Hence  we  are  led  to  the  conclusion  that  there  are  certain  dif- 
ferences in  the  composition  of  arterial  and  venous  blood,  which, 
however,  are  not  constant,  but  vary  according  to  circumstances. 

The  most  important  of  these  circumstances  are  the  general 
health  of  the  individual,  and  the  mode  of  nourishment,  whether 
dependent  upon  or  independent  of  the  health. 

Let  us  now  consider  what  must  be  the  qualities  of  arterial 
and  venous  blood  when  all  the  functions  of  the  organism  are 
properly  discharged,  when  the  nutrition  exactly  corresponds  with 
our  actual  wants,  and  when  the  blood  undergoes  the  various 
changes  that  we  have  described  in  a former  page. 

Under  these  circumstances  we  arrive  a priori  at  the  con- 
clusion that  the  final  result  of  the  changes  in  the  blood  during 

1 In  order  to  avoid  the  error  that  might  arise  in  the  determination  of  the  liajmato- 
globulin  from  the  retention  of  serum  in  the  clot,  Schultz  proceeded  in  the  following 
manner : He  dried  the  clot,  and  subtracted  from  its  residue  the  amount  of  solid  matter 
left  by  a quantity  of  serum  corresponding  to  the  expelled  moisture.  The  difference 
he  regarded  as  haunatoglobulin.  We  must  not,  however,  forget  that  the  hsemato- 
globulin  does  not  exist  in  a dry  state  in  the  blood';  and,  further,  that  there  are  no 
grounds  for  assuming  that  the  fluid  in  which  it  is  held  in  solution  is  serum. 

* 2 Annales  de  Chimie  et  de  Phys.,  vol.  13. 

3 Physiologie  des  Menschen,  vol.  1,  p.  119. 

4 Burdacli’s  Physiologie,  p.  281. 

3 Reil’s  Archiv,  vol.  12,  p.  5. 

6 Journal  de  Chimie  Med.  vol.  1,  p.  34. 


BLOOD. 


199 


the  act  of  circulation  must  necessarily  be  this : there  must  be 
a substitution  of  fresh  and  proper  nutriment  to  supply  the 
place  of  those  constituents  of  the  blood  which  are  being  perpe- 
tually consumed ; for  it  is  obvious  that  if  in  each  circulation 
the  consumption  of  albumen  or  haematoglobulin  exceeded  the 
supply  by  the  merest  trace,  after  a certain  period  the  blood 
would  acquire  an  abnormal  constitution.  We  know  that  al- 
bumen, fibrin,  and  salts  are  consumed  in  the  nutrition  of  the 
peripheral  system ; if  therefore  the  blood  receives  no  fresh 
supply  of  these  substances,  before  it  arrives  in  the  larger 
venous  trunks,  it  is  clear  that  the  venous  blood  must  be  poorer 
in  these  substances  than  the  arterial. 

The  blood  also  conveys  away  from  the  peripheral  system 
various  products  formed  by  the  consumption  of  the  tissues ; for 
instance,  certain  salts,  extractive  matters,  &c.,  some  of  which 
are  eliminated  by  the  kidneys,  in  a state  of  great  dilution, 
while  others  are  removed  by  the  skin.  If  the  quantity  removed 
exceed  the  supply,  the  venous  blood  will  be  poorer  in  ex- 
tractive matters  and  salts  than  the  arterial;  it  will  be  richer 
in  these  substances  if  the  reverse  be  the  case. 

The  venous  blood  will  contain  more  or  less  water  than  the 
arterial,  according  as  the  elimination  of  water  by  the  kidneys, 
liver,  skin,  and  lungs,  exceeds  or  is  less  than  the  quantity 
supplied  by  the  fluid  of  nutrition. 

The  blood-corpuscles,  and  the  germs  from  which  they  arc 
developed,  are  likewise  supplied  to  the  blood  by  the  nutrient 
fluids.  They  are  further  developed,  and  ultimately  dissolved 
during  the  course  of  the  circulation,  and  then  development 
and  solution  is  especially  facilitated  at  those  points  where  the 
action  of  oxygen  on  the  blood  is  the  most  powerful. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  blood,  immediately  after  having  re- 
ceived the  chyle,  must  contain  more  blood-corpuscles  than 
before;  it  depends  however  upon  several  circumstances  whe- 
ther venous  generally  contains  more  or  less  corpuscles  than 
arterial  blood. 

The  plasma  receives  a supply  of  fibrin  from  the  solution  of 
the  blood-corpuscles ; if  the  supply  exceeds  the  consumption  of 
this  constituent  in  the  peripheral  system,  the  venous  blood 
may  become  richer  in  fibrin  than  the  arterial. 

If  any  albumen  should  be  produced  by  the  solution  of  the 


200 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


blood-corpuscles,  it  may  be  regarded  as  a substitute  for  the 
portion  of  that  constituent  which  has  been  taken  up  from  the 
blood  for  the  nourishment  of  the  tissues. 

From  these  observations  we  are  led  to  conclude  that  there 
is  no  necessary  variation  in  the  composition  of  venous  and 
arterial  blood.  The  organism,  when  free  from  disturbing  in- 
fluences, possesses  in  itself  various  means  of  regulating  the  due 
admixture  of  its  different  juices,  and  more  especially  of  that 
most  important  vital  fluid,  the  blood. 

Amongst  these  means  we  may  place  the  influence  of  the 
nervous  system,  its  power  of  increasing  or  lessening  the  action 
of  the  secreting  and  excreting  organs,  and  of  inducing  in  them 
either  co-operating  or  vicarious  action. 

The  differences  in  the  constitution  of  arterial  and  venous 
blood  cannot,  however,  by  any  possibility  be  very  great.  In 
my  analyses  they  usually  fluctuate  between  fractions  of  a 
hundredth  part ; and  they  appear  to  be  less  between  analyses 
3 and  4,  than  between  analyses  1 and  2,  since  the  former 
(anal.  3 and  4)  were  made  on  the  blood  of  an  old  decrepid, 
half-starved  horse,  in  which  the  change  and  waste  of  tissue, 
and  the  consequent  metamorphosis  of  the  blood,  would  be  very 
slight.  That  the  difference  must  be  small  is  obvious,  when 
we  consider  that  the  whole  course  of  the  circulation  may  be 
accomplished  in  25-30  seconds ; that  the  plasma  just  con- 
veyed to  the  tissues  must  everywhere  propel  the  nutrient  mat-, 
ter  conveyed  there  by  the  preceding  blood-wave,  and  that  the 
tissues,  everywhere  saturated  with  nutrient  plasma,  only  take 
up  a supply  proportioned  to  their  consumption.  The  process 
of  nutrition  in  the  peripheral  system  is  continuous  and  is  sup- 
ported by  the  liquid  plasma  with  which  all  the  tissues  are  sur- 
charged ; hence  these  tissues  become  the  temporary  recipients 
of  far  more  nutrient  matter  than  they  can  possibly  consume, 
even  as  the  rivulet  contains  infinitely  more  water  than  is  ne- 
cessary for  the  refreshment  of  the  soil  on  its  banks. 

In  both  cases  we  found  that  the  venous  blood  contained  a 
larger  proportion  of  solid  constituents  than  the  arterial ; hence 
we  infer  that  more  water  was  removed  by  means  of  the 
kidneys,  liver,  and  skin,  than  had  been  supplied  to  the  blood 
by  the  nutrient  fluids. 

The  quantity  of  fibrin  in  the  venous  blood  in  analysis  2 is 


BLOOD. 


201 


greater  than  in  the  arterial  blood,  although,  from  our  know- 
ledge of  the  fact  that  fibrin  is  employed  in  the  process  of  nu- 
trition, we  should  have  expected  an  opposite  result.  Hence 
we  are  led  to  attribute  the  excess  of  fibrin  to  the  consumption 
of  a large  proportion  of  blood-corpuscles,  a view  which  is  con- 
firmed by  the  circumstance  that  the  venous  blood  in  this  in- 
stance is  poorer  in  blood-corpuscles  than  the  arterial. 

The  proportions  are  reversed  in  analysis  4,  but  whether 
from  opposite  causes  or  not,  I cannot  decide.  It  is  singular 
that  in  both  instances  the  quantity  of  albumen  is  greater  in 
the  venous  than  in  the  arterial  blood,  since  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  this  constituent  is  consumed  in  the  nutrition  of  the 
tissues,  and  that  a portion  of  the  changed  plasma  enters  the 
lymphatics.  I do  not  see  how  this  increase  can  be  accounted 
for,  unless  we  assume,  as  I have  previously  done,  that  a portion 
of  the  globulin  of  the  blood-corpuscles  is  converted  into  albu- 
men during  their  metamorphosis. 

In  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  regarding  the  meta- 
morphosis of  the  blood,  it  is  as  difficult  as  it  is  hazardous  to 
attempt  to  explain  the  various  causes  upon  which  the  differ- 
ences between  venous  and  arterial  blood  are  founded.  There 
are,  as  I shall  proceed  to  show,  decided  differences  between 
the  blood  of  the  renal  arteries  and  veins,  and  between  the  blood 
of  the  hepatic  vein  and  of  the  vena  portae ; and  yet,  as  has 
been  already  shown,  the  differences  between  the  blood  of  the 
aorta  and  of  the  vena  cava  are  very  immaterial  and  trifling. 
To  produce  this  ultimate  similarity,  other  changes  (not  yet 
heeded  by  the  physiologist)  must  have  largely  contributed. 

Properties  of  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae ; — its  comparison 
with  arterial  blood. 

The  blood  of  the  vena  porta?  in  horses  (the  only  animals  in 
which  I have  examined  it)  is  darker  than  ordinary  venous 
blood ; the  difference  of  the  tint  is  however  so  slight,  as  to  be 
observable  only  upon  actual  comparison.  It  coagulates  more 
slowly  than  ordinary  arterial  or  venous  blood ; the  clot  is  less 
firm,  more  of  a gelatinous  appearance,  and  falls  to  pieces  if  an 
attempt  be  made  to  lift  it.  I analysed  the  blood  of  the  vena 
porta?  of  the  two  horses  already  alluded  to.  If  arterial,  ordi- 
nary venous,  and  vena  porta?  blood  are  deprived  of  their  fibrin 


202 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


by  whipping,  and  are  then  allowed  to  stand,  the  blood-cor- 
puscles subside  in  nearly  equal  times ; but  while  they  occupy 
little  more  than  one  half  of  the  volume  of  arterial  or  ordinary 
venous  blood,  in  portal  blood  they  form  nearly  three  fourths  of 
the  whole  volume. 

In  portal  blood,  after  the  lapse  of  several  hours,  a delicate 
glittering  film  was  formed  upon  the  surface  of  the  serum,  which 
when  seen  under  the  microscope  was  found  to  contain  fat-glo- 
bides ; I could  not  however  discover  any  lymph-granules  either 
in  the  serum  or  amongst  the  blood-corpuscles.  The  arterial 
and  ordinary  venous  blood,  on  the  contrary,  exhibited  lymph- 
granules,  but  no  fat-globules. 

The  blood  of  the  vena  portae  not  only  contains  less  fibrin 
than  arterial  or  ordinary  venous  blood,  but  the  qualities  of 
that  constituent  are  also  different ; it  is  not  so  consistent  as 
ordinary  fibrin,  and  does  not  separate  into  the  firm,  globular, 
little  masses  that  are  obtained  by  whipping  arterial  blood. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  properties  of  this  blood  has  been  ma- 
terially increased  by  the  researches  of  Schultz.1  The  follow- 
ing are  his  principal  conclusions : It  is  darker  than  ordinary 
venous  blood,  but  the  difference  of  tint  is  sometimes  so  slight, 
as  to  be  hardly  perceptible.  It  is  darkest  in  fasting  horses, 
but  after  a full  meal,  it  becomes  brighter.  These  differences 
are  more  striking  than  those  between  arterial  and  venous 
blood.  Common  salt,  nitre,  atmospheric  air,  and  even  oxygen, 
when  shaken  with  the  dark  blood  of  the  vena  portte,  have 
scarcely  any  effect  upon  the  colour,  whereas  venous  blood 
would  be  changed  to  a brighter  red  by  these  reagents.  If  the 
blood  of  the  vena  portae  be  not  extremely  dark,  a slight  change 
is  perceptible. 

If  a portion  of  this  black  blood  be  treated  with  a quantity 
of  common  salt  or  nitre  sufficient  to  prevent  it  from  coagu- 
lating, coagulation  may  still  be  induced  (although  not  until  after 
several  hours,  and  then  very  slightly)  by  the  addition  of  water, 
while  venous  blood  similarly  treated  coagulates  in  the  course 
of  five  or  ten  minutes. 

If  the  blood  is  very  dark,  it  sometimes  does  not  coagulate 
at  all;  if  it  is  not  very  dark,  it  occasionally  coagulates  in  the 
same  time  as  ordinary  venous  blood ; the  clot,  however,  is  very 
1 System  der  Cirkulation,  p.  140. 


BLOOD. 


203 


soft,  and  either  entirely,  or  at  least  its  lower  surface,  dissolves 
in  the  course  of  from  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours.  Schultz 
further  observes  that  after  the  blood  has  been  whipt,  the  cor- 
puscles sink  very  quickly ; he  ascribes  this  peculiarity  to  an 
excess  of  colouring  matter  attached  to  the  capsules  of  the 
blood-corpuscles. 

As  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae  that  I analysed  was  taken 
from  the  same  two  horses  from  which  I obtained  the  arterial 
and  venous  blood,  a fair  comparison  may  be  instituted  with 
respect  to  their  differences  of  constitution. 


I parts  contained  : 

Analysis  1. 

Analysis  5. 

Arterial  blood. 

Blood  of  vena  port®. 

Water  .... 

760-084 

724-972 

Solid  residue 

239-952 

257-028 

Fibrin  .... 

11-200 

8-370 

Fat  .... 

1-856 

3-186 

Albumen 

78-880 

92-400 

Globulin  .... 

136-148 

152-592 

Haematin 

4-827 

6-600 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

6-960 

11-880 

100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles  1 

100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles 

contained  3-4  of  haematin.  1 

contained  4-1  of  haematin. 

Analysis  3. 

Analysis  6. 

Arterial  blood. 

Blood  of  vena  port®. 

Water  .... 

789-390 

815-000 

Solid  residue 

210-610 

185-000 

Fibrin  .... 

6-050 

3-285 

Fat  .... 

1-320 

1-845 

Albumen 

113-100 

92-250 

Globulin 

76-400 

72-690 

Haematin 

3-640 

3-900 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

10-000 

11-632 

100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles  : 100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles 
contained  4-7  of  haematin.  I contained  5-3  of  haematin. 


It  is  only  in  four  respects  that  the  results  obtained  by  a 
comparison  of  these  two  analyses  of  the  blood  of  the  vena 
portae  with  arterial  blood  at  all  coincide  : the  former  contains 
less  fibrin,  more  fat,  more  extractive  matter  and  salts  than  the 
latter,  and  lastly,  the  proportion  of  colouring  matter  to  globulin 
is  greater  in  the  former. 

In  order  to  give  a better  idea  of  the  relative  proportions  •of 
the  colouring  matter,  1 shall  quote  another  analysis  of  the 


204 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


blood  of  the  vena  portse,  which  was  made  for  the  purpose  of 
comparison  with  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein. 

In  this  analysis  the  colouring  matter  is  separated  into  hae- 
matin  and  luemaphain.  I obtained  from  1000  parts : 

Analysis  7. 


Water  . 

801-500 

Solid  residue 

198-500 

Fibrin  . 

6-200 

Fat 

2-700 

Albumen 

90-000 

Globulin 

75-600 

Hsematin 

3-400 

Hsemaphsein 

1-800 

Extractive  matter,  with  some  hsemaphsein, 
and  with  salts  .... 

\ 14-400 

This  blood  was  very  rich  in  colouring  matter,  there  being 
no  less  a proportion  of  it  than  6- 8 in  100  parts  of  blood-cor- 
puscles, of  which  4' 5 were  hsematin  and  the  remaining  2-3 
hsemaphsein.  In  addition  to  this,  the  extractive  matters  re- 
tained a considerable  quantity  of  hsemaphsein. 

The  circumstance  that  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae  in  analy- 
sis 6 contains  less  solid  residue,  and  a smaller  proportion  both 
of  albumen  and  blood-corpuscles  than  arterial  blood,  while  the 
reverse  is  observed  in  analysis  5,  need  not  excite  much  surprise 
when  we  remember  that  in  analyses  3,  4,  and  6 the  blood  was 
taken  from  an  old,  decrepid,  starved  animal. 

Schultz1  has  made  some  very  important  observations  on  the 
relative  constitution  of  the  blood  of  the  vena  porta,  as  contrasted 
with  arterial  and  ordinary  venous  blood. 

Solid  constituents. 

The  blood  taken  from  the  vena  porta  of  fasting  horses  gave, 
as  a mean  of  three  analyses,  16'90g  of  solid  constituents,  while 
arterial  and  venous  blood  gave  15*5 6g  and  18-6£  respectively : 


1 Schultz’s  analyses. of  the  portal  blood  would,  in  my  opinion,  have  yielded  more 
important  results,  both  as  regards  the  absolute  and  the  comparative  composition  of 
the  fluid,  if  he  had  determined  all  the  constituents  from  the  same  identical  blood. 
He  appears  to  have  used  the  blood  of  different  animals  for  the  determination  of  the 
different  constituents.  The  absolute  composition  of  the  blood  is  assuredly  different 
in  different  animals,  but  there  are  also  relative  differences  depending  on  age,  nutri- 
tion, and  other  circumstances. 


BLOOD. 


20.5 


it  contained  therefore  (in  this  instance)  a greater  proportion  of 
solid  constituents  than  arterial ; a less  proportion  than  venous 
blood.  This  proportion,  16-902,  is  however  less  than  is  usually 
met  with  in  arterial  or  venous  blood. 

The  blood  of  the  vena  portae  of  a horse  fed  with  oats  gave 
20 3^  of  solid  constituents,  while  the  arterial  and  venous  blood 
of  the  same  animal  gave  22-912  and  19-5§  respectively.  Here 
the  solid  constituents  of  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae  bear  an 
exactly  opposite  proportion  to  those  of  arterial  and  venous  blood, 
for  in  this  case  they  exceed  those  of  arterial,  and  are  less  than 
those  of  venous  blood. 

The  amount  of  the  per-centage  of  the  solid  residue,  although 
still  deficient,  approximates  very  nearly  to  the  ordinary  average. 

My  observations  from  analysis  5 are  at  variance  with  these 
remarks. 

Fibrin. 

As  an  average  of  three  analyses,  -322  of  fibrin  was  obtained 
from  the  blood  of  the  vena  porta,  while  the  proportions  obtained 
from  arterial  and  venous  blood  were  1-042  and  1-092  respectively. 
Hence  it  may  be  concluded  that  this  blood  is  poorer  in  fibrin 
than  either  arterial  or  venous  blood — a point  which  is  con- 
firmed by  my  own  observations. 


Albumen  with  salts,  and  blood-corpuscles d 


The  following  results  were  obtained  from  his  analyses  : 


Albumen 

Blood-corpuscles 


1.  2. 
Blood  of  vena  ports. 

. 8-16g  9-67g 

. 8-74g  10-532 


1.  2. 

Arterial  blood. 

9'86g  11-llg 
4-65g  10-21g 


1.  2. 

Venous  blood. 
7-96S  11-250 
9-21g  6-95g 


The  analyses  1 were  made  with  the  blood  of  fasting  horses ; 
the  analyses  2 with  the  blood  of  horses  after  a recent  meal 
of  oats.  Hence  it  follows  that  the  blood  of  the  vena  portm 
contains  more  blood-corpuscles  and  less  albumen  than  arterial 
or  venous  blood.  My  own  analyses  do  not  exactly  coincide 
with  these  remarks. 


Fat. 

The  solid  residue  of  the  blood  of  the  vena  portse  gave  (as  the 
mean  of  four  analyses)  1-662  of  fat,  while  the  corresponding 

1 Schultz’s  method  of  analysis  is  described  hi  note  1,  p.  198. 


20G 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


proportions  of  fat  in  arterial  and  venous  blood  amounted  to  only 
•92§  and  -832  respectively.  Hence  it  appears  (and  in  this  re- 
spect my  own  observations  confirm  tliose  of  Schultz)  that  this 
blood  contains  a larger  proportion  of  fat  than  either  arterial  or 
venous  blood.  The  albumen  and  the  clot  contain  individually 
a larger  quantity  of  fat  in  this  than  in  ordinary  blood.  Schultz 
has  observed  a very  striking  difference  between  the  quantity  of 
fat  contained  in  the  fibrin  of  this  and  of  arterial  blood : the 
former  yielded  1072,  while  the  latter  gave  only  2 '342  of  fat, 
which  in  the  first  case  was  brown  and  discoloured,  in  the  latter 
was  white  and  crystalline. 

It  follows  from  these  remarks  that  there  is  no  constancy  in 
the  deviations  of  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae  from  arterial  or 
venous  blood.  The  reason  of  the  mutability  of  the  composition 
of  this  blood  is  easily  accounted  for,  if  we  consider  the  relation 
that  the  ramifications  of  the  vena  portae  bear  to  the  digestive 
organs,  and  the  absorbent  power  of  the  veins,  as  shown  by  the 
experiments  of  Magendie,1  Tiedemann,  and  Gmelin.2 

The  rapid  removal  of  water  from  the  stomach  can,  moreover, 
only  be  explained  by  the  agency  of  the  vena  portae. 

Hence  it  is  evident,  both  from  my  own  analyses  and  those 
of  Schultz,  that  the  blood  which  is  conveyed  to  the  liver  by 
the  vena  portae  differs  in  well-fed  and  in  fasting  animals. 

When  fluids,  containing  a smaller  proportion  of  solid  residue 
than  ordinary  blood,  are  absorbed  by  well-fed  animals,  we  may 
naturally  infer  that  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae  will  be  more 
deficient  in  solid  constituents  than  either  arterial  or  venous 
blood.  This  view  is  confirmed  by  the  observations  of  Schultz, 
excepting  in  the  case  of  the  horse  that  had  been  fed  with  oats 
shortly  before  its  death,  when  a greater  solid  residue  was  left 
by  this  blood  than  by  either  the  arterial  or  venous  : in  this  in- 
stance, however,  the  residue  was  below  the  ordinary  average  of 
either  venous  or  arterial  blood.  In  fasting  horses  the  residue 
is  considerably  below  the  average  of  ordinary  blood. 

The  remarkably  small  quantity  of  fibrin  that  is  invariably 
found  in  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae,  as  well  as  the  large  pro- 
portion of  fat  that  is  associated  with  the  fibrin,  is  a point  of  con- 
siderable interest;  as  also  the  large  proportion  of  blood-corpuscles 

1 Precis  elementaire  de  Pliysiologie,  par  Magendie.  Bruxelles,  1838,  p.  328. 

2 Muller’s  Pliysiologie  des  Mensclien,  vol.  1,  p.  241. 


BLOOD. 


207 


observed  by  Schultz,  and  which  occurred,  in  rather  a striking 
degree,  in  my  analysis  5. 

It  is  of  importance  to  trace  the  origin  and  development  of 
these  peculiarities,  as  we  may  thus  be  led  to  take  clearer  views 
of  the  functions  of  the  liver  and  the  preparation  of  the  bile. 

Schultz1  attributes  the  source  of  all  these  peculiarities  to  the 
intestinal  canal,  to  the  lymphatic  glands,  and  to  the  spleen. 

The  organization  and  vitality  of  the  chyle,  prepared  in  the 
intestinal  canal,  require  (according  to  Schultz,)  the  co-operation 
of  the  plasma,  which  (being  thus  partially  consumed)  leaves  a 
large  proportion  of  blood- corpuscles,  the  majority  of  which  ap- 
pear to  have  been  deprived  of  their  nuclei  by  absorption,  and 
to  have  been  converted  into  empty  capsules  impregnated  with 
colouring  matter.  To  this  is  attributable  the  preponderance 
of  the  clot.  The  large  quantity  of  fat  is  ascribed  by  Schultz  to 
absorption  of  the  chyle,  and  he  considers  that  its  dark  colour 
is  in  some  way  connected  with  the  metamorphosis  of  the  co- 
louring matter  of  the  blood-corpuscles. 

My  own  views  with  respect  to  the  causes  of  the  peculiar 
constitution  of  this  species  of  blood  differ,  in  a few  immaterial 
points,  from  the  ingenious  explanation  of  Schultz. 

There  are  two  reasons  for  the  very  small  quantity  of  fibrin 
in  this  blood.  In  the  first  place  it  may  take  up  a quantity  of 
fluid  containing  little  or  no  fibrin,  by  which  means  the  relative 
proportion  of  fibrin  in  a given  quantity  of  blood  must  of  course 
be  diminished;  and,  secondly,  it  may  be  explained  by  tbe  torpid 
motion  in  this  part  of  the  circulatory  apparatus,  and  the  de- 
ficiency of  atmospheric  oxygen  : this  latter  reason  may  also 
account  for  some  of  its  other  peculiarities.  In  consequence  of 
the  deficiency  of  oxygen,  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles  must  be  imperfect,  deficient,  and  retarded,  and  the 
solution  of  the  developed  corpuscles  will  not  be  duly  effected. 
To  this  cause  we  must  ascribe  not  merely  the  diminished  quan- 
tity of  fibrin,  but  the  retarded  solution,  and  the  accumulation 
of  the  corpuscles,  especially  of  such  as  are  fully  developed  and 
abound  in  hsemaphsein,  the  consequent  accumulation  of  tbat 
colouring  substance  in  tbe  plasma,  and  the  necessarily  dark 
tint  of  the  serum,  which  possesses  no  means  of  throwing  off 
that  constituent. 


1 Op.  cit.  p.  322. 


208 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


The  large  proportion  of  fat  is  chiefly  attributable  to  the 
fluids  that  are  produced  during  the  act  of  digestion,  and  which 
are  conveyed  into  the  portal  vein.  In  examining  this  blood 
under  the  microscope,  I have  seen  that  it  is  rich  in  fat  globules. 
The  deep  yellow  (or  sometimes  even  brown)  tinge  of  the  fat  is 
produced  by  liaemaphaein,  which  is  very  soluble  in  fat  and  cannot 
easily  be  extracted  from  it. 

The  fatty  acids  do  not  seem  to  undergo  any  change  in  the 
liver,  for  we  find  them,  as  well  as  the  cholesterin  of  the  blood, 
again  in  the  bile.  The  cholesterin  is  particularly  abundant, 
and  is  probably  one  of  the  products  of  the  function  of  the  liver. 

Properties  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein ; — its  comparison 
with  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae. 

I am  not  aware  of  any  analyses  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic 
vein  having  been  made  previously  to  my  own. 

Very  important  conclusions  might  doubtless  be  drawn  re- 
specting the  constitution  of  the  bile,  by  contrasting  the  analyses 
of  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae  with  that  of  the  hepatic  vein, 
if  it  were  not  that  we  had  to  take  into  consideration  with  the 
former  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  artery  with  which  it  mixes  in 
the  capillary  system  of  the  liver. 

As  the  contents  of  the  hepatic  vein  are  discharged  into  the 
vena  cava  inferior,  immediately  as  it  leaves  the  organ,  it  is  no 
easy  matter’  to  obtain  any  considerable  quantity  of  the  blood  in 
a pure  and  unmixed  state. 

Professor  Gurlt  has  kindly  assisted  me  in  collecting  specimens 
of  this  blood  from  horses. 

The  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  differs,  in  several  respects,  from 
any  of  the  forms  of  blood  that  have  been  hitherto  considered. 

It  appears  to  be  darker  than  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae, 
(when  contrasted  with  it,)  but  becomes  of  a somewhat  brighter 
colour  by  continued  stirring. 

The  separation  of  the  fibrin  is  more  difficult  and  tedious  than 
from  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae,  and  this  constituent,  when 
deposited  on  the  rod,  is  possessed  of  very  little  consistence, 
is  soft,  gelatinous,  and  difficult  to  urash,  a portion  of  it  falling 
to  pieces  and  being  distributed  through  the  water.  The 
blood,  after  the  removal  of  the  fibrin  by  whipping,  continues 
to  manifest  a tendency  to  gelatinize;  the  blood-corpuscles  de- 


BLOOD. 


209 


posit  themselves  and  form  a dark  coagulated  clotted  mass  under 
the  surface  of  the  serum,  from  which  no  additional  fibrin  can 
be  obtained  by  farther  stirring;  and  upon  allowing  it  to  rest, 
the  same  phenomena  are  again  exhibited.  On  placing  a little 
of  the  blood,  immediately  after  staring,  on  a glass  slip,  the 
blood-corpuscles  may  be  seen  to  collect  into  minute  islets  or 
spots ; at  least  I observed  this  to  occur  in  three  specimens  of 
this  sort  of  blood  that  I analysed  at  different  times. 

In  one  instance  I found  that  the  blood  had  actually  coagu- 
lated, but  slowly,  after  the  removal  of  fibrin  by  whipping,  and 
upon  renewed  stirring  I obtained  a small  quantity  of  stringy 
or  coriaceous  fibrin. 

Microscopic  analysis.  On  examining  a specimen  of  this 
blood,  not  diluted  with  the  ordinaiy  solution  of  salt,  the  swollen 
corpuscles  were  observed  moving  about;  some  were  distinct, 
some  partially  united  with  others ; these  gradually  attached 
themselves  to  one  another  and  formed  irregular  groups  of  various 
sizes,  in  which  the  outlines  of  the  individual  corpuscles  could 
no  longer  be  recognized.  It  appeared  as  if  the  corpuscles 
exuded  a plastic  matter,  which  might  possibly  be  the  cause  of 
their  adhering  to  each  other. 

On  diluting  the  blood  with  a solution  of  hydrochlorate  of 
ammonia,  I once  observed  that  the  medium-sized  corpuscles 
appeared  studded  with  minute  pearly  beads,  (vide  supra,  page 
105.)  The  following  observation  which  I made  upon  two 
occasions  interested  me  extremely.  I saw  a great  excess  of 
small  blood-corpuscles,  about  one  fourth  or  one  sixth  of  the 
ordinaiy  size,  whose  true  nature  could  only  be  recognized 
by  their  well-marked  yellow  colour,  and  by  their  passing  from 
a spherical  into  a flattened  form,  when  rotation  was  excited. 
The  motions  of  these  minute  blood-corpuscles  resembled  those 
of  Brown’s  molecules,  and  were  much  more  active  than  those 
of  the  ordinary  corpuscles  in  common  blood. 

The  analysis  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  gave  in  1000 
parts — 


14 


210 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Water 

Solid  residue 
Fibrin 

Fat  ... 

Albumen 

Globulin 

Haematin 

Extractive  matters  and 


Analysis  6. 
Blood  of  vena  portfe. 
815-000 
185-000 
3-285 
1-845 
92-250 
72-690 
3-900 

salts  11-623 


Analysis  8. 

Blood  of  hepatic  vein. 
814-000 
186-000 

2- 650 
1-408 

103-283 

57-134 

3- 000 
12-312 


100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles  I 100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles 
contained  5-3  of  haematin.  I contained  5-2  of  haematin. 


The  blood  was  taken  from  the  starved  horse,  who  supplied 
the  matter  for  analyses  3 and  4. 


Water 

Analysis  9. 
Blood  of  vena  port*. 
738-000 

Solid  residue 

262-000 

Fibrin 

3-500 

Fat 

1-968 

Albumen 

114-636 

Globulin  . 

116-358 

Haematin 

4-920 

Haemaphfein 

1-467 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

16-236 

Analysis  10. 

Blood  of  hepatic  vein. 

725-000 

275-000 

2-500 

1-560 

130-000 

112-000 

4-420 

1-040 

17-160 


100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles 
contained  5-4  of  colouring 
matter,  of  which  4-2  were 
haematin  and  1-2  haema- 
phaein. 


100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles 
contained  4-8  of  colouring 
matter,  of  which  3-9  were 
haematin  and  0-9  haema- 
phaein. 


From  these  analyses  we  deduce  the  following  conclusions. 
The  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  is  richer  in  solid  constituents 
than  that  of  the  vena  portae,  and  consequently  than  either  ar- 
terial or  ordinary  venous  blood;  it  contains  less  fibrin,  fat, 
globulin,  and  colouring  matter,  than  the  blood  of  the  vena 
portae ; the  ratio  of  the  colouring  matter  to  the  globulin  is 
smaller,  and  the  quantity  of  albumen  larger  in  the  former  than 
in  the  latter  form  of  blood. 

In  consequence  of  the  admixture  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic 
artery  with  that  of  the  vena  portae  in  the  capillary  system  sur- 
rounding the  biliary  ducts,  and  of  the  catalytic  influence  of  the 
cells  of  the  liver  in  the  formation  and  secretion  of  bile,  it  is 
impossible  for  us  to  ascertain  the  relative  parts  which  these  two 
distinct  forms  of  blood  play  in  the  production  of  this  important 


BLOOD. 


211 


secretion,  or  to  state  with  certainty  which  constituents  are 
drawn  from  the  contents  of  the  hepatic  artery  and  which  from 
those  of  the  vena  portae,  or  how  the  withdrawal  of  them  is 
effected. 

These  analyses  are  nevertheless  of  great  importance,  since 
they  show  that  the  blood-corpuscles  are  actively  engaged  in  the 
secretion  of  the  bile,  a view  which  corresponds  with  and  tends 
to  explain  other  phenomena  connected  with  this  secretion.  They 
show  that  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  contains  more  albumen 
and  less  globulin,  or  (which  is  much  the  same  thing)  blood- 
corpuscles,  than  that  of  the  vena  portae.  These  differences 
favour  the  hypothesis  that  the  corpuscles  (or,  at  least,  tlieir 
principal  constituent,  the  globulin,)  have  a greater  share  in  the 
formation  of  the  bile  in  the  peripheral  system  of  the  liver  than 
the  albumen,  the  principal  constituent  of  the  plasma. 

Another  corroborative  circumstance  is  the  small  amount  of 
colouring  matter  in  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein,  from  which 
we  infer  that  some  of  it  has  been  consumed  in  the  formation  of 
the  bile,  a view  which  accounts,  with  more  probability,  for  the 
origin  of  its  colour  than  the  supposition  that  it  is  produced  from 
a portion  of  the  plasma.1 

If  the  liver  were  supplied  with  blood  from  the  vena  portae 
alone,  there  could  be  hardly  a doubt  entertained  with  regard 
to  the  correctness  of  my  hypothesis ; the  influence  of  the  blood 
of  the  hepatic  artery  must  not,  however,  be  overlooked.  If, 
for  instance,  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  artery  contained  a much 
larger  proportion  of  albumen  and  a smaller  quantity  of  blood- 
corpuscles  than  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae,  the  mixture  of 
these  would  produce  a fluid  similar  in  constitution  to  the  blood 
of  the  hepatic  vein.  But,  upon  comparing  the  blood  of  the 
vena  portae  with  that  of  the  hepatic  artery,  no  such  proportions, 
as  those  we  have  assumed,  are  observable.  It  is  true  that  a 
mixture  of  the  two  bloods  in  a badly  fed  animal  would  contain 
more  albumen,  but,  at  the  same  time,  more  blood-corpuscles 
than  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae  (see  Analyses  3 and  6) ; and 
in  the  reverse  case  (see  Analyses  1 and  5)  the  mixture  would 

1 [This  view  is  corroborated  by  Mulder,  who  observes  that  if  the  blood-corpuscles 
undergo  a metamorphic  change  prior  to  their  development  into  living  tissue,  the 
products  of  the  decomposition  of  the  lisematin  may  be  probably  traced  in  the  bili- 
fulvin  of  the  bile.  (Versuch  einer  allgemeinen  physiologischen  Chemie,  p.  358.)] 


212 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


contain  fewer  corpuscles,  but,  at  the  same  time,  less  albumen, 
than  tlie  blood  of  the  vena  portoe. 

It  is  impossible  to  account  for  so  large  an  amount  of  albumen 
in  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein,  if  we  consider  the  quantity  of 
bile  which  is  secreted  by  the  healthy  liver,  and  attribute  its 
formation  to  the  elements  of  the  plasma  alone ; whereas,  if  we 
consider  the  bile  to  be  formed  at  the  expense  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles,  the  peculiarities  in  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  are 
at  once  accounted  for. 

In  addition  to  the  separation  of  the  bile,  the  liver  effects  a 
further  change  in  the  blood  by  drawing  from  that  fluid  the 
sources  of  its  own  nutrition.  These  two  processes  merge  into 
one,  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  product  of  the  development 
of  the  hepatic  cells.  The  formation  and  secretion  of  such  a 
complicated  fluid  as  the  bile,  by  the  action  of  the  hepatic  cells 
on  the  plasma,  may  be  dependent  on  various  causes.  The  entire 
structure  of  an  organ  must  necessarily  correspond  with  its  func- 
tions, and  with  every  variety  of  internal  organization  there  will 
be  a corresponding  variation  in  the  secretion.  The  action  of 
the  hepatic  cells  on  the  plasma  is  different  from  that  of  the 
renal  or  other  glandular  cells,  in  consequence  of  the  difference 
of  their  chemical  action  on  the  blood.  The  nerves  also  seem 
to  influence  the  secretions. 

Further,  since  the  plasma  has  been  modified  in  its  progress 
through  the  liver  by  the  solution  of  a large  number  of  blood- 
corpuscles,  a corresponding  new  product  must  be  evolved  from 
it  by  the  hepatic  cells.  I have  previously  stated  that  the  de- 
velopment, and  especially  the  ultimate  solution  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles  may  occur  in  all  parts  of  the  peripheral  system,  if  a 
sufficient  supply  of  oxygen  be  present.  I have  shown  that  a 
large  quantity  of  fully  developed  corpuscles  accumulates  in  the 
blood  of  the  vena  porfre,  in  consequence  of  its  torpid  motion 
and  the  want  of  a due  supply  of  oxygen ; if  this  blood  mixes 
in  the  capillaries  with  the  well-oxygenised  blood  of  the  hepatic 
artery,  it  is  not  difficult  to  conceive  that  a proportionably  larger 
quantity  of  blood-corpuscles  is  thus  dissolved  in  a given  time 
than  at  many  other  parts  of  the  peripheral  system,  that  the 
plasma  may  thus  become  changed,  and  that  the  product  of  the 
general  action  of  the  hepatic  cells  may  be  different. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  liver  is  one  of  the  most  active 


BLOOD. 


213 


organs  of  the  animal  economy.  Even  in  the  embryo,  the  de- 
velopment of  its  cells  is  wonderfully  abundant,  as  has  been 
shown  by  Reichert.  In  the  adult  the  activity  of  the  liver 
is  exhibited  by  the  increased  secretion  of  the  bile  during  di- 
gestion. The  activity  of  an  organ  is  represented  by  the  in- 
tegral of  the  activity  of  its  cells ; and  the  increased  activity  of 
the  cells  is  intimately  connected  with  the  facility  of  evolution 
and  revolution.  If,  then,  in  consequence  of  the  activity  of 
the  liver  as  a secreting  organ,  a large  number  of  cells  are  con- 
sumed, it  follows  that  a proportionably  large  number  must  be 
reproduced;  and  we  can  thus  explain  the  apparently  incon- 
sistent phenomena  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  containing 
less  fibrin  than  that  of  the  vena  porta;,  by  the  supposition  that, 
although  a large  quantity  of  blood-corpuscles  is  consumed  by 
the  liver,  the  fibrin  of  the  plasma  supplies  the  materials  for  the 
formation  of  cytoblasts  for  new  cells. 

All  the  other  differences  that  are  observable  between  the 
composition  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  and  of  the  vena 
portae  may  be  accounted  for  by  paying  a little  attention  to  the 
nature  of  the  bile. 

The  bile  contains  a smaller  proportion  of  solid  constituents 
than  the  blood ; hence  it  is  obvious  that  the  blood,  previously 
to  the  separation  of  the  bile  ( i . e.  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae) 
must  contain  a smaller  proportion  of  solid  constituents  than  after 
this  change  has  been  effected  ( i . e.  the  blood  of  the  hepatic 
vein.) 

The  blood  of  the  vena  portae  contains  more  colouring  matter, 
both  haematin  and  haemaphaein,  than  that  of  the  hepatic  vein. 
It  is  impossible  to  decide  with  certainty  upon  the  manner  in 
which  these  colouring  substances  are  consumed  in  the  liver,  as 
we  are  still  deficient  in  correct  ultimate  analyses  of  biliphaein 
and  haemaphaein ; we  may,  however,  safely  conclude  that  the 
biliphaein  is  produced  by  the  metamorphosis  of  the  colouring 
matter  of  the  blood. 

Properties  of  the  blood  of  the  renal  veins ; — its  comparison 
with  the  blood  of  the  aorta. 

The  blood  of  the  renal  veins  was  drawn  from  a horse  simul- 
taneously with  the  aortic  blood ; it  was  found,  however,  upon 
opening  the  body  of  the  horse,  bled  to  death,  that  the  renal 


214 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


veins  contained  so  small  a quantity  of  blood  that  Professor  Gurlt 
was  unable  to  collect  from  them  more  than  about  50  grains. 

The  blood  obtained  in  this  manner  was  visibly  darker  than 
the  aortic  blood.  I stirred  it  for  a considerable  time  with  a 
rod;  but  could  obtain  no  fibrin ; on  leaving  it  to  stand,  it  became 
gelatinous,  and  resembled  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  after 
similar  treatment. 


Microscopic  analysis.  Upon  comparing  the  two  sorts  of 
blood  under  the  microscope,  the  only  perceptible  differences 
were  the  following : In  the  unmixed  blood  of  the  renal  veins 
the  corpuscles  united  themselves  into  islets  and  amorphous 
groups,  in  which  the  individual  globules  could  not  be  traced. 
Upon  mixing  some  of  this  blood  with  a solution  of  salt,  a 
larger  quantity  of  small  and  middle-sized  coi’puscles  were  ob- 
served than  in  the  aortic  blood  when  similarly  treated.  The 
proportion,  however,  of  the  small  corpuscles  to  the  large  ones 
was  not  so  striking  as  in  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein.  (Vide 
supra,  p.  209.) 

In  consequence  of  the  small  quantity  of  material,  I resolved 
to  determine  only  the  most  important  of  the  constituents.  I 
made  an  accurate  estimate  of  the  proportions  of  water  and 
albumen,  but  was  prevented  by  illness  from  ascertaining  the 
quantities  of  globulin  and  lisematin. 

1000  parts  of  blood  contained  : 


Water 

Solid  residue 

Fibrin 

Albumen 


Analysis  11. 
Aortic  blood. 
790-000 
210-000 
8-200 
90-300 


Analysis  12. 
Blood  of  renal  vein. 
778-000 
222-000 

99-230 


From  these  analyses  it  appears  that  the  blood  of  the  renal 
veins  is  more  abundant  in  solid  constituents  and  in  albumen 
than  the  aortic  blood,  but  that  it  contains  less  fibrin  and  fewer 
blood-corpuscles. 

The  two  latter  inferences,  respecting  the  quantity  of  fibrin 
and  of  blood-corpuscles  in  the  blood  of  the  renal  vein,  cannot 
be  drawn  from  the  analyses  in  the  same  certain  manner  as  in 
the  comparative  analyses  of  the  blood  of  the  hepatic  vein  and 
of  the  vena  portie. 


BLOOD. 


215 


Although  I cannot  believe  that  this  blood  is  entirely  devoid 
of  separable  fibrin,  it  certainly  contains  less  fibrin  than  arterial 
blood.  In  fact  it  is  more  than  probable  that  the  quantity  of 
fibrin  which  is  formed  during  the  course  of  the  blood  through 
the  renal  capillary  system,  where  oxygen  is  taken  up  and  not 
again  supplied,  does  not  exceed  the  quantity  consumed.  Although 
no  determination  of  the  lisematin  and  globulin  was  instituted, 
we  may  infer,  analogically,  from  our  former  analyses,  and  from 
the  necessary  reciprocating  proportions  of  the  two  principal 
constituents  of  the  blood,  that  less  lnematoglolmlin  exists  in  the 
blood  of  the  renal  veins  than  in  that  of  the  aorta.  If  the  albu- 
men in  each  be  estimated  in  regard  to  equal  quantities  of  the 
solid  residue,  the  albumen  in  the  aortic  blood  will  be  found  to 
be  to  that  in  the  blood  of  the  renal  vein  in  the  ratio  of  425  to 
446.  The  quantities  of  hsematoglobulin  will  therefore  be  in 
an  opposite  ratio. 

These  results  throw  considerable  light  upon  the  changes  which 
the  blood  undergoes  in  the  kidneys.  It  loses  a certain  quantity 
of  water,  which  is  accounted  for  by  the  urine.  Hence  this 
blood  contains  less  water  than  the  aortic  blood. 

Urea  appears  to  be  formed  from  the  corpuscles,  under  the 
cooperating  influence  of  the  plasma  and  oxygen  of  the  blood, 
rather  than  from  the  albumen,  which  preponderates  in  the  blood 
of  the  renal  veins  the  same  as  in  the  hepatic  vein.  It  cannot 
be  positively  asserted  that  the  observations  which  were  made 
regarding  the  trifling  amount  of  fibrin  in  the  blood  of  the  he- 
patic vein,  as  compared  with  that  in  the  blood  of  the  vena  portae, 
here  hold  good,  but  there  are  many  reasons  in  favour  of  such 
an  analogous  view. 

It  is  highly  probable  that  the  activity  of  the  excreting  powers 
of  the  kidney  is  due  to  the  activity  of  the  organ  itself,  as  has 
been  already  observed  with  regard  to  the  liver,  and  that  this 
activity  corresponds  with  the  energetic  evolution  and  revolution 
of  renal  cells. 

That  the  kidneys  do  not  separate  bile,  but  urea,  uric  acid, 
and  salts,  is  due  partly  to  the  chemical  constitution  of  the  renal 
cells  and  to  the  peculiarly  directed  cooperation  of  the  nerves 
of  these  organs,  and  partly,  perhaps,  to  the  composition  of  the 
blood  itself,  which  differs  from  that  which  supplies  the  liver. 

The  separation  of  the  water  is  caused  by  the  peculiar  internal 


216 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


structure  of  the  organ ; it  cannot  be  regarded  as  a product  of 
the  development  of  the  cells,  or  of  the  metabolic  power  of  the 
cells  acting  on  the  plasma ; but  the  water  is  separated  in  much 
the  same  manner  as  the  various  gases  of  the  blood  are  re- 
moved by  the  lungs. 

But  whether  the  salts  which  are  separated  by  the  kidneys,  the 
combinations  of  chlorine,  and  of  phosphoric,  sulphuric  and  lactic 
acids,  are,  so  to  speak,  mechanically  carried  away  in  the  water 
in  which  they  are  held  in  solution,  and  which  permeates  the 
textures  of  the  kidney,  or  whether  their  separation  is  to  be  re- 
garded as  a true  secretion  of  the  renal  cells,  due  to  their  organ- 
ised development,  is  a point  which  I have  no  means  of  ascer- 
taining. An  accurate  analysis  of  the  kidneys  would  soon  show 
whether  the  salts  which  have  been  mentioned  do  or  do  not 
belong  to  the  constitution  of  the  renal  cells,  a point  which  the 
analysis  of  Berzelius  has  left  undecided.  These  salts,  most  of 
which  preexist  in  the  blood,  at  all  events  find  their  way  into 
the  renal  cells,  and  either  are  or  are  not  connected  with  their 
peculiar  vital  development.  The  former  is  far  the  more  pro- 
bable; and  in  that  case  the  secretion  of  the  salts  would  not 
be  a mere  mechanical  act,  but  would  be  due  to  organic  causes. 

The  kidneys  separate  hsemaphcein  from  the  colouring  mat- 
ter produced  by  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles, 
and  the  proportion  in  which  they  separate  it  is  larger  than 
the  proportion  contained  in  the  plasma,  a circumstance  which 
is  obvious  from  the  colour  of  the  urine  being  generally  deeper 
than  that  of  the  liquor  sanguinis.  Hence  it  is  very  probable  that 
a portion  of  the  colouring  matter  is  formed  by  the  metamor- 
phosis of  the  corpuscles  in  the  peripheral  system  of  the  kidney. 
The  kidneys  likewise  separate  another  colouring  matter,  uro- 
erythrin ; in  a normal  state,  only  in  a slight  proportion,  but 
in  certain  pathological  conditions,  in  a comparatively  large 
quantity.  Uroerythrin,  in  all  probability,  owes  its  origin  to 
the  lisematin  of  the  blood-corpuscles.  As  the  proportions  of 
uric  acid  and  of  uroerythrin  to  urea  are  very  small  in  normal 
urine,  but  are  much  increased  in  certain  pathological  conditions, 
we  must  infer  that,  in  these  latter  cases,  the  blood  undergoes 
some  peculiar  change. 


BLOOD. 


217 


Comparison  of  the  venous  blood  with  the  blood  of  the  capillaries. 

It  is  well  known  that  blood  taken  from  the  body  by  scari- 
fication does  not  materially  differ  in  its  physical  properties 
from  venous  blood ; it  takes  about  an  equal  time  to  coagulate, 
and  separates  into  clot  and  serum.  The  blood  which  flows 
from  leech-bites  is  also  similar  to  venous  blood.  From  com- 
parative analyses  of  venous  blood  and  blood  taken  by  leeches 
or  cupping.  Dr.  Pallas1  concludes  that  the  (so  termed)  capillary 
blood  is  richer  in  solid  and  coagulable  constituents  than  either 
venous  or  arterial  blood. 

The  ratios  are  represented  by  the  following  numbers  : 

2-550  : 3-100  and 
2-550  : 2-630 

Denis2  contradicts  these  statements ; he  observes  that  the 
blood  of  the  capillaries,  when  taken  by  cupping,  is  of  a bright 
red  colour  and  very  plastic  if  it  is  taken  from  the  neighbour- 
hood of  a large  artery,  but  that  it  is  dark  and  proportionally 
less  plastic  when  drawn  from  the  vicinity  of  large  venous  trunks; 
so  that  its  characters  always  present  a certain  degree  of  simi- 
larity to  either  arterial  or  venous  blood.  Denis  analysed  blood 
drawn  from  the  arm  of  a man  aged  70,  and  blood  taken  by 
cupping  from  the  left  side  of  the  thorax  of  the  same  individual. 


and  compared  the  results. 

1000  parts  contained : 

Blood  from  the  arm. 

Blood  obtained  by  cupping. 

Water 

790-0 

790-0 

Fibrin 

2-7 

2-9 

Albumen 

5G-0 

54-0 

Haematin 

131-G 

133-4 

Oxide  of  iron 

0-7 

0-7 

Phosphorized  fat 

8-0 

8-2 

Cruorin 

1-1 

1-0 

Carbonate  of  soda 

1-0 

1-0 

Chloride  of  sodium 

4-0 

4-0 

Chloride  of  potassium  . 

2-1 

2-0 

Carbonate  of  lime 

1-3 

1-3 

Phosphates  of  lime  and  magnesia  0-5 

0-5 

Or, 

Water 

790-0 

790-0 

Blood-corpuscles 

132-3 

134-1 

Solid  residue  of  serum 

77-7 

75-9 

1 Journal  de  Chimie  Medicale, 

Oct.  1828. 

3 llecherchcs,  p.  72. 

218 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Denis  also  analysed  the  blood  of  a girl,  aged  27,  in  a similar 
manner,  and  obtained  corresponding  results  from  both  forms  of 
blood.  (Recherch.es,  pp.  152,  153,  and  250.) 

REVIEW  OF  THE  MODIFICATIONS  AND  CHANGES  THAT  THE  BLOOD 
UNDERGOES  IN  THE  COURSE  OF  THE  CIRCULATION. 

Having  in  the  previous  section  given  my  views  respecting  the 
probable  changes  that  the  blood  undergoes  in  the  coiu’se  of  the 
circulation,  founded  partly  on  numerous  analyses  of  that  fluid, 
and  partly  on  conclusions  deduced  from  the  necessary  connexion 
that  exists  between  the  phenomena  of  secretion  and  of  meta- 
morphosis ; and  having  also  endeavoured  to  explain  the  varia- 
tions that  occur  in  the  blood  of  the  same  individual,  through 
the  influence  of  nutrition  and  the  secreting  organs  (as  the  liver 
and  kidneys),  I beg  once  more  to  call  the  attention  of  the 
reader  to  the  subject  under  consideration. 

My  views  regarding  the  formation  of  the  products  of  secretion 
from  the  changes  that  the  blood  undergoes  in  the  organism  re- 
quire a more  searching  investigation  before  confidence  can  be 
placed  in  them.  There  is  nothing  improbable  in  the  supposition 
that  the  blood  is  changed  in  the  manner  that  I have  assumed ; 
I can  as  easily  conceive  that  the  urea  and  bilin  are  formed  by 
the  mutual  action  of  the  blood-corpuscles  and  the  liquor  san- 
guinis, as  that  their  origin  is  dependent  upon  the  liquor  san- 
guinis alone ; but  for  reasons  afready  communicated,  there  is 
a greater  degree  of  probability  in  the  idea  that  these  substances 
are  produced  by  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles. 
These  reasons  are  founded  more  on  the  intimate  connexion  that 
exists  between  the  products  of  secretion,  change  of  matter  and 
blood,  and  on  the  mutual  adaptation  and  principle  of  compen- 
sation in  the  organism  of  the  animal  body,  than  on  the  phy- 
sical and  chemical  “momentum”  of  the  circulation  and  of  secre- 
tion ; and  the  question  we  have  now  to  consider  is,  whether  in 
the  latter  there  is  not  something  directly  opposed  to  our  views 
respecting  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood. 

Before  proceeding  to  these  investigations,  I must  in  the  first 
place  revert  to  some  of  the  points  connected  with  this  rneta- 
morpliic  action. 

The  first  and  principal  object  of  the  blood  is  the  nutrition 


BLOOD. 


219 


of  the  organism,  and  for  this  purpose  the  circulating  fluid  is 
modified  and  consumed  in  the  peripheral  system.  We  have 
conjectured  that  the  extractive  matters  of  the  blood  which  are 
removed  by  the  kidneys  are  thus  formed.  The  constant  mo- 
dification and  consumption  of  blood  dependent  on  the  act  of 
nutrition  render  the  supply  of  fresh  nutrient  fluid,  and  the  re- 
moval of  effete  matter,  indispensably  necessary,  since  a proper 
constitution  of  the  blood  is  requisite  for  the  due  performance 
of  the  function  of  nutrition.  The  effete  matters  are  replaced 
by  chyle  mixed  -with  lymph ; and  this  fluid  must  of  necessity 
be  converted  into  blood,  as  otherwise  the  blood  would  soon 
consist  entirely  of  chyle.  The  change  is  effected  by  the  for- 
mation of  young  blood-corpusles,  (an  act  which  is  accompanied 
by  the  consumption  of  chyle-,  lymph-,  and  oil-corpuscles,)  and 
by  the  fibrin  of  the  chyle  becoming  more  plastic  ; all  the  other 
fluid  constituents  of  the  chyle  are  similar  to  those  of  the  liquor 
sanguinis,  except  that  there  is  an  excess  of  water  and  of  ex- 
tractive matters  in  the  former.  If  therefore  we  suppose  a con- 
tinuous formation  of  blood-corpuscles,  the  necessity  for  their 
consumption  must  be  sufficiently  obvious.  I have  assumed  that 
fibrin  is  formed  as  a consequence  of  this  consumption,  and  that 
this  newly-formed  fibrin  supplies  the  place  of  that  which  is  em- 
ployed for  the  purposes  of  nutrition  in  the  peripheral  vascular 
system.  I have  also  shown,  (page  163,)  that  there  is  no  diffi- 
culty in  the  idea  of  the  formation  of  albumen ; and  lastly,  I 
attempted  to  show  that,  in  all  probability,  urea,  uric  acid,  and 
bilin  are  formed  as  a consequence  of  this  consumption  of  the 
blood-corpuscles.  For  these  substances  must  necessarily  be 
formed  as  products  of  the  changes  which  the  constituents  of  the 
blood  undergo  in  the  circulation,  and  are  not  (as  observations 
on  starved  and  emaciated  individuals  show  us)  a consequence  of 
the  changes  which  the  circulating  fluid  undergoes  during  the  nu- 
trition of  the  tissues,  but  are  dependent  on  the  metamorphic 
action  that  is  produced  by  the  respiratory  process.  It  is  prin- 
cipally  the  blood-corpuscles,  (as  I have  endeavoured  to  show,  in 
page  155,)  that  are  connected  with  the  consumption  of  oxygen ; 
and  when  we  reflect  that  this  change  in  the  corpuscles  must 
take  place  under  similar  conditions  in  animals  both  high  and 
low  in  the  scale  of  development,  we  can  understand  how  it  is 
that  urea,  uric  acid,  and  bilin  occur  in  the  renal  and  hepatic 


220 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


secretions  of  animals  of  nearly  every  form  of  structure,  and 
under  such  varying  phases  of  existence. 

I will  now  proceed  seriatim  with  the  objections  that  may  be 
urged  against  my  views  respecting  the  metamorphosis  of  the 
blood. 

Analyses  of  the  urine  show  us  that  it  contains  a greater 
amount  of  urea  and  uric  acid  than  of  extractive  matters ; as- 
suming that  the  former  substances,  and  the  bilin,  are  products 
of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood- corpuscles,  and  that  the 
latter  are  the  products  of  the  change  that  the  plasma  under- 
goes in  the  nutrition  of  the  peripheral  system,  the  mass  of  the 
former  is  greater  than  the  mass  of  the  latter.  If,  moreover, 
a portion  of  the  extractive  matter  is  in  reality  not  removed  by 
the  kidneys,  but  is,  as  I have  already  suggested,  in  page  150, 
again  adapted  in  the  circulation  to  the  purposes  of  nutrition, 
(serving  probably  for  the  cytoblastema  of  the  cells  of  the  cartila- 
ginous and  gelatinous  tissues),  then  the  separation  of  so  consi- 
derable a quantity  of  the  product  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the 
blood-corpuscles  ought  still  to  surprise  us,  if  its  only  purpose 
were  to  supply  the  fibrin,  and  possibly  a part  of  the  consumed 
albumen  in  the  plasma. 

It  can,  however,  be  easily  shown  that  another  and  a much  more 
important  final  result  must  he  considered  in  the  consumption  of 
the  blood-corpuscles.  For  if,  as  I have  shown,  in  page  155, 
the  blood-corpuscles  are  principally  concerned  in  the  consump- 
tion of  the  atmospheric  oxygen,  then  it  is  clear  that  the  greater 
part  of  the  carbon,  which  is  exhaled  from  the  lungs  as  carbonic 
acid,  must  originate  from  them,  and  the  source  of  animal  heat 
would  thus  be  chiefly  attributable  to  the  metamorphosis  of  the 
blood-corpuscles.  Consequently,  the  chemical  modifications  of 
the  blood-corpuscles  are  of  at  least  as  much  importance  as  the 
act  of  nutrition  in  the  peripheral  system  carried  on  by  the 
agency  of  the  plasma,  inasmuch  as  they  are  subservient  to  the 
most  essential  and  indispensable  requisite  for  animal  life.  The 
other  purposes  of  the  corpuscles  appear  also  to  he  subservient 
to  this  great  end. 

If  the  blood-corpuscles  (from  the  period  of  their  develop- 
ment up  to  their  final  solution)  convert  as  large  a quantity  of 
carbon  as  is  generally  assumed,  into  carbonic  acid,  in  order  to 
maintain  a proper  degree  of  temperature,  then  we  cannot  be 
astonished  at  the  amount  of  the  products  of  secretion  of  the 


BLOOD. 


221 


kidneys  and  liver,  -which  we  have  assumed  to  be  consequent  on 
the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles  ; for  since  the  animal 
matters  undergo  a chemical  change  by  the  elimination  of  the 
carbon,  the  products  which  are  then  formed  must  be  removed, 
in  order  that  the  blood  may  retain  its  normal  composition. 

In  opposition  to  the  assertion  that  the  urea,  uric  acid,  and 
hilin  are  products  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood-corpuscles, 
it  may  be  urged  that  the  daily  amount  of  these  secretions  in- 
volves a larger  daily  consumption  of  blood-corpuscles  than  ap- 
pears to  be  consistent  with  the  rate  of  their  reproduction,  as  far 
at  least  as  our  knowledge  of  the  act  of  formation  of  the  corpus- 
cles would  lead  us  to  infer. 

I have  mentioned,  in  page  155,  that  the  blood-corpuscles  are 
to  he  regarded  as  cells,  whose  development  must  be  considered 
as  perfectly  analogous  with  the  development  of  other  cells.  In 
absorbing  from  the  plasma  the  substances  requisite  for  their 
nutrition,  and  in  rejecting  the  products  that  must  be  conse- 
quent upon  the  act  of  absorption,  they  obviously  exert  a modi- 
fying influence  on  that  fluid.  The  blood-corpuscles  do  not, 
however,  find  their  way  into  the  circulating  fluid  in  a matured 
form,  hut  their  cytoblasts  enter  it  as  germs  of  the  future  cor- 
puscles, and  require  the  assistance  of  the  atmospheric  oxygen 
to  attain  their  perfect  development.  The  only  hypothesis  we 
can  frame  regarding  the  primary  formation  of  the  blood-cor- 
puscles is,  that  they  are  produced  from  the  plasma,  that  their 
entire  development  and  increase  of  bulk  is  due  to  the  reciprocal 
action  of  the  young  blood-corpuscular  cells  and  plasma  on 
each  other  at  the  expense  of  the  latter,  and  that  up  to  the  mo- 
ment when  the  blood -corpuscles  cease  to  discharge  their  func- 
tions as  independent  organisms  in  the  circulation,  every  change 
that  occurs  in  them  must  be  accompanied  by  a simultaneous 
alteration  in  their  cytoblastema,  the  plasma. 

It  may  further  be  urged  that,  in  order  to  account  for  the  forma- 
tion and  secretion  of  urea,  uric  acid,  and  bilin,  there  is  no  neces- 
sity for  the  assumption  that  there  is  a metamorphosis  of  the  blood- 
corpuscles.  These  substances  might  as  easily  have  been  formed 
in  the  process  of  chylification,  or  during  the  conversion  of  the  chyle 
into  blood,  or  from  the  albumen,  instead  of  from  the  corpuscles. 

I have  already  mentioned  that  it  is  by  no  means  probable 
that  these  products  of  secretion  are  formed  in  the  act  of  nutri- 


222 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


tion,  since  they  are  produced  in  fasting  persons,  and  even  when 
nearly  all  the  soft  tissues  are  wasted  away. 

We  do  not,  however,  intend  to  assert  that  nutrition  exercises  • 
no  influence  over  these  products,  or  that  the  peculiar  structure 
of  each  secreting  organ  is  not  to  be  considered.  Neverthe- 
less I cannot  agree  with  certain  physiologists  who  maintain 
that  in  granivorous  animals,  sugar  formed  in  the  chyle  is  the 
cause  of  the  carbonic  acid  evolved  from  the  lungs,  or  that  urea, 
uric  acid,  and  bilin  are  formed  solely  from  the  albumen,  and 
that  the  blood-corpuscles  take  no  part  in  this  action ; for  the 
uniform  and  simultaneous  formation  of  carbonic  acid,  urea, 
uric  acid  and  bilin,  in  animals  whose  food  is  so  varied,  and  whose 
habits  and  conditions  of  life  are  so  diversified,  renders  it  pro- 
bable that  these  substances  are  simultaneously  formed,  as  a 
consequence  of  one  and  the  same  metamorphic  act.  On  the 
other  hand,  we  must  not  omit  to  notice  that  the  occurrence  of 
the  non-nitrogenous  hippuric  acid  in  the  ruminantia,  the  ex- 
cessive production  of  uric  acid  accompanied  frequently  with  a 
total  absence  of  urea  in  birds  and  amphibia,  and  the  inverse 
ratio  in  which  these  substances  occur  in  man,  monkeys,  &c., 
as  likewise  the  different  chemical  relations  of  the  bile  in  fishes 
and  amphibia,  point  out  the  influence  of  nutrition  and  of  the 
organization  in  general  on  these  secretions.  What  is  the  ultimate 
purpose  of  the  blood-corpuscles  in  the  organism  if  they  do  not 
participate  in  the  formation  of  these  products,  and  if  they  ex- 
perience no  real  material  change  ? The  idea  that  the  nutrition 
of  the  tissues  is  accomplished  by  the  aggregation  of  blood- 
corpuscles  is  now  abandoned,  and  the  supposition  that  these 
molecules  exert  a vitalizing  influence  on  the  organized  tissues 
is  perfectly  unintelligible.  I can  form  no  conception  of  a 
blood-corpuscle  that  is  not  undergoing  a continuous  material 
change,  and  I regard  this  change  as  the  ultimate  object  of  its 
existence. 

Daily  experience  shows  us  that  the  fluids  which  are  secreted 
by  the  principal  glands  take  their  origin  from  the  blood:  the 
question  then  arises  whether  these  secretions  exist  in  the  blood 
itself,  that  is  to  say,  whether  the  blood  which  enters  a secreting 
organ,  as  the  kidney  or  liver,  indicates  a difference  of  composi- 
tion as  it  leaves  that  organ.  At  first  sight  we  should  doubt- 
less answer  this  question  in  the  affirmative;  but  taking  into 


BLOOD. 


223 


consideration  the  rapidity  of  the  circulation,  and  the  short  space 
of  time  in  which  the  same  blood  is  supposed  to  remain  in  an 
organ,  it  is  obvious  that  the  detection  of  the  changes  in  the 
blood,  due  to  the  removal  of  the  secretions,  will  be  a task,  if  not 
absolutely  impossible,  at  least  extremely  difficult. 

The  question  whether  the  blood  of  the  same  individual  pos- 
sesses any  traceable  differences,  is  most  intimately  connected  with 
the  physico-chemical  “ momentum”  of  the  circulation;  although 
sufficient  facts  and  experiments  are  still  wanting  to  enable  the 
point  to  be  decisively  settled,  I believe  from  an  estimate  of  all 
that  is  at  present  known  on  the  subject,  that  we  are  warranted 
in  the  assumption  that  there  does  exist  a difference  in  the 
blood  of  one  and  the  same  individual. 

According  to  Hering’s  experiments,1  (in  which  he  injected 
ferrocyanide  of  potassium  into  the  veins  of  horses,)  the  blood 
performs  the  circuit  of  the  body  in  from  20  to  30  seconds. 
Several  authorities  are  opposed  to  this  statement.  It  is  evident 
that  the  blood,  as  it  issues  from  the  heart,  proceeds  in  smaller 
and  larger  circles;  the  smallest  are  those  which  it  describes 
through  the  heart  itself  and  the  lungs,  the  larger  are  those 
through  the  extremities,  and  it  must  require  different  times  to 
go  over  these  different  spaces,  and  besides  this,  its  course  is 
differently  impeded  in  the  capillary  system  of  the  different  or- 
gans. Thus  one  portion  of  the  blood  may  frequently  pass 
through  the  heart  and  lungs,  while  another  portion  has  only 
made  one  complete  circuit,  and  traces  of  the  injected  ferrocy- 
anide of  potassium  which  permeates  uniformly  the  whole  mass 
of  the  blood,  may  therefore  be  found  after  a short  time  in  parts 
of  the  system  remote  from  the  heart,  which  have  not  gone  the 
perfect  circuit  through  the  heart,  lungs,  and  all  the  organs. 
This  appears  to  be  very  evident  from  the  fact  that  some  of 
those  salts  which  are  supposed  to  be  rapidly  eliminated  by  the 
kidneys,  may  be  detected  for  a considerable  period  in  the  blood. 
Thus  I observed,2  that  when  iodide  of  potassium  was  taken  at 
four  o’clock  in  the  afternoon,  its  presence  was  traceable  in  the 
urine  till  nine  the  next  morning ; and  Tiering3  found  ferrocy- 

1 Treviranus  Zeitschrift  fiir  Pliysiologie,  1832,  p.  85. 

2 Simon,  Die  Frauenmilch  nach  ihrem  chemischen  und  physiologischen  Verlialten. 
Berlin,  1838,  p.  75. 

3 Op.  cit.  p.  96. 


224 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


anide  of  potassium  in  the  urine  of  a horse  two  days  after  it 
had  been  injected.  Hence  the  whole  mass  of  the  blood  occu- 
pies a considerable  time  in  passing  through  the  renal  arteries, 
or  else  the  kidneys  do  not  remove  all  the  foreign  constituents 
from  the  blood  that  passes  through  them. 

Others  have  calculated  the  rapidity  of  the  circulation  by  the 
quantity  of  blood  projected  by  the  heart  at  each  systole.  Reck- 
oning this  quantity  at  from  1 to  2 ounces,  and  the  whole  amount 
of  blood  in  the  human  body  at  30  pounds,  it  would  take  from 
3 to  7 minutes  (assuming  the  pulse  to  be  75  in  the  minute)  for 
all  this  blood  to  pass  through  the  heart.  Since,  however,  the 
blood  in  the  smaller  circles  passes  more  frequently  through  the 
heart  in  a given  time  than  the  blood  in  the  larger  circles,  and 
since  it  is  variously  impeded  and  delayed  in  the  different 
organs,  we  must  not  consider  that  the  absolute  mass  of  the 
blood  of  the  whole  body  is  represented  by  the  identical  30  pounds 
which  pass  through  the  heart  in  from  3 to  7 minutes.  The 
quantity  of  blood  in  an  adult  has  likewise  never  been  accurately 
determined.  Hales  places  it  at  25  pounds ; the  maximum  is, 
however,  calculated  to  amount  to  30  pounds ; and  wrhen  we 
consider  the  extremely  large  quantity  of  blood  that  is  retained 
in  the  capillary  vessels,  this  estimate  is  probably  too  low. 

That  the  rapidity  with  which  the  blood  circulates  varies  in- 
versely with  the  distance  from  the  heart  is  an  established  fact. 
In  the  capillary  system  its  progress  is  the  most  torpid.  Omitting 
the  consideration  of  the  various  mechanical  impediments  that 
meet  the  blood  in  the  capillaries,  it  must  be  remembered  that, 
if  the  blood  is  the  real  nutrient  fluid  of  the  body,  there  must 
be  a necessary  attraction  between  it  and  the  organs  it  has  to 
nourish.  The  blood  in  the  capillary  network  permeates  the 
tissues,  or  (to  speak  more  correctly)  the  cells  of  the  tissues  at- 
tract from  the  blood  their  proper  nutriment.  It  is  clear  that 
this  must  delay  the  course  of  the  blood  in  the  peripheral  sys- 
tem, to  what  amount  it  is  impossible  to  say,  but  in  all  proba- 
bility the  delay  will  vary  directly  with  the  intensity  of  the  ac- 
tion between  the  blood  and  the  tissues,  and  with  the  amount  of 
the  change  of  matter.  The  greatest  dclajr  will  most  probably 
occur  in  the  kidneys  and  in  the  liver,  since  they  afford  the 
largest  amount  of  secreted  matters.  Even  if  the  amount  of  the 
secretions  did  not  indicate  a heightened  cellular  activity,  it 


BLOOD. 


225 


would  be  sufficiently  proved  by  the  structure  of  the  organs 
themselves,  for  they  are  permeated  by  such  an  extremely  abun- 
dant and  dense  capillary  network,  and  such  very  delicate  venous 
twigs  closely  encircle  their  excretory  ducts,  that  the  tissue  is 
brought  in  contact  with  the  blood  at  every  point  and  in  every 
direction. 

The  chemical  constitution  of  these  organs  is  likewise  so  pe- 
culiar, that  we  might  infer  that  the  cells  would  exert  a particu- 
lar influence;  for  the  muscular  tissue,  serous  membrane,  lung,  &c. 
when  triturated  with  water,  yield  little  else  than  some  of  the 
constituents  of  the  blood  from  the  capillary  vessels,  while  the 
liver  and  kidneys  by  trituration  yield  a pappy  mass,  which  is  for 
the  most  part  soluble  in  water,  contains  much  fat  in  a state  of 
suspension,  and  leaves  only  a small  amount  of  solid  residue 
(18-9§  in  the  liver,  and,  according  to  Berzelius,  even  less  in  the 
kidneys),  consisting  of  shreds  of  vessels  and  membranes. 

From  the  observations  already  made,  we  may  infer  that  the 
blood  undergoes  a much  more  rapid  metamorphosis  in  the  kid- 
neys and  liver  than  in  the  tissues  of  the  muscles,  bones,  See.  If 
it  were  possible  to  determine  the  time  during  which  the  same 
blood  remains  in  these  organs,  then  we  might  decide  with  some 
degree  of  certainty  whether  the  blood  which  emerges  from  them 
differs  in  its  composition  from  that  which  enters  them.  We 
have  seen  that  there  are  reasons  for  assuming  that  the  circula- 
tion is  delayed  in  these  organs.  If  we  suppose,  with  Haller,1 
that  the  eleventh  part  of  the  whole  blood  passes  through  the 
kidneys,  and  that,  consequently,  at  each  systole  of  the  heart  four 
scruples  are  driven  into  them,  then,  assuming  that  the  kidneys 
contain  from  four  to  six  ounces  of  blood,  and  that  the  rapidity 
of  the  circulation  in  them  is  the  same  as  in  the  aorta,  the  same 
blood  will  remain  in  these  organs  for  about  one  third  or  one 
half  of  a minute.  But  taking  into  consideration  the  various 
facts  that  we  have  adverted  to  regarding  the  impeded  circulation 
in  these  organs,  we  can  scarcely  doubt  that  the  blood  is  detained 
in  them  for  a very  considerable  period.  According  to  a calcu- 
lation made  by  Keil,  and  quoted  by  Hales  in  his  ‘ Medical 
Statics/  the  blood  remains  in  the  kidneys  for  several  hours. 

R.  Wagner2  measured  the  rapidity  with  which  a blood-cor- 


a Lehrbuch  <ler  Physiologic,  part  2,  p.  193. 

15 


1 Elem.  Phys.,  vol.  2,  p.  407. 


226 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


puscle  moves  in  the  capillary  system,  and  found  that  it  tra- 
versed a course  of  from  12  to  15  lines  in  the  course  of  a minute. 
If  the  motion  of  the  corpuscles  and  of  the  blood  is  supposed  to 
be  equal,  and  if  the  blood  progresses  in  the  large  vascular  trunks 
at  the  rate  of  eight  inches  in  one  second,  and  consequently  480 
inches  in  one  minute,  then  the  rapidity  of  the  blood  in  the 
larger  trunks  will  be  to  the  rapidity  in  the  capillaries  in  the 
ratio  of  from  480 — 384  : 1 ; a calculation  tending  to  show  that 
the  blood  remains  in  the  kidneys  for  a space  of  from  one  to 
two  hours. 

To  this  it  may  be  objected  that  the  phenomena  of  resorp- 
tion are  opposed  to  these  results,  and  that  if  the  renal  veins 
convey  away  as  much  blood  as  is  conducted  to  the  kidneys  by 
the  renal  arteries,  this  protracted  delay  would  be  impossible. 
We  cannot,  however,  determine  with  certainty  the  amount 
of  blood  that  enters  the  kidneys,  for  there  is  no  necessity  that 
the  whole  mass  of  the  blood  should  flow  through  them  as  through 
the  lungs ; moreover,  only  one  branch  of  the  aorta  enters  this 
viscus,  and  while  the  tendency  of  the  blood  is  to  flow  in  the 
direction  in  which  it  meets  with  the  least  opposition,  there  is, 
perhaps,  no  organ  in  the  whole  body  that  offers  a greater  re- 
sistance than  the  kidney.  The  chemical  change  that  the  blood 
nndergoes  in  the  kidneys  must  likewise  be  much  more  rapid 
than  in  the  capillary  vessels  of  many  other  tissues,  since,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  large  amount  of  secretion  that  they  yield,  a por- 
tion of  the  consumed  blood  is  carried  away  by  the  lymphatic 
vessels. 

Let  us  now  endeavour  to  ascertain  how  long  it  would  be  ne- 
cessary for  the  blood  to  remain  in  the  kidney,  in  order  that  the 
contents  of  the  renal  veins  should  exhibit  chemical  peculiarities 
dependent  on  the  action  of  the  gland.  Assuming  that  a healthy 
man  secretes  about  40  ounces  of  urine  in  24  hours,  and  that 
the  change  dependent  on  the  secretion  of  10  ounces  of  urine 
from  1000  ounces  of  blood  may  be  detected  by  the  changed 
proportion  of  the  water,  then,  omitting  all  consideration  of  the 
lymphatic  vessels,  4000  ounces  of  blood  would  pass  through  the 
kidney  in  24  hours,  in  order  to  separate  40  ounces  of  urine. 
According  to  this  calculation,  250  pounds  of  blood  would  pass 
through  the  kidneys  in  24  hours,  about  10  pounds  in  one  hour, 
and  1 pound  in  six  minutes ; and  assuming  that  both  kidneys 


BLOOD. 


22  7 


contain  six  ounces  of  blood,  this  blood  must  lie  retained  in  them 
for  at  least  two  minutes.  This  period  is  much  shorter  than 
those  deduced  by  Keil  and  Wagner,  in  which  it  amounts  to 
hours. 

I think  we  may  fairly  conclude,  from  the  preceding  ob- 
servations, that  the  changes  which  the  blood  undergoes  in  its 
composition  while  passing  through  the  kidneys  and  liver,  are 
appreciable ; for  if  we  have  shown  the  probability  of  the  cor- 
rectness of  the  statement  in  the  case  of  the  kidneys,  there  can 
be  no  question  that  it  is  true  in  the  case  of  the  liver,  which  is 
everywhere  permeated  by  the  torpidly  circulating  blood  of  the 
vena  portae. 

On  the  absolute  composition  of  healthy  venous  blood. 

It  cannot  be  doubted  but  that  the  blood  of  different  indivi- 
duals in  a state  of  perfect  health  will  exhibit  differences  of  com- 
position, and  that  it  would  be  the  merest  chance  if  the  compo- 
sition of  the  blood  of  two  persons  were  found  to  be  precisely 
the  same.  The  circumstances  capable  of  inducing  a change  in 
the  composition  of  the  blood  are  very  numerous.  Different 
methods  of  life,  and  various  modes  of  nourishment,  might  cause 
such  changes;  but,  independently  of  these  external  influences, 
there  are  others  connected  with  the  individual  which  must  mo- 
dify, to  a greater  or  lesser  degree,  the  composition  of  the  blood, 
as,  for  instance,  the  influences  of  sex,  age,  and  temperament. 

It  is  extremely  difficult  to  determine  a formula  for  the  com- 
position of  normal  blood  that  would  serve  as  a standard,  by 
comparison  with  which  we  might  detect  absolute  deviations  in 
other  forms  and  specimens  of  blood,  on  account  of  the  variable 
nature  of  the  fluid,  changing  even  in  the  same  individual  at 
different  periods  of  the  day,  and  in  accordance  with  the  food 
that  has  been  taken. 

In  a medical  point  of  view,  the  composition  of  venous  blood 
is  the  most  interesting,  because  it  is  from  the  veins  that  blood 
is  almost  always  taken  in  disease,  and  because  venous  blood 
can  naturally  only  be  compared  with  venous  blood  for  the  pur- 
pose of  ascertaining  any  deviations  that  may  occur. 

Before  attempting  to  give  a decided  opinion  on  the  normal 
composition  of  venous  blood,  it  would  be  requisite  that  nume- 
rous accurate  analyses  of  the  blood  of  healthy  males  and  females 


228 


CIllCULATING  FLUIDS : 


of  different  ages  should  be  instituted.  Possibly  we  should  also 
regard  the  influence  of  their  various  inodes  of  life,  and  (if  we 
ascribe  any  influence  to  the  circumstance)  of  their  temperaments. 

Experiments  of  this  nature  are  still  wanted,  and  the  contri- 
butions hitherto  made  with  that  object  by  no  means  meet  the 
exigencies  of  the  case.  Many  difficulties  present  themselves  in 
such  an  investigation. 

It  is  not  an  easy  matter  to  select  individuals  from  whose  state 
of  health  we  can  infer  that  the  composition  of  the  blood  closely 
approximates  to  the  normal  standard,  and  after  tbe  selection 
is  made  it  is  still  harder  to  convince  them  of  the  advantage  or 
necessity  of  venesection  in  their  own  cases. 

I was  obliged  to  content  myself  with  two  such  analyses,  one 
of  the  blood  of  a young  man,  the  other  of  an  unmarried  female. 

Analysis  13.  N — , aged  17  years,  a servant,  of  sanguineous 
temperament,  nearly  full  grown  and  properly  developed,  chest 
well  arched,  respiratory  and  digestive  organs  healthy,  coun- 
tenance florid  and  blooming,  was  bled  from  the  arm.  The 
blood  was  apparently  rather  brighter  than  usual,  and  when  al- 
lowed to  stand,  separated  into  a bright  red,  uniformly  coloured, 
copious,  and  properly  consistent  clot,  and  a clear  bright  yellow 
serum. 

A portion  of  the  blood  was  whipped  as  soon  as  it  was  drawn, 
and  the  analysis  was  conducted  in  accordance  with  my  ordi- 
nary plan. 

1000  parts  contained : 


Water  . 

. 

791-900 

Solid  residue 

208-100 

Fibrin  . 

* . . 

2-011 

Fat 

. . 

1-978 

Albumen 

. 

75-590 

Globulin 

. . • 

105-165 

Hasmatin 

. 

7-181 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

14-174 

100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles  contained  6-3  of  hfematin  and  haemaphaein. 

Analysis  14.  S — , a servant  girl,  aged  28  years;  tempera- 

ment rather  phlegmatic  than  sanguineous;  tall,  strong,  and  vigo- 
rous ; countenance  healthy;  digestion  good;  had  menstruated  a 
fortnight  before.  The  blood  from  the  arm  appeared  rather 
dark,  and  on  being  left  to  itself  separated  into  a considerable 
clot,  and  bright,  clear  yellow  serum. 


BL001). 


229 


1000  parts  of  this  blood  contained: 


Water  .... 

798-056 

Solid  residue 

201-344 

Fibrin  .... 

2-208 

Fat 

2-713 

Albumen  .... 

77-610 

Globulin  .... 

100-890 

Haematin  .... 

5-237 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

9-950 

100  parts  of  blood-corpuscles  contained  5-2  of  hannatin  and  haemaphaein. 

These  two  analyses  indicate  a great  similarity  between  the 
blood  in  both  sexes  in  a state  of  health;  and  if,  in  the  absence 
of  other  and  better  experiments,  we  venture  to  take  these  as 
descriptive  of  the  composition  of  normal  blood,  we  may  give  its 
leading  features  in  the  following  terms.  It  contains  about  20g 
of  solid  constituents ; not  much  more  than  0-2£  of  fibrin,  and 
about  an  equal  quantity  of  fat ; the  blood-corpuscles  considerably 
exceed  the  albumen  in  quantity,  and  contain  about  5§  or  6g  of 
colouring  matter. 

Lecanu,  although  his  method  of  analysing  the  blood  is  dif- 
ferent, obtains  similar  results.  He  has  given  in  his  Thesis,1 
ten  analyses  of  healthy  venous  blood,  which  I shall  here  com- 
municate. 

Extractive  matter. 


Age. 

W ater. 

Solid  residue. 

Albumen.  Blood-corpuscles. 

salts,  and  colouring 

matter. 

45 

780-210 

219-790 

72-970 

132-820 

14-000 

26 

790-900 

209-100 

71-560 

128-670 

8-870 

36 

782-271 

217-729 

66-090 

141-290 

10-349 

38 

783-890 

216-109 

67-890 

148-450 

9-770 

48 

805-263 

194-757 

65-123 

117-484 

12-120 

62 

801-871 

198-129 

65-389 

121-640 

11-100 

32 

785-881 

214-119 

64-790 

139-129 

10-200 

26 

778-625 

221-375 

62-949 

146-885 

11-541 

30 

788-323 

211-677 

71-061 

131-688 

8-928 

34 

795-870 

204-130 

78-120 

115-850 

10-010 

The  mean 

of  these 

analyses 

would  give — 

37 

789-320 

210-680 

68-059 

132-490 

10-688 

From  these  analyses  we  therefore  obtain  about  21g  of  solid 
residue,  and  a larger  proportion  of  blood-corpuscles  than  albu- 
men. Lecanu  assigns  to  the  fibrin  rather  a larger  proportion 
than  I do,  viz.  ’29g. 


1 Etudes  chimiqucs  sur  lc  Sang  liumain,  etc.,  p.  G2. 


230 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


The  analyses  of  Denis,  (although  from  the  very  different 
manner  in  which  they  were  conducted,  their  results  cannot 
very  well  be  compared  with  mine,)  upon  the  whole,  support  my 
statements  with  regard  to  the  proportions  in  which  the  most 
important  constituents  occur. 

I shall  give  some  of  his  analyses  in  a condensed  form,  re- 
ducing them  to  the  relative  proportions  of  water,  solid  residue, 
fibrin,  blood-corpuscles,  and  albumen. 

The  venous  blood  of  healthy  men  contained  in  1000  parts  : 


No'  in  Ace. 

Denis’s  work. 

Water. 

Solid  residue.  Fibrin.  Albumen. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

46 

21 

733-0 

267-0 

2-3 

55-0 

182-9 

56 

25 

732-0 

268-0 

2-5 

60-0 

181-4 

13 

31 

766-0 

234-0 

21 

62-2 

149-2 

42 

36 

758-0 

242-0 

20 

62-0 

155-0 

9 

40 

733-0 

267-0 

2-7 

52-3 

186-0 

38 

50 

748-0 

252-0 

2-5 

550 

170-6 

57 

54 

770-0 

230-0 

2-3 

570 

145-3 

14 

65 

800-0 

200-0 

31 

60-0 

114-8 

15 

70 

790-0 

2100 

2-7 

56-0 

131-6 

41 

78 

781-0 

219-0 

2-5 

61-0 

130-4 

The 

venous 

blood  of  women  gave 

, in 

1000  parts 

: 

2 

22 

780-0 

220-0 

2-5 

60-0 

133-4 

47 

33 

773-0 

227-0 

2-9 

59-0 

1400 

48 

48 

786-0 

214-0 

31 

60-0 

126-0 

35 

50 

795-0 

205-0 

2-1 

58-4 

110-3 

The  venous  blood  of  virgins  gave. 

in 

1000  parts : 

39 

22 

814-0 

186-0 

2-7 

60-0 

100-0 

33 

38 

774  0 

226  0 

2-7 

68-4 

131-5 

29 

48 

760-0 

240-0 

2-7 

50-0 

162-4 

In  my  observations  on  Denis’s  method  of  analysing  blood  I 
pointed  out  the  reasons  why  some  of  the  constituents  would 
not  be  correctly  determined.  It  is  obvious  that,  in  these 
analyses,  two  of  my  characteristics  of  healthy  venous  blood, 
namely,  the  proportions  both  of  the  solid  constituents  and  of 
the  blood-corpuscles  are  given  in  excess.  I fix  the  proportion 
of  the  solid  residue  by  an  exact  determination  of  the  water,  at 
about  20;j,  whereas  these  analyses  would  bring  it  up  to  26-8§. 
Still  greater  discrepancies  occur  in  the  relative  proportion  of 
the  albumen  to  the  blood-corpuscles.  In  my  analyses  the  pro- 
portion of  the  albumen  to  the  luematoglobulin  (the  principal 


BLOOD. 


231 

constituent  of  the  blood-corpuscles)  is  as  75  : 100  or  1 : 1-5. 
The  proportion  assigned  by  Lecauu  is  much  the  same,  but  ap- 
proximates to  the  ratio  1:2;  whereas  Denis’s  proportion  is 
usually  1 : 3 and  often  higher.  Denis’s  amount  of  fibrin  is 
larger  than  mine,  but  less  than  Lecanu’s,  for  if  the  mean  of 
the  first  10  of  his  analyses  be  taken,  the  result  is  -24£, 

In  the  estimation  of  the  colouring  matter  there  are,  as  might 
have  been  anticipated,  considerable  differences.  The  mean  of 
my  two  analyses  gives  it  as  G'2  in  1000  parts  of  blood;  and  in 
100  parts  of  licematoglobulin  the  average  is  5-7. 

This  quantity  of  colouring  matter,  when  estimated,  according 
to  my  method,  from  an  analysis  of  8 — 12  grains  of  dried  blood, 
contains,  moreover,  luemapiuein  and  some  fat ; in  consequence 
of  the  very  small  proportion  in  which  the  two  latter  occur, 
(the  former  being  frequently  not  more  than  from  T4  to  '3, 
and  the  latter  about  -3  of  a grain,)  I seldom  attempted  their 
separation  unless  I had  reason  to  believe  that  a consider- 
able quantity  of  hcemapluein  was  present.  The  quantity  of 
luematin,  in  my  two  analyses,  is  therefore  placed  rather  too  high. 
Lecanu  estimates  the  lisematin  in  1000  parts  of  blood  at  2'2 7, 
which  is  considerably  less  than  half  my  average.  This  dif- 
ference is  owing  partly  to  the  circumstance  of  Lecanu’s  analyses 
being  made  with  blood-corpuscles  not  thoroughly  deprived 
of  their  fibi’in,  and  which  possibly  retained  a portion  of 
moisture,  and  partly  to  the  fact  that  Lecanu,  by  working  on 
larger  quantities,  was  enabled  to  remove  all  the  lnemaplueii  l 
and  fat.  The  average  quantity  of  peroxide  of  iron  in  Denis’s 
experiments  amounted  to  ‘09",  which  would  correspond  (accord- 
ing to  my  own  and  Lecanu’s  analyses,)  with  about  09  of 
haematin. 

From  the  10  analyses  of  man’s  blood,  the  mean  quantity  of 
blood-corpuscles  is  15-8”.  Hence  Denis  perfectly  agrees  with 
me  in  the  consideration  that  the  blood-corpuscles  contain  5-7D 
of  haematin. 

I have  not  attempted  any  separation  of  the  salts : Denis 
has,  however,  in  all  his  analyses,  determined  the  carbonates, 
phosphates,  and  chlorides. 

It  results  from  his  important  and  elaborate  observations, 
that  although  the  relative  proportions  of  the  salts  vary  con- 
siderably, the  limits  to  which  they  are  restricted  are  not  very 


232 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


extended.  I sliall  now  give  the  quantity  of  the  salts  in  the 
10  analyses  of  man’s  blood,  preserving  the  same  order  of  suc- 
cession as  before. 


1000  parts  of  healthy 

venous 

blood  in 

a man 

contained : 

No.  in 

Denis's  work. 

Carbonate 

Chloride 

Chloride  Carbonate 

Phosphate  of  lime. 

Age. 

of 

soda. 

of 

sodium. 

of 

potasssium. 

of 

lime. 

with  traces  of 
phosphate  of  magnesia. 

46 

23 

2-0 

4-9 

3-9 

2-8 

0-6 

56 

25 

2-0 

4-2 

3-6 

2-6 

0-8 

13 

31 

1-2 

4-0 

21 

1-2 

0-7 

42 

36 

10 

4-0 

31 

2-0 

0-3 

9 

40 

2-1 

5-2 

2-3 

1-8 

0-4 

38 

50 

1-3 

4-9 

2-5 

1-3 

0-5 

57 

54 

2-0 

4-2 

3-5 

2-7 

0-5 

14 

65 

21 

5-0 

1-0 

1-3 

0-2 

15 

70 

10 

4-0 

2-1 

1-3 

0-5 

41 

78 

1-5 

4-2 

3-2 

1-7 

0-5 

The  mean  deduced  from  these  10  analyses  is — 

47  1-6  4-4  2-7  1-8  0-5 

And  the  average  proportion  of  the  salts,  collectively,  would 
be  11T  in  1000  parts  of  blood. 

[Nasse  has  analysed  human  blood,  and  found  in  100  parts  : 


Water  

798-402 

Solid  constituents 

201-598 

Fibrin  

2-233 

Fat 

1-970 

Albumen 

74-194 

Blood-corpuscles 

116-529 

Soluble  salts  .... 

6-672 

The  soluble  salts  consisted  of — 

Alkaline  phosphates 

0-823 

Alkaline  sulphates  .... 

0-202 

Alkaline  carbonates 

0-957 

Chloride  of  sodium 

4-690 

The  insoluble  salts  were  also  estimated 

6-672 

as  follows : 

Peroxide  of  iron  .... 

0-834 

Lime 

0-183 

Phosphoric  acid  .... 

0-201 

Sulphuric  acid  .... 

0-052 

1-270 

The  insoluble  salts  and  extractive  matters  are  probably  in- 
cluded, in  Nassc’s  analysis,  in  the  albumen. 


BLOOD. 


233 


Becquerel  and  Rodier  have  recently  published  an  elaborate 
memoir  on  the  composition  of  the  blood  in  health  and  disease. 
Their  method  of  analysis  is  founded  on  nearly  the  same  prin- 
ciples as  that  of  Andral  and  Gavarret,  which  will  he  found  at 
the  commencement  of  our  section  on  Diseased  Blood. 

The  following  table  is  drawn  up  from  the  analyses  of  the 
blood  of  1 1 men,  varying  in  age  from  21  to  56  years,  all  of  whom 


were  considered  by  the  experimenters  to  be  in  perfect  health. 

Mean. 

Max. 

Min. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1060-2 

1062-0 

1058-0 

Density  of  serum 

1028-0 

1030-0 

1027-0 

Water  .... 

799-0 

800-0 

760-0 

Solid  constituents 

201-0 

240-0 

200  0 

Fibrin  .... 

2-2 

3-5 

1-5 

Fat'  .... 

3-2 

6-6 

2-0 

Albumen 

69-4 

73-0 

62-0 

Blood-globules 

1411 

152-0 

131-0 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-8 

8-0 

5-0 

1000  parts  of  incinerated 

blood  contained : 

Mean. 

Max. 

Min. 

Chloride  of  sodium  . 

3-10 

4-20 

2-30 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-50 

3-20 

2-00 

Earthy  phosphates 

0-33 

0-70 

0-22 

Iron  .... 

0-56 

0-63 

0-51 

The  composition  of  the 

blood  in  the  healthy  female,  as 

deduced  from  eight  analyses, 

is  given  in 

the  following  table : 

Mean. 

Max. 

Min. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1057-5 

1060-0 

1054-0 

Density  of  serum 

1027-4 

1030-0 

1026-0 

Water  .... 

791-1 

813-0 

773-0 

Solid  constituents 

208-9 

227-0 

187-0 

Fibrin  .... 

2-2 

2-5 

1-8 

Fat3  .... 

2-2 

5-7 

2-0 

Albumen 

70-5 

75-5 

65-0 

Blood-globules 

127-2 

137-5 

113-0 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

7-4 

8-5 

6-2 

1 This  fat  contained : 

Mean. 

Max. 

Min. 

Serolin 

0-020 

0-080 

inappreciable. 

Phosphorized  fat 

0-488 

1-000 

0-270 

Cholesterin 

0-088 

0175 

0-030 

Saponified  fat  . . 

1-004 

2-000 

0-700 

3 This  fat  contained : 

Serolin 

0-020 

0-060 

inappreciable. 

Phosphorized  fat 

0-4G4 

0-800 

0-250 

Cholesterin 

0-090 

0-200 

0 025 

Saponified  fat 

1-046 

1-800 

0-725  r 

234 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


1000  parts  of  the  incinerated  blood  contained  : 


Chloride  of  sodium  . 

Mean. 

3-90 

Max. 

4*00 

Min. 

3-50 

Other  soluble  salts  . 

. • 

2-90 

3-00 

2-50 

Earthy  phosphates  . 

. 

0-35 

0-65 

0-25 

Iron 

• 

0-54 

0-57 

0-48 

The  salts  have  been  analysed  by  Marchand.  They  amount 

(he  observes)  to  6-28- 

—6-822  of  the  dried  residue. 

The  four 

following  analyses  are 

given  in 

his  ‘ Lehrbnch  der 

Physiolo- 

gischen  Chemie 

l. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Chloride  of  sodium 

3-91 

3-42 

3-81 

3-82 

Chloride  of  potassium 

0-32 

0-21 

0-31 

0-38 

Carbonate  of  soda 

0-62 

0-52 

0-72 

0-61 

Sulphate  of  soda 

0-31 

0-52 

0-38 

0-42 

Phosphate  of  soda  . 

0-56 

0-72 

0-68 

0-59 

Phosphate  of  lime  . 

0-25 

0-31 

0-28 

0-30 

Phosphate  of  magnesia 

0-21 

0-20 

0-25 

0-28 

Lactate  of  soda 

0-32 

0-28 

0-35 

0-34 

Lactate  of  ammonia 

0-12 

0-10 

0-00 

0-08 

. . 

— 

■ 

— 

6-62 

6-28 

6-78 

6-82 

In  100  parts  of  the  ash  of  human  blood  there  are  contained, 

according  to  Enderlin  : 


Tribasic  phosphate  of  soda  (3Na,  P05)  . 

22-100 

Chloride  of  sodium  .... 

Chloride  of  potassium 

54-769  / 

^ L=83-740  soluble  salts. 

Sulphate  of  soda  .... 

2-461 J 

Phosphate  of  lime  .... 

3-636-j 

Phosphate  of  magnesia 

0-769  1=15-175  insoluble  salts.] 

Peroxide  of  iron  and  phosphate  of  iron  . 

10-770  J 

On  the  differences  of  the  blood,  dependent  on  sex. 


Lecanu1  concludes  from  his  analyses  that  the  venous  blood 
of  males  is  richer  in  solid  constituents  than  that  of  females,  but 
that  the  quantity  of  albumen  in  both  is  the  same.  The  follow- 
ing are  the  maxima,  minima,  and  mean  results  of  his  analyses  : 


Maximum 

Minimum 

Mean 


Water  in  venous  Wood 
of  men. 

805-263 

778-625 

791-944 


Ditto  in  that 
of  females. 
853-135 
790-394 
821-764 


Maximum  . 

Minimum 

Mean 


Albumen  in  ditto. 
78-270 
57-890 
68-080 


Albumen  in  ditto. 
74-740 
59159 
66-949 


1 Etudes  cliimiques,  etc.,  p.  65 ; or  Journal  de  Pharmacie,  vol.  18,  p.  551. 


BLOOD. 


235 


Having  only  made  two  analyses  of  the  blood  of  healthy  persons, 
I am  not  in  a position  to  draw  any  inferences  regarding  differ- 
ences in  its  composition,  dependent  upon  sex.  I have,  however, 
deduced,  from  Denis’s  analyses,  a table  indicating  the  differences 
that  exist  between  male  and  female  blood,  at  the  same  age. 


Bloed  of  Males : 

Water. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Albumen. 

Fibrin. 

Maximum  . 

790-0 

187-1 

63-0 

2-9 

Minimum  . 

733-3 

102-0 

52-3 

2-1 

Mean 

758-0 

147-0 

57-5 

2-5 

Blood  of  Females : 
Maximum  . 

820-0 

162-4 

66-4 

30 

Minimum  . 

750-0 

88-1 

50-0 

0-25 

Mean 

773-0 

138-0 

61-2 

0-27 

Hence  it  appears  that  the  analyses  of  Denis1  hear  out 
Lecanu’s  statement  with  regard  to  the  smaller  proportion  of 
water  in  male  than  in  female  blood : the  albumen,  however, 
appeal’s  to  be  rather  more  abundant  in  female  than  in  male 
blood.  The  proportion  of  blood-corpuscles  is  smaller,  and  of 
fibrin  rather  larger  than  in  the  blood  of  the  male. 

[From  the  analyses  of  Becquerel  and  Itodier,  it  appears  that 
the  influence  of  sex  is  so  great,  that,  in  order  to  arrive  at  any 
correct  conclusions  respecting  the  deviation  of  morbid  blood 
from  the  healthy  standard,  diseased  male  and  female  blood  must 
be  always  contrasted  with  the  respective  male  and  female  blood 
in  a state  of  health.  The  mean  differences  may  be  seen  by  a 
glance  at  the  following  table  : 


Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

Male. 

1060-0 

Female. 

1057-5 

Density  of  serum  .... 

1028-0 

1027-4 

Water 

779-0 

791-1 

Fibrin  ...... 

2-2 

2-2 

Sum  of  fatty  matters 

1-60 

1-62 

Serolin  ..... 

0-02 

0-02 

Phospborized  fat  ... 

0-488 

0-464 

Cholesterin  .... 

0-088 

0-090 

Saponified  fat 

1-004 

1-046 

Albumen  

69-4 

70-5 

Blood-corpuscles  .... 

141-1 

127-2 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-8 

7-4 

Chloride  of  sodium 

3-1 

3-9 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-5 

2-9 

Earthy  phosphates 

0-334 

0-354 

Iron 

0-566 

0-541 

Op.  cit.  p.  290. 


236 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Hence  female  blood  differs  materially  from  the  blood  of  the 
male  in  tlie  amount  of  water  and  of  blood-corpuscles.] 

On  the  differences  of  the  blood,  dependent  on  constitution. 

Denis  concludes  from  bis  analyses  that,  generally  speaking, 
the  stronger  the  constitution  is,  the  greater  will  be  the  amount 
of  solid  constituents,  and  especially  of  blood-corpuscles.  If 
age  is  also  taken  into  consideration,  my  observations  confirm 
those  of  Denis.  At  equal  ages,  the  blood  in  weak  constitutions 
is  less  abundant  in  solid  constituents  and  hEematoglobulin  than 
in  stronger  constitutions. 


On  the  differences  in  the  blood,  dependent  upon  temperament. 

According  to  Lecanu,1  temperament  has  an  influence  upon 
the  composition  of  the  blood.  He  infers  from  his  analyses  that 
the  blood  of  lymphatic  persons  is  poorer  in  solid  constituents, 
and  especially  in  blood-corpuscles,  than  that  of  persons  of  san- 
guineous temperament,  while  the  quantity  of  albumen  is  much 
the  same  in  both.  The  following  table  will  illustrate  these 
views. 


1000  parts  of  blood  contained  on  an  average : 


Water 

Albumen 

Blood-corpuscles 


Men  of  sanguineous 
temperament. 

786-584 

65-850 

136-497 


Men  of  lymphatic 
temperament. 

800-566 

71-781 

116-667 


Water 

Albumen 

Blood-corpuscles 


Women  of  sanguineous 
temperament. 

793-007 

71-264 

126-174 


Women  of  lymphatic 
temperament. 

803-710 

68-660 

117-300 


On  the  differences  in  the  blood,  dependent  on  age. 

My  own  observations,  which,  however,  chiefly  refer  to  dis- 
eased blood,  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  the  blood  of  young 
persons  contains  a larger  proportion  of  solid  constituents,  and 
especially  of  blood-corpuscles,  than  that  of  older  persons.  Lecanu 
and  Denis  have,  however,  made  this  a point  of  especial  inquiry, 
and  have  extended  their  analyses  over  a wide  range  of  ages. 


1 Op.  cit.  p.  66. 


BLOOD. 


237 


I have  drawn  up  the  following  table  from  the  numerous 
analyses  of  Denis,  the  blood  being  considered  healthy. 

1000  parts  of  healthy  blood  of  males  contained  : 


Age. 

14  years. 

Water. 

750-4 

Solid  residue. 
249-6 

Fibrin. 

4-0 

Blood-corpuscles. 

162-2 

Albumen. 

58-0 

23 

733-0 

267-0 

2-3 

182-9 

55-0 

25 

732-0 

268-0 

2-5 

181-4 

60-0 

31 

766  0 

234-0 

2-1 

150-1 

62-2 

33 

783-0 

217-0 

2-9 

129-3 

60-0 

40 

750-0 

250-0 

2-5 

167-8 

55-1 

46 

769-0 

231-0 

2-5 

156-9 

48-5 

50 

748-0 

252-0 

2-5 

170-9 

55-0 

53 

790-0 

210-0 

2-6 

100-0 

63-0 

54 

798-0 

202-0 

3-0 

111-0 

63-0 

65 

800-0 

200-0 

3-1 

114-8 

60-0 

70 

790-0 

210-0 

2-7 

132-3 

56-0 

80 

781-0 

219-0 

2-5 

130-4 

61-0 

1000  parts 

of  healthy  blood  of  females  contained 

4 

833-0 

167-0 

2-8 

80-5 

64-0 

6 

820-0 

180-0 

2-5 

97-6 

59-0 

12 

787-0 

213-0 

2-3 

130-0 

57-0 

15 

774-0 

226-0 

2-5 

135-7 

65-0 

20 

772-0 

228-0 

2-5 

144-2 

57-0 

22 

780-0 

220-0 

2-5 

133-4 

60-0 

32 

750  0 

250-0 

30 

173-4 

51-0 

38 

774-0 

226-0 

2-7 

131-5 

68-4 

48 

786-0 

214-0 

3-1 

126-0 

60-0 

52 

820-0 

180-0 

2-9 

88-1 

68-0 

74 

745-0 

255-0 

2-5 

171-1 

55-0 

It  appears  from  these  tables,  especially  from  the  second, 
that  the  blood  is  loss  abundant  in  solid  constituents,  and  par- 
ticularly in  blood-corpuscles  in  early  life,  than  at  the  period  of 
maturity.  From  the  latter  period  (or  rather  sooner)  to  middle 
life  the  proportions  of  the  corpuscles  and  of  the  solid  constitu- 
ents continues  large ; from  that  time  to  an  advanced  age  they 
. are  subject  to  a decrease.  [Becquerel  and  llodicr  observe  that, 
after  the  age  of  40  or  50,  there  is  a decided  and  progressive  in- 
crease of  cholesterin  in  the  blood.] 

Denis  has  made  a comparative  analysis  of  the  blood  of 
the  mother  and  of  the  foetus ; he  found  that  the  latter  was 
richer  in  solid  constituents  and  in  blood-corpuscles  than  the 
former. 


238 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


The  two  following  analyses,  one  of  the  venous  blood  of  the 
mother,  the  other  of  the  placental  blood  as  it  issued  from  the 
artery  of  the  cord,  may  serve  as  an  additional  illustration  of 
the  point. 

The  blood  of  the  umbilical  artery  was  of  a brown-red  colour, 
smelled  of  the  liquor  amnii,  and  became  of  a brighter  colour  on 
being  exposed  to  the  air. 


Water  .... 

Venous  blood  of 
mother. 

781-0 

Blood  of 
umbilical  artery 

701-5 

Solid  residue  . 

219-0 

298-5 

Fibrin  .... 

2-4 

2-2 

Albumen 

50-0 

50-0 

Blood-corpuscles 

139-9 

222-0 

Peroxide  of  iron 

0-8 

20 

Phosphorized  fat 

9-2 

7-5 

Ozmazome  and  cruorin 

4-2 

2-7 

Salts  .... 

12-5 

12-1 

The  difference  in  the  solid  constituents  and  in  the  blood- 
corpuscles  is  obviously  very  considerable ; the  same  is  the  case 
with  the  iron,  the  ratio  being  1 to  2-5. 

The  mass  of  the  blood  in  the  foetus  increases  in  a very  rapid 
ratio  with  the  development.  The  proportion  of  corpuscles  is 
more  augmented,  and  the  quantity  of  water  is  less  than  occurs 
at  any  subsequent  period  of  life.  Even  for  some  time  after 
birth  the  mass  of  the  blood  is  relatively  large,  and  the  propor- 
tion of  blood-corpuscles  and  of  iron  contained  in  them  is  con- 
siderably above  the  ordinary  standard. 

Denis  has  made  some  experiments  on  the  difference  between 
the  blood  of  very  young  animals  and  those  of  mature  age, 
which  confirm  the  observations  already  made.  His  experi- 
ments were  instituted  on  dogs. 


Blood  of  a dog. 

Blood  of  a puppy, 

3 months  old. 

1 day  old. 

Water  ... 

830-0 

780-0 

Solid  residue 

170-0 

220-0 

Fibrin  .... 

2-4 

20 

Albumen 

58-6 

46-0 

Blood-corpuscles 

97-0 

1650 

Extractive  matter  and  salts 

12-0 

7-0 

When  the  shin  of  the  new-born  animal  loses  its  red  tint, 
the  blood  becomes  more  watery,  the  blood-corpuscles  and  the 
quantity  of  iron  are  diminished,  and  it  becomes  relatively,  but 


BLOOD. 


239 


not  absolutely,  poorer,  for  its  quantity  at  the  same  time  in- 
creases. Subsequently,  however,  when  the  generative  powers 
begin  to  be  developed,  the  corpuscles  and  the  iron  increase,  and 
the  relative  proportion  of  water  diminishes.  At  the  period  of 
full  development  the  excess  of  corpuscles  and  iron  serve  in 
maintaining  the  necessary  energy  of  that  part  of  the  system, 
and  till  the  generative  powers  begin  to  flag  the  blood  remains 
abundant  in  solid  constituents,  and  more  especially  in  corpuscles. 

These  observations  are  suggested  by  the  results  obtained  by 
Denis,1  as  will  be  clearly  seen  by  the  following  table,  which 
was  drawn  up  by  that  chemist  himself. 

The  mean  amount  of  solid  constituents  and  of  blood-corpus- 
cles at  different  ages  are  given  in  the  following  proportions. 

Solid  constituents.  Blood-corpuscles. 


In  5 individuals  between  5 months  and  10  yrs. 

170 

11 

13 

ff 

10  years 

and  20  yrs. 

200 

14 

11 

>» 

20 

30 

240 

17 

12 

ff 

30 

40 

240 

17 

6 

ff 

40 

50 

240 

17 

8 

ft 

50 

60 

220 

15 

2 

ft 

60 

70 

210 

14 

The  following  table  shows  that  Lecanu’s  analyses  confirm 
those  of  Denis  and  myself. 


Age. 

Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Albumen. 

26 

778-625 

221-375 

.146-885 

62-949 

30 

788-323 

211-677 

131-688 

71-061 

34 

795-870 

204-130 

115-850 

78-120 

38 

783-890 

216-110 

148-450 

67-890 

45 

780-210 

219-790 

132-820 

72-970 

48 

805-263 

194-737 

117-484 

65-123 

62 

801-871 

198-129 

121-640 

65-389 

ON  DISEASED 

BLOOD. 

The  pathological  chemistry  of  the  blood. 

The  question  whether  there  exists  such  a thing  as  diseased 
blood  is  easily  answered.  The  material  deviations  from  its 
normal  condition  exhibited  by  the  blood  in  its  physico-chemical 
relations,  in  certain  morbid  conditions  of  the  system,  have  long 
been  recognized,  by  pathologists. 


1 Reclierches,  pp.  289,  290. 


240 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  quantity  of  the  fibrin  is  sometimes  found  to  be  very 
much  increased,  while  in  other  cases  it  is  present  only  in  such 
very  small  proportions  that  no  clot  is  formed.  The  blood  will 
sometimes  be  found  to  be  very  rich  in  solid  constituents,  and 
especially  in  blood- corpuscles ; while  at  other  times  it  will  be 
so  poor  as  to  resemble  coloured  water.  In  some  instances  the 
corpuscles  will  sink  rapidly  in  whipped  blood ; while  in  others 
they  will  only  deposit  themselves  slowly  and  imperfectly,  so  that 
merely  a thin  layer  of  serum  remains  above  them.  It  will  also 
sometimes  contain  substances  which  are  not  found  in  it  in  a nor- 
mal state,  as  colouring  matter  of  the  bile,  sugar,  or  urea.  All  these 
are  deviations  from  the  normal  state  of  the  blood ; and  if  we 
term  that  blood  healthy,  which  is  constituted  in  the  ordinary 
manner,  and  properly  discharges  its  various  functions,  we  are 
perfectly  justified  in  considering  blood  as  diseased  which  does 
not  fulfil  these  conditions. 

The  analyses  published  by  Andral  and  Gavarret,1  in  then’ 
elaborate  essay  upon  this  subject,  correspond  in  their  results, 
generally  speaking,  with  those  instituted  by  myself.  They, 
however,  usually  assign  a higher  proportion  to  the  corpuscles 
(especially  in  the  blood  during  inflammatory  diseases)  than  I 
have  found  to  occur.  It  is  hardly  probable  that  such  differences 
should  arise  from  the  geographical  positions  of  the  observers, 
although,  generally  speaking,  the  blood  may  be  richer  in  solid 
constituents  and  in  corpuscles,  in  southern  than  in  northern 
regions  : it  is  more  likely  that  they  are  caused  by  the  different 
methods  of  analyses  pursued  by  the  French  observers  and  my- 
self. I have  tried  both  methods,  and  consider  it  useful,  if  not 
necessary,  to  state  the  results  of  my  trial. 

In  the  analyses  of  Andral  and  Gavarret,  the  blood  is  received 
into  two  six-ounce  vessels.  The  first  and  fourth  quarters  are 
received  in  one  vessel,  the  second  and  third  in  the  other.  In 
one,  the  blood  is  allowed  to  coagulate  spontaneously;  in  the 
other,  it  is  whipped,  in  order  to  obtain  the  fibrin,  which  must 
be  carefully  washed.  When  the  coagulation  is  effected,  the  clot 
must  be  carefully  removed  from  the  serum,  and  we  must  dry 
(a)  the  fibrin  which  has  been  obtained  by  whipping  one  portion 
of  the  blood ; (b)  the  serum ; and  (c)  the  clot.  By  weighing 


' Annul,  de  Chiinie  ct  de  Pliys.  vol.  75,  p.  225. 


BLOOD. 


241 


the  dried  fibrin  we  know  the  quantity  of  that  constituent  con- 
tained in  the  clot.  By  weighing  the  dried  serum  we  know  the 
proportions  of  water  and  of  solid  constituents  contained  in  it. 
Lastly,  we  weigh  the  dried  clot : the  quantity  of  water  which  it 
gives  off  is  estimated  as  serum,  and  the  solid  residue  due  to  it  is 
readily  calculated.  By  deducting  from  the  weight  of  the  dried 
clot  the  weights  of  the  fibrin  and  of  the  solid  residue  of  the 
serum  contained  in  the  clot,  we  obtain  the  amount  of  the 
globules.  Hence  we  have  (1)  the  weight  of  the  fibrin;  (2)  the 
weight  of  the  globules ; (3)  the  weight  of  the  solid  residue  of 
the  serum ; and  (4)  the  weight  of  the  water. 

This  method  is  simple,  and  easy  of  application,  in  cases  in 
which  it  is  unnecessary  to  ascertain  the  proportions  of  hsematin, 
globulin,  fat,  hsemaplnein,  extractive  matters,  and  salts,  sepa- 
rately. I shall,  however,  show  that  an  error  may  easily  arise  in 
the  determination  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  if  the  drying  has  not 
been  perfectly  effected. 

In  order  to  ascertain  what  would  be  the  amount  of  differences, 
I analysed  the  same  blood  by  their  method,  and  by  my  own. 
About  eight  ounces  of  blood  were  received  in  a glass,  from  the 
arm  of  a woman,  aged  35  years.  It  was  rapidly  stirred ; about 
a fourth  part  of  it  was  poured  into  a small  glass,  and  the 
fibrin  removed  in  the  ordinary  manner,  by  whipping.  The 
larger  portion  was  left  to  coagulate. 

x.  Analysis  of  the  defibrinated  blood. 

The  blood,  including  the  fibrin,  weighed  950  gi’ains,  of  which 
the  fibrin,  when  washed  and  thoroughly  dried,  weighed  1'9  gr. 
Hence  1000  parts  of  blood  contain  2-0  of  fibrin. 

112-42  grains  of  defibrinated  blood  left,  after  the  thorough 
removal  of  the  water,  a solid  residue,  amounting  to  20-33  grs. 

Hence  1000  parts  of  blood  contained  180  of  solid  constitu- 
ents ; 7- 7 grains  of  the  dried  residue  were  boiled  in  spirit  of 
•925,  to  which  three  drops  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  were  subse- 
quently added,  as  long  as  the  spirit  continued  to  take  up  any- 
thing more,  and  until  a bright  gi'ay-green  residue  was  left. 
This  residue,  which  is  composed  of  the  albumen  of  the  blood, 
when  dried,  weighed  3-31  grains. 

The  red  alcoholic  solution  was  saturated  with  ammonia,  and 
evaporated  to  a small  residue.  The  hsematoglobulin,  which  se- 

16 


242 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


parated  perfectly  in  this  way,  was  then  washed  several  times  with 
water,  dried,  and  weighed.  Its  weight  amounted  to  4 grains. 
The  extractive  matters  and  salts  (including  loss)  may  therefore 
be  estimated  at  *39  of  a grain. 

Now  since  1000  parts  of  the  defibrinated  blood  contain  180 
of  solid  residue,  the  blood  must  contain  : 


Water 

. . 

. 818-00 

Solid  residue 

• 

. 182-00 

Fibrin 

, , 

2-00 

Albumen 

. 

. 77-40 

Hasmatoglobulin 

. 93-60 

Extractive  matters,  salts,  and  loss 

9-00 

1000-00 

n.  Analysis  of  coagulated  blood,  according  to  the  method  of 
Andral  and  Gavarret. 

a.  The  serum  weighed  1406  grains. 

b.  The  clot  weighed  1228  grains. 

In  order  to  ensure  a greater  degree  of  accuracy  in  my  re- 
sults, I evaporated  only  a portion  of  this  quantity. 

375T4  grains  of  the  clot  when  dried,  cautiously  pulverised, 
and  again  heated,  left  112-54  grains.  Hence  100  parts  of  the 
clot  contained  300  of  solid  constituents.  449-98  grains  of 
serum  left  42-66  of  solid  residue,  which  corresponds  therefore 
with  9-5g. 

1000  parts  of  blood  consist  of  533-8  of  serum  and  466-2  of 
clot,  of  which  the  serum  gives  a residue  of  50-7,  and  the  clot  of 
139-86  parts.  The  solid  residue  of  1000  parts  amounts  there- 
fore to  190-56. 

From  the  residue  of  the  clot  we  deduct  2-0  for  fibrin,  and 
31-0  for  the  solid  residue  of  the  serum  contained  in  it,  which 
must  be  added  to  the  50-7.  Consequently  1000  parts  of  blood 
contain : 


Water 

. 

. 

. 809-44 

Solid  residue 

• 

• 

. 190-56 

Fibrin 

. 

. 

2-00 

Solid  residue  of  serum 

, 

. 

. 79-70 

Blood-corpuscles 

• 

* 

. 108-86 
1000-00 

BLOOD. 


243 


The  differences  between  these  analyses  are  obvious.  The 
solid  constituents  obtained  by  Andral  and  Gavarret’s  method  are 
8-5  higher,  in  1000  parts  of  blood,  than  by  mine ; moreover,  the 
quantity  of  corpuscles  obtained  by  them  considerably  exceeds 
the  hsematoglobulin  separated  by  my  method.  If  we  assume 
that  the  8-5  parts  of  water  which  Andral  and  Gavarret’s  method 
did  not  succeed  in  removing,  were  retained  in  the  clot,  the  cor- 
puscles would  be  reduced  from  108-86  to  98-3 ; in  which  case 
the  discrepancy  between  the  two  analyses  would  be  much  less 
striking. 

1000  parts  of  blood  would  then  contain  : 


According  to  Simon. 

Fibrin  ....  2'00 

Albumen,  with  extractive  matters, 
and  salts  . . . 86-40 

Hsematoglobulin  . . 93-60 


According  to  Andral  and  Gavarret. 
Fibrin  ....  2-00 

Solid  residue  of  serum  . 80-50 

Blood-corpuscles  . . 99-50 


It  must,  however,  be  remarked,  that  the  sum  of  the  hsematin 
and  globulin,  in  my  analyses,  can  never  represent  the  absolute 
quantity  of  blood-corpuscles.  As  has  been  previously  remarked, 
the  nuclei  and  capsules  of  the  blood-corpuscles  have  been  esti- 
mated as  albumen  by  my  method,  as  fibrin  by  Berzelius,  and 
as  appertaining  to  the  corpuscles  by  Anclral  and  Gavarret. 

Their  absolute  weight  has  never  been  accurately  ascertained,1 
but  it  cannot  be  larger,  since  the  quantities  of  fibrin  obtained 
by  washing  the  clot,  and  by  whipping  fresh  blood  differ  very 
little.  Further,  a portion  of  fat  separated  by  my  method,  be- 
longs to  the  blood-corpuscles,  and  we  cannot  deny  the  possi- 
bility of  the  corpuscles  containing  albumen. 

My  analyses,  moreover,  aim  not  merely  at  the  determination 
of  the  proportion  of  the  fibrin,  of  the  corpuscles,  and  of  the 
solid  residue  of  the  serum,  but  they  are  intended  to  embrace 
the  determination  of  the  most  important  proximate  constituents 
of  the  blood ; and  if  the  hsematoglobulin,  or  possibly  the  glo- 
bulin be  regarded  as  constituting  the  principal  mass  of  the  cor- 
puscles, I can  succeed  in  tracing  their  increase  or  decrease 
by  means  of  the  proportion  of  the  hsematoglobulin  or  globulin. 

The  following  objections  may  likewise  be  brought  against 
Andral  and  Gavarret’s  method. 


1 Nasse  (Das  Blut  in  mehrfacher  Bezieliung,  &c.,  Bonn,  1836,  p.  109)  has  attempted 
to  form  a quantitative  analysis  of  the  nuclei. 


244 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


In  cases  where  no  consistent  clot  is  formed,  but  where  there 
is  merely  a slight  gelatinous  coagulation,  as  frequently  occurs 
in  blood  deficient  in  fibrin,  the  serum  and  the  clot  cannot  he 
separated  with  any  degree  of  exactness.  If  the  clot  he  allowed 
to  stand  for  some  hours  in  order  to  induce  a more  perfect  se- 
paration of  the  serum,  the  water  partially  evaporates,  and  the 
ratio  of  the  solid  constituents  of  the  clot  to  the  water  becomes 
changed,  and  consequently  too  high  a number  is  assigned  to 
the  corpuscles.  The  difficulty  of  thoroughly  removing  the  water 
varies  in  a direct  proportion  with  the  quantity  of  the  blood 
submitted  to  evaporation.  Serum,  comparatively  poor  in  solid 
constituents,  gives  only  a slight  residue,  from  which  the  water 
can  be  more  readily  expelled,  than  from  the  more  abundant 
residue  left  by  the  clot : in  proportion  to  the  water  remaining 
in  the  clot,  the  quantity  of  corpuscles  found  by  this  method 
will  be  increased,  as  will  be  clearly  seen  by  the  following 
illustration. 

1000  parts  of  blood  are  composed  of  500  parts  of  serum  and 
500  of  clot. 

The  serum  leaves  a solid  residue  of  50,  or  10§;  the  clot  of 
150,  or  30°. 

The  350  parts  of  water  in  the  clot  are  to  be  estimated  as 
serum,  and  thus  give  a residue  of  35  parts;  so  that  1000  parts  of 
blood,  (the  fibrin  not  being  taken  into  consideration)  consist  of: 


Water 

. 

800 

Solid  residue 

. 

200 

Blood-corpuscles 

. 

115 

Residue  of  serum 

. . 

85 

If,  however,  the  clot  had  not  been  perfectly  dried,  and  if 
only  1 per  cent,  of  water  in  relation  to  the  weight  of  the  whole 
blood  had  been  retained,  we  should  have  obtained  the  follow- 
ing result : 

500  parts  of  clot  would  then  give  160  of  solid  residue,  and 
there  would  therefore  be  340  of  water,  which,  estimated  as 
serum,  would  yield  34  of  residue;  consequently  the  corpuscles 
would  he  estimated  at  126,  and  1000  parts  of  blood  would 
consist  of : 


Water 

. 

790 

Solid  residue 

. 

210 

Blood-corpuscles 

. 

126 

Residue  of  scrum 

# , 

84 

BLOOD. 


245 


In  all  other  methods  of  analysing  the  blood  in  which  the  water 
is  determined  by  a separate  process,  and  the  dried  residue  is 
used  for  farther  investigation,  an  error  in  its  estimation  will 
simply  increase  the  absolute  quantity  of  the  solid  constituents, 
without  disturbing  their  relative  proportions.  But  in  the  ap- 
plication of  their  method  it  is  easy  to  see  that  each  per-centage 
of  retained  water  not  only  increases  the  absolute  quantity  of 
the  solid  constituents  to  the  amount  of  lg,  but  also  the  weight 
of  the  corpuscles,  not  only  by  the  addition  of  the  retained  water, 
but  also  by  the  weight  of  the  residue  of  the  serum,  due  to  an 
equal  quantity  of  water,  and  which  amounts  to  Tig. 

Moreover,  the  supposition  of  Andral  and  Gavarret,  that  the 
humidity  of  the  clot  should  be  considered  as  serum  is  totally 
devoid  of  foundation.  The  corpuscles  cannot  be  supposed  to 
swim  in  the  plasma  as  dry  molecules,  and  it  has  not  been 
proved  that  the  fluid,  with  which  they  are  filled,  is  the  fluid  of 
the  serum. 

These  observations  are  sufficient  to  show  that  Andral  and 
Gavarret’s  method,  and  my  owrn,  give  somewhat  different  re- 
sults: the  differences,  however,  are  not  very  material,  and  are 
easily  explicable  on  the  grounds  already  stated. 

The  changes  which  the  composition  of  the  blood  may  expe- 
rience in  its  various  pathological  conditions,  are  either  de- 
pendent upon  the  quantity  of  solid  residue  generally,  or  upon 
the  changed  relative  proportions  that  the  various  proximate 
constituents  bear  to  each  other. 

If  we  assume  the  composition  of  healthy  blood,  (as  deduced 
from  the  mean  of  my  analyses)  to  be  represented  by 


Water 

795-278 

Solid  residue 

204-022 

Fibrin 

2-104 

Fat 

2-346 

Albumen 

76-600 

Globulin 

103-022 

Haematin 

6-209 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

12-012, 

the  following  differences  will  be  found  to  occur  among  the 
specimens  of  diseased  blood  which  I have  analysed.  The 
quantity  of — 


246 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Water 

. may  vary 

from  888-0 

to  750-0 

Solid  residue 

11 

250-0 

112-0 

Fibrin 

11 

9-1 

a trace 

Fat 

ii 

4-3 

0-7 

Albumen 

ii 

131-0 

55-1 

Globulin 

ii 

106-6 

30-8 

Hsematin 

ii 

8-7 

1-4 

Haematoglobulin  . 

ii 

115-4 

31-2 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

ii 

16-5 

7-6 

Tlie  analyses  of  the  French  chemists  gave  the  following 
results,  with  regard  to  this  subject. 

Taking  the  mean  of  Lecanu’s  analyses  of  healthy  blood  as  a 
standard,  and  contrasting  with  it  the  extreme  results  which 
were  found  by  Andral  and  Gavarret  in  diseased  blood,  we  have 
the  following  results: 

Lecanu’s  Analysis. 


Water  .... 

790 

Solid  residue 

210 

Fibrin 

3 

Organic  residue  of  serum 

72 

Inorganic  ditto 

8 

Blood,  corpuscles 

127 

Andral  and  Gavarret' s Deviations. 


Water 

from 

915-0  to 

725-0 

Solid  residue  . 

11 

275-0 

85-0 

Fibrin 

11 

10-5 

0-9 

Solid  residue  of  serum 

11 

114-0 

57-0 

Blood-corpuscles 

11 

185-0 

21-0 

From  these  data,  it  appears,  that  although  the  proportions  of 
all  the  constituents  are  subject  in  disease  to  a certain  amount 
of  change,  the  variation  is  the  most  striking  with  regal’d  to 
the  fibrin  and  globulin. 

The  former  is  found  in  my  analyses  occasionally  to  exceed 
four  times  the  average  quantity,  and  in  Andral  and  Gavarret’ s, 
three  and  a half  times ; while  the  latter  may  diminish,  accord- 
ing to  my  analyses,  to  a mere  trace;  and  according  to  Andral 
and  Gavarret’ s,  to  one  sixth  of  the  normal  quantity. 

These  determinations  must  not,  however,  be  regarded  as  ab- 
solute : they  are  dependent  on  various  causes,  and  can  be  ex- 
plained in  more  ways  than  one. 


BLOOD. 


247 


For  instance,  the  21  parts  of  blood-corpuscles  were  observed 
by  Andral  and  Gavarret  in  blood  wbicli  left  a residue  of  only 
85,  wliile  the  185  of  corpuscles  occurred  in  blood  which  gave  a 
residue  of  275.  Hence  the  per-centages  of  the  corpuscles  in 
these  two  cases,  in  regard  to  the  solid  residue,  are  25g  and 
67;j  respectively. 

The  deviations  in  the  proportions  of  the  various  constituents 
do  not  occur  singly,  for  instance,  we  do  not  find  the  other  con- 
stituents in  normal  proportions,  and  the  blood-corpuscles  alone 
very  low ; neither  are  they  all  found  simultaneously  deficient  or 
in  excess : but  there  exists,  as  we  shall  soon  see,  a certain  an- 
tagonism between  the  proportions  of  the  individual  constituents. 
Thus  we  find  that  when  the  fibrin  is  much  increased,  the  cor- 
puscles are  diminished  in  quantity,  and  vice  versa . 

In  every  100  parts  of  the  residue  of  healthy  blood,  we  have 
1 of  fibrin  and  53  of  haematoglobulin.  In  diseased  blood  I 
have  observed  the  following  proportions  : 


Fibrin. 

Haematoglobulin. 

1-4 

43 

16 

40 

1-7 

40 

20 

42 

20 

39 

2-1 

36 

30 

28 

60 

22 

A similar  relationship  is  exhibited  in  the  analyses  of  Andral 
and  Gavarret;  the  range  of  the  corpuscles  is,  however,  not  so 
extensive. 


Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles 

Healthy  blood 

1-5 

61 

Diseased  blood 

2-5 

60 

» 

3-2 

57 

41 

57 

4-2 

54 

»» 

4-8 

52 

>> 

5-0 

50 

The  connexion  between  the  fibrin  and  blood-corpuscles  is 
still  more  strikingly  exhibited  in  some  of  the  analyses  of  Andral 
and  Gavarret,  in  which  blood  was  taken  several  successive  times 


248 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


from  the  same  patient.  We  select  four  cases  by  way  of  illus- 
tration : 


Vetiesection. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

1st 

6-3 

130 

6-1 

123 

40 

Ill 

5-6 

133 

2d 

7-7 

106 

7-2 

120 

5*5 

107 

5-5 

131 

3d 

8-2 

112 

7-8 

112 

65 

101 

9-1 

128 

4th 

9-3 

103 

10-2 

101 

9-0 

83 

9-4 

102 

In  the  following  table  drawn  up  from  Andral  and  Gavarret’s 
analyses,  the  first  column  gives  the  proportions  of  fibrin  and  of 
corpuscles  in  100  parts  of  solid  residue.  The  second  column 
does  the  same,  only  that  in  this  case  the  quantity  of  fibrin  is 
considered  constant,  and  is  represented  by  1‘5,  and  the  propor- 
tion of  corpuscles  is  estimated  accordingly : an  arrangement 
which  makes  their  increase  more  obvious. 


Fibrin. 

Corpuscles. 

Fibrin. 

Corpusc 

Healthy  blood 

1-5 

61 

1-5 

61 

Diseased  blood 

1-5 

64 

1-5 

64 

tt 

1-5 

65 

1-5 

65 

tt 

1-3 

60 

1-5 

69 

tt 

11 

53 

1-5 

72 

tt 

1-2 

59 

1-5 

74 

tt 

11 

60 

1-5 

81 

tt 

10 

60 

1-5 

90 

tt 

0-9 

60 

1-5 

90 

tt 

1-0 

61 

1-5 

91 

tt 

1-0 

64 

1-5 

96 

tt 

09 

63 

1-5 

105 

tt 

0-5 

60 

1-5 

180 

[Becquerel  and  Rodier  have  laid  it  down  as  a general  law 
that  “ bleeding  exerts  a remarkable  influence  on  the  composition 
of  the  blood,  the  greater  the  oftener  the  bleeding  is  repeated.” 
The  three  following  tables  show  the  mean  results  of  the  first, 
second,  and  third  venesections,  performed  on  a certain  number 
of  Cruveilhieris  patients.  Ten  patients  were  bled  rivice,  and 
ten  thrice,  so  that  we  have  20  first,  20  second,  and  10 
third  bleedings. 


BLOOD. 


249 


Mean  composition  of  the  blood  of  twenty  persons  bled  twice. 


1st  Venesection. 

2d  Venesection. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1055-0 

1051-2 

Density  of  serum  .... 

1026-1 

1025-3 

Water 

796-2 

812-0 

Solid  residue 

203-8 

1880 

fibrin 

3-7 

3-8 

Albumen  

66-2 

62-5 

Blood-corpuscles  .... 

125-4 

112-0 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-8 

7-6 

Fat  

1-657 

1-560 

Consisting  of — Serolin 

0 027 

0-047 

Phosphorized  fat 

0-490 

0-465 

Cholesterin 

0-178 

0150 

Saponified  fat 

0-962 

0-900 

The  salts  in  1000  parts  of  blood 

were : 

Chloride  of  sodium  . . . . 

2-8 

3-4 

Other  soluble  salts  .... 

2-7 

2-5 

Phosphates 

0-435 

0-417 

Iron  

0-527 

0-488 

Mean  composition  of  the  blood  of  ten  persons  bled  three  times. 


1st  Venesection. 

2d  Venesection. 

3d  Venesection. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1056-0 

1053-0 

1049-6 

Density  of  serum 

1028-8 

1026-3 

1025-6 

Water  .... 

793-0 

807-7 

833-1 

Solid  residue 

207-0 

192-3 

176-9 

Fibrin  .... 

3-5 

3-8 

3-4 

Albumen 

65-0 

63-7 

64-6 

Blood-corpuscles 

129-2 

116-3 

99-2 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

7-7 

6-9 

8-0 

Fat  . . 

1-662 

1-584 

1-530 

Consisting  of — Serolin 

0026 

0-088 

0-012 

Phosphorized  fat  0-637 

0-489 

0-450 

Cholesterin 

0-106 

0-156 

0149 

Saponified  fat 

0-893 

0-851 

0-919 

The  salts  contained  in 

1000  parts  of  blood  were: 

Chloride  of  sodium 

2-8 

3-5 

30 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-6 

2-5 

2-7 

Phosphates 

0-404 

0-493 

0-348 

Iron  .... 

0-513 

0-471 

0-468 

From  these  tables  they  draw  the  following  conclusions.  “In 
proportion  to  the  number  of  venesections  the  blood  becomes  im- 
poverished and  more  watery;  hence  the  fall  in  the  density  of  the 
defibrinated  blood.  The  albumen  diminishes,  but  only  slightly; 


250 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


lienee  tlie  density  of  the  serum  is  not  much  affected.  The 
fibrin  is  quite  uninfluenced  by  venesection,  and  its  amount  is 
determined  by  the  nature  and  intensity  of  the  disease.  The 
extractive  matters  and  salts  are  unaltered.  There  is  a slight 
diminution  in  the  amount  of  fat.  The  various  salts  are  un- 
affected, and  the  iron,  in  consequence  of  its  relationship  to  the 
corpuscles,  is  diminished.  In  short,  the  effect  of  venesection  is 
to  cause  a great  diminution  of  the  corpuscles,  while  it  only 
slightly  lessens  the  amount  of  albumen.”] 

THE  FIRST  FORM  OF  DISEASED  BLOOD,  HYPERINOSIS.l 

Chemical  characters  of  the  blood. 

The  blood  contains  more  fibrin  than  in  the  normal  state,  and 
the  corpuscles  decrease  in  proportion  to  the  excess  of  fibrin; 
the  fat  is  also  increased.  In  proportion  to  the  increase  of  the 
fibrin  and  fat,  and  the  decrease  of  the  corpuscles,  the  whole 
solid  residue  will  be  diminished.1 2 

Physical  characters  of  the  blood. 

The  blood  coagulates  more  slowly  than  in  the  normal  state ; 
the  clot  is  usually  not  small,  but  very  firm  and  consistent,  and 
does  not  brealc  up  for  a considerable  time.  It  is  almost  in- 
variably covered  with  a true  buffy  coat,  (which  is  produced  by 
the  sinking  of  the  corpuscles  before  the  occurrence  of  coagu- 
lation, and  by  the  subsequent  coagulation  of  the  fibrin  in  the 
layer  of  serum.)3  This  buffy  coat  is  firm,  tough,  and  intimately 
connected  with  the  clot;  its  edge  is  often  turned  upwards,  and 
its  surface  uneven.4  If  the  clot  is  small,  the  buffy  coat  and 

1 Derived  from  -tnnp  and  t,  ivog,  the  fibre  of  flesh. 

2 Nasse  (Das  Blut  in  mehrfacher  Beziehung,  &c.)  has  arrived  at  similar  conclusions ; 
for  he  observes  that  the  corpuscles  and  the  fibrin  are  generally  in  an  inverse  ratio, 
and  that  blood  exhibiting  a decided  genuine  huffy  coat  is  usually  of  low  specific 
gravity,  that  is  to  say,  the  amount  of  water  is  increased. 

3 [The  huffy  coat  does  not  consist  of  true  fibrin,  but  of  the  binoxide  and  tritoxide 
of  protein.  (See  page  10.)] 

4 The  huffy  coat  is  not  exclusively  connected  with  an  inflammatory  state  of  the 
blood ; it  occurs  in  other  diseases,  as,  for  instance,  in  chlorosis,  hut  its  properties 
are  then  very  different.  A very  elaborate  disquisition  on  the  formation,  and  the 
proximate  and  remote  causes  of  the  huffy  coat,  occurs  in  Nasse’s  work,  pp.  36-57’ 
and  204-240. 


BLOOD. 


251 


the  surface  of  the  clot  are  more  or  less  cupped ; the  serum  is  of 
a pure  lemou  colour,  not  tinged  red.  When  subjected  to 
■whipping,  the  fibrin  separates  in  thicker  and  more  solid  masses 
than  in  ordinary  blood.  After  the  removal  of  the  fibrin  the 
corpuscles  quickly  sink,  and  frequently  occupy  only  one  fourth 
of  the  whole  fluid,  while,  in  healthy  blood,  they  sink  very  im- 
perfectly or  not  at  all.  The  blood  has  always  an  alkaline  re- 
action, and  is  of  a higher  temperature  than  in  the  ordinary  state. 

Lauer1  found  the  temperature  of  the  blood  in  pneumonia  as 
high  as  100°,  and  in  bronchitis  it  reached  101°-6.  These  tem- 
peratures are,  however,  not  higher  than  are  met  with  in  healthy 
blood. 

According  to  Becquerel  the  temperature  may  rise  to  50,4  in 
inflammatory  diseases  and  fevers. 

According  to  Coupil  it  amounts,  in  inflammatory  disorders, 
to  106° — lll°-7,  and  at  the  inflamed  region  to  1120,4. 

The  microscope  has  not  yet  succeeded  in  detecting  any  con- 
stant peculiarities. 

The  blood  occurs  in  a state  of  hyperinosis  in  all  inflamma- 
tory disorders  (Phlogoses). 

In  proportion  to  the  firmness  of  the  clot,  the  concavity  of  its 
surface,  (the  cupping,)  and  the  toughness,  and  thickness  of  the 
buffy  coat,  is  the  degree  of  inflammation;  and  conversely  the 
thinner  and  more  friable  the  clot  is,  the  less  intense  is  the  dis- 
order. We  also  find,  accompanying  these  physical  symptoms, 
an  excess  of  fibrin,  and  a diminution  of  hsematoglobulin,  as 
well  as  of  the  solid  constituents  of  the  blood  generally,  and  in 
proportion  to  the  degree  in  which  these  phenomena  are  ob- 
served, we  may  infer  a greater  or  lesser  amount  of  inflammatory 
action. 

[Before  proceeding  to  the  consideration  of  individual  dis- 
eases, we  may  observe  that  Becquerel  and  Rodier  have  deduced 
the  following  law  from  their  numerous  analyses  of  morbid 
blood.  “ The  development  of  an  inflammatory  disorder  pro- 
duces remarkable  modifications  in  the  composition  of  the  blood, 
of  which  the  most  striking  is  the  increase  of  fibrin.”2 

1 Quaedam  de  sanguinis  different,  in  Morb.  p.  15. 

2 The  authors  merely  regard  this  as  a confirmation  of  the  law  established  by  Andral 
and  Gavarrot,  not  as  an  original  discovery. 


252 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  following  table,  extracted  from  their  memoir,  gives  the 


mean  results  obtained  from  the  analyses  of  blood 
of  cases  of  well  marked  inflammation. 

Males. 

in  a number 

Females. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1056-3 

1054-5 

Density  of  serum 

1027-0 

1026-8 

Water 

791-5 

801-0 

Solid  constituents 

208-5 

199-0 

Fibrin  ..... 

5-8 

5-7 

Albumen 

66-0 

65-8 

Blood-corpuscles 

128-0 

118-6 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

7-0 

7-2 

Fat  . . . . , 

1-742 

1-669 

Consisting  of — Serolin 

0-020 

0-024 

Phosphorized  fat 

0-602 

0-601 

Cholesterin 

0-136 

0-130 

Saponified  fat  . 

0-984 

0-914 

The  salts  in  1000  parts  of  blood  were  : 

Chloride  of  sodium 

. 

31 

3-0 

Other  soluble  salts 

. 

2-4 

2-7 

Phosphates  .... 

. 

0-448 

0-344 

Iron  

0-490 

0-480 

By  a comparison  of  these  results  with  the  formulae  for  healthy 
blood,  (vide  supra,  p.  233,)  we  see  that  only  three  constituents, 
fibrin,  cholesterin,  and  albumen,  deviate  from  the  normal 
standard.  The  first  two  of  these  constituents  are  increased, 
the  last  is  diminished.] 


I.  PHLOGOSES  OP  THE  CIRCULATING  SYSTEM. 

a.  Metrophlebitis  puerperalis. 

In  most  of  the  cases  of  metrophlebitis  puerperalis  that  have 
occurred  in  our  lying-in  institution  as  well  as  in  the  hospital, 
the  blood  exhibited  all  the  symptoms  of  hyperinosis.  Accord- 
ing to  Ebert’s  observations  the  clot  was  rather  large,  and  so 
consistent  that  sections  of  it  still  displayed  a powerfid  and 
well-marked  tenacity.  The  surface,  which  was  more  or  less  con- 
cave, was  either  covered  with  a thin  tine  huffy  coat,  or  more  fre- 
quently, with  a rather  thick,  and  often  discoloured  stratum  of 
gelatinous  substance,  forming,  what  is  termed,  a false  huffy 
coat.  Gelatinous  coagula,  of  a similar  nature,  were  also  fre- 
quently seen  floating  in  the  serum. 


BLOOD. 


253 


The  microscope  often  detects  pus  in  the  blood,  during  the 
course  of  this  disease.  If,  however,  the  quantity  of  pus  is 
only  small,  its  detection  may  be  attended  with  much  diffi- 
culty.1 As  the  presence  of  pus  in  the  blood  has  also  been 
recognised  in  other  pathological  conditions,  and  many  obser- 
vations have  recently  been  made  upon  the  subject,  I shall  refer 
to  this  point  more  particularly  when  I speak  of  the  presence  of 
foreign  substances  in  the  blood. 

I have  analysed  the  blood  of  two  women  suffering  from  me- 
trophlebitis puerperalis.  The  analyses  gave  : 


Analysis  15. 

Analysis  16. 

Water  .... 

836-360 

785-560 

Solid  residue 

163-640 

214-440 

Fibrin  .... 

7-640 

4-440 

Fat 

3-120 

4-320 

Albumen  .... 

103-358 

112-770 

Globulin  .... 

40-000 

74-130 

Haematin  .... 

2-080 

3-440 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  . 

7-649 

12-390 

100  parts  of  hsematoglobulin  con-  1 100  parts  of  haematoglobulin  con- 

tained 5-0  of  colouring  matter.  1 tained  4-6  of  colouring  matter. 

The  blood  in  analysis  15 

was  taken  from 

a woman  aged 

years,  who  was  attacked 

in  our  lying-in 

institution  with 

violent  phlebitis  uterina  the  day  after  her  delivery.  The  pulse 
was  full  and  hard,  and  140  in  the  minute,  previous  to  the  bleed- 
ing. The  post-mortem  examination  revealed  a high  degree  of 
inflammation  of  the  veins  and  of  the  uterus  itself,  with  a co- 
pious deposition  of  pus. 

In  analysis  16,  the  blood  was  taken  from  a woman  aged  20, 
who  was  seized  fourteen  days  previously  to  the  bleeding  with  a 
violent  attack  of  phlebitis  uterina,  from  which,  however,  she 
recovered  by  the  use  of  venesection  and  mercury.  Violent 
fever  afterwards  came  on,  accompanied  by  pain  in  the  region 
of  the  uterus.  The  pulse  was  somewhat  full  and  hard,  and 
132  in  the  minute.  She  died  soon  after,  and  the  post-mortem 
examination  proved  the  accuracy  of  the  diagnosis. 

[In  a case  of  plegmasia  alba  dolens,  accompanied  with  fever, 
occurring  in  a woman  aged  21  years,  six  weeks  after  delivery, 

1 According  to  Gendrin,  when  there  is  pus  in  the  blood,  the  serum  deposits  a viscid 
urinary-like  sediment,  or  else  is  turbid  and  cloudy. 


254 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Becquerel  and  Kodier  found  a considerable  diminution  of  the 
blood-corpuscles  (92‘6,)  and  an  augmentation  of  the  fibrin  (4' 2.) 
The  cholesterin  was  in  excess,  ('223,)  and  the  phosphates  were 
abundant.] 


(3.  Carditis. 


Lecanu1  analysed  the  blood  of  three  men  and  five  women, 
who  were  suffering  from  angiocarditis  and  endocarditis.  Un- 
fortunately he  has  made  no  observations  on  the  physical  cha- 
racters of  the  blood,  and  the  quantity  of  fibrin  was  also  not  ascer- 
tained. The  analysis  seems  to  have  consisted  simply  in  the 
separation  of  the  clot  from  the  serum,  and  then  ascertaining 
the  solid  residue  of  each. 

The  blood  of  men  gave  the  following  results  : 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Blood-corpus 

1 

821-02 

178-98 

77-59 

101-39 

2 

880-48 

119-52 

77-62 

41-90 

3 

807-27 

192-73 

96-35 

96-38 

ie  blood  of  women 

gave  : 

4 

873-45 

126-55 

86-10 

40-45 

5 

868-62 

131-38 

79-89 

51-49 

6 

866-61 

133-39 

89-69 

43-70 

7 

877-51 

122-49 

77-00 

45-49 

8 

845-14 

154-86 

85-80 

0906 

Healthy  blood  790-00 

21000 

80-00 

130-00 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  the  fibrin  was  not  deter- 
mined in  these  researches,  as  the  proportions  of  the  solid  re- 
sidue, and  especially  of  the  corpuscles,  indicate  a high  degree 
of  hyperinosis. 

Blood  taken  by  repeated  venesections  from  the  same  patient 
during  carditis,  differs  in  the  following  respect  from  blood  simi- 
larly taken  in  cases  of  bronchitis,  pneumonia,  peritonitis,  rheu- 
matism, &c. ; in  these  latter  it  becomes  gradually  poorer  in 
solid  constituents,  and  especially  in  corpuscles,  while  in  the 
former,  at  least  if  we  may  judge  from  two  analyses  of  Lecanu, 
the  reverse  takes  place. 

The  man  whose  blood  formed  the  object  of  the  second  analysis, 
on  venesection  being  repeated  12  hours  afterwards,  yielded 
blood  which  left  a solid  residue  of  139T,  and  the  woman  from 


1 Etudes  chimiques,  etc.,  p.  110. 


BLOOD. 


255 


whom  the  blood  in  the  eighth  analysis  was  derived  yielded,  on 
a repetition  of  the  venesection,  blood  which  contained  : 


Water 

841-62 

Solid  residue 

158-38 

Residue  of  serum 

81-79 

Blood-corpuscles 

76-58 

Lecanu  noticed  in  the  blood  of  one  of  these  men  a solid 
floating  mass,  (which,  when  dried,  weighed  about  100  grains.) 
It  had  a fleshy  appearance,  and  on  a section  being  made  it  ex- 
hibited a solid,  loosely  attached  nucleus,  of  a brick-red  colour, 
in  the  centre,  which  slowly  dissolved  in  water.  On  the  second 
occasion  of  this  patient  being  bled,  the  clot  presented  even  a 
more  singular  appearance.  It  was  almost  entirely  formed  of  agglo- 
merated clusters  of  small,  round,  white,  grape-like  masses,  which 
were  composed  centrally  of  a bright  red  gelatinous  substance. 


[In  a case  of  pericarditis  with  effusion,  occurring  in  a woman 
aged  40  years,  in  which  the  blood  was  analysed  by  Becquerel 
and  Bodier,  the  following  results  were  obtained  : 


Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1st  Venesection. 
1045-8 

2d  Venesection. 
1042-4 

3d  Venesection. 
1045-5 

Density  of  serum 

1023-0 

1021-8 

1024-3 

Water 

831-0 

847-0 

Solid  constituents 

169-0 

153-0 

Fibrin 

2-3 

2-3 

3-4 

Fat 

1-094 

1-094 

Albumen 

530 

51-0 

60-4 

Blood-corpuscles 

105-0 

92-0 

78-0 

In  the  first  analysis  the  phosphates  were  in  excess  (O' 684) ; 
in  other  respects  the  salts  occurred  in  their  normal  proportions. 

At  the  period  of  the  third  venesection,  the  heart-symptoms 
were  much  alleviated.  The  most  remarkable  feature  in  this 
blood  is  the  extreme  diminution  of  the  albumen.  There  was  no 
albumen  in  the  urine.] 

II.  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  RESPIRATORY  ORGANS. 

a.  Bronchitis. 

The  blood  usually  exhibits,  at  least  when  the  symptoms  are 
at  all  urgent,  decided  indications  of  hyperinosis.  The  buffy 
coat  is  scarcely  ever  absent,  the  serum  is  clear,  and  the  clot 


25G 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


firm  and  consistent.  The  fibrin  and  fat  are  always  more  or 
less  increased,  and  the  hsematoglobulin  diminished. 


Analysis  17. 

Analysis  18. 

Water  .... 

797-500 

757-831 

Solid,  residue  . . . 

202-500 

242-269 

Fibrin  .... 

4-320 

Fat  .... 

3-650 

3-393 

Albumen 

96-890 

109-080 

Globulin 

76-530 

106-650 

Htematin 

3-200 

8-762 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

11-560 

14-500 

100  parts  of  hsematoglobulin  con-  100  parts  of  hsematoglobulin  con- 
tained 4-0  of  colouring  matter.  tained  8-4  of  colouring  matter. 

In  analysis  1 7 we  observe,  in  a decided  degree,  the  character 
of  inflammatory  blood,  as  far  as  regards  the  large  quantities  of 
fibrin  and  fat.  The  quantity  of  hsematoglobulin,  79-73,  is  not 
so  much  diminished  in  proportion  to  the  albumen  in  this  case, 
as  in  those  of  phlebitis  uterina. 

The  patient  was  a robust  man,  of  about  thirty  years  of  age, 
who  had  only  been  suffering  from  the  disease  three  days;  pulse 
hard  and  very  frequent.  The  blood  of  analysis  18  was  taken 
from  a child  three  years  of  age,  by  leeches,  which  is  the  reason 
why  the  fibrin  was  not  determined. 

Andral  and  Gavarret1  have  analysed  the  blood  in  six  cases 
of  bronchitis,  and  in  all  the  instances  in  which  fever  was  present, 
they  found  that  well-marked  character  of  inflamed  blood,  an 
increased  quantity  of  fibrin.  The  maximum  was  9'3,  the  mi- 
nimum 5-7,  in  1000  parts  of  blood. 

I shall  now  give  the  results  of  their  analyses. 


Venesection.  Water.  Solid  residue.  Fibrin.  Blood-corpuscles.  Solid  portion  of  serum. 


1st  Case  -f  1 

763-3 

236-7  7-3 

148-8 

80-6 

1 2 

793-6 

206-4  9-3 

110-2 

86-9 

organic. 

inorganic. 

2d  Case  1 

789-6 

210-4  6-3 

117-6 

78-0 

8-5 

3d  Case  -f  ^ 

769-5 

230-5  5-9 

139-6 

76-7 

8-3 

12 

782-2 

217-8  5-9 

129-4 

76-3 

6-2 

4th  Case  1 

821-8 

178-2  5-8 

114-3 

58-1 

5th  Case  -f  * 

800-2 

199-8  6-0 

131-3 

62-5 

1 2 

808-1 

191-9  7-1 

125-5 

59-3 

6th  Case  1 

808-3 

191-7  5-7 

98-2 

87-8 

Healthy  blood,  - 

1 

according  to 

> 790-0 

2100  3-0 

127-0 

80-0 

Lecanu 

1 

1 Annal.  de  Chim.  et  de  Phys.,  vol.  75, 

p.  225. 

BLOOD. 


257 


The  decreasing  ratio  of  the  corpuscles,  and  the  increasing 
ratio  of  fibrin  is  less  striking  in  this  disease  than  in  pneumonia 
and  rheumatism.  Andral  and  Gavarret  give  the  following  ex- 
planation of  the  first  case,  in  which  the  high  number  148-8  is 
assigned  to  the  blood-corpuscles.  Tbis  individual  exhibited 
symptoms  of  typhoid  fever  at  the  period  at  which  he  was  re- 
ceived into  the  hospital.  In  the  second  analysis  the  number 
is  less  by  38-6  than  before.  The  symptoms  of  typhoid  fever 
had  now  disappeared,  and  made  way  for  those  of  bronchitis: 
the  increase  of  fibrin  from  7 3 to  9-3  sufficiently  indicates  the 
progress  of  inflammation. 

In  the  fourth  case  the  small  quantity  of  solid  constituents  in 
the  serum  was  coincident  with  a highly  albuminous  state  of  the 
urine;  the  patient,  who  was  about  30  years  of  age,  had  for 
some  time  been  in  a weak  and  emaciated  state.  The  urine  in 
the  fifth  case,  (a  debilitated  person  28  years  of  age,  whose 
lower  extremities  were  oedematous,)  also  contained  albumen. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  likewise  analysed  the  blood  in 
chronic  bronchitis.  They  state  that,  as  the  febrile  symptoms 
disappear,  and  the  disease  assumes  the  chronic  form,  the  blood 
ceases  to  exhibit  a large  excess  of  fibrin,  and  in  fact  does  not 
differ  in  any  respect  from  ordinary  healthy  blood. 

The  same  is  the  case  if  the  chronic  bronchitis  is  combined 
with  pulmonary  emphysema. 

The  average  of  five  analyses  made  on  the  blood  of  four  per- 
sons suffering  in  this  way,  scarcely  differs  from  ordinary  blood. 

Water.  Solid  residue.  Fibrin.  Blood-corpuscles.  Port‘on 

of  serum. 

Mean  of  five  analyses  . 792-7  207-3  3-0  121-0  83-0 

Healthy  blood  (Lecanu)  790-0  210-0  3-0  127-0  80-0 

In  one  of  these  cases  a second  venesection  was  ordered,  in 
consequence  of  the  severity  of  the  dyspnoea.  The  blood  exhi- 
bited a diminution  of  II  in  the  corpuscles,  of  -6  in  the  fibrin, 
and  of  22  in  the  solid  constituents. 

[Scherer  has  published  an  analysis  of  the  blood  of  a woman 
in  the  seventh  month  of  pregnancy,  who  was  suffering  from 
bronchitis,  and  probably  from  tubercular  phthisis.  The  serum 
had  a specific  gravity  of  1022-69,  and  contained  in  1000  parts : 
Water  ....  911-516 

Solid  residue  . . . 88-484 


17 


258 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


The  solid  residue  consisted  of : 


Albumen 

77-978 

Extractive  matters 

0-977 

Salts 

9-529 

The  whole  blood  contained,  in  1000  parts : 

Water  . 

825-698 

Solid  residue 

174-302 

Fibrin 

4-568 

Albumen 

70-636 

Blood-corpuscles  . 

71-069 

Extractive  matters 

20-178  (?) 

Soluble  salts 

6-399 

Earthy  phosphates 

1-825 

The  serum  presented  a sin 

gular  milky  appearance,  aiising 

from  the  presence  of  numerous 

minute  granules  in  suspension. 

No  fat-vesicles  could  be  recognized  by  the  microscope. 

Becquerel  and  Itodier  have  analysed  the  blood 

in  eight  cases 

of  acute  bronchitis,  four  males 

and  four  females. 

The  mean 

results  are  expressed  in  the  following  table : 

Males. 

Females. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1056-7 

1056-6 

Density  of  serum 

1027-1 

1027-7 

Water 

793-7 

803-4 

Solid  constituents 

206-3 

196-6 

Fibrin  ..... 

4-8 

3-5 

Fat  . ’ 

1-621 

1-715 

Albumen  . . . ' . 

64-9 

68-8 

Blood-corpuscles 

129-2 

115-3 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

5-8 

7-3 

The  salts  consisted  of : 

Chloride  of  sodium 

3-2 

3-3 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-9 

2-8 

Phosphates  .... 

0-346 

0-309 

Iron  

0-513 

0-479.] 

(3.  Pneumonia. 

The  blood  usually  exhibits  the  characters  of  hyperinosis, 
more  decidedly  in  pneumonia  than  in  most  other  inflammatory 
diseases,  it  also  retains  its  heat  for  a longer  period.1  The  clot 
is  rather  below  the  ordinary  size,  very  consistent,  and  does  not 

1 Lauer  found  that  blood,  which,  as  it  flowed  from  the  vein,  had  a temperature  of 
97°-7,  raised  the  thermometer  to  83°-6  thirteen  minutes  after  its  removal  from  the 
body. 


BLOOD. 


259 


break  down  for  a considerable  time.  It  admits  of  being  sliced, 
and  the  sections  retain  their  consistency  for  some  time.  Its 
surface  is  covered  with  the  buffy  coat,  and  is  more  or  less  cup- 
ped. The  serum  is  of  a pure  yellow  colour.  The  quantity  of 
solid  constituents  is  usually  less  than  in  healthy  blood. 

The  maximum  of  fibrin  in  my  analyses  was  9T5,  which  is  the 
largest  quantity  that  I have  ever  discovered  in  inflamed  blood. 
The  minimum  was  3'4,  and  the  mean  of  four  analyses  was  6-0. 
Andral  and  Gavarret  found  the  maximum  of  fibrin  to  be  10-5  ; 
the  minimum  4;  and  the  mean  to  fluctuate  between  7 and  8. 
They  never  met  with  more  than  10-5  of  fibrin  in  the  whole 
course  of  their  analyses. 

The  maximum  of  heematoglobulin,  occurring  in  my  re- 
searches, was  78,  and  the  minimum  36,  which  is  very  far 
below  the  amount  in  healthy  blood.  Andral  and  Gavarret 
differ  from  me  considerably  on  this  point,  (see  my  remarks  on 
our  comparative  methods  of  analysis,  page  241.)  They  make 
the  maximum  of  the  blood-corpuscles  137,  and  the  minimum 
83-7.  We  find,  however,  in  the  course  of  58  analyses,  made 
by  them  on  the  blood  of  21  persons  labouring  under  pneumonia, 
that  the  amount  of  corpuscles  just  reached  the  normal  propor- 
tion in  5 cases,  in  6 cases  exceeded  it,  and  in  the  47  remaining 
cases  fell  below  it.  The  average  of  these  cases  was  113,  which 
is  14  below  the  normal  quantity  in  healthy  blood,  according  to 
Lecanu’s  analysis. 

The  maximum  of  fat,  in  my  analysis,  was  4-3,  and  the  mi- 
nimum (in  a man  aged  60  years)  was  ‘7. 

The  maximum  of  solid  residue  was  202;  the  minimum  was 
160.  In  51  out  of  the  58  analyses,  made  by  Andral  and 
Gavarret,  the  solid  constituents  exceeded  the  ordinary  normal 
proportion. 

In  all  these  cases  the  quantity  of  the  blood-corpuscles  was 
very  high  : the  fibrin,  in  two  cases,  reached  9'1 ; and  in  one  case 
9-0  : in  the  others  it  was  low,  or  amounted  to  only  the  mean  of 
the  fibrin  in  pneumonia. 

The  two  highest  amounts  of  solid  residue  found  by  Andral 
and  Gavarret  was  230,  and  227 ; in  these  cases  the  maxima  of 
corpuscles  also  occurred.  The  smallest  amount  of  solid  residue 
was  166,  which  corresponded  with  the  minimum  of  blood-cor- 
puscles. The  mean  quantity  of  solid  residue,  as  deduced  from 


260 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


these  58  analyses,  was  201,  or  9 less  than  Lecanu’s  average  for 
healthy  blood. 

I have  made  four  analyses  of  the  blood  in  pneumonia : 


Analysis  19. 

Analysis  20. 

Analysis  21. 

Analysis  22. 

Water 

. 839-848 

798-500 

803-179 

803-400 

Solid  residue  . 

. 100-152 

201-500 

196-821 

196-600 

Fibrin 

9-152 

6 020 

5-632 

3-443 

Fat 

2-265 

4-100 

4-336 

0-697 

Albumen 

. 100-415 

100-280 

121-721 

102-100 

Globulin 

. 34-730 

74-880 

52-071 

74-948 

Haematin 

1-800 

3-120 

2-752 

2-466 

Extractive  matters 

and  1 

10-500 

10-309 

salts  . 

1 8-003 

11-258 

100  parts  of  haematoglo- \ 4-9 

4-0 

5-2 

3-2 

bulin  contained  . J of  colouring  matter. 

The  blood  in  analysis  19  was  taken  from  a woman  aged  40, 
who  died  a few  days  after  the  venesection.  Dissections  exhi- 
bited exudation,  and  tubercles  in  the  lungs. 

The  blood  in  analysis  20  was  taken  from  a vigorous  man 
aged  30,  who  recovered ; and  in  analysis  21,  from  a vigorous 
man  aged  40,  who  also  recovered. 

The  blood  in  analysis  22  was  taken  from  a man  60  years  of 
age,  who  suffered  from  cough,  thoracic  oppression,  &c.,  and 
whose  pulse  was  hard  and  full.  I am  ignorant  of  the  result 
in  this  case. 

The  following  are  the  maxima,  minima,  and  average  results, 
obtained  by  Andral  and  Gavarret : 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Corpuscles. 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

Maximum  . 

834-4 

229-5 

10-5 

137-8 

95-2 

Minimum  . 

770-5 

165-6 

4-0 

83-2 

66-7 

Average 

799-0 

201-0 

7-3 

114-1 

81-0 

The  following  table  indicates  the  differences  that  are  found 
in  pneumonic  blood  during  repeated  bleedings.  It  is  drawn 
up  by  Andral  and  Gavarret,1  and  corresponds  generally  with 
the  table  already  given  for  the  blood  taken  in  a similar 
manner  during  bronchitis.  It  is,  however,  entirely  at  variance 
with  Lecanu’s  statement  regarding  the  blood  in  carditis. 
(See  page  254.) 


1 Annales  de  Cliimie  et  de  Physique,  vol.  75,  p.  254. 


Venesection. 

Day  of 
disease. 

Water. 

BLOOD. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Corpuscles. 

26 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

r 1 

2 

818-0 

182-0 

40 

111-3 

66-7 

Case-; 

2 

3 

818-5 

181-5 

5-5 

107-7 

68-3 

3 

5 

820-9 

1791 

6-5 

1011 

71-5 

u 

7 

834-4 

165-6 

90 

83-2 

73-4 

r 1 

3 

773-0 

227  0 

5-2 

137-8 

84-0 

Case< 

2 

4 

782-3 

217-7 

7-3 

125-5 

84-9 

3 

5 

795-0 

205-0 

6-9 

117-4 

80-7 

-4 

6 

800-4 

199-6 

8-0 

111-5 

80-6 

[1 

4 

781-5 

218-5 

5-5 

129-8 

83-2 

Case- 

2 

5 

788-3 

211-7 

6-8 

116-3 

88-6 

.3 

9 

823-9 

1761 

6-4 

95-7 

740 

This  table  is  sufficient  to  show  that  the  blood  taken  from  the 
same  individual  in  different  consecutive  bleedings  varies  con- 
siderably. The  blood  taken  at  the  later  bleedings  contains 
less  solid  constituents,  less  blood-corpuscles,  more  fibrin,  and 
more  solid  residue  of  serum1  than  the  blood  which  is  taken 
earlier. 

This  statement  is,  however,  only  true  within  certain  limits ; 
if  the  bleedings  are  earned  beyond  a certain  extent,  the  fibrin,  as 
well  as  the  corpuscles,  are  diminished;  the  whole  quantity  of  solid 
residue  becomes  less,  whilst  the  residue  of  the  serum  increases. 
In  the  third  case  this  proportion  is  seen  on  comparing  the 
blood  taken  on  the  third,  with  that  taken  on  the  second  bleed- 
ing ; but  it  is  much  more  strikingly  shown  in  the  analyses 
made  by  Andral  and  Gavarret,  of  the  blood  in  acute  rheu- 
matism, as  will  be  seen  by  the  following  numerical  data.2 


Bleeding. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

1 

8 

778-8 

221-2 

61 

1231 

92-0 

2 

9 

780-9 

2191 

7-2 

120-7 

91-2 

3 

10 

788-0 

2120 

7-8 

112-8 

91-4 

4 

13 

799-0 

201-0 

10-2 

1010 

89-8 

5 

17 

813-9 

186-1 

90 

89-2 

87-9 

6 

28 

826-2 

173-8 

7-0 

83-3 

83-0 

My  own  observations  regarding  the  blood  taken  by  re- 
peated venesections  during  peritonitis,  give  perfectly  similar 
results.  I shall  endeavour  to  give  an  explanation  of  the  origin 
of  these  changes  at  the  end  of  the  section  on  hyperinosis. 

Dr.  J.  Davy3  has  instituted  numerous  researches  on  the 


1 [This  conclusion  is  not  very  obvious.] 

3 Edinb.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  1839. 


5 Op.  cit.  p.  246. 


2G2 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


blood  found  in  the  body  after  death : in  a case  of  pneumonia, 
he  found  a large  quantity  of  fluid  blood,  clot,  and  fibrous  co- 
agula  in  the  heart.  The  fluid  portion  did  not  coagulate  after 
exposure  to  the  air  for  24  hours.  In  another  instance,  the 
fluid  portion  when  exposed  to  the  air,  coagulated  rapidly  and 
formed  a huffy  coat. 


[Dr.  Rindskopf1  has  published  several  analyses  of  the  blood  in 
pneumonia. 

1.  A young  man,  with  a veiy  severe  attack  of  pneumonia: 
delirium,  and  all  the  signs  of  arachnitis.  After  death,  a con- 
siderable effusion  of  pus  was  found  on  the  membranes  of  the 
brain.  Two  venesections  were  instituted  during  the  last  thirty- 
six  hours.  The  first  gave  fibrin  5-470.  The  second  analysis 


was  more  perfect,  and  yielded : 

Water 828-566 

Solid  constituents  ....  171-434 

Fibrin 6-674 

Albumen  and  blood-corpuscles  . . 150-103 

oluble  salts 8-302 

Insoluble  salts  . t . . . 1-107 

Extractive  matters  ....  5-248 


2.  A man,  aged  60  years,  who  had  suffered  for  a considerable 
period  from  chronic  bronchitis  and  emphysema,  was  attacked 
with  broncho-pneumonia.  The  blood  was  taken  shortly  before 
his  death,  and  contained,  in  1000  parts  : 


Water 812-566 

Solid  constituents  ....  187-434 

Fibrin 12-726 

Albumen  and  blood-corpuscles  . . 160-300 

Salts 10-930 

Extractive  matters  . . . . 3-478 


3.  In  the  blood  of  a young  man,  aged  19  years,  suffering 
from  pneumonia,  Rindskopf  found  : 


Water 

Solid  constituents 

Fibrin 

Albumen 

Blood-corpuscles 

Salts 

Extractive  matters 


1st  Venesection. 

2d  Venesection. 

775-448 

783-944 

224-552 

216-056 

6-702 

7-723 

79-021 

65-744 

122-097 

120-682 

9-201 

10-416 

7-531 

11-661 

Ueber  einige  Zustiinde  des  Blutes. 


BLOOD. 


263 


4.  In  a case  of  pneumonia  after  catarrh,  four  analyses  were 
made,  the  blood  taken  at  the  first  venesection  apparently  not 
having  been  examined.  In  addition  to  the  bleedings,  tartarized 
antimony  and  calomel  were  administered  : recovery. 


2d  Venes. 

3d  Venes. 

4th  Venes. 

5th  Venes. 

Water 

796-494 

793-362 

807-699 

809-650 

Solid  constituents  . 

203-506 

206-638 

192-301 

190-350 

Fibrin  . 

5-919 

7-715 

10-384 

8-155 

Albumen  and  blood-corpuscles  173-605 

169-883 

165-960 

160-522 

Soluble  salts  . 

10-188 

7-952 

] 

11-531 

Insoluble  salts 

1-340 

1-404 

[ 15-957 

4-151 

Extractive  matters  . 

11-454 

19-684 

J 

5-991 

5.  In  a case  of  pneumonia  of  four  weeks’  standing,  accom- 
panied with  catarrh  and  delirium  tremens,  in  which  tartar  emetic 
was  administered,  and  recovery  took  place,  the  following  results 


were  obtained : 

2d  Venesection. 

3d  Venesection. 

4th  Venesection. 

Water 

793-237 

797-915 

Solid  constituents 

206-763 

202-085 

Fibrin 

7-893 

9-087 

9-478 

Albumen  and  corpuscles 

157-916 

164-451 

Salts 

10-978 

8-291 

Extractive  matters 

29-975 

20-256 

Heller1  has  analysed  the  blood  of  a powerful  young  man, 
aged  21  years,  suffering  from  pneumonia,  the  left  lung  being 
perfectly  hepatized. 

The  colour  of  the  blood  was  rather  dark.  As  it  flowed  from 
the  vein,  its  reaction  was  perfectly  neutral.  The  serum,  after 
the  separation  of  the  clot,  had  an  alkaline  reaction,  a specific 
gravity  of  1025,  and  was  of  a darker  yellow  colour  than  usual, 
although  the  addition  of  nitric  acid  disproved  the  presence  of 
biliphsein.  The  blood  was  composed  of  600  parts  of  clot  and 
400  of  serum.  It  contained,  in  1000  parts  : 


Water  ....  773-266 

Solid  constituents  . . 226-744 

Fibrin  ....  4-320 

Blood-corpuscles  . . 145-574 

Residue  of  serum  . . 76-850 


Becquerel  and  Rodier  have  analysed  the  blood  of  five  women 


1 Archiv  fur  physiologische  und  pathologische  Chemie  und  Mikroskopie.  Wieii, 
1844,  vol.  1,  p.  3. 


264 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


suffering  from  pneumonia,  two 

of  whom  were  bled  only  once, 

while  in  three  venesection  was  repeated. 

The  mean  composition  of  the  blood  is  expressed  in  the  fol- 

lowing  table : 

1st  Venesection 

2d  Venesection. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

. 1052-6 

1050-2 

Density  of  serum 

1025-0 

1025-0 

Water 

801-0 

808-0 

Sobd  constituents 

199*0 

192-0 

Fibrin 

7-4 

6-3 

Fat  

1-687 

1-618 

Albumen 

61-1 

59-7 

Blood -corpuscles 

122-5 

113-9 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-4 

7-4 

The  following  salts  were  contained  in  1000  parts  of  blood  : 

Chloride  of  sodium 

2-8 

31 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-7 

2-4 

Phosphates  .... 

0-308 

0-445 

Iron  

0-493 

0-512 

Zimmerman1  has  found  the  specific  gravity  of  the  blood  in 

this  disease  as  high  as  1065. 

The  following  ultimate  analyses  of  dried 

pneumonic  blood 

have  been  recently  published  :2 

Ash. 

C.  H. 

Blood  buffed,  1st  Venesection 

4-365 

57-428  8-615 

„ 2d  ditto 

4-081 

52-280  — 

„ 1st  ditto 

3-880 

51-966  8-543 

„ 2d  . ditto 

3-784 

51-149  7-832 

Two  analyses  of  the  blood  in  cases  of  pneumonia  biliosa  have 
recently  appeared,  one  by  Scherer,  the  other  by  Heller. 

The  individual  whose  blood  was  analysed  by  Scherer  was  a 
robust  young  man,  aged  29  years. 

The  clot  was  tolerably  firm  and  tough,  and  covered  with  a 
greenish  yellow  buffy  coat.  The  serum  exhibited  a similar  tint, 
and  nitric  acid  indicated  the  existence  of  biliphadn  in  the  urine. 
The  conjunctiva  was  coloured  yellow,  and  there  was  considerable 
gastric  disturbance. 


1 Hufeland’s  Journal,  1843. 

2 Hoffmann,  Annalen  der  Chemie  und  Pliarmacie,  April  1844.  According  to  Macaire 
and  Marcet  (Mem.  de  la  Societe  Phys.  et  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Genev.,  vol.  5,  p.  223) 
healthy  venous  blood  contains  C 557,  H 6-4,  N 16-2,  and  0 217. 


BLOOD. 


265 


The  blood  drawn  at  the  first  venesection  yielded : 


Water 

779-00 

Solid  constituents 

221-00 

Fibrin 

9-70 

Blood-corpuscles 

124-60 

Albumen 

72-26 

Salts 

9-57 

Extractive  matters 

4-83 

Blood  was  again  taken,  in  consequence  of  further  symptoms 


of  congestion.  It  yielded  : 

Water  ....  785-00 

Solid  constituents  . . 215-00 

Fibrin  ....  9-40 

Blood-corpuscles  . . 122-26 

Albumen  ....  65-36 

Salts  ....  8-31 

Extractive  matters  . . 9-67 


Three  days  after  this  venesection  the  patient  was  again  bled. 
The  blood  contained : 


Water 

780-00 

Solid  constituents 

220-00 

Fibrin 

12-72 

Blood-corpuscles 

118-47 

Albumen 

69-83 

Salts 

7-63 

Extractive  matters 

11-35 

The  blood  obtained  by  a fourth  venesection  contained : 


Water 

Solid  constituents 
Fibrin 

Blood-corpuscles 


796-00 

204-00 

8-87 

106-26 


In  Heller’s  case  the  blood  was  taken  from  a robust  man, 
aged  31  years.  The  clot  was  firm,  and  slightly  buffed;  the 
serum  was  of  a deep  yellowish-red  colour,  very  alkaline,  of 
specific  gravity  1023,  and,  on  the  addition  of  nitric  acid,  a 
blue  coagulum  was  formed,  indicative  of  the  presence  of  bili- 
phsein. 

The  blood  consisted  of  521  parts  of  clot  and  479  of  serum. 
It  contained,  in  1000  parts  : 


26G 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Water  .... 

Solid  residue 

Fibrin  .... 

Blood-corpuscles 

Residue  of  serum  (with  biliphsein) 


781-659 

218-351 

6-113 

147-114 

65-124 


Heller  observes  tbat  be  lias  often  been  able  to  detect  bili- 
phtein  in  tbe  blood  of  pneumonic  patients  when  there  have 
been  no  other  indications  of  a disordered  state  of  tbe  hepatic 
functions. 

In  pneumonia  venosa  the  huffy  coat  is  absent.  (Schonlein.)] 


Never  having  analysed  pleuritic  blood,  I shall  merely  give 
the  results  obtained  by  AncLral  and  Gavarret. 

That  the  blood  in  this  disease  may  exhibit  considerable  dif- 
ferences, will  be  seen  by  the  following  cases. 

1st  stage.  Pleuritis  in  its  early  stage,  before  any  effusion  has 
occurred.  In  two  cases  of  this  nature,  Andral  and  Gavarret 
found  the  quantity  of  fibrin  increased  to  5-8  and  5-9. 

2d  stage.  Pleuritis  not  yet  advanced,  but  effusion. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  found  that  the  quantity  of  fibrin  varied 
from  4 to  6 in  eight  cases  of  this  nature. 

3d  stage.  Pleuritic  effusion  of  some  duration ; no  fever.  In 
four  cases  of  this  nature,  in  which  effusion  had  occurred  during 
well-marked  pleuritis,  from  two  to  four  months  previously,  the 
quantity  of  fibrin  was  increased,  less  certainly  than  in  the  pre- 
ceding cases,  but  still  in  one  instance  rising  as  high  as  4-8,  and 
averaging  about  4. 

Hence  it  follows  that  the  fibrin  is  increased  in  the  blood  in 
pleuritis,  especially  in  the  acute  form,  accompanied  with  fever ; 
the  increase,  however,  is  not  so  decided  as  in  pneumonia,  bron- 
chitis, and  (as  we  shall  presently  see)  in  acute  rheumatism. 

Nassei  states  that  the  buffy  coat  is  particularly  characteristic, 
and  seldom  absent  in  pleuritic  blood.1 2 

1 Das  Blut,  etc.,  p.  61. 

2 The  buffy  coat  was  absent  9 times  in  35  cases  in  which  blood  was  extracted 
during  pleuritis,  3 times  in  1 1 cases  of  pneumonia,  and  twice  in  5 cases  of  bronchitis. 


y.  Pleuritis, 


BLOOD. 


267 


Andral  and  Gavarrct’s  analyses  gave  the  following  results. 

Venesection.  Water.  Solid  residue.  Fibrin.  Blood-corpuscles.  Solid  residue  of  serum. 


1st  Case 

l 

774-2 

225-8 

5-9 

127-7 

92-2 

2d 

ft 

l 

789-4 

210-6 

5-4 

90-4 

114-8 

3d 

ft 

l 

845-6 

154-4 

5-0 

68-3 

81-1 

4 th 

ft 

l 

782-0 

218-0 

5-2 

122-9 

89-9 

5th 

ft 

l 

815-0 

1850 

50 

91-5 

88-9 

6th 

ft  4 

n 

802-6 

197-4 

5-0 

107-4 

85-0 

l 2 

807-6 

192-4 

5-0 

102-5 

84-9 

7th 

ft 

1 

833-1 

166-9 

4-1 

84-7 

78-1 

8th 

ft 

1 

763-3 

236-7 

4-9 

1411 

90-7 

9th 

ft 

1 

861-3 

198-7 

4-8 

120-8 

73-1 

10  th 

tt  * 

n 

783-5 

216-5 

3-9 

128-8 

83-8 

L l 

780-3 

219-7 

5-8 

118-9 

950 

11th 

ft 

l 

816-9 

183-1 

3-8 

92-8 

86-5 

12  th 

„ ] 

ri  - 

783-0 

217-0 

3-5 

135-4 

78-1 

l 2 

798-5 

201-5 

4-2 

124-2 

73-1 

Healthy  blood 

790-0 

2100 

3-0 

127-0 

80-0 

Lauer1  states  that  he  has  found  the  serum  turbid  in  pleuritis. 

Caventou2  analysed  the  blood  in  a case  of  chronic  pleuritis, 
accompanied  with  vertigo.  It  was  turbid,  of  a dirty-red  colour, 
and  covered  with  a soft  light-coloured  bufly  coat.  The  clot  was 
moderately  large,  and  floated  in  a yellowish-white,  milky  serum, 
which  was  perfectly  neutral,  devoid  of  smell  or  taste,  coagu- 
lable  by  heat,  but  not  by  acids  or  alcohol,  and  scarcely  at  all  by 
corrosive  sublimate. 

[Becquerel  and  Bodier  have  analysed  the  blood  of  five  men 
attacked  with  uncomplicated  and  acute  pleuritis.  The  mean 
composition  of  the  blood  is  given  in  the  following  table. 


Density  of  defibrinated  blood  , . 1055-0 

Density  of  serum  ....  1026-0 

Water 798-6 

Solid  constituents  ....  201-4 

Fibrin  ......  6-1 

Fat 1-905 

Albumen  .....  65-4 

Blood-corpuscles  ....  120-4 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  . . 7-6 

The  salts  consisted  of : 

Chloride  of  sodium  . . . 3-0 

Other  soluble  salts  . . . 2-0 

Phosphates 0-478 

Iron 0-461 


1 Qusedam  de  Sanguine  diff.,  etc. 


a Annal.  dc  Chim.  etde  Phys.  vol.  39,  p.  288. 


2G8 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  blood-corpuscles  and  the  albumen  are  considerably  dimi- 
nished while  the  fibrin  is  increased.] 

III.  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  CHYLOPOIETIC  VISCERA. 

a.  Angina  tonsillaris  ( amygdalitis ). 

Andral  and  Gavarret  analysed  the  blood  of  four  persons  suf- 
fering from  angina  vera,  and  they  always  found,  in  a greater  or 
less  degree,  the  distinctive  characters  of  hyperinosis.  They  ob- 
tained the  following  results. 


Venesection. 

Day  of 
disease. 

Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

1st  Case-j 

n 

4 

782-6 

217-4 

6-1 

111-0 

100-3 

l 2 

5 

793-6 

206-4 

7-2 

105-3 

93-9 

2d  „ 

1 

6 

777-9 

222-1 

5-4 

126-0 

90-7 

3d  J 

r 1 

2 

819-5 

180-5 

4-4 

90-0 

88-1 

L 2 

3 

830-2 

169-8 

6-4 

79-5 

83-9 

4th  „ 

1 

- 

779-6 

220-4 

3-8 

120-3 

96-3 

Healthy  blood 

790-0 

2100 

30 

127-0 

80-0 

With  the  exception  of  the  4<th  case,  which  was  one  of  chronic 
angina,  and  in  which  the  blood  presents  no  striking  deviations 
from  the  healthy  standard,  and  of  the  2d  case,  in  which  the 
blood  is  extremely  rich  in  solid  constituents,  the  remainder  ex- 
hibit a decided  decrease  in  the  quantity  of  the  corpuscles1,  and 
a less  marked  increase  of  fiction. 

(3.  Hepatitis  and  lienitis. 

Accurate  quantitative  analyses  of  the  blood  in  these  inflam- 
matory diseases  are  still  wanted.  It  has  been  frequently  observed 
that  the  proportion  of  fat  is  considerably  increased  in  the  blood 
during  hepatitis,  and  Trail  has  found  the  serum  milky  on  several 
occasions ; Nasse2  has  occasionally  seen  it  so  highly  coloured 
with  biliphsein  as  immediately  to  tinge  paper  on  being  dipped 
in  it;  and  Lauer3  has  observed  that  a yellow-coloured  sedi- 
ment is  deposited  by  the  serum  upon  the  buffy  coat,  during  this 
disease. 

1 In  the  blood  obtained  by  the  second  venesection  in  Case  3,  they  fall  even  below 
the  solid  residue  of  the  serum.  Andral  and  Gavarret,  however,  attribute  the  low 
amount  of  corpuscles  in  this  instance  to  the  circumstance  of  the  patient  having  been 
for  some  time  under  the  poisonous  influence  of  lead. 

2 Das  Blut,  etc.,  p.  78. 

3 Quaedam  de  Sanguinis  different,  in  Morbis,  p.  34. 


BLOOD. 


2C9 


In  the  milky  serum  to  which  we  have  adverted,  Trail1  found 
21 T2  of  solid  constituents,  which  were  composed  of  fatty  oil  4-5, 
albumen  15*7,  soluble  matter  -9.  The  water  amounted  to 
78-92.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  serum  was  1-087 ; it  was 
of  a creamy  consistence,  and  became  thinner  when  exposed  to 
a gentle  warmth ; when  left  to  itself,  even  for  weeks,  it  did  not 
deposit  any  sediment. 

In  another  instance  the  specific  gravity  was  1-025,  and  the 
solid  constituents  amounted  to  15-2g,  of  which  a considerable 
portion  was  oil. 

The  serum  has  been  observed  by  Cullen,  Testa,  and  Heu- 
singer  to  be  turbid  in  lienitis  (Nasse). 


y.  Peritonitis. 


The  blood  in  peritonitis,  and  especially  in  the  form  denomi- 
nated puerperal  fever,  exhibits  in  a tolerably  well  marked  de- 
gree the  characters  of  hyperinosis.  I made  two  analyses  of  the 
blood  of  a patient  suffering  from  peritonitis  puerperalis,  and 
found  that  the  fibrin  amounted  to  twice  as  much  as  in  healthy 


Andral  and  Gavarret  obtained  similar  results, 
analyses  yielded : 

Analysis  23.  Analysis  24. 

Water  .... 

784-941 

787-064 

Solid  residue 

215-059 

212-936 

Fibrin  .... 

4-459 

4-366 

Fat  .... 

4-035 

3-350 

Albumen 

107-406 

109-714 

Globulin  .... 

84-623 

83-532 

Haematin 

3-591 

3-733 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

10-350 

9-440 

The  liaematoglobulin  contained  I The  haematoglobulin  contained 
4-00  of  colouring  matter.  I 4'2g  of  colouring  matter. 


The  blood  in  these  analyses  were  taken  from  a woman  aged 
33  years,  who,  according  to  Dr.  Ebert’s  report,  exhibited  the 
first  symptoms  of  peritonitis  on  the  evening  of  the  second  day 
after  her  confinement. 

The  belly  was  somewhat  swelled,  and  tender  to  the  touch. 
There  was  extreme  heat,  violent  thirst,  and  rapid  respiration. 
The  pulse  was  quick,  hard,  and  full,  130  in  the  minute.  The 
blood  formed  a tolerably  firm  clot,  and  was  covered  with  a buffy 
coat  of  a line  and  a half  thick.  There  was  violent  exacerbation 


1 Edinb.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  vol.  17. 


270 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


on  tlie  evening  of  tlie  third  day : the  countenance  was  much 
flushed,  there  was  delirium,  the  pulse  was  140,  and  hard.  It 
was  at  this  period  that  the  blood  referred  to  in  analysis  23  was 
taken. 

On  the  fourth  day  the  abdomen  was  tympanitic : the  head- 
symptoms  were  comparatively  gone  : the  countenance  was  pale, 
pulse  140,  soft  and  small.  The  composition  of  the  blood  now 
taken  is  given  in  analysis  24.  The  patient  died.  Dissection 
showed  that  the  thoracic  organs  were  healthy,  but  that  there 
was  exudation  in  the  abdomen,  with  flocculent  and  purulent 
matter : the  same  was  found  in  the  uterus  aud  intestines.  The 
vessels  on  the  peritoneal  surface  were  fully  injected ; and  on 
cutting  into  the  uterus,  milky  pus  was  observed  to  exude  in 
pearly  drops  from  the  distended  lymphatic  vessels. 

In  relation  to  the  chemical  constitution  of  the  blood  taken 
at  the  second  venesection,  we  may  observe  (vide  supra,  p.  261) 
that  there  is  a diminution  not  only  of  the  quantity  of  the  solid 
constituents,  but  also  of  the  hcematoglobulin  or  blood-corpus- 
cles. The  fibrin,  however,  instead  of  being  increased,  is  dimi- 
nished by  *01,  which  may  probably  be  accounted  for  by  the  cir- 
cumstance of  the  pulse  not  having  increased  in  frequency,  and 
having  even  become  less  hard. 

Andral  and  Gavarret1  have  made  eight  analyses  of  the  blood 
of  four  persons  suffering  from  peritonitis : one  was  a case  of 
simple  peritonitis  ; the  others  were  instances  of  metroperitonitis. 
Two  of  the  cases  terminated  fatally,  and  in  these  a large  quan- 
tity of  pus  was  found  in  the  abdominal  cavity. 


Their  analyses  gave  the  following  results  : 


Venesection. 

Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Solid  residue  of  serum. 

1st  Case  1 

787-2 

212-8 

5-5 

122-8 

84-5 

fl 

822-9 

177-1 

5-4 

88-3 

83-4 

2d  „ 1 2 

831-6 

168-4 

5-3 

73-6 

89-5 

u 

851-0 

149-0 

3-6 

60-5 

84-9 

3d  „ 1 

786-4 

213-6 

7-2 

117-0 

89-4 

fl 

789-4 

210-6 

3-8 

120-0 

86-8 

4th  „ ^ 2 

802-7 

197-3 

4-7 

109-5 

831 

U 

813-5 

186-5 

6-1 

100-3 

80-1 

Healthy  blood 

790-0 

2100 

30 

127-0 

80-0 

Andral  and  Gavarret  make  the 

following  observations  on 

these  analyses.  Two  of  them  exhibited  a considerable  decrease2 


1 Annal.  de  Cliimie  et  de  Physique,  vol.  75,  p.  2G1. 

2 They  do  not,  of  course,  refer  to  an  absolute  decrease  below  the  healthy  standard, 
but  merely  below  the  ordinary  standard  of  the  blood  in  inflammatory  disorders. 


BLOOD. 


271 


in  the  quantity  of  fibrin.  In  one  of  these  cases  (the  third  vene- 
section of  the  second  case)  it  amounted  only  to  3'6  in  1000 
parts  of  blood.  The  blood  for  this  analysis  was  taken  at  a period 
when  the  patient  was  much  reduced  by  marasmus. 

Dissection  revealed  the  existence  of  pus  in  the  cavity  of  the 
abdomen,  a consequence  of  the  previous  inflammation. 

The  second  instance  is  that  of  the  1st  venesection  of  the  fourth 
case,  in  which  3-8  of  fibrin  were  found.  This  case  was  that  of 
a woman  labouring  under  suppression  of  the  catamenia,  who  was 
seized  with  violent  pains  in  the  abdomen,  which  were  attributed 
to  mere  uterine  congestion  : there  was  no  fever  present.  The 
blood  contained  3'8  of  fibrin,  little  more  than  the  normal  pro- 
portion. At  the  expiration  of  two  days  the  pain  became  more 
acute,  and  the  blood  taken  at  the  second  venesection  contained 
4-6  of  fibrin.  From  this  rapid  increase  of  the  fibrin  it  was  in- 
ferred (although  there  was  no  fever)  that  something  more  than 
simple  hypersemia  of  the  uterus  was  present ; and,  in  point  of 
fact,  on  the  following  day  all  the  symptoms  of  metroperitonitis 
were  established. 

At  the  third  venesection,  6-1  of  fibrin  were  found  in  the 
blood.  After  this  time  the  patient  began  to  improve. 

This  case  is  of  much  interest,  as  affording  an  illustration  of 
the  importance  of  chemical  research  in  the  formation  and  esta- 
blishment of  diagnosis. 

[A  singular  case  of  peritonitis,  in  which  milky  serum  was  ob- 
served, has  been  recently  published  by  Heller.  It  occurred  in 
a robust  but  not  corpulent  man,  aged  40  years.  The  blood, 
when  first  drawn,  was  of  the  ordinary  colour,  and  on  standing, 
the  clot  and  serum  separated  perfectly,  the  former  not  exhibit- 
ing a buffy  coat. 

In  1000  parts  of  blood  there  were  : 

Fibrin  ....  4-72 

Blood-corpuscles  . . 80-13 

In  1000  parts  of  the  serum  there  were  : 

Water  ....  829-515 

Solid  residue  . . . 170-485 

Fat  ....  50-473 

Albumen  . . . 108-791 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  11-221 


272 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


The  fat  was  perfectly  saponifiable  with  potash,  and  yielded 
no  traces  of  cholesterin. 

After  the  separation  of  the  clot,  the  serum  exactly  resembled 
milk  : its  reaction  was  alkaline,  and  its  specific  gravity  1024-35. 

In  the  blood  of  a girl,  aged  18  years,  suffering  from  a slight 
attack  of  peritonitis,  Becquerel  and  llodier  found  a marked  di- 
minution of  the  blood-corpuscles,  and  an  increase  of  the  fibrin 
(5) ; the  albumen  remained  normal,  the  phosphates  and  the  cho- 
lesterin were  increased. 

The  serum  was  abundant,  limpid,  and  yellow ; the  clot  large 
and  firm. 


In  a woman,  aged  24  years,  attacked  with  metroperitonitis, 
Scherer  observed  a tolerably  large  buffy  coat,  apparently  more 
gelatinous  than  tough.  The  clot  was  rather  large,  but  not  very 

firm.  The  serum  was  neutral. 

The  blood  contained  in  1000  parts  : 

Water  .... 

814-53 

Solid  constituents 

185-47 

Fibrin  .... 

5-32 

Albumen 

96-35 

Blood-corpuscles 

70-16 

Fat  and  extractive  matters  . 

6-02 

Salts  .... 

7-13 

Two  days  afterwards  the  blood  contained  : 

Water  .... 

832-58 

Solid  constituents 

167-42 

Fibrin  .... 

4-02 

Albumen  .... 

100-25 

Blood-corpuscles 

52-30 

Salts  and  extractive  matters 

11-42 

The  huffy  coat  had  a more  gelatinous 

appearance,  and  the 

serum  was  redder  than  on  the  former  occasion.  Death  occurred 
two  days  after  the  second  venesection. 

In  a case  of  metroperitonitis,  in  which  the  blood  was  analysed 
by  Heller,  the  clot  was  soft,  and  exhibited  a well-marked  buffy 
coat.  The  serum  was  clear,  but  of  a deep  yellow  colour,  and 
contained  a large  quantity  of  biliphsein.  Its  specific  gravity 
was  1024.  The  blood  consisted  of  486-5  parts  of  clot  and  513-5 
of  serum,  and  contained  : 


BLOOD. 


27.3 


Water  

820-02 

Solid  constituents 

179-98 

Fibrin  . * . 

7-78 

Blood-corpuscles  .... 

87-12 

Residue  of  serum  (with  biliphrcin)  . 

85-08] 

IV.  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  UROPOIETIC  VISCERA. 

Nephritis  and  cystitis. 

Very  little  has  been  done  in  the  chemistry  of  the  blood  in 
these  diseases. 

Lauer1  found  that  the  blood  taken  from  a man  suffering  from 
nephritis,  and  who  speedily  fell  a victim  to  the  disease,  strongly 
resembled  milk. 

Andral  and  Gavarret2  analysed  the  blood  of  a man  suffering 
from  inflammation  of  the  bladder,  and  found  it  to  be  composed  of 


Water 

785-8 

Fibrin 

5-4 

Blood-corpuscles 

111-4 

Solid  residue  of  serum  . 

97-4 

The  increase  of  the  fibrin  and  the  diminution  of  the  corpus- 
cles show  that  this  blood  is  similar  in  its  constitution  to  the 
blood  in  other  inflammatory  diseases. 

The  blood  in  acute  rheumatism,  erysipelas,  tubercular  phthisis, 
puerperal  mania,  &c.,  is  so  strongly  impressed  with  the  ordi- 
nary characters  of  hyperinosis,  that  we  shall  consider  it,  in  re- 
ference to  those  diseases,  in  the  present  place. 

a.  Rheumatismus  acutus. 

In  acute  rheumatism,  accompanied  by  fever,  the  blood  always 
exhibits,  in  a more  or  less  marked  degree,  the  characters  of 
hyperinosis. 

The  clot  is  rather  small,  consistent,3  and  sometimes  covered 

1 Op.  cit.  p.  32.  1 Op.  cit.  p.  266. 

3 Nasse  states  that,  in  inflammatory  rheumatism,  he  has  observed  a solid  clot, 
although,  when  the  huffy  coat  was  very  strong,  its  consistence  was  less  on  its  lower 
surface.  According  to  Haller,  a thick  clot  is  formed  in  acute  rheumatism.  (Stark, 
AUg.  Patliolog.  p.  950.)  Jennings,  on  the  other  hand,  maintains  that  the  clot  under 
the  huffy  coat  is  so  loose  as  to  fall  to  pieces  on  the  slightest  touch.  (Course  of  Lectures 
on  the  Physiology  and  Pathology  of  the  Blood,  by  Ancell.  ‘ The  Lancet,’  1840,  p.  841.) 

18 


274 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


with  a strong  huffy  coat,  The  serum  is  usually  clear,  and  of  a 
deep  yellow  colour.  • 

I have  made  only  one  analysis  of  the  blood  in  acute  rheu- 
matism accompanied  with  fever.  I found  that  the  quantity  of 
fibrin  was  considerable,  that  the  quantity  of  fat  was  sensibly  in- 
creased, and  of  haematoglobulin  much  diminished  in  relation  to 
the  normal  proportions. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  analysed  the  blood  in  14  cases  of 
acute  rheumatism.  They  found  that  if  the  blood  was  taken 
during  the  period  of  acute  pain  and  fever,  the  fibrin  existed  in 
much  larger  proportion  than  in  normal  blood. 

On  the  other  hand,  they  found  that  the  quantity  of  fibrin  was 
even  less  than  in  normal  blood,  in  the  case  of  an  individual  who 
was  bled  after  the  subsidence  of  the  pain  and  of  the  fever. 

In  those  cases  in  which  the  pain  and  fever  returned,  after 
an  improvement  had  taken  place,  an  increase  of  fibrin  was  again 
observed. 

My  analysis  gave  the  following  results : 

Analysis  25. 


Water 

. 

801-500 

Solid  residue 

198-500 

Fibrin 

6-320 

Fat 

3-150 

Albumen 

100-540 

Globulin 

71-560 

Ilsematin 

3-000 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

11-860 

The  blood  was  taken  from  a man  aged  35  years,  in  whom  the 
joints  of  the  foot  and  knee  were  much  swollen  and  very  painful : 
the  joints  of  the  hand  were  less  swollen,  but  very  tender  on 
being  touched.  The  febrile  symptoms  were  not  severe. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  maxima,  minima,  and  mean 
of  43  analyses  made  by  Andral  and  Gavarret  upon  the  blood  of 
14  individuals  suffering  from  acute  rheumatism  : 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum 

Maxima 

839-6 

228-4 

10-2 

130-0 

104-8 

Minima 

771-6 

160-4 

2-8 

70-1 

76-9 

Mean 

805-4 

194-6 

6-7 

101-0 

86-0 

Healthy  blood  . 

790  0 

210-0 

3-0 

127-0 

80-0 

100  parts  of  the  solid  residue  of  the  serum  gave,  on  an  ave- 
rage, 7- 9 of  inorganic  constituents. 


BLOOD. 


275 


The  quantity  of  blood-corpuscles  only  once  exceeded  the  quan- 
tity in  normal  blood,  and  this  instance  coincides  with  that  in 
which  the  solid  constituents  generally  attained  their  maximum, 
228-0 : in  most  instances  it  was  considerably  diminished,  and 
hence  we  find  that  the  average  displays  the  corpuscles  16  below 
the  ordinary  proportion.  In  only  four  cases  was  the  quantity  of 
fibrin  lower  than  5-0.  Andral  and  Gavarret  remark  that  the 
acuteness  of  the  pain  seems  to  have  a greater  influence  on  the 
increase  of  the  fibrin  than  the  stage  or  duration  of  the  disease. 
The  blood  will  be  found  to  contain  as  large  a proportion  of  fibrin 
at  the  commencement  of  a rheumatic  attack  which  begins  very 
severely,  as  at  a much  later  period  in  a case  commencing  mildly, 
but  in  which  acute  pain  gradually  supervenes.  This  will  be 


seen  by  the  following 

analyses 

: 

Venesection. 

Day  of  disease.  Water. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

'1 

4 

797-1 

8-9 

109*3 

84-7 

2 

5 

796-9 

9-8 

107-5 

81-8 

1st  Case. 

3 

6 

812-5 

8-5 

95-4 

83-6 

4 

10 

820-6 

6-4 

93-5 

79-5 

5 

25 

789-7 

2-8 

117-9 

89-6 

'1 

8 

778-8 

61 

123-1 

92-0 

2 

9 

780-9 

7-2 

120-7 

91-2 

2d  Case  - 

3 

10 

788-0 

7-8 

112-8 

91-4 

4 

13 

799-0 

10-2 

101-0 

89-8 

5 

17 

813-9 

9-0 

89-2 

87-9 

.6 

28 

826-2 

7-0 

83-8 

83-0 

In  the  first  case,  the  maximum  of  fibrin  is  found  in  the  blood 
taken  at  the  second  venesection,  and  as  early  as  the  fifth  day  of 
the  disease.  In  the  second  case,  on  the  contrary,  it  did  not 
occur  until  the  fourth  venesection,  upon  the  thirteenth  day  of 
the  disease,  when  nearly  all  the  joints  were  reported  to  be  in  a 
swollen  and  painful  state.  These  symptoms  began  to  diminish 
after  the  next  two  bleedings  ; the  fever,  however,  still  continued. 

The  minimum  of  fibrin  in  the  first  case  occurred  at  the  period 
of  the  fifth  venesection,  and  is  even  less  than  the  amount  in 
normal  blood : the  corpuscles  are  now  considerably  increased. 
This  venesection  was  performed  on  the  eighteenth  day  of  conva- 
lescence, after  all  pain  had  entirely  disappeared,  and  after  the 
patient  had  been  put  upon  a nourishing  diet. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  show  in  the  following  table  how  the 
remission  of  the  fever  influences  the  quantity  of  fibrin. 


276 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Venesection. 

Day  since  com- 
mencement of 

Water. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

1 

disease. 

4 

795-0 

6-2 

111-9 

86-9 

2 

19 

801-5 

3-7 

102-0 

82-8 

3 

24 

814-9 

5-5 

95-8 

83-9 

4 

34 

833-8 

5-8 

81-5 

78-9 

The  second  bleeding  was  ordered  when  the  fever  had  com- 
pletely gone,  and  only  a few  slight  pains  remained ; the  third 
upon  the  occurrence  of  a relapse ; and  the  fourth  during  a con- 
tinuation of  the  pain  and  fever. 


[Dr.  Rindskopf  has  analysed  the  blood  of  a woman  suffering 
from  rheumatism,  accompanied  with  pneumonia.  He  found 

in  1000  parts  : 

1st  Venesection.  2d  Venesection. 

Water 

809-973 

Solid  constituents  . 

190-027 

Fibrin  .... 

4-652  5-856 

Matters  coagulable  by  beat 

166-954 

Salts  .... 

12-188 

Extractive  matters  . 

6-233 

Becquerel  and  Rodier  have  analysed  the  blood  of  four  men 
suffering  from  acute  rheumatism.  The  mean  composition  of 
the  blood  is  given  in  the  following  table  : 


Density  of  defibrinated  blood  . . 1055-5 

Density  of  serum  ....  1025-8 

Water  798-9 

Solid  constituents  . . . 101*1 

Fibrin  5-8 

Fat 1-647 

Albumen 66-9 

Blood-corpuscles  . . . 118-7 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  . . 8-1  ] 


Andral  and  Gavarret  have  analysed  the  blood  of  ten  indivi- 
duals suffering  from  chronic  and  subacute  articular  rheumatism. 
No  peculiarly  striking  results  were  obtained.  The  proportion 
of  fibrin  in  no  instance  exceeded  5’0,  and  in  two  cases  was  as 
low  as  29  and  2-6.  The  blood-corpuscles  in  one  instance 
amounted  to  no  less  than  154‘3,  and  the  solid  constituents  to 
259' 1.  In  the  other  cases  the  corpuscles  were  below  the  healthy 
average. 

These  results  lead  us  to  the  conclusion  that,  provided  there 


BLOOD. 


277 


are  no  other  disturbing  influences,  as  the  rheumatism  loses  its 
acute  character,  the  blood  gradually  throws  off  the  specific  cha- 
racteristics of  hyperinosis. 


The  following  table  exhibits  the  maxima,  minima,  and  mean 
results,  as  deduced  from  10  analyses  : 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

Maximum 

826-8 

259-9 

5-1 

154-3 

1020 

Minimum 

7411 

173-2 

2-6 

79-0 

77-1 

Mean 

782-7 

217-3 

3-8 

108-2 

95-2 

Healthy  blood  . 

790-0 

210-0 

3-0 

127-0 

80-0 

I add  the  results  of  some  of  the  analyses,  on  account  of  the 
interesting  remarks  that  Andral  andGavarret  have  made  on  them. 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

1 

826-8 

173-2 

4.8 

79-0 

89-4 

2 

818-3 

181-7 

4-6 

89-1 

88-0 

3 

815-4 

184-6 

4-0 

82-6 

98-0 

4 

741-1 

259-9 

2-6 

154-3 

102-0 

The  blood  in  the  first  of  these  cases  was  taken  from  a colour- 
mixer  under  the  influence  of  lead,  to  which  circumstance  Andral 
and  Gavarret  attribute  the  deficiency  of  the  corpuscles.  In  the 
second  of  these  cases,  the  blood  was  taken  from  a person  who  had 
suffered  from  an  acute  attack  of  rheumatism,  for  which  he  had 
been  bled  six  times  (!),  besides  having  had  200  leeches  (!)  applied; 
a fully  sufficient  reason  why  the  blood  contained  only  89-0  of  cor- 
puscles. The  blood  in  the  third  analysis  was  taken  from  a per- 
son suffering  from  incipient  chlorosis.  In  the  fourth  case  the 
blood  was  taken  from  a rigorous  person,  20  years  of  age,  which 
accounts  for  the  unusually  large  quantity  of  corpuscles,  as  well 
as  of  solid  constituents  generally. 

(3.  Erysipelas. 

I have  not  made  any  analyses  of  the  blood  in  erysipelas. 
Andral  and  Gavarret  found  that  the  blood,  in  ordinary  erysi- 
pelas attended  with  fever,  was  so  rich  in  fibrin,  and  the  quan- 
tity of  corpuscles  so  reduced,  as  to  leave  no  doubt  of  the  exist- 
ence of  hyperinosis. 

It  is  by  no  means  easy  to  detect  the  peculiar  properties  of 
the  blood  depending  on  this  disease,  for  as  soon  as  any  inflam- 
matory fever  is  complicated  with  it,  the  blood  will,  from  that 
cause  alone,  assume  a state  of  hyperinosis.  Moreover,  the  mere 


278 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


circumstances  of  temperament,  age,  &c.  may  induce  a state  of 
tlie  blood  partially  approximating  to  hyperinosis,  or  to  hypinosis. 
Contradictory  results  may  also  arise  from  variations  in  treat- 
ment, as  far  as  venesection  is  concerned.  We  know,  for  in- 
stance, that  in  France  the  lancet  is  used  with  an  unsparing 
hand ; and  if  venesection  be  ordered  in  a case  of  erysipelas  in 
which  no  serious  inflammatory  affection  is  present,  it  is  by  no 
means  impossible  that  the  blood  may  exhibit  the  character  of 
hypinosis.  In  Germany,  on  the  contrary,  venesection  is  seldom 
prescribed  unless  decided  inflammatory  symptoms  present  them- 
selves ; in  this  case  the  blood  is  sure  to  exhibit  the  characters 
of  hyperinosis.  Schonlein  states  that  in  erysipelas  the  serum 
is  always  tinged  yellow  by  the  colouring  matter  of  the  bile ; 
that  the  proportion  of  the  serum  to  the  clot  is  large ; and  that 
the  consistence  of  the  clot  is  inversely  as  its  size.  These  cha- 
racters decidedly  indicate  a state  of  hyperinosis. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  made  eight  analyses  of  the  blood 
of  five  persons,  four  of  whom  were  suffering  from  erysipelas  of 
the  face,  and  one  from  inflammatory  erysipelas  of  the  foot.  In 
seven  of  these  cases  the  fibrin  was  materially  increased ; in  three 
instances  it  amounted  to  5-0,  in  three  to  6-0,  and  in  one  to  7‘0. 
In  a much  shorter  and  milder  case,  in  which  there  was  but  little 
fever,  it  amounted  to  only  3-6. 

Their  analyses  gave  the  following  results : 


Day  since  com-  Solid  residue 


Venesection. 

mencement  of 
disease. 

Water. 

Solid 

residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

of  serum. 

organic,  inorganic . 

1st  Case-! 

n 

2 

826-6 

173-4 

7-0 

75-9 

83-2 

7-3 

l 2 

3 

836-0 

164-0 

6-1 

64-4 

87-3 

6-2 

2d  „ -j 

n 

2 

799-2 

200-8 

6-7 

108-4 

78-9 

6-8 

l 2 

3 

806-2 

193-8 

7-3 

101-9 

78-2 

6-4 

3d  „ 

1 

3 

831-2 

168-8 

5-0 

73-6 

83-0 

7-2 

4th  „ -| 

r 1 

5 

788-7 

211-3 

4-7 

119-1 

80-7 

6-8 

1 

-2 

8 

796-9 

203-1 

5-0 

110-7 

80-5 

6-9 

5th  „ 

1 

3 

762-9 

230-4 

3-6 

139-4 

80-2 

7-2 

The  large  amount  of  corpuscles  associated  with  the  slight 
increase  of  fibrin  in  the  fifth  case  is  explained  by  the  circum- 
stance of  the  attack  being  very  mild,  and  the  constitution  par- 
ticularly strong.  The  reverse  is  seen  in  the  first  case,  in  which 
the  blood  was  taken  from  a woman  who  had  been  scrofulous 
from  her  youth. 


BLOOD. 


279 


The  serum  contains,  on  an  average,  7-8£  of  inorganic  consti- 
tuents ; just  the  same  amount  as  in  acute  rheumatism. 

[Blood,  in  a case  of  erysipelas  of  the  hand,  analysed  by 
ltindskopf,  yielded  7' 71  of  fibrin.  The  blood-corpuscles  were 
not  determined. 

In  a case  of  erysipelas  iu  the  face,  occurring  in  a young  man 
aged  20  years,  recorded  by  Heller,  the  blood  separated  into  648-96 
parts  of  clot  and  351 '04  of  serum.  The  clot  was  tolerably  firm, 
and  covered  with  a huffy  coat.  The  serum  was  of  a fawn 
colour,  aud  turbid,  in  consequence  of  suspended  liaematoglobu- 
liu.  It  contained  no  biliphsein. 

The  blood  contained  in  1000  parts : 


y.  Phthisis  tuberculosa. 

It  is  a well-known  fact  that  the  blood  of  phthisical  patients 
exhibits  the  ordinary  characters  of  inflammatory  blood. 

The  clot  is  usually  rather  small,  consistent,  and  covered  with 
a buffy  coat : the  serum  is  clear,  and  of  a bright  yellow  colour. 
The  blood  differs  considerably  during  the  progressive  stages  of 
the  disease. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  observe  that,  whatever  be  the  stage  of 
the  disorder  at  which  the  blood  is  analysed,  the  fibrin  seems 
always  on  the  increase,  and  the  corpuscles  on  the  decrease ; but 
the  proportion  of  the  increase  on  the  one  hand,  and  decrease  on 
the  other,  varies  with  the  progress  of  the  disease.  If  the  tuber- 
cles are  still  in  a crude,  unsoftened  state,  the  increase  of  fibrin 
is  only  small,  and  its  whole  amount  may  be  estimated  at  about 
4;  and  the  decrease  in  the  amount  of  corpuscles,  although 
perceptible,  is  by  no  means  great.  As  the  tubercles  begin  to 
soften,  the  quantity  of  fibrin  usually  increases  to  about  4-5,  while 
the  amount  of  corpuscles  continues  on  the  decrease.  Sub- 
sequently, upon  the  formation  of  vomicse  in  the  lungs,  the  fibrin 
rises  to  5'5,  and  sometimes  even  to  5-9  : it  never,  however,  at- 
tains the  height  observed  in  pneumonia.  In  the  very  last  stage 
of  the  disease,  as  the  blood  becomes  poor,  the  fibrin  diminishes 


Water 

Solid  constituents 
Fibrin 

Blood-corpuscles 
Solid  residue  of  serum 


762-44 

237-56 

5-45 

141-71 

90-40] 


280 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


in  much  the  same  ratio  with  the  other  solid  constituents,  and 
sometimes  falls  even  under  the  healthy  standard.  Generally 
speaking,  it  seems  that  the  amount  of  fibrin  attains  its  maxi- 
mum about  the  period  when  the  febrile  symptoms  are  regularly 
established. 

I have  made  three  analyses  of  the  blood  of  phthisical  per- 
sons, the  results  of  which  are  not  devoid  of  interest. 


Analysis  26.  Analysis  27. 

Analysis  28. 

Water 

807-500 

825-200 

750-000 

Solid  residue 

192-500 

174-800 

250-000 

Fibrin 

4-600 

6-500 

a trace 

Fat  . 

2-350 

4-200 

3-750 

Albumen 

98-360 

90-350 

131-000 

Globulin 

71-230 

61-110 

94-500 

Haematin 

3-110 

2-690 

2-750 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

9-350 

8-000 

15-250 

The  blood 

in  analysis 

26  was  taken 

from  a 

man  aged  36 

years,  in  the  second  stage  of  tubercular  phthisis,  who  afterwards 
sunk  under  the  disease.  The  blood  in  analysis  27  was  taken 
from  a man  aged  41,  in  the  third  stage  of  the  disease,  who  suf- 
fered extremely  from  nocturnal  colliquative  sweats,  and  from 
feverish  symptoms.  In  these  two  instances  the  blood  exhibits 
the  characters  of  hyperinosis,  for  the  quantity  of  fibrin  is  in  one 
instance  twice,  and  in  the  other  thrice  the  normal  amount,  and 
the  amount  of  liaematoglobulin  is  below  the  healthy  standard  : 
moreover,  the  quantity  of  solid  constituents  is  less  than  in 
healthy  blood.  Andral  and  Gavarrefs  observations  respecting 
the  changes  that  the  blood  undergoes  as  the  disease  advances 
are  here  borne  out. 

The  28tlx  analysis  gives  results  quite  at  variance  with  the  two 
former.  The  blood  in  this  instance  was  taken  from  a man 
about  30  years  of  age,  who  was  treated  in  our  hospital  for  tu- 
bercular phthisis.  He  had  taken  cod-liver  oil  for  some  time 
with  much  benefit ; subsequently,  however,  frequent  attacks  of 
haemoptysis  came  on,  for  which  venesection  was  always  imme- 
diately prescribed.  The  clot  in  these  cases  was  seldom  very 
firm.  I analysed  the  blood  taken  at  his  last  venesection.  It 
was  received  into  a shallow  vessel,  and  amounted  to  between 
six  and  seven  ounces.  It  did  not  coagulate,  and  it  presented 
the  appearance  of  a homogeneous  dark  red  fluid,  in  which  some 
white  gelatinous  flocks  of  coagulated  fibrin  were  swimming. 


BLOOD. 


281 


The  blood  contained,  much  to  my  surprise,  a larger  amount 
of  solid  constituents  than  I have  ever  observed  in  any  other 
analysis.  The  fat,  'when  isolated,  smelt  strongly  of  the  volatile 
fatty  acid  of  the  cod-liver  oil,  the  odour  of  which  was  also 
strongly  developed  during  the  evaporation  of  the  blood  to  dry- 
ness. A considerable  quantity  of  lucmapluein  was  present,  and 
deeply  coloured  the  extractive  matters  and  salts.  It  is  very  pro- 
bable that  the  peculiar  changes  in  the  blood  in  this  instance  are 
due  principally  to  the  cod-liver  oil  and  to  the  repeated  bleedings. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  analysed  the  blood  in  21  cases  of 
this  disease.  Their  maximum  of  fibrin  was  5-9,  their  minimum 
2‘1.  In  only  two  instances  did  the  amount  of  corpuscles  ap- 
proximate to  the  normal  standard,  as  fixed  by  Lecanu  : in  these 
two  cases  it  was  represented  by  122-1  and  120-4  respectively. 
The  amount  was  frequently  below  100,  and  the  decrease  of  cor- 
puscles was  almost  always  found  to  be  accompanied  with  a cor- 
responding increase  of  fibrin. 

The  maxima,  minima,  and  average  of  the  various  constitu- 
ents, as  deduced  from  22  analyses,  made  by  Andral  and  Gavarret, 
are  given  in  the  following  table  : 

Solid  residue 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

of  serum. 

Maxima 

845-8 

225-0 

5-9 

122-1 

105*4 

Minima 

775-0 

154-2 

2-1 

76-7 

65-1 

Mean 

809-7 

190-3 

4-4 

100-5 

85-3 

Healthy  blood 

890-0 

210-0 

3-0 

127-0 

80-0 

This  table  shows  the  great  difference  that  may  exist  between 
the  quantities  of  the  solid  constituents,  and  of  the  corpuscles, 
in  healthy  and  in  diseased  blood. 

[Becquerel  and  Rodier  examined  the  blood  of  nine  persons 
affected  with  pulmonary  phthisis,  viz.  five  men  and  four  women. 

The  following  table  represents  the  mean  composition  of  the 
blood  of  the  men  : 


Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1st  Venesection. 

1056-7 

2d  Venesection. 
1055-5 

3d  Venesection. 
1050-3 

Density  of  serum 

1028-0 

102G-3 

1025-5 

Water  .... 

794-8 

799-8 

821-0 

Solid  constituents 

205-2 

200-2 

179-0 

Fibrin  .... 

4-8 

4-2 

3-G 

Fat  .... 

1-554 

1-443 

1-0G0 

Albumen 

GG-2 

65-0 

62-0 

Blood-corpuscles 

125-0 

122-7 

103-5 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

7-7 

G-7 

8-9 

282 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Mean  composition  of  the  blood  of  phthisical  women  : 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood  . 

1055-4 

Density  of  serum 

1028-2 

Water 

79G-8 

Solid  constituents 

203-2 

Fibrin 

4-0 

Fat 

1-729 

Albumen  .... 

70-5 

Blood-corpuscles  , . 

119-4 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

7-6] 

§.  Febris  puerperalis. 

[The  blood  in  this  disease  has  been 

analysed  by  Heller : it 

was  of  a very  dark  brown  colour,  but 

coagulated  in  the  ordi- 

nary  manner : the  serum  was  turbid, 

but  after  standing  for 

some  time  became  clear ; its  reaction  was  alkaline,  its  specific 
gravity  1025,  and  it  contained  no  biliphsein.  The  clot  was 
dark,  of  a loose  consistence,  and  covered  with  a strong  huffy 
coat,  over  which  there  was  a delicate  membrane,  that  presented 
under  the  microscope  a finely  granular  appearance,  and  fat- 

vesicles. 

In  1 000  parts  of  blood  there  were  contained  : 

Water  .... 

833-85 

Solid  constituents 

166-15 

Fibrin  .... 

5-16 

Blood-corpuscles  . 

77-52 

Albumen  and  extractive  matters 

77-47 

Fixed  salts  .... 

6-00 

The  blood  has  been  partially  analysed  in  two  cases  of  this 
disease  by  Becquerel  and  Rodier. 

In  the  first  case  the  blood,  taken  at  the  first  venesection, 
yielded  fibrin  (4-3),  albumen  (55'6),  and  blood-corpuscles  (77’3)  : 
at  the  second  venesection,  the  fibrin  was  (4-2,)  the  albumen 
(54),  and  the  blood-corpuscles  (66-6).  The  cholesterin  and  the 
phosphates  exceeded  the  normal  amount. 

In  the  second  case,  the  fibrin  was  normal,  the  albumen 
(43),  and  the  blood-corpuscles  (70).] 

e.  Eclampsia.  Convulsions. 

[The  blood  of  a girl,  aged  20  years,  who  frequently  had  40 
or  50  attacks  in  the  course  of  24  hours,  was  subjected  to  several 
analyses  by  Heller. 


BLOOD. 


283 


The  blood  taken  on  the  first  occasion  was  of  rather  a dark 
colour,  the  clot  was  loose,  and  the  serum  was  turbid  and  light 
red,  in  consequence  of  the  presence  of  hiematin.  The  spe- 
cific gravity  of  the  serum  was  1030,  and  the  relation  of  the 
clot  to  the  serum  as  446 : 554. 

The  blood  contained  in  1000  parts : 


Water  

797-00 

Solid  constituents 

203-00 

Fibrin  ..... 

G-00 

Blood-corpuscles 

92-36 

Albumen  -with  extractive  matters 

96-03 

Fixed  salts 

8-35 

A second  venesection  was  instituted  33  days  afterwards.  The 
physical  characters  of  the  serum  were  much  as  on  the  former 
occasion,  except  that  its  specific  gravity  was  only  1025.  The 
blood  was  taken  partly  from  the  arm,  and  partly  from  the  foot. 

The  blood  from  the  arm  separated  into  598‘4  parts  of  clot, 

and  40T6  of  serum,  and  was  composed  of: 

Water  

800-06 

Solid  residue  .... 

199-94 

Fibrin  ..... 

4-44 

Blood-corpuscles  .... 

113-16 

Residue  of  serum  .... 

82-35 

The  blood  from  the  foot  separated  into  568-6  parts  of  clot, 
and  431 ‘4  parts  of  serum,  and  was  composed  of: 

Water  

778-43 

Solid  constituents 

221-57 

Fibrin  ..... 

5-84 

Blood-corpuscles  .... 

125-80 

Residue  of  serum 

89-93 

In  the  blood  from  the  foot,  the  clot  was 

covered  with  a buffy 

coat  of  about  two  lines  in  thickness ; in  the  blood  from  the  arm 

there  was  no  indication  of  that  phenomenon. 

Heller  likewise  analysed  the  blood  in  a case  of  convulsions 
occurring  a few  hours  after  delivery.  At  the  period  of  the 
venesection  there  were  symptoms  of  metroperitonitis  and 
endometritis. 

The  blood  was  of  a tolerably  bright  red  colour,  and  sepa- 
rated on  coagulation  into  587-3  parts  of  clot,  and  412'7  of 
serum.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  latter  was  1026,  and  it 
contained  a large  quantity  of  biliphsein. 


284 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Tlie  blood  contained  in  1000  parts  : 


Water  788-20 

Solid  residue  ....  211-80 

Fibrin  5-87 

Blood-corpuscles  ....  124-07 

Residue  of  serum  . . . 81-86] 


£.  Carcinoma  meclullare  colli  uteri. 

[The  sanguineous  discharge  from  the  uterus  of  a woman,  aged 
34  years,  presenting  all  the  characters  of  intense  anaemia,  was 
analysed  by  Drs.  Lenzberg  and  Morthier.  It  was  of  a dark 
red  colour,  and  the  separation  into  clot  and  serum  was  not  very 
perfect.  There  appeared,  however,  to  be  about  543  of  the 


former,  and  457  of  the  latter. 

The  blood  consisted  of : 

Water  832-46  ' 

Solid  constituents  . . . 167-53 

Fibrin  16-44 

Blood-corpuscles  . . . 77-03 

Residue  of  serum  . . . 74-06 


Here  we  see  that  there  is  an  enormous  increase  of  fibrin, 
and  a great  diminution  of  the  corpuscles,  while  the  residue  of 
the  serum  remains  almost  normal.] 

On  the  probable  cause  of  the  peculiar  change  in  the  composition 
of  the  blood  in  inflammatory  diseases. 

Although,  in  consequence  of  the  deficiency  of  our  knowledge 
regarding  the  true  nature  of  inflammation,  an  attempt  to  ex- 
plain the  primary  causes  of  the  change  undergone  by  the  blood 
during  this  process  may  be  deemed  precipitate,  yet  the  an- 
nouncement of  an  opinion  (though  it  have  no  higher  claim  than 
a mere  hypothesis)  may  be  of  service  in  directing  the  attention 
of  other  investigators  to  the  subject. 

Numerous  observations  have  shown  us  that  blood  retained 
for  any  length  of  time  in  an  organ,  and  thus  prevented  from 
meeting  with  a due  supply  of  oxygen,  becomes  poorer  instead 
of  richer  in  fibrin;  whereas  there  is  undoubted  evidence  that  in 
inflammation  the  fibrin  is  increased.  Moreover,  blood  impeded 
in  the  course  of  the  circulation  becomes  darker,  (a  sign  that 
there  is  not  a due  supply  of  oxygen,)  while  blood  in  inflamma- 


BLOOD. 


285 


tion  is  generally  brighter  than  in  the  normal  state.  The  solid 
constituents  of  inflamed  blood  are  certainly  diminished,  but  the 
increased  amount  of  fibrin  renders  it  more  plastic ; so  that  we 
are  not  justified  in  comparing  it  (as  Magendie  has  done)  with 
blood  in  which  the  capacity  of  coagidating  has  been  lessened 
by  water,  or  alkaline  carbonates,  and  which  produced  in  the  va- 
rious organs,  symptoms  resembling  those  of  inflammation.  This 
defibrinated  blood  presents  characters  entirely  the  reverse  of 
what  we  observe  in  inflammatory  fluid,  and  resembles  the  con- 
dition of  the  circulating  blood  in  typhoid  fevers.  We  can,  I 
think,  scarcely  doubt  that  the  blood  in  an  inflamed  organ  differs 
in  its  composition  from  the  blood  in  the  rest  of  the  body,  pro- 
vided we  can  assume  that  there  is  a stagnation  of  blood  in  the 
affected  organ  during  the  whole  period  of  inflammatory  action. 

Whether  the  blood  is  the  first  part  of  the  system  that  becomes 
diseased,  or  whether  it  becomes  modified  in  consequence  of 
the  pathological  condition  of  the  suffering  organ,  is  a question 
not  easily  answered.  This  much,  however,  is  certain,  that  what- 
ever be  the  inflamed  organ,  the  blood  invariably  differs  from 
its  normal  condition  in  the  same  manner,  although  with  varying 
intensity.  If  we  direct  our  attention  to  the  reaction  of  the 
whole  organism  dui’ing  inflammation,  Are  see  that  all  the  organs 
essential  to  the  well-being  of  the  blood  are  disturbed ; the  tem- 
perature of  the  whole  body  is  heightened ; the  pulse  is  full, 
hard,  tense,  and  frequent ; the  urine  scanty  and  loaded.  Under 
all  these  circumstances,  we  must  expect  to  find  a considerable 
deviation  of  the  blood  from  its  normal  condition. 

If,  in  this  general  reaction  of  the  Avhole  system,  which  cor- 
responds with  a heightened  amount  of  vitality  in  the  blood,  a 
more  rapid  circulation  is  induced,  Ave  shall,  without  much  diffi- 
culty, be  enabled  to  give  a sufficient  explanation  of  the  manner  in 
AAdiich  the  peculiar  changes  already  adverted  to,  are  brought  about. 

The  vital  actmty  of  the  blood  is  heightened,  and  its  meta- 
morphosis hastened,  by  an  increased  rapidity  of  the  circulation  ; 
it  remains,  then,  for  us  to  consider  what  effect  an  accelerated 
metamorphosis  will  have  on  the  composition  of  the  blood. 

The  metamorphosis  of  the  plasma  during  the  process  of  nu- 
trition in  the  peripheral  system  will  not  necessarily  be  increased 
by  an  accelerated  circulation ; since  (as  I have  endeavoured  to 
shoAv,  in  page  148,)  the  plasma  remains  virtually  passive,  and 


286 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


is  only  changed  by  the  cells  of  the  organs,  through  which  it  passes, 
possessing  the  inherent  power  of  abstracting  and  appropriating 
from  it  the  substances  requisite  for  their  nourishment.  It  is 
different,  however,  with  the  active  metamorphosis  of  the  blood, 
in  which  the  corpuscles  are  changed  at  the  expense  of  the 
plasma.  If  the  general  circulation  be  hastened,  the  blood  will 
be  urged  more  frequently  through  the  lungs  and  other  organs 
that  exert  a modifying  influence  on  its  composition. 

Hence  the  blood  (passing  more  frequently  through  the 
lungs)  gives  off  a larger  amount  of  carbon  in  the  form  of  car- 
bonic acid  than  in  the  normal  condition.  If,  as  I have  endea- 
voured to  show  (pp.  155  and  219),  the  blood-corpuscles  take 
an  essential  part  in  the  respiratory  process,  and  their  vital 
activity,  evolution,  and  revolution  are  only  carried  on  with  the 
cooperative  agency  of  the  atmospheric  origin,  then,  in  propor- 
tion to  this  increased  cooperation,  will  their  development  be 
hastened,  their  vitality  heightened,  and  more  corpuscles  be  con- 
sumed than  in  the  normal  state. 

Two  important  conclusions  may  be  drawn  from  my  theory, 
regarding  the  production  of  fibrin  from  the  blood-corpuscles, 
viz.  that  the  amount  of  fibrin  is  increased,  and  of  blood-cor- 
puscles diminished.  This  is  the  more  striking,  since  the  in- 
crease of  fibrin  during  the  development  of  the  corpuscles  does 
not  keep  pace  with  its  consumption  in  the  act  of  peripheral 
nutrition,  and  since  the  supply  of  blood-corpuscles  afforded  by 
the  chyle  cannot  be  proportionate  with  the  diminution  produced 
by  the  accelerated  circulation.1 

Hence,  if  we  only  assume  that  the  circulation  is  increased 
by  the  reaction  of  the  organism  in  inflammatory  affections,  an 
explanation  is  at  once  afforded  us  of  the  change  that  occurs  in 
the  composition  of  the  blood  in  hyperinosis,  and  at  the  same 
time  of  its  heightened  temperature.  We  do  not,  however,  mean 
to  imply  that  the  increased  circulation  is  the  sole  cause  of  the 
change  in  the  blood,  for  it  can  hardly  be  denied  that  the  nerves 
exert  an  influence  on  its  constitution ; moreover,  as  we  have 
already  shown,  venesection  modifies  its  characters. 

1 It  has  been  suggested  that  blood  in  which  there  is  an  excess  of  fibrin  increases 
the  energy  of  the  heart’s  action,  while  blood  deficient  in  fibrin  diminishes  it.  The 
rapid  circulation  of  the  blood  in  inflammations  and  its  torpid  condition  in  certain 
typhoid  affections  seems  in  favour  of  this  view. 


BLOOD. 


287 


SECOND  FORM  OF  DISEASED  BLOOD  : IIYPINOSTS.l 

I have  shown,  in  speaking  of  hyperinosis  sanguinis,  what 
striking  changes  in  the  blood  are  due  to  the  excessive  accumu- 
lation of  fibrin,  and  a corresponding  diminution  of  blood-cor- 
puscles. These  differences  are  easily  seen,  because  it  is  usually 
necessary  that  blood  should  be  taken  at  a period  when  these 
changes  are  most  obvious.  In  hypinosis  sanguinis  the  case  is 
different  : in  many  diseases  of  this  nature  it  is  not  customary 
to  abstract  blood  at  all,  or  at  any  rate  only  when  an  inflam- 
matory affection  is  also  present.  Its  distinctive  characters 
are  therefore  seldom  so  decidedly  marked  as  in  the  former 
case,  and,  in  point  of  fact,  less  is  known  regarding  this  form  of 
diseased  blood. 

Chemical  characters  of  the  blood. 

The  quantity  of  fibrin  is  frequently  less  than  in  healthy 
blood,  or  if  it  amounts  to  the  normal  quantity,  its  proportion  to 
the  blood-corpuscles  is  less  than  is  found  in  a state  of  health 
(2'1  : 110  Simon,  or  3 : 110  Lecanu) ; the  quantity  of  cor- 
puscles is  either  absolutely  increased,  or  their  proportion  to 
the  fibrin  is  larger  than  in  healthy  blood  : the  quantity  of  solid 
constituents  is  also  frequently  larger  than  in  the  normal  fluid. 

Physical  characters  of  the  blood. 

The  clot  is  most  commonly  large  (but  sometimes  small),  soft, 
diffluent,  and  of  a dark,  almost  black  red  colour:  occasionally  no 
clot  is  formed.  The  huffy  coat  is  seldom  seen,  and  when  it  does 
occur  it  is  thin  and  soft,  or  forms  a gelatinous  particoloured 
deposit  on  the  clot.  The  serum  is  sometimes  of  a deep  yellow 
tinge,  from  the  colouring  matter  of  the  bile,  or  red,  from  blood- 
corpuscles  in  suspension : the  blood  has  always  an  alkaline 
reaction. 

From  the  numerous  analyses  of  Andral  and  Gavarret,  and 
from  the  observations  of  others,  it  appears  that  the  blood  occurs 
in  a state  of  hypinosis  in  fever ; if,  however,  the  reaction  as- 
sumes the  synochal  type,  or  if  inflammation  of  the  respiratory 


1 Formed  from  viro  and  “ic,  ivog,  the  fd)re  of  flesh. 


288 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


or  other  organs  supervene,  then  the  fibrin  will  increase  in  a cor- 
responding degree,  and  the  blood- corpuscles  decrease,  so  that 
the  blood  will  approximate  in  its  constitution  to  the  normal 
standard,  or  even  partially  assume  the  characters  of  hyperinosis. 

a.  Typhus  abdominalis . 

The  blood  in  this  disease  exhibits  the  characters  of  hypi- 
nosis  perhaps  more  distinctly  than  in  any  other  affection : 
but  the  statements  regarding  its  qualitative  and  quantitative 
composition  are  still  very  contradictory,  arising,  probably,  in 
part,  from  its  varying  in  different  stages  of  typhus : thus,  in 
the  period  of  excitement,  it  may  incline  towards  a state  of 
hyperinosis ; in  the  stage  of  depression,  the  fibrin  gradually 
decreases ; and  lastly,  in  the  stage  of  collapse,  the  quantity  of 
blood-corpuscles  and  of  solid  constituents  decreases  so  remark- 
ably, that  in  the  case  of  putrid  abdominal  typhus  the  blood  (in 
consequence  of  the  liquor  sanguinis  being  too  watery,  and  de- 
ficient in  salts)  assumes  the  state  of  spansemia.  The  same 
appears  to  occur  in  petechial  typhus. 

One  source  of  difference  is  therefore  evidently  dependent 
upon  the  stage  of  the  disease  at  which  the  blood  is  taken : the 
presence  of  any  inflammatory  symptoms  will  also  modify  its 
constitution. 

The  blood  in  typhus  is  found  to  be  very  deficient  in  fibrin, 
and  frequently  also  in  albumen : it  coagulates  imperfectly,  and 
often  remains  in  a semi-fluid  state  : the  clot  is  soft,  friable,  of 
a very  dark,  almost  black  red  colour,  and  is  very  rarely  covered 
with  a buffy  coat : this  form  of  blood  becomes  putrid  sooner 
than  the  healthy  fluid. 

I have  made  two  analyses  of  the  blood  in  rather  mild  forms 
of  the  disease.  The  results  do  not  by  any  means  give  a good 
idea  of  hypinosis  sanguinis. 


Water 

Analysis  29. 
816-875 

Analysis  30. 
792-340 

Solid  residue 

183-125 

207-660 

Fibrin 

2-525 

2-010 

Fat  . 

2-233 

2-200 

Albumen 

90-650 

80-330 

Globulin 

75-205 

99-510 

Ilrematin 

3-985 

5-300 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

9-678 

12-670 

BLOOD. 


289 


The  disease  diagnosed  in  both  instances  (which  occurred  in 
our  hospital)  was  dothinenteritis. 

In  both  cases  venesection  was  ordered  at  an  early  stage  of 
the  disease,  when  there  was  a good  deal  of  vascular  excitement 
present,  which  may  account  for  the  partial  decrease  of  the  fibrin 
and  increase  of  the  corpuscles. 

The  blood  in  analysis  29  was  taken  from  a man  30  years  of 
age ; the  tongue  was  furred,  abdomen  tender  on  pressure,  mind 
tolerably  clear ; pulse  rather  full,  95  in  the  minute. 

The  blood  in  analysis  30  was  taken  from  a man  38  years  of 
age,  in  whom  there  was  a good  deal  of  nervous  excitement,  gid- 
diness, and  buzzing  of  the  ears;  the  abdomen  was  tender  on 
being  pressed,  the  tongue  thickly  coated,  and  the  pulse  quick, 
rather  hard  and  full.  Both  cases  turned  out  favorably.1 

The  most  comprehensive  researches  on  the  blood  in  typhoid 
fever  (Sevres  typhoides2)  are  those  of  Andral  and  Gavarret, 
who  made  50  analyses  of  blood  taken  from  20  persons  suffering 
under  this  affection. 

The  following  are  their  principal  results  : 

The  fibrin  never  rises  perceptibly  above  the  normal  standard 
in  true  typhoid  fever.  It  often  remains  at  the  normal  height, 
and  is  still  more  frequently  below  it. 

In  inflammatory  disorders  it  is  pretty  clear  that  the  fibrin 
increases  with  the  increased  intensity  of  the  disease  : here  we 
observe  just  the  reverse : the  fibrin  decreases  in  proportion  to 
the  advancement  of  the  disorder. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  observe  that  this  cannot  be  ascribed  to 
the  repeated  bleedings,  or  to  the  continued  low  diet,  for  these 
circumstances  induce  no  change  in  the  amount  of  fibrin  in  other 
diseases.  As  soon,  however,  as  any  symptoms  of  convalescence 
appear,  the  fibrin  begins  to  increase,  even  before  the  organiza- 
tion could  contribute  a supply  by  increased  nutriment.  This 
continues  to  be  the  case  during  the  progress  of  convalescence,  and 
as  the  patient  improves  the  corpuscles  simultaneously  decrease. 

In  inflammatory  diseases  we  observed  a general  tendency  to 

1 [In  an  analysis  of  the  blood  in  typhus  abdominalis,  made  subsequently  to  the 
publication  of  his  Chemistry,  Simon  found,  water  887*5,  sobd  constituents  112*5, 
fibrin  none,  albumen  54,  haematoglobulin  47*25.] 

2 Fievre  continue  qui  reconnait  pour  caractere  anatomique  l’inflammation  exantlie- 
mateuse,  puis  ulcereuse,  des  follicules  intestinaux.  (Andral.) 


19 


290 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


diminution  in  the  corpuscles  : here  we  have  just  the  reverse, 
for  the  more  frequently  we  analyse  blood  soon  after  the  out- 
break of  the  disease,  the  more  frequently  shall  we  find  instances 
in  which  the  corpuscles,  instead  of  being  diminished,  are  consi- 
derably increased,  and,  even  in  the  more  advanced  stages,  the 
amount  of  the  corpuscles  is  frequently  found  to  exceed,  or  at 
any  rate  to  equal,  the  normal  quantity. 

The  absolute  increase  of  the  corpuscles  is  not,  however,  so 
decided  as  the  increase  of  the  fibrin  in  inflammatory  diseases ; 
neither  is  it  so  essential  a condition  for  the  existence  of  the  disease, 
for  even  in  those  cases  in  which  the  amount  is  much  increased 
at  the  commencement  of  the  disorder,  it  may  become  diminished 
during  its  course,  and  even  when  it  is  getting  more  severe. 
However,  when  the  absolute  quantity  of  the  corpuscles  is  dimi- 
nished, its  proportion  to  the  fibrin  is  still  greater  than  is  ever 
observed  in  the  normal  state. 

The  leading  characteristic  of  the  blood  in  this  disease  is  the 
decrease  of  the  fibrin,  which  diminishes  in  proportion  to  the 
violence  of  the  attack,  and  from  which  another  character  is  de- 
rived, namely,  the  increased  amount  of  corpuscles.  During 
the  early  period  the  diminution  of  the  fibrin  is  not  absolute ; it 
is  only  relative  in  relation  to  the  corpuscles ; but  as  the  disease 
approaches  its  height,  the  diminution  becomes  absolute. 

Researches  instituted  in  mild  cases  may  give  perfectly  nega- 
tive results. 

Their  maximum  of  fibrin  was  3'7  ; their  minimum  -9.  It  is 
true  that  in  one  case  they  found  4-2  of  fibrin,  but  the  blood  was 
taken  dining  convalescence. 


The  maxima,  minima,  and  average  results  of  41  analyses  are 
given  in  the  following  table  : 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

Maximum 

862-3 

243-7 

4-2 

149-6 

98-0 

Minimum 

756-3 

137-7 

0-9 

66-7 

66-8 

Average 

796-0 

204-0 

2-6 

116-0 

77-9 

Healthy  blood  . 

790-0 

210-0 

30 

127-0 

80-0 

This  average  of  41  analyses  (I  have  omitted  some,  as  giving 
no  definitively  clear  result)  does  not  give  the  general  characters 
of  the  blood,  as  it  is  expressed  in  the  majority  of  the  analyses. 
The  amount  of  fibrin  is  certainly  less  than  in  healthy  blood,  but 
the  corpuscles  do  not  attain  their  normal  height.  If,  however, 


BLOOD. 


201 


the  fibrin  is  estimated  at  3-0,  the  proportion  of  the  corpuscles  is 
134,  which  is  higher  than  in  healthy  blood. 

The  quantity  of  the  residue  of  the  serum,  and  of  solid  con- 
stituents generally,  approximates  closely  to  the  normal  standard. 

The  inorganic  constituents  of  the  residue  of  the  serum  amount, 
on  an  average,  to  7'62,  which  is  very  little  lower  than  the  corre- 
sponding number  in  erysipelas  or  rheumatism. 

Reid  Clanny  states,  however,  that  the  quantity  of  salts  is 
materially  diminished  in  typhoid  blood. 

The  following  table  contains  the  numerical  results  of  Andral 
and  Gavarret’s  researches  on  the  blood  in  typhoid  fever.  In 
order  to  make  the  proportion  of  the  corpuscles  to  the  fibrin 
more  striking,  I have  given  not  merely  the  numbers  obtained 
from  the  analyses,  but  the  relative  numbers  on  the  assumption 
that  the  fibrin  is  constantly  represented  by  3. 


Venesection. 

Date  of 
attack. 

Water. 

Solid 

constituents. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

Blood- 
corpuscles. 
(Fibrin  =3.) 

Residue 
of  serum 

'1 

5 

756-3 

243-7 

2-3 

145-3 

180-0 

96-1 

2 

7 

769-7 

230-3 

2-1 

135-8 

193-0 

92-4 

1st  Case* 

3 

8 

785-2 

214-8 

1-8 

126-2 

210-0 

86-8 

4 

10 

798-6 

201-4 

1-3 

116-2 

268-0 

83-9 

_5 

15 

827-4 

272-6 

1-0 

91-7 

273-0 

79-9 

2d 

11 

1 

p 

819-7 

180-3 

0-9 

93-1 

310-0 

86-3 

3d 

11 

1 

5 

752-9 

247-1 

2-4 

146-7 

183-0 

98-0 

fl 

7 

766-5 

233-5 

2-5 

143-6 

172-0 

87-4 

4th 

11  ' 

2 

9 

777-6 

222-4 

3-7 

136-2 

110-0 

82-5 

u 

12 

782-1 

217-9 

3-6 

134-5 

112-0 

79-8 

'1 

8 

767-6 

232-4 

5-0 

139-3 

83-0 

88-1 

5th 

„ < 

2 

10 

777-3 

222-7 

5-4 

129-7 

72-0 

87-6 

3 

11 

782-4 

217-6 

5-0 

127-1 

76-0 

85-5 

^4 

14 

791-7 

208-3 

4-0 

123-6 

92-0 

80-7 

'1 

9 

769-5 

230-5 

3-6 

149-6 

124-0 

77-3 

2 

10 

784-7 

215-3 

2-9 

125-3 

129-0 

87-1 

6th 

..  H 

3 

12 

804-3 

195-7 

2-3 

123-7 

161-0 

69-7 

4 

15 

831-1 

168-9 

1-9 

1030 

163-0 

64-0 

^_5 

33 

845-5 

154-5 

3-7 

79-6 

64-0 

71-2 

rl 

9 

810-3 

189-7 

3-4 

102-4 

90-0 

83-9 

2 

10 

816-2 

183-8 

3-5 

105-0 

90-0 

79-8 

7th 

» 4 

3 

12 

825-6 

174-4 

2-3 

93-9 

122-0 

78-2 

4 

17 

836-8 

163-2 

1-7 

86-3 

152-0 

75-2 

15 

24 

847-8 

152-2 

2-1 

76-0 

108-0 

74-6 

From  these  two  columns  of  the  blood-corpuscles  we  see  that 
the  decrease  of  the  fibrin  is  almost  always  connected  with  the 


292 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


increase  of  the  corpuscles,  so  that  the  proportion  between  the 
two  gradually  differs  more  and  more  from  the  normal  mixture. 

The  exceptions  to  this  rule  are  caused  either  by  some  in- 
flammatory complication,  as  in  the  fifth  case,  where  an  acute 
attack  of  bronchitis  accompanied  the  fever,  or  by  the  patient 
being  in  a state  of  convalescence  as  in  the  fifth  analysis,  in 
cases  6 and  7. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  offer  no  explanation  of  the  peculiarities 
in  the  fourth  case. 

The  solid  constituents  of  the  blood  are  more  frequently  above 
than  below  the  normal  standard,  but  the  proportion  is  a fluc- 
tuating one,  and  dependent,  as  we  shall  presently  see,  on  the 
progress  of  the  disease. 

Lecanu  has  analysed  the  blood  of  two  persons  suffering  from 
typhoid  fever.  As  he  did  not  determine  the  amount  of  fibrin, 
the  proportion  of  that  constituent  to  the  corpuscles  cannot  be 
shown.  Their  absolute  quantity  is  less  than  in  normal  blood. 
Lecanu  also  states,  that  he  thinks  that  a paucity  of  corpuscles 
may  be  inferred  from  the  smallness  and  friability  of  the  clot,1 
a statement  at  variance  with  the  researches  of  Andral  and 
Gavarret. 

Lecanu  also  found  a diminution  of  the  solid  constituents 
generally : — 

' I may  take  this  opportunity  of  saying  a few  words  regarding  the  possibility  of 
drawing  a correct  inference  respecting  the  amount  of  fibrin  and  of  corpuscles  from 
the  clot.  We  are  justified  in  assuming  the  existence  of  a great  quantity  of  fibrin 
from  a large  and  very  firm  clot,  and  a small  amount  from  a small  diffluent  clot.  We 
cannot,  however,  with  the  same  accuracy,  draw  similar  influences  respecting  the 
amount  of  corpuscles.  On  receiving  the  blood  of  a cachectic  horse  into  a high 
cylindrical  glass  and  into  a shallow  vessel,  a large  and  very  firm  clot  generally  forms 
in  the  latter  (unless,  as  is  sometimes  the  case,  the  blood-corpuscles  sink  during  coagu- 
lation), and  little  serum  is  expressed ; while,  in  the  other  vessel,  two  distinct  layers 
are  observed,  a large  one,  consisting  of  firmly  coagulated  fibrin,  containing  serum, 
below  which  there  is  a much  smaller  layer,  consisting  of  semifluid  blood -corpus- 
cles. As  the  albumen  inclosed  in  the  coagulated  fibrin  in  the  high  glass  forms  a very 
solid  mass  resembling  a pseudopolypus  or  huffy  coat,  we  see  that,  independently’  of  the 
corpuscles,  a very  firm  clot  may  he  formed ; indeed,  in  inflammatory  blood,  this  is 
often  observed  to  a greater  or  lesser  degree.  There  may,  consequently,  he  as  many 
blood-corpuscles  in  a small  and  loose  clot  as  in  a large  and  firm  one ; moreover,  we 
usually  find  numerous  corpuscles  suspended  in  the  serum  and  deposited  at  the  bottom 
of  the  vessel,  in  addition  to  those  contained  in  the  clot,  in  blood  deficient  in  fibrin. 
The  relative  amount  of  corpuscles  and  of  fibrin  in  clots  of  different  size  and  con- 
sistence is  a subject  worthy  of  investigation. 


BLOOD. 


293 


Water 

805-20 

795-88 

Solid  residue 

. . 

194-80 

204-20 

Blood-corpuscles 

115-00 

105  00 

Residue  of  serum 

. 

79-00 

99-12 

Chomel  does  not  consider  tlmt  the  diminution  of  fibrin  is  a 
specific  character  of  the  blood  in  typhoid  fever,  because  he 
found  that  in  6 out  of  30  cases,  the  blood  formed  a solid  clot, 
covered  -with  a bully  coat,  but  differing  in  thickness  and  colour 
from  the  inflammatory  clot;  while  in  2 cases  there  was  a 
slight  film,  beneath  which  the  clot  was  diffluent,  in  2 the  blood 
remained  perfectly  fluid  and  slightly  lumpy,  and  in  20  the  blood 
formed  a firm  clot,  but  no  buffy  coat. 

The  blood  in  all  these  cases  was  taken  during  the  first  or 
the  commencement  of  the  second  stage,  never  in  the  third. 
The  peculiarities  in  CliomeFs  statement  may  be  partly  due  to 
the  blood  being  taken  at  a period  before  the  fever  had  reached 
its  height,  partly  to  the  association  of  some  inflammatory  symp- 
tom, or  to  a more  synochal  type  of  the  disease. 

According  to  Jennings,1  the  blood  in  the  first  stage  of  ty- 
phoid fever  (depression)  is  generally  thick  and  dark ; it  coa- 
gulates rapidly  and  forms  a soft,  large,  dark-coloured  clot. 
In  the  second  stage  (excitement)  it  flows  readily,  is  of  a scarlet 
colour,  does  not  coagulate  so  quickly  as,  and  forms  a more 
solid  clot  than  the  former.  It  is  also  occasionally  covered  with 
a slight  buffy  coat.  In  the  third  stage  (collapse)  it  flows  very 
readily,  is  thin,  watery,  and  of  a dark  colour:  the  clot  is  loose 
and  flocculent,  and  occasionally  appears  more  as  a sediment 
of  colouring  matter  than  as  a clot.  In  thoroughly  developed 
typhus.  Dr.  Armstrong  found  the  blood  of  the  temporal  artery 
as  dark  as  that  of  the  vein.  Dr.  Clanny  also  states  that  the 
watery  portion  of  the  blood  increases  with  the  intensity  of  the 
disease,  and  that  not  merely  the  solid  constituents  generally, 
but  also  the  salts  and  carbonic  acid  are  diminished.  The  water 
begins  to  decrease,  and  the  solid  constituents  to  increase  in 
favorable  cases  after  12  or  18  days.  According  to  Stevens,  the 
salts  of  the  blood  (especially  the  chloride  of  sodium)  are  di- 
minished in  all  typhoid  fevers. 


1 Course  of  Lectures  on  the  Physiology  and  Pathology  of  the  Blood,  by  H.  Ancell. 
The  Lancet,  1840,  p.  338. 


294 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


[Becquerel  and  R-odier  have  analysed  the  blood  of  13  persons 
attacked  with  typhoid  fever,  11  men  and  2 women.  Of  the 
11  men,  6 were  bled  once,  4 twice,  and  1 thrice;  of  the 
2 women,  1 was  bled  once,  and  1 thrice. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  mean  composition  of  the 
blood  of  the  male  patients,  obtained  at  the  first  venesection : 


Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1054-4 

Density  of  serum 

1025-4 

Water  .... 

797-0 

Solid  residue  . 

203-0 

Fibrin  .... 

2-8 

Fat 

1-773 

Albumen 

64-8 

Blood-corpuscles 

127-4 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-3 

The  salts  consisted  of: 

Chloride  of  sodium  . 

.... 

2-9 

Other  soluble  salts 

. 

2-5 

Phosphates 

. 

0-497 

Iron  .... 

. 

0-555 

The  fibrin  varied  considerably,  the  maximum  being  4-9, 

while  in  three  cases  it  was 

considerably  below  the  normal 

standard.  The  albumen  and  blood-corpuscles 

were,  in  most 

instances,  diminished. 

Four  of  the  same  men  were 

bled  a second  time,  and  the  fol- 

lowing  table  gives  the  mean 

results  of  the  blood  obtained  in 

these  four  cases,  on  both  occasions : 

1st  Venesection. 

2d  Venesection. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1054-0 

1051-4 

Density  of  serum 

1025-0 

1024-7 

Water  .... 

801-0 

814-5 

Solid  constituents 

199-0 

185-5 

Fibrin  .... 

2-3 

1-3 

Fat  .... 

1-527 

1-408 

Albumen 

64-4 

62-0 

Blood-corpuscles 

124-5 

113-5 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-0 

7-3 

The  salts  consisted  of 

- 

Chloride  of  sodium 

3-6 

3-5 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-6 

2-7 

Phosphates 

0-544 

0-255 

Iron  .... 

0-581 

0-519 

A comparison  of  the  two  columns  shows  that  the  blood  ob- 


BLOOD. 


295 


tained  by  the  second  venesection  contains  a considerably  smaller 
mean  amount  of  fibrin  than  the  blood  previously  taken.  The 
albumen  and  corpuscles  are  likewise  diminished. 

The  case  in  which  venesection  was  performed  three  times 
offered  no  peculiarity ; neither  did  the  analyses  of  the  blood  of 
the  two  women. 

In  all  these  analyses  the  clot  was  found  to  present  no  strik- 
ing peculiarity.  There  was  none  of  the  softness  and  diffluence 
on  which  the  older  writers  laid  so  much  stress. 

Scherer  has  analysed  the  salts  of  the  blood  in  a case  of 
typhoid  fever.  In  1000  parts  of  blood  there  were  176-3  of 
solid  residue,  which  on  incineration  yielded  11-92  of  fixed  salts. 


These  consisted  of: 

Chloride  of  sodium  ....  6-82 

Carbonate  of  soda  ....  1-41 

Sulphate  of  soda  .....  0-84 

Phosphate  of  soda  ....  0-94 

Carbonate  of  lime  ....  0-16 

Phosphate  of  lime  ....  0'60 

Sulphate  of  lime  ....  0-22 

Peroxide  of  iron  .....  0-60] 


ft.  Febris  continua. 

1.  Prodromi  febris  continues.  The  blood  exhibits  similar 
changes  in  the  progress  of  continued  fever,  as  in  typhus. 
Andral  and  Gavarret  have  carefully  analysed  the  blood  in  this 
disease,  and  give  the  following  account  of  their  researches. 

They  made  nine  analyses  of  the  blood  of  six  persons.  The 
fibrin  did  not  exceed  the  normal  amount  in  any  instance,  (in 
one,  however,  it  amounted  to  3-2) ; in  three  cases  it  was  a little 
below  the  standard,  but  exceeded  2 ; in  two  cases  it  was  rather 
less  than  2;  and  in  one  case  as  low  as  1-6.  The  amount  of 
blood-corpuscles  was  lower  in  only  two  cases  than  in  normal 
blood;  in  the  others  it  was  more  or  less  increased,  and  in  the 
blood  in  which  the  fibrin  amounted  to  only  1*6,  the  corpuscles 
amounted  to  15 7*7,  which,  if  the  fibrin  were  estimated  at  3, 
would  give  the  enormous  amount  of  296.  We  have  only  one 
instance  in  typhoid  blood  of  so  high  a proportion.  The  amount 
of  the  residue  of  the  serum  is  increased,  rather  than  diminished, 
and  the  same  is  the  case  with  the  solid  constituents  of  the 
blood  generally. 


296 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Their  analyses  gave  the  following  results  : 


Date  of 

Blood- 

Residue 

Venesection. 

the  disease. 

Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

corpuscles. 

of  serum. 

1st  Case 

1 

7 

766-2 

233-8 

3-0 

143-5 

87-3 

2d  „ 

1 

8 

769-5 

230-5 

1-8 

136-4 

92-3 

3d  „ 

1 

8 

761-3 

238-7 

2-9 

142-7 

93-1 

4th  „ 

1 

15 

770-8 

229-2 

3-2 

137-9 

88-1 

1 

r 1 

785-6 

213-4 

2-3 

125-4 

86-7 

5th  Case  \ 

2 

788-3 

211-7 

2-2 

124-0 

85-5 

L 3 

790-8 

209-2 

21 

123-0 

84-1 

6 th  Case  -| 

r i 

744-2 

255-8 

1-6 

157-7 

96-5 

l 2 

779-7 

220-3 

2-1 

129-3 

88-9 

The  inorganic  constituents  of  the  residue  of  the  serum 
amounted  on  an  average  to  7*5g,  which  corresponds  with  the 
proportion  in  typhoid  fever. 


2.  Febris  continua.  Andral  and  Gavarret  made  21  analyses 
of  the  blood  of  11  persons  suffering  from  continued  fever. 
They  divide  their  analyses  into  two  series,  one  containing  the 
results  obtained  when  the  blood  was  taken  nearly  at  the  ter- 
mination of  the  disease;  the  other,  when  certain  inflammatory 
states,  as  for  instance  angina,  bronchitis,  erysipelas,  &c.  had 
supervened. 

These  researches  exhibit  less  of  the  characters  of  hypinosis 
than  those  instituted  on  the  blood  at  the  commencement  of 
continued  fever,  which,  in  the  first  series  may  he  due  to  the 
circumstance  of  the  disease  being  on  the  decline ; and  in  the 
second,  to  the  inflammatory  complication. 

In  both  series  the  fibrin  exceeds  the  normal  amount,  and  in 
both,  the  amount  of  corpuscles  is,  in  part,  also  below  the 
standard. 

The  following  analyses  are  taken  from  the  first  of  these  tables  : 


Date  of 

Blood- 

Residue 

Venesection. 

disease. 

Water. 

Fibrin. 

corpuscles. 

of  serum. 

, . o S i 

4 

725-6 

3-3 

185-1 

86-0 

1st  Case  4 

l 2 

789-3 

3-3 

128-3 

79-1 

r 1 

8 

824-9 

3-2 

82-5 

89-4 

2d  „ \ 2 

11 

833-7 

3-1 

77-2 

86-0 

l 3 

17 

851-9 

4-2 

62-4 

81-5 

The  blood 

in  the 

first  of  these 

cases  was 

taken  from 

a man 

aged  58  years.  The  amount  of  the  corpuscles,  especially  when 
the  age  of  the  patient  is  considered,  is  very  surprising ; it  is 


BLOOD. 


297 


the  highest  amount  ever  found  by  Andral  and  Gavarrct.  In 
the  second  case,  the  patient  was  at  the  same  time  suffering  from 
chlorosis,  which  accounts  for  the  small  number  of  corpuscles. 


The  second  table  does  not  give  very  clear  results, 

on  account 

of  the  inflammatory  complications. 

Date  of 

Blood- 

Residue 

Venesection. 

disease. 

Water. 

Fibrin. 

corpuscles.  of  serum. 

r 1 

9 

793-8 

4-3 

114-7 

87-2 

1st  Case -I  2 

12 

801-9 

3-6 

109-8 

85-0 

l 3 

19 

810-0 

5-0 

95-9 

89-1 

2d  „ 1 

15 

758-9 

3-8 

160-7 

76-6 

3d  „ 1 

20 

784-2 

2-6 

131-0 

83-2 

4th  „ 1 

804-8 

5-4 

94-1 

95-7 

r 1 

791-4 

3-1 

118-6 

86-9 

5th  „ 4 2 

810-1 

4-0 

101-8 

83-1 

L 3 

824-3 

3-7 

86-9 

85-1 

In  the  first  of  these  cases  the  fever  was  complicated  with  a 
rather  severe  attack  of  angina.  In  the  third  analysis  in  this 
case,  the  blood  contained  a large  quantity  of  fibrin  due  to  a re- 
newal of  the  inflammatory  symptoms  in  a rather  violent  form. 
Slight  erysipelas  of  the  face  was  present  in  the  second  case;  in 
the  third  there  was  swelling  and  redness  of  the  tonsils ; in  the 
fourth  the  fever  was  complicated  with  acute  bronchitis;  in  the 
fifth  the  blood  was  taken  from  a woman  three  months  after 
delivery : at  the  period  of  the  second  venesection,  some  slight 
symptoms  of  meningitis  had  appeared. 

Jennings1  has  analysed  the  blood  of  a girl  aged  14  years, 
suffering  from  continued  fever.  He  found  it  composed  of : 


Water  .... 

856-0 

Solid  residue 

144-0 

Fibrin  .... 

2-0 

Fat  .... 

30 

Albumen 

37-0 

Blood-corpuscles 

910 

Extractive  matter 

30 

Alkaline  salts  . 

3-8 

Earthy  salts 

1-0 

[Becquerel  and  Rodicr  have  analysed  the  blood  of  3 men  and 
2 women  suffering  from  ordinary  continued  fever.  The  mean 


1 Course  of  Lectures  on  the  Physiology  and  Pathology  of  the  Blood,  by  H.  Aucell. 
The  Lancet,  1840,  p.  339. 


298 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


composition  of  tlie  blood  of  tlie  3 men  is  given  in  the  following 


table  : 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood  . . . 1056-8 

Density  of  serum  ....  1025-5 

Water  ......  781-6 

Solid  constituents  ....  218-4 

Fibrin  ......  2-8 

Fat  .....  1-7 

Albumen  .....  65-7 

Blood-corpuscles  ....  142-4 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  ...  5-8 


Here  we  see  that  the  fibrin  and  albumen  remain  nearly  nor- 
mal, while  the  corpuscles,  instead  of  diminishing,  are  slightly 
above  the  average  (them  numbers  being  146,  142,  and  138.) 
The  fatty  matters  and  salts  offered  no  peculiarity. 

They  give  the  following  particulars  regarding  the  blood  of 
the  two  female  patients. 

The  corpuscles  were  augmented  (135-5)  in  the  first  case; 
normal  (125 '5)  in  the  second:  fibrin  normal  (l-9)  in  the  first; 
doubled  (3'6)  in  the  second : albumen  normal  (73  and  70)  in 
both.  The  serum  was  turbid  in  both  cases.  In  the  case  in 
which  the  corpuscles  were  125,  the  clot  was  firm  and  resisting, 
in  the  other  it  was  soft  and  diffluent.] 

In  the  following  exanthemata,  which,  with  true  erysipelas, 
constitute  Schonleiw’s  family  of  Erysipelacea,  we  find  that  the 
composition  of  the  blood  is  very  similar  to  what  it  is  in  con- 
tinued fever;  the  characters  of  hypinosis  are  much  less  marked 
than  in  the  typhoid  form.  Some  analyses  give  negative  results, 
while  in  others  the  tendency  of  the  constitution  of  the  blood  is 
more  towards  hyperinosis  than  hypinosis. 

The  maximum  of  fibrin  amounts  to  only  4*4,  against  which 
there  is  a minimum  of  l'l.  In  the  majority  of  cases  it  does 
not  differ  much  from  Lecanu’s  normal  average  3. 

The  blood-corpuscles  are  increased  in  a less  degree  in  variola 
and  varioloid,  than  in  scarlatina  and  rubeola. 

Variola  et  morb.  varioloid. 

The  blood  was  analysed  by  Andral  and  Gavarret  in  5 cases  of 
true  variola  and  2 of  varioloid  disease. 

In  all  the  cases  of  variola  the  eruption  was  confluent.  The 


BLOOD. 


299 


blood-corpuscles  differed  but  little  from  their  normal  standard, 
but  the  quantity  of  fibrin  varied  considerably,  although  the  in- 
crease above  the  normal  mean  was  only  small.  It  is  worthy 
of  remark  that  the  quantity  of  fibrin  appears  to  increase,  al- 
though only  slightly, by  repeated  bleeding;  a circumstance  which, 
according  to  Andral  and  Gavarret,  characterizes  the  phlogoses. 

This  may  be  due  to  the  inflammatory  state  of  the  skin  in 
this  disease,  although  we  do  not  perceive  a similar  occurrence 
in  typhoid  fever,  in  which  the  mucous  surface  of  the  intestine 
is  in  a somewhat  similar  state. 


Their  analyses  gave  the  following  results  : 


Venesection. 

Water. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  se 

fl 

771-5 

4-4 

120-6 

103-5 

1st  Case-{  2 

780-8 

2-9 

110-2 

106-1 

13 

820-2 

3-2 

94-6 

82-0 

fl 

791-3 

30 

114-3 

91-4 

2 

803-9 

3-2 

92-6 

100-3 

2d  » v 3 

811-8 

3-0 

88-4 

96-8 

U 

817-3 

3-3 

87-0 

92-4 

3d  I1 

781-4 

2-6 

127-9 

88-1 

J ” 1 2 

792-0 

3-5 

124-4 

80-1 

4th  „ j1 

796-0 

4-1 

126-5 

76-4 

12 

792-7 

2-0 

124-9 

80-4 

5th  „ 1 

805-0 

2-9 

98-8 

92-3 

The  residue  of  the  serum  contained  on  an  average  7,02  of 
inorganic  constituents. 

In  the  first  case,  the  first  bleeding  was  ordered  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  disease,  dining  the  febrile  period ; the  second 
at  the  commencement,  and  the  third  at  about  the  middle  of 
the  eruptive  stage.  In  the  second  case,  the  first  bleeding  was 
ordered  some  days  before  the  appearance  of  the  disease ; the 
second  during  the  fever;  the  third  on  the  third  day  of  the 
eruption,  and  the  fourth  on  the  sixteenth  day  of  the  eruption. 
In  the  third  case,  the  first  bleeding  was  ordered  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  eruption;  the  second  during  the  suppurative 
stage.  In  the  fourth  case,  both  venesections  were  prescribed 
during  the  height  of  the  eruption.  In  the  fifth  case  the  pus- 
tules were  filled  with  blood  (variole  hemorragique  :)  the  bleed- 
ing was  ordered  when  the  eruption  was  at  its  height. 

The  analyses  of  blood  in  varioloid  gave  the  following  results  : 

Water.  Fibrin.  Blood-corpuscles.  Residue  of  serum. 

785-6  2-3  120-3  91-8 

782-1  2-4  125-8  89-7 


300 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  residue  of  the  serum  contained  7-62  of  inorganic  matter 
in  the  second  analysis. 

In  the  first  instance  the  bleeding  was  performed  on  the  3d 
day;  and  in  the  second  case  on  the  2d  day  of  the  eruption. 

Rubeola.  ( Morbilli .) 

Andral  and  Gavarret  found  that  in  the  measles  the  fibrin 
never  exceeded,  nor  did  it  ever  fall  much  below  Lecanu’s  aver- 
age. In  most  cases  the  corpuscles  were  above  the  normal 
standard.  I quote  the  following  analyses  from  their  researches  : 


Day  of 

Blood- 

Residue 

Venesection. 

eruption. 

Water. 

Fibrin. 

corpuscles. 

of  serum. 

1st  Case 

1 

3 

760-2 

2-6 

146-6 

90-6 

2d 

1 1 

2 

766-9 

3-0 

140-9 

89-2 

3d 

1) 

1 

3 

781-6 

2-6 

1371 

78-7 

4th 

fl 

2 

786-7 

2-5 

137-5 

73-4 

>>  ^ 

L 2 

- 

795-8 

2-7 

131-6 

70-1 

5 th 

» < 

n 

2 

792-1 

2-4 

118-6 

86-9 

l 2 

- 

823-2 

3-4 

93-3 

80-1 

The  residue  of  the  serum  contained  on  an  average  8-4g  of  in- 
organic constituents,  which  was  one  of  the  highest  amounts 
that  occurred  in  the  course  of  their  researches. 

The  patient  in  case  3 had  also  been  bled  on  the  first  day  of 
the  eruption : the  second  bleeding  in  case  4 was  performed  on 
the  second  day  after  the  disappearance  of  the  eruption. 

The  young  woman  from  whom  the  blood  in  case  5 was  taken, 
presented  so  strongly  the  general  appearances  of  anaemia  in 
consequence  of  excessive  menstruation,  that  the  amount  of  cor- 
puscles, IlS'G,  may  be  regarded  as  very  high  : the  second  ve- 
nesection was  performed  after  the  disappearance  of  the  eruption, 
and  when  symptoms  of  tubercular  phthisis  were  very  apparent. 

Scarlatina. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  made  four  analyses  of  the  blood 
of  three  persons  suffering  from  scarlatina.  Two  of  these  ana- 
lyses decidedly  indicate  the  character  of  hypinosis,  although 
not  in  a very  marked  degree.  The  two  other  cases  present 


differences  which  will  be 

presently 

explained : 

Venesection. 

Water. 

Fibrin. 

Blood -corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

1st  Case  / * 

761-5 

31 

146-0 

89-4 

l 2 

782-6 

4-0 

124-3 

89-1 

2d  „ 1 

776-3 

3-5 

136-1 

84-1 

3d  „ 1 

798-3 

6-8 

112-2 

K 

CO 

BLOOD. 


301 


The  first  bleeding  in  the  first  case  was  ordered  on  the  second 
day  of  the  eruption;  the  second  during  convalescence.  At  this 
period  a number  of  boils  had  appeared,  and  there  was  consi- 
derable fever,  to  which  two  circumstances  the  change  in  the  blood 
is  attributable. 

The  bleeding  in  the  second  case  was  ordered  on  the  second 
day  of  the  eruption. 

Lecanu1  has  also  made  two  analyses  of  the  blood  in  this  dis- 
ease, and  has  obtained  nearly  similar  results. 

Blood  of  a man  Blood  of  a man 
aged  35  years.  aged  18  years. 

Water  ....  776-55  770-41 

Blood-corpuscles  . . . 144-55  146-80 

Residue  of  serum  . . . 78-90  82-79 

The  quantity  of  fibrin  was  not  determined  by  Lecanu. 

Febris  intermittens. 

From  the  analyses  made  by  Andral  and  Gavarret  of  the 
blood  in  this  disease,  we  are  led  to  conclude  that  instead  of  being 
in  a state  of  hypinosis,  the  blood  exhibits  rather  a tendency  to- 
wards hyperinosis.  Andral  and  Gavarret  themselves  remark, 
that  in  consequence  of  the  absence  of  all  disturbance  in  the 
normal  functions  of  the  organism  during  the  remission  of  the 
febrile  symptoms,  it  might  be  concluded  a priori  that  no  pe- 
culiar changes  would  be  exhibited  in  the  blood. 

The  fibrin  rises  a little  above  the  normal  average ; the  cor- 
puscles, however,  with  the  exception  of  one  case  in  which  the 
bleeding  was  ordered  at  the  commencement  of  a second  attack, 
fall  below  the  normal  proportion.  The  blood  in  most  of  these 
cases  was,  however,  taken  from  persons  suffering  from  long 
standing  tertian  or  quotidian  fever. 

The  period  at  which  the  blood  was  taken,  whether  during 
the  remission,  the  hot  or  the  cold  stage,  seemed  to  exert  no 
influence  on  the  composition  of  the  fluid. 

It  will  be  sufficient  to  give  the  maxima,  minima,  and  mean 
of  their  researches. 


1 Etudes  chimiques,  etc.,  p.  97. 


302 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Water.  Solid  residue.  Fibrin.  Blood-corpuscles.  Residue  of  scrum. 


Maximum 

847-9 

221-9 

3-8 

127-9 

910 

Minimum 

778-1 

152-1 

3-0 

68-8 

71-6 

Mean  of  7 analyses 

811-4 

188-6 

3-3 

104-3 

80-0 

Tlie  loss  of  a considerable  quantity  of  blood  by  hemorrhage 
must  necessarily  influence  the  composition  of  the  blood  re- 
maining in  the  system.  This  will  be  shown  (as  we  have  already 
seen  in  the  Plilogoses)  by  the  diminution  of  the  corpuscles,  and 
in  most  cases  of  the  fibrin  also. 

From  the  blood  taken  from  the  body  we  can  usually  draw  a 
pretty  safe  inference  regarding  the  composition  of  the  blood 
remaining  in  the  system : a thick,  readily  coagulating  blood 
usually  indicates  an  abundance  of  the  circulating  fluid,  and 
especially  a considerable  quantity  of  corpuscles  and  fibrin,  while 
a thin  non-coagulating  blood  implies  a deficiency  of  those  two 
constituents. 

The  blood  does  not,  however,  exhibit  the  same  changes  of 
composition  in  all  the  diseases  that  are  classed  as  hemorrhages. 
On  the  contrary,  it  has  been  shown  by  Andral  and  Gavarret 
that  the  composition  of  the  blood  in  spontaneous  cerebral 
hemorrhage  is  similar  to  that  which  is  so  characteristic  in 
typhoid  fever. 


Hmnorrhagia  cerebrcdis. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  found  that  the  quantity  of  fibrin  in  the 
majority  of  cases  of  apoplexia  cerebralis,  and  of  the  cerebral 
congestion  known  as  the  forerunner  of  that  disease,  was  less  than 
in  healthy  blood;  the  amount  of  corpuscles  was,  however,  fre- 
quently absolutely  increased,  and,  excepting  in  a few  cases,  was 
larger,  in  proportion  to  the  fibrin,  than  in  the  healthy  fluid. 
The  solid  constituents  were  generally  rather  increased;  circum- 
stances which  all  correspond  with  a state  of  hypinosis. 

These  points  are  most  strikingly  seen  in  certain  cases  of 
of  spontaneous  cerebral  hemorrhage,  when,  for  instance,  in  cor- 
respondence with  the  small  amount  1'9  of  fibrin  no  less  than 
175-5  of  corpuscles  were  found. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  made  eight  analyses  of  the  blood 
of  7 persons  suffering  from  this  affection.  Them  results  are 
given  in  the  following  table  : — 


BLOOD. 


303 


Period  from 


Venesection. 

commencement 
of  disease. 

Water. 

Solid 

residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

Residue 
of  serum. 

1st  Case 

l 

1 

790-9 

209-1 

2-2 

135-9 

71-0 

2d  „ 

j1 

3 

742-3 

257-7 

1-9 

175-5 

80-3 

12 

6 

779-2 

220-8 

3-5 

137-7 

79-6 

3d  „ 

1 

3 

770-8 

229-2 

2-6 

140-6 

86-0 

4th  „ 

1 

4 

791-8 

208-2 

3-9 

126-5 

77-8  • 

5th  „ 

1 

8 

806-9 

193-1 

2-0 

120-8 

70-3 

6th  „ 

1 

- 

791-3 

208-7 

2-1 

122-4 

84-2 

/th  ,, 

1 

5 

774-0 

226-0 

3-2 

123-4 

99-4 

The 

residue  of  the  serum  contained, 

on  an  average, 

7-99  of 

inorganic  constituents,  which,  shows  that  the  quantity  of  salts  is 
not  diminished. 

The  blood  in  the  first  case  was  taken  from  a woman  aged 
60  years,  whose  feet  had  been  oedematous  for  six  months,  in 
consequence  of  hypertrophy  of  the  heart. 

The  second  case  was  that  of  a woman  aged  59  years,  who, 
two  days  before  the  bleeding,  had  a severe  apoplectic  fit : the 
blood  exhibited  decided  symptoms  of  hypinosis,  the  fibrin  being 
diminished,  and  the  corpuscles  and  (to  a very  considerable  de- 
gree) the  solid  constituents  being  increased.  The  bleeding  was 
repeated  three  days  afterwards,  when  consciousness  had  re- 
turned, and  at  this  period  the  corpuscles  were  found  to  have 
diminished  in  a very  striking  degree,  being  about  25§  less  than 
on  the  former  occasion : the  fibrin  in  the  meantime  increased 
in  a still  more  rapid  proportion. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  observe,  in  regard  to  this  case,  that 
the  slight  cerebral  hemorrhage  is  not  sufficient  to  account  sa- 
tisfactorily for  the  change  in  the  composition  of  the  blood  that 
was  observed  on  the  second  occasion ; moreover,  since  the  loss 
of  blood  is  not  always  necessarily  followed  by  a diminution  of 
fibrin,  it  may  be  asked  whether  the  changed  composition  of  the 
blood,  instead  of  being  a consequence,  may  not  have  been  a 
cause  of  the  disease,  since  blood  deficient  in  its  proper  quantity 
of  fibrin  has  always  a tendency  to  escape  from  the  vessels.1 

The  change  in  the  composition  of  the  blood  is  proportional 

1 In  opposition  to  this  view  it  may  be  stated  that  blood  containing  uninjured  cor- 
puscles cannot  be  effused  unless  there  are  orifices  in  the  parietes  of  the  vessels,  and 
it  is  questionable  whether  blood  abounding  in  fibrin  can  escape  through  such  pores 
at  all,  while  blood  deficient  in  that  constituent  can  pass  through  with  facility.  The 
only  constituent  that  can  permeate  the  walls  of  uninjured  vessels  is  haematoglobuhn 
dissolved  in  liquor  sanguinis ; and  this  solution  is  not  produced  by  a diminution  in 


304 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


to  the  violence  of  the  attack,  as  is  seen  in  the  third  case,  where 
the  fibrin  is  only  slightly  diminished,  although  the  corpuscles 
are  considerably  increased. 

Consciousness  remained  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  cases.  The 
increase  of  the  fibrin,  while  the  corpuscles  remained  stationary, 
is  deserving  of  notice  in  the  former  of  these  cases.  In  the  sixth 
case  the  hemorrhage  had  occurred  three  weeks  before  the  vene- 
section, and  was  followed  by  entire  hemiplegia  of  the  left  side. 
In  the  seventh  case  the  patient  had  previously  been  bled  on  the 
third  day  of  the  attack  ; she  had  retained  her  consciousness. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  made  21  analyses  of  the  blood  of 
15  persons  suffering  from  cerebral  congestion  (the  usual  pro- 
dromus  of  spontaneous  cerebral  hemorrhage).  Its  symptoms 
are  intense  headache,  giddiness,  and  a tendency  towards  epistaxis. 

In  the  majority  of  these  cases  the  fibrin  was  found  to  be  below 
the  normal  quantity.  It  twice  rose  to  3 -7,  once  to  3'5,  and  once 
to  3-2 ; in  all  the  other  cases  it  was  below  the  normal  amount, 
and  it  occurred  as  low  as  l- 6. 

The  amount  of  blood-corpuscles  was  pretty  near  the  standard 
average;  in  two  instances  it  rose  to  152  and  154;  and  in  two 
other  cases,  (the  one  a woman  of  weakly  condition,  and  the 
other  a person  under  the  noxious  influence  of  lead,)  it  fell  to  88. 

I shall  only  give  the  maxima,  minima,  and  mean  of  these 


researches  : 

Water. 

Solid  constituents. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Maximum 

820-3 

259-8 

3-7 

152-3 

104-8 

Minimum 

740-2 

179-7 

1-6 

88-3 

76-4 

Mean 

787-1 

212-9 

2-6 

120-0 

89-7 

Healthy  blood 

790-0 

210-0 

3-0 

127-0 

80-0 

The  residue  of  the  serum  contained,  on  an  average,  7 • 9"  of  in- 
organic constituents,  the  same  amount  as  in  cerebral  hemorrhage. 


No  causes  can  be  assigned  with  any  degree  of  certainty  to 
the  peculiar  modification  of  the  blood  to  which  I have  assigned 
the  term  hypinosis. 

the  amount  of  fibrin,  since  the  corpuscles  are  insoluble  in  defibrinated  serum,  pro- 
vided a sufficient  amount  of  chloride  of  sodium  be  contained  in  it.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  solubility  of  the  hsematoglobulin  in  the  liquor  sanguinis  and  its  consequent 
property  of  escaping  through  the  walls  of  the  vessels  may  arise  from  an  absolute  de- 
crease of  salts  or  from  an  increased  amount  of  water  in  the  blood.  In  the  analyses 
quoted  in  the  text  the  salts  were  not  diminished. 


BLOOD. 


.305 


The  composition  of  the  blood  in  hypinosis  is  essentially  the 
reverse  of  that  in  liyperinosis.  The  amount  of  corpuscles  is  in- 
creased, that  of  fibrin  diminished,  and  the  solid  constituents 
generally  are  increased  rather  than  diminished ; while  in  the 
phlogoses  they  are  most  commonly  below  the  normal  standard. 
We  have  seen  in  the  previous  analyses  that  in  proportion  as 
the  febrile  symptoms  assumed  the  form  of  eretliismus,  the  cha- 
racters of  hypinosis  became  less  marked;  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
that  when  they  took  on  a torpid  type  these  characters  were  more 
strikingly  developed. 

If  we  assume  that  the  circulation  of  the  blood  is  accelerated 
in  inflammatory  fever,  we  may  regard  it  as  impeded  in  torpid 
fever.  In  the  one  case,  the  blood  abounding  in  fibrin  acts 
as  an  increased  stimulus  to  the  heart ; in  the  other,  the  heart 
partially  loses  its  power  of  action.  Its  contractions  succeed  each 
other,  it  is  true,  with  increased  rapidity,  but  the  blood-wave, 
propelled  at  each  systole,  is  diminished  and  powerless,  and  the 
pulse,  although  much  quickened,  is  small  and  wiry. 

In  consequence  of  the  delay  thus  occasioned  in  the  motion  of 
the  general  mass  of  the  blood,  oxygen  cannot  act  so  efficiently 
on  it  as  in  the  normal  state  of  the  circulation,  and  consequently 
the  blood  does  not  possess  the  bright  red  colour  observed  in  in- 
flammatory affections,  but  is  dark,  and  the  temperature,  in- 
stead of  being  increased,  is  often  diminished,  as  has  been  ob- 
served by  Schonlein,  in  typhus.  Hence  the  metamorphosis  of 
the  blood,  instead  of  being  accelerated,  as  in  liyperinosis,  is 
impeded,  and  consequently  the  ratio  of  the  corpuscles  to  the 
albumen  is  reversed.  In  abdominal  typhus,  the  amount  of  the 
corpuscles  is  rendered  more  striking,  by  the  diminution  of  albu- 
men, which  constituent  is  removed  from  the  blood  by  the  profuse 
diarrhoea  that  accompanies  this  disease. 

From  these  observations  it  is  very  probable  that  the  primary 
cause  of  this  modification  of  the  blood  may,  in  a great  measure, 
be  referred  to  the  impeded  circulation,  and  to  the  deficient 
energy  of  the  heart’s  action,  which  may  be  regarded  as  indica- 
tions of  the  depressed  vitality  of  the  blood  itself ; but  at  the 
same  time  the  influence  of  the  nerves  on  its  composition  and 
on  the  circulation  (although  how  they  act  we  know  not)  must 
not  be  overlooked. 

Finallv,  it  must  be  observed  that  the  state  of  hypinosis  is 

20 


30G 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


not  a permanent  one ; it  lasts  only  for  a brief  period,  till  the 
blood  either  begins  to  exhibit  more  vital  activity,  and  to  return 
towards  its  normal  condition ; or,  if  its  vitality  be  still  more 
depressed,  till  it  assumes  tbe  character  of  spansemia.  The  pre- 
ponderance of  the  corpuscles  is  not  absolute  (as  in  plethora1), 
but  merely  relative,  and  is  due,  partly  to  their  hindered  con- 
sumption, and  partly  (as  is  seen  in  abdominal  typhus)  to  an 
absolute  diminution  of  the  water  and  the  albumen.  If  the 
fever  assume  a malignant  torpid  character,  the  hypinosis  spee- 
dily merges  into  spansemia. 

THIRD  FORM  OF  DISEASED  BLOOD  : SPAN^MIA.2 

The  chemical  and  physical  relations  of  the  blood  in  those 
states  in  which  it  is  deficient  in  solid  constituents,  and  especially 
in  fibrin  and  blood-corpuscles,  are  not  yet  accurately  known. 

We  have  less  frequent  opportunities  of  examining  this  con- 
dition of  the  blood,  for  some  of  the  diseases  in  which  it  occurs 
are  of  rare  occurrence,  and  in  the  other  more  common  forms, 
the  prudent  physician  avoids  as  much  as  possible  increasing  by 
venesection  the  general  want  of  blood  in  the  system. 

Chemical  characters  of  the  blood. 

The  amount  of  fibrin  and  of  corpuscles  is  diminished : the 
amount  of  residue  of  serum  is  either  normal  or  diminished  : the 
proportion  of  water  is  higher  than  in  healthy  blood  : the  amount 
of  salts  in  the  serum  is  sometimes  normal,  sometimes  diminished. 

Physical  characters  of  the  blood. 

The  blood  is  very  fluid ; it  is  sometimes  of  a dark  or  even 
violet,  and  sometimes  of  a bright  colour ; it  usually  coagulates 
imperfectly,  sometimes  not  at  all.  The  clot  is  small,  soft,  diffluent, 
and  neither  covered  with  a true  nor  false  buffy  coat.  The  serum 
is  generally  of  a bright  yellow  colour,  but  sometimes  of  a dark 
yellow  or  even  red  tint.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  blood  is 
considerably  diminished. 

1 [Becquerel  and  Rodier  have  recently  shown  that  this  opinion  is  erroneous,  and 
that,  in  plethora,  the  amount  of  the  hlood  is  increased,  while  its  composition  is  un- 
affected.] 

2 From  alfLa,  blood,  and  mravog,  or  cnrdvio£,  poor;  spanajmia,  poverty  of  the 
hlood.  We  prefer  this  term  to  anaemia,  because  the  latter  is  used  to  represent  a 
morbid  condition  of  the  hlood  subordinate  to  spansemia. 


BLOOD. 


307 


This  form  of  diseased  blood  appears  capable  of  being  subdivided 
into  two  classes : one  embracing  diseases  primarily  dependent 
upon  the  cliylopoietic  viscera,  such  as  are  due  to  bad  food,  de- 
ficient and  improper  formation  of  cliyle,  atmospheric  influences, 
protracted  action  of  poisonous  mineral  agents  (lead,  mercury  and 
its  compounds,  chlorine,  iodine,  &c.) ; and  finally,  to  inordinate 
consumption  of  the  blood  through  a deficiency  of  the  animal  fluids. 

The  corpuscles,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  are  of  the  utmost 
importance  in  the  blood,  are  either  not  produced  in  sufficient 
quantity,  or  are  consumed  in  a quicker  proportion  than  they  are 
reproduced.  The  liquor  sanguinis,  although  poor  in  fibrin,  may  yet 
contain  asufficient  quantity  of  albumen  and  salts  to  prevent  the  re- 
latively increased  quantity  of  water  from  dissolving  the  corpuscles. 

All  the  diseases  arranged  by  Schonlein  under  the  family 
cyanoses  belong  to  this  subdivision. 

The  other  subdivision  embraces  certain  diseases  characterized 
by  the  peculiar  composition  of  the  blood,  but  in  which  the  pri- 
mary causes  of  its  change  of  composition  are  quite  distinct  from 
those  which  act  in  the  cyanoses,  and  are  probably  dependent 
upon  the  central  nervous  system.  A peculiar  state  of  the  at- 
mosphere (most  likely  due  to  certain  changes  in  its  chemical 
composition),  protracted  wars,  the  effluvia  of  decaying  animal 
matter,  &c.,  are  assigned  as  the  external  causes  of  the  production 
of  these  disorders,  the  principal  of  which  are  abdominal  typhus, 
petechial  typhus,  the  yellow  fever,  and  the  plague. 

In  the  cyanoses,  as  also  in  the  malignant  (putrid)  form  of 
typhus,  passive  hemorrhages  are  by  no  means  rare. 

It  has  been  asserted  that  the  deficiency  of  fibrin  and  of  cor- 
puscles renders  the  blood  liable  to  exude  through  the  walls  of  the 
vessels.  It  is  clear,  however,  that  the  colouring  matter  cannot 
escape  through  the  walls  of  the  capillaries,  unless  such  a change 
occurs  as  to  render  the  hcematoglobulin  soluble  in  the  liquor 
sanguinis,  since  perfect  corpuscles  are  not  capable  of  passing 
through  the  uninjured  walls  of  the  vascular  system.  As  the  blood 
which  is  discharged  by  epistaxis  in  the  morbus  maculosus  Werl- 
liofii  (as  well  as  menstrual  blood)  contains  corpuscles,  the  walls 
of  the  vessels  must  be  imperfectly  closed.  Such  a form  of  blood 
appears  to  occur  in  the  putrid  form  of  abdominal  or  petechial 
typhus.  The  hcematoglobulin  becomes  soluble  in  the  liquor 
sanguinis,  in  consequence  of  a deficiency  in  the  due  proportion 


308 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


of  salts,  and  an  excess  of  water ; in  this  case  we  may  therefore 
speak  of  a red,  bloody  transudation. 

I.  CYANOSES. 

Ancemia  and  hydrcemia. 

The  blood  in  anaemia  is  essentially  different  from  the  normal 
composition.  If  the  anaemia  has  arisen  from  excessive  loss  of 
blood,  we  may  fairly  assume  that  the  total  mass  of  that  fluid  has 
diminished.  This,  in  fact,  constitutes  true  anaemia.  The  com- 
position is,  however,  also  changed ; it  is  poor  in  corpuscles  and 
in  fibrin,  because  these  constituents  are  not  so  easily  supplied 
as  the  albumen,  which  may  be  obtained  at  once  from  the  lym- 
phatics. The  quantity  of  the  solid  constituents  is  also  found 
to  be  diminished,  if  the  quantity  of  the  corpuscles  is  (either 
absolutely  or  relatively)  decreased : the  quantity  of  water  is  there- 
fore increased,  which  induces  the  state  of  the  blood  known  as 
hydraemia.  Anaemia  and  hydraemia  cannot  be  well  separated, 
as  a decrease  in  the  solid  constituents  is  usually  produced  by 
every  loss  of  blood. 

If  the  anaemia  is  caused  by  abnormal  or  deficient  chylifica- 
tion,  the  proper  quantity  of  liquor  sanguinis  may  be  present, 
while  the  corpuscles  and  fibrin  are  diminished : in  this  case, 
also,  the  absolute  quantity  of  solid  constituents  is  lessened. 

The  decrease  of  the  solid  constituents  will  probably  attain 
its  maximum  under  the  combined  influences  of  an  unhealthy 
humid  atmosphere,  and  improper,  unsuitable  nourishment. 
Under  these  circumstances  the  blood  will  resemble  a viscid, 
light-coloured  watery  fluid. 

I have  not  analysed  the  blood  in  any  cases  of  anaemia,  but 
it  is  usually  described  as  clear,  watery,  and  viscid.  The  clot,  if 
it  forms  at  all,  is  small,  soft,  and  diffluent ; the  fibrin,  after  it 
has  been  separated  by  whipping,  is  not  tough  and  firm,  but  soft 
and  viscid,  and  in  the  same  state  as  it  occurs  in  the  chyle.  The 
serum  is  slightly  coloured  and  transparent.  It  has  not  been 
accurately  ascertained  whether  the  salts  are  decreased  or  in  a 
normal  proportion. 

In  hydraemia,  the  serum  (as  has  been  observed  by  Ancell1), 
is  usually  transparent,  and  contains-  only  a small  quantity  of 

1 Course  of  Lectures  on  the  Blood.  The  Lancet,  1840,  p.  0G7. 


BLOOD. 


309 


colouring  matter,  and  probably  only  a slight  amount  of  salts.1 
Geddings2  observes  regarding  tlie  inhabitants  of  the  morasses 
of  the  Carolinas,  in  whom  anaemia,  or,  more  correctly  speaking, 
hydraemia,  is  developed  in  a high  degree,  that  the  temperature 
of  the  body  is  reduced,  that  the  respiration  is  short  and  la- 
borious, and  that  the  pulse  is  small,  tremulous,  and  frequent. 
In  the  examination  of  the  heart  and  larger  vessels  of  anaemic 
persons  he  found  either  scarcely  any  coagulated  blood,  or  else  a 
clear  red,  or  greenish  dirty-looking  fluid,  almost  entirely  devoid 
of  solid  or  colouring  constituents,  containing  but  few  blood-cor- 
puscles, and  which  could  not  be  coagulated  either  by  heat  or 
by  nitric,  acid.  This  watery  fluid  was  frequently  present  in 
considerable  quantity. 

Carcinoma. 

9 

In  a case  of  cancer  of  the  left  lobe  of  the  liver,  and  of  the 
pylorus,  accompanied  with  atrophy  of  the  spleen,  occurring  in 
a man,  aged  53  years,  the  blood  contained : 

Analysis  31. 


Water  .... 

887-2 

Solid  constituents 

112-8 

Fibrin  .... 

30 

Albumen  .... 

55-1 

Blood-corpuscles  . 

45-8 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  . 

8-9 

Scrophulosis. 

In  scrofulous  affections  the  blood  is  deficient  in  solid  consti- 
tuents, especially  in  fibrin  and  in  corpuscles.  The  primary 
causes  are  probably  due  to  a deficient  formation  of  chyle,  and 
to  the  influence  of  a moist  unhealthy  atmosphere. 

Dubois3  has  analysed  the  blood  of  scrofulous  persons.  The 
blood  coagulates  slowly,  the  clot  is  small,  soft,  and  diffluent ; the 
serum  is  thin,  and  often  of  a red  colour.  When  examined  under 
the  miscroscope,  some  of  the  corpuscles  appeared  devoid  of  colour 
at  the  edges  only,  some  entirely  colourless.  Their  size  was  not 
materially  changed,  but  they  appeared  flattened,  spherical,  or 
cylindrical.  Hence  we  may  also  infer  that  there  is  a deficiency 
in  the  quantity  of  salts  in. the  blood  of  scrofulous  persons. 

1 The  blood-corpuscles  would,  however,  he  dissolved  in  this  case. 

3 Baltimore,  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  1834,  No.  4. 

3 L’Experience,  1839,  No.  87. 


310 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Chlorosis. 

The  blood  in  this  disease  possesses  the  general  characters  of 
this  fluid  in  anaemia.  The  clot  is  small,  sometimes  soft,  hut 
frequently  of  the  normal  consistence : the  serum  is  bright, 
slightly  coloured,  and  tolerably  clear.  The  fibrin  (separated  by 
whipping)  is  not  so  dense  and  consistent  as  in  normal  or  in  inflam- 
matory blood.  Its  quantity  is  normal,  or  only  slightly  diminished, 
while  the  amount  of  the  corpuscles  is  considerably  decreased,  and 
the  solid  constituents  generally  are  less  than  in  healthy  blood. 

Golding  Bird1  states,  however,  that  the  blood  in  chlorosis  forms 
just  as  solid  a clot  as  in  inflammatory  diseases,  and  Jennings2 
observed  even  a buffy  coat  on  the  clot  of  chlorotic  persons  in  the 
absence  of  all  inflammatory  symptoms.  He  accounts  for  this 
phenomenon  by  supposing  that  as,  in  chlorosis,  the  amount  of 
fibrin  is  normal,  but  that  of  the  corpuscles  much  diminished, 
the  ratio  of  the  fibrin  to  the  corpuscles  may  be  the  same  as  in 
inflammatory  disorders. 

Anclral  and  Gavarret  state  that  the  blood  in  chlorotic  persons 
forms  a clot  similar  to  the  coagulum  in  healthy  blood,  and  that 
a buffy  coat  is  not  unfrequently  observed  on  it. 

I found,  on  the  contrary,  that  the  clot  in  chlorosis  was  very 
soft,  and  that  the  fibrin  was  not  so  firm  as  in  inflammatory  dis- 
eases. These  contradictions  are  easily  explained  by  supposing 
that  the  chemico-physical  characters  of  the  blood  change  during 
the  progressive  development  of  the  disease.  We  can  obtain  a 
more  accurate  knowledge  of  the  stage  of  development  of  the 
disease  from  the  blood  than  from  many  other  diagnostic  signs. 

I am  indebted  to  Dr.  Vetter  for  the  following  specimen  of 
the  blood  of  a chlorotic  girl,  which  gave,  on  analysis,  the  fol- 


results : 

Analysis  32. 

Healthy  blood. 

Water  .... 

871-500 

795-278 

Solid  constituents 

128-500 

204-022 

Fibrin  .... 

2-080 

2-104 

Fat  .... 

2-530 

2-346 

Albumen 

79-820 

76-660 

Globubn  . . 

30-800 

103-022 

Hsematin 

1-431 

6-209 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

11-000 

12-012 

Tlie  hsematoglobuhn  contained  4-4§  of  colouring  matter. 


1 Ancell,  Course  of  Lectures,  &c.  The  Lancet,  1840,  p.  887.  2 Ibid. 


BLOOD. 


311 


The  girl  was  19  years  of  age,  moving  in  a respectable  station, 
and  tall ; she  exhibited  all  the  symptoms  of  unmixed,  long- 
standing chlorosis,  which  appeared  in  this  instance  to  have 
reached  its  highest  development. 

On  contrasting  it  with  healthy  blood,  we  find  little  difference 
in  the  absolute  quantity  of  fibrin;  this  constituent  is,  however, 
extremely  large  when  considered  relatively  with  the  corpuscles, 
or  with  the  solid  constituents  generally. 

The  quantities  of  albumen  and  of  extractive  matters  and 
salts  do  not  differ  very  much  from  the  quantities  in  healthy  blood. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  analysed  the  blood  in  several  cases 
of  this  disease.  It  is  different  in  the  incipient  and  in  the  fully- 
developed  stages  of  chlorosis. 

In  the  former  the  appearance  of  the  patient  hardly  indicates 
the  presence  of  the  disease ; the  face  is  blooming,  rather  than 
pale,  and  the  blood  merely  exhibits  a very  considerable  decrease 
of  the  corpuscles. 

The  following  numbers  give  the  maxima,  minima,  and  mean 
of  8 analyses,  made  during  this  stage. 


Water. 

Solid 

constituents. 

Fibrin. 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

Solid  residue 
of  serum. 

Maximum 

816-3 

210-0 

5-3 

112-7 

94-1 

Minimum 

790-0 

183-7 

2-4 

97-7 

76-5 

Mean 

801-0 

199-0 

3-5 

106-8 

88-0 

Healthy  blood,  ac-1 
cording  to  Lecanu  J 

► 790-0 

210-0 

3-0 

127-0 

80-0 

When  the  disease  is  fully  developed  the  fibrin  is  slightly  di- 
minished, but  the  quantities  of  blood-corpuscles,  and  of  the 
solid  residue  generally  are  very  much  lessened. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  made  12  analyses  of  the  blood  of 
9 cases  of  confirmed  chlorosis. 

I shall  give  the  maxima,  minima,  and  mean  results  of  these 
analyses;  omitting,  however,  the  cases  that  were  complicated 
with  inflammatory  symptoms. 


Water. 

Solid  residue. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Maximum 

. 

868-7 

181-3 

3-6 

95-7 

100*9 

Minimum 

. 

818-5 

131-5 

2-1 

38-7 

75-4 

Mean 

. 

853-2 

146-8 

2-9 

56-7 

88-0 

The  blood  in  which  the  corpuscles  attained  tlicir  minimum, 
had  the  following  composition  : 


312 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Water 

868-7 

Solid  constituents 

131-3 

Fibrin 

3-5 

Blood-corpuscles  . 

38-7 

Solid  residue  of  serum 

89-1 

The  amount  of  corpuscles  exceeds,  in  only  three  cases,  the 
number  60 : and  in  five  cases  it  remains  below  50 : the  fibrin 
remains  in  five  cases  below  3,  and  in  the  other  five  cases  it 
amounts  to  or  exceeds  3,  the  maximum  being  3'6.  The  amount 
of  the  solid  residue  of  the  serum  is  in  almost  every  case  rather 
above  the  normal  standard.  It  follows  from  4 analyses,  in  two 
of  which,  however,  the  chlorosis  was  combined  with  tubercular 
phthisis  and  rheumatism,  that  the  residue  of  the  serum  contains 
on  an  average  8‘2  of  inorganic  constituents.  The  two  cases  of 
pure  chlorosis  gave  the  inorganic  constituents  of  the  residue  of 
the  serum  at  8 -9,  while  the  two  complicated  cases  gave  only 


7'6,  so  that  it  appears  as  if  the  salts  were  rather  increased  than 

diminished  in  this  disease.  Others, 
is  a diminution  of  the  salts. 

however,  assert  that  there 

[The  following  table  gives  the  mean  composition  of  the  blood 
of  six  chlorotic  girls,  as  determined  by  Becquerel  and  Rodier : 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1045-8 

Density  of  serum  . * 

1028-1 

Water  .... 

828-2 

Solid  constituents 

, 171-8 

Fibrin  .... 

3-4 

Fat  .... 

1-5 

Albumen 

72-1 

Blood-corpuscles 

86-0 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

8-8 

The  salts  consisted  of : 

Chloride  of  sodium 

31 

Other  soluble  salts  . 

2-3 

Phosphates 

0-441 

Iron 

0-319] 

My  own  observations,  as  well  as  those  of  Andral  and  Gavarret, 
on  the  blood  of  chlorotic  persons  who  had  been  taking  ferru- 
ginous medicines,  are  especially  interesting. 

The  girl  from  whom  the  blood  of  analysis  32  was  taken,  took 
2 ounces  of  the  tincture  of  iron  and  64  grains  of  metallic  iron, 
during  a period  of  seven  weeks,  commencing  with  the  day  of 
the  first  venesection. 


BLOOD. 


313 


The  blood  which  was  then  analysed  had  the  following  con- 
stitution : 


Analysis  33. 


Water 

806-500 

Solid  residue 

193-500 

Fibrin 

1-200 

Fat 

2-299 

Albumen 

81-230 

Globulin 

90-810 

Hacmatin 

4-598 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

9-580 

The  haematoglobulin  contained  4-8g  of  colouring  matter. 

This  change  in  the  composition  of  the  blood  is  truly  sur- 
prising, and  affords  an  excellent  illustration  of  the  wonderful 
effects  of  certain  remedies.  The  amount  of  solid  constituents 
is  increased  by  nearly  one  half,  and  the  increase  of  the  lnema- 
toglobulin  is  likewise  extraordinary.  In  this,  as  well  as  in 
Andral  and  Gavarret’s  observations,  the  quantity  of  the  fibrin 
is  diminished : the  proportion  of  the  hsematin  to  the  globulin 
is  however  slightly,  although  not  materially,  increased. 

The  changes  in  the  condition  of  the  patient  kept  pace  with 
those  of  the  blood.  Before,  she  was  pale,  and  her  lips  colour- 
less ; now  she  presented  a really  blooming  appearance.  Andral 
and  Gavarret  have  arrived  at  perfectly  analogous  results. 

They  give  two  cases,  in  one  of  which  the  iron  was  admini- 
stered for  four  weeks,  in  the  other  for  only  three  weeks. 

Is*  Case. 


Previous  to  use 

After  use 

of  the  iron. 

of  the  iron. 

Water 

866-5 

818-5 

Fibrin 

3-0 

2-5 

Blood-corpuscles 

46-4 

95-7 

Residue  of  serum 

83-9 

83-3 

2d  Case. 

Water 

852-8 

831-5 

Fibrin 

3-5 

3-3 

Blood-corpuscles 

49-7 

64-3 

Residue  of  serum 

94-0 

100-9 

[The  two  following  analyses  were  made  by  Herberger.1  The 
blood  in  (1)  was  taken  from  a chlorotic  girl  aged  20  years ; in 


1 Buchner’s  Repertorium,  2d  scries,  vol.  29. 


314 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


(2)  it  was  taken  from  the  same  girl  after  an  eight  weeks’  course 
of  chalybeates. 

In  both  instances  the  blood  formed  a tolerably  large  clot, 
but  no  huffy  coat. 


1. 

2. 

Water 

868-340 

807-080 

Solid  constituents 

131-660 

192-920 

Fibrin 

3-609 

1-950 

Fat 

2-310 

2-470 

Albumen 

78-200 

81-509 

Globulin 

36-470 

94-290 

Hrcmatin 

1-590 

4-029 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  . 

8-921 

8-236] 

Anclral  and  Gavarret  have  likewise  analysed  the  blood  of  a 
chlorotic  man.  They  made  three  analyses  of  it  at  intervals  of 
four  weeks  each.  During  this  time  he  had  been  taking  iron, 
but  without  any  marked  advantage : 


Venesection. 

Water. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

1 

810ri 

3-6 

87-9 

98-4 

2 

831-5 

3-4 

77-2 

87-9 

3 

819-4 

3-7 

86-9 

90-0 

The  blood  of  chlorotic  persons  has  also  been  analysed  by 
Lecanu1  and  J ennings.2  The  following  are  the  results  of  their 
analyses. 

Lecanu.  Jennings. 


1. 

2. 

1. 

2. 

Water 

862-40 

861-97 

871-0 

852-0 

Fibrin 

5-0 

3-0 

Blood-corpuscles  . 

55-15 

51-29 

48-7 

520 

Residue  of  serum  . 

82-45 

86-74 

Albumen 

60-0 

78-0 

Fat 

1-7 

2-0 

Extractive  matters 

3-0 

2-0 

Alkaline  salts 

7-6 

7-0 

Earthy  salts 

1-8 

2-0 

Andral  and  Gavarret  consider  that  the  great  rarity  of  cases 
of  hemorrhage  in  chlorotic  persons  is  due  to  the  amount  of  fibrin 
remaining  normal,  while  the  blood-corpuscles  are  considerably 
diminished.  I cannot,  however,  think  that  the  primary  cause 
of  ordinary  hemorrhage  is  only  to  be  sought  for  in  the  pecu- 
liarities of  the  blood.  That  a lesion  of  the  vessels  occurs  in 

1 Etudes  cliimiques,  etc.,  p.  113. 

2 The  Lancet,  1839-40,  p.  887. 


BLOOD. 


315 


the  majority  of  cases  of  hemorrhage  is  obvious  from  the  cir- 
cumstance of  blood-corpuscles  being  found  in  the  effused  fluid. 
I cannot  easily  conceive  how  blood,  deficient  in  fibrin,  should 
more  readily  escape  from  the  vessels  than  blood  abounding  in 
that  constituent. 

In  passive  hemorrhages,  the  relations  of  the  tissues  them- 
selves ought  to  be  taken  into  account  as  much  as  the  quality 
of  the  blood. 


[Becquerel  and  Rodier  analysed  the  blood  of  two  girls,  in 
whom  all  the  symptoms  of  chlorosis  existed,  (including  the 


bruit  de  diable  in  the  carotids,)  and  yet  there  was 

no  diminution 

of  the  corpuscles,  or  of  the  solid  constituents  generally. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1st  Case. 
1055-4 

2d  Case. 
1055-4 

Density  of  serum 

1027-9 

1027-2 

Water 

798-G 

792-7 

Solid  constituents 

201-4 

207-3 

Fibrin 

2-9 

2-3 

Fat  

1-287 

1-980 

Albumen 

66-8 

70-5 

Blood-corpuscles 

123-8 

126-4 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

G-6 

5-8 

The  salts  consisted  of, 

Chloride  of  sodium 

2-6 

3-9 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-2 

3-4 

Phosphates  .... 

0-329 

0-427 

Iron  

0-492 

0-51G] 

Scorbutus. 

[The  blood  has  been  analysed  by  Mr.  Busk 

in  three  well- 

marked  cases  of  scurvy  that  occurred  in  the  Dreadnought  Hos- 

pital  Ship.  Its  composition  is 

represented  in 

the  following 

table: 

l. 

2.  3. 

4. 

Water  . . 849-9 

835-9  846-2 

Healthy  blood. 
(Busk.) 
788-8 

Solid  constituents  . 150-1 

164  1 153-8 

211-2 

Fibrin  . . 6-5 

4-5  5-9 

3-3 

Albumen  . 84-0 

7G-G  74-2 

G7-2 

Blood. corpuscles  . . 47-8 

72-3  60-7 

133-7 

Salts  ...  9-5 

11-5  10-9 

G-8 

316 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


These  analyses  are  sufficient  to  disprove  the  general  notion 
that  in  this  disease  the  corpuscles  are  dissolved  in  the  serum. 
In  the  blood  taken  from  these  scorbutic  patients,  the  separation 
into  serum  and  clot  was  as  perfect  and  took  place  as  rapidly  as 
in  healthy  blood.  In  two  of  the  cases  the  clot  was  buffed  and 
cupped.] 


Morbus  maculosus  Werlhofii. 

[Porphyra  hemorrhagica  (Mason  Good.)  Land-scurvy.] 

I have  analysed  the  sanguineous  fluid  discharged  from  the 
mouth  of  a girl  aged  20  years.  She  was  pale  and  weak,  the 
pulse  rather  excited,  breath  fetid,  and  there  were  red  spots  on 
the  gums  and  above  the  uvula,  from  which  blood  had  appa- 
rently escaped.  This  sanguineous  fluid  contained  much  saliva, 
and  some  flocculi  of  mucus,  but  no  fibrin.  It  had  a faint,  dis- 
agreeable smell,  was  of  a very  dark  (almost  black)  red  colour, 
transparent,  and  deposited  an  almost  clear  sediment.  The  de- 
canted fluid  exhibited  no  blood-corpuscles  under  the  microscope, 
and  only  a few  membranous  granules.  The  sediment  was  com- 
posed of  blood-corpuscles,  which,  for  the  most  part,  were  changed 
from  the  flattened  into  a spherical  form,  and  of  which  a small 
quantity  were  of  a pale  yellow  colour,  while  the  majority  were 
almost,  if  not  quite,  colourless.  Moreover,  I observed  a con- 
siderable quantity  of  epithelium-scales  and  mucus-granules,  the 
latter  of  which  were  especially  visible  in  the  flocculi  deposited 
at  the  bottom.  After  thoroughly  stirring  the  fluid,  it  was 
boiled;  upon  which  it  coagulated  perfectly.  I found  that  it 
was  composed  of — 


Water 

Analysis  34. 
948-889 

Solid  residue  .... 

51-111 

Fat  

1-377 

Albumen  and  mucus 

34-032 

Globulin 

5-G10 

Ilajmatin 

0-102 

Alcohol-extract,  bilin,  and  salts 

4-635 

Water-extract,  ptyalin,  and  salts  . 

2-555 

Biliverdin 

0-366 

The  presence  of  the  bile  in  this  blood,  although  I was  as- 


BLOOD. 


317 


sured,  both  by  the  patient  and  the  nurse,  that  there  had  been 
no  vomiting  when  the  blood  was  discharged,  appeared  to  me  of 
importance,  since  it  is  well  known  that  a very  small  quantity 
of  bile  is  sufficient  to  dissolve  a considerable  quantity  of  blood- 
corpuscles. 

[Some  observations  on  the  sanguineous  contents  of  the  sto- 
mach, and  on  the  blood  found  in  the  heart  after  death  from 
this  disease,  occur  in  Heller’s  Archiv,  vol.  i,  p.  10.] 

Hemorrhages. 

I have  already  observed  that  continuous  and  excessive  loss 
of  blood  must  necessarily  produce  a change  in  the  composition 
of  that  portion  which  remains  in  the  system,  and  that  there  will 
be  a more  or  less  marked  degree  of  spansemia  in  proportion  to 
the  quantity  of  blood  that  has  been  lost. 

Some  researches  have  already  been  made  regarding  tbe 
chemico-physical  condition  of  the  blood  which  is  separated  from 
various  organs  in  the  different  forms  of  hemorrhage. 

I analysed  the  blood  of  a woman  who  was  suffering  from 
melsena.  It  was  a thick  fluid,  of  a dark  red  colour  (nearly 
black),  and  gave  off  only  a slight  faecal  odour : dilute  acid 
heightened  the  colour,  and  caustic  potash  developed  an  odour 
of  ammonia : it  had  a strong  alkaline  reaction,  coagulated  only 
imperfectly  on  heating,  and  threw  out  an  unpleasant  smell,  not 
however  resembling  the  odour  of  faeces.  It  did  not  coagulate 
upon  standing,  and  contained  no  fibrin.  No  blood-corpuscles 
could  be  observed  under  the  microscope,  but  merely  some  yellow 
particles  floating  in  a clear  fluid.  It  was  very  rich  in  fat  and 
in  haemaphaein.  The  fat  resembled  in  odour  the  fat  of  putrid 
blood.  The  alcohol-extract,  which  contained  a considerable 
quantity  of  fat,  had  a very  bitter  taste,  but  when  treated  with 
sulphuric  acid  no  bilifellinic  acid  was  separated ; consequently 
the  presence  of  bile  was  undecided.  Upon  heating  the  dried 
residue  a considerable  quantity  of  ammonia  was  given  off. 


318 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  blood  contained  in  1000  parts : 


Water 

Analysis  35. 
886-200 

Solid  residue 

113-800 

Brown  fat  ...... 

9-000 

Albumen 

39-830 

Globulin 

36-530 

Haematin  ....... 

3-018 

Hfemaphsein 

2-220 

Ilaemaphaein  with  alcohol-extract,  and  salts  . 

9-673 

Water-extract  and  salts  .... 

10-355 

The  lnemaphsein  left  upon  incineration  a trace  of  peroxide  of 
iron,  and  some  carbonate  of  soda ; the  alcohol-extract  left 
chloride  of  sodium  and  carbonate  of  soda ; and  the  water-extract 
left  chloride  of  sodium,  carbonate  of  soda,  sulphate  of  soda,  and 
phosphate  of  lime. 

The  blood  discharged  in  htematemesis  is,  according  to  Schon- 
lein’s  observations,  either  clear  and  very  fluid,  or  black  and 
coagulated ; sometimes  the  two  forms  are  mixed.  The  taste  of 
the  blood  is  bitter  if  any  bile  is  mixed  with  it,  acid  if  the  spleen 
is  affected. 

Ancell1  states  that  vomited  blood  is  often  coagulated,  of  a 
dark  brown  or  blackish  colour  (in  consequence  of  the  acids  of 
the  stomach) ; in  other  cases  it  resembles  coffee-grounds. 

In  a girl,  who  brought  up  enormous  quantities  of  blood,  I 
found  that  it  occurred,  for  the  most  part,  in  rather  large  brownish 
red  coagula : the  fluid  had  a faintly  acid  reaction,  but  on 
touching  a section  of  a clot  with  red  litmus  paper,  a blue  tint 
was  produced.  The  microscope  revealed  the  presence  of  cor- 
puscles in  a state  of  good  preservation. 

In  hsematuria  the  blood  is  mixed  with  urine.  If  the  quan- 
tity of  the  blood  is  very  small,  all  the  blood-corpuscles  may  be- 
come dissolved,  as  I have  frequently  observed.  The  urine,  how- 
ever, coagulates  on  heating,  and  the  colour  disappears  after 
boiling,  while  discoloured  flocculi  are  thrown  down.  The  cor- 
puscles are  frequently  preserved  entire,  and  form  a sediment, 
on  allowing  the  urine  to  stand  for  some  time.  In  this  case 
they  can  be  detected  by  the  microscope. 


1 The  Lancet,  Sept.  1840,  p.  842. 


BLOOD. 


319 


Lecanu1  quotes  an  opinion  of  Delarive,  that  a change  occurs 
in  the  colouring  matter  of  the  blood  that  escapes  in  hsematuria, 
since  sulphuric  acid  produces  a brown-red  instead  of  a black-red, 
and  nitric  and  muriatic  acids  produce  a white  instead  of  a black- 
red  precipitate  : alcohol  also  produces  a white  deposit.  These 
peculiarities  in  colour  (especially  the  white  precipitate)  may  pro- 
bably be  explained  by  the  precipitation  of  the  albumen,  while  in 
consequence  of  the  dilution  of  the  blood  the  haematoglobulin 
escapes  precipitation. 

Purpura  hemorrhagica. 

[The  blood  has  been  analysed  in  a case  of  this  disease  by 
Routier2.  In  1000  parts  he  found: 


Water 

795-244 

Solid  constituents 

204-756 

Fibrin 

0-905 

Blood-corpuscles 

121-701 

Residue  of  serum 

83-405 

From  this  analysis  it  appears 

that  the  blood  does  not  assume 

the  form  of  spansemia.  It  is  placed  here  in  consequence  of  the 
analogy  between  purpura  hemorrhagica  and  the  preceding 
diseases.] 

Typhus  petechialis  putridus.  Yellow  fever.  Plague. 

The  blood  in  these  diseases  is  described  as  watery,  very  poor 
in  fibrin,  and  of  a dark  colour.  If  any  clot  be  formed,  it  is 
diffluent,  and  very  soft : the  serum  is  frequently  of  a deep  yellow 
or  brown-red  colour,  partly  from  the  colouring  matter  of  the 
bile,  and  partly  from  dissolved  haematoglobulin.  It  possesses 
a very  peculiar  smell,  which  probably  differs  in  each  disease.  It 
is  by  no  means  improbable  that  this  smell  may  be  produced  by 
a volatile  salt  of  ammonia. 

Schbnlein  has  directed  attention  to  the  formation  of  a pecu- 
liar gas  that  escapes  with  the  blood  in  the  post-mortem  exami- 
nation, on  opening  the  large  vascular  trunks,  and  which  is  pro- 
bably developed  in  the  blood  during  the  last  stage  of  the  disease. 

Chomel  also  speaks  of  the  development  of  a gas  in  the  in- 
terior of  the  veins. 

1 Etudes  cliimiques,  etc.,  p.  95. 

* Gazette  des  Hopitaux,  vol.  6,  No.  90. 


320 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Ancell1  remarks,  that  in  the  first  stage  of  the  endemic  yellow 
fever  of  the  West  Indies  the  blood  is  of  a brighter  red,  contains 
more  salts,  and  is  hotter  than  in  a state  of  health.  As  the 
disease  progresses,  its  characters  become  changed,  and  towards 
the  termination  of  the  malady  it  loses  its  saline  and  animal 
principles,  and  becomes  black  and  thin ; in  which  state  sangui- 
neous effusions  occur  from  the  different  outlets  and  tissues. 

Balard  and  Rochet2  have  made  some  observations  on  the 
properties  of  the  blood  in  the  plague. 

Balard  is  of  opinion  that  the  lymphatic  system  is  first  disor- 
dered, and  that  inflammation,  degeneration,  and  suppuration  of 
the  lymphatic  ganglia  and  vessels  follow.  It  is  not  until  sup- 
puration in  these  structures  has  fairly  set  in  that  the  venous 
system  begins  to  suffer,  and  a change  in  the  composition  of  the 
blood  to  ensue. 

The  blood,  when  the  disease  is  fully  established,  exhibits  in- 
variably the  same  properties,  whether  it  is  obtained  by  bleeding, 
or  taken  from  the  vessels  after  death.  The  arterial  and  venous 
blood  have  both  the  same  dark  colour;  the  blood  generally 
appears  in  a peculiar  state  of  solution,  and  oily  drops  are  fre- 
quently seen  on  its  surface.  It  frequently  has  a peculiar  smell, 
but  never  the  huffy  coat. 

In  three  patients,  aged  19,  23,  and  27  years  respectively,  and 
in  whom  the  blood  was  drawn  between  the  third  and  fifth  days, 
it  was  of  a dark -brown  colour,  and  in  the  course  of  two  hours 
a good  clot  was  formed.  This,  however,  is  frequently  not  the 
case,  especially  when  the  oily  globules  appear.  The  serum  was 
reddish,  and  developed  a gas  which  soon  browned  sugar  of  lead 
test-paper,  andwhich  therefore  contained  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 
The  clot  constituted  about  402,  and  contained  33 • 5 of  water, 
•6  of  fibrin,  3'8  of  cruor,  -25  osmazome,  '9  of  chlorides  of  sodium 
and  potassium,  and  -2  of  carbonate  of  soda  and  fat. 

Lacheze,3  who  observed  the  plague  in  Egypt,  states  that  the 
blood  never  coagulates,  that  it  is  greasy,  and  of  a black  colour. 

1 Course  of  Lectures  on  tlie  Physiology  and  Pathology  of  the  Blood.  The  Lancet, 
1840,  p.  837. 

5 Casper’s  Wochensclirift,  1838,  No.  12. 

3 Magendie,  Le?ons  sur  le  Sang.  Bruxelles,  1839,  p.  200. 


BLOOD. 


321 


THE  FOURTH  FORM  OF  DISEASED  BLOOD  : HETEROCHYMEUSIS.1 

I arrange  under  this  form  all  those  states  of  the  blood  in 
which  a substance  is  present  that  does  not  exist  in  the  normal 
fluid : when,  for  instance,  the  blood  contains  urea  (in  appreci- 
able quantity),  sugar,  colouring  matter  of  the  bile,  fat,  or  pus. 
The  circumstances  that  lead  to  the  establishment  of  this  diseased 
condition  of  the  blood  are  far  less  natural  than  those  which  are 
connected  with  the  production  of  the  three  former  classes.  The 
arrangement  is  artificial,  and  merely  adopted  for  convenience, 
since  this  class  of  diseases  has  simply  this  property  in  common, 
that  the  composition  of  the  blood  is  here  qualitatively  changed, 
whilst  in  the  three  former  it  was  only  altered  quantitatively . 
The  putrid  form  of  typhus,  the  yellow  fever,  and  the  plague, 
certainly  might  have  been  placed  in  this  class,  since  colouring 
matter  of  the  bile,  and  a salt  of  ammonia,  are  often  found  in 
the  serum.  I have,  however,  thought  it  best  to  place  these  dis- 
eases in  the  third  class,  because,  in  the  first  place,  the  presence 
of  the  abnormal  constituents  is  not  constant  • and  because,  se- 
condly, in  consequence  of  the  deficiency  in  the  solid  constitu- 
ents of  the  blood  in  these  disorders,  they  naturally  occur  under 
the  class  spansemia. 

I.  BLOOD  CONTAINING  UREA:  URA3MIA. 

a.  Morbus  Brightii. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  describe  the  blood  in  this  disease  as 
characterized  by  a deficiency  of  albumen  in  the  serum. 

It  is  evident,  however,  both  from  my  own  and  from  Christison' s 
researches,  that  the  decrease  of  the  solid  constituents  of  the 
serum  is  not  always  the  leading  character  in  this  disease.  I 
have  thought  it  right,  therefore,  to  arrange  this  disease,  on  ac- 
count of  the  nearly  constant  presence  of  urea  in  the  blood, 
under  the  form  heterochymeusis. 

Christison,2  who  has  attentively  studied  the  blood  in  this  dis- 
ease, describes  it  in  the  following  manner : The  blood  in  the 
first  stage  of  the  disease  coagulates  with  a thick,  firm,  and  cupped 
buffy  coat.  The  serum  is  usually  rather  turbid,  and  when  shaken 

1 From  irtpoQ  and  uevcnc. 

5 On  the  Granular  Degeneration  of  the  Kidneys,  etc.,  bvR.  Christison.  Edin.  1839. 

21 


322 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


with  ether  yields  a small  quantity  of  solid  fat.  The  decrease  in 
the  density  of  the  serum  at  this  stage  is  very  remarkable.  While 
in  healthy  blood  it  is  estimated  at  1029 — 1031,  it  now  sinks  to 
1020,  or  even  1019 ; and  in  connexion  with  this  circumstance 
we  find  a large  quantity  of  albumen  in  the  urine. 

Another  very  remarkable  peculiarity  is  the  presence  of  a cer- 
tain quantity  of  urea  in  the  serum. 

The  following  changes  occur  in  the  progress  of  the  disease : 
(1.)  There  is  an  excess  of  serum,  the  clot  often  constituting  not 
more  than  one  fourth  of  the  blood.  (2.)  The  density  of  the 
serum  returns  to  its  normal  state,  or  even  exceeds  it ; some- 
times, however,  it  remains  low,  even  in  the  advanced  stages. 
(3.)  The  urea  disappears  as  the  disease  advances,  but  usually 
reappears,  towards  the  termination  of  the  case,  in  even  a larger 
amount  than  previously.  (4.)  The  fibrin,  which  is  increased 
in  the  first  stage,  returns  to  its  normal  amount  as  the  disease 
advances,  and  only  becomes  considerable  again  during  inflam- 
matory complication.  (5.)  The  most  remarkable  character  of 
the  blood  in  the  advanced  stage  is  the  great  decrease  of  blood- 
corpuscles,  which  frequently  amount  to  only  one  third  of  the 
normal  proportion. 

I have  analysed  the  blood  in  four  cases  of  Bright’s  disease, 
and  obtained  the  following  results  : 


Analysis  36. 

Analysis  37. 

Analysis  38. 

Analysis  39. 

Water 

830-590 

826-891 

823-461 

839-700 

Solid  constituents  . 

169-420 

173-109 

176-539 

160-300 

Fibrin 

7-046 

3-060 

5-000 

3-500 

Fat 

2-403 

1-860 

2-520 

2-680 

Albumen 

103-694 

109-432 

97-010 

63-400 

Globulin 

40-151 

41-300 

54-090 

71-300 

Hajmatin 

3-808 

4-377 

5-100 

4-910 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

12-348 

13-280 

12-819 

11-380 

The  blood  in  analysis  36  was  taken  from  a man  aged  40,  who 
had  been  treated  for  some  time  in  our  hospital  for  this  disease  : 
traces  of  urea  were  detected  in  the  extractive  matters,  by  the 
method  given  in  page  183. — The  blood  in  analysis  37  was  taken 
from  a man  aged  20,  whose  feet  and  arms  were  so  oedematous 
as  to  render  venesection  a matter  of  some  difficulty.  Consider- 
able quantities  of  urea  were  found  in  the  blood. — The  blood  in 
analysis  38  was  taken  from  a man  aged  30,  in  whom  the  dis- 
ease was  not  so  advanced  as  in  the  former  cases.  A considei’- 


BLOOD. 


323 


able  quantity  of  urea  was  found  in  the  serum,  which  exhibited 
a remarkable  milk-white  turbidity,  not  caused  by  fat  in  a state 
of  suspension,  hut  (as  shown  by  the  microscope)  produced  by 
numerous  minute  solid  granules,  which,  by  diluting  the  serum, 
and  then  allowing  it  to  rest,  were  collected,  washed,  and  analysed. 
They  were  not  soluble  in  alcohol  or  in  ether,  hut  dissolved 
after  a continuous  digestion  in  dilute  acetic  acid,  from  which 
they  were  precipitated  by  ferrocyanide  of  potassium.  Hence  I 
concluded  that  they  were  fibrin. 

The  blood  in  analysis  39  was  taken  from  a man  36  years  of 
age,  at  the  commencement  of  the  disease.  Hsematuria  had  oc- 
curred a few  days  previous  to  the  venesection.  The  quantity  of 
urea  in  this  blood  was  very  considerable. — The  urine  was  albu- 
minous in  all  these  cases,  especially  in  the  last  two. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  I have  found  the  luematoglobulin 
more  abundant  in  hsematin  in  these  than  in  ordinary  cases.  It 
varied  from  82  to  9-5§. 

Christison  gives  the  following  results  of  analyses  of  blood  in 


Bright’s 

disease : 

Water. 

Solid  constituents. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum, 

1 

863-8 

136-2 

2-8 

57-4 

76-0 

2 

844-1 

155-9 

4-4 

57-7 

93-8 

3 

808-3 

191-7 

3-0 

133-9 

54-8 

4 

831-0 

1690 

2-8 

111-1 

551 

5 

836-3 

163-7 

2-7 

104-6 

56-4 

6 

825-2 

174-8 

4-3 

95-5 

75-0 

7 

859-2 

140-8 

8-2 

75-5 

57-2 

8 

885-3 

114-7 

6-2 

56-4 

52-1 

9 

862-8 

137-2 

3-2 

72-1 

61-9 

10 

855-5 

144-5 

4-5 

42-7 

97-3 

11 

862-6 

137-4 

8-5 

72-8 

56-1 

12 

887-0 

1130 

5-6 

49-1 

58-3 

13 

841-6 

158-4 

3-4 

91-6 

63-4 

Christison’s  average  composition  of  healthy  blood  being  : 
775-7  224-3  3-8  137-1  83-4 

The  blood  in  the  3d  analysis  was  taken  from  a robust  man, 
aged  55  years,  in  the  first  stage  of  granular  degeneration,  and 
suffering  from  anasarca.  The  urine  was  very  albuminous,  hut 
not  bloody  : the  serum  was  milky,  and  abounded  in  urea. 

The  blood  in  the  5th  analysis  was  taken  from  a man  aged  48, 
suffering  from  anasarca  and  continued  fever.  The  kidneys  were 
in  the  first  stage  of  granular  degeneration;  the  urine  contained 


324 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


a considerable  quantity  of  albumen. — In  the  6th  case,  the  dis- 
ease had  reached  the  middle  stage:  the  patient  was  at  the  same 
time  suffering  from  anasarca  and  chronic  catarrh:  the  blood 
contained  urea. — In  the  7th  case,  the  disease  was  in  the  first 
stage;  the  patient  (a  man  aged  42)  was  also  suffering  from 
peripneumonia  and  anasarca:  the  blood  contained  urea,  and 
the  urine  was  albuminous. 

8th  analysis.  Blood  of  a youth  aged  16  years,  suffering 
from  dropsy ; kidneys  in  the  middle  stage  of  granular  degene- 
ration. The  serum  was  peculiarly  rich  in  solid  constituents, 
and  contained  a considerable  quantity  of  urea. 

9th  analysis.  Blood  of  a man  aged  23.  The  granular  degene- 
ration was  more  advanced,  the  blood  contained  urea. 

10th  analysis.  Blood  of  a man  aged  23,  after  having  re- 
covered from  scarlatina.  The  disease  in  the  kidneys  was  in  an 
advanced  stage  : the  blood  was  remarkable  for  the  small  quantity 
of  corpuscles. 

11th  analysis.  Blood  of  a woman  aged  25  years,  suffering 
from  anasarca,  catarrh,  and  chronic  rheumatism.  The  dege- 
neration of  the  kidneys  was  in  a very  advanced  stage.  The 
blood  contained  urea,  and  the  urine  was  albuminous. 

12th  analysis.  Blood  of  a man  aged  32,  suffering  from 
pleuritis  and  anasarca;  kidneys  in  an  advanced  stage  of  the  dis- 
ease. Blood  remarkable  for  the  small  quantity  of  corpuscles, 
and  for  the  large  amount  of  urea. 

13th  analysis.  Blood  of  a woman  aged  56,  with  anasarca 
and  ascites ; the  disease  of  the  kidneys  was  in  a very  advanced 
stage. 

These  observations  entirely  coincide  with  my  own,  as  far  as 
regards  the  decreased  quantity  of  solid  constituents,  the  small 
amount  of  blood-corpuscles,  as  the  disease  advances,  and  the 
presence  of  urea  in  the  blood. 

Andral  and  Gavarret  have  analysed  the  blood  of  three  per- 
sons with  Bright’s  disease. 

The  following  are  their  results: 


Venesection. 

Water. 

Solid  constituents. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

1st  Case 

1 

801-0 

199-0 

1-6 

127-6 

69-1 

2d  „ 

1 

867-0 

133-0 

2-3 

61-6 

68-4 

fl 

849-0 

1510 

3-2 

82-4 

64-8 

3d  „ ■* 

2 

836-0 

164-0 

3-0 

88-2 

72-7 

1-3 

845-9 

154-1 

4-2 

71-0 

78-9 

BLOOD. 


325 


The  second  venesection  in  the  3d  case  was  ordered  at  a 
time  when  the  urine  was  less  albuminous  than  it  had  been  : the 
third  was  prescribed  after  a considerable  interval,  and  when  the 
urine  contained  no  albumen. 


The  researches  of  trust-worthy  observers  have  shown  that 
the  blood  in  cholera  exhibits  the  following  peculiarities.  The 
quantity  of  water  is  decreased,  and  consequently  there  is  an 
increase  in  the  amount  of  solid  constituents  arising,  in  all  pro- 
bability, from  the  watery  alvine  evacuations ; the  amount  of 
fibrin,  as  well  as  the  alkaline  reaction,  is  diminished,  and  urea 
is  found  in  the  serum.  The  search  after  this  substance  has  not 
always  been  successful,  but  its  presence  has  been  clearly  shown 
by  Rainy, i O’Shaughnessy,1 2  Marchand,3  and  myself. 

The  following  are  the  leading  physical  characters  of  the  blood 
in  this  disease.  It  appears  to  be  thicker  than  usual,  and  either 
forms  a soft,  friable  clot,  or  else  coagulates  very  imperfectly. 

Wittstock  has  made  a careful  analysis  of  the  blood  during 
cholera.  In  its  external  characters  it  resembled  healthy  blood : 
the  clot  was  of  a scarlet  red  colour  on  the  surface,  but  darker 
than  usual  in  the  interior. 

His  analysis  gave  the  following  results:  serum  36-52,  clot  63‘5',. 
The  specific  gravity  of  the  serum  was  1-0385,  and  100  parts 
left  13-75  of  solid  residue.  The  clot,  when  treated  with  ab- 
solute alcohol,  left  a residue  of  312;  the  alcohol  took  up  solid 
crystalline,  and  thin  fluid  fat,  chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium, 
lactates  of  soda  and  ammonia,  extract  of  flesh,  and  traces  of 
phosphate  of  lime.  By  washing  the  clot,  62  of  fibrin  were  ob- 
tained. Hence,  if  we  consider  the  fluid  of  the  clot  to  be  serum, 
we  have  the  composition  of  this  blood  expressed  as  follows : 


(3.  Cholera. 


Water 

Solid  residue 

Fibrin 

Albumen 

Blood-corpuscles 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 


740-00 

260-00 

11-00 

110-42 

124-46 

14-10 


1 London  Medical  Gazette,  Jan.  1838. 

3 Ancell’s  Lectures  on  the  Blood.  The  Lancet,  1840,  p.  840. 

3 Poggendorf’s  Annalen,  vol.  49,  p.  328. 


326 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


The  blood-corpuscles,  therefore,  fall  below  Lecanu's  average, 
while  the  albumen  and  solid  constituents,  generally,  are  consi- 
derably increased. 

Lecanu1  has  made  several  experiments  upon  the  quantity  of 
solid  constituents  in  the  blood  in  cholera,  and  has  arrived  at 
the  following  results  : 


Solid  constituents  . . 340 

251  520  330 

Water  ....  660 

749  480  670 

CFShaughnessy2  has  analysed  the 

serum  of  the  hlood  in  this 

disease,  and  has  detected  a considerable  quantity  of  urea  in  it. 

1000  parts  were  composed  of, 

Water 

854-0 

Albumen  .... 

133-0 

Urea 

1-4 

Crystalline  and  fluid  fat 

1-4 

Chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium 

4-0 

Sulphates  and  muriates 

1-6 

Extractive  matter  and  albuminate  of  soda  . 4'8 

I analysed  the  hlood  of  a woman 

labouring  under  a severe 

attack  of  sporadic  cholera. 

1000  parts  of  hlood  contained  : 

Analysis  40. 

Water 

750-530 

Solid  constituents 

249-470 

Fibrin 

2-470 

Fat 

5-434 

Albumen 

114-114 

Hsematoglobulin 

108-529 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  10*63 1 

The  salts  amounted  to  only  5-41,  the  average  quantity  being 
from  7 to  8 in  1000  parts  of  blood.  We  see  that  the  water  is 
decidedly  diminished,  but  the  ratio  of  the  blood-corpuscles  to 
the  albumen  is  not  such  as  was  formerly  supposed.3  In  con- 
sequence of  the  suppression  of  the  urinary  and  biliary  secre- 
tions, the  blood  contained  a quantity  of  urea  and  of  the  con- 
stituents of  the  bile,  (bilin  and  biliver  din.) 

[Heller  examined  the  blood  taken  after  death  from  the  ca- 
rotids of  a man  who  died  of  sporadic  cholera. 

1 Etudes  chimiques,  etc.,  p.  106. 

2 Ancell’s  Lectures  on  the  Blood.  Lancet,  1840,  p.  840. 

3 It  was  conceived  that  the  thick  and  often  imperfectly  coagulated  hlood  must  he 
very  rich  in  corpuscles,  in  consequence  of  the  amount  of  serum  thrown  off  by  the 
intestinal  canal. 


BLOOD. 


32  7 


It  was  of  a very  dark  colour  and  of  a tolerably  thick  con- 
sistency. 

Under  tlie  microscope  the  blood-corpuscles  appeared  hacked 
at  the  edges,  as  if  the  capsules  were  partially  destroyed,  and 
many  fat-vesicles  were  seen. 

The  blood  was  very  rich  in  albumen,  in  fat,  and  in  urea. 
The  fixed  salts,  especially  the  chlorides,  were  increased,1  and  the 
fibrin  appeared  to  be  beneath  the  normal  standard.  There  was 
no  trace  of  biliphsein.] 

II.  SUGAR  IN  THE  BLOOD:  MELITiEMIA. 

The  blood  in  diabetes  has  been  found  by  several  observers, 
and  in  one  instance  by  myself,  to  contain  a larger  proportion  of 
solid  constituents  than  healthy  blood : others,  as  Lecanu  and 
Henry,  state  that  the  amount  is  smaller.  According  to  the 
latter,  the  quantity  of  blood-corpuscles  is  diminished,  while 
others  assert  that  they  are  increased.  The  fibrin  remains  at 
about  the  normal  quantity.  Rollo  was,  I believe,  the  first  who 
proved  the  presence  of  sugar  in  the  blood  during  diabetes. 
Gueudeville,2  Vauquelin,  Segalas,3  Wollaston,  Henry  and 
Soubeiran,  could  not  detect  it.  Boucliardat,4  however,  directs 
attention  to  the  important  consideration  that  the  presence  of 
sugar  in  the  blood  can  only  be  incontestably  proved  when  ve- 
nesection has  been  performed  two  or  three  hours  after  dinner, 
and  that  if  blood  is  drawn  in  the  morning,  no  traces  of  it  can 
be  found : I have  corroborated  this  observation. 

I have  analysed  the  blood  in  three  cases  of  diabetes.  The 
sugar  was  sought  for  in  the  manner  described  in  page  185. 


Analysis  41. 

Analysis  42. 

Analysis  43. 

Water 

794-663 

789-480 

802-000 

Solid  constituents 

205-337 

210-510 

198-000 

Fibrin 

2-432 

2-370 

2-030 

Fat 

2-010 

3-640 

2-250 

Albumen 

114-570 

86-000 

97-450 

Globulin 

66-300 

98-500 

74-350 

Haematin 

5-425 

5-100 

3-700 

Sugar 

2-500 

a trace 

a trace 

Extractive  matters  and  salts  . 

9-070 

14-900 

12-680 

1 In  consequence  of  the  torpidity  of  the  urinary  secretion. 

2 Annal.  de  Chimie,  vol.  44,  p.  45. 

3 Journal  de  Chimie  Medicale,  vol.  1,  p.  1. 

* Revue  Medic.  1839,  p.  321. 


328 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  blood  in  analysis  41  was  obtained  from  a man  aged  50 
years,  who  had  taken  a full  meal  of  animal  food  two  hours  pre- 
vious to  being  bled.  The  2-5  parts  of  sugar  were  not  perfectly 
pure;  they  contained  extractive  matter,  and  some  salts. 

The  blood  in  analysis  42  was  taken  before  dinner  from  a 
girl  aged  20  years.  The  presence  of  sugar  was  only  just  per- 
ceptible by  the  taste,  by  the  sulphuric  acid  test,  and  by  the 
odour  evolved  on  burning  it.  The  disease  in  this  case  was  far 
advanced,  and  it  is  worthy  of  remark  that,  six  or  eight  days  pre- 
vious to  dissolution,  the  diabetes  sapidus  became  converted  into 
diabetes  insipidus. 

This  patient  made  an  extremely  large  quantity  of  water,  which 
was  not  very  abundant  in  sugar;  while  the  man,  aged  50, 
passed  only  two  or  three  quarts  of  urine  daily,  containing  a large 
proportion  of  sugar. 

The  blood  in  analysis  43  was  taken  before  dinner  from  a 
man  aged  30  years,  who  passed  a very  large  quantity  of  water, 
which,  however,  did  not  contain  much  sugar. 

I give,  in  the  following  table,  the  analyses  of  other  observers:1 2 


Bouchardat. 

Henry  and  Soubeiran. 

Lecanu. 

Water 

808-76 

816-50 

848-35 

Solid  constituents 

191-24 

183-50 

151-65 

Fibrin 

1-95 

2-43 

Albumen 

62-54 

55-48 

58-47 

Blood-corpuscles 

118-25 

120-37 

85-18 

Salts 

8-52 

5-57 

8-00 

I further  add  the  following  analysis  of  the  serum  in  diabetes, 
made  by  Rees.2 

Water  .........  908-50 

Albumen,  with  a trace  of  phosphate  of  lime  andperoxide  of  iron  80-35 

Fat 095 

Diabetic  sugar 1-80 

Alcohol-extract  and  urea 2-20 

Albuminate  of  soda,  alkaline  chlorides  and  carbonates,  with 

a trace  of  sulphates  and  phosphates  ....  0-80 

[Some  very  important  additions  to  our  knowledge  of  the 
pathology  of  this  obscure  disease  will  be  found  in  Dr.  Percy’s 
f Observations  and  Experiments  concerning  diabetes  mellitus.’ 
Med.  Gaz.  vol.  ii,  1843.] 

1 In  addition  to  those  quoted  in  the  text,  there  is  an  analysis  of  diabetic  blood  by 
Muller  in  the  Archiv  d.  Pharm.,  vol.  18,  p.  55.  Its  extreme  peculiarity  renders  its 
correctness  doubtful. 

2 Ancell’s  Lectures  on  the  Blood.  The  Lancet,  1840,  p.  889. 


BLOOD. 


329 


III.  BILE-FIGMENT  IN  THE  BLOOD  : CIIOLiEMIA. 

Very  contraclictoiy  statements  exist  regarding  the  composi- 
tion of  the  blood  in  icterus. 

Orfila1  found  bile,  or  at  least,  biliary  resin,  in  the  blood  of 
three  persons  suffering  from  icterus  ; and  Collard  de  Martigny2 
and  Clarion3  obtained  similar  results.  Lassaigne4  and  Thenard,5 
on  the  contrary,  declare  that  they  could  never  detect  any  con- 
stituent of  the  bile  in  such  cases.  Chevreul  found,  in  the  blood 
of  children  with  icterus,  the  colouring  matter  of  the  bile,  but 
not  picromel ; and  Boudet  and  Lecanu  have  likewise  found  the 
bile-pigment  present  in  these  cases. 

I was  fortunate  enough  to  obtain  a specimen  of  the  blood 
of  a woman  in  our  hospital  who  was  jaundiced  to  a degree  not 
often  witnessed.  The  skin  over  the  whole  body  was  of  a yel- 
lowish brown  colour,  the  urine  was  of  a deep,  dark  brown  tint, 
and  deposited  a considerable  quantity  of  brown  and  yellow  sedi- 
ment. The  blood  was  drawn  from  the  arm  in  my  presence,  and 
was  immediately  whipt.  It  hardly  differed  in  appearance  from 
normal  blood,  but  contained  very  little  fibrin,  and  the  corpus- 
cles speedily  sunk.  The  serum  was  of  an  almost  blood-red 
colour,  but,  when  only  a thin  stratum  was  viewed,  it  appeared 
of  a bright  amber  tint.  Its  taste  was  hardly  at  all  bitter; 
when  treated  with  nitric  acid,  a whitish  yellow  coagulum  was 
first  formed,  (consisting  of  albumen,)  which  rapidly  assumed  a 
deep  grass-green  colour,  then,  after  a short  interval,  changed 
into  a blue,  and  afterwards  into  a pale  red ; and  from  that  to  a 
yellow. 

I precipitated  the  protein-compounds,  by  means  of  alcohol, 
from  a large  quantity  of  serum,  evaporated  the  fluid,  again 
treated  the  residue  with  alcohol,  evaporated,  and  then  dissolved 
the  residue  in  water.  This  aqueous  solution  must  have  con- 
tained bilin  or  bilifellinic  acid  (if  they  had  been  present),  besides 
the  alcohol-extract  of  the  blood  and  certain  salts,  but  it  neither 
tasted  bitter,  nor,  when  digested  with  sulphuric  acid,  did  it  yield 
a resinous  substance  (a  compound  of  fellinic  and  cholinic  acids 


1 Elements  de  Chim.,  vol.  2,  p.  313. 

5 Journ  de  Chim.  Med.,  vol.  3,  p.  423. 

3 Theses  d’Ecole  de  Medecine,  1811. 

4 Journ.  de  Chim.  Med.,  vol.  1,  p.  266. 

3 Traite  de  Chim.,  vol.  5,  p.  111. 


330 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


and  dyslysin) ; neither  did  it  contain  bilin  nor  any  of  the  pro- 
ducts of  its  metamorphosis.  On  the  other  hand.,  I found,  in  the 
urine  of  this  person,  which  was  brown,  very  acid,  and  contained 
a large  quantity  of  uric  acid,  a very  appreciable  quantity  of 
biliary  resin. 

We  can  only  account  for  the  occurrence  of  this  product  of 
the  metamorphosis  of  bilin  in  the  urine,  by  recollecting  the 
facility  and  rapidity  with  which  noxious  matters  are  eliminated 
from  the  blood. 

My  analysis  of  the  blood  in  icterus  gave  the  following  results  : 


Water 

Analysis  44. 
770-000 

Solid  residue 

230-000 

Fibrin 

1-500 

Fat 

2-640 

Albumen 

126-500 

Globulin 

72-600 

Hsematin 

4-840 

HEemapbsein,  with  biliphsein 

2-640 

Extractive  matters  and  salts,  with  biliphsein  . 

16-500 

The  peculiarities  of  this  blood  are,  its  large  amount  of  solid 
constituents,  due  to  an  increase,  not  of  the  corpuscles,  but  of 
the  albumen,  the  diminished  quantity  of  fibrin,  and  the  excess 
of  colouring  and  extractive  matters  and  salts.  In  other  analyses 
of  the  blood  I have  frequently  found  it  impossible  to  separate 
the  hsemaphsein  from  the  hsematin,  in  consequence  of  the  small 
amount  of  the  whole  colouring  matter ; in  this  instance,  how- 
ever, I was  able  to  effect  their  separation,  and  it  appears  that 
the  amount  of  the  hsemaphsein  is  about  one  half  of  that  of  the 
hsematin,  a proportion  which  is  probably  larger  than  occurs  in 
healthy  blood.  The  fat  was  not  particularly  increased. 

The  researches  of  Denis  and  Lecanu  give,  to  a certain  degree, 
similar  results : they  show  a decrease  of  the  blood-corpuscles, 
but  not  an  increase  of  the  solid  constituents. 


Lecanu. 

Denis. 

1. 

2. 

Water  .... 

828-660 

830-0 

815-00 

Solid  constituents 

171-340 

170-0 

185-00 

Fibrin  .... 

1 ft 

9-50 

Fat 

6-00 

Albumen  .... 

76-800 

65-0 

53  00 

Blood-corpuscles 

79-620 

97-0 

93-95 

Salts  .... 

8-00 

Yellow  and  blue  pigment 
Salts,  extractive  matters,  and  fat 

14-900 

8-0 

14-55 

BLOOD. 


331 


The  large  amount  of  fibrin  and  of  fat  is  remarkable  in  Denis’s 
analysis  : the  14f5  parts  of  colouring  matters  were  probably 
combined  with  extractive  matter. 

Tiedemann  and  Gmelin  observed  that  the  clot  of  icteric  blood 
was  of  the  ordinary  colour.  The  clear  yellow  serum  contained 
biliphtein,  and  gave,  when  treated  with  a small  quantity  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  a hyacinth-red  colour,  which,  in  the  course 
of  the  night,  became  green ; if  an  excess  of  acid  was  used,  a 
hyacinth-red  colour  was  at  once  produced,  which,  in  the  course 
of  the  night,  turned  to  a blue.  When  treated  with  a quantity 
of  nitric  acid  not  sufficient  to  precipitate  the  albumen,  it  became 
of  a greenish  yellow  colour ; when  treated  with  an  excess  of  the 
acid,  it  gave  a green  precipitate,  which  afterwards  became  blue, 
and  subsequently  violet,  red,  and  yellow. 

[Becquerel  and  Rodier  observe  that,  in  icterus,  there  may 
be  a continued  secretion  and  flow  of  bile,  or  there  may  be 
perfect  retention  arising  from  biliary  calcuh,  &c. 

In  the  first  case,  no  peculiar  modification  is  observable  in  the 
blood,  and  it  is,  therefore,  unnecessary  to  quote  their  analyses ; 
in  the  second  case,  there  is  an  accumulation  of  cholesterin  and 
of  the  other  fatty  matters  in  the  blood. 

The  following  analysis  wa,s  made  of  the  blood  of  a young 
man,  aged  23  years,  in  whom  icterus  was  developed  as  a conse- 
quence of  indigestion.  There  was  constipation,  and  no  appear- 
ance of  bile  in  the  faeces.  The  blood  contained,  in  1000  parts  : 


Water 

. 

740-509 

Solid  constituents 

259-491 

Fibrin 

1-900 

Fat 

3-646 

Albumen 

66-300 

Blood-corpuscles 

164-300 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

23-345 

The  fatty  matters  amount  to  more  than  double  the  normal 
quantity,  and  consisted  of : 


Serolin 

0-070 

Phosphorized  fat 

0-810 

Cholesterin 

0-627 

Saponified  fat  . 

2-139 

The  fatty  acids  that  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  sapo- 
nified fat  occur  in  the  bile,  combined  with  soda.  The  salts 
were  normal. 


332 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


In  another  case  of  a similar  nature, 

the  fat  amounted  to 

4T76,  consisting  of: 

Serolin  .... 

0-128 

Phospliorized  fat 

1-159 

Cholesterin 

0-556 

Saponified  fat  . 

2-333 

In  adddition  to  the  large  amount  of  fat  in  the  blood  in  these 
cases,  Becquerel  and  Rodier  observed  that  the  serum  was  always 
tinged  with  bile-pigment.] 


IV.  FAT  IN  THE  BLOOD  : PIARHiEMIA. 

It  is  well  known  that  free  fat  in  the  form  of  globules  is  not 
ordinarily  seen  in  healthy  human  blood.  The  greater  part 
exists  in  a saponified  state,  with  the  exception  of  cholesterin 
and  serolin,  which  do  not  saponify  with  potash.  As,  however, 
the  chyle  contains  a large  quantity  of  free  fat  soon  after  the  act 
of  digestion,  we  must  conclude  that  during  the  process  of  me- 
tamorphosis of  the  blood  the  greater  part  becomes  converted 
into  fatty  acids.  In  certain  pathological  states  of  those  organs 
which  play  an  active  part  in  the  metamorphosis  of  the  blood, 
and  whose  cells  contain  a considerable  quantity  of  fat,  as  the 
liver  and  kidneys,  and  during  inflammatory  affections  of  the 
peritoneum  and  of  the  lungs,  so  large  a quantity  of  both  free 
and  combined  fat  is  sometimes  found  in  the  blood,  that  the 
serum  appears  turbid,  opaque,  and  even  milky. 

Marcet  found  the  serum  milky  in  diabetes,  Trail  in  hepatitis, 
Zanarelli  in  pneumonia,  Christison  in  dropsy,  icterus,  and  ne- 
phritis ; moreover,  in  cholera  the  blood  has  been  found  to  be 
very  abundant  in  fat. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  observe  that  if  in  such  cases  the 
serum  appear  turbid,  whey-like,  or  milky,  fat-globules  will  be 
perceptible  under  the  microscope. 

Christison  and  Lecanu1  have  found  that  this,  like  most  of  the 
animal  fats,  consists  of  olein,  margarin,  and  stearin : there  is 
little  doubt  but  that  fatty  acids  are  also  present;  in  fact,Lassaigne 
detected  a fat  of  this  nature  in  the  blood,  similar  to  the  fatty  mat- 
ter of  the  brain. 

Zanarelli2  found  the  blood  of  a man  with  pneumonia  similar 

1 Etudes  chimiques,  p.  116. 

2 Journal  de  Cliimie  Medic.,  vol.  2,  p.  551. 


BLOOD. 


333 


to  milk  : it  separated  into  a thicker  and  a thinner  portion.  Blood 
taken  some  days  afterwards  separated  into  a red  clot  and  into 
a milky  serum.  Zanarelli  is  of  opinion  that  this  milky  blood  is 
chyle,  which  has  not  been  converted  into  proper  blood,  in  con- 


sequence  of  the  affection  of  the  lungs.  Bertazzi  analysed  it, 

and  his  results  are  given  below. 

Bertazzi’s  Analysis  of  Milky  Blood. 

Water 

905-0 

Solid  constituents 

95-0 

Crystalline  fat 

4-0 

Non-crystalline  fat  

6-0 

Extractive  matter,  lactates,  and  chlorides  . 

5-0 

Carbonates,  phosphates,  and  sulphates 

4-0 

Dr.  Sion1  observed  an  instance  of  milky  blood  in  a case  of 
mammary  abscess.  It  contained  no  fibrin,  and  when  allowed 
to  stand  a small  quantity  of  colouring  matter  was  deposited. 
The  fluid  was  analysed  by  Lecanu,  and  the  following  are  the 

results  he  obtained : 

Lecanu' s Analysis  of  Milky  Blood. 

Water 

794-0 

Solid  constituents 

206-0 

Albumen  ....... 

64-0 

Fat ; cholesterin,  margarin,  stearin,  and  fatty  acids 

117-0 

Salts  and  extractive  matter 

25-0 

Hffimatoglobulin a trace. 

In  a case  of  milky  serum,  which  occurred  during  hepatitis. 
Trail  found : 

Water  ....  789 

Albumen  ....  157 

Oily  fat  ...  45 

Chlorides  and  lactates  . . 9 

V.  PUS  IN  THE  BLOOD  : PYOHJ5MIA. 

According  to  Gulliver,2  pus  is  found,  and  probably  is  also 
formed,  in  the  blood  in  all  diseases  in  which  there  is  suppura- 
tion, or  even  inflammatory  swelling,  accompanied  with  hectic 
fever.  According  to  Blandin,  blood  of  this  nature,  in  issuing 
from  the  vein,  does  not  differ  much  in  appearance  from  ordinary 
blood ; it  is  frequently,  however,  rather  darker  and  more  fluid. 
When  the  blood  is  inflamed  and  purulent,  a muddy  or  greenish 

1 Lancette  frang.  1835,  No.  49. 
a Lond.  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag.  1838. 


334 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


yellow  inflammatory  coat  is  formed,  in  which,  according  toPiorry, 
gray  granulations  of  a puriform  appearance  occur. 

Ammonia  has  been  recommended  by  Donne  as  a test  for  the 
presence  of  pus  in  the  blood.  Blood  treated  with  ammonia  dis- 
solves into  a clear  fluid,  while  pus  similarly  treated  forms  a stiff 
jelly.  If,  therefore,  blood  contains  pus,  it  will  become  more  or 
less  gelatinous  upon  the  addition  of  ammonia,  and  if  only  a very 
small  quantity  of  pus  is  present,  then  we  shall  only  find  stripes  of 
this  stringy  substance  deposited  at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel.  I 
have  obtained  favorable  results  from  this  method  when  the 
quantity  of  pus  has  not  been  very  minute ; I will  not,  however, 
venture  to  assert  that  certain  results  can  be  obtained  by  this 
method  when  the  amount  of  pus  is  extremely  small. 

Gulliver,1  Gluge,2  and  many  others  have  availed  themselves 
of  the  microscope  for  the  detection  of  pus  in  the  blood,  and  I 
am  inclined  to  believe  that  this  method  gives  the  most  certain 
results.  The  blood  contains,  in  addition  to  its  own  corpuscles, 
the  so-termed  chyle-corpuscles,  which  are  one  half,  or  even  quite, 
as  large  again  as  the  blood-corpuscles.  They  do  not  possess 
the  yellow  colour  of  the  latter  ; they  are  gray,  only  slightly  gra- 
nular, and  possess  a sharp,  dark,  circumscribed  edge;  their 
rolling  motion,  on  inclining  the  stage  of  the  microscope,  shows 
that  they  are  perfectly  spherical,  and  they  do  not,  like  the 
blood-corpuscles,  dissolve  in  water.  If,  however,  the  chyle-cor- 
puscles remain  in  contact  with  water  for  some  time  (from  half 
an  hour  to  an  hour),  they  undergo  a change ; they  increase  a 
little  in  size,  become  clearer,  then'  edge  appears  less  sharp,  then’ 
shape  is  no  longer  spherical,  but  oblong  or  irregular,  and  they 
become  more  distinctly  granular,  or  else  dark  points  become 
apparent  in  the  interior,  as  indications  of  nuclei.  In  this  con- 
dition the  chyle-corpuscles  may  be  easily  mistaken  for  pus-cor- 
puscles ; the  latter  are,  however,  usually  rather  larger  than  the 
tumefied  chyle-corpuscles,  aud  they  are  paler,  then  edge  is  granu- 
lar, or  tuberculated,  and  often  very  uneven,  their  shape  is  round, 
or  oblong,  occasionally  irregular,  and  they  appear  slightly  gra- 
nular in  the  interior,  indicating  from  three  to  five  nuclei.  In 
very  many  cases  we  see  two,  three,  five,  or  even  more  pus-cor- 

1 Op.  cit. 

2 Fragmente  zur  Pathologie  des  Blutes.  Anatomisch-Mikroskopische  Untersucli- 
ungen.  Heft  1.  1839. 


BLOOD. 


335 


puscles  lying  closely  attached  to  each  other,  while  the  chyle- 
corpuscles  almost  always  swim  about  separately.  By  this  means 
I have  recognized  pus  in  the  blood,  both  when  it  has  been  arti- 
ficially placed  there,  and  on  analysing  the  blood  which  I took 
from  the  inflamed  vein  of  a person  who  had  died  from  phlebitis. 

In  one  instance,  in  which  I found  a considerable  quantity  of 
pus  in  the  blood,  taken  from  the  inflamed  vein  in  a case  of 
traumatic  phlebitis,  I could  detect  no  traces  of  pus  in  the  blood 
taken  from  the  vena  cava  and  from  the  heart. 

This  is  all  that  I can  state  from  my  own  experience  regard- 
ing the  detection  of  pus  in  the  blood. 

VI.  ANIMALS  IN  THE  BLOOD. 

Early  authors  speak  of  living  animals  in  the  blood.  Dr.  Chiaje,1 
of  Naples,  has  recently  stated  that  he  found  the  polystoma  san- 
guiculum  in  the  expectorated  blood  of  two  phthisical  patients 
who  were  attacked  with  haemoptysis.  Some  of  these  small  flat 
worms,  which  are  similar  to  leeches,  were  floating  about  in 
the  serum,  others  attached  themselves  to  the  sides  of  the  vessel. 
Chiaje  characterizes  the  polystoma  in  the  following  terms : “ Cor- 
pus teretiusculum,  seu  depressum,  pori  sex  antici  ventrales,  et 
posticus  solitarius ; habitat  in  venoso  systemate  hominis,  et  prse- 
sertim  in  ejusdem  pulmonali  parencliymate.” 

[Dr.  Goodfellowhas  lately  recorded  a case  in  which  an  immense 
number  of  animalculse  were  found  in  the  blood  of  a fever-patient. 
They  varied  in  length  from  1 -5000th  to  l-3000th  of  an  inch,  and 
in  diameter,  which  was  the  same  throughout,  from  1-40, 000th 
to  1-20, 000th  of  an  inch.  A singular  case  was  observed  by 
Mr.  Bushman,  in  which  worms  of  about  half  an  inch  in  length 
were  found  in  the  blood  of  a boy  labouring  under  influenza. 
— AncelTs  Lectures  on  the  Blood.  ‘ Lancet/  1840,  p.  778.] 

SUPPLEMENT. 

The  following  analyses  of  the  blood  of  a pregnant  woman  (in 
her  fifth  month),  and  of  menstrual  blood,  could  not  be  naturally 
inserted  among  either  of  our  four  forms  of  diseased  blood,  and 
will  find  a proper  place  in  a supplement. 


1 Omodei,  Annali  universal.,  Oct.  1837. 


3.36 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  blood  of  the  pregnant  woman  formed  a slight  huffy  coat, 
but  otherwise  differed  in  no  respect  physically  from  normal  blood. 
It  was  composed  of : 


Water 

Analysis  45. 
80G-898 

Solid  constituents 

193-102 

Fibrin 

2-102 

Fat 

3-040 

Albumen  . 

72-200 

Ilrematoglobuliu 

96-900 

Extractive  matters 

and  salts 

7-980 

The  chief  point  of  difference  between  this  and  normal  blood 
is  that,  in  this  case,  the  amount  of  solid  constituents  is  some- 
what below  the  standard.  The  proportion  of  the  hsematoglo- 
bidin  to  the  albumen  is  normal ; the  quantity  of  fat  is  rather 
increased. 

[Becquerel  and  Rodier  analysed  the  blood  of  nine  pregnant 
women,  viz.  one  at  the  fourth  month,  five  at  the  fifth  month, 
one  at  five  months  and  a half,  one  at  six  months,  and  one  at 
seven  months. 


The  maxima,  minima,  and  mean  results  are  given  in  the  fol- 
lowing table : 


Mean. 

Max. 

Min. 

Density  of  defibrinated  blood 

1051-5 

1055-1 

1046-2 

Density  of  serum 

1025-5 

1026-8 

1023-6 

Water 

801-6 

Fibrin 

3-5 

4-0 

2-5 

Albumen  . 

66-1 

68-8 

62-4 

Blood-corpuscles 

111-8 

1271 

87-7 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-6 

8-7 

4-7 

Fat  

1-922 

2-519 

1-158 

Consisting  of — Serolin  . 

variable 

0-108 

0-018 

Phosphorized  fat 

0-646 

0-863 

0-381 

Cholesterin 

0-061 

0-225 

0-030 

Saponified  fat  . 

1-195 

1-323 

0-737 

The  salts  in  1000  parts  of  blood  consisted  of : 

Chloride  of  sodium 

3-2 

3-9 

2-3 

Other  soluble  salts 

2-4 

2-8 

1-8 

Phosphates  .... 

0-425 

0-690 

0-282 

Iron  ..... 

0-449 

0-490 

0-370 

From  these  analyses  they  conclude  that  pregnancy  exercises 
a marked  influence  on  the  composition  of  the  blood.  The 
density  both  of  the  defibrinated  blood  and  of  the  serum  is 


BLOOD. 


337 


diminished,  the  water,  the  fibrin,  and  the  phospliorized  fat1  are 
increased,  while  the  corpuscles  and  the  albumen  are  diminished.] 

The  menstrual  blood  was  obtained  at  a period  at  which  it 
contained  no  epithelium  scales.  It  did  not  coagulate ; it  con- 
tained some  vaginal  mucus,  but  it  was  not  putrid  nor  of  an 
unpleasant  smell. 

It  was  composed  of: 


Water 

Analysis  46. 
785-000 

Solid  constituents 

215-000 

Fat 

2-580 

Albumen 

76-540 

Haematoglobulin 

120-400 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

8-600 

The  most  striking  peculiarities  of  this  blood  are,  the  total 
absence  of  fibrin,  and  the  increase  of  the  solid  constituents 
caused  by  the  excess  of  the  blood-corpuscles.  The  hiemato- 
globulin  was  found  to  be  very  rich  in  luematin,  combined,  un- 
doubtedly, with  a considerable  amount  of  hoemaphsein ; the 
colouring  matter  amounted  to  8'3g  of  the  hsematoglobulin. 


[In  an  analysis  made  by  Denis,  and  quoted  by  Raciborski 
in  his  Essay  on  Menstruation,  (in  PExperience,  No.  333,)  the 
menstrual  fluid  was  found  to  consist  of : 


Water  .... 

. 

825-0 

Solid  constituents  . 

175-0 

Fibrin 

0-5 

Phosphorized  fat 

3-9 

Albumen 

48-3 

Blood-corpuscles 

63-4 

Mucus  .... 

45-3 

Osmazome  and  cruorin 

1-1 

Soluble  salts  . 

9-5 

Earthy  phosphates  and  carbonates  . 

2-5 

Peroxide  of  iron 

0-5 

Rindskopf  analysed  the  menstrual  discharge  of  a vigorous 
and  healthy  girl.  It  was  extremely  acid,  and  contained : 


Water 

Solid  residue 
Salts 


1st  Analysis. 
820-830 
179-170 
10-150 


2d  Analysis. 

Water  ....  822-892 

Albumen  and  hannatoglobuliii  156-457 
Extractive  matters  and  salts  20-651 


1 The  phospliorized  fat  is  always  abundant  in  impoverished  blood. 

22 


338 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


Yogel  analysed  the  menstrual  discharge  in  a case  of  pro- 
lapsed uterus.  It  was  of  an  intensely  red  colour,  thick,  and 
viscid  j it  did  not  coagulate,  but,  after  standing  for  some  time, 
a colourless  serum  separated.  The  fluid  obtained  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  flux  yielded  83-9  parts  of  water  and  16T  of 
solid  materials,  and  that  obtained  near  the  termination  yielded 
83-7  of  water  and  16-3  of  solid  materials.  The  serum  contained 
93-53  parts  of  water  and  6-47  of  solids,  of  which  0-64  were  fixed 
salts.  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  there  is  fibrin  in  the 
menstrual  secretion  ; its  determination  is,  however,  usually  ren- 
dered impossible  by  the  presence  of  a large  amount  of  mucus, 
which  seems  to  deprive  the  blood  of  its  power  of  coagulating. 

Lochial  discharge.  Scherer  has  carefully  investigated  this 
subject.  The  following  is  a summary  of  his  results. 

During  the  first  day  the  discharge  was  of  a brownish  red 
colour,  viscid,  formed  no  coagulum,  but,  when  collected  in  a 
vessel,  threw  down  a slimy  deposit,  consisting  of  normal  blood- 
corpuscles,  with  which  a few  partially-dissolved  and  broken-up 
corpuscles,  together  with  mucus-corpuscles  and  epithelium  scales 
were  interspersed.  The  supernatant  serum  was  clear  and  yel- 
low, and  the  microscope  revealed  in  it  a large  number  of  fat- 
vesicles.  It  was  devoid  of  odour,  perfectly  neutral,  and  contained 
in  1000  parts : 

Water 740 

Solid  constituents  . . 260 

On  the  second  day  there  were  still  blood-corpuscles,  but  they 
were  fewer  and  less  perfect,  most  of  them  being  irregular  and 
indentated  at  the  edges ; there  were  mucus-corpuscles  and  epi- 
thelium scales,  but  in  less  number  than  on  the  preceding  day. 
The  fluid  still  deposited  a viscid  sediment,  but  the  serum  was 
more  highly  coloured  than  on  the  previous  day.  The  reaction 
was  neutral ; there  was  a faint  odour.  1000  parts  consisted  of: 

Water  ....  812-2 

Solid  constituents  . . 187-8 

The  residue,  on  incineration,  yielded  9-35  of  alkaline  ferru- 
ginous ash. 

On  the  third  day  the  secretion  resembled  arterial  blood.  The 
blood-corpuscles  were,  for  the  most  part,  perfect,  and  normal 
mucus-corpuscles  were  observed. 


BLOOD. 


339 


In  1000  parts  there  were  : 

Water 760 

Solid  constituents  . . . 240 

The  ash  amounted  to  12-2.  There  was  an  appreciable  quan- 
tity of  fibi’in  in  this  day’s  secretion,  arising  possibly  from  a 
slight  haemorrhagic  effusion. 

On  the  fourth  day  the  secretion  was  of  a dirty  brown  colour, 
the  corpuscles  were  more  or  less  injured,  and  there  was  a dis- 
tinct odour  of  ammonia.  There  were  numerous  mucus-cor- 
puscles, but  no  epithelium.  1000  parts  yielded  191  of  solid 
residue,  and  9‘5  of  alkaline  salts. 

On  the  fifth  day  the  discharge  was  of  a greenish  yellow  colour ; 
it  contained  very  few  blood-corpuscles,  most  of  which  were  more 
or  less  injured,  but  numerous  mucus-corpuscles  arranged  in 
groups  of  5—10  together.  The  reaction  of  the  fluid  was  alka- 
line, there  was  a strong  odour  of  ammonia,  and  1000  parts 
yielded  93'5  of  solid  residue. 

On  the  sixth  day  the  fluid  was  of  a brown  colour,  smelled 
like  putrid  cheese,  and  developed  ammonia  freely.  1000  parts 
gave  76  of  solid  residue.  For  other  analyses  and  further  infor- 
mation on  this  subject  the  reader  is  referred  to  ‘ Scherer’s 
Chemische  und  Mikroskopische  Untersuchun  gung  zur  Pathologie.’ 
Heidelberg,  1843. J 


Blood  of  animals. 

In  addition  to  the  12  analyses  of  horse’s  blood  which  have 
already  appeared,  I may  communicate  the  three  following : 


Water 

Analysis  47. 
800-562 

Analysis  48. 
818-900 

Analysis  49. 
808-809 

Solid  constituents 

199-437 

182-100 

191-191 

Fibrin 

4-747 

5100 

9-011 

Fat  . 

5-149 

2-214 

4-820 

Albumen 

62-276 

62-140 

103-740 

Hccmatoglobulin 

100-291 

96-100 

58-960 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

12-454 

12-310 

14-650 

The  blood  in  all  these  analyses  was  taken  from  horses  suf- 
fering from  malleus  humidus.  Analyses  48  and  49  refer  to 
the  same  horse,  but  in  the  latter  case  the  animal  was  kept  for 
four  days  without  food,  being  merely  allowed  water  during  that 
period.  Taking  into  consideration  the  deprivation  of  nutriment, 


310 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


we  cannot  help  feeling  surprised  at  the  large  amount  of  solid 
constituents  that  occur  in  this  analysis  ; it  can  only  he  explained 
by  supposing  that  a larger  amount  of  fluid  was  removed  from 
the  blood  by  secretion  and  excretion  than  was  supplied  to  it  by 
the  drink.  Another  peculiarity  is  the  increase  of  fibrin  and  of  fat, 
and  the  diminution  of  blood-corpuscles;  this  change  may,  how- 
ever, be  readily  explained,  for  as  long  as  the  organs  of  respiration, 
secretion,  and  excretion,  continue  to  discharge  their  functions, 
the  blood  must  obviously  be  changed  by  them,  and  this  change 
will  especially  affect  the  corpuscles.  The  horse  passed  little 
urine  during  this  time,  but  this  little  was  tolerably  saturated. 
It  was  by  no  means  strong  at  the  commencement  of  the  expe- 
riment, but  at  its  termination  it  was  much  exhausted,  and  the 
respiration  became  gasping.  The  blood  formed  a very  strong 
inflammatory  crust. 

The  blood  of  a healthy  ox,1  and  of  a healthy  calf,  yielded 
the  following  results  : 


Water  .... 

Analysis  50. 
795-000 

Analysis  51. 
777-279 

Solid  constituents 

205-000 

222-721 

Fibrin  ... 

— 

2-600 

Fat  .... 

5-590 

4-191 

Albumen 

95-050 

83-925 

Haematoglobulin 

91-710 

105-925 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

11-181 

24-444 

In  the  former  of  these  analyses,  the  fluid  which  was  examined, 
was  a mixture  of  arterial  and  venous  blood,  from  which  the 
fibrin  had  been  previously  removed:  in  the  latter  case  the  ex- 
tractive matter  was  not  separated  from  lisematin.  The  number 
105-925  represents  the  globulin  perfectly  free  from  colouring 
matter. 

[Andral,  Gfavarret,  and  Delafond,  have  published  a valuable 
essay  on  the  blood  of  some  of  oiu-  domestic  animals  in  health 
and  disease.  They  made  no  less  than  222  analyses  of  the  blood 
of  155  animals,  viz.  4d  analyses  of  the  blood  of  dogs,  31  of 
horses,  110  of  sheep,  2 of  goats,  23  of  oxen  and  cows,  and  7 
of  swine. 


1 Berzelius  (Thierchemie,  p.  98)  found,  in  the  serum  of  the  blood  of  oxen — water 
905,  albumen  80,  albuminate  of  soda  and  lactate  of  potash  6-2,  chloride  of  potassium 
2-6,  and  modified  albumen  with  carbonate  and  phosphate  of  potash  1-5. 


BLOOD. 


.‘3-1 1 


In  order  to  give  an  idea  of  tlie  composition  of  the  blood  in 
the  different  species  of  animals,  we  shall  communicate  the 
average,  maxima,  and  minima  numbers  that  were  obtained. 
For  the  principles  on  which  the  analyses  are  founded,  see  p.  241 . 
Analyses  of  the  blood  of  17  horses  gave  the  following  results: 


Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Mean 

4-0 

102-9 

82-6 

810-5 

Maximum 

5-0 

112-1 

91-0 

833-3 

Minimum 

3-0 

81-5 

74-6 

795-7 

Analyses  of  the 

blood 

of  14  neat  cattle  yielded: 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Mean 

3-7 

99-7 

86-3 

810-3 

Maximum 

4-4 

117-1 

93-6  (?) 

824-9 

Minimum 

30 

85-1 

82-9 

799-0 

The  mean  results  of  the  blood  of  6 bulls  (1),  and  of  an  equal 
number  of  milch  cows  (2),  indicated  no  important  differences. 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

(l.)  . . 

3-6 

97-4 

85-8 

813-2 

(2.)  . . 

3'8 

101-9 

86-8 

807-5 

Analyses  of  the  blood  of  6 swine  of  the  English  breed  yielded  : 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Mean 

4'6 

105-7 

80-1 

809-6 

Maximum 

5-0 

120-6 

88-7 

816-9 

Minimum 

4-1 

92-1 

73-6 

793-9 

The  blood  of  2 

goats 

gave : 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Mean 

32 

101-4 

91-4 

804-0 

Maximum 

35 

105-7 

92-0 

809-2 

Minimum 

2-6 

97-2 

90-8 

798-8 

Sheep  of  various  breeds  appeared  to  differ  slightly  in  the 

composition  of  the  blood. 

Analyses  of  the  blood  of  19  sheep  of  the  Rambouillet1  breed 

yielded : 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Mean  . 

31 

98-1 

83-5 

815-3 

Maximum 

3-8 

109-6 

96-6 

830-3 

Minimum 

2-6 

82-5 

74-7 

808-7 

The  blood  of  11  sheep  of  a crossed  variety,  (the  Naz-Ram- 
bouillet  breed,)  yielded  : — 


1 A variety  of  the  Merino  sheep. 


342 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Mean  . 

Maximum 

Minimum 


Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

2-8 

106-1 

80-3 

810-8 

3-4 

123-4 

87-7 

827-2 

2-3 

94-6 

74-7 

789-8 

The  mean  results  from  the  blood  of  these  30  sheep  were : 


Fibrin. 

3-0 


Blood-corpuscles. 

101-1 


Residue  of  serum. 

82-4 


Water. 

813-5 


The  blood  of  13  English  sheep  yielded  somewhat  different 
results : 


Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Mean  . 

2-6 

95-0 

92-4 

810-0 

Maximum 

3-3 

110-4 

97-0 

822-1 

Minimum 

2-0 

83-8 

82-6 

795-3 

From  the  blood 

of  16 

dogsi  they  obtained : 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Mean 

2-1 

148-3 

75-5 

774-1 

Maximum 

3-5 

176-6 

88-7 

795-5 

Minimum 

1-6 

127-3 

60-9 

744-6 

The  blood  was 

found  to  offer  considerable  differences  in 

breeding  animals  before  and  after  delivery 


Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Sheep  36  hours  before  delivery 

. 2-3 

95-0 

81-7 

821-0 

„ 66  hours  after  delivery 

. 3-0 

106-2 

78-2 

812-6 

„ 24  hours  before  delivery 

. 2-9 

92-9 

84-5 

819-7 

„ 72  hours  after  delivery 

. 3-5 

102-6 

86-3 

807-6 

Cow  5 days  before  delivery 

. 3-7 

90-9 

75-2 

830-2 

„ 2 days  after  delivery  . 

. 5-1 

98-8 

73-7 

822-4 

That  the  blood  of  the 

lamb 

differs  considerably  from  the 

blood  of  the  parent  sheep,  is  obvious  from  the  following  analyses: 

Fibrin. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of  serum. 

Water. 

Male  lamb,  aged  3 hours  . 

. 1-9 

108-6 

63-3 

826-2 

„ 24  hours 

. 1-9 

117-0 

74-2 

806-9 

„ 48  hours  . 

. 2-5 

103-3 

80-7 

813-5 

„ 96  hours  . 

. 3-0 

109-1 

68-6 

819-3 

The  maxima,  minima,  and  average  numbers  quoted  above, 
are  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  blood  of  different  species  of  ani- 
mals varies  in  its  composition  from  that  of  man  and  of  each 

1 Gmelin  (Handbuch  der  theoretiscken  Cliemie,  vol.  2,  p.  1387)  found,  in  the 
arterial  blood  of  a dog — water  898,  and  fibrin  2-09 ; the  dried  serum  contained, 
albumen  88-3,  aud  salts  11-7  ; the  venous  blood  contained,  water  843,  and  fibrin  2-1; 
the  dried  residue  of  the  serum  consisting  of  albumen  87-5,  and  salts  12-5. 


BLOOD. 


343 


other.  This  is  a point  of  no  slight  importance,  for  it  indicates 
the  necessity  that  exists  for  the  determination  of  the  consti- 
tution of  the  healthy  blood  in  eveiy  individual  class  of  animals 
before  we  can  venture  to  draw  any  conclusions  regarding  the 
blood  in  a morbid  state. 

The  mean  amount  of  fibrin  in  one  class  of  animals  is  as  low 
as  2*1,  while  in  another  it  rises  to  4-6  per  mille,  one  being 
considerably  lower,  the  other  much  higher,  than  in  man. 

The  largest  amount  of  fibrin  observed  by  Andral,  Gavarret, 
and  Delafond,  was  in  swine,  the  maximum  being  5'0,  and  the 
minimum  4T;  the  animals  were  from  2 to  6 months  old,  and 
had  been  restricted  for  some  time  to  a diet  of  horse-flesh.  In 
a two-year  old  sow  that  had  been  fed  purely  on  vegetables,  and 
was  very  fat,  the  fibrin  did  not  exceed  4'0.  The  blood  of 
horses  ranks  next  to  that  of  swine  in  the  amount  of  fibrin,  the 
observed  mean  being  4'0,  the  maximum  5-0,  and  the  minimum 
3-0.  Next  to  horses  come  neat  cattle,  the  mean  amount  of 
fibrin  in  their  blood  being  3-7,  the  maximum  4-4,  and  the  mi- 
nimum 3'0.  The  blood  of  the  bull  does  not  contain  a larger 
amount  of  fibrin  than  the  blood  of  the  cow  or  the  ox.  The 
blood  of  the  Merino  sheep  contains  on  an  average  the  same 
amount  of  fibrin  as  human  blood,1  namely,  3'0;  in  the  blood  of 
English  sheep  a smaller  amount  of  fibrin  was  obtained.  The 
smallest  quantity  of  fibrin  was  found  in  the  blood  of  dogs,  the 
mean  being  only  2-1,  the  maximum  3-5,  and  the  minimum  1-6. 
The  minimum  occurred  in  dogs  feeding  on  an  exclusive  animal 
diet.  From  these  observations  it  is  evident  that  each  class  of 
animals  contains  in  its  blood  its  own  standard  amount  of  fibrin. 
The  blood-corpuscles  are  found  to  occur,  for  the  most  part,  in 
an  inverse  ratio  to  the  fibrin ; that  is  to  say,  in  blood  that  con- 
tains a large  amount  of  fibrin,  the  amount  of  the  corpuscles  is 
small,  and  vice  versa.  It  was  shown  by  special  experiments 
that  there  is  no  connexion  between  the  strength  of  the  animal 
and  the  amount  of  fibrin.  The  amount  of  fibrin  varies  consi- 
derably before  delivery  and  immediately  afterwards,  during  the 
milk-fever;  in  the  former  case  it  is  at  its  minimum,  in  the 
latter  it  attains  its  maximum. 

The  amount  of  solid  residue  of  the  serum  varies  between 
75-5  and  92’4.  The  former  number  occurs  in  the  blood  of  the 

1 Andral  and  Gavarret  always  refer  to  Lecanu’s  standard. 


344 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS  : 


dog;  the  blood  of  swine,  oxen,  and  Merino  sheep,  contains 
from  80-0  to  86  0,  and  the  maximum  occurs  in  the  blood  of 
the  English  sheep. 

The  investigations  of  these  chemists  relating  to  the  blood  of 
domestic  animals  in  a morbid  state,  were  principally  confined 
to  sheep  suffering  from  watery  cachexia.1  We  extract  the  fol- 
lowing analyses  from  their  essay,  as  illustrative  of  the  changes 
that  the  blood  undergoes  in  pure  hydrsemia  without  any 
complication. 


A 5-year  old  sheep  : 1st  Venesection 

Fibrin. 
. 3-1 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

44-8 

Residue 
of  serum. 

52-7 

Water. 

899-4 

» 2d 

if 

. 3-0 

42-2 

50-9 

903-9 

A C-year  old  sheep : 1st 

yy 

. 3-5 

46-7 

69-5 

880-3 

,,  2d 

yy 

. 3-5 

46-6 

70-7 

879-2 

A 6-year  old  sheep : 1st 

yy 

. 2-8 

49-1 

59-1 

889-0 

„ 2d 

yy 

. 2-6 

42-4 

55-9 

899-1 

„ 3d 

yy 

. 2-9 

40-1 

58-1 

898-1 

„ 4th 

yy 

. 2-8 

67-7 

66-6 

862-9 

A 5 -year  old  sheep : 1st 

yy 

. 2-4 

39-4 

63-4 

894-8 

>,  2d 

yy 

. 2-3 

33-3 

55-8 

908-6 

„ 3d 

yy 

. 3-0 

29-3 

52-1 

915-6 

„ 4th 

yy 

. 3-0 

14-2 

51-9 

930-9 

The  sheep,  whose  blood  formed  the 

subject 

of  the  last 

ana- 

lyses,  died  shortly  after  the  4th  venesection. 


In  those  cases  in  which  the  hydraemia  was  associated  with 
inflammatory  affections,  the  blood  presented  very  different  cha- 
racters, as  the  following  analyses  will  show : 


A 5-year  old  sheep  : 1st  Venesection 

Fibrin. 
. 9-6 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

32-9 

Residue 
of  serum. 

791 

Water. 

878-4 

» 2d 

yy 

. 6-4 

30-0 

78-6 

885-0 

A 4-year  old  sheep  : 1st 

yy 

. 12-6 

39-5 

94-1 

853-8 

,,  2d 

yy 

. 10-4 

34-2 

89-1 

866-3 

» 3d 

yy 

. 8-7 

25-3 

92-3 

873-7 

A 4-year  old  sheep  : 1st 

yy 

. 5-7 

60-1 

99-1 

835-1 

» 2d 

yy 

. 4-3 

54-6 

95-9 

845-2 

The  first  of  these  animals  had,  in  addition  to  the  hydraemia, 
pneumonia  and  pulmonary  abscess ; the  second,  acute  hepatitis 
and  peritonitis;  and  the  third,  acute  bronchitis. 

The  following  analyses  of  the  blood  of  sheep,  with  various 
disorders,  were  made  by  the  same  chemists  : 


' Commonly  known  as  the  rot. 


BLOOD. 


34a 


Sheep  with  acute  bronchitis  . 

Fibrin. 

5-2 

Blood- 

corpuscles. 

610 

Residue 
of  serum. 

109-4 

Water. 

824-4 

Ram  with  softened  tubercles 

4-4 

88-8 

101-8 

805-0 

Sheep  with  tubercular  pulmonary  cavity  . 

6-2 

64-5 

10G-7 

822-6 

Ram  with  acute  enteritis 

6-0 

100-7 

9G-G 

79G-7 

Ewe  with  acute  metritis 

63 

100-4 

85-4 

807-9 

Sheep  with  chronic  peritonitis : 1st  Venes. 

3-3 

63-2 

57-6 

875-9 

it  ii  2d  ,, 

3-2 

58-8 

52-2 

885-8 

i>  ii  3d  ,, 

3-1 

52-8 

52-6 

891-5 

They  remark  that  the  changes  which  the 

blood 

of  these 

animals  undergoes  in  disease,  precisely  correspond  with  those 
of  human  blood  in  similar  disorders.  Thus,  in  inflammatory 
diseases,  there  is  always  an  excess  of  fibrin,  and  they  observe 
that  in  those  animals  in  which  the  normal  mean  amount  is 
highest,  the  fibrin  is  increased  in  the  greatest  proportion;  thus 
in  the  blood  of  a cow  with  inflammation  of  the  respiratory  or- 
gans, the  fibrin  rose  to  13‘0,  the  normal  amount  in  that  animal 
being  3-8.  In  dogs  that  were  reduced  to  a very  amemic  con- 
dition, the  blood-corpuscles  fell  from  the  normal  mean  148,  to 
104,  and  even  down  to  83. 

Then  attention  was,  however,  principally  directed  to  the 
watery  cachexia,  or  rot  in  sheep.  The  most  prominent  phe- 
nomena of  the  disease  were  extreme  debility,  paleness  of  the 
mucous  membranes,  and  very  frequently  serous  infiltration  of 
the  conjunctiva,  and  of  the  cellular  tissue  of  the  integument  of 
the  feet.  No  albumen  was  detected  in  the  urine.  From 
27  analyses  made  with  the  blood  of  11  sheep,  they  conclude 
that  the  amount  of  fibrin  is  slightly  affected,  but  that  the  blood- 
corpuscles  are  excessively  diminished ; from  78,  their  normal 
average,  they  fall  to  40,  25,  and  even  14.  The  solid  residue 
of  the  serum  is  diminished,  (a  point  in  which  this  disease  differs 
from  chlorosis  in  the  human  subject,)  and  the  water  is  consi- 
derably increased. 

The  deficiency  in  the  amount  of  blood-corpuscles  appeared 
to  vary  with  the  progressing  weakness  of  the  animal.  By 
proper  food,  and  due  attention  to  atmospheric  influences,  the 
corpuscles  were  observed  to  increase;  in  one  instance  they  rose 
from  49  to  64. 

From  14  analyses  of  the  blood,  in  which  this  affection  was 
associated  with  inflammatory  disorders,  it  appeared  that  the 


346 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


fibrin  increases,  and  the  blood-corpuscles  diminish,  as  in  simple, 
uncomplicated  inflammations. 

Lastly,  they  observed  tha,t  when  venesection  was  frequently 
had  recourse  to  in  inflammatory  affections,  each  venesection 
tended  to  increase  the  amount  of  fibrin  and  of  water,  and  to 
diminish  the  quantity  of  blood-corpuscles. 

The  following  are  the  results  of  the  first  and  last  venesec- 
tions of  a horse  that  was  bled  seven  times  in  24  hours : 


The  1st  Venesection  gave 
7th 


Fibrin. 

31 

7-6 


Blood-corpuscles. 

104*0 

38-3 


Residue  of  serum. 
90-8 
60-1 


Water. 

802-1 

894-2 


Nasse  has  likewise  taken  up  this  subject  since  the  publica- 
tion of  Simon’s  Chemistry. 

In  the  following  analyses,  which  are  extracted  from  his  paper, 
the  extractive  matters  of  the  blood  and  the  insoluble  salts  ap- 
pear to  be  included  with  the  albumen : 


Blood- 


Water.  Fibrin. 

Fat. 

corpuscles.  Albumen.  Soluble  sails. 

Dog 

790-50  1-93 

2-25 

123-85  65-19 

6-28 

Cat 

810-02  2-42 

2-70 

113-39  64-46 

7-01 

Horse 

804-75  2-41 

1-31 

117-13  67-85 

6-82 

Ox 

799-59  3-62 

2-04 

121-86  66-90 

5-98 

Calf 

826-71  5-76 

1-61 

102-50  56-41 

7-00 

Goat 

839-44  3-90 

0-91 

86-00  62-70 

7-04 

Sheep 

827-76  2-97 

1-16 

92*42  68*77 

v y 

6-91 

Rabbit  . 

817-30  3-80 

1-90 

170-72 

6-28 

Swine 

768-94  3-95 

1-95 

145-35  72-78 

6-74 

Goose 

814-88  3-46 

2-56 

121-45  50-78 

6-87 

Hen 

793-24  4-67 

2-03 

144-75  48-25 

6-97 

The  following  table  represents  the 

composition  of  the  soluble 

and  insoluble  salts  occurring 

in  1000 

parts  of  the  blood  of  these 

animals : 

Soluble  salts .- 

Alkaline 

Alkaline 

Alkaline 

Chloride 

phosphates. 

sulphates. 

carbonates.  of  sodium. 

Dog 

. 0-730 

0-197 

0-789 

4-490 

Cat 

. 0-607 

0-210 

0-919 

5-274 

Horse 

. 0-844 

0-213 

1-104 

4-659 

Ox 

. 0-468 

0-181 

1-071 

4-321 

Calf 

. 0-957 

0-269 

1-263 

4-864 

Goat 

. 0-402 

0-265 

1-202 

5-176 

Sheep 

. 0-395 

0-348 

1-498 

4-895 

Rabbit  . 

. 0-637 

0-202 

0-970 

4-092 

Swine 

. 1-362 

0-189 

1-198 

4-281 

Goose 

. 1135 

0 090 

0-824 

4-246 

Hen 

. 0-945 

0-100 

0-350 

5-392 

BLOOD. 


347 


The  insoluble  salts  were  found  by  Nasse  to  be  combinations 
of  peroxide  of  iron,  lime,  magnesia,  silica,  and  phosphoric  and 
sulphuric  acids.  The  magnesia  and  silica  were  not  determined 
quantitatively. 

In  1000  parts  of  blood  there  were : 

Insoluble  salts  : 


Peroxide  of  Iron. 

Lime. 

Phosphoric  acid. 

Sulphuric  acid. 

Dog 

. 0-714 

0-117 

0-208 

0-013 

Cat 

. 0-516 

0-136 

0-263 

0-022 

Horse 

. 0-786 

0-107 

0-123 

0-026 

Ox 

. 0-731 

0-098 

0123 

0-018 

Calf 

. 0-631 

0-130 

0-109 

0-018 

Goat 

. 0-641 

0-110 

0-129 

0-023 

Sheep 

. 0-589 

0-107 

0-113 

0-044 

Swine 

. 0-782 

0-085 

0-206 

0 041 

Goose 

. 0-812 

0-120 

0-119 

0-039 

Hen 

. 0-743 

0-134 

0-935 

0-010 

The  only  animals  in  a state  of  disease  whose  blood  was  ana- 
lysed by  Nasse  were  sheep  with  chronic  rot  (hydrsemia  or  watery 

cachexia),  and 

horses  with  the  glanders.  The  blood  of  three 

sheep  affected  with  the  disease  in  question  gave  the  following 

results : 

A. 

B. 

c. 

Water 

. 

952-00 

932-30 

916-00 

Fibrin 

. 

2-75 

3-84 

3-90 

Fat 

. 

0-23 

0-25 

0-30 

Blood-corpuscles  . 

10-20 

23-40 

31-25 

Albumen 

• • 

27-52 

32-02 

39-45 

Soluble  salts 

7-30 

8-19 

7-10 

The  sheep  a was  very  much  reduced,  and  the  blood  had 
much  the  appearance  of  reddened  serum.  There  was  effusion 
into  the  peritoneum.  The  sheep  b was  pregnant,  and  in  bad 
condition ; while  the  sheep  c had  been  delivered  about  10  weeks 
previously,  and  had  been  since  attacked  with  dropsy.  The  salts 
were  determined  individually,  but  they  presented  no  peculiar 
deviation  from  the  normal  standard. 

The  following  analyses  refer  to  the  blood  of  two  horses  a and 
b,  suffering  from  chronic  ozoena  (the  glanders)  : 

A.  B. 


Water  . 

l. 

833-00 

2. 

860-00 

3. 

842-00 

1. 

859-00 

2. 

816-00 

Fibrin  . 

8-90 

7-50 

6-60 

8-70 

7-90 

Blood-corpuscles  . 

65-50 

43-30 

68-20 

44-20 

88-50 

Albumen  and  fat  . 

86-58 

83-68 

76-70 

82-27 

81-65 

Soluble  salts 

6-02 

5-52 

6-50 

5-38 

5-95 

348 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS : 


The  individual  salts  did  not  differ  in  any  remarkable  degree 
from  the  normal  standard. 

We  have  already  had  occasion  to  refer  to  the  labours  of 
Enderlin,  in  connexion  with  the  chemistry  of  the  blood.  He 
has  recently  published  the  following  analyses  of  the  ash  of  the 
blood  of  various  animals,  which  are  confirmatory  of  the  Hews 
to  which  we  have  more  than  once  alluded,  respecting  the  non- 
existence of  lactates  in  the  blood. 

The  analyses  are  calculated  for  100  parts  of  ash : 


Salts  soluble  in  water  : 


Ox. 

Calf. 

Sheep. 

Hare.' 

Tribasic  phosphate  of  soda  (3NaO,  P05) 

16-769 

30-180 

13-296 

28-655 

Chloride  of  sodium  .... 

59-3401 

- 52-650 

66-570 

50-324 

Chloride  of  potassium 

6-120  J 

Sulphate  of  soda  .... 

3-855 

2-936 

5-385 

3-721 

Salts  insoluble  in  water  : 

Phosphates  of  lime  and  magnesia 

4-190 

3-490 1 

- 13-920  - 

Peroxide  of  iron  and  phosphate  of  ditto 

8-277 

9-277  J 

1 16-509 

Sulphate  of  lime,  and  loss  . 

1-449 

0-829  . 

J 

The  alkaline  carbonates  in  Nasse’s  analyses  are  easily  ac- 
counted for  by  Enderlin’s  explanation  of  the  action  of  the 
atmosphere  on  the  tribasic  phosphate  of  soda.] 


I have  analysed  the  blood  of  the  carp  and  of  the  tench.  In 
both  fishes  it  was  tolerably  clear,  contained  oil-globules  visible 
to  the  naked  eye,  formed  a loose  gelatinous  clot,  from  which 
scarcely  any  serum  separated,  and  yielded,  on  whipping,  a viscid 
sort  of  fibrin,  possessed  of  little  tenacity,  and  which,  on  the  ad- 
dition of  water,  separated  into  minute  flocculi,  consisting  (ac- 
cording to  microscopic  investigation)  of  granular  masses  and  of 
minute  vesicles  far  smaller  than  the  nuclei  of  the  blood-cor- 
puscles. The  blood  coagulated  imperfectly  on  boiling,  and  was 
remarkable  for  its  small  amount  of  lnematoglobulin.  The  blood 
of  bnfo  variabilis  presented  exactly  similar  phenomena;  but  on 
a chemical  examination  it  was  found  to  be  richer  in  solid  con- 
stituents, especially  in  albumen,  than  the  blood  of  fishes.  It 
was  impossible  to  form  a quantitative  determination  of  the  fibrin 
or  of  the  colouring  matter  in  the  blood  of  these  animals,  in 


1 In  another  analysis  he  found  bibasic  phosphate  of  soda. 


BLOOD. 


349 


consequence  of  the  aplastic  character  of  the  former  constituent, 
and  the  minute  quantity  of  blood  that  could  be  obtained. 

The  analyses  gave  : 


Analysis  52. 

Analysis  53. 

Analysis  54. 

Blood  of 

Carp’s  blood. 

Tench’s  blood. 

bufo  variabilis. 

Water 

. 872-000 

900-000 

848-200 

Solid  constituents 

. 128-000 

100  000 

151-800 

Fibrin 

. a trace 

a trace 

a trace 

Fat  ... 

2-967 

4-670 

9-607 

Albumen 

83-850 

68-800 

112-330 

ILxmatoglobulin 

24-635 

15-650 

29-753 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

6-129 

2-770 

2-429 

On  boiling  the  dried  residue  of  the  blood  with  spirit,  after  the 
removal  of  the  fat,  I obtained  tinctures  of  a deep  red  colour, 
such  as  would  have  been  yielded  by  the  blood  of  the  mammalia, 
but  they  differed  in  this  respect,  that  they  did  not  become 
turbid  on  cooling,  and  the  hmmatoglobulin,  instead  of  being 
deposited  in  flocks,  had  to  be  determined  by  evaporation.  As 
the  flesh  of  these  animals  differs  from  that  of  the  mammalia,  it 
is  by  no  means  impossible  that  there  are  corresponding  differ- 
ences in  the  globulin  and  haematin.  The  large  amount  of  al- 
bumen in  the  blood  of  bufo  variabilis  may  perhaps  be  attributed 
to  the  unavoidable  mixture  of  the  blood  with  lymph,  and  per- 
haps with  mucus. 

Dumas  and  Prevost  analysed  the  blood  of  numerous  animals. 
The  blood  was  allowed  to  coagulate,  the  clot  and  serum  were 
separately  dried,  and  the  serum  that  remained  entangled  in  the 
clot  was  deducted,  and  added  to  the  serum  that  spontaneously 
separated.  The  fibrin  was  not  determined. 

Water.  Solid  constituents.  Blood-corpuscles.  Residue  of  serum. 


Ape:  Simia  Callitriche  776-0 

224-0 

146-1 

77-9 

Dog 

. 810-7 

189-3 

123-8 

65-5 

Cat 

. 795-3 

204-7 

120-4 

84-3 

Horse 

. 818-3 

181-7 

92-0 

89-7 

Calf 

. 826-0 

174-0 

91-2 

82-8 

Sheep 

. 829-3 

170-7 

93-5 

77-2 

Goat 

. 814-6 

185-4 

1020 

83-4 

Rabbit  . 

. 837-9 

162-1 

93-8 

68-3 

Guineapig 

. 784-8 

215-2 

128-0 

87-2 

Raven 

. 797-0 

203-0 

146-6 

56-4 

Heron 

. 808-2 

191-8 

132-6 

59-2 

Duck 

. 765-2 

234-8 

1501 

84-7 

Hen 

. 779-9 

220-1 

1571 

63-0 

350 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Water. 

Solid  constituents. 

Blood-corpuscles. 

Residue  of 

Pigeon  . 

. 797-4 

202-6 

155-7 

46-9 

Trout 

. 863-7 

136-3 

68-8 

72-5 

Eelpout 

. 886-2 

113-8 

48-1 

65-7 

Eel 

. 846-0 

154-0 

60-0 

94-0 

Land-tortoise  . 

. 778-8 

221-2 

150-6 

80-6 

Frog 

. 884-6 

115-4 

69-0 

46-4 

[We  have  already  alluded  to  the  occurrence  of  animalcules 
in  human  blood : in  the  blood  of  the  lower  animals  such  cases 


are  very  frequently  observed. 

Cercaria  have  been  discovered  in  the  blood  by  Mayer,  and 
in  his  f Dissertatio  de  Organo  Electrico  et  de  Hsematorosis ; 
Bonn.  1843/  he  mentions  the  following : (1,)  Paramoecium 
loricatum  s.  costatum,  in  frogs  ; (2,)  Amoeba  rotatoria  in  fishes.1 
Polystoma-like  animalcules  were  described  by  Schmitz  as  oc- 
curring in  the  blood  of  the  horse.  (Dissertatio  de  Vermibus  in 
Sanguine.  Berol.  1826.) 

Gruby  and  Delafond  have  described  a peculiar  animalcule  of 
frequent  occurrence  in  the  blood  of  the  dog,  and  numerous  ob- 
servers have  noticed  similar  phenomena  in  the  blood  of  the  horse 
and  the  ass.] 


The  Lymph. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  chemical  characters  of  the  lymph  is 
very  deficient.  It  is  described  as  a viscid  yellow,  greenish 
yellow,  and  occasionally  red  fluid,  devoid  of  odour,  possessing 
a slightly  saltish  taste,  an  alkaline  reaction,  and  containing  from 
3 to  5-7§  of  solid  constituents.  The  lymph  of  the  human  sub- 
ject is  described  by  Muller,  Wurtzer,  and  Nasse  as  clear  and 
of  a yellow  colour,  while  others  assign  to  it  the  same  tint,  but 
assert  that  it  is  opalescent.  It  coagulates  in  the  course  of  10 
or  15  minutes  into  a clear,  tremulous,  colourless  jelly,  and  de- 
posits an  arachnoidal  coagulum  of  fibrin,  which  was  previously 
held  in  solution,  as  in  the  liquor  sanguinis,  and  is  usually  co- 
lourless, although  Tiedemann  and  Gmelin  have  observed  it  of 
a reddish  tint.  The  fluid  left  after  coagulation  is  rather 
thick,  resembles  almond  oil  in  appearance,  and  under  the  mi- 
croscope exhibits,  even  when  perfectly  clear,  a number  of  colour- 

1 Valentin  (Muller’s  Arcliiv,  1841,  p.  436,)  frequently  detected  this  animalcule  in 
the  blood  of  the  salmon,  and  once  met  with  it  in  the  fluid  of  the  cerebral  ventricles. 


LYMPH. 


351 


less  corpuscles,  apparently  smaller  than  human  blood-corpus- 
cles, and  far  less  numerous  in  it  than  the  blood-corpuscles  are 
in  the  blood.  (Muller.)  In  addition  to  albumen,  the  serum  of 
the  lymph  contains  extractive  matters  and  salts : the  latter  are 
the  same  as  the  salts  of  the  blood. 

Gmelin  found  in  1000  parts  of  human  lymph  : 


Water 

9610 

Solid  constituents 

390 

Fibrin  

2-5 

Albumen  . 

Chloride  of  sodium,  phosphates  of  potash  and  soda, 

27-5 

and  salivary  matter  

2-1 

Extractive  matters  and  lactate  of  soda 

6-9 

Marchand  and  Colberg  have  analysed  lymph  obtained  from 
a wound  on  the  dorsum  of  a man's  foot.  They  found  in  it : 

Water 

969-26 

Solid  constituents 

30-74 

Fibrin  ........ 

5-20 

Albumen 

4-34 

Extractive  matter 

3-12 

Fluid  and  crystalline  fat 

Chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium,  alkaline  sulphates 

2-64 

and  carbonates,  sulphate  and  phosphate  of  lime, 
and  peroxide  of  iron 

15-44 

The  amount  of  fibrin  has  doubtless  been  overrated  in  both 
these  analyses,  since  the  coagulum  contains  lymph-corpuscles,  and 
some  albumen,  in  addition  to  that  constituent.  In  March  an  d’s 
analysis  it  amounts  to  double  the  quantity  in  healthy  blood. 
The  quantity  of  albumen  is  also  incorrectly  stated,  for  a fluid 
containing  -43g  of  albumen  does  not  perfectly  coagulate  on 
heating,  as  this  fluid  is  reported  to  have  done,  but  merely  be- 
comes turbid,  and  deposits  a few  flocculi.  The  salts  in 
Marchand’s  analysis  amount  to  more  than  double  the  amount 
in  the  blood. 

[L’Heretier  (Traite  de  Chimie  Pathologique,  p.  18,)  analysed 
the  lymph  obtained  from  the  thoracic  duct  of  a man  who  died 
from  softening  of  the  brain,  and  who  took  nothing  hut  a little 
water  for  30  hours  preceding  his  death.  It  contained  in  1000 
parts : 


352 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


Water  ....  924-36 

Solid  constituents  . . 75-64 

Fibrin  ....  3-20 

Fat 5-10 

Albumen  . . . 60-02 

Salts  ....  8-25] 


Dr.  Rees  has  published  an  analysis  of  the  lymph  taken  from 


the  absorbents  of  a young  ass  immediately  after  death.  He 
states  its  constituents  to  be  : 

Water  ........  965-36 

Solid  residue 34-64 

Fibrin  1-20 

Albumen 12-00 

Extractive  matter  soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  water  . 2-40 

Extractive  matter  soluble  in  water  only  . . 13-19 

Salts  5-85 

Fat a trace. 


The  salts  were  alkaline  chlorides,  sulphates,  and  carbonates, 
with  traces  of  phosphates,  and  of  peroxide  of  iron. 

Lassaigne  analysed  lymph  collected  from  the  absorbents  of 
the  neck  of  a horse.  He  found  in  it,  water  925-00,  fibrin  3-30, 
albumen  57-36,  chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium,  soda,  and 
phosphate  of  lime  14-34. 

[The  lymph  collected  from  the  absorbent  vessels  of  the  neck 
of  a horse  has  been  recently  analysed  by  Nasse.  He  obtained 
in  1000  parts : 


Water  

950-000 

Solid  residue  .... 

50-000 

Albumen,  with  fibrin 

39-111 

Water-extract  .... 

3-248 

Spirit-extract  .... 

0-877 

Alcohol-extract  .... 

0-755 

Ethereal  extract  .... 

0-088 

Oleate  of  soda  .... 

0-575' 

Carbonate  of  soda  .... 

0-560 

Phosphate  of  soda  .... 

0-120 

Sulphate  of  potash  .... 

0-233 

Chloride  of  sodium 

4-123.. 

Carbonate  of  lime 

0-104' 

Phosphate  of  lime  with  some  iron  . 

0-095 

Carbonate  of  magnesia 

0-044  ■ 

Silica 

0-067 

LYMPH. 


353 

It  yielded  no  microscopic  indications  of  urea.  Nasse  compared 
the  lymph  with  the  serum  from  the  blood  of  a healthy  horse,  and 
found  a remarkable  coincidence  in  the  salts  of  the  two  fluids : 


Alkaline  chlorides 

Serum. 

4-055 

Lymph. 

4-123 

Alkaline  carbonates' 

*.  M30 

1-135 

Alkaline  sulphates 

0-311 

0-233 

Alkaline  phosphates 

0-115 

0-120 

5-G11 

5-611 

The  lymph,  therefore,  is  a dilute  serum,  and  the  salts  of  the 
blood  which  make  their  escape  along  with  the  colourless  liquor 
sanguinis  from  the  capillaries,  either  return  again  in  the  same 
proportions  to  each  other  as  they  were  secreted,  into  the  capil- 
laries, or,  which  is  most  probable,  they  only  penetrate  into  the 
lymphatic  vessels.  Besides,  there  being  more  water  in  the 
lymph  than  in  the  serum  (in  the  ratio  of  950  to  922)  the  two 
fluids  differ  in  the  ratio  of  their  solid  constituents  to  the  salts; 
in  the  lymph,  the  salts  amount  to  11  ’22,  and  in  the  serum  to 
9-65§  of  the  solid  residue.  It  is  probably  this  circumstance 
that  causes  the  much  greater  viscidity  of  the  serum,  which  is 
by  no  means  solely  dependent  on  the  larger  quantity  of  albumen 
in  solution.] 

All  investigations  with  respect  to  the  motion  of  the  lymph 
in  the  absorbents,  and  to  the  origin  and  formation  of  the  lymph- 
corpuscles,  have  hitherto  been  comparatively  fruitless.  Since 
the  primitive  cells  of  the  tissues  are  now  regarded  as  organized 
individuals  possessing  self-dependent  powers  of  selecting  their 
own  nutriment,  and  of  discharging  the  function  of  secretion, 
we  can  no  longer  refer  the  passage  of  the  lymph  into  the  ter- 
minal points  of  the  absorbents  to  mere  physical  endosmosis  and 
exosmosis.  I do  not  believe  that  we  can  altogether  satisfactorily 
refer  the  motion  of  the  lymph  to  a vis  a tergo.  Whether  the 
lymph  is  propelled  by  a progressive  contraction  of  the  absorbent 
vessels,  as  is  maintained  by  some  physiologists,  is  uncertain ; 
thus  much,  however,  is  undoubted,  that  there  are  numerous 
valves  in  the  interior  of  the  lymphatics  to  prevent  the  regur- 
gitation of  their  fluid  contents.  From  Weber’s  observations, 
it  appears  that  in  the  tadpole  the  motion  of  the  lymph  is  from 
10  to  20  times  slower  than  that  of  the  blood. 


23 


1 The  oleate  of  soda  is  calculated  as  a carbonate. 


354 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


The  Chyle. 

True  clivlc,  that  is  to  say,  the  emulsive  fluid  that  is  found 
after  digestion  in  the  lymphatic  vessels  of  the  intestinal  canal, 
is  usually  turbid,  and  of  a white  or  pinkish  tint,  but  I once 
observed  it  of  a blood-red  colour.  It  is  usually  obtained  for  the 
purpose  of  analysis  from  the  thoracic  duct,  when,  although 
termed  chyle,  it  is  in  reality  a mixture  of  lymph  and  true  chyle. 
Chyle,  like  lymph,  coagulates  in  the  course  of  from  8 to  15 
minutes.  The  clot  is  soft,  gelatinous,  and  either  wrhite  (from 
the  entangled  fat-vesicles)  or  red  (in  consequence  of  the  pre- 
sence of  blood-corpuscles.)  The  fibrin  obtained  by  whipping 
fresh  chyle  is  deficient  in  consistence,  being  sometimes  merely 
gelatinous,  and  cannot  be  washed  without  suffering  loss.  The 
serum  of  the  chyle  appears,  from  my  observations,  (which  were 
instituted  with  the  chyle  of  horses)  to  contain  four  different 
sorts  of  corpuscles,  viz.  (a)  fat-vesicles  which  occur  in  large 
numbers  in  milk}'  chyle ; (b)  blood-corpuscles,  wrhich  may  be 
numerous,  few,  or  absent,  according  to  circumstances;  (c)  round, 
colourless,  transparent,  rarely  granular  globules,  from  one  half 
to  three  fourths  the  size  of  blood-corpuscles;  I have  never  ob- 
served them  in  the  blood ; they  are  the  true  lymph-corpuscles ; 
and  (d)  round,  gray  or  colourless  granular  corpuscles,  with  a 
clearly  defined,  and  not  tuberculated  outline,  half  as  large 
again,  or  occasionally  even  twice  as  large  as  the  blood-cor- 
puscles ; these  are  the  chyle-corpuscles,  which  are  always  found 
in  the  blood.  Fig.  12  exhibits  chyle  containing  numerous 
blood-corpuscles  as  seen  under  the  microscope. 

Human  chyle  has  never  yet  been  analysed,  but  several  ana- 
lyses of  the  chyle  of  the  lower  animals  have  been  made.  Through 
the  kindness  of  Professor  Gurlt  1 have  had  several  opportunities 
of  examining  the  chyle  of  horses,  and  I have  made  three  careful 
quantitative  analyses  of  it.  The  method  of  analysis  was  pre- 
cisely the  same  as  for  the  blood.  The  fibrin  was  removed  in 
the  nsual  manner,  and  washed.  A known  quantity  of  the  serum 
was  reduced  to  dryness,  and  the  water  thus  determined ; the 
residue  was  finely  pulverized,  and  a portion  repeatedly  treated 
with  ether,  and  afterwards  with  spirit  of  '915  in  order  to 
remove  the  fat.  It  was  then  boiled  in  water.  The  residual 
albumen  was  dried  and  weighed.  The  spirituous  and  aqueous 


CHYLE. 


35f> 

solutions  were  mixed  and  evaporated,  and  the  residue  treated 
with  water  and  dilute  spirit,  which  took  up  the  salts  and  extractive 
matters,  and  left  the  lnematoglobulin.  The  extractive  matters  were 
dried,  weighed,  and  incinerated,  and  the  salts  thus  determined. 

The  thoracic  duct  of  a horse  that  had  been  kept  without  food 
for  some  time  contained  only  a very  small  quantity  of  a reddish 
fluid,  with  an  alkaline  reaction,  from  which  a slight  fibrinous 
coagulum  separated,  and  which,  on  standing,  deposited  a red 
sediment,  while  the  supernatant  fluid  was  clear  and  yellow. 
Blood-corpuscles  were  detected  in  the  sediment,  hut  they  were 
not  numerous,  and,  for  the  most  part,  altered  in  form.  Lymph- 
corpuscles  and  a very  few  chyle-corpuscles  were  observed  ; some 
of  the  latter  were  of  a remarkable  size,  and  presented  a resem- 
blance to  conglomerate  fat-cells.  1000  parts  of  this  chyle  left 
a solid  residue  of  39'5,  of  which  20  consisted  of  albumen,  and 
3‘2  of  oily  fat. 

In  order  to  obtain  a larger  supply  of  chyle,  a horse  was  fed 
on  peas  steeped  in  water ; it  was  shortly  afterwards  bled  to 
death,  and  the  chyle  collected  from  the  thoracic  duct. 

I obtained  upwards  of  600  grains  of  a reddish  yellow  alka- 
line fluid,  which  was  immediately  stirred,  in  order  to  separate 
the  fibrin.  In  the  serum  there  was  comparatively  little  fat, 
and  only  a small  number  of  blood-corpuscles ; while,  on  the 
other'  hand,  the  lymph-  and  chyle-corpuscles  were  abundant. 
None  of  the  large  conglomerate  cells  observed  in  the  former 
chyle  could  be  detected. 

The  analysis  of  this  chyle  yielded  : 


Analysis  55. 

Water  .... 

. 940-670 

Solid  constituents 

59-330 

Fibrin  .... 

0-440 

Fat  .... 

M8G 

Albumen  .... 

42-717 

Haematoglobulin 

0-474 

Extractive  matters  and  salts 

8-360 

Ptyalin,  and  globulin  or  casein, 

with  chloride  of 

sodium  and  lactate  of  soda 

1-780 

analysis  of  the  salts  was 

not  carried  out.  The  amount 

of  solid  constituents,  and  especially  of  albumen,  is  considerably 
larger  than  in  the  former  instance,  but  the  quantity  of  fat  is 
remarkably  small. 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


3f)G 

On  a subsequent  occasion  I fed  two  horses  with  oats  soaked 
in  water,  and  analysed  the  chyle  thus  formed.  Both  spe- 
cimens were  stirred,  in  order  to  remove  the  fibrin : they  had 
an  alkaline  reaction,  but  one  was  tin-bid  and  milky,  containing 
an  extraordinary  amount  of  soft  but  firm  fat,  while  the  other 
was  of  a blood-red  colour,  and  contained  a considerable  number 
of  blood-corpuscles.  Both  specimens  contained  lymph-  and 
chyle- corpuscles.  I have  endeavoured,  in  fig.  12,  to  represent 

the  corpuscles  that  were  observed  in  the  blood-red  chyle. 

The  analyses  of  these  fluids  yielded  the  following  results : 


Analysis  56. 

Analysis  57. 

Milky  chyle. 

Blood-red  chyle. 

Water 

928-000 

916-000 

Solid  constituents  .... 

72-000 

84-000 

Fibrin 

0-805 

0-900 

Fat 

10-010 

3-480 

Albumen  with  lymph-  and  chyle-corpuscles 

46-430 

60-530 

Hsematoglobulin  .... 

traces 

5-691 

Extractive  matters  .... 

5-320 

5-265 

Alkaline  lactates  and  muriates,  with  traces 
of  lime 

7-300 

6-700 

Sulphate  and  phosphate  of  lime  and  perox- 
ide of  iron 

1-100 

0-850 

These  analyses  yield  a much  larger  amount  of  solid  consti- 
tuents than  those  quoted  above : the  increase  is  especially  ob- 
servable in  the  amount  of  fat  in  the  former,  and  in  the  con- 
joined amount  of  albumen  and  hsematoglobulin  in  the  latter  of 
these  analyses.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  these  variations 
are  due  partly  to  the  nature  of  the  food,  and  partly  to  the 
manner  in  which  chylopoiesis  goes  on  in  aged  or  diseased  ani- 
mals. The  salts  approximate  closely,  both  in  quality  and  quan- 
tity, with  those  that  occur  in  the  blood. 

Dr.  Rees  analysed  the  chyle  of  the  same  ass  to  which  refer- 
ence has  been  already  made  in  page  352.  It  contained : 


Water 902-37 

Solid  constituents 97‘63 

Fibrin  3-70 

Fat 36  01 

Albumen 35-16 

Extractive  matter  soluble  in  alcohol  and  water  . . 3-32 

Extractive  matter  soluble  in  water  only  ....  12-33 

Salts  (similar  to  those  in  the  lymph)  . . . . 7-11 


CHYLE. 


357 


[Nasse1  has  instituted  the  following  analysis  of  the  chyle  of 


the  cat.  It  contained  in  1000  parts : 

Water 9057 

Solid  constituents 94-3 

Fibrin  1-3 

Fat 327 

Albumen,  blood-corpuscles,  and  extractive  matters  . 48-9 

Chloride  of  sodium  .......  77 

Other  soluble  salts 2-3 

Iron traces 

Earthy  salts 2-0  ] 


The  elaborate  treatise  of  Tiedemann  and  Gmelin  affords  much 
information  respecting  the  influence  of  diet  on  the  qualities  of 
the  chyle,  and  on  the  modifications  that  it  undergoes  in  its 
passage  through  the  mesenteric  glands. 

Their  analyses  of  the  chyle  of  the  horse  are  given  in  the 
following  table : 


Water. 

Solid 

constituents. 

Clot. 

Albumen. 

Fat. 

Spirit-extract, 
with  salts. 

Water-extract, 
with  salts. 

1 

924-3 

757 

17-5 

44-45 

a trace 

7-97 

3-60 

2 

949-8 

50-2 

4-2 

34-27 

a little 

8-41 

2-33 

3 

918-3 

81-7 

7-8 

42-86 

16-12 

11-83 

2-04 

4 

967-9 

32-1 

1-9 

19-32 

a little 

9-19 

0-94 

5 

948-6 

57-4 

3-1 

24-27 

12-34 

8-33 

1-36 

6 

871-0 

129-0 

small 

35-75 

8? 01 

3-22 

7 

959-0 

41-0 

24-60  (?) 

16-40  (?) 

3-22 

The  first  four  analyses  were  made  with  chyle  taken  from  the 
thoracic  duct.  The  chyle  in  these  cases  separated  into  a bright 
red  clot,  and  opaque,  milky  serum.  The  fifth  analysis  was  made 
with  chyle  (taken  from  the  same  horse  as  in  analysis  4) 
after  its  passage  through  the  mesenteric  glands,  and  the  sixth 
analysis,  with  chyle,  previous  to  its  passage  through  them.  In 
the  former  case,  the  chyle  was  of  a bright  red  colour,  and  co- 
agulated perfectly,  forming  a pale  red  clot,  and  a reddish  white 
serum ; in  the  latter,  it  was  white,  and  coagulated  very  imper- 
fectly ; in  fact,  instead  of  there  being  a clot,  there  was  merely 
a transparent  yellowish  film;  the  serum  was  white  and  milky. 


Wagner’s  Handworterbuch,  vol.  1,  p.  235,  article  ‘ Chylus.’ 


358 


CIRCULATING  FLUIDS: 


In  the  seventh  analysis,  the  chyle  was  collected  from  the  ab- 
sorbents of  the  colon. 

The  fat  in  these  various  specimens  of  chyle  was  partly  solid, 
and  partly  fluid;  the  salts  were  apparently  the  same  as  in  the 
lymph.  The  albumen  left  about  2%  of  ash,  which  consisted  of 
equal  parts  of  carbonate  and  sulphate  of  lime,  together  with  a 
little  carbonate,  hydrochlorate,  and  sulphate  of  soda.  The  dried 
clot  in  analysis  2,  yielded  9-07g  of  brownish  red  ash,  consisting 
of  carbonate,  sulphate,  and  muriate  of  soda,  carbonate  and 
phosphate  of  lime,  and  peroxide  of  iron. 

Tiedemann  and  Gmelin  have  communicated  the  following 
data  regarding  the  influence  of  diet  on  the  chyle.  Their  expe- 
riments were  made  on  dogs,  and  the  chyle  was  taken  from  the 
thoracic  duct. 

1.  After  taking  cheese  the  chyle  coagulated  veiy  slightly. 
The  clot  was  little  more  than  a pale  red  transparent  film,  and 
the  serum  was  slightly  milky.  The  chyle  contained  water 
950-3,  clot  1*71,  residue  of  serum  48-0. 

2.  After  the  use  of  starch,  the  chyle  was  of  a pale  yellowish 
white  colour,  and  coagulated  rapidly.  It  contained  water  930-0, 
clot  and  residue  of  serum  70-0.  The  clot  was  of  a pale  red 
colour. 

3.  After  taking  flesh,  and  bread  and  milk,  the  chyle  was 
of  a reddish  white  colour,  and  coagulated  rapidly,  the  clot  being 
of  a pale  red  tint  and  the  serum  very  milky.  It  consisted  of 
water  915-3,  clot  2-7,  and  residue  of  serum  83-8. 

4.  After  the  use  of  milk,  the  chyle  presented  a milky  ap- 
pearance, and  the  clot  was  transparent  and  of  a pale  red  colour. 

5.  After  bread  and  milk,  the  chyle  contained  water  961-1, 
clot  T9,  and  residue  of  serum  37-0. 

6.  After  flesh,  bread,  and  milk,  the  chyle  was  of  a yellowish 
red  colour,  coagulated  firmly,  (separating  into  a bright  red  clot, 
and  turbid  yellow  serum,)  and  contained  water  933-5,  clot  5-6, 
residue  of  serum  60-9. 

Any  explanation  of  the  results  of  these  investigations  would 
be  superfluous,  since  it  is  obvious  from  them,  that  the  food 
best  adapted  to  dogs,  viz.  a mixture  of  flesh,  bread,  and  milk, 


CHYLE. 


3f>9 


yields  the  richest  chyle,  and  increases  the  amount  of  clot.  That 
the  fibrin  is  formed  in  the  chyle  from  the  constituents  of  the 
food  is  perhaps  less  probable  than  that  it  is  separated  from  the 
blood  in  the  lymphatic  glands ; possibly,  chyle  of  different 
qualities  may  react  with  varying  energy  on  the  lymphatic 
glands. 


end  or  VOL.  i. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  I. 


Fig.  1.  Blood-corpuscles  of  men,  birds,  and  amphibia. 

2.  The  formation  of  the  blood-corpuscles,  from  Reichert. 

3.  Urea  precipitated  from  an  alcoholic  solution  by  nitric 

acid. 

4.  Crystals  produced  in  the  alcohol-extract  of  blood 

devoid  of  urea,  after  the  addition  of  nitric  acid. 

5.  Nitrate  of  urea  from  blood  in  morb.  Brightii. 

6.  Urea  precipitated  from  an  alcoholic  solution,  by 

oxalic  acid. 

7.  Crystals  produced  in  the  alcohol- extract  of  blood 

devoid  of  urea,  after  the  addition  of  oxalic  acid. 

8.  Crystals  of  oxalic  acid,  resembling  pure  urea. 

9.  Nitrate  of  soda. 

10.  Crystalline  groups  of  nitrate  of  urea,  as  it  crystallizes 

from  an  alcoholic  solution. 

11.  Pus  in  blood. 

12.  Chyle  from  the  thoracic  duct. 


PRINTED  BY  C.  AND  J.  ADLARD, 

llAUTHOLOMKW  CLOSK. 


PLATE  1 


o 


y-g'9/ 


20 


ll.-Adlard  J»c . 


OF  THE 


OFFICERS  AND  MEMBERS 


OF 

THE  SYDENHAM  SOCIETY 


FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDING 


MARCH  25th;  1845. 


LIST 


OF  THE 

OFFICERS  AND  MEMBERS 

OF 


THE  SYDENHAM  SOCIETY 


FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDINO 

MARCH  25th,  1845. 


■JiwSftfent : 

JOHN  AYRTON  PARIS,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  President  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians 


'FtteffreSfoente  • 

WILLIAM  PULTENY  ALISON,  M.D.,  F.R.S.E.,  Professor  of  Medicine  in  the 
University  of  Edinburgh. 

JOHN  BLACKALL,  M.D.,  Physician  to  the  Devon  and  Exeter  Hospital. 

Sir  BENJAMIN  C.  BRODIE,  Bart.,  F.R.S.,  Serjeant-Surgeou  to  the  Queen. 

Sir  WILLIAM  BURNETT,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  K.C.H.,  Inspector-General  of  the  Fleets 
and  Hospitals. 

JOHN  BURNS,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  University  of  Glasgow. 

WILLIAM  FREDERIC  CHAMBERS,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  K.C.H.,  Physician  to  the  Queen 
and  to  the  Queen  Dowager. 

Sir  JAMES  CLARK,  Bart.,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Physician  to  the  Queen  and  to  H.R.H. 
Prince  Albert. 

Sir  PHILIP  CRAMPTON,  Bart.,  F.R.S.,  Surgeon-General  to  the  Forces  in  Ireland. 

ROBERT  J.  GRAVES,  M.D.,  M.R.I.A.,  Physician  to  the  Meath  Hospital,  Dublin. 

Sir  JAMES  M'GRIGOR,  Bart.,  M.D.,  F.R.S.  L.  &Ed.  Director-General  of  the 
Medical  Department  of  the  Army. 

JOHN  HAVILAND,  M.D.,  Regius  Professor  of  Physic  in  the  University  of 
Cambridge. 

JOSEPH  HODGSON,  F.R.S. , Surgeon  to  the  General  Hospital,  Birmingham. 

HENRY  HOLLAND,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Physician  Extraordinary  to  the  Queen,  and 
Physician  to  H.R.H.  Prince  Albert. 

JOHN  KIDD,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Regius  Professor  of  Medicine  in  the  University  of 
Oxford. 

BENJAMIN  TRAVERS,  F.R.S.,  Surgeon  Extraordinary  to  the  Queen,  and  Surgeon 
in  Ordinary  to  H.R.H.  Prince  Albert. 


4 


OFFICERS. 


Council : 


HENRY  ANCELL,  Esq. 

JOHN  CLENDINNING,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
JAMES  COPLAND,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
JOHN  DALRYMPLE,  Esq. 

WILLIAM  FARR,  Esq. 

ROBERT  FERGUSON,  M.D. 
WILLIAM  FERGUSSON,  Esq. 

JOHN  FORBES,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
WILLIAM  AUGUSTUS  GUY,  M.B. 
THOS.  HODGKIN,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
SAMUEL  LANE,  Esq. 

Sir  GEORGE  LEFEVRE,  M.D.,  Knt. 


DREWRY  OTTLEY,  Esq. 

JONATHAN  PEREIRA,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
BENJAMIN  PHILLIPS,  F.R.S. 

J.  FORBES  ROYLE,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
WILLIAM  SHARPEY,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
HENRY  SMITH,  Esq. 

SAMUEL  SOLLY,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 
THEOPH.  THOMPSON,  M.D. 
ROBERT  WILLIS,  M.D. 

ERASMUS  WILSON,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 
CHAS.  J.  B.  WILLIAMS,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 
THOS.  WATSON,  M.D. 


CreaSum- : 

B.  G.  BABINGTON,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  31,  George  Street,  Hanover  Square. 


J^emtarw  fov  fLon&ou : 

JAMES  RISDON  BENNETT,  M.D.,  24,  Finsbury  Place. 
To  whom  all  Communications  (post  paid)  are  to  be  addressed. 


Collcctov  fov  Hontfon : 

Mr.  J.  Calverley,  10,  Noel  Street,  Wardour  Street,  Solio. 


Office  of  the  Society, 
45,  Frith  street,  Soho. 


W.  PAMPL1N.  Clerk. 


MEMBERS. 


Aberdeen  . 


Abergavenny 
Acton,  Middlesex  . 

Alcester  , 

Alconbury,  near  Huntingdon 
Aldermaston 
Allenheads 
Alton  . 

Ambleside,  Cumberland 

Amersham 
Appleby  . 

Ardrossan  . 

Armagh,  Ireland  . 

Arundel  . 

Askern  Spa,  Doncaster 
Aughnacloy,  Ireland  . 
Axminster  . 

Aylesbury  . 

Baddow,  Essex 
Ballater,  Aberdeenshire 
Ballygawley,  Co.  Tyrone  . 
Bampton,  Devon  . 

Banbury  . 

Bandon,  Co.  Cork 

Banff  

Barnes  . 

Barnstaple,  Devon 
Barton,  near  Litchfield 

Basingstoke,  Hants 


Adams,  Francis,  esq. 

Dunn,  Robert,  m.d. 

Dyce,  Robert,  m.d. 

Gordon,  Peter  L.  esq.  Craigmyle 
Jamieson,  James,  esq. 

Keith,  William,  m.d. 

Kilgour,  Alexander,  m.d. 

Medico-  Chirurgical  Society 
Robertson,  Andrew,  esq. 
Williamson,  Joseph,  m.d. 

Steele,  Elms  Yelverton,  esq. 
Spiers,  W.  m.d. 

Wyman,  George,  esq. 

Newton,  Lancelot,  esq. 

Cox,  Francis,  esq. 

Maughan,  John  B.  esq. 

White,  John  Grove,  m.d. 

Davey,  John,  m.d. 

Fell,  William,  esq. 

Rumsey,  James,  m.d. 

Dinwoodie,  Frederick,  esq. 
Macfadzeau,  A.  m.d. 

Cuming,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Magee,  Samuel,  esq. 

Stedman,  Silas  S.  m.b. 

Oxley,  John  Fox,  esq. 

Scott,  William,  esq. 

Symes,  James  F.  esq. 

Ceely,  Robert,  esq. 

Chase,  E.  Henry,  esq. 

MacLaren,  — m.d.  Crathie  Cotta 
Alexander,  John,  m.d. 

Edwards,  John,  esq. 

Langdon,  Thomas,  esq. 
Chippenfield,  W.  N.  esq. 

Rye,  A.  B.  esq. 

Hornibrook,  William  B.  m.d. 
Wood,  Samuel,  esq.  a.m.  m.b. 
Emslie,  Leith,  m.d. 

Scott,  — M.D. 

Turner,  John  C.  esq.  Dispensary 
Birch,  William,  esq. 

Sharpies,  Thomas,  esq. 

Staley,  Stephen,  esq.,  the  late 
Workman,  Thomas,  esq. 


6 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Bath 


Local  Sec.  Soden,  John  S.  esq. 

Bally,  William  Ford,  esq. 

Bartrum,  Jolm  Stotliert,  esq.,  Gay  street 
Bowie,  W.  m.d.,  Bennett  street 
Brace,  W.  Henry,  esq.,  Bladud  buildings 
Cardew,  John,  m.d.,  Laura  place 
Church,  William  J.  esq. 

George,  Richard  F.  esq. 

Gore,  R.  T.  esq.,  6,  Queen's  square 
Hensley,  Henry,  esq. 

Hodges,  Eil ward,  m.d. 

Hunt,  Ezra,  esq.,  River  street 
Jenkins,  C.  P.  esq. 

King,  George,  esq.,  King  street 
Marriott,  Peter,  esq. 

Morgan,  John,  esq. 

Norman,  George,  esq.,  Circus 
Ormond,  John,  esq. 

Ormond,  Henry,  esq.,  Belmont 
Skinner,  George,  esq.,  Belmont 
Spender,  John  Cottle,  esq.,  Gay  street 
Stone,  Robert  N.  esq.,  Grosvenor  place 
Wood,  George  L.  esq. 

. Nicholson,  John,  m.d. 

Gilbert,  Joachim,  esq. 

Webb,  John,  esq. 

Beccles,  Suffolk  . Local  Sec.  Crowfoot,  William  Edward,  esq. 

Davey,  H.  W.  R.  esq. 

Bedford  . . Local  Sec.  Barker,  Thomas  Herbert,  esq. 

Bailey,  William,  esq. 

Coucliman,  Robert,  esq. 

Hurst,  Isaac,  esq. 

Pearson,  Francis,  esq. 

Swain,  W.  D.  P.  esq. 

Thurnall,  Wm.,  esq.,  for  Bedford  Medical  Library 
BKDLiNGTON,H.J/or/;e/A,/liirA«?HMaclaren,  Benjamin,  esq. 


Bawtry 

Beaminster,  Dorsetshire 


Belfast 


Bere  Regis 

Berwick-on-Tweed 

Beverley 

Bexley,  Kent 

Bidford,  Warwick 
Bilston 

Bingley,  Yorkshire 

Birkenhead 

Birmingham 


Lamont,  A.  Eneas,  esq.,  House-Surgeon,  Hospital 
Moore,  James,  m.d. 

Purdon,  Charles  D.  m.d. 

Purdon,  Thomas  Ilenry,  esq. 

Read,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Sanders,  James  M.  m.d. 

Sanders,  James  M.  m.d.,  for  Medical  Library 
. . Nott,  Thomas,  esq. 

. . Johnston,  George,  m.d. 

. . Carter,  Richard,  esq. 

Sandwith,  Thomas,  esq. 

. . Cottingliam,  Edwin,  esq. 

Spuriel,  Flaxman,  esq. 

. . Fosbroke,  George  Haynes,  esq. 

. . Lewis,  Edwin,  esq. 

. . Ainley,  William,  esq. 

. . Holcombe,  Charles  Alexander,  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Fletcher,  Bell,  m.d. 

Baker,  Alfred,  esq. 

Bartleet,  Edwin,  esq. 

Beckett,  Isaac,  esq. 

Bindley,  Samuel  Allen,  esq. 

Birmingham  Library 
Blakiston,  Peyton,  m.d. 

Blount,  John  Ilillier,  esq. 


LIST  OP  MEMBERS. 


Birmingham  ( continued ) . Burdett,  Henry,  esq. 

Carter,  John,  esq. 

Clarkson,  Josiah,  esq. 

Clayton,  Ilazlewood,  esq. 

Crompton,  D.  W.  esq. 

Dufton,  William,  esq. 

Elkington,  Francis,  esq. 

Evans,  G.  F.  m.d. 

Freer,  Walter  Careless,  esq. 

Hadley,  John  Joseph,  esq. 

Hodgson,  Joseph,  esq. 

Lawrence,  Joseph,  esq. 

Lee,  Rev.  James  Prince,  a.m. 

Melson,  John  B.  m.d. 

Middlemore,  Richard,  esq. 

Parker,  Langton,  esq. 

Pemberton,  Oliver,  esq. 

Percy,  John,  m.d. 

Russell,  James,  m.d. 

Ryland,  Frederick,  esq. 

Sandys,  James,  m.d. 

Solomon,  John  Vose,  esq. 

Tarleton,  William,  esq. 

Taylor,  Thomas,  esq. 

Tildersley,  Henry  William,  esq 
Waddy,  J.  M.  m.d. 

Watts,  William  Croydon,  esq. 

Welchman,  Charles,  esq. 

Wickenden,  Joseph,  esq. 

Wright,  Samuel,  m.d. 

Bishop  Auckland  . . Canny,  George,  jun.,  esq. 

Bishop’s  Waltham  . . Ainge,  James,  esq. 

Blackburn  . Local  Sec.  Martland,  Richard,  m.d. 

Barlow,  Richard,  B.  esq. 

Cort,  John,  esq. 

Pickop,  Eli,  esq. 

Blandford  . . Local  Sec.  Spooner,  Edward  O.  esq. 

Bletchingley  . . . Boulger,  Edward,  esq. 

Bodmin,  Cornwall  . . Kempthorn,  John,  esq. 

Tyerman,  D.  F.  esq.,  County  Lunatic  Asylum 
Ward,  John,  esq. 

Bognor  ....  Thompson,  William,  esq. 

Boldon,  Newcastle-on-Tyne  . Tate,  R.  esq. 

Bolton-le-Moors  . Local  Sec.  Sharp,  Henry,  esq. 

Ferguson,  Fergus,  esq. 

Mallett,  George,  esq. 

Robinson,  John  Marshall,  esq. 

Scowcroft,  William,  esq. 

Botesdale,  Suffolk  . . Harris,  Robert,  esq. 

Bourne,  Lincolnshire  . . Bellingham,  Francis  James,  esq. 

Bradford,  Yorks  . Local  Sec.  Meade,  Richard  Henry,  esq. 

Casson,  Edwin,  esq. 

Casson,  Edwin,  esq.,, for  Medical  Library 
Douglas,  James,  esq. 

Kay,  David,  m.d. 

Robinson,  T.  esq. 

Taylor,  William,  m.d. 

Brampton,  Cumberland  . Graham,  John,  m.d. 

Bray,  County  of  Dublin  . Darby,  Thomas,  m.d. 


8 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Bridgenorth  . . . Tliursfield,  William,  esq. 

Bridport,  Dorset  . . Cory,  Samuel  S.  esq. 

Gunn,  J.  M.  esq. 

Keddle,  S.  S.  m.d. 

Selwood,  John  Henry,  esq. 

Brighton  . . Local  Sec.  Jenks,  George  Samuel,  m.d. 

Allen,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Blaker,  H.  M.  jun.,  esq. 

Davis,  W.  St.  George,  m.d. 

Drummond,  George,  esq. 

Furner,  Edmund,  esq. 

Franz,  J.  C.  A.  m.d. 

Hood,  W.  C.  m.d. 

Lawrence,  John,  jun.,  esq. 

Lowdell,  George,  esq.,  for  Sussex  County  Hospital 
Oldham,  James,  esq. 

Piclcford,  James  H.  m.d.  m.r.i.a. 

Philpott,  Richard  P.  esq. 

Pocock,  Gavin  Elliot,  esq. 

Plummer,  Andrew,  m.d. 

Seahroolc,  B.  T.  esq. 

Tennent,  James,  esq. 

Vallance,  Benjamin,  esq. 

Watson,  William  Scott,  esq. 

Whitehouse,  E.  0.  Wildman,  esq. 

Willis,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Wilson,  James  William,  m.d. 

Wilton,  William,  esq. 

Winter,  Thomas  Bradbury,  esq. 

Brislington,  near  Bristol  . Fox,  Francis  Ker,  m.d. 

Fox,  Charles  Joseph,  m.d. 

Bristol  . . Local  Sec.  SwaynTe,  J.  G.  esq.  m.b.,  Berkeley  square 

Bompas,  Charles  Smith,  esq. 

Burroughs,  J.  B.  esq.,  West  Mall 
Clark,  Henry,  esq. 

Coltliurst,  John,  esq.,  11,  Mall 
Davis,  Theodore,  esq. 

Godfrey,  James,  esq.,  13,  Bridge  street 
Green,  Thomas,  m.d.,  19,  Queen  square 
Greig,  Charles,  esq.,  Infirmary 
Greig,  Charles,  esq.,  for  Bristol  Infirmary 
Hawkins,  Thomas,  esq.,  28,  Paul  street 
Hetling,  George  H.  esq. 

Humpage,  Edward,  esq.,  King  square 
Kelson,  J.  esq.,  Park  row 
Neild,  John  C.  esq. 

Norton,  Robert,  esq.,  Dispensary 
O’Brien,  John,  m.d. 

Rogers,  George,  esq.,  38,  Park  street 
Sheppard,  William  Y.  esq.,  6,  Brunswick  square 
Smerdon,  Charles,  esq.,  9,  Mall 
Sun-age,  T.  L.  esq.,  York  buildings 
Symonds,  J.  A.  m.d.,  7,  Berkeley  square 
Tredwyn,  — esq. 

Trotman,  Dr.,  York  place 
Trotman,  Dr.,  for  Medical  Library 
Wayte,  Charles,  M.  esq. 

Willett,  — esq. 

Wilson,  John  G.  esq. 

Broughton,  near  Manchester  Nursaw,  Thomas,  esq. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


9 


Budleigii  Salterton,  Devon 


Bbngay,  Suffolk  . 
Burford,  Oxon 
Burnham,  Norfolk 
Burnupfield 
Burnley,  near  Manchester 


Bury  St.  Edmunds  . Loc.  Sec. 


Bury,  Lancashire 

Buxton 
Calne  . 

Camborne,  Cornwall 


Cambridge  . . Local  Sec. 


Canterbury  . Local  Sec. 


Cardiff 

Carlisle 


Carshalton 
Castlebar,  Mayo . 

Castle  Town,  Isle  of  Man 
Castletown,  Navan 
Castle  Carey,  Somerset 
Castle  Douglas  . 

Cavan  .... 
Chatham 


Hunter,  Thomas,  esq. 

Kendal,  Walter,  esq. 

Walker,  D.  Grant,  esq. 

Currie,  John,  esq. 

Cooke,  W.  R.  esq. 

Dennis,  A.  V.  esq. 

Watson,  U.  esq. 

Coultate,  William  Miller,  esq. 

Dugdale,  David,  esq. 

Lord,  James,  esq. 

Thompson,  J.  m.d. 

Smith,  Charles  C.  esq. 

Coe,  Thomas,  esq. 

Hake,  Thomas  Gordon,  m.d. 

Image,  William  Edmund,  esq. 

Newham,  Samuel,  esq. 

Probart,  Francis  George,  m.d. 

Ranking,  William  H.  m.d. 

Wing,  Henry,  esq. 

Chadwick,  John,  esq. 

Fletcher,  Matthew,  esq. 

Robertson,  W.  H.  m.d. 

Greenup,  Richard,  m.d. 

Gurney,  Edwin  Godfrey  Scholey,  esq. 

James,  John,  esq. 

Lanyon,  R.  esq. 

Vivian,  Nicholas  Duncan,  esq. 

Fisher,  William  H.  m.d. 

Barclay,  Andrew  Whyte,  m.d. 

Bond,  Henry  I.  II.  m.d. 

Drake,  Augustus,  esq.,  Caius  College 
Ficklin,  Thomas  John,  esq. 

Haviland,  John,  m.d. 

Hough,  James,  esq. 

Paget,  George  Edward,  m.d. 

Smith,  Rev.  John  James,  Librarian  of  Caius  College 
Walton,  Richard,  esq. 

Webster,  J.  H.  m.d. 

Scudamore,  Edward,  m.d. 

Lochee,  Alfred,  m.d. 

Long,  John,  esq.,  Barham 
Matthews,  D.  esq.,  Cathedral  gate 
Siccard,  Amelius,  esq.,  Bridge 
Evans,  Thomas,  esq. 

Barnes,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Cartmell,  — m.d. 

Elliott,  William,  m.d. 

Page,  W.  B.  esq. 

Wallace,  Edward,  esq. 

Dillon,  J.  m.d. 

Underwood,  T.  m.d. 

Haraerton,  Clement,  m.d. 

Taylor,  James,  m.d. 

Smyth,  C.  S.  m.d. 

Roe,  George,  m.d. 

Blyth,  Alexander,  esq.,  Wye  Convict  Ship 
Duirs,  William,  esq.,  Melville  Hospital 
Ely,  George,  esq. 

Ford,  W.  M.,  for  Library , Port  Pitt 
Martin,  Richard,  W.  m,.d. 

Rae,  William,  m.d.,  Melville  Hospital  2 


10 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Cheadle,  Staffordshire  . . Bourne,  John  E.  esq. 

Newbury,  B.  esq. 
Tomkinson,  Richard,  esq. 

Cheadle,  near  Manchester  . Ockleston,  R.  esq. 
Chelmsford  . . . Miller,  Samuel,  m.d. 

Cheltenham  . Local  Sec.  Colledge,  Thomas  R.  m.d. 


Chertsey 
Chesham,  Bucks  . 
Chester 

Acwortli,  E.  m.d. 

Allardyce,  J.  m.d. 

Bagnall,  G.  m.d. 

Bernard,  W.  R.  esq. 

Cannon,  jEneas,  m.d. 

Cary,  Walter,  esq. 

Comyn,  S.  E.  m.d. 

Conolly,  William,  m.d. 
Copeland,  G.  F.  esq. 

Eves,  A.  W.  esq. 

Fowler,  Charles,  esq. 
Goodlake,  Henry  Cox,  esq. 
Hawkins,  Clement,  esq. 
Murley,  Stephen  H.  esq. 
Pinching,  Charles  J.  esq. 
Shaw,  C.  S.,  esq. 

Thomas,  R.  C.  m.d. 

Thorpe,  Disney  L.  m.d. 

. . Harcourt,  George,  esq. 

. . Hodgson,  John  Bolton,  esq. 

Local  Sec.  M'Ewen,  W.  esq. 

Jones,  Phillips,  m.d. 
Harrison,  John,  esq. 
Weaver,  John,  esq. 
Willmott,  A.  m.d. 

Chesterfield 

. . Booth,  Charles,  esq, 

Chichester 

Holland,  John,  esq. 
Walker,  Hugh  Eccles,  m.d. 
Local  Sec.  Tyacke,  Nicholas,  m.d. 

Chilcompton 
Chippenham 
Cirencester 
Clay,  Norfolk 
Clitheroe  . 
Cloghjordan 
Clonmel 
Colchester  . 

Buclcell,  Leonard,  esq. 

Caffin,  William  Chart,  esq. 
Duke,  Abraham,  esq. 
Gruggen,  John  Price,  esq. 
Gruggen,  H.  M.  esq. 
M'Carogher,  J.  m.d. 
Woodman,  James,  m.d. 

. . Flower,  Farnham,  esq. 

. Colborne,  Wm.  esq. 

. . Warner,  Thomas,  esq. 

. . Cooke,  Corbett,  Charles,  esq. 

. . Garstang,  J.  esq. 

. Purefoy,  — m.d. 

. . Kemphill,  — jun.,  m.d. 

Local  Sec.  Williams,  Edward,  m.d. 
Bewick,  Robert,  esq. 
Johnson,  Walter,  esq. 

Philbrick,  Samuel  A.  esq.,/o>-  Medical  Library. 
Coleraine,  Ireland,  Local  Sec.  Babington,  Thomas  H.  m.d. 

Macaldin,  J.  J.  m.d. 

Collon,  County  of  Meath  . Mac  Loughlin,  Edward  P.  esq. 

Congleton  . . Local  Sec.  Hall,  John,  esq. 

Conisborough,  near  Doncaster  Fisher,  Henry,  esq. 

Cork  . . Local  Sec.  Popham,  John,  m.d. 

Finn,  Eugene,  m.d. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


11 


Cork  ( continued ) 


Cotford,  near  Sudbury  . 
Cove  . 


Coventry  . 


Local  Sec. 


Cowes,  Isle  of  Wight 

Cowbridge,  Glamorganshire 
Cowfold,  near  Horsham 
Cranbourne,  Dorset  . 


Cranbrook,  Kent 
Crawley 
Crayford,  Kent  . 
Crewkerne 
Cricklade,  Wiltshire 
Croydon 

Cuckfield  . 
Cullompton,  Devon 
Darlington. 


Dartmouth,  Devon 
Dawlish  .... 
Derby  . . . Local  Sec. 


Devonport  .... 
Devizes  . . Local  Sec. 


Diss 

Doncaster  . 


Dorking  .... 
Douglas,  Isle  of  Man  . 

Downham  Market 
Dover  . . . Local  Sec. 


Harvey,  J.  R.  m.d. 

Harris,  Walter,  m.d. 

O’Connor,  Denis  Charles,  m.d. 

Osborn,  Thomas,  jun.,  m.d. 

Townsend,  E.  R.  m.d. 

Bailey,  W.  R.  esq. 

Meade,  Horace,  N.  m.d. 

Scott,  David  H.  m.d. 

Troughton,  Nathaniel,  esq. 
Arrowsmith,  Robert,  m.d. 

Barton.  F.  W.  esq., /or  Medical  Library 
Laxon,  William,  m.d. 

Peach,  William,  m.d. 

Phillips,  E.  esq. 

Tierman,  — esq. 

Cass,  William,  esq. 

Hoffmeister,  William  Carter,  m.d. 
Sylvester,  Charles,  m.d. 

Gravely,  Thomas,  esq. 

Hobson,  Smith,  esq. 

Smart,  Thomas  William,  esq. 

Ranger,  Frederick,  esq. 

Smith,  Thomas,  esq. 

Grantham,  John,  esq. 

Bowdage,  Emanuel,  esq. 

Taylor,  Thomas,  esq. 

Berry,  Edward,  esq. 

Westall,  Edward,  esq. 

Byass,  Thomas  Spry,  esq. 

Maunder,  William  H.  esq. 

Harper,  Alfred,  m.d. 

Piper,  Stephen  Edward,  esq. 

Strother,  Arthur,  esq. 

Burrough,  R.  F.  esq. 

Cann,  W.  Moore,  esq. 

Fox,  Douglas,  esq. 

Evans,  Samuel,  esq. 

Fearn,  S.  W.  esq. 

Greaves,  Augustus,  esq. 

Heygate,  James,  m.d. 

Johnston,  Whittaker,  esq. 

Rudkin,  J.  C.  esq. 

Worthington,  Henry,  esq. 

Crossing,  T.  esq. 

Swaine,  P.  esq. 

Seagram,  Wm.  B.  m.d. 

Trinder,  Charles,  esq. 

Montgomery,  Ronald,  esq. 

Anstie,  Thomas  Brown,  esq. 

Ward,  Henry,  esq. 

Scholtield,  Edward,  esq. 

Storrs,  Robert,  esq. 

Hindle,  James,  esq.,  Norton 
Curtis,  George,  esq. 

Sutherland,  Patrick,  m.d. 

Oswald,  H.  R.  esq. 

Wales,  Thomas  G.  esq. 

Astley,  Edward,  m.d. 

Coleman,  Thomas,  esq. 

Heritage,  0.  F.  esq. 


12 

SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 

Dover  ( continued ) 

. Hutchinson,  Scrope,  m.d. 
Jones,  Edward,  esq. 

Mercer,  Thomas,  esq.,  Deal. 
Rutley,  G.  E.  esq. 

Soulby,  J.  m.d. 

Stolterforth,  Sigismund,  m.d. 
Droitwich,  Worcestershire  . Edkins,  Clement,  esq. 

Topharn,  John,  m.b. 

Drogheda  ....  Fogarty,  — m.d. 

Dronfield,  Derbyshire  . Clarke,  Thomas  H.  esq.,  Cliff  House 


Dublin 

Nicholson,  J.  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Law,  Robert,  m.d.,  54,  Rutland  square 
Aicken,  Thomas,  m.d.,  68,  Marlbro’  street 
Bankes,  John  T.  m.d.  m.r.i.a. 

Barker,  William,  m.d. 

Benson,  C.  m.d. 

Bevan,  Philip,  esq.,  1,  Hatch  street 
Biudon,  H.  Yereker,  esq. 

Brady,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Carmichael,  Richard,  esq. 

Crampton,  Sir  Philip,  Bart. 

Carte,  Alexander,  m.d.,  62,  Upper  Bagot  street 
Cooke,  Howard,  m.d.,  72,  Blessington  street 
Cusack,  James,  m.d. 

Croker,  Charles  P.  m.d. 

Duncan,  J.  F.,  m.d. 

Dwyer,  Henry  L.  m.d. 

Evans,  John,  m.d. 

Green,  George,  m.d. 

Graves,  Robert  J.  m.d. 

Hargrave,  William,  m.d. 

Harvey,  J.  m.d. 

Hutchinson,  William,  m.d. 

Hutton, — m.d. 

Hunt,  P.  m.d. 

Irvine,  H.  esq. 

Kennedy,  FI.  m.d. 

Mollan,  J.  m.d. 

Marsh,  Sir  Henry,  Bart. 

M'Donnel,  J.  m.d. 

Dudley 

Neligan,  J.  M.  m.d. 

O’Keefe,  Cornelius,  esq.  Regist.  of  Coll,  of  Surgeons 
O’Reardon,  John,  m.d. 

O’Reilly,  Richard,  esq. 

Patten,  J.  esq.,  Kildare  street,  Royal  Dublin  Society 
Sargent,  Richard  J.  m.d. 

Smyly,  Joshua,  esq. 

Steel,  W.  Edward,  m.b. 

Walsh,  Albert,  m.d. 

. Cartwright,  Cornelius,  esq. 

Fereday,  Samuel,  esq. 

Dulwich 

Dumfries 

Houghton,  John  H.  esq. 

Tinsley,  William,  esq. 

. Ray,  Edward,  esq. 

Loc.  Sec.  Browne,  W.  A.  F.  m.d. 

Barker,  William  L.  m.d. 

Grieve,  James,  m.d.  . 

M'Cullocli,  James  M.  m.d. 

M‘Laclilan,  James,  m.d. 

M'Lellan,  R.  H.  m.d. 

LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


13 


Dundee 


Dundonald  .... 
Dungannon,  County  Tyrone  . 
Durham  . . Loc.  See, 


East  Grinsted,  Sussex 
East  Rudham,  Norfolk 

East  Stonehouse,  Devon 
Edinburgh  . . Local  Sec, 


Loc.  Sec.  Monro,  William,  m.d. 

Aitkin,  William,  esq. 

Arnott,  James,  m.d. 

Bell,  Alexander,  m.d. 

Cocks,  Robert,  m.d. 

Nimmo,  Matthew,  esq. 

Osborne,  G.  M.  m.d. 

Alexander,  William,  m.d. 

Nevill,  William,  esq.,  m.b. 

Jepson,  C.  Edward,  esq. 

Alexander,  — m.d. 

Boyd,  William,  esq. 

Caldcleugh,  S.  esq. 

Carnes,  John,  esq.,  Blackgate 
Crondace,  George,  esq.,  Rainton  gate 
Cuninghame,  W.  esq. 

Dodd,  — esq. 

Green,  William,  esq. 

Hepple,  Matthew,  esq. 

Stoker,  W.  esq. 

Hopton,  — esq. 

M'Larin,  — esq. 

Trotter,  John,  m.d. 

Oliver,  N.  esq. 

Robson,  Robert,  esq 
Tyler,  Edwin,  esq. 

Watkin,  Thomas  Laverick,  m.d. 

Covey,  George,  esq. 

Manby,  Frederick,  esq. 

Upjohn,  Francis  Robert  Smith,  esq. 

Sheppard,  James,  esq. 

SriTTAL,  Robert,  m.d.,  16,  Howe  street 
Abercrombie,  John,  m.d.,  The  late,  19,  York  place 
Alison,  W.  P.  m.d.,  44,  Heriot  row 
Ballingall,  Sir  George,  m.d.,  13,  Heriot  row 
Beatli,  John,  esq.,  19,  Castle  street 
Begbie,  James,  m.d.,  6,  Ainslie  place 
Bennett,  John  Hughes,  m.d.,  5,  Scotland  street 
Black,  Francis,  m.d.,  19,  Lynedoch  place 
Brown,  John,  m.d.,  51,  Albany  street 
Combe,  J.  S.  m.d.,  35,  Charlotte  street,  Leith 
Cormack,  John  Rose,  m.d.,  131,  Princes  street 
Cumming,  William,  m.d.,  15,  Elder  street 
Davidson,  Joshua  FI.  m.d.,  19,  Abercrombie  place 
Dickson,  A.  W.  esq.,  14,  Great  King  street 
Douglas,  Ilaliday,  m.d.,  15,  Drummond  place 
Duncan,  James,  m.d.,  12,  Heriot  row 
Gilchrist,  William,  m.d.,  53,  Constitution  st.  Leith 
Goodsir,  H.  D.  S.  esq.,  21,  Lothian  street 
Haldane,  Daniel  R.  esq.,  24,  Drummond  place 
Hamilton,  Robert,  m.d.,  7.  Nelson  street 
Ilardie,  Gordon,  K.  19,  Salisbury  street 
Henderson,  William,  m.d.,  63,  Northumberland  st. 
Henderson,  M.  W.  m.d.,  Corstorphine 
Holden,  Ralph,  esq.,  15,  Dundas  street 
Hunter,  Adam,  m.d.,  18,  Abercromby  place 
Jackson,  Alexander,  m.d.,  20,  Clarence  street 
Johnstone,  James,  W.  F.  m.d.,  22,  Albany  street 
Keith,  G.  S.  m.d.,  22,  Albany  street 
Keiller,  A.  m.d.,  18,  St.  Patrick  square 


14 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Edinburgh  ( continued ) 


Elgin,  North  Britain  . 
Eling,  near  Southampton 
Elland,  Halifax  . 

Eltham,  Kent 
Ely  . . 

Emswobth,  Hants 
Enfield,  Middlesex 

Epping  .... 
Epsom  .... 


Evesham  .... 
Exeter,  Devon  . Local  Sec. 


Kennedy,  John,  m.d.,  the  late,  29,  Broughton  street 
Laud,  George,  m.d.,  271,  Clarence  street 
Lonsdale,  Henry,  m.d.,  2,  Teviot  row 
Macfarlane,  John,  F.  esq.,  17,  North  Bridge  street 
Mac  Lean,  John,  m.d.  17,  Queensferry  street 
Malcolm,  It.  B.  m.d.,  76,  George  street 
Marshall,  Henry,  esq.,  25,  Albany  street 
Mercer,  James,  m.d.,  50,  Northumberland  street 
Millar,  James  S.  esq.,  9,  Roxburgh  street 
Miller,  James,  esq.,  22,  St.  Andrew  square 
Moir,  John,  m.d.  52,  Castle  street 
Pagan,  Samuel  Alexander,  m.d.  3,  Melville  street 
Paterson,  R.  m.d.,  8,  Quality  street,  Leith 
Pattison,  P.  H.  m.d.,  1,  Leopold  place 
Robertson,  James,  esq.,  Westfield,  Cramond 
Scott,  John,  m.d.,  45,  Queen  street 
Simpson,  James  Y.  m.d.,  22,  Albany  street 
Smyttan,  George,  m.d.,  20,  Melville  street 
Sommerville,  Samuel,  m.d.,  17,  Hart  street 
Stiven,  W.  S.  m.d.,  Pennicuick 
Tait,  W.  m.d.,  37,  Nicolson  street 
Taylor,  John,  m.d.,  1,  Abercrombie  place 
Treasurer  of  Royal  Coll,  of  Phys.,  119,  George  st. 
Treasurer  of  Royal  Med.  Soc.,  Surgeon’s  square 
Treasurer  of  Hunterian  Med.  Soc.  University 
University  of  Edinburgh  Library 
Walker,  W.  esq.,  47,  Northumberland  street 
Waters,  Edward,  esq.,  14,  Elder  street 
Wilkinson,  D.,  m.d.,  5,  Howe  street. 

Paul,  John,  m.d. 

Spear,  William,  esq. 

Hamerton,  John,  esq. 

Scholefield,  John  B.  esq. 

Guillemard,  Isaac,  m.d. 

Muriel,  John,  esq. 

Miller,  George,  esq. 

Miller,  John,  esq. 

Taylor,  William  G.  esq. 

Merriman,  Charles,  A.  esq. 

Allan,  John,  esq. 

Jones,  Arthur  O’Brien,  esq. 

Stillwell,  George,  esq. 

Martin,  Anthony,  esq. 

Porter,  John  II.  m.d. 

Pennell,  Richard  Lewin,  m.d. 


Blackall,  John,  m.d. 

Delagarde,  P.  C.  esq. 

Empson,  William,  esq.,  Clist-Ilydou 
Granger,  F.  m.b. 

Hall,  William,  M.D. 

Kingdon,  W.  D.  m.d. 

Marsden,  James,  m.d. 

Merry,  W.  H.  esq.,  Broad  Clyst 
Miles,  Erasmus,  m.d.,  Heavitree 
Parker,  J.  B.  esq. 

Shapter,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Shaw,  Henry,  esq. 

Exmouth,  Devon  . . . Black,  Glass,  m.d. 

Kane,  William,  esq. 

Land,  William  II.  esq. 

Spettigue,  John,  esq. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


15 


Fairford,  Gloucestershire 
Falkirk  .... 
Falmouth  .... 
Fanet,  Ireland 
Farringdon,  Berks. 
Farningham,  near  Dariford 

Farnham,  Surrey  . 

Filey,  near  Scarboro’,  Yorks. 
Finchingfield,  Essex 
Folkestone,  Kent 
Forfar 

Fowey,  Cornwall  . 
Frampton-on-Severn,  Glou- 
cestershire . 

Fulbeck,  Grantham 
Grampound,  Cornwall 
Garstang,  Lancashire 
Gateshead  . 


Gedding,  Woolpit,  Suffolk 
Glasgow  . . Local  Sec. 


Glasslough.  Co.  of  Monaghan 
Gloucester  . . Local  Sec. 


Cornwall,  Charles,  esq. 

Espie,  J.  esq. 

Bullmore,  F.  C.  esq. 

Fullerton,  J.  W.  esq. 

Mantell,  George,  m.d. 

Harris,  Henry,  esq. 

Hunt,  F.  B.  m.d. 

Knowles,  E.  Y.  esq. 

Newnliam,  William,  esq. 

Cortis,  William  S.  esq. 

Owen,  W.  B.  esq. 

Minter,  — esq. 

Steele,  William,  esq. 

Bennet,  William  P.  esq. 

Watts,  Thomas,  esq. 

Smith,  Christopher  B.  esq. 

James,  R.  esq. 

Bell,  William,  m.d. 

Barlcus,  B.  esq. 

Brady,  H.  esq. 

Dixon,  G.  esq. 

White,  W.  Middleton,  m.d. 

Fleming,  J.  G.  m.d.  121,  West  Regent  street 
Adams,  J.  M.  esq. 

Anderson,  Andrew,  m.d. 

Anderson,  A.  D.  m.d. 

Black,  J.  W.  esq. 

Brown,  James,  m.d. 

Burns,  John,  m.d. 

Couper,  John,  m.d. 

Findley,  John,  m.d. 

Frazer,  D.  r.n. 

Gowdie,  John,  esq. 

Hall,  Alfred,  m.d. 

Hutcheson,  William,  m.d. 

Jeft'ray,  James,  m.d. 

Lancey,  Thomas,  esq. 

Laurie,  J.  A.  m.d. 

Macewan,  John,  m.d. 

Macfarlane,  John,  m.d. 

Macneil,  Neil,  m.d. 

Mackie,  Andrew,  m.d. 

Maund,  John,  esq. 

Orr,  R.  S.  m.d. 

Pagan,  J.  M.  m.d. 

Parker,  Robert,  esq. 

Pollock,  John,  esq. 

Pritchard,  Thomas,  esq.  • 

Rainey,  Harry,  m.d. 

Smith,  David,  m.d. 

Thomson,  William,  m.d. 

University  Library,  per  Questnr 
Watson,  James,  m.d. 

Weir,  William,  m.d. 

Wright,  William,  esq. 

Maffett,  Richard,  m.d. 

Hitch,  S.  m.d.,  Lunatic  Asylum 
Cockin,  John,  esq. 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


16 


Gloucester  ( continued ) 


Godalming 
Goole,  Yorkshire 
Gosport 


Grantham  .... 
Gravesend  .... 
Great  Grimsby,  Lincolnshire 
Great  Yarmouth 
Greenock  .... 


Greenwich 


Guildford  .... 

Guernsey  . . Local  Sec. 

Haddington,  N.B. 

Halifax,  Yorks.  . Local  Sec. 


Halstead,  Essex  . 
Hanley,  Staff. 

Han  well,  Middlesex 
Harewood,  near  Leeds 
Harlington,  near  Exeter 
IIarrow-on-Hill 

Harrowgate 


Haslar,  Portsmouth 


Hastings 


Hatfield  . . Local  Sec. 

Haverfordwest,  South  Wales 
Hawkhurst,  Kent 
Haw arden,  Flintshire  . 
Helmsley,  York  . 

Hemel  Hempstead,  Herts  . 


Cookson,  John,  esq. 

Hicks,  Thomas,  esq. 

Rumsey,  H.  W.  esq. 

Wood,  Alfred,  esq. 

Chandler,  A.  Thomas,  esq. 

Cass,  William  Eden,  esq. 

Jenkins,  John,  esq. 

Richardson,  John,  esq.,  Haslar  Hospital 
Rundle,  William  John,  m.d. 

Brown,  Joseph,  m.d. 

Armstrong,  John,  esq. 

Keetley,  Thomas  Bell,  esq. 

Worship,  Harry,  esq. 

Spiers,  John,  m.d.,  KiRblain  square 
Maccall,  T.  S.  m.d. 

Barclay,  Henry,  esq. 

Burton,  J.  M.  esq.,  Croom’s  Hill 
Greenwich  Hospital 
Purvis,  P.  m.d. 

Sells,  Thomas  Jenner,  esq. 

Stedman,  James,  esq. 

Ozanne,  Jos.  esq. 

Howden,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Lorimer,  Robert,  m.d. 

Garlick,  John  William,  m.d. 

Alexander,  William,  m.d. 

Bramley,  Lawrence,  esq. 

Inglis,  James,  m.d. 

Jubb,  Abraham,  sen.  esq. 

Kenny,  Mason  Stanhope,  m.d. 

Robertshaw,  Thomas,  esq.  Sowerby  Bridge 
Robinson,  John,  esq.,  Ripponden 
Stansfield,  Geo.  esq. 

Tucker,  F.  Hosken,  esq. 

Gilson,  Benjamin,  esq. 

Dale,  James,  esq. 

Begley,  W.  C.  m.d.,  T.  C.  D. 

Smith,  Gregory,  esq. 

Cheesewright,  William,  esq. 

Curtis,  H.  Charles,  esq. 

Hewlett,  Thomas,  esq. 

Berry,  Grove,  esq. 

Kennion,  George,  m.d. 

Stead,  H.  C.  esq. 

Anderson,  — m.d. 

Allen,  James,  m.d. 

Salmon,  James,  esq. 

Stewart,  Alexander,  esq. 

Duke,  William,  m.d. 

Hobson,  Smith,  esq, 

Mackness,  James,  m.d. 

Moore,  George,  m.d. 

Ranking,  Robert,  esq. 

Savery,  John,  esq. 

Thomas,  William  Lloyd,  esq. 

Warlow,  William,  esq. 

Young,  Francis  Ayerst,  esq. 

Moffat,  John,  m.d. 

Ness,  John,  esq. 

Merry,  Robert,  esq. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


17 


Henfield,  Sussex  . 
FIenley-in-Arden 

Hereford  . 


Local  Sec. 


Hertford 


. Local  Sec. 


Heywood,  near  Bury,  Lane. 

Hexham 

Hitchin 

Holbeach 

IIorbury,  near  Wakefield 
Hornsey 

Horsforth,  near  Leeds 
Horsham 


IIoughton-le-Spring,  Durham 

Hounslow  .... 
Hull  . . Local  Sec. 


Hulme,  near  Manchester 
Huntingdon  . Local  Sec. 


Hurstpierfoint 
Hyde  . 


Morgan,  Frederick,  esq. 

Birman,  H.  F.  m.d. 

Ings,  Jolin,  esq. 

Braithwaite,  Francis,  esq. 

Archibald,  Robert,  esq. 

Bull,  Henry  Graves,  m.d. 

Cam,  Thomas,  esq. 

Farmer,  John,  esq. 

Gilliland,  William  L.  M.D. 

Hanbury,  George,  esq. 

Lingen,  Charles,  esq. 

Lye,  John  Bleek,  m.d. 

Scriven,  John  Barclay,  esq. 

Smith,  Robert,  esq. 

Taylor,  Theophilus,  esq. 

Vevers,  H.  jun.  esq. 

Waudby,  Samuel,  esq. 

Wright,  Henry  Goode,  esq. 

Davies,  John,  m.d. 

Phillips,  George  Marshall,  esq. 

Reed,  Frederick  George,  esq. 

Towers,  G.  A.  esq.,  Infirmary 
Leach,  Jesse,  esq. 

Nicholson,  John,  esq. 

Foster,  Oswald,  esq. 

Shillitoe,  R.  R.  esq. 

Vise,  E.  B.  esq. 

Robinson,  Charles,  esq. 

Hands,  Benjamin,  esq. 

Wilson,  William  M.  esq. 

Bourn,  Thomas,  esq. 

Martin,  Thomas,  esq. 

Coleman,  W.  T.  m.d. 

Green,  Samuel,  esq. 

Tweddell,  William,  esq. 

Emmott,  C.  B.  esq. 

Cooper,  Henry,  m.d. 

Clark,  J.  H.  esq.,  Aldbrough 
Gordon,  W.  m.d. 

Hardey,  Robert  I.  esq.,  Charlotte  street 
Horner,  F.  R.  m.d. 

Huntingdon,  Frederick,  esq. 

Locking,  Jos.  Agar,  esq. 

Lunn,  Wm.  Jos.  m.d. 

Riggall,  Edward,  esq. 

Sandwith,  FI.  m.d. 

Sandwith,  G.  esq. 

Sharpe,  Richard,  esq.,  9,  Castle  row 
Sharp,  William,  esq.  f.r.s.,  Humber  Bank 
Sleight,  R.  Leadam,  esq. 

Twining,  Edward,  esq. 

Wallis,  Edward,  esq. 

West,  Charles  Turner,  esq.,  8,  North  street 
Bowman,  D.  esq. 

Foster,  Michael,  esq. 

Foster,  M .,for  Medical  Library 
Isaacson,  Wootton,  esq. 

Wilson,  Josiah,  esq. 

Holman,  Henry,  esq. 

Tinker,  William,  esq. 


18 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Ingatestone 
Inverness  . 
Ipswich 


Ironbridge  .... 

Jarrow  .... 
Keith,  Banffshire  . 

Kenton,  Devon 
Kettlethorpe,  Lincolnsh. 
Kidderminster  . Local  Sec. 


Kilmarnock 


. Local  Sec. 


Kingsbridge,  Devon 
Kingston-on-Thames  . 
Kington,  Herefordshire 
Kingstown,  Ireland 
Kirkaldy,  Fifeshire 
Kirkham  .... 

Kirkstall,  near  Leeds 
Knaresborough  . 

Knowle  .... 
Knutsford,  Cheshire  . 
Lancaster  . Local  Sec. 


Leamington 


Leatherhead 

Leeds 


Local  Sec. 


Butler,  C.  II.  esq. 

Walker,  John,  m.d. 

Baird,  A.  W.  m.d. 

Beck,  Edward,  m.d. 

Bullen,  G.  esq. 

Durrant,  C.  II.  m.d. 

Scott,  Walter,  esq. 

Webster,  W.  H.  B.  esq. 

Roden,  Sergeant,  esq. 

Rowland,  J.  W.  esq. 

Brown,  W.  W.  esq. 

Christie,  John,  m.d. 

Day,  J.  A.  esq. 

Waddington,  Edward  II.  esq. 

'Roden,  William,  m.d.,  f.l.s. 
Bradley,  Thomas,  esq. 

Jotham,  George  William,  esq. 
Philbrick,  Cornelius  James,  esq. 
Roden,  Thomas  Clarke,  esq. 

Taylor,  Thomas,  esq. 

Thursfield,  Thomas,  esq. 

Ward,  the  Lady,  Himley  Hall 
Hood,  Alexander,  esq. 

Aitkin,  James  M.  C.  esq. 

Mitchell,  John,  esq.,  Maucliline 
Paxton,  John,  m.d. 

Rodger,  William,  esq.,  Galston 
Thompson,  John,  esq. 

Young,  Robert,  esq. 

Elliott,  John,  esq. 

Cox,  Abram,  m.d. 

Marshall,  G.  Henry,  esq. 

Adams,  William,  m.d. 

Philp,  John,  esq. 

Gradwell,  William,  esq. 

Shaw,  Thomas,  esq. 

Bishop,  Edward,  esq. 

Newton,  Isaac,  esq. 

Kimbell,  J.  H.  esq. 

Gleeson,  E.  M.  esq. 

Gaskell,  Samuel,  esq. 

De  Vitre,  — m.d. 

Howitt,  Thomas,  esq. 

Ricketts,  Charles,  esq. 

Beesby,  Ralph  A.  esq. 

Ebbage,  Thomas,  esq.,  Portland  street 
Franklin,  Francis,  m.d. 

Jephson,  J.  m.d. 

Jones,  Richard,  esq. 

Starr,  T.  II.  m.d. 

Nash,  William  L.  esq. 

Teale,  T.  P.  esq. 

Allanson,  James,  esq 
Bearpark,  G.  E.  esq. 

Braithwaite,  W.  esq. 

Brown,  C.  F.  esq. 

Bulmer,  George,  esq. 

Cass,  W.  R.  esq. 

Chadwick,  Charles , m.d. 

Chorley,  Henry,  esq. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


19 


Leeds  ( continued ) 

. . Drennan,  J.  S.  m.d. 

Evans,  Evan,  esq. 

Garlick,  J.  P.  esq. 

Hall,  Matthew,  esq.,  Wortley 
Hay,  William,  jun.  esq. 

Hey,  Samuel,  esq. 

Hey,  William,  esq. 

Hopper,  R.  S.  m.d. 

Hobson,  Richard,  m.d. 
Irvine,  G.  W.  m.d. 

Leek  . 

Jackson,  Matthew,  esq. 
Laud,  Thomas,  esq. 
Leeds  School  of  Medicine 
Mayne,  George,  m.d. 
Morley,  George,  esq. 
Nunneley,  Thomas,  esq. 
Price,  William,  esq. 
Radcliffe,  C.  B.  esq. 
Rickards,  G.  H.  L.  esq. 
Smith,  Pyemont,  m.d. 
Smith,  Thomas,  m.d. 
Staniland,  Samuel,  esq. 
Teale,  Joseph,  esq. 

. . Cooper,  Richard,  esq. 

Heaton,  Charles,  esq. 

Lenham 

Lerwick,  Shetland 

. . Stickings,  George,  esq. 

. . Cowie,  John,  esq. 

Leicester  • • Local  See-  Barclay,  John,  m.d. 


Lewisham  . 

Liff 

Lincoln 

Buck,  John,  esq. 

Harding,  Henry,  esq. 

Harding,  PI.  esq.,  for  Leicester  Infirmary 
Macaulay,  Thomas  C.  esq. 

Paget,  Thomas,  esq. 

Seddon,  William,  esq. 

Stallard,  J.  H.  esq. 

Swain,  Thomas,  esq. 

. . Steel,  C.  W.  esq. 

. . Archibald,  David,  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Hainworth,  John,  esq. 

Broadbent,  Edward  Farr,  esq. 

ITadwen,  Samuel,  esq. 

Plewson,  John,  esq. 

Hill,  R.  Gardiner,  esq. 

Limerick  ....  Griffin,  William,  m.d. 
Litcham,  near  Swaffham  . Raven,  Peter,  esq. 


Liverpool 

Local  Sec.  Vose,  J.  m.d. 

Anderton,  Henry,  esq.  (Woottou) 
Bainbrigge,  W.  IT.  esq. 

Bickersteth,  Robert,  esq. 

Byerly,  Isaac,  esq.,  93,  Prescot  street 
Chalmers,  D.  esq. 

Chapman,  M.  J.  m.d. 

Dickinson,  Joseph,  m.d. 

Drysdale,  J.  J.  m.d.,  44,  Rodney  street 
Dudgeon,  Robert,  m.d.,  17,  Oxford  street 
Ellison,  King,  esq. 

Inman,  Thomas,  m.b. 

Lewis,  Thomas,  esq.,  2 Rodney  street 
Liverpool  Medical  Institution 

20 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Liverpool  ( continued ) . . Liverpool  Infirmary 

Long,  James,  esq.,  10  Rodney  street 
Pearson,  J.  Armitage,  esq.  (Wootton) 

Smith,  John  Bromley,  esq.,  59,  Great  George  street 
Swinden,  Edward,  esq.,  Wavertree 
Llandilo,  South  Wales  . . Prothero,  — m.d. 

Samuel,  William,  esq. 


LONDON  LIST. 


Abraham,  Thomas,  esq.  . 
Adams,  John,  esq. 

Adcock,  Christopher,  esq. 
Addison,  Thomas,  m.d  . 
Adlard,  C.  & J.,  Messrs. 
Allchin,  W.  H.  esq. 

Allen,  W.  esq. 

Allnatt,  Richard  H.  m.d. 

Ancell,  Henry,  esq. 

AnseU,  Thomas,  esq. 

Appleton,  H.  esq. 

Archer,  William,  esq. 

Arnott,  Neil,  m.d. 

Ashley,  W.  H.  esq. 

Ashwell,  Samuel,  m.d.  . 
Atkinson,  John  Charles,  esq.  . 
Ayre,  William,  esq. 

Babington,  B.  G.  m.d. 
Babington,  R.  esq. 

Baker,  Frederick  M.  esq. 
Balfour,  Thomas  Graham,  m.d. 
Ball,  R.  de  Champs,  esq. 
BaUard,  Thomas,  esq. 

Ballard,  Edward,  m.d.  . 

Barff,  F.  esq. 

Barnes,  Alfred,  esq. 

Barnett,  Thomas,  esq. 

Bartlett,  William,  esq.  . 
Basham,  William  R.  m.d. 
Bateman,  H.  esq. 

Baxter,  Henry  F.  esq. 

Baylis,  Edward,  esq. 

Beale,  Miles,  esq.  . 

Bean,  Edward,  esq. 

Beane,  Joseph  M.  esq.  . 

Beck,  J.  S.  esq. 

Bell,  Jacob,  esq. 

Bennett,  James  Risdon,  m.d.  . 
Bently,  Edward,  esq. 

Berry,  Edward  Unwin,  esq. 
Bevan,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Bibby,  Samuel,  esq. 

Bird,  James,  esq. 


49,  Old  Broad  street,  City 

31,  New  Broad  street,  City 

28,  Charles  terrace,  New  Cut,  Lambeth 

24,  New  street,  Spring  gardens 

Bartholomew  close 

University  College 

9,  Albion  place,  Hyde  park 

4,  Parliament  street 

3,  Norfolk  crescent,  Oxford  square 
Bow 

Lower  Clapton 

1,  Montague  street,  Portman  square 
38,  Bedford  square 

1,  Grove  villa,  Loughboro’  road,  Brixton 

16,  Grafton  street,  Bond  street 
Romney  terrace,  Westminster 
Hackney 

31,  George  street,  Hanover  square 
London  University  Hospital 

11,  North  place,  Kingsland  road 
St.  James’s  square 

12,  Bloomsbury  square 
81,  Connaught  terrace 

2.  King  Edward  terrace,  Islington 
Portland  place,  Clapton 

Gloster  house,  King’s  road,  Chelsea 
72,  Fore  street,  Limehouse 
19,  Notting  hill  terrace 

17,  Chester  street,  Pimlico 
9,  Church  row,  Islington 

5,  George  street,  Hanover  square 
30,  Sackville  street,  Piccadilly 
Bishopsgate  street 
Camberwell 

Peckham 

53,  Upper  Marylebone  street,  Portland  place 

338,  Oxford  street 

24,  Finsbury  place,  north 

35,  Trinity  square,  Borough 

7,  James  street,  Covent  Garden 

Finsbury  circus 

9,  North  Audley  street 

16,  Orchard  street,  Portman  square 


1ST  OF  MEMBERS. 


21 


Bird,  Golding,  m.d. 

Bird,  Henry,  esq.  . 

Birkett,  John,  esq. 

Birlcett,  E.  L.  m.b. 

Blenkarne,  Henry,  esq.  . 
Blewitt,  Octavian,  esq.  . 
Blundell,  Janies,  m.d. 

Bompas,  Joseph  C.  esq. 
Bostock,  John,  m.d. 

Boyd,  Robert,  m.d. 

Bristowe,  John  Syer,  esq. 
Brodhurst,  B.  Edward,  esq. 
Brodie,  Sir  Benjamin  C.  Bart. 
Brodribb,  W.  P.  esq. 

Brown,  C.,  Blakley,  m.d. 
Brown,  Isaac  Baker,  esq. 
Brown,  J.  Hallett,  m.d.  . 
Brown,  R.  F.,  esq. 

Brown,  Robert,  esq. 

Brown,  Thomas,  esq. 

Brown,  Robert,  esq. 

Brown,  William,  esq. 

Bryant,  Walter,  J.  esq.  . 
Buchanan,  G.  A.  esq. 

Buckland,  J.  Pelham,  esq. 

Bull,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Burnett,  Sir  W.  m.d.  k.c.h.  . 
Burton,  Henry,  m.d. 

Bush, — M.D. 

Butler,  James,  esq. 

Callaway,  Thomas,  esq.  . 
Campbell,  Alex.  Elliott,  m.d.  . 
Camplin,  John,  esq. 

Camps,  W.  m.d. 

Camps,  W.  m.d. 

Carr,  James  Thomas,  esq. 
Cartwright,  Samuel,  esq. 
Chambers,  William  F.,  m.d. 
Chepmall,  E.  C.  m.d. 
Chichester,  J.  H.  R.  esq. 

Child,  G.  C.  m.d. 

Cholmeley,  W.  esq. 

Chowne,  W.  D.,  m.d. 
Churchill,  J.  esq. 

Clark,  Fred.  Legros,  esq. 

Clark,  Sir  James,  Bart.  . 
Clarke,  J.  F.  esq. 

Cleland,  A.  esq. 

Clementson,  F.  L.  esq.  . 
Clendinning,  John,  m.d. 
Clifton,  N.  II.  esq. 

Clissold,  Rev.  Augustus  . 
Cochrane,  J.  G.  esq. 
Colebourne,  Henry,  esq. 
Collyer,  G.  esq. 

Conquest,  J.  T.  m.d. 

Cook,  William,  esq. 

Cooke,  R.  H.  esq. 

Cooke,  William  M.  m.d. 
Cooper,  Bransby  B.  esq. 


Myddleton  square 

Milan  cottage,  Hampstead  road 

2,  Broad  street  buildings 
Cloak  lane 

39,  Dowgate  hill 

73,  Great  Russell  street,  Bloomsbury 
Great  George  street,  Westminster 
University  College 
22,  Upper  Bedford  place 
Marylebone  Infirmary 
Camberwell 

4,  St.  Helen’s  place,  Bishopsgate. 

14,  Saville  row 

12,  Bloomsbury  square 

3,  John  street,  Berkeley  square 
39,  Connaught  terrace 

7,  St.  George’s  place,  Walworth  road 

2,  St.  Mary  Axe 

37,  Euston  square 

13,  William  street,  Knightsbridge 
Brixton  hill 

22,  Russell  place,  Fitzroy  square 
50,  Edgeware  road 

50,  Myddleton  street,  St.  John  street  road 
84,  Watling  street 

27,  Finsbury  place 
The  Admiralty 
41,  Jermyn  street 
Kensington  House 
Seething  lane,  Tower  street 
Wellington  street,  London  bridge 
First  Life  Guards 

11,  Finsbury  square 
50,  Green  street,  Grosvenor  square 
for  Parisian  Medical  Society 
St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 
32,  Old  Burlington  street 
46,  Lower  Brook  street 
17,  Hanover  square 

3.  Stone  buildings,  Lincoln’s  inn 
Mortimer  street 

St.  Bartholomew’s  Hospital 
Princes  street,  Cavendish  square 
Princes  street,  Soho 
Finsbury  square 
22  b,  Lower  Brook  street 

23,  Gerrard  street,  Soho 
118,  Cock  hill,  Ratcliff 

6,  Warwick  Villas,  Maida  hill 
16,  Wimpole  street 

38,  Cross  street,  Islington 
Stoke  Newington 

London  Library,  29,  Pall  Mall 

28,  Harleyford  place,  Kennington 

24,  Old  street  road 
13,  Finsbury  square 
St.  Thomas's  hospital 

Church  street,  Stoke  Newington 
Trinity  square,  Tower  hill 
2,  New  street,  Spring  Gardens 


22 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Copland,  James,  m.d. 

Cotton,  It.  Payne,  esq.  . 
Coulthred,  James,  esq.  . 
Courtenay,  J okn,  esq. 

Covey,  Wm.  Henry,  esq. 
Coward,  G.  W.  esq. 

Cox,  W.  Travers,  m.d. 

Craigie,  J.  L.  esq.  . 

Crawford,  Mervyn,  m.d.  . 

Crisp,  Edwards,  esq. 

Crompton,  T.  L.  esq. 

Crowdy,  Charles  Whitton,  esq. 
Crowther,  J.  R.  esq. 

Culpeper,  William  M.  esq. 
Currie,  Paul  Francis,  m.d. 
Curtis,  J.  W.  esq. 

Dalrymple,  John,  esq. 

Davies,  Robert,  esq. 

Davies,  David,  esq. 

Davis,  J.  Jones,  m.b. 

Davis,  Thomas,  esq. 

Davis,  Richard  Sladen,  esq. 
Day,  G.  E.  m.d. 

De  Morgan,  Campbell,  esq. 
Dendy,  Robert,  esq. 

Dendy,  Walter  C.  esq. 

Derry,  T.  M.  esq. 

Dewsnap,  M.  esq. 

Domeier,  E.  A.  m.d.,  the  late  . 
Dover,  Frederick,  esq. 

Duncan,  Edward,  esq. 

Dunn,  Robert,  esq. 

Duthoit,  Thomas  John,  esq.  . 
Eddowes,  J.  H.  esq. 

Edwards,  Henry,  esq. 

Edwards,  Vertue,  esq. 

Edwards,  Daniel,  esq. 

Ellam,  John,  esq. 

Erichsen,  John,  esq. 

Evans,  J.  0.  esq.  . 

Eyles,  John  Brown,  esq. 

Eyles,  Richard  Strong,  esq. 
Eyre,  Stratford  A.  esq.  . 

Farr,  William,  esq. 

Farre,  Arthur,  m.d. 

Farre,  Frederick,  m.d. 

Ferguson,  Robert,  m.d.  . 
Fergusson,  William,  esq. 

Fidler,  J.  esq. 

Finch,  Richard  S.  esq. 

Fincham,  George,  m.d.  . 
Fisher,  J.  W.  esq. 

Fitton,  W.  John,  esq. 
Fitzpatrick,  Francis,  esq. 

Foote,  John,  esq. 

Forbes,  John,  m.d. 

Fox,  Charles  James,  m.d. 
Frampton,  Algernon,  m.d. 
France,  John,  esq. 

Fraser,  Patrick  S.  m.d.  . 


Old  Burlington  street 
11,  Kensington  square 

4,  Melton  street,  Southwark  Bridge  road 

5,  Finsbury  terrace 
42,  Charing  Cross 

2,  North  Road,  Iloxton 

2,  Stanhope  place 
Finsbury  square 

62,  Upper  Berkeley  street 
31,  Beckford  row,  Walworth 

29,  Howland  street,  Fitzroy  square 
Brixton  hill 

6,  Lansdown  place,  Brunswick  square 
Marylebone  Infirmary 

30,  Brook  street 
Finsbury  pavement 
56,  Grosvenor  street 
126,  Holborn  HOI 

St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 
4,  Poplar  terrace,  Poplar 
Hampstead 
13,  Chancery  lane 

3,  Southwick  street,  Oxford  square 
17,  Manchester  street 

2,  Grafton  street  east,  Tottenham  Court  road 

10,  Tillotson  pi.,  Waterloo  rd.,  for  Land.  Med.  Soc. 

Westminster  Hospital 

Hammersmith 

39,  University  street 

54,  Great  Coram  street 

3,  Leadenliall  street 

15,  Norfolk  street,  strand 

22,  Trinidad  place,  Islington 

St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 

67,  Edgeware  road 

St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 

13,  Queen  street,  Cheapside 

320,  Rotlierhithe  street 

48,  Welbeck  street 

University  College 

1,  St.  Andrew’s  court,  Holborn 

1,  St.  Andrew’s  court,  Holborn 

3,  Fitzroy  street,  Fitzroy  square 
Registrar-General’s  Office 
Curzon  street,  May  Fair 

35,  New  Bridge  street,  Blackfriars  road 
9,  Queen  street,  May  Fair 

8,  Dover  street 

4,  Camden  row,  Camberwell 
Marylebone  Infirmary 

38,  Curzon  street,  May  Fair 
Argyll  street 
52,  Upper  Harley  street 
27,  Lisson  street,  New  road 

36,  Tavistock  street,  Covent  Garden 

12,  Old  Burlington  street 

13,  New  Broad  street,  City 
29,  New  Broad  street,  City 
88,  Cadogan  place 

62,  Guildford  street 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


23 


French,  J.  G.  esq. 

Fuller,  Hugh,  esq. 

Fuller,  J.  esq. 

Galton,  Francis,  esq. 

Gardiner,  John,  esq. 

Gardiner,  Roger  Cooper,  esq.  . 
Garrett,  Mark  B.  esq. 

Garrod,  A.  B.  m.d. 

Gavin,  Hector,  m.d. 

Gay,  John,  esq. 

George,  J.  D.  esq. 

Gibson,  John  R.  esq. 

GiUespie,  Patrick,  esq.  . 
Girdwood,  Gilbert  F.  esq. 
Godrich,  Francis,  esq. 
GoodfeUow,  S.  J.  m.d.  . 
Goodwin,  J.  M.  esq. 

Goolden,  R.  H.  m.d, 

Gordon,  Adam,  esq. 

Grainger,  R.  D.  esq. 

Grant,  N.  m.d. 

Grant,  John,  esq. 

Gray,  John,  esq. 

Greenhalgh,  Robert,  esq. 
Greenwood,  Henry,  esq.  . 
Griffith,  J.  W.  m.d. 

Grimsdale,  Thomas  F.  esq. 
Guazzaroni,  John,  esq.  . 
Guest,  Edmund,  esq. 

Gull,  W.  W.  M.B. 

Gulliver,  George,  esq. 
Gunthorpe,  George  John,  esq. 
Guy,  W.  A.  m.b. 

Hakes,  J.  esq. 

Hall,  Marshall,  m.d. 

Hamilton,  Alfred,  esq.  . 
Hanson,  Sidney,  m.d. 

Harding,  J.  F.  esq. 

Hardwick,  Alfred,  m.d.  . 
Hardwicke,  William,  esq. 
Harper,  Robert,  esq. 

Harris,  Wintow,  esq. 

Harris,  Michael,  esq. 

Harston,  A.  D.  esq. 

Hastings,  John,  m.d. 

Haviland,  — m.d.  . 

Hawkins,  Csesar,  esq. 

Hawkins,  James,  esq. 

Hawkins,  Charles,  esq.  . 
Headland,  Edward,  esq.  . 
Heberden,  W.  m.d.,  the  late  . 
Heming,  G.  0.  m.d. 

Henry,  Alexander,  esq.  . 
Hensley,  L.  esq. 

Hering,  William,  esq. 

Herring,  William,  esq.  . 
Heisch,  Frederick,  jun.,  esq.  . 
Hilton,  John,  esq. 

Hilton,  John,  esq. 

Hird,  Francis,  esq 


Marlborough  street 

53,  King  William  street,  City 

48,  Hertford  street,  May  Fair 

1 6,  King  street,  Covent  Garden 

49,  Great  Portland  street 
Cheyne  walk,  Chelsea 

3,  New  Road,  St.  George’s  East 
Charterhouse  square 
Thurlow  place,  Hackney  road 

12,  Finsbury  Pavement 
32,  Old  Burlington  street 
115,  Holborn  hill 
Lisson  Grove  north 

177,  Maida  hill 
Little  Chelsea 
London  Fever  Hospital 
Streatham,  Surrey 

8,  John  street,  Adelphi 

Surgeon  R.N.,  22,  Surrey  street,  Strand 
St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 
21,  Thayer  street,  Manchester  square 
Bengal  Army,  71a,  Grosvenor  street 
7,  Upper  George  street,  Portman  square 
66,  Upper  Charlotte  street,  Fitzroy  sq. 
Horsleydown  lane 

9,  St.  John’s  square 
Univsrsity  College 

3,  Terrace,  Kensington 
College  street,  Chelsea 
Guy’s  Hospital 

Roy.  Reg.  of  Horse  Guards 

51,  Newington  place,  Iiennington 

Bloomsbury  square 

28,  Duke  street,  Manchester  square 

14,  Manchester  square 

Broad  street  Buildings 

17,  Hanover  square 

13,  Spencer  street,  Northampton  square 
Kensington 

12,  Calthorpe  street,  Gray’s  Inn  road 

2,  Conduit  street,  Westbourne  terrace,  Hyde  park 
1,  New  Dorset  place,  Clapham  road 

Paradise  row,  Hackney 
Trinidad  place,  Islington 

14,  Albemarle  street 
177,  Maida  kill 

for  Roy.  Med.  Chirurg.  Soc.  Berners  street 
36,  Collett  place,  Commercial  road 
Albany  Court  yard 
32,  Guildford  street 

28,  Cumberland  street,  Bryanstone  square 
7 b,  Manchester  square 

4,  Caroline  street,  Bedford  square 

3,  Great  James  street,  Bedford  square 
14,  Foley  place 

74,  Sun  street,  Bishopsgate 
16,  America  square 
for  Medical  Library , Guy’s  Hospital 
Guy’s  Hospital 
Cleveland  row,  St.  James’s 


24 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Hitchman,  J.  esq. 

Hoar,  W.  esq. 

Hoclcen,  Edward,  m.d.  . 
Hodgkin,  Thomas,  m.d.  . 
Hodgson,  Joseph,  esq.  . 
Holland,  Henry,  m.d. 

Holman,  William  H.  esq. 
Holman,  J.  R.  esq. 

Holman,  Charles  H.  esq. 
Hopkins,  John  Morgan,  m.d.  . 
Houlton,  Joseph,  jun.  esq. 
Hovel,  Thomas,  esq. 

Howell,  C.  W.  H.  esq.  . 
Hughes  H.  M.  m.d. 

Hulm,  Edwyn  St.  James,  m.d. 
Ilumby,  Edwin,  esq. 
Humphreys,  William,  esq. 
Hunt,  Henry,  m.d. 

Hutchinson,  W.  Barclay,  esq.  . 
Hutchinson,  Francis,  esq. 
Huxtable,  William,  esq.  . 
Jackson,  Alfred,  esq. 

Jackson,  Thomas  Carr,  esq. 
Jacob,  William,  esq. 

James,  W.  P.  esq. 

James,  Henry,  esq. 

Jay,  Henry,  esq. 

Jeaffreson,  Henry,  m.d.  . 
Jeaffreson,  John  F.  esq.  . 
Jenkins,  James,  esq. 

Jervis,  Thomas,  esq. 

Jervis,  George  FI.  J.  esq. 
Johnson,  James,  m.d. 

Johnson,  Cavendish,  esq. 

Jones,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Jones,  Henry  Derviche,  esq.  . 
Jones,  John  Darlington,  esq.  . 
Iliff,  William  T.  esq. 
Illingworth,  Henry,  esq.  . 
Kaye,  W.  G.  esq.  . 

Keen,  Thomas,  esq. 

Kelsall,  Thomas  E.  esq.  . 
Kesteven,  William,  esq.  . 
Keyser,  A.  esq. 

Kilner,  John,  esq. 

King,  Osman,  esq.  . 

Kinnis,  J.  m.d. 

Lambert,  H.  esq.  . 
Lammiman,  R.  W.  esq.  . 

Lane,  Samuel,  esq.  . 

Langmore,  H.  esq. 

Langmore,  William,  m.d. 
Langstaff,  J.  esq.  . 

Lankester,  Edwin,  m.d.  . 
Latham,  P.  Mere,  m.d.  . 
Lauder,  William  P.  m.d. 

Law,  Charles,  esq.  . 

Leeson,  H.  B.  m.d.  . 

Lefevre,  Sir  George,  m.d. 
Leonard,  Thomas,  esq.  m.b. 


Sanatorium,  New  road 
78,  Blackfriars  road. 

1 3,  Bloomsbury  square 
Brook  street 

1,  Spital  square,  Bishopsgate  street  Without 
25,  Lower  Brook  street 
10,  John  street,  America  square 
ditto 
ditto 

1,  Elizabeth  street,  Eaton  square 
87,  Lisson  grove  North 
Five  Houses,  Clapton 
Stratford-le-Bow 

14,  St.  Thomas’s  street 

1,  Tonbridge  place,  Burton  crescent 

Warwick  villa,  Maida  hiU 

21,  Upper  Southwick  street 

68,  Brook  street 

40,  Guildford  street 

92,  Farriugdon  street 

1,  Well’s  row,  Hackney 
London  University  College 
St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 

31,  Cadogan  place 
37,  Euston  square 
4,  City  road 
42,  Sloane  street 

2,  Finsbury  square 
Canonbury  square,  Islington 
Royal  Navy,  13,  Clements  lane 

23,  Edward  street,  Portman  square 

7,  Kingsland  green 

8,  Suffolk  place,  Haymarket 

3,  Norfolk  crescent 
19,  Finsbury  pavement 
23,  Soho  square 

1,  Queen’s  road,  Dalston 

18,  Canterbury  row,  Newington  Butts 
1,  Arlington  street 

Royal  Navy 

15,  Manor  place  north,  King’s  road,  Chelsea 
Great  Winchester  street,  City 

Upper  Holloway 

21,  Norfolk  crescent,  Burwood  place 
33,  Gower  place,  Euston  square 
37,  Bernard  street,  Russell  square 
Army 

St.  Luke’s  Hospital,  Old  street  road 
118,  Cock  hill,  Ratcliff 
1 Grosvenor  place 

15,  Upper  George  street,  Portman  square 
Finsbury  square 

9,  Cambridge  square,  Hyde  Park 

19,  Golden  square 
36,  Grosvenor  street 
8,  Sloane  street 

3,  Artillery  place,  Finsbury  square 

St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 

60,  Lower  Brook  street,  Grosvenor  square 

14,  Aske  terrace,  Hoxton 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


25 


Letheby,  Henry,  m.d. 

London  Hospital 

Lever,  J.  C.  W.  m.d. 

Wellington  street,  Borough 

Lewis,  David  T.  esq. 

182,  Brick  lane,  Spitalfields 

Lewis,  W.  A.  esq. 

18,  Stratford  place,  Cavendish  square 

Lister,  Bryan,  esq. 

University  College 

Liston,  Robert,  esq. 

Clifford  street 

Little,  W.  J.  m.d.  . 

Finsbury  square 

Lloyd,  W.  W.  esq.  . 

62,  Great  Russell  street,  Bloomsbury 

Lobb,  William,  esq. 

12,  Aldersgate  street 

Lockley,  Thomas,  esq.  . 

6,  St.  George's  place,  Hyde  Park  comer 

Locock,  Charles,  m.d. 

7,  Hanover  square 

Luke,  James,  esq.  . 

39,  Broad  street  buildings 

Lonsdale,  Edward,  esq.  . 

for  Library,  Middlesex  Hospital 

Mackintosh,  James,  esq.  . 

32,  Wilton  place,  Knightsbridge 

Macmeikan,  John,  esq.  . 

London  Hospital 

Maclachlan,  Daniel,  m.d. 

Chelsea  Hospital 

M'Gill,  William,  m.d. 

2,  Bentinck  terrace,  St.  John’s  Wood 

M'Gregor,  Sir  James,  Bart. 

13,  St.  James’s  place 

M'Intyre,  William,  m.d.  . 

84,  Harley  street 

Maillardet,  J.  W.  esq. 

8,  St.  Martin’s  place,  Charing  cross 

Mann,  John,  esq.  . 

63,  Bartholomew  close 

Marshall,  John,  esq. 

8,  Crescent  place,  Momington  crescent 

Marson,  J.  F.  esq.  . 

Resident  Surgeon,  Smallpox  Hospital,  Charing  cross 

Martin,  J.  R.  esq.  . 

71a,  Grosvenor  street 

Mathew,  Charles  Reeve,  esq.  . 

London  University  College 

Mathew,  James  Edward,  esq.  . 

Church  Cottage,  De  Beauvoir  square,  Kingsland 

Mathews,  R.  N.  B.  jun.  esq.  . 

18,  Canterbury  row,  Newington  Butts 

Mercer,  Thomas  E.  esq.  . 

University  College,  London 

Meridith,  E.  F.  esq. 

15,  Charles  street,  Westbourne  terrace 

Merriman,  Jas.  Nathaniel,  esq. 

Kensington 

Merriman,  John,  esq. 

Kensington 

Merriman,  S.  W.  J.  m.d.  . 

34,  Brook  street 

Metcalfe,  James  B.  esq.  . 

Church  street,  Hackney 

Miles,  John,  esq.  . 

84,  Harley  street 

Miles,  John  Shirley,  esq. 

8,  Victoria  square,  Pimlico 

MiRer,  C.  M.  esq.  . 

1,  Claremont  terrace,  Stoke  Newingtou 

Milroy,  Gavin,  m.d. 

30,  Fitzroy  square 

Moger,  Robert,  esq. 

Highgate 

Moore,  Joseph,  m.d. 

10,  Saville  row 

Morley,  Atkinson,  esq.  . 

Burlington  Hotel,  Cork  street 

Munlc,  William,  m.d. 

2,  Finsbury  place,  south 

Murdock,  William,  m.d.  . 

320,  Rotherhithe  street 

Muriel,  Charles,  esq. 

4,  Wellington  street,  London  bridge 

Murphy,  Edward  W.  m.d. 

12,  Henrietta  street,  Cavendish  square 

Nairne,  Robert,  m.d. 

44,  Charles  street,  Berkeley  square 

Nasmyth,  Alexander,  esq. 

13  a,  George  street,  Hanover  square 

Nelson,  Duckworth,  esq. 

London  Hospital 

Newell,  H.  A.  esq.  . 

13,  Warwick  court,  Ilolborn 

Newton,  Edward,  esq. 

26,  Howland  street 

Nicolson,  Thomas,  esq.  . 

53,  Berkeley  square 

North,  John,  esq.  . 

18,  King  street,  Portman  square 

North,  RobertExton,  esq. 

26,  Cheyne  walk,  Chelsea 

Noys,  G.  H.  m.d. 

Moorgate  street 

Nussey,  John,  esq. 

4,  Cleveland  row,  St.  James’s 

Olding,  George,  esq. 

159,  High  street,  Borough 

Oldham,  Henry,  m.d. 

13,  Devonshire  square,  Bishopsgate 

Ottley,  Drewry,  esq. 

38,  Hart  street,  Bloomsbury 

Owen,  Richard,  esq. 

College  of  Surgeons 

Page,  William  E.  m.d.  , 

43,  Curzon  street,  May  Fair 

Pardoe,  George,  m.d. 

53,  Russell  square 

3 


26 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Paris,  John  Ayrton,  m.d. 
Peacock,  Thomas  B.  m.d. 
Percivall,  W.  esq.  . 
Pereira,  Jonathan,  m.d.  . 
Perigal,  Frederick,  esq.  . 
Perkins,  Dodd,  esq. 
Perkins,  Houghton,  esq.  . 
Perry,  James,  esq. 
Pettigrew,  William  Y.  m.d. 
Philp,  Francis  R.  m.d. 
Phillips,  Benjamin,  esq.  . 
Phillips,  James,  esq. 
Phillips,  Thomas,  esq. 
Pilcher,  George,  esq. 
Pitman,  H.  A.  m.d.  . 
Poland,  Alfred,  esq. 

Pout,  George,  esq.  . 
Powell,  Henry,  m.d. 
Powell,  David,  esq. 

Pyle,  John,  esq. 

Quain,  Richard,  m.d. 

Quain,  Richard,  esq. 
Redfearn,  P.  esq.  . 

Ree,  Henry  P.  esq. 

Reed,  Septimus,  esq. 

Rees,  Henry,  esq.  . 
Reynolds,  H.  esq.  . 

Rhys,  Thomas,  esq. 

Ridge,  Joseph,  m.d. 

Riding,  Roger,  m.d. 
Roberts,  Charles  I.  m.d.  . 
Roberts,  John,  esq. 

Robins,  William,  esq. 
Robinson,  James,  esq. 
Robinson,  Richard  R.  esq. 
Roods,  Henry  C.  esq. 
Roots,  II.  S.  m.d.  . 

Rose,  C.  esq.  . 

Ross,  Daniel,  esq.  . 

Rowe,  J.  esq. 

Rowley,  R.  m.d. 

Royle,  J.  Forbes,  m.d. 

Rust,  Thomas,  esq. 

Rygate,  John  James,  esq. 
Samwell,  Francis,  esq. 
Sandon,  James  II.  B.  esq. 
Saunders,  E.  esq.  . 
Savage,  Henry,  esq. 

Savory.  John,  esq.  . 

Sawer,  Thomas,  esq. 

Scott,  John,  m.d.  . 

Searle,  G.  C.  esq. 

Seaton,  Edward,  m.d. 

Self,  James,  esq. 

Sharpe,  Rd.  esq. 

Sharpey,  William,  m.d.  . 
Shute,  Robert  Greber,  esq. 
Skey,  Fred.  C.  esq. 

Smee,  Alfred,  esq.  . 

Smith,  Henry,  esq.  . 


Dover  street 
2,  South  place,  Finsbury 
First  Life  Guards 
Finsbury  square 

33,  Torrington  square 
St.  Thomas’s  Hospital 
Mortimer  street,  Cavendish  square 
4,  Eaton  square,  Pimlico 

30,  Chester  street,  Grosvenor  place,  Pimlico 
28,  Grosvenor  street 

17,  Wimpole  street 
White  House,  Bethnal  green 

44,  Albion  street,  Hyde  Park 

7,  Great  George  street,  Westminster 
Montague  place,  Russell  square 
21,  Bow  lane,  Cheapside 
65,  High  street,  Borough 

31,  Finsbury  square 

21,  Garnault  place,  Spa  Fields 
1,  Middlesex  place,  New  road 
University  College  Hospital,  Gower  street 
23,  Kepple  street 
13  j,  Newington  Causeway 
Union  place,  City  road 

41,  Jewin  street,  City 

45,  Finsbury  square 

42,  Moorgate  street 
University  College  Hospital 
37,  Cavendish  square 

36,  Euston  square 

31,  New  Bridge  street,  Blaclcfriars 

34,  Finsbury  circus 

16,  Upper  Southwick  street 

7,  Gower  street 

4,  Camden  row,  Camberwell 

67,  Great  Russell  street,  Bloomsbury 

Russell  square 

10,  Barnes  place,  Mile  end 

56,  High  street,  Shadwell 

41,  Upper  John  street,  Fitzroy  square 

37,  King  William  street,  City 

4,  Bulstrode  street,  Cavendish  square 
39,  Connaught  terrace 
London  Hospital 
Margaret  street,  Cavendish  square 
36,  Albemarle  street 

16,  Argyle  street 

34,  Dorset  place,  Dorset  square 
143,  New  Bond  street 

1,  Lyon  ten-ace,  Maida  hill 

12,  Bedford  square 

42,  Cumming  street,  Pentonville 
77,  Sloane  street 

Mile  end  road 

Grange  road,  Bermondsey 

35,  Gloucester  crescent,  Regent’s  Park 
27,  Meclclenburgh  square 

13,  Grosvenor  street 
Finsbury  circus 

17,  Henrietta  street,  Cavendish  square 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


27 


Smith,  Ebenezer,  esq. 

Smith,  John  Sirnm,  esq. 

Solly.  Samuel,  esq. 

Squibb,  George  James,  esq. 
Squire,  William,  esq. 

Statliam,  Hugh,  esq. 

Staunton,  Charles  F.  m.d. 
Stephen,  T.  esq. 

Stewart,  A.  P.  m.d. 

Stewart,  Haldane,  esq. 

Stewart,  Wm.  Edward,  jun.  esq. 
Stewart,  Wm.  esq. 

Stocker,  James,  esq. 

Stokoe,  Richard,  esq. 

Storks,  Robert,  esq. 

Stott,  Thomas  B.  esq. 

Stowers,  Noel,  esq. 

Strickland,  John,  esq. 
Sutherland,  Alex.  J.  m.d. 
Swaine,  W.  E.  m.d. 

Synnett,  — m.d. 

Tanner,  Thomas  Hawkes,  esq. 
Taunton,  John  C.  esq. 

Taylor,  Edward,  esq. 

Taylor,  W.  esq. 

Taylor,  C.  esq. 

Taylor,  Jas.  Eastwood,  esq. 
Teavers,  James,  esq. 

Teevan,  William,  esq. 

Tegart,  Edward,  jun.  esq. 
Thompson,  Theophilus,  m.d. 
Thompson,  Richard,  esq. 
Thomson,  Anth.  Todd,  m.d. 
Thwaites,  Thomas  B.  esq. 
Tibson,  Arthur,  esq. 

Todd,  Robert  B.  m.d. 

Tomkins,  C.  Joseph,  esq. 
Toulmin,  Frederick,  esq. 
Townsend,  John  A.  esq.  . 
Toynbee,  John,  esq. 

Travers,  Benjamin,  esq.  . 
Treasurer  of  Medical  Society 


Treasurer  of  St.  Georye’s  Hospital  Library 


Billiter  square 

17,  Trinity  square,  Tower  hiU 

1,  St.  Helen’s  place,  Bishopsgate 
C,  Orchard  street,  Portman  square 
Wandsworth  road 
Wandsworth  road 

Royal  Engineers,  40,  St.  Martin’s  lane 

King’s  College  Library 

130,  Mount  street,  Berkeley  square 

55,  Cadogan  place 

Weymouth  street,  Portland  place 

1 , Wells  row,  Hackney 

Guy’s  Hospital 

Peckham  Rye 

44,  Gower  street 

Aldersgate  Dispensary 

26,  Albion  street,  Hyde  Park 

22,  North  Audley  street 

19,  Fludyer  street,  Westminster 
41,  Foley  place 

8,  Westbourne  place,  Eaton  square 
King’s  College 

48,  Hatton  garden 
Clapham  Common 
London  University  Hospital 

18,  Holland  place,  Clapham  road 
4,  Caroline  street,  Bedford  square 
307,  Rotherhithe  wall 

23,  Bryanstone  square 

37,  Bryanstone  street,  Portman  square 

3,  Bedford  square 

For  London  Institution , Finsbury 

30,  Welbeck  street 

University  College  Hospital 

1,  Spring  street,  Paddington 

26,  Parliament  street 

9,  Huntley  street,  Bedford  square 
Upper  Clapton 

48,  Finsbury  circus 
Argyll  place 
Bruton  street 

University  CoUege,  London 


Tripe,  John  William,  esq. 
Tulloh,  James  St.  m.d. 
Turner,  John,  esq.  . 
Tweedie,  Alexander,  m.d 
Ure,  Alexander,  esq. 

Vade,  John  Knox,  m.d. 
Varicas,  R.  A.  esq. 

Vaux,  J.  m.d. 

Vincent,  George,  esq. 

Vinen,  Edward  Hart,  esq. 
Waggett,  John,  m.d. 

Waite,  Charles,  esq. 
Walcott,  Robert  Bowie,  esq. 
Walker,  George  A.  esq. 
Wall,  John  P.  esq. 

Wallace,  R.  esq. 

Walsh,  Charles  R.  esq. 


7,  King’s  place,  Bath  street,  Commercial  road 
3,  Agar  street,  Strand 

10,  Bedford  place,  Russell  square 
30,  Montague  place,  Bedford  square 
13,  Charlotte  street,  Bedford  square 

8,  Upper  Seymour  street,  Portman  square 
29,  Wobourne  place,  Tavistock  square 
Elm  Cottage,  Elm  Grove,  Hammersmith 
109,  Sloane  street 

164,  Blackfriars  road 
1,  Norland  terrace,  Nottinghill 
3,  Old  Burlington  street 
8,  York  street,  Portman  square 
101,  Drury  lane 

5,  Mount  street.  Grosvcnor  square 
John’s  terrace,  Hackney  road 
42,  Half  Moon  street 


28 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Ward,  Nathaniel,  esq. 

Ward,  N.  Bagshaw,  esq. 

Warder,  A.  W.  esq. 

Ware,  James  T.  esq. 
Waterworth,  Charles,  es( 
Watson,  Thomas,  m.d. 
Weatherhead,  Hume,  m. 

Weber,  Frederick,  m.d. 
Webster,  George,  esq. 

Wells, Thomas  Spencer,  esq.  R.N 
Weston,  Philip  King,  esq. 
Westwood,  John,  esq. 

White,  E.  Stillingfleet,  esq 
White,  George,  esq. 

White,  Frederick  B.  m.d 
Whitney,  W.  U.  esq. 

Whitwell,  Francis,  esq. 

Wilks,  G.  A.  F.  m.d. 

Williams,  Allen,  jun.  esc 
Williams,  James,  esq. 

Williams,  Charles  J.  B.  m.d. 
Williamson,  David,  esq. 

Willis,  Robert,  m.d. 

Wilson,  J.  A.  m.d.  . 

Wilson,  Erasmus,  esq. 

Wilson,  Walter,  esq. 
Winstanley,  0.  S.  esq. 

Woodfall,  J.  Ward,  m.d. 
Wordsworth,  J.  C.  esq. 

Wylie,  John,  esq.  R.N. 

Yeldam,  Stephen,  esq. 

York,  James,  esq.  . 

Young,  James  Forbes,  esq. 
Young,  Robert,  m.d. 


7,  Wellclose  square,  St.  George’s 
Ditto 

1,  Upper  York  place,  Fulham  road 
51,  Russell  square 

New  Kent  road,  5,  Bengal  place 
16,  Henrietta  street,  Cavendish  square 
63,  Guildford  street 

8,  Grosvenor  street 
78,  Connaught  terrace 
36,  Strand 

11,  Dalston  terrace 
Stepney 

35,  Edward  square,  Kensington 

50,  Edge  ware  road 

30,  Nottingham  place,  Regent’s  Park 

11,  College  street,  Westminster 

Marylebone  Infirmary 

19,  Hart  street,  Bloomsbury 

St.  Thomas’s  street,  Southwark 

Dalston  terrace,  Dalston 

7,  Holies  street,  Cavendish  square 

26,  Finsbury  place 

Dover  street 

Dover  street 

Charlotte  street,  Fitzroy  square 
10,  Everett  street,  Russell  square 
7,  Poultry 

Dean’s  yard,  Westminster 
London  Hospital 

2,  Aldermans  walk,  Bishopsgate 

9,  Stamford  street,  Blackfriars  road 
Maida  hill 

Upper  Kennington  lane,  Vauxhall 
Camberwell 


Londonderry 
Long  Sutton,  Wisleach 
Loughborough,  Woodhouse,  nr, 
Louth,  Lincolnshire 
Lowestoffe  . Local  Sec. 


Lutterworth 

Lydd,  Kent  . 

Lynn  Regis,  Norfolk 


Lytham 
Macclesfield 
Maidstone  . 


Miller,  Joseph  Ewing,  m.d. 
Ewen,  Henry,  esq. 
Kennedy,  James,  m.d. 
Banks,  John  Tatam,  m.d. 
Worthington,  W.  C.,  esq. 
Prentice,  John,  esq. 

. Buszard,  Marston,  esq. 
Walton,  William,  esq. 

. . Plomley,  F.  m.d. 

. De  Mierre,  Albert,  m.d. 
Hunt,  R.  esq. 

Whiting,  Joseph  B.  esq. 

. Houghton,  Edward,  esq. 

. . Holland,  Loton,  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Taylor,  George,  m.d. 

Fry,  Frederick,  esq. 

Oates,  T.  Y.  esq. 

Ottley,  John,  esq. 

Prance,  J.  C.  esq. 

Sanders,  Godfrey,  esq. 
Sibbald,  William,  M.D. 
Whatman,  James,  esq. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


29 


M ALTON’ 


Manchester 


Local  Sec. 


Local  Sec. 


Harden,  Kent 

Market  Bosworth,  Leicester 


Market  Weighton,  Yorkshire 
Marlborough  . Local  Sec. 
Mayo  ..... 
Melford,  Long,  Suffolk 
Melton  Mowbray 
Melton,  near  Woodbridge,  Suff. 
Mexborough,  Rotherham 
Milton,  Gravesend 

Minchinhampton 

Moneygall,  Ireland 
Montrose  .... 


Mossley,  near  Lees , Manchester 
Much  Hadham,  Ware,  Herts. 
Musselburgh 

Nailsworth,  Gloucestershire 


Wright,  John  James,  m.d. 

Bartliff,  George,  esq. 

Exley,  John,  m.d. 

Noble,  Daniel,  esq.,  Piccadilly 
Aikenhead,  John,  m.d.,  Oxford  street 
Ainsworth,  It.  F.  m.d. 

Allen,  Richard,  esq. 

Bardsley,  James  L.  m.d.  Chatham  street 

Barrow,  Peter,  esq.,  Clifford  street 

Barton,  Samuel,  esq.,  Moseley  street 

Beevor,  William  Watson,  esq.,  43,  Gt.  George  st. 

Birks,  G.  esq.,  Rosholme  road 

Black,  James,  m.d.,  St.  Peter’s  square 

Crompton,  Samuel,  esq.,  Grosvenor  street 

Dorrington,  Thomas,  esq.,  Oxford  road 

Goodlad,  William,  esq.,  the  late,  46,  Mosely  street 

Greaves,  George,  esq.  Hulme 

Hardy,  Frederick,  m.d. 

Henry,  Mitchell,  esq.,  Woodlands 
Plolland,  P.  H.  esq.,  Grosvenor  street 
Howard,  R.  B.  m.d. 

Hulme,  J.  D.  m.d. 

Kerr,  H.  W.  esq.,  Store  street 
Mellor,  Thomas,  esq.,  Greenhays 
Noble,  D.  esq.  for  Medical  Society 
Radford,  Thomas,  m.d.,  King  street 
Richmond,  Thomas  Goodier,  esq. 

Sattertliwaite,  Michael,  m.d.,  Grosvenor  street 
Turner,  Thomas,  esq.,  Mosely  street 
Walker,  John,  esq.,  Princes  street 
Watts,  T.  H.  m.d.,  Dale  street 
Welsh,  W.  H.  m.d.,  Eccles 
Whitehead,  James,  esq.,  Oxford  road 
Wilkinson,  M.  A.  E.  m.d.,  George  street 
Williamson,  W.  C.  esq.  Upper  Brook  street 
Windsor,  John,  esq.,  Piccadilly 
Perrey,  Robert,  esq. 

Evans,  George,  esq. 

Greary,  Henry,  esq. 

Lee,  John,  esq. 

Jackson,  Matthew,  esq. 

Maurice,  David  P.  esq. 

Clendinning,  G.  m.d. 

Jones,  Robert,  esq. 

Woodcock,  Edward,  esq. 

Kirkman.  — m.d. 

Woollam,  George,  m.d. 

Hawkins,  Henry,  m.d. 

Ray,  George,  esq. 

Smith,  Daniel,  esq. 

Turner,  Charles  W.  esq. 

Bindon,  John  Vereker,  m.d. 

Lawrence,  Samuel,  esq. 

Poole,  R.  m.d. 

Steele,  George,  m.d. 

Halkyard,  Henry,  esq. 

Smith,  Francis,  esq. 

Scott,  Thomas  Rennie,  m.d. 

Stokes,  Thomas,  esq. 

Wells,  James  Henry,  esq. 


30 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Navan,  County  Meath  . 

Needham  Market 

New  Abbey,  Dumfries  . 
Newcastle  Emlyn 
Newcastle,  Staffsh.  . Loc.  Sec. 


Newcastle-on-Tyne  . Loc.  Sec. 


Newmarket,  Suffolk 
Newmarket  on  Fergus,  Clare 
Newtyle 

Northampton  Local  Sec. 


Byron,  — m.d. 

Hudson,  Alfred,  esq. 

Beck,  Henry,  esq. 

Pennington,  James,  esq. 

Morrison,  — m.d. 

Tliomas,  James,  esq. 

Wilson,  Edward,  m.d. 

Ball,  Daniel,  esq.,  Burslem 
Dale,  James,  esq.,  Hanley 
Davenport,  Charles,  esq.,  Tunstall 
Seddon,  Joshua,  esq.,  Shelton 
Spark,  James,  esq. 

Turner,  S.  M.  esq. 

Glover,  R.  M.,  m.d. 

Bulman,  Darnell,  m.d. 

Cargill,  John,  m.d. 

Carter,  Charles,  esq. 

Clark,  G.  esq. 

De  Mey,  W.  m.d. 

Dawson,  W.  esq. 

Glover,  R.  M.  m.d  .for  Medical  and  Suryical  Society 
Greenhow,  Thomas  M.  esq. 

Houseman,  J.  m.d. 

Heath,  H.  esq. 

Irons,  George,  esq. 

Miller,  A.  esq. 

Potter,  Henry,  esq. 

Shiel,  H.  esq. 

Taylor,  H.  esq. 

Tulloch,  B.  esq. 

White,  D.  B.  esq. 

Fairclotli,  R.  esq. 

Evans,  F.  P.  m.d. 

Langlands,  Robert,  esq. 

Faircloth,  J.  M.  C.  esq. 

Bryan,  J.  M.  esq. 

Kerr,  W.  m.d. 


Mash,  J.  esq.,  for  Library  of  General  Dispensary 
Olive,  George,  esq. 

Percival,  W.  jun.  esq. 

Robertson,  A.  m.d. 

Terry,  Henry,  esq. 

North  Taunton  . . . Lane,  Charles  H.  Butler,  esq. 

Northcurry,  Taunton  . . Plowman,  Thomas,  esq. 

Merchant,  Robert,  esq. 

Norwich  . . Local  Sec.  Dalrymple,  Donald,  esq. 

Brownfield,  John,  esq. 

Cooper,  W.  H.  esq. 

Copeman,  E.  esq.,  Coltishall 
Crosse,  J.  G.  esq. 

Crosse,  J.  G.  esq .,  for  Medical  Library 
Dalrymple,  A.,  esq. 

Gibson,  George,  esq. 

Hull,  Robert,  m.d. 

Johnson,  John  Goodwin,  esq. 

Lubbock,  Edward,  m.d. 

Masters,  Alfred,  esq. 

Scott,  P.  N.  esq. 

Spencer,  Christopher  Jobe  Miles,  esq. 

Tawke,  Arthur,  m.d. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


31 


Norwood 

Nottingham 

. . Street,  William,  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Hutchinson,  Richard  S.  m.d. 

Odiham 
Ollerton 
Orford,  Suffolk 

Eddison,  Booth,  esq. 

Furness,  — , esq. 

Higginbottom,  John,  esq. 

Martin,  Thomas  Duirs,  esq. 

Payne,  Henry,  m.d. 

Stanger,  George  E.  esq. 

Storer,  m.d. 

Taylor,  — m.d, 

Taylor,  Henry,  m.d. 

Williams,  J.  Calthorpe,  m.d. 

Wright,  John,  esq. 

Wright,  Thomas,  m.d.,  Pelham  street 
. . . M'Intyre,  John,  m.d. 

. . . Ward,  William  Squire,  esq.,  Wellow  hall 

. Randall,  Samuel,  esq. 

Osset,  near  Wakefield  . . Collins,  0.  W.  esq. 


OuNDLE 
Over  Darwen 

Wiseman,  William  Wood,  esq. 
Cowdell,  Charles,  esq. 

. Linton,  Charles,  esq. 

. . . Wraith,  S.  H.  esq. 

Overton,  Flintshire  . . Parker,  Henry,  esq. 


Oxford 

. Local  Sec.  Greenhill,  W.  A.,  m.d. 

Barlow,  W.  F.  esq. 

Freeborn,  J.  J.  S.  esq. 

Gardiner,  Henry,  esq.  b.a. 

Jackson,  Robert,  m.d. 

Kidd,  John,  m.d. 

Ogle,  James  A.  m.d. 

Owen,  Edwin  R.,  esq. 

Parker,  Charles  Lewis,  m.a. 

Rusher,  William,  esq. 

Symonds,  F.  esq. 

Wingfield,  Charles,  esq. 

Wintle,  F.  T.  m.d.,  Wameford  Lunatic  Asylum 
Wootten,  John,  m.d. 

Paisley 

. . . M‘Kechinie,  William,  m.d. 

M'Kinlay,  D.  m.d. 

Torbet,  John,  esq. 

Park,  Aberdeenshire  . . Kinloch,  Alexander  Low,  m.d. 

Penzance  . . Local  Sec.  Willan,  L.  R.,  m.b.  m.l. 


Petersfield 

Branwell,  Richard,  esq. 
Lech,  Edward,  esq. 
Montgomery,  James,  m.d. 
Moyle,  Richard,  esq. 

. . . Joliffe,  George,  esq. 

Peskett,  William,  esq. 
Whicher,  James,  esq. 

Pinner,  near  Harrow,  Midsx.  West,  George,  esq. 


Plymouth  . 

. Local  Sec.  Wells,  Joseph,  esq.,  2,  Sussex  place 
Armstrong,  Robert,  m.d. 

Butter,  John,  m.d.,  f.r.s.,  f.l.s. 

Derry,  Samuel,  esq. 

Devonport  Medical  Society 

Dickson,  Sir  David  J.  H.  Knt.,  m.d.,  f.r.s.,  f.l.s. 

Fuge,  John,  esq. 

Hampton,  J.  S.  esq.,  R.N. 

Harper,  Thomas,  esq. 

32 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Plymouth  ( continued ) 


POCKLINGTON 
Pontefract 

PoNTERSBURY,  Salop 

Poole,  Dorset 

Portarlington,  Queen’s  Co. 

Ireland  .... 
PORTSEA  .... 
Portsmouth 
Prescot,  Lancashire 
Preston,  Lane.  Local  Sec. 


Ramsey  .... 
Ramsgate  .... 

Rathkeale,  Ireland 
Reading  . . Local  Sec. 


Redbridge,  Southampton 
Redruth,  Cornwall 
Reigate  . . Local  Sec. 

Retford  . . Local  Sec. 

Richmond,  Surrey 


Ripley,  Surrey 

Rochdale  . . Local  Sec. 


Rochester  . 


Romford 

Romsey 

Roscrea,  Tipperary 


Kingston,  Charles,  m.d. 

Knight,  H.  esq. 

Mackay,  — m.d.  R.N. 

Magrath,  Sir  George,  m.d. 

Miller,  Thomas,  esq.,  Royal  Marine  Division 
Molesworth,  — m.d. 

Proctor,  George,  esq. 

Hornby,  Thomas,  esq. 

Simpson,  J.  H.  esq.  m.b. 

Oxley,  Robert,  m.d. 

Eddowes,  William,  esq. 

Lacey,  Edward,  esq. 

Salter,  Thomas,  esq. 

Tabuter,  — esq. 

Scott,  Edward  J.  m.d. 

Engledue,  N.C.  m.d. 

Welsby,  J.  esq. 

Brown,  Robert,  esq.,  Winekley  square 
Dandy,  C.  esq. 

Harrison,  James,  esq. 

Heslop,  Ralph  C.,  m.d. 

Norris,  J.  H.,  m.d. 

Spencer,  Lawrence,  esq. 

Wilson,  R.  esq. 

Bates,  C.  P.  esq. 

Curling,  Henry,  esq. 

Snowden,  G.  S.  esq. 

Patterson,  Charles,  m.d. 

Walford,  T.  L.  esq .,  for  Reading  Med.  Library 
Cowan,  Charles,  m.d. 

Maurice,  T.  B.  esq. 

May,  George,  esq. 

Woodhouse,  R.  J.  m.d. 

Warwick,  Richard,  esq. 

Micliell,  Samuel  Vincent  Boyce,  esq. 

Martin,  Thomas,  esq. 

Steele,  John,  esq. 

Hall,  J.  C.  m.d. 

Dowler,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Grant,  George,  m.d. 

White,  William  Todd,  esq. 

Gall,  A.  C.,  esq. 

Bower,  Robert,  esq. 

Barker,  Robert,  esq. 

Beal,  William  John,  esq. 

Buckley,  Nathaniel,  m.d. 

Coates,  John,  esq. 

Crowther,  Robert,  esq. 

Coventry,  Alexander,  esq. 

Sellers,  William  Burdett,  esq. 

Taylor,  Charles  Crimes,  esq. 

Wood,  Abraham,  esq. 

Ely,  G.  E.,  m.d. 

Jacob,  P.  W.  esq. 

Martin,  A.,  m.d.  Starr  hill 
Butler,  Chai-les,  esq. 

Beddome,  John  R.  m.d. 

Buckell,  Francis,  esq. 

Kingsley,  W.  m.d.,  Valley  House 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


33 


Rotherham 

Rugby  .... 

Ruthin 

Ryde,  Isle  of  Wight 
Sabden,  near  Blackburn 
Saffron  Walden,  Essex 
Salford,  Manchester  . 


Salisbury 


Rothesay  . . Local  Sec.  Maclachlan,  Thomas,  m d. 

Ford,  Charles*  m.d. 

Gibson,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Orr,  James,  m.d. 

Shearman,  E.  J.,  m d. 

Paxton,  James,  m.d. 

Jones,  Thomas,  esq. 

Phene,  H.  esq. 

Hindle,  Richard,  esq.  b.m. 

Jones,  Edgar,  esq. 

Brownbill,  Thomas  F.  esq. 
Gardom,  George,  esq. 

Jepson,  William,  m.d. 

Middleton,  Thomas,  esq. 
Southam,  George,  esq. 

Hewson,  — m.d. 

Moore,  Tlios.  R.,  esq. 

Sandford,  near  Crediton,  Devon  Stevens,  T.  II.  esq. 

Sandgate,  Kent  . . . Clark,  Thomas,  esq. 

George,  — m.d. 

Murchison,  Simon,  esq. 

. . Brown,  W.  W.  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Dunn,  John  Travis,  m.b. 

Cross,  William,  esq. 

Ilebden,  John,  esq. 

Smart,  John  C.,  m.d. 

Taylor,  William,  esq.,  Queen  street 
Stamp,  Thomas,  esq. 

Cann,  Thomas,  esq. 

Ruddock,  — esq. 

Burkitt,  John,  esq. 

Fothergill,  — jun.,  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Burrow,  Thomas  D.,  esq. 
Harrison,  Edward,  esq. 

. Crichton,  Sir  Alexander,  m.d. 
Shaldon,  nr.  Teignmouth,  Devon  Scarbrough,  John  L.  esq. 
Sheffield  . . Local  Sec.  Branson,  Ferguson,  m.d. 

De  Bartolome,  Martin  M.  m.d. 
Favell,  Charles  Fox,  m.d. 

Gleadall,  James,  esq. 

Harwood,  Henry  Paul,  m.d. 
Holland,  George  Calvert,  m.d. 
Jackson,  William,  esq. 

Jackson,  Henry,  esq. 

Martin,  Edward,  esq. 

Overend,  Wilson,  esq. 

Parker,  Samuel,  esq. 

Porter,  John  Taylor,  esq. 

Ray,  James,  esq. 

Reedall,  Gabriel,  esq. 

Roper,  Robert,  esq. 

Skinner,  William,  esq. 

Thomas,  Henry,  esq. 

Thompson,  Edward,  esq. 
Thompson,  Corden,  m.d. 

Turton,  George,  esq. 

Wild,  James,  esq. 

Sherborne,  Dorset  . . Highmore,  William,  esq. 

Shipley,  Derbyshire  . . Beardsley,  Amos,  esq. 


Sarrow 

Scarborough 


Seaton  Carew,  Durham 
Seaton,  Devonshire 
Sedgefield,  Durham  . 
Selby,  Yorkshire  . 


Settle,  Yorkshire . 
Seven  Oaks,  Kent 


34 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Shrewsbury 
Sidmouth 

Sittingbourne,  Kent 


Skerries 

Soham,  Cambridgeshire . 
Sonning 

Southam,  Warwickshire 
Southampton  . Local  Sec. 


Local  Sec.  Wood,  Samuel,  esq. 

. Cullen,  William  H.  m.d. 
Grayling,  John  esq. 

Imlach,  Henry,  m.d. 

Imlach,  Charles,  m.d.,  E.I.C.S. 
Thornhill,  — m.d. 

Addison,  William,  esq. 

Taylor,  James,  esq. 

Smith,  H.  L.,  esq. 

George,  G.  T.  esq. 

Buckle,  II.  Kemp,  esq. 

Bullar,  William,  m.d. 

Clarke,  Henry,  m.d. 

Corfe,  G.  B.  esq. 

Dayman,  Henry,  esq. 

Fowler,  R.  S.  esq. 

Girdlestone,  Henry,  esq. 
Orsborne,  Thomas,  esq. 

Purdy,  Charles,  esq. 

Sabine,  W.  Townsend,  esq. 
Spranger,  Stephen,  esq. 

Stace,  I.  Alfred,  esq. 

Steed,  G.  m.d. 

Stone,  Daniel,  esq. 

Ward,  Thomas,  esq. 

Wihlin,  John,  esq. 

Williams,  W.  0.  m.d. 

Wood,  G.  E.  Wilmot,  m.d. 

Southborough,  Tunbridge  IFe&Colebrooke,  H.  m.d. 


Southend,  Essex 
Southery,  Downham  Market, 
Norfolk  .... 
South  Hetton,  Durham 
South  Petherton 
South  Shields 


Warwick,  W.  R.  esq. 


Spalding 
St.  Albans  . 
St.  Andrews 


St.  Asaph 
St.  Neots 
Staines 
Stalybridge 
Stamford 


Staplehurst,  near  Maidstone 

Staveley,  near  Chesterfield  . 
Stevenage,  Herts. 

Steyning  .... 
Stirling  . . Local  Sec, 


Sayle,  George,  esq. 

Bishop,  William,  esq. 

. Norris,  Henry,  esq. 

. . Kennedy,  S.  J.  esq. 

Robson,  — • esq. 

Toshach,  James,  esq. 

Wallis,  Robert,  esq. 

. . Cammack,  Thomas,  m.d. 

. . Lipscomb,  John  T.  N.  m.d. 

Local  Sec.  Reid,  John,  m.d. 

Adamson,  John,  m.d. 

Smith,  Maidstone,  m.d. 

University  Library 
Roberts,  O.  m.d. 

Sole,  William,  esq. 

Simpson,  John  Nixon,  esq. 

Barker,  D.  esq. 

Barber,  Edward,  esq. 

Brown,  Alexander  R.  m.d. 

Adams,  Richard  Dering,  esq. 

Joy,  Henry  William,  esq. 

France,  Edward,  esq. 

Cooper,  George,  esq. 

Trew,  Richard  N.  esq.,  Chantry  House 
Forrest,  William  II.  esq. 

Beath,  Andrew,  esq. 

Johnston,  Alexander,  esq. 

Moodie,  Alexander  L.  esq. 

Smith,  John,  esq.,  Denny 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


35 


Stockport,  Cheshire  . . Flint,  Richard,  esq. 

Turner,  George,  m.d. 

Stockton-on-Tees  Local  Sec.  Keenlyside,  R.  H.  m.d. 


Stokesley  .... 
Stonehouse,  Gloucestershire 
Stonehouse,  Devon 
Stowmarket 

Dixon,  Henry,  esq. 

Foss,  William,  esq. 

Longbotham,  Jonathan,  esq.,  Greatham 
Potts,  W.  R.  esq.,  Norton 
Richardson,  William,  esq. 

Richmond,  John  Weems,  esq. 

Trotter,  Charles,  esq. 

Whiteside,  J.  H.  m.d. 

Crummy,  F.  L.  esq. 

Holbrow,  Anthony,  esq. 

Burrows,  J.  esq. 

Bree,  C.  R.  esq. 

Beddingfield,  — m.d. 

Stradbroke 

Freeman,  Spencer,  esq. 
Snape,  Richard  Forth,  esq. 
Coveney,  James  H.  esq. 
Mayhew,  G.  esq. 

Stratford-on-Avon  . 

Burman,  Thomas  Southam,  esq. 
Rice,  David,  esq. 

Thomson,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Strood,  near  Rochester,  Kent 

Brown,  J.  esq. 

Stroud,  Glouc.  . Local  Sec.  Gooch,  William  Henry,  m.d. 

Armstrong,  William,  esq. 

Goddard,  Charles,  esq. 

Harris,  C.  Mears,  esq.,  Moreton  Valence 
Jones,  John  Taylor,  esq.,  R.N. 

Uthwatt,  Edolph.  Andrews,  esq. 
Summerhill,  Tenterden,  Kent  Canliam,  J.  A.  esq. 

Sunderland  . Local  Sec.  Brown,  J.  m.d. 


Sutton,  Surrey 
Sutton  on  Trent 
Swaffham,  Norfolk 

Bowman,  — m.d. 

Cay,  Charles  Vidler,  esq. 
Dodd,  William,  esq. 
Maling,  E.  Haygarth,  esq. 
Parker,  Thomas,  esq. 
Smith,  James,  esq. 
Wilkinson,  George,  esq. 
Clark,  Willington,  esq. 
Gilby,  Charles  Otter,  esq. 
Rose,  Caleb,  esq. 

Tadcaster,  Yorkshire  . . Upton,  Thomas  S.  esq. 

Taunton  . . Local  Sec.  Kinglake,  Hamilton,  m.d. 


Teignmouth 

Tenbury  . . . . 

Alford,  Richard,  esq. 

Alford,  Henry,  esq. 

Cornish,  C.  H.  esq. 

Gillett,  Edward  William,  esq. 
Higgins,  C.  H.  esq. 

Kelly,  William,  m.d. 

Phippen,  Arthur,  esq.,  Widmore 
Rossiter,  F.  W.  esq. 

Siddon,  Henry,  esq. 

Woodford,  F.  H.  m.d. 

Walker,  E.  Dering,  m.d. 

Davis,  Henry,  esq. 

Thompson,  F.  F.  esq. 

Tenby,  South  Wales 
Tenterden,  Kent  . 

Falconer,  R.  W.  m.d, 
Newington,  — esq. 
Saunders,  E.  D.  esq. 

36 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Tetbury  .... 

Tewkesbury 

Thame,  Oxon 

Thorp,  near  Norwich  . 

Thetford,  Norfolk 

Thirsk  .... 

Thornbury,  Gloucestershire  . 
Thorn  Hill,  Dumfries  . 

Thrapston,  Nothampton 
Tintern,  near  Chepstow 
Tipton  .... 
Tollerton,  near  Easinywold, 
Yorks.  .... 
Tonbridge 

Tonbridge  Wells.  Local  Sec. 


Torbolton,  Ayrshire  . 
Torhuay 


Totness,  Devon  . 


Tottenham  .... 
Tramore,  Waterford  . 
Tring,  Herts. 

Timsbury,  near  Bath  . 
Trowbridge 

Truro  . . . Local  Sec. 


Tyldesley,  near  Manchester 
Tynemouth  . . . . 

Upton  Woodside,  Cheshire  . 
Uxbridge  . 

Uttoxeter  . 

Ventnor  . 

Wakefield  . 

Wakering,  Great  Essex 
Walmer  . 

Walsall,  nr.  Birmingham 


Walton-on-Thames 
Watton,  Herts 


Williams,  John  Brooks,  esq. 

Dick,  J.  Paris,  m.d. 

Lupton,  Harry,  esq. 

Nells,  Robert  John,  esq. 

Baily,  Henry,  esq. 

Hutton,  Jno.  esq. 

Ryot,  William  H.  m.d. 

Jones,  James,  esq. 

Grierson,  T.  B.  esq. 

Russell,  — m.d. 

Leete,  John  Griffith,  esq. 

Audland,  John,  esq. 

Underhill,  William,  esq. 

Bird,  George,  esq. 

West,  W.  J.  esq. 

Powell,  Henry,  m.d.,  Monson  place 
Gream,  R.  Righton,  esq. 

Hargraves,  Isaac,  esq. 

Sharp,  J.  esq. 

Sopwith,  H.  L.  esq. 

Wilmot,  J.  B.  m.d .,for  Medical  Library 
Yate,  Thomas,  esq. 

Gibson,  John,  esq. 

Madden,  William  H.  m.d. 

Statham,  S.  F.  esq. 

Tetley,  James,  m.d. 

Walker,  John,  esq.  Cliff  House 
Barry,  John  Milner,  m.d. 

Cheesewright,  William,  esq.,  Hartington 
Derry,  John,  esq. 

Gillard,  Wm.  esq. 

Moon,  William,  esq. 

Waters,  George  A.  esq. 

Pope,  Edward,  esq. 

Crang,  James,  esq. 

Taylor,  Christopher,  esq. 

Winn,  J.  M.  m.d. 

Bull,  H.  esq.,  for  Comivall  Infirmary 
Bullmore,  William,  esq. 

Kirkness,  J.  L.  esq. 

Moyle,  John,  esq.,  Chasewater 
Michell,  S.  esq. 

Williams,  R.  esq. 

Manley,  William  Eckersby,  esq. 

Greenhow,  E.  H.  esq. 

Ililbers,  J.  G.,  esq. 

Stilwell,  James,  esq. 

Chapman,  James,  esq. 

Martin,  G.  A.  m.d. 

Martin,  J.  B.  esq. 

Millner,  Wm.  Ralph,  esq. 

Naylor,  George  Fred.,  esq.,  Lunatic  Asylum 
Miller,  C.  esq. 

M'Arthur,  Duncan,  m.d. 

Duncalfe,  H.  esq. 

Edwards,  F.  A.  esq. 

Moore,  David  Smith,  esq. 

Mott,  Charles,  esq. 

Dalgleisli,  William,  esq. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


37 


Wareham,  Dorset 

Warminster,  Wilts 
Warrington 


Local  Sec. 


Warwick  .... 

Wateringbury  . 

Watford,  Herts  . 
Weaverthorpe,  near  Malt  on 
Wellington,  Salop 
Wells,  Norfolk  . Loc.  Sec. 


Wells,  Somerset  . 

Welwyn,  Herts  . 

Wem 

West  Auckland,  Durham  . 
West  Bromwich  . 

West  Meon,  Bishop  Waltham 

Westerham 
Weston-super-Mare  . 
Weyhill,  near  Andover 

Whitby,  York 
Whitehaven 


Whitwell,  near  Welwyn,  Herts. 

WlMBORNE  .... 

Winchester  . Local  Sec. 


Windsor 


Local  Sec. 


Winterton,  near  Brigg,  Line. 
Wirksworth 

WlSBEACH  .... 

Wisborough  Green 
Woburn,  Beds. 

Wolverhampton  . Local  Sec. 

Woodbridge,  East  Soliam 
Woolwich  . . Local  Sec. 


Cope,  Joseph  Staines,  esq. 

Flower,  Frederick,  esq. 

Vicarv,  George,  esq. 

Hardy,  G.  W.,  esq.,  Bewsey  street 
Davies,  John,  m.d. 

Hunt,  William,  esq. 

Kendrick,  Janies,  m.d. 

Olcell,  William,  esq. 

Robson,  John,  esq. 

Sharp,  John,  esq. 

Wilson,  Henry,  esq.,  Runcorn 
Blenkinsop,  H.  esq. 

Hyde,  F.  0.  esq. 

Gould,  FI.  Merton,  esq. 

Ward,  Thomas  A.  esq. 

Dowsland,  Francis  M.  esq. 

Webb,  Mathew,  esq. 

Young,  James,  esq. 

Rump,  Hugh,  esq. 

Ward,  Marmaduke  Philip  Smith,  esq. 
Lindoe,  R.  F.  m.d. 

Clifton,  Anthony,  esq. 

Gwynn,  S.  S.  esq. 

Gwynn,  Edward,  esq. 

Kilburne,  John,  esq. 

Dickinson,  W.  B.  m.d. 

Rogers,  Francis,  esq. 

Rogers,  Joseph,  esq. 

Thompson,  Charles  M.  esq. 

Burke,  W.  M.  esq. 

Ryder,  Henry,  esq. 

Smith,  John,  esq. 

Dowson,  John,  m.d. 

Churchill,  Jno.  esq.  for  Library. 
King,  R.  F.  esq. 

Wilson,  Joseph,  m.d. 

. Butler,  Thomas,  esq. 

Rowe,  John,  esq. 

White,  Arthur,  m.d. 

Butler,  Frederick,  esq. 

Crawford,  Andrew,  m.d. 

Wickham,  W.  John,  esq. 

Maitland,  Charles,  m.d. 
Holdemess,  Wm.  Brown,  esq. 

Soley,  T.  A.  esq.,  Thames  street 
Sadler,  B.  esq. 

Poyser,  Thomas,  esq. 

England,  W.  m.d. 

Ewen,  Henry,  esq.,  Long  Sutton 
Boxall,  Henry,  esq. 

Parker,  T.  esq. 

Dehane,  Edward  Francis,  esq. 
Griffith,  Samuel  Hallett,  esq. 

Gross,  Edward,  esq. 

Denne,  William,  esq. 

Allinson,  John  Hiram,  esq. 

Bisshipp,  James,  esq. 

Bossy,  Francis,  m.d. 

Butler,  John,  esq. 

Caryl,  William  Asylum,  esq. 


38 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Woolwich  ( continued ) . . Dakin,  William,  esq. 

Farr,  George,  esq. 

Gant,  Robert,  esq. 

Halifax,  — m.d. 

Stuart,  William,  esq. 

Turner,  James  Samuel,  esq. 
Webb,  Sir  John 

Worcester  . . Local  Sec.  Streeten,  Robt.  J.  N.  m.d. 

Addison,  William,  esq.,  Malvern 
Day,  Edmund,  esq. 

Hastings,  Charles,  m.d. 

Ilill,  Richard,  esq. 

Jones,  Walter,  esq. 

Malden,  Jonas,  m.d. 

Nash,  James,  m.d. 

Sheppard,  James  P.  esq. 

Turley,  Edward  A.  esq. 


Wrenbury,  near  Namptwich, 
Cheshire  . . . . 

Wrexham  . . . . 


Wroth  am,  Kent  . 

Wycombe,  Bucks  . 

Yalding,  near  Maidstone 
Yatton,  near  Bristol 
Yarmouth,  Isle  of  Wight 
York  Town,  Bagshot,  Surrey 


York 


Youghall,  Co.  Cork 


Thomson,  David  P.  m.d. 

Griffith,  Thomas  Taylor,  esq. 

Rowland,  William,  esq. 

Williams,  Edward,  esq.,  Holt  street 
Kent,  T.  esq. 

Rose,  William,  jun.  esq. 

Turner,  John,  esq. 

Pout,  Henry,  esq. 

Lang,  J.  L.  esq. 

Hollis,  Charles  Wise,  m.d. 

Davies,  William,  esq. 

Simpson,  Frederick,  esq. 

Local  Sec.  Laycock,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Alderson,  Septimus  R.  esq.,  Lunatic  Asylum 
Alderson,  Richard  R.  esq. 

Allen,  Edmund  T.  esq. 

Allen,  Edward,  esq. 

Allen,  James,  esq. 

Barker,  Thomas  H.  esq. 

Brunton,  George,  esq. 

Dodsworth,  Benjamin,  esq. 

Goldie,  George,  m.d. 

Hodgson,  Henry  B.  esq.,  Acomb  House 
Husband,  William  D.  esq. 

Keyworth,  Henry,  esq. 

Library  of  York  County  Hospital 
Matterson,  William,  jun.  esq. 

Morris,  Beverley  R.  m.d. 

Proctor,  William,  esq.  County  Hospital 
Reed,  William,  esq. 

Russell,  Henry,  esq. 

Scawin,  William,  esq. 

Shann,  George,  m.d. 

Simpson,  Thomas,  m.d. 

Swineard,  Frederick,  esq. 

Thomas,  Richard,  esq. 

Thurnam,  John,  m.d.,  The  Retreat 
Walker,  T.  Kaye  Lambe,  esq. 

Williams,  Caleb,  esq. 

. Desmond,  John,  m.d. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS 


39 


FOREIGN  LIST. 


Allen,  A.  M.  m.d. 

Indiana 

Alexander,  J.  B.  m.d. 

Indiana 

Babington,  W.  F.  esq. 

Bombay 

Bee,  — m.d. 

Tyro,  Ohio 

Beck,  J.  R.  m.d.  Local  Sec. 

Albany 

Bellingham,  Win.  FJenry,  m.d. 

Pisa 

Boerstler,  — m.d. 

Lancaster,  Ohio 

Bowen,  W.  S.  esq. 

New  York 

Boyle,  Alexander,  m.d.  . 

St.  John’s,  New  Brunswick 

Branham,  R.  H.  m.d. 

Eatontou,  Georgia 

Brooks,  J.  W.  m.d. 

Norwich 

Burns,  Robert,  m.d. 

Frankford,  Pennsylvania 

Carpenter,  — m.d. 

Lankaster,  Pennsylvania 

Carter,  — m.d. 

Montreal 

Chamberlaine,  S.  m.d. 

Baltimore,  Maryland 

Cbermside,  Sir  Robert,  m.d.  . 

Paris 

Cheyne,  — m.d. 

Brizata,  Columbia 

for  Pennsylvania  Hospital 

Clapp,  — esq. 

Curwen,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Dandridge,  — m.d. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Downie,  Sir  Alexander,  m.d.  . 

Frankfort-on-Maine 

Duncan,  Edward,  esq. 

Winchester,  Kentucky 

Dunglison,  Robley,  m.d.  L.  Sec. 

Philadelphia 

Ermerins,  — m.d. 

Groningen 

Esby,  William,  esq. 

Washington 

Fox, M.D. 

Georgia  Medical  Society. 

Philadelphia 

Giudice,  Vittorio,  m.d.  . 

Como 

Green,  H.  m.d. 

New  York 

Hart,  Samuel,  esq. 

Charleston 

Hay,  Isaac,  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Hecker,  J.  F.  C.  m.d. 

Berlin 

Hodge,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Huxton,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Innes,  Charles,  m.d. 

Easton,  Pennsylvania 

Johnstone,  John  M.  esq. 

Georgetown,  Demerara 

Jones,  — m.d. 

King,  Charles  R.  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Philadelphia 

Lajus,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

La  Roache,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Lea  and  Blanchard 

Philadelphia 

Lee,  Charles,  m.d.  Local  Sec. 

New  York 

Louis,  P.  C.  A.  m.d. 

Paris 

Maclean,  George,  m.d. 

New  York 

Macneven,  W.  H.  m.d.  . 

New  York 

Macready,  B.  M.  esq. 

New  York 

M'Pheeters,  Wm.  M.  m.d. 

St.  Louis,  Missouri 
Philadelphia 

Meigs,  — m.d. 

MUls,  Maddison,  m.d. 

New  York 

MiUs,  Charles  S.  esq. 

Richmond,  Virginia 

Mitchell,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Moore,  J.  Wilson,  m.d.  . 

for  College  of  Physicians,  Philadelphia 

40 


SYDENHAM  SOCIETY. 


Morris,  Casper,  m.d'. 

Philadelphia 

Mower,  T.  G.  esq. 
Miitter,  J.  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

M'Vicar,  John  Augustus,  m.d. 

New  York 

Neville,  — m.d. 

Hamburgh 

New  York  Hospital 
Norris,  G.  W.  m.d. 
Oliver,  Joseph,  esq. 

Philadelphia 

New  York 

Oppenheim,  F.  C.  m.d.  . 

Hamburgh 

Overstreet,  James,  esq.  . 

Washington 

Pancoast,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Parker,  W.  esq. 

New  York 

Patterson,  H.  S.  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Pepper,  W.  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Perry,  H.  S.  m.d.  . 

Madeira 

Roby,  Joseph,  m.d. 

Maryland 

Ross,  Archibald  Colquhoun,  m.d. 

Madeira 

Rutherford,  Henry  Charles,  m.d. 

Caen,  Normandy 

Salter,  Richard  Henry,  m.d.  . 

Boston 

Sands,  A.  B.  m.d. 

New  York 

Sargent,  D.  F.  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Sewall,  Thomas,  m.d.  Loc.  Sec. 

Washington 

Sieveking,  Edward,  m.d. 

Hamburgh 

Stewardson,  — m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Stille,  Alfred,  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Stilhi,  Moreton,  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Surgeon-General,  United  States. 
Taylor,  Isaac  E.  m.d. 

New  York 

Taylor,  Isaac  E.  m.d. 

New  York 

Teulan,  W.  F.  esq. 

Halifax,  N.S. 

Tomes,  Robert,  m.d. 

New  York 

Tripler,  Charles  S.  esq. 
Wallace,  Ellerslie,  m.d.  . 
Washington,  James  A.  m.d. 

Pennsylvania 

New  York 

Wiley  and  Putnam,  Messrs. 

New  York 

Wood,  G.  B.  m.d. 

Philadelphia 

Wood,  Stephen,  m.d. 

New  York 

***  Although  considerable  pains  have  been  taken  to  render  this  list  as  correct  as 
possible,  it  i3  feared  that  some  errors  -will  be  found.  Of  these  the  Secretary  will  he 
glad  to  receive  information,  in  order  that  they  may  be  corrected  in  future  lists. 


O.  AND  J.  ADLARD 


, PRINTERS,  BARTHOLOMEW  CLOSE. 


gP 


ft.^3”S'5' rirf>>.  vfin? 


ragEsS® 


'■~y^- 


SS-sg^y 


^ V,- VT4  VT-Ti/:  - js